r

~ "' .. \
1
~-~
I
~

1 ~
l
:z.:... .;;. . .
,_
f
:;
I
:r
. . : ..un \E!<'.1i1;lv-... . ,.:._ , ;.,., ,.,,.
;},~, ~~::.
'!'c ..; ,'_, ,a~
-'~N

I
). i
ii I .'."' r -'' , .~~~1'1 ~-!,; :i-< .).,i. . ~ .~ <(. ~.: 1~ ,. .r
.,

~
'J
.,.,,. \ '"'-;..' ~ -~ ""- i, ;.:: . -..'
., i - :: .-;;:"' ; -

~ J'

..' .;_ ! :;:

J..
;.

-~ -.. -.

~ 'MANUAL
D .. ' . .
: :;~ ~. . .

\' - . ' \f' : ,

\
I

AMERt'CAN 'INSTITUTE
.I .. : STEEL CONSTRUCTION
OF ,.

I SECOND EDITION
I
i 1 General Design Considerations

2 Analysis

3 Systems Not Specifically Detailed for Seismic Resistance

4 Moment Frames "" ~

5 Braced Frames

6 Composite Moment Frames

Composite Braced Frames and Shear Walls

 4# -
8 Diaphragms, Collectors and Chords ..-

9 Provisions and Standards

10 Engineered Damping Systems _

Index

l
Ir
lI
11

J I
 vi vii

AISC Q 2012
,
DEDICATION f
by L
,,,._ l
JJ
..
1.,. . I
American Institute of Steel Consuuction
.\
."'" ...,~'\
I , :,, r
..
\, "'-:"" . .,,,. -~ '.. ~
~.-'\ "' ' "'}./ # t.
~~. ISBN J-56424:()61-4 ;:, ~>:.
t~. ~ ~;,,.. ''fl' t; ~, I.. ..

All rig~ reservia.

This bobk o;rm;
part rhereo} miist nothe reproduced
in any fom1 without the written pennission of the publisher.
..
., :._!.
The AISC.~gl' % a
f;e~si?jd tr<jfe~fk ofA/SC.
..
ri~ I
. .. .. .
-,. .

. Th~ information presented in this publication has been prepared in accordance with recog-
nized engineering principles and is for .$~A-Yf.ll information only. While it is believed to be :J.
accurate, this information should nott~. ~s'&I"'oc relied upon for any specific application
without competent professional exa~~Jj<?!an~ ~eji~cation of its accuracy, suitability and
applicability by a licensed professionaI:e}lgiqeey,- desjgner, or architect The publication of Clarkson ("Piiiky") W. Pinkham J
the. material contained herein is not int~n~~d~l!f~ representation or warranty on the part of
This-edition of the AISC SeiSmic Design Manual is dedicated to the memory of Clarkson
the American Institute of Steel ConstrU~tioff:!:/:r,~f any other person named herein, that this
W. Pinkham, a long-time member of the AISC Committee on Specifications and 'Taskr
information is suitable for any general or particular use or ~f freedom from infringement of
Committee 9-Seismic Design. Mr. Pinkham, or Pinky as he was- aJ!'ectionately known to' .
any patent or patents. Anyone making;use_of th.is inforfuation assumes all liability arising
his professional collea'gues, was pCC$ident ana member of the Los Angeles consulting struc-
from such use. ' ... tuial-engineering firm,. S.B. Barnes and Associates, for 62 years. He sei;ved on the AISC (
. Caution must be exercised when relying upon ocher specifications and codes developed by Committee on Specifications from the mid-1970s until the yeatioo:i: and Thsk Comin.ittee .
other bodies and incorporated by reference herein since such material may be modified or 9-Seismic Design from-the mid-1990s. until 2010. As a member of :raskComn1ittee'9 and L.
amended from time to time subsequent to the printing of this edition. The Institute bears no
responsibility for such material other than to refer to it and incorporate it by reference at the
time of the initial publication of chis edition.
technical secretary for-the 1997 AISC Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, he
was a major contributor -aiid instrumental ii1 the early development of that standard. Pinky r-
was one of the fuit proponents of including composite systems. in "the AISC Seismicl
I
Provisioru and, for the first time; thisSeismic Design Manual includes two chapters on' such .:
Printed in the United States of America

First Prin{ipg: September 2012 .

systems. Pinky received the AISC Lif~time Achievement Award in 1999. Through a career
that spanned more than six decades, he\.$pent a lifetime sharing his expertise with others in j
the field. He was passionate about learning up until his death in 2012 at the age of 92. Pinky -..
l
I
I .._ ~ ~

was generous in sharing his abundance of structural engineering experience and knowledge
through committee involvement and with those who requested it o~ the subjects o~ ~tructural ~':
steel, concrete and masonry design, cold-formed structures, and timber. By prov1dmg solu-l:
lions and recommendations in this way, Pinky improved the integrity of numerous ~=.,
structures; in particular, their capacity to resist seismic-generated forces. He was elected
president of the Structural Engineers Association of Southern California (SEAOSC) in .
1971, and later served as president of the Structural Engineers Association of California I
j
(SEAOC) in 1975. He was twice given the S.B. Barnes Award for Research, and in 1994 ~
was inducted into the SEAOC College of Fellows, the highest honor awarded by SEAOC. J
,;; . . .. f
.

In 2009, the Structural Engineering Institute of the American Society of Civil Engineers~
awarded Pinky the Walter P. Moore. Jr., Award in recognition of his dedication to and tecb-l .
oical expertise in the development of structural codes and standards. AISC will always
remember his dedication to the development of standards related to the design and con- ~
stnJction of structural steel and it is especially fitting that the 2nd Edition of the AISC L
Seismic Design Manual be dedicated to the memory of Clarkson W Pinkham.
 i;~
viii

FOREWORD PREFACE
.. I '(

The American Institute of Steel Construction , founded in 1921, is the nonprofit technical
specifying and trade organization for the fabi:icated structural steel industry in the United
States. Executive and engineering head~ of AISC are maintained in Chicago. The
Institute is supported by four classes of membernhlp: Active Membecs engaged in the fair
rication, production and sale of structurefst~l~ ~ociate Members, who include Erectors,
Detailers, Service Consultants, Software bevel.~pers, and Steel Product Manufacturers;
Prof~sional Members, who are individu~l{~iJm~ engaged in the practice of architecture
or engineering, including arcbitecturarand~eilgfu.~iltig educators; and Affiliate Members,
This is the secood edition Q{ the AISC Seismic Design Manual, in~eoded to assist d~signers
in properly applying AISC standards and provisions in the design of steel frames to resist
high-seismic loadings. This Ma,nual is intended for use in conjunction with the AISC SruJ
111
Consm.u:tion Manual, 14th Edition.
The following consensus standards are printed in Part 9 of this Manual:
2010 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSIIAISC 341-10)
~ 2010 Prequaliji~d Connections for Special and /111ennediau Steel Moment Frames
for Seismic Applicafi9hs including' Supplement No. 1 (ANSI/AiSC 358~ 1Oand ANSl/

~I
_J
who include General Contractors, Building inspCHo~ and.Code Officials. The continuing AlSC 358sl~l) 1 ' . :

financial support and active parti<'.ipatioti of M~~~ .in i~ engineering, research and
development activities of the Institute make PQssible,th~ publishing of this Seismic Design The design ~x;mpl~ contained in tills f1anual demonstiate' an ai>Pr0ach~to design, and
Manual . ~nc?~ intended to suggest that' the approach presented is the oiiry approach.' The commic-
I teifr~nsible for !he development of these desjgn examples reeognizes that Ciisigoers have
The Institute's objeetive is to make ;~aurai .steel the material of choice, by being the
I

d
:;J leader in structural-steel-related technical and market-building activities, including: specifi- altel"ll!lt~ approaches that worlc'best for them and their'ptojects. Design approache~ that dif-
catism.and code development, research,-educa!ion, tecl!Jlical.assistance, quality e<ertification, ter-~iii._iliose ~ei:ited ~ these examples iire .son'sidered viable as long as the AISC
'.;I suw-dardiz.ation, and mar~et deyelopmenl ,
Sped/icarii>n and AISC Sez'smic Proviswns, sound ~ngiii~ring~ and project srecific require-
fI To accomplish this pbjective, the ln&titu~ publishes manuals, design guides and specifi-
mentS are satisfied. '
The.following major changes and improvements have been made in this revision:
catiqns: Best known Jll)d most widely used is the Steel Construction Manual, which bolds a

highly respected positipn in. engineering literature. The Manual is based on the Specification
More thorough and comprehensive design examples, updated for the 2010 AISC

11 forStnu:tural Steel Buildings and the COOe of Sf.(),ntlnrd Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridge;. Both standards are included in the Manual for easy reference.
"
t
Seis111ic Provisions
Side-by-side LRFD and ASD design methodologies for design examples
11:\e Institute. also publishes lechn.ical information and timely articles in its Engineering Addition of Part 2: Analysis
Journal, Design Guide series, MO<km Steel Cons~ruction magazine, and other design aids, Addition of column base plate design exampl~
research reports, and journal articles. Nearly. all of the information AISC publishes is avail- Extended discussion in Part 8 on collector elements
able for download from the AISC web site at www~org. Addition of Part 10: Engineered Damping Systems
Addition of buckling-restrained bf<lCed frame systems and examples

; . .1 Addition of new chapters on compP$ite moment frames and composite braced frames

By the AISC Committee on Manuals and Textbooks,

' Mark V. Holland, Chairman Ronald L. Meng

Gary C. Violette, Vice-Chairman Larry Muir
~ #

..
t: . ' . I Abbas Amirunansour Thomas M. Murray
; Charles J. Carter Rafael Sabelli
Harry A. Cole Cliffor~ W. Schwinger
Brad Davis William N. Scott
i. Bo Dowswell William T. Segui
Lanny J. Flynn Victor Shneur
Patrick I . Fortney Marc L. Sorenson
W. Scott Goodrich William A. Thornton
Christopher M. Hewitt Michael A. West
W. Steven Hofmeister Ronald G. Yeager
William P. Jacobs Cynthia J. Dun~, Secretary
Bill R. Liodley, lI
Jt Jt.

and the AISC Subcommittee on Seismic Design, SCOPE

Rafael Sabelli, Chairman Bren R. Manning
Thomas A. Sabol, Vicc--Chairman Heath E. Mitchell
Allen-Adams ; " , Kevin s. Moore The specification requirements and other dCsign recommendations and considerations sum-
:;-:Scott M. Adak ~ Larry Muir ' marized in this Manual apply in general to the design and construction of seismic fore(::
' Wtlliam A. Andrews Clinton 0. Rex resisting systems in steel buildings and other structures. The AISC Seismic Design Manua f
Richard M Drake
Michael D. Engelhardt
Patrick J. FortneY.
John A. Rolfes
William N. Scott
Victor Shneur
.. ,
is intended to be applied in conjunction with the AlSC Steel Construction Manual, which
provides guidance on the use of the AISC Speeijic.ation for Structural Steel Buildings.
In addition to the requirements of the AISC Specification, the design of seismic for~:
I
Timothy P. F~~; ,Hru-old 0. Sp~gu,e ,,. .. .. resisting sy~tems must meet the requirements in the AISC Seismic Provisions for Structurak_
John L. Harri_s,."in.,: ~t H. Yart11<1 . . ; Steel Buildings, except in the following cases for which use of the AISC Seismic Provisions
).

James 0. M~ley ' Leigh Arber, Sec~tary is not required:

f'.
The committee giq.tefully acknowledges the contributioqs made to ,this Manual by the fol- Buildings and ~er structures in Seismic Design Category (SDC) A 'f.::.
lowing individ1,1ils.:. Eric B~lin. Areti Carter;
MariaE. Chumbiu, J~et Cummins, Thomas =
Buildings and other structures in SOC B or C with R 3 systems (steel systems not
Dehlin, Richard." Dfcike, Tu.<;.a ~ischer, Louis Geschwindner, .Arp,ir .Gilani, Keith Gr.u~b, specifically detailed for seismic resistance per ASCEJSEI 7 Table 12.2-1)
Jeroqie Hajjili-, Ainit ~an.v:inde,. ~cha,rd Kaehler, Ryan Kersting,_ Zhichao Lai, D awn Nonbuilding structures similar to buildings with R = 1~ braced-frame systems or
Lehman, Bre~t Leu, Kit Miyai:O()tci; Keith
Palmer, Davis Parsons. Il, Paul Richards, =
R 1 moment-frame systems; see ASCFJSEI 7 Table 15.4-1 '--
Kimberly l,lobinson, Chai:tes Ro~~~f B.randt Saxe~, Thomas Scblafly. Bahra~ Shafu.~z, Nonbuilding structures not similar to buildings (see ASCFJSEI 7 Table 15.4-2), which
Chia-Ming Uang, and Jie Zuo. - are designed to meet the requirements in other standards entirely ..

Conversely, use of the AISC Seismic Provisions is required in the following cases:

Buildings and other structures in SOC B or C when one of the exemptions for steel.
seismic force resisting systems above does not apply ,
. ! ' Buildings and other structures in SDC B or C that use composite seismic force resistl

rl
ing systems (those containing composite steel-and-concrete members and those
composed of steel members in combination with reinforced concrete members)
Buildi~gs. in SOC D, E ~r F . L
Nonbuildiog structures m SOC D. E or F when the exempuon above does not apply

The Seismic Design Manual consist.S, of ten parts addressing various topics related to the;
design and construction of seismic force resisting systems of structural steel and structura(
steel acting compositely with reinforced concrete. Part I stipulates the specific editions of-"
the specifications, codes and standards referenced in this Manual, and provides a discussion
of general design considerations related to seismic design. Part 2 provides some guidancef.:
on structural analysis procedures employed. For the design of systems not detailed for seis~-
j
mic resistance, see Part 3. Parts 4 through 7 apply to the various types of seismic fore~.
.

resisting systems, including design examples. Part 8 discusses other systems, such as .
diaphragm chords and collectors, which are important in seismic design. Part 10 addresses'.
engineering damping systems. For applicableAISC seismic standards, s~ Part 9.

tr 1
AM1UCAN fNS1TTUl'E Of STEEL C ONSTRUCTION
 ' . 1-;

PAf4T'1
:t:'.' \. ,,

..... ;-;::..:. .. GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

J 11 ! ?- J'
', ," ' I

I ....... ~ . ( i ', :\! _..;. : ..

. ,.
I ~}

l"
l.l SCOPE ........................................................... 1-4
. .. . .
~.2 APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND OTIIER ~CES .... 1-4
~~'. ; . t . -~ . . '
. ~i" r !, i.: i~

~
.

Specifications, Codes and Scandards for Structural Steel Buildings . . ......... 1-4
. . . .. . . ~;,'. :it . ... :1 ..
Other AISC Reference Documents ........ . ............................. 1-5
., ; , ~ l. ~t."' .' / ; '~

;.
-

!,~J~ !
J l . ..,

of f
.

--r '
.;

:
c.

:I
Si .
J" I
~3 !SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND _I>ESIGN CON~IDSRATIONS ........ 1- 5

Performance Go~ : . f . ,_ ........ : .._.. ......... ; .. . . ...... : ... .......1-5

;::. '.'" !Applicable Building Code .............................. .... .......... 1-6
Risk Category and Seismic Design Category ........... : .., ....' . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

' .:.
Earthquake Ground Motion and ResponseSpectrum .... ~ :;... ..... ..... : ... 1-7
; . . . .4 ._, "i'.
I ~) Maximum Considered Earthquake and DeSign ~asis Eanhqu~e .. ............ 1-10
.. . ,.
.
Systems DefinedinASCFJSEI 7 ...... . ............................... 1-10
:. I 'l

.... -._. Seismic Performance Factors ......................................... 1-12

, ' .t. . -,.-: : ~
Response Modification Coefficient, R ........ ......... ... ....... _, . . ,. 1-12
. .. . . -." . "' . I ..
=3 Applications .............................................. .1-:-1.3.
., : . R
Deflection A.niplifi.cation Factor, Cd ...... ." .......................... 1-14
'1 :

1
._,
: ..
. * ...: '

Redundancy Factor, p
.. - "};
Overstrength Factor, n.; ............ ... ............................ 1- 14
~.... . .. : .', <~. '.: .... .'.......... :..... :......
I ,.

1-15
Maximum Force De~ered by the,s;st~m ... ......... ..... ... .~ ......... 1-16

l~
" I .

Building Joints ...... . ._.,, .. ...... .,. . . _. . .. . ....... ........... , ........ 1-16
Expansion Joints .. . . ......... .................. : . ......... :.: :.. : .. : . .'l- 16
Seismic Joints ..... .".~:-'.. ! t:. .-.: .. : . .... ."...... ', : . ...... .!.-... ..
1-17
iii
" .. .. ~ ~
Building Separations .......... ...... ...... : .... : . : ... ............ 1-17
~ .
Building Drift ............... : . ..'.': ... : .. .... .=... . '..... : . . . . . . . . 1-18
. . . . .... . . .
'. l
.a
. .. .. . .
Deflection Compatibility ; ....... ; .. . ............. ................. 1-18
Lowest Anticipated Service Temperature . ......... , . . .. ,, . . ..... r. ..... 1- 18
. ~ ~

Quality Control and Quality Assurance;., . .,................... " .... . , .. l- 19

Design Drawing Requirements ....... . ............................... 1-21
Structural Design Drawio~ Requirements ............................ 1-2 1
SPRS Member and Connection Material Specifications .............. . ... 1-21
! !.
Demand Critical Welds ......... ..... ........... . .... . ............ l-21

AM1!JUCAN (Ns-rmrrE OF Sn::a CoNSTRUCTION

l -2 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS l-

Locations and Dimens ions of PrOlCfJ:.ed ZoQcs ................. ... ..... 1- 22 Table 1-9a Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel and Steel and ~
Adclitional Structural Design De~ Requirements Dia.wing Concrete Composite Seismic Force Resisting Systems ..................... 1- 5
in the P}vis\ons$ r.- . : ~-,,.-i -' ' .... ..... ...... ~ . .-:~ .- , .. : ........ . 1-22
' "" l ..... 1 J ~~- ,a .;. ,..;!!
Tuble l -9b. Design ~ci'.Dts fuld Factors for Nonbuilding S~ :,
AWS 01.8 Structural Welding Code-Seismic Supplement ............ ... 1-23 Si.uiilar to Buildings ... : '. :' ................................... : ...... 1-62
~ : .,,., i~( ' l .'

Composite Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

1.4 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION ........ ............. ... . .. : . ......... 1-25
. r
.. .$ 'l< - ..
Seismic Weld Access Hole 'Confi&uratlon ..... .' .. .' .......... .' ........... 1-25
"~ : ~ : ).-' I J' ' t. ..i 4;i ..,.,:"~ 't 1. ,. : ' I ~ 'lo
"
Mein~r D'~c'tiuty Req~f~meniS '::::: ~ ..... ~: ........... : .... :: . ." ..... 1-25
~ f ' ' J .f: ~- ) .. ,,:'.. . . '..; . .... - ~ "'t , ...
Local Buckling Requirements ............... .......... . . : . : : ... .. . .. 1-25 : ;:_ ...,,. __, 1
~
'-
' " .. :..I
Table l A. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for vi.Shape Fliinge5
}~ ..:

.
t , ....: : - - ... "\ .. ). ; ..
and Webs m Compresston .... . : .... ................. : . :: : . : . . : ... 1-26 ,. )

Table lB. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for Angle Legs

,. \~l - .. ~ -~ ..
in Compression ... . ... . .......... .......... ! ....._. : . . . . . . . . . _. .; .. 1-27
~. I
l ... j

Table 1-C. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for Rectangular ,._

HSS W~ls in Compression,.,,,._, :, ,~>: ~ - ; ,i,- : . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... ._. : ; : 1-28 . ' . ... ~
...- .. i
!.

Table 1-D. Lirrpting Width-to-Th.i_c)gless Ratiq~ f~r ~oun_d. HSS . ,

i,
and Pipe Walls inCompression . : '. : .'..... .......... ... : ........ : . . . . 1-29
- - . :. ... ._,;, ~ - "-:

Strength of Steel Headed Stud Anchors ................................. 1-30

- - - - - .:... - . ._ "' t .. : -
';:1 ' ....' . , .'l.' .

ASCEJSEI 7 Design Coefficients anaFactors for ~FRS ....._............... 1-30 ,

- . .

PART 1 REFERENCES ............. ...... .......... ...............-..... 1-31

. I J ; - .
I . Il
DESIGN TABLES ............... ... . .' ................ -.. : ~ ... .......... l-33
- - ,. ' t"
..,
Table 1-1.- Workable Seismic Weld Access Hole Configurations.............. 1-33 '. ....... , , :

.... ., .. ; ... - .-~

. Table 1-2. Summary of Member Ductili.ty Requirements ...... ; ....' . : .. .... 1-34 * ''
; .. - ,. ; ! : : ~,,.

Table 1-3 .. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness .

- Requirements, W-Shapes ......... : . : ..... : ...... . .... .... ....:.. .. . : . 1-36
.
1

Table 1-4. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness ., L

Requirements, Angles .... . ..... ...... ...... . ........... : ... : ... ~ .... 1-52
Table l-5a. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness , .~ ~ ..
Requirements, Rectangular HSS .... ... ...................... 1 , ., l-53
-
Table l -5b. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness . : ,.. ,
.. .. . - ....-, .. '' ' '
Requirements, Square HSS ....... .. : ...................... .. : .. ..... 1-54
Table 1~6. Sections That Satisfy Seisnii.c Width-to-Thickness
' :

Requirements, Round HSS ..... . . . ... . ... .. .............. ....' . : . ..... J-55
.. ! : ,c. -, ~ .

:,
~-

~
'

. \ : ~ \., i . \
r l
Table 1-7. Sections That Satisfy Seismic WidlhtOThfok:ness
Require ments, Pi~ ... . ...... . . .. .. .. . ..... . .......... ~ .. : ... : .... 1-57
r l
l'

~-~
Table 1-8. Shear Stud Anchor Nominal Horizontal Shear Strength .
and 25% Reduced Nominal Horizonw Shear Strength for :.
Steel Headed Stud Anchors . ........... . ... . ......................... l- 58

A.MERIC\N l.NsTmrr OF Sn;a.. Co.'1$TIWCTION

...
 1-4 GENERAL D~IGN CONSIDERATIONS
1.1 SCOPE
v...-. ' -
, The design consderations fU~z.ed in lh:i-S Part apply .~ ~~ to the design and ~n-
ii struction of steel buildmgs for seismic applications. The specific editions of s~j.fications,
cod~s and oilier references listed below are referenced thrOughout tills Manual. ' . ~tjo!f,(AWS, 2007).
1.2 APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND
OTHER REFERENCES
1 4.. ACl 318: .Building Co<Je,&quire~nts fhr Structural Concrete, ACI 318-08 (ACI,
a Specifications, Codes and Standards for Structural Steel
~ I Buildings
a I Subject to the requirements in the applicable building code and the contract documents, the
design, fabrication and erection of structural steel buildings is governed as indicated in the
AISC Specification Sections Al and B2, and AISC Seismic Provisions Sections A2 and B2
~ as follows:
1. ASCE/SEI 7: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Stru~tures, ASCEI
SEI 7-LO (ASCE, 2010). Available from the _American Society of Civil Engineers,
~ '
ASCE/SEI 7 provides the general requirements for loads, load factors and load com-
binations.
2. AISC Specification: Specification for Srructural Steel Buildings, ANSI/AISC 360-10
(AISC, 20 lOa). This standard provides the general requirements for design and con-
Jl struction of structural steel buildings, and is included in Part 16 of the AISC Steel
Construction Manual and is also available at www.aisc.org.
3. AISC Seismic Provisions: Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, ANSI!
~
AISC 341-10 (AISC, 20l0b). Th.is standard provides the design and construction
requirements for seismic force resisting systems in structural steel buildings, and is
included in Part 9 of this Manual and is also available at www.aisc.org.
4. ANSUAISC.358: AISC Prequalified Connections for Special and Intermediate Steel
9
l ~l
MoTMnt Frames for Seismic Applications, ANSI/AISC 358-10 (AISC, 2010c): This
standard specifies design, detailing, fabrication ~d quality criteria for connections that
'are prequalified in accordance with the AISC Seismic Provisions for use with special
and intermediate moment frames. It is .included in Part 9 of this Manual and is also
available at www.aisc.org.
1 ~ 5. AISC Code of StandLJrd Prac1ice: AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings
and Bridges (AISC, 2010d). This document provides the standard of custom and usage
for the fabrication and erection of structural steel , and is included in Part 16 of the
AISC S1eel Construction Manual and is also available at www.aisc.org.
Other referenced standards include:
I. RCSC Specification: Specification for Struc1ural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts
(RCSC, 2009), reprinted in Part 16 of the AISC Steel _Construction Manual with the
'i>ermission of the Research Council on Structural Connections and available at
www.boltcounciLorg, provides the additional requirements specjfic to bolted joints
with high-strength bolts.
1.3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1-5
2. AWS 01.1: Sirucfl!!Ul.Welding Co~teel, AWS Dl.11Dl.1M:2010 (AWS, 2010).
AviJ.able froQ,lJ~:J\meri~a.n Welding Spciety,._AWS Dl.lprQvi<ies additiopal i:cquire-
ments specific 10 'Welded joints. Requirement,$ for th~ proper ~pecific!t9.Pn of welds can
be found in, AWS A2.4: Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, Md Noruie,structive
": ;
3. _{'i..WS 01.8,; :Stn:turaj Welding Code-S~ismic Supplement, AWS Dl.8/Dl.8M:4009
. (AWS, 2009). Ayailable from~ .American.Welding Society, AWS D 1.8 acts as a sup-
' .plemcnt to AWS Dl.1 and provides additioiiaJ. requirements. speific to welded joints
in ~c applicati9ns.. ; ..
2008). Available from the American Concrete Institute, ACT 318 provides ad<JitiQnal
. _requireQlents for:.reinforced concrete, meluding cpmposite design an4 the design of
, . : steel-tQ-COncre~ anchorage. . ..
. (t.
other AISC Reference Documents
"IPe !JSC Steel Cons~cti.on Manual (J}ISC,:20 ~ l ), referred to as the AISC Manual is avail-
aple f~m AJSC at .~.aisc.Qr:g. 'I)lis puP.lication provi4~ . design fe(;ommeoda.tions and
speci.fic;atio~~ui.refll~I)ts for vljri~us topips related to ste,el b1,1ilding design and copstruction.
..... ~ ~~ ..
; .3 .SEISMIC"DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN ...
CONSIDERATIONS. '. . .... '.
.... . . ,. " . . : .- . .
~. ' . ., .
F>erf'ormance Goals
- : ' , ., '"1 . .. ! . ' '.'
",
f ~
Seismic design is the practice of proportioning and detailing a structure so that it can with-
stand shaking from an earthquake even:t with acceptable perfonnance. The AISC Seismic
Provisions Joi Structural Steel Buildings are intended to provide a of designing struc- means
tures constiucted to respond to maxiroll.m considered earthquake ground shaking, as defined
a
in ASCFJSEI 7, with low probabili~ of collapse, while potentially sustaining significant
inelastic behavior and structural damage. Fundamental to seismic design is the practice of
proportioning and detailing the structure so that it can wit11stand Iafge..de_fop:na.~9n d~m~d$.
accommodated through inelastic behavior in structural elements ihat have been specifically
deSigned to withstand this behavior acceptably. This requires carefui proportioning ofthe
sthlCtu.ral system so that inelastic behavior oecw-S in pre-selected cleinents that have apprO-
pnate1section properties to sustain large inelastic deformation demands without loss of
strength, and a5suring that connections of srru.Ctural elements aie adequate to develop the
strength of the connected members.
Performance apj:>ropnate to the fun~tion of the structure is a fuiidaniental consideration
for seismic design.' Potentlill conside'rations are post-earthquake reparability and servicea-
bility for earthquakes of different severity, Most structures are designed only with an
expectation of protecting life safety, rather tlian assUring either the feasibility of repair or
post-earthquake utility. Buildings assigned .to Risk Categories ID and IV, as defined in
ASCEISEI 7, are expe.cted to withstand severe earthquakes with limited levels of damage,
and in some cases, allowpost-earthquake occupancy. 'l)le criteria of the AISC Seismic
Provisions, when ~sed together with the requirements of ASCEJSEI 7, are intended to
1-Q ., . . . . .. GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS t.JSEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1-7

provide performance appropriate to the structure's risk category 1 For some buildings,
peifOnnance that exceeds-these expectations may be appropriate. fuitbose.cases, designers
must develop supplemCJitaiy-criteria to those contained in the AISC .SeiSmic Provisions and
:ASCFJSEI ?. :-:, ' ;~-- . ,:,. .:;: ,.. . codes reference ASCEISEI-'.7for.-&eismic analysis and design provisions:-Se.ismic design cri-
Building performance is not a function of the suuctural system 'alone. Man)> bi:iilding
structures have exluoited ill effects from diinage to nonstructural components;' including
breaks in fire protection systems and impaired egress, which have pre.clucted building func-
tions-and thus impaired performance. Proper conSidei-ation of the behavior of nonstructural
eomponents is essential to enhanced building performance. Industrial and nonbuilding
structures 6ften oontairi 'elements that require :so me measure of pfotection from large
'~ "
deformitions. ". ,
\, Generally,' seismic :force resisting systems (SFRS) are classified into three levels of
"
inelastic response capability, designated as ordinary, intermediate or special, depending on
the level of ductility that the system is expected to provide. A system designated as ordinary
is designed and detailed to provide limited abity ~- e~bit in~lastiQrespoDS;C witb~fa~"
ure or collapse. The design requirements for such systems, including limits on proportioning
aD<l detailing, are not as stringent as those 'systems 1 classified as intermediate or 'sPecial.
Orllinary systems provide seismic resistance primarily through' their'strengrb. Sttuhu.&s
such :as these must be designed for higher force demands with eomrifonsurately less ~tiih~
gent ductility and membe-r stability requirements. Some steel structures achieve acceptable
seismic performance,by_-{l_ioyi.11-IDg ductility in. specific struc~r~l:e)_e_!p,ents that are d_ffoi~ed
to undergo nonlinear' deformation without strength loss and dj~sjpate seismic . eqefgy.
Examples of ductile steel structures include special moment frafues,'
eccentridny 'b'ft.Ce<l
frames, and buckling-restrained braced frames. The ability of tp,~~~ ~s~c~ef~ fo.,d~~?!ID
inelastically, without strength loss or instability, pennits them to
bC designCd for lower
fo~es than. structr~ with oi;dinai:y detailing. ,.
-,,.J!nhanced performance, relative to that provided by conformance to the AISC Seismic
Provisions and ASCE/SEI 7, can be a required-CQnsideration for certain nuclear structures
~d critical military structures, but is beyood the _ scope of this Manual. Critical structur~
gen~rally ~re designed to remain elastic, eve~ fQr-large infrequent seismic events. ., :,,
. :; .
Applicable Building Code . <-. i ~ . ~ ..
......
~ational model building ~es are published. so that state and locc authorities may adppt
The primary perfonnanc;:e objective of these model codes is that of "life safety" for build-
ing occupants for all the va4ous demands to \'(mch.lhe building will:be subjected. To satisfy
this-Objective,fof-. stiuctures required to resiststrong ground motions from earthquakes;1hese u
teria iii this standard.prescribe- minimum reql!llementS for both rhe>strength and stiffness of
SFRS and the strot:tnr:il elements they include: Tue seismic design criteria in ASCFJSEI 7
for the most part are based.on the NEHRP Recommended Provisicns for Seismic Regulaticn.s
for New Buildings and Other Structures (FEMA, 2009).
The seismic design of nonbuilding structures is addressed separately in ASCFJSEI 7 in
.t 1 Chapter 15. Nonbuilding structures are defined as all self-supportiiig structures that carry l..::
gravify loads and that may be required to resist the effects of s~isftuc loads, with certain
t
f exclusions. ASCEJSEI 7 develops an appropriate interface with builf!i,ng structures for those .
f:
t types of nonbuilding structures that have dynamic behayiors similar to buildings. There are
other nonbuilding structures that ha_ye JJttl~. simifurily to buildings in terms of dynamic
S:
I response, which are not specifically covered by AISC documents.
l ..
l
I
Risk Category andS~ismic Design Category L-
I
I In ASCEJSEI 7, the expected perfonnance of a structure is detennined by assigning it to a
j
risk category. There ~ four rislC ca'tegories (I. II, ' iliand IV), base(on the risk posed to
society .a s a conseq~of suiictural failure or loss of function. In seismic design, the risk
category is used in dinjunctioh with parameters ~t define' the ilite~ity of design ground
shaking in determining the importance-factor and.the seismic design category (SDC) for
f- {
which a structure muSt be dC$igned'. The're are six SOC, designa~ by-the letters A through
L
F. Structures assig~~-to ;Seismic; Design Catego;y.A are not' ailtiC"ip~ted to experience
ground shaking of sufficientJntengity tO cause unacceptable performance, even if they are
not specifically designed for se!smic resistance.,Structu{Cs in Seismic Design Categories B If 1
or C can experience motion capable of producing unacceptable damage when the structures L
have not been designed for seismic resistance. Structures in Seismic Design Category D are
expected to expentooe iii~"ground\shaking, capable of produang unacceptable per-
formance in strucni~. ~t)~_ave qnfavorable structural,. ~yste~~s ll!l~ ~which have not been r
detailed to provide b~ levels or inelastic deformation response withcn1t failure. Structures
assigned to Seismic ~i.11!! C*gooes E and F are Jocated _wi~: a few miles of major
.. $. . - "c"otei~ ->-'~ 1 "' _. .. . ..

active faults capable of producmg large magnitude earthquakes and ground motions with i-~' ,. j
the code's prescriptive provisions to standardize design and constru~tioq practices in_their peak ground accel~.~~ceeding 0.6g. Even well-designe<l structures with extensive
jurisdiction. The currently used model code in the U.S. for the structural des\gp of bl!ildi?_gs inelastic response capability can be severely damaged. under such conditions, requiring care-
and nonbuilding s_trucrures is the International Building Code (IBC), published by the ful selection and proporti9ning of stru'ctures.
. ; . - I ~,,.,._ -

International Code Council (ICC) (ICC, 2012). Oftentimes the-84opted provisions are
I
amended pase4 on jurjsdictional requirements to, develop . l<><;al bl,tllding _<;odes (e.g.,
Earthquake Ground Motiqn and Response Spectrum
California l3uildjng Code and,IJ\e Building COOe of, ~~w York City). LOcal codes are then
enforced by law and any devia~on m.ust be apprQved by the lqcal buildil).g~thority. M the An earthquake causes ~d mo~ons that may proJ~gate from .the} h_yp0center in any direc-
IQC8] code provisions may chapge betweenjurjajicti9hs, the AISC Specijicaticn and AI~C tion. These motions ~nee horizontal and vertibal ground accelerations at the earth's
Seismic Provisions refer t6 this code as the appli~ble building <:09e. . surface, which in tum.~se stru_~_~urahcceleration8.:While it is ~ssibleto use earthquake ::1:

1
.
Codes have hiStOrically used occupancy category. This classification was changed
10 risk categoryin
ground motions ~ in past earthquakes to simulate the ~havior of structures, the
required analysis prOcedwes are complex, and the ~~:tlysis resulls are sensitive to the char-
ASCE/SEJ 7-10 and me 2012. Where class.ification by occupancy category is still employed. the more strin- acteristics of the individual groi.Jnd motions selecOOcJ; ~hich may not actually be similar to
gent of the two is used. those a structure will ~rie~ 1
~. the
' - I .t, i
future.
'o
To
.'
sit~plify the uncertainty and complexity
I

AMEluCMI lNST!TIJ'I' OF STEF.1.. CoHSTRUCTION AMEIUCAN INsmure Of $TEE1,.CoNSTRUCTION

 1--8 ' ... ' I GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1.3 SElSMJC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS t -9

associated with using recorded motions' 10 predict a scructure's response, response earthquake while tall strucrures tend to be flex.ible with longei: periods (figuq:; 1-lc). For a gjven ground
spectra are used. A response,specti\mr.for a given earthquake ground motion indicates the motion, short period strucrurcs tend to experience higher acceleration. and th~ore, higher
maximum (l\hsolute value), expressed either-as acceleration, velocity or displaoe.tneot, that an inertial force (mass ti.mes ac:ccleratioo), than do longer period stru~. H~~ver, l~ng
elastic single--Oegrce-of-frccdom (SDOF) oscillator will experience as a function of the struc- period structures generally experience greater displacement. /
tures period and equivalent damping factor. Figure 1-la shows an example of an acceleration Mui.ti-story buildings are multi-<iegrce-offreedom systems with multiple~odes of vibra-
response spectrum. On average, low-rise buildings (Figure 1-lb) tend to have short periods. tion. Each mode bas a characteristic deflected shape and period.. Since earthquake ground
J motion contains energy caused by vibration across an entire specuum of frequencies, each
acceleration frequency that corresponds to a mode impans energy into the stroctl.lre. Figure
I
..; 1-2 sllo\'lts an example of a two-dimensional five-story building frame.and the modal infor
!. mation for the first four modes. Although the mode shapes are shown separately, the actual
.. .. building- motion will consist of combined response in each of the severitl modes. Using the
..,, .
'h , "!
~
.
modal-shape of the structure for each mode and the effective percentage of the structure's
... ' . mass mobilized when vibrating in thac mode, it is possible' to use the same SDOF-response
spectrum discussed above to determine the maximum response for each mode. These max-
ima are then combined to estimate the total maximum response based on the participation
0.2s 1.0 s Period, T of each.mode. These rnaXi.roa for the various modes will generally occur at different points
in time. Modal combination rules approximately account for this effect. Detailed .informa-
a) Accelerqtion reipo~e Jpe<:trUm
tion about structural response us ing modal analysis can be found in Chopra (2007).

~ .......
r.:
:
I
I. ----------
\ :

,.,
.
..
. ....
.
J ...

: ' ., . I
I
........-_--;,-.------,._, l
l . ''
I
I > '
5

I. r ....., ..,.., I ..... ;; ~.------If- -{ : ' ., - 5

I,
. I
- ,._ l .. ,,_;, l
d
:
l
The numbers at ea~floor le~el are the~, ,
. , _-
I
I : -. I l 7
' ~zz~::zzzzzzzz~:':_: relative masses that we<e used to O:lm~

G:lu11d.motion .H G~nd motion 7

the modal shapes shown

b)'Stiff structure (f..; 0.2 s) , .:

:_ = 9 ;.

\
\
I I
l
I

.6
L ~:::-:~-~ N-~:-=:':":::-1. J
..
I I
I I
I

,r- ---- . ---- -1

I

I
Ir- -:- ~=::-:=""'~-' I
,, . I
I
.. ~.
- - 1
I
I
'

L__ ~=-=~i--4 t ---ii:-:":::"=:::-;:f. __ J

I
I
I
I
I
I .
I I I
~-+----+---t' "
I
I-
--, I
I
I I
" .I
~ - -- ~==>--~ t---...-.:=~ ---JI
I
I I Model Mode2 Mode3 Mode4
.-L. -- L-- J
~!ZZzzim.:mi u~m.W.m~ - J - ~ ---..> Frequency: 0.27 Hz Frequency: 0.80 Hz Frequency: 1.42 Hz Frequency: 2.12 Hz
f'efiod: 3.70 8 Period: 1.25 a Period: 0.71 s Period: 0.47 s
Ground motion Ground motion
P~:79.2% Pafticipation: 13.8% Participation: 5.4% Participation: 1.5%
c) Flexible. structure (f > 1.0 s)
Fig. J -2. Vibration modes for a multi-degree-of-freedom building caused by
Fig. /. J. Earthquake accehrarion and srructure response. application of a typical eartJu/~ acceleraJion design spectrunL

A.MERJCAN ~Of' STEEL~ AUl!RJCAN INS'lTT\lr6 Of' STEEL. ~0.'1

 ...
1-10 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS t.3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1- 11
r
Maximum Considered Earthquake and Design
Basis Earthquake ' , '
composite systems designated as ordinary where the counterpart reinforced concrete sys-
cems have designated values of R and design requirements for SOC B and C. I
I
:r ,. t \, :
Applications where R is greater than 3 .i1e mtended for buildings that are designed to t:.:
Ground motion hazards in ASCFJSEf 7 are defined as maximum consjdered earthquake meet the ~~irements of both, the AI~Ef ~eifmic Provisi.ons and the AISC SpecificaJiofl.
ground motioos.-They are-based on the proximity of the site to active faults, the activity of The use of R greater than 3 in the calcufanon of the seismic base shear requires the use of r
these faults, magnitude of the-event these faults can produce, and the regional and local a ~isniically designed and detailed system that is able to provide the level of ductility ~m

geology at 1l site. The design intent of ASCFJSEI 7 is- to assure that ordinary occupancy
structures (sttuctures assigned to Risk Categories I and m have not greater than a 10%
chance of collapse should they experience maXimum considered earthquake shaking. Except
for regions located withln a few miles ofmajor active faults, such as some sites in coastal
CalifOmia. the maximum considered earthquake is selected with an annuaJ frequeQcy that
will provide a unifonn collapserisk of 1% probability in 50 years (denoted MCER). In
regions close to major active faults prob~bilistic estimates of ground shaking at these annuaJ
frequencies are very. intense and impractical for use in design. Tbetefore, on such sites, the
MCER is capped by a conser.v.ative detenninistic estimate of the ground motion resulting
,,
I mensurate ~ith the v~lue of R selected in the design. This level of ductility is achieved .
through a ~mbination of proper material and section selection, the use of low width-to-
thic~~s..roembers for the energy dissipating elements of the SFRS, decailing member
eonn~tioos to resist the local demands at the capacity of the system, and providing for ~:..
1
system lateral stability at the large deformations exi>ected in a major eanbqil.ike. Consider
the following three examples: f I
It'
1. Sped~ concentrically bqiced fame (SCBF) systems-SCBF ~ystems are generaJly (,_
tI configured so that energy' dissipation will occur by tension yiel~ing and/or compres-
sion buckling in the braces. The connections of the braces 10 the. columns and beams r

~1
from a maximum magnitude earthquake.on;the nearby fault, resulting in a higher collapse
risk. Thisis a change from prior editions of AS.CEJS,EI 7. SeeASCE (2010)' commentary and between the columns and beams themselves must then be pr~portioncd to remain :
and FEMA (W09)' for further infonnation.-Tue MCER is. represented by a generalized elas- essentially elastic as they undergo these defonnjltions.- See Figure 1-3. 1

tic acceleration response spectrum (see previous). TIUs response spectrum is subsequently
reduced by two-thirds to represent the elastic response for the design basis earthquake for
which a structure is designed. Detailed information about this reduction can be found in
I 2. Eccentrically braced frame (EBF) systems-EBF systems are generally configured so
that energy dissipation will occur by shear and/or flexural yielding in the link.. The
beam outside the link, connections, braces and columns must ~n be proportioned to
r
!
FEMA (2009). remain essentially elastic as they undergo !}l~se deformations. See .Figure 1-4.
3. Special moment frame (SMF) systems-SMF systems are generally configured so that .
energy dissipation will occur by flexural yielding in the girders near, but away from,
Systems Dpfi_fl~~-J r:a ASCE/_S~I ? the connection of the girders to the columns. The connections of the girders to the L
A steel SFRS is generally classifl~ i~t~-"iliree feveis of expected inelastic response capabil-
ity, designated aS ordinary, intermediate or special, depending on the level of ductility that
the system is expected to provide. Systems designated as ordinary are designed and detailed
columns and the columns themselves must then be proportioned to remain essentially
elastic as they undergo these def~nnations: See Figure 1-5. . LI
to provide limited ductility, but the requirements are not as stringent as those systems clas-
sified as intermediate or speciaJ. In some cases, an SFRS cap be classified as a "structure
not specifically detailed for seismic resistance" in accordance with the applicable building
code. Each classification is characterized by the following seismic performance factors:
! I

R~$ponsc modification coefficient, R Buckling

O\.erstte.ngth factor, n,,
Deflectio~ amplification f~tor, <;:d
Wheq, used in combination, these factors quantitatively outline the expected performance
'
of an SFRS. Other factors that io,fluence the performance are the importance factor, I,, and
redundancy factor, p. These factQCS are discussed in the following.
Yielding I. j
L.
Desigrung to meet the seismic requifements of the AISC Seismic Provisions is mandatory
for structures where they have been specifically referenced in Table 12.2- 1 of ASCFJSEl 7.
For steel structures, typically this occurs in SOC D and higher where R is greater than 3. Nominally elastic
However, lhere are insiAoces where an R less than 3 is- assigned to a system and the elements
Provisions are still required. These limited cases occur in ASCE/SEI 7 Table 12.2-1 for can-
tilevered column systems and Table 15.4-1 for nonbuilding structures simHar to buildings.
For composite steel-concrete structures, there are .cases where the Provisions are required
in SOC B and C, as specified in Table 12~1 of ASCFJSEl 7. This typically occurs for Fig. 1-3. Ductile bmced f rames.
 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1.3 SEISMlC DESIGN OVERVIEW AN'[) DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
1-12

a structure. SlJ'UctuJCS designed with a large value of R mst have extensive capability tu
Seismic Perfo"!l'ance Factors
wilhstand large inelastic defom11ltioo demands during design shaking. Structures designed
Response MQdification CoefficietJt. R. ' with an R approx,imating 1 are anticipated: to. experience design shaking while rcma.in,ing
esscnri.aUy elastic. F'lgure J-6 shows the relatiOO:'lhiP between R and the design-level fo'rces,
The s~ is used. along' ~ith the SFRS cype, 't~:!sra~4sh a~~~ level of inelasti~. d~ along with the corresponding lateral deformation of the suuctural system (FEMA, 2009).
tile response that is requ~ of a structure. The correspo~g expec~ system l>Cba~or is Factors thatdetennine the magnitude of the response modification factor are the vulner-
an
codified in the fonn of R-factor, whlch is~ ~ponse m~o~ factor a(>plied to .~ ability of the gravity load resisting system to a failure of elements in the.SFRS, the level and
lateral force to adjust a structure's required lateral'strength consi~ its inelastic ~nse reliability of the ioelasticity the system can attain, and potential b_ackup frame resistance
Capability. . ... . . . ~~ .~. such. as that which is provided by dual-frame systems. As illustrated in Figure H>. in order
. The response modification coefficient, R, sets the minimum fraction (l/R) of the ~trength for a system t<(utilize .a higher value of R, other elements of the system must have adequate
: J
.... ~uired to resist design earthquaJcc.sh~g.elastically for which it is permissible to :qesign strength and deformation Capacity to remain stable at the maximum lateral deflection .levels.
-"~< ' P.< ,.. + ; a :....

If the system redundancy and system overstrength cannot be achie-:ed. a lower value of R
should be incorporated in the design and detailing of the structpre. Values of R for all st.Qlc~
' tural systems are defined in Table 12.2-1 of ASCEJSEI 7. Tables l-9a and l-9b in this
Manual summarize the R-Factors and other factors specified in ASCPJSEI 7 for steel and
c-0mposite systems. More detailed discussion on the system design parameters can be found
in FEMA (2009).

R =3 Applications
For structures assigned to SOC B and C in ASCFJSEI 7 the designer is given a choice to
either solely use the AISC Specificarion to design and detail the structure (typically assigned
' , an R of 3) or to assign a higher value of R to a system detailed (or seis~c resistance and to.I-
low the requirementS of the 'AISC Seismic Provisions. The resulting systems have ductility
JJ ~-I-""""""- ~ominally elastic
elements
associated with cooventionitl steel framing not specifically detailed for hlgb seismic resist-
ance. It is important to note, however, that even steel structures riotspeCifically designed or
',' ... I

~ Fig. 1-4. Ductile eccentrically braced frames.

0
c:

\besign
Nominally
elastic
Yielding
elemenfs
Lateral Deformation (Drift), !l

Fig. J-5. Ductile moment frames. Fig. 1-6. Relationship between R. design level forces, and lateral deformo1io11.

AM.eRJCAN (N~ Of Sll?EI.. CoNSTI\lJCTIO.'I

1- 14 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
..
1.3 SEISMlC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1- 15

detailed. for seismic resistance possess some inherent amount of seismic resistance, which
may be adequate to resist a limiled amount of seismic demand.
Section D 1.4a- Required compressive and iensile strength of columns
Section D2.5b-Required strength of column splices ..
.
1
I
It is rerogniz.ed that when the designer bas' the option to design a building to meet the
=
AISC SpecijicQtion with R 3, such a design will generally be more cost effective thanthe i Section D2.6a-Rcquired axial strength of column bases
Section D2.6b-Required shear strength of column bases
' . b
.. : . ;.
same sti:ucture designed in accordance with the AISC Seismic Prrwiswns using a higher
valueof R. The extra fabrication, erection and inspection costs nee.ded to achieve the high
I
;
I
Section D2.6c-Requircd flexural strtogth of~lumn bases '
Section El .6b--Required shear strength of beam-to-column connections for ordinary I
1 J

ductility commensura~ with the higher R. more than offset the additional st.eel toonage
requiredby theR l::::3 system.-
=
. The R 3 option is not generally available for composite steel--0oncrete systems. For
moment frames -t~ ... .

Sections E2.6d and G2.6d-Required shear str~ngth of ~~to-column. connections for ,.

. " intermediate moment frames and-composite intermediate moment frames 1
.
l
composite systems, the designer must follow the requirements outlined in Table-12.2-1 of Sections E3.4a and G3.4a-Moment ratio check for special momenc frames and compos- L
ASCEiSEI7.

Deflection Amplification Factor, Cd

ite special moment frames (also referred to as the strong-column-weak-beam
calculation)
Sections E3.4c and G3.4c-Required column strength at unbraced beam-to-column con- ;,..
_ I
nections for special moment frames and composite special moment frames --~
The el.,astic story dr,ifts calculat.ed under reduced lateral ,forces are multipged by the
Section E3.6d and G3.6d-Required shear slrength of beam-to-column conn~tions for
deflection. amplification factor, Cd, to better estimate the total story drifrs likelY. to result
special moment fran1es and e-0mposite special moment frames
f~om the design earthquake ground motion. These amplified story drifts are uSed to verify
Section E4.31>-Required strength of noospecial segment members and.connections for i
compliance with the allowable story drift and. to deterntine seismic demands on elements
s~ial truss moment frames
of the sti:ucture that are not part of the SFRS and on nonstructural components ~ittiin the
Sbetion E5.4a- RequiCci' streilgtb of columns in ordinafY cantilevelcolumn systems
structure.
.; . . ; . -~ .-; ..... Section E6Aa-Requi.red strength ofbolLitnns in si)ecial cantilever column systems
Section Fl.2-Detenhlnation of eccentric 'inoments in members for ordinary concentri-
Overstrength Factor, 0o . : cally. braced frames, if an ~centricity is present " ., .. . t. . .
Most seisicic fQ~ resisting systems ~ly on dissipation of earthquake energy through vary.- . S~tion Fl.4a-Detennination pf required strength of beams.'ui.V-br~ced an~ inverted-
ing levels of inelastic behavior. Steel seismic system definitions in the AlSC Seismic V-braW:i ordinary roocentrically braced frames ~.
f.rovtsion.r,:d~j.&!late ~e elements ttendeil to dissipate the majority of this eneriY through Section Ft.6-Diagonal br~ce connections in ordinary concentrically braced fr~es
ductile response: and those that are intended to remain essentially elastic. The application of Section F2.3-Required strength of_ c9lumns, beams and connections in s~ial concen- [
an overstrengi.h factor, no,
is applied to some seismic load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7 and tricaJly braced frames . .... : . . . , ,, . .
in certain c~es in the AISC Seismic Provisions to provide a design foree that will result in Sec.tio~ F2.4a-Provides an excepti~~ to the lateral forcedistnbution i:equir~;m~nt in spe- 0
essentially elastic re8ponse for sp~cific components. These load combinations are invoked ,, . cial concentrically qraced fi-!lJlle~, I' , . .
for members or connections whose inelastic behavior may cause poor system performance. Sections F3.3 and F3.6c-Required strength of diagonal braces and their ~onqections, f
They generally meet the following criteria: They are critical elements on the load path, and beams outside links, and columns for eccentrically braced frames
they are not likely to perform well in the itielastic range. Sections F4.3 and F4.6c-Required strength of beams, columns and connections in buck-
Members ~d connections requiring the special seismic load combinations incoiporating ling-restrained braced frames , .
the overstrength factor, no.
in ASCEJSEI 7, include the following (the apptic3ble sect.ion of Sections FS.3 and F5.6b-Required strength ofhonzontal and vertical boundary elements :~
, u I
ASCEJSEI 7 is provided in parentheses): and connections in special plate shear walls , .. . . ~-

1. Elements supi)orting discontinuous "".alls or frames (Section 12.3.3.3) See the applicable sections of !he AISC Seismic Provisions for specific requirements.
2. Collectors f0r structures in SOC C through F (Section 12. 10.2.l) t"
I
3. Batter piles (Section 12.13.6.4) Redundancy Factor, p '
4. Pile anchorage (Section 12.13.6.5)
5. Pile splices (Section 12.13.6.6)
., ...... t (: i
Redundancy is an important prope.r ty Ioi strucrures designed with the expectation that d~- .
age will occur. Redundant structures have alternative load paths so that if some elements are ..
I
In the AISC Seismic Pr,ovisions, this concept is addressed using the term, amplified seis- severely damaged and lose load carrying capacity, other elements will be able to continue to [.
mic load. In some cases, the amplified seismic load defers to the use of the ASCfJSEl 7 load provide a safe load path. Adequate redundancy is ensured when a large number of plastic
combinations that include 0... while for other situations, the amplified seismic load is a term hinges must fonn tl1roughout the structure in a progressive manner before formation of a
defined in the AISC Seismic Provisions to meet a capacity design requirement Sections of mechanism and when no one element is required to provide the full seismic resistance of '.
the AISC Seisf!liC Provisions where the amplified seismic load is invoked for the design of
certain elements or connections include:
the struc1urc. To encourage provision of a minimum level of redtindancy in the structure,
ASCVSEl 7 Section l 2.3.4 stipulates a redundancy factor, p, based on the structure's I
AME~ICAN L'ISTrl'\fm OP STI!a CONSTRllCnON '
~.
 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
configuration and the number 9f independent seismic force resisting elements present.
When structures do not satisfy minimum criteria. this factoramplifies lhe required strength
of the Iateral system. The elastic analysis !lf ~$FR is pt.tfonned usi.n& V. the total design
lateral force, based on !he tabul~ value ofR, and pis applied to.~e resultin&Qsmember
force effects, where QE is the. effect of horizontal seismic forces. , , , ,
Maximum Force Delivered by the Syster:n ...
The maximum force delivered by lhe system is a concept used in several applications in the
practice of seismic design. The ma:x.imum force deliyercd by lhe system is oftell one of the
limits for requited strength of a seismic resisting element For example, a thorough.diSC'Us-
sion of how this force may be detennined for SCBP brace connections is contained in the
AISC Seismic Provisicns Commentary Section F2.6c.
Building Joints ..
..
I
__... Expansion Joints t '
,.
Expansion join~ .i,n a stru~fre a,re vr.ovided t(),?YOid impairing.the function of the fac~lity or
c.ausini c~.amage to the structural ~. ~hitec~al components. 'the ~umber and l~tion of
building e)(pansion joints is a design iS.sue not fully trealed in tecfun~ai literature.
\... (I
The Al.SC Spec_ificaJion considers expansion joints a servie&.bility issue, and. Section
L7 states that 'The effects of tbe.nnal expansion and contraction of a building shall be
considered. Damage to building cladding fu cause water penetration and may lead to
corrosion." ' stiffness of many modem build,ings and the.greater recognition by engineers of the magni-
ASCE/SEI 7 also considers expansion joints a serviceability issue indicating in
Se<:tion 1.3.2 that "Structural systems, and members thereof, shall be designed to
have adequate stiffness to limit deflections, lateral drift, vibration, or any other defor-
mations that adversely affect the intended use and P.Ctfonnance of buildings and
other struct11res."
'fypjcal locations of expansion joints include: ,
Where steel framing changes direction . sliders or s.imilar devices are costly and lbe seat element may in~ere with other elements
Separating wings of L, U and T shaped buildings - of the building. It js SJrongly ~mmeoded \hat seated coonections be designed to allow for
At additions to existing buildings
At locations where interior beating conditions change, such as where heated offices
abut an unhcar.ed warehouse
To break very long structures into shorter structures
11\e vyidth of an expansion joint is determined from the basic them1al expansion
expression for lhe material used for the structural frame:
where
. .
!J.1, =change in length
a = 6.5 x 10", coefJjcient of linear expansion for steel structures
' ..
l = length subject to the temperature change
!J.7 =design ttmperature change
See ~SC Manual Thble 17-ll for .additional information i:>n coefficients of eJtpansion.
Seismic Joints
Seismic joint.S are similar in fonn to expansion joints but are the result of very different
structural considerations. They must accommodate movement in both orthogonal directions
simultaneously and their spacing is not typically affected by building length or size. Seismic
joints 'a.re used to separate an irregular structure into multiple regular structures in an effort
to proyide better seismic performance of tile overall building.
The design of seismic joints is complex and includes efforts by all members of the design
team to assure that lhe joint is properly sized, adequately sealed from weather, and safe to
wallc on, as well as to provide for adequate movement of other systems crossing the joint
and means to mainta.i.\l the .fire ratings of the floor, roof and wall systems. Seismic joints are
I
.j costly and architecturally undesirable, so they should be incorporated with discretion.
When seismic joints are determined to be necessary or desira~le for a panicular building,
the locations of the joints are often obvio~ and inherenL Many of the locations appropriate
for expansion joints are also appropriate for seismic joints..Requirements for determining
the seismic separation between buildings are prescribed in ASCFJSEI 7.
The width of seismic joints).n IllQdem,puil9ings can vary from juSt a few inches to sev-
eral feet, depending on building height and siiffness. Joints in more reoent buildings tend
to be .much widel' than !heir predecessors. ,This is due to several major factors, the most
important of which.is chrulges in the cod~. Other contributing factors are the lower lateral
tude of reaJ. la~ia,\-defonnations induced by an ~quake.
Seismic jo.i,nts o{ten result in somewhat complicated structural framing conditions. In 1be
simplest of joints, ~te columns are placed at either side of the joint to p,rovide lhe n~
essary structural support. This is comroon in parlcing struetures. When double columns are
not acceptable. lhe slrUCtUte must either be cantilevered from more widely spaced columns
or seated connec.ljom must be used. In' lhe case of seat conn~tjons, there is the tempta-
tion to limit the .travel of the sliding Clement, because longersliding surfaces using Teflon
movements that exceed those ~cu.lated for .the design basis earthquake to allow for th~
effects of greater earthquakes and because the consequences of the sttucture falng off of
the seat may be disastrous. Wi,ete thi.s is not possible, restraint cables such as those often
used on bridges. should be considered.
I
Bui/ding Separations 1
Separations between adjacent buildings that a.re coosuuct.ed at different times, have differ-
(1-1) ent ownership, or are otherwise not compatib)e with each other may be necessary and
unavoidable if bolh buildings are located at or near the common property line. ASCFJSEI 7
prescribes setbacks for property lines. An e:itception can be made where justified by ra.tion:i1
analysis based on inelastic irsponsc to design ground motions.
I
''"
"
l - 18 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS L3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1-19 m
w..
l
Building Drift : ."\ . ...
~
less than 50 P on a reglliaf basis. In these cases, the AISC Seismic Provision:s Commentary !r 1
,, ,.. .
.. suggests that the minimum qualification temperature provided in AWS Dl.BAnnex A be ~~
Story drift is the maximum lateral displacement within a story (i.e., the displacement of one adjusted such that the test tem)'.lerarure for the CVN toughness qualifica~on tests be no more .,.,
tloor relative to the floor below caefsed by the effects of seismic loads). B\'liJdingfsubjected than 20 "F above the lowest anticipated serVice temperature (LAST).
to earthquakes need drift control to limit damage to fragile nonstnictural elements, and to It is recognized that the LAST is defined diff~ntly in diffeicnt industries:For example, ITT:
minimize differential movement demands 0n the structure. It is expected that the desigh of the current AASJITO CVN't~ghness requirements are specified to avoid bri!tlc 'fracture in [H:
moment resisting frames, and the design of tall, narrow shear-wall or braced-frame buil~gs
will be governed at least in part by drift considerations.
The allowable story drift limits arc defined in ASCE/SEI 7 Table 1.2.12-1 and are a flJ!l~
steel bridges abOve the LAST, which is defined.in terms of three tem~rattlre zc:>n'es. In arc-
tic offshore applications the LAs:r can be either tile minimum deiign temperature or a .w
selected value below the design tempetature, de~nding upon the consequences.of failure. j;~~
I
tion of the seismic lateral force resisting system and the building risk category. The The AISC Seismic Provisions are intenoed to ensure' ductile performance for a low prob- ;;h,
p~~cribed story drift limits are. applicable to ea9,h story. They mus! n.ot,bi ex~ed i1;1 any ability earthquake event. The LAST is O?,WlallY .defin,ed to ensure ductile, perfOtJAance for a
story even though the drift in other stories may be ~ell below the liril.it. low probability temperature extreme. The direct combination of two low probability events i~
, : J ~

would be statistically very unlikely. As a. result, the definition of LAST need'not be execs- :;~ 1
Deflection Compatibility sively restrictive for seismic applications. For purposes of the AISC Seismic Piovi.siOns, the :;..
LAST may be considered to be the lowest one-day mean temperature compiled .from ~
ASCEISEI 7 prescribes requirements for deformation compatibilicy for Seismic Design
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration data. For more information, go to !!;
Categories D through F to ensure that the SFRS provides adequate defom1ation control to
www.noaa.gov and www.climate.gov. ' ': \!~.
protect elements of the structure that are not part of the seismicforce resisting sys~em. Thi~
l ~ '
is intended to c'nsure that componentS'designed as gravity supporting only can''alscnesist
P-L'J. moments, based on total story drifts:
.
. . QfJality Control an~ Qual!fy Assurance . . . 'n :".~:-.,.,,_~>. rn I
. Tue International Buildiiig' Code (ICC, 20i2) refers to the 2010 AISC Specification and ihe b .
Lowest Anticipated Service Temperature
. . . . ,, . ... . 2010 AISC Seismic Provisions for all quality requirements for structural steel. The scope
statement in Section Jl of the AISC Seismic Provisions gives the f~llowing explanation for ~
Most structural steels can fracture eitlfer in a ductile or in a brittle mariner. The mode of frac . . ~ ~
quality control and quality assurance: E~
~,ure is governed by the temperature at fracture, the rate at whidi the loads ate applied, llnd
tlle magnitude of the constraints' that would prevent plastic deformation. Fracture toughness Quiity control (QC) as specified in this chapt_e r shall be provided by the fabrlcaior,
is a measure of the energy required to cause'an element to fiacrure; the 'm'ore energy that is erector, or other responsible contractor as applicabl~. Quality assuranee (QA) as spec-
iequir~( the tougher thematerial, i.e., it takes more energy tO fracture a ductile material ified in this chapter shall be provided by others wh~b rcq\iired oy the authority hiiving
than a brittle material. Additionally, lower temperatures have an adverse impact on material jurisdiction, applicable building code, purchaser, owrier, or ef!gi~~r of ~ord (EOR).
ductility. Fracture toughness for materials<Can be established by using fracture-mechaili<:S
test methods. ,! \
I

Traditionally, the fracture toughne5s for structural steels has beeri primanly characterized .I tt '!I

by testing Chatpy V-notch (CVN) 'specimens at different temperatures [A:STM E23 (ASTM, I lnwer i lhelf , .. .. ransiti on Zon ll Unr "'r She f
w
2007)). The CVN'test produces failures at very high1sttain rates. If testing is carried out over
a range of temperatures: the results o{energy abs6rbed versus temperature can be plotted ti:>
give an S-curve asshown in Figure1~7. Usually, three specimens. are-tested at a given tem-
I - ..
:~
11>

1.,...1 r--; ~
'b
d>
f~.,., 1
lli.i
perature and' the results averaged. .1.
' Carbon and low alloy steels exhibit a change in fracture beliavior as the temperarure falls
- V'I> r.:
f:'
~{,
l'!
with the failure mode changing from ductile to brittle. At high teinperatures, the fraclUI'e is
'. /!>
I

characterized by pure ductiletearing. At low temperatures, the fracture surface is character- ' d. I

ized by cleavage fractures. The decrease in fracture toughness at low temperatures decreaseS
the fracture capacity of the member, resulting in poorer cyclic bel)avior. (Austenitic stain-
. 4~ (~~ ~ ~
(D

less steels do not show thjs change in fracture behavior, with the fracture remaining ductile (~
- 41>
even to very low temperatures. This is one reason ~hy these types of alloys arc ustdin cryo-
T ~I I I I I I
genic applications.) Temperature
The AlSC Seismic Provisions Commentary Section A3A acknowledges that in structures
~
" t'
with exposed structural steel, demand critical weids may be subject to ser\iice temperatures Fig. 1-7. Typidaz Charpy V:notch tesi results.
 1- 20 GENERAL DESIGN CONSJOERA'DONS
LI
When ductile seismic response should be assured and the AlSC Seismic Provisions
govem the design, fabrication and erection, steel framing needs to rnecc speciaJ quality
LI requirements as appropriate for the various components of the structure. These require-
menis, applicable only to members of the SFRS, are provided in:
ANSI/AISC 341-10, Seismic Provisions/or Structural Steel Buildings (AISC, 2010b)
AWS Dl.8/Dl.8.M:2009, Smtcrural 'Welding Code-Seismic Supplement (AWS, 2009)
. ANSI/AISC 358-10, Prequalified Connections for Special and lnremrediare Steel
-
Moment Frames for Seismic Applications (AISC, 2010c)
2012 International Building Co<k, .~pter 17 (ICC, 2012)
Addition~! quality requfrements are sjieCified in: .
u ANSI/AISC 360-10, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings (AISC, 2010a)
ATSC 303-10, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildmgs and Bridges (AISC,
2010d) .
AWS Dl.l/D1.IM:2010, Structural Welding Code-Steel (AWS, 2010)
Ll 2009 RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Srrtngth Bolts (RCSC,
2009)
~
The requirements of AlSC Seismic-Pfovisions Chapter J specify QC and QA special
requirem~nts for all responsiple parties related to the following:
.. . . ,: . .
Fabricator and erector documents
u
.
Quality assurance asency documents
Inspection and nondestructive testing personnel
Inspection tasks .
Welding inspectj.on and nondeStructi'.ye te~ting
Inspection of high-strength bolt.4lg . - ulates that all requirements from AWS Dl.1, including weld procedure specifications. are
Other steel structure _inspections
Inspection of composite stnicrures
0 Inspection of piling
To meet the requirements of the International Building C<Xk, as part of the contract doc-
uments, the registered design professio~ in responsible charge must prepare a "statement
of special inspections~ which is termed the quality assurance plan (QAP) in the AISC
'J Seismic Provisions. The QAP should be prepared by the engineer of record and made a part
of the contract documents. The plan should contain, at a minimw:n, a written description of
qualifications, procedures, quality inspectie>ns, resources and records to be used to provide
assurance that the structure complies with the engineer's quality requirements, specifica-
tions and contract documents. Chapter J of the AISC Seismic Provisions provides the
minimum acceptable requirements for a QAP fo~ .the SFRS, including requJrements for the
u contract documents, quality assurance agency documen~. inspection points, and frequen-
des, along with spec1aJ requirements for weld and bolt inspections.
AJSC Sei.rmic Provisibn.r Chapter J bas specific requirements for nondestructive testing
of welds. in addition to those in AISC Specification Section N4.5, which must be shown on
the contract documents. Quality assurance requirements for bolting include verifying that
faying surfaces meet the specifiCAtion requirements and that the bolts are properly tensioned
per the R.CSC Specification.
1.3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDeRATIONS 1-'.!l
Design Drawing Requirements :
Structural Design Drawing Requirements
For systems not requiring seismic detailing, structural design drawings are to meet the
requifements in the AISC Code of S(4ndard Practice as stip~ated in AlSC Specification
Section A4. Shop and erection drawing~ should follow design documencs to convey speci-
fied information for fabrication :md erection. for systems desi~ed to meet Lhe AISC
Seismic Provisions, additional requirements are provided in A1SC Seismic Provisions
Section A4 with supplementary discuss.ion in the Provisions Commentary Section A4. Tt is
important to define all structu1?11 elements in the building that resist seismic loads, includ-
ing struts, collectors, chords, diaI?fl:agms and trusses. Also, the SFRS members should be
indicated in both plan and elevation drawings. If the SFRS includes other materials, these
elements should be defined as such where the steel connects to them. '
SFRS Member and Connection Material Specifications
SFRS material requirements are discussed in ATSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.l and in
the material sections of the various prequaJified connections in ANSI/AISC 558. Wide
flange shapes will generally be ASTM A992 material. ASTM A992 has spedfied maximum
yield stress and milximum yield-to-tensile ratio to ensure ductility along with a'!imit on the
carbon equivaJent to ensure weldabillty. Material requirements for the connection elements
must be consistent with the prequalified details in ANSI/AISC 358. Bolt materi:ll grade,
sjze, location and tensioning must be shown on the design drawings. Bolts typically are
designed as bearing-type connections with standard holes and all Q<llts are required tO' be
pretensioned and have Class A faying surfaces. AISC Seismic ProviSions Section D2.3 on
weided joints, references AISC Specification Chapter J. AISC Specijic(ltion Section 12 stij,-
applicable ~'lcept for the specific AWS D1.1 provisions cited. The AISC Seismic Provisions
Seition A3.4 requires that all welds in the SFRS. be made with filler. metals meeting the
requirements specified in clause 6.3 off.WS Dl.8. Oa~se 6.3 requires that all welds provide
a minimum Charpy V-notch toughness 6f20 ft-lb at O "F, either by test or manufacturer's cer-
tification. There are additional requirements for demand critical welds as noted below.
Demand Critical Welds
Welds ate designated demand critical' in the AISC Seismic Provisions oased on considera-
ti~n' of tlie inelastic strain dema,td and the consequence of failure. Thel~ation of these
deriland critical welds is given in lhe AlSC Seismic Provisio.ns and in ANSIIAISC 358 in the
section applicable to Lbe designated SFRS. As specified ul AISC Se~ic Pro~isions Section
A3.4b, demand critical welds shall be. made with fil,Jer metals m~ting 'ilie requirements
of AWS D(8 clause6.3. Clause 6.3 requires a arinimum Charpy V-notch toughness of 40
ft..lb at 70 F for a LAST of 50 f C?r greater. See AWS Dl.8 for detail~ testing require-
ments and for a LAST less than 50 F.
There are a num9er of other quality c?nlr91 3:0d quality assurance items associated with
dCJ'.!land critical welds that are covered in the AISC Seismic Provisions and AWS D 1.8. Items
sucii as use of backing bars and run-off tabs, including requirements for trimming and fin
ishing of run-off tabs, are specifically addressed.
 1-22 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 1.3 SEISMIC DESJGN OVERVIEW AND DESJGN CONSIDERATIONS 1- 23 J
SFRS, some consideration should be gi-qen todeveloping a limited amount of base
Locations and Dimensions of Protected Zones, 0

Protected zones are designated by the AJSC Seismic Provisions for different systems-and
generally are areas encompassing the plastic hinging region. The FEMNSAC testing bas
demonstrated the seiisitivity of these areaS to fracture caused by discontinuities resulting
from welding, penetrations, changes in section. or construction-caused notches (Riel es et al.,
2003). Fabrication and erection work, and
the subsequent work by other trades, have the
potential _to cause discontinuities in the SFRS'. AlSC Seismic Provisi.ons Sections DI .3 and
12.1 provide detailed requirements for the protected zone.
The"loclltidns and dimensions of these protected zones for rrioment'ccinnections ~spec
ified in the AISC .Seismic Prdvisions and in ANSI/AfsC 358 for each SFRS. For e,~ample,
.....
accbrdin'g to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5c, the prbfected zone for special concen-
trically braced ~rames includes "the center one-quarter of the brace length and a zone
adjacent to each conneetion equal ici the brace depth l.n the plane of buckling" as well as
"elements that connect braces to beams and columns." For eccentrically braced frames,
AISC Seismic Provisioris Section F3.5c defines the protected.zone as the Jjnk. In any case, .
the reql!ireme~ts ~n AISC SeiS1J1ic ProvisioTJS Sections D1.3 and 12.1 must be satisfied.
- When !oca~ed in the protected rone th~ ~&c.ontinuities are req~ _to be repaired by
!he .resI?onsible contractor..tQ _the satisfaction of the engi!ieer of record: The AISC Seismic
P_"rovisions r~qufre th;it t.e prot~9ted zones.,be sh9wn on the design drawings. The .s:ontrac-
tor n~s to \ise tltis information to ~ontrol ~nstru'ction activities in this area.
;l . . .. .
.Additional Structural Qesign Drawing Detail Requirements
in theProvisions
- '\
.
l'.ollowing ,~t'. some of the.additional ~eci~ifements from _the AISC peismic Provisions .that
may_ .~~t c~tructural design dr~wing d,etails: ...
L SFRS column splice -requirements are given in' AISC Seismic.. Provisions Section
D25a. The splices need to be loca~ away from beam-to-column connections, with
the proviSions stipulating 4 ft otmore away from the connection; iiowever, in general,
splices should be in the middle thtrd of the column (see Exceptions in Section D2.5a).
Because of the splice strength requirements in Section D2.5, it is important that the
splice be fully detailed on the design drawings. Where bolted splices are used there
must be plates or channels on both sides of the web.
2. C~lUJllll: spl~c~ requirements for columns that are not part of the SFRS are given in the
. . ;. ~IS.C $eiSmic ProVisions Section D25c. The min.imuni shear foice8 required to be
shear either by embedment or by bearing on the anchor rods. AISe Seismic Provisions }
Section D2.6b stipulate.S the required shear strength for column bases, including those w
not designated as part of the SFRS. '
4. Width-to-thickness ratios of SFRS members must be less than those that are resistant to
local buckling in order to achi~ve the required inelastic deformations required. While
J
the width-to-thickness ratios given in the AISC Specificarion Table 84.l for compact
sections are adequate to prevent buckling before the onset of strain hardening, tests have
shown that they are not adequate for the requi:J:ed inelastic perfonnance in several
SFRS. AISC Seismic Provisfons Table D 1.1 gives the limi~ng ~idth-to-thiekness ratios
.J
'
for moderately ductilea:na highly ductile members.:ClassificatiQn of members as mod-
erately or highly ductile may govern member size for the various systems.
5. Requirements for stability bracing of beams are provided for each system. The brae-
ing required is stipufated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2 and-depends on
J
,, whether the beam is moderately or highly ductile. Special. bracing is :required adjacent
to plastic !tinge locations. If the bracing_ requirement can~ot be m~t by the floor slab \
and the elements of the-moment connection, then the requrred bracmg merober(s) 'and J
connection(s) should be-,shown. For example, .special moment frame beams require
_ bracing that satisfy the.provisions for highly ductile members as given inAISC S~~smic 1
Provisions D l.2b. While the floor slab typically will:brace the top flange, addmonal
. braces should be shown where required with the neeessaryconnections. ~
~ <
AW~: o~-.,~ Strvc~ur~I w,eldin; ~~d~~!~m~~ Su~P.'e"'.~nt . . . r.
AWS DL8,. sutx;lause 1;2.1 lists the information that the engineer o~ record_ 1s r~mred to C.
protjde o~ the c0n~c~ dqcurn~nts SP,CCi.6<;ally related.to welding of t11e .SF.RS. Additipn~lly,
gouges l!Jld.notcbes.!l!e not peDUitt~,and w_lJ!le gpndipg to a flus~.cQndi.tion is not requin:d, t
the contour should provide a s~oo~, tranSttio,Q.. AVf.S D1.8 p~ovtde~ xe,i::?.nynended details ~
for these areas, _ .. . - . . , i . -
AWS D.1 ;8..con~~ a numrn;r Qf otper special r~irements tha~ sho~4 pe specifisallY t
referenced j.n th~. C<?tJ;3q. dotui.nen~. .Iii. addition t_o the fill.er me.~al r~qu~~m~n~. mentioned .t
preyiou~.ly.!> ~e~g ~tical w~ds h~ve the following requ.trepients:, ., .. . ,:. . .
ManiiractureC'~ eertificates bf c'onfonnance for fiite{met?Is . .-' .'
S~ial restrictions on care and exposure of elec4odes ., .. ' : - ;."'
.
j
- Suppl~~Snlar. wClaer qu~fi.cation fiir restrlct~(i''accds ~elding' for tJ?ttorl?'"!J_~g~
- weliliilg throu~ a~s liole$ 1 " . ' ~'
. "

. , .d~el~f.'?fin .th7.5e.splices .".'ill require a special column splice and this detail should i sPe<;i:iI weid sequence ror'bottom fiangewelding ihiough aceess holes
. also De snown .on the desjgn drawings. - . . . '' Suppiementary'teqmremenis for qrialification of ultrasonk,test\.ilg. tecluiicians
- . . ;, _.. ... - . ... . . ,_.... - . l!iSJ
3. SFRS coi~mn bases must.meet the requh;ements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section .. ,
D2.6 and anc~or rOd embedment and re.irdorcing steel should be designed according C~mpos ite Systems
to ACI 318 Appendix.D. Anchor rod sizes ~d locations, along with washer require-;
.merits, hole sizes an~ base plate welds must meJt lhese design requirementS and must For buildings with composite inenibe/s and/or com~site SFRS_. aa importan! ch~g~ in." th
be shown. Special embedment used for base fixity must also be shown on the Struc- 2010 AISC Seismic Provisions is tile' integration ofwhat were formerly presented separately
. tura1 dt:sigi;i. ilraw_ings. The Comment:Uy JO Section D2.6 gives a good discussion a!C?ng in Pa.rtS I (steel) and II (composite) into a combined sel of provisions. This edition of th. ~
. ' with examples of b.ow to develop these fo~ces. For column b8Ses that are not part of
. . .. . ' " . . ~. I
Seismic Design Manual follows that approach by adding examples for composite systems. J
i'
I

)
 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
The 2010 AISC Seismic Provisions for the seismic design of composite structural steel
and reinforced concrete buildings are based upon the 1994 NEHRP Provisions (FEMA.
1994) and subsequent modifications made in the 1997, 2000, 2003 and 2009 NEHRP
Provisions (FEMA, 2009) and in ASCE/SEI 7. Because composite systems are comprised
of integrated steel sod concrete components, both the AISC Specification and ACI 31 g
form an important basis for provisions related to compos.ite construction.
There is, at present, limited experience in the U.S. with composite building systems sub
jected to extreme seismic loads. Extensive design and performance experience with this
type of construction in Japan clearly indicates that composite systems, due to their inher
ent rigidity and toughness, can equal or exceed the perfonnance of buildings comprised of
reinforced concrete systems or structural steel systems (Deierlein and Noguchi, 2004;
.I
.'.,
:
Yamanouchi et al.. 1998). Composite systems have been extensively used in tall buildings
throughout the world.
Careful attention to all aspects of the design is necessary in the design of composite sys-
tems, particularly with respect to the general building layout and detailing of members and
connections. Composite connection details are illustrated throughout this Manual to convey
the basic character of the force transfer in composite systems. However, these decails should
not necessarily be treated as design standards. The cited references provide more specific
information on the 'design of composite connections. F-0r a general discussion of these issues
and some specific design examples, refer to Viest et al. {1997).
The design and construction of composite elements and systems continues to evolve in
practice. Except where explicitly stated, the AlSC Seismic Provisions are not intended to
limit the application of new. systems for which testing and analysis demonstrates .that the
!JI structure has adequate strength, ductility and toughness. It is generally anticipated that the
dverall behavior of the composite systems herein will be similar to that for counterpan struc-
tural steel systems or reinforced concrete systems and that inelastic deformations will occur
in conventional ways; such as flexural yielding of beams in fully restrained moment frames
or axial yielding and/or buckling of braces in' braced frames.
When systems have both ductile and nonductile elements, the relative stiffness of each
sh<'uld be properly modeled; the ductile elements can defoon inelastically while the non-
ductiJe elements remain noniinally elastic. When using elastic analysis, member stiffness
at
should be reduced to account f6r the degree of cracking the onset of significant yielding
in the structure. Additionally, it is necessary to account for material overstrength that may
alter relative strength and stiffness.
Parts 6 an~ 7 of t,his.Manual provide discussion and example problems for the design of
members and connections for composite moment frame and braced frame systems, respec-
tively, as well as guidelines for traversing through lhe AISC Seismic Provisions alld AISC
Specification relative toeach specific building system. Where possible, the e.umple prob-
lems presented were developed to be companions to the example problems presented in
other parts of this Manual. For instance, the example problem for the composite speci:ll
moment fraine system illustrates the application of the composite requirements when a con-
cr;te-filled tube column replaces the steel column of the special moment frame strucru.re
illustrated in the example problems in Part 4 of this Manual.
::~
I :
I MlERICAN lNS'ITlVlll OJ' STSl!l. CONS'!'RUCTtON
-~
1.4 DESIGN TABLE D JSCUSSlON
1.4 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION
Seismic Weld Access Hole Configurations
Table 1-1. Workable Seismic Weld Access HoJe
Configurations
Fourteen configurations arc given based upon the minimum scisffiic weld access bole pro-
file. This table is intended to be used in conjunction with Table 1-3 for quick selection of
weld access hole geometry for wide-flange beams when the special seismic weld access
hole is used. A workable seismic access hole configuration from Table 1-1 is given .in Table
1-3 for each shape listed. Where a dash is shown, no configuration shown in Table 1-1 meets
all criteria.
AJSC Specification Section Jl.6 provides general requirements for weld access holes. It
should be noted that the geometries shown in Table 1-1 represent only one set of configura-
tions that satisfy the dimensions and tolerances in AWS Dl.8 Figure 6.2. Other
configurations that comply with AWS Dl.8 Figure 6.2 may also be used. The special seis-
mic weld access hole is required for beams in ordinary moment frames per AISC Seismic
Provisions Section El.6b(c), and for beams in welded unreinforced flange-welded web
(WUF-W) moment connections per ANSI/AISC 358. ,.
Member Ductility Requirements
Table 1-2. Summary of Member Ductility Requirements
Ductility requirements are summarized for SFRS members per Chapters E, F, G and H of
the AlSC Seismic Provisions.
Local Buckling Requirements
I
Table 1-3. Sections That ~atisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness
Requirements, W-Shapes "
=
W-shapes with F1 50 ksi (ASTM A992) that satisfy the moderately or highly ductile
width to-thickness requirements per th~ AISC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.l are indicated
with a "" in the column correspond.i.tig to the member requirements for specific SFRS.
This includes W-sbapes th:ll incorporate reduced beam section moment connections. See
Table 1-2 for a summary of the member ductility requirements for the SFRS in the AISC
Seismic Provisions. A wide-flange section satisfies these requirements if its flange and weh
width-to-thickness ratios are less than or equal to the corresponding limits listed in Table
l A, which is summarized from the requirements in Table D 1.1 of the AISC Seismi
Provisions. For cases where the limiting web width-to-thickness ratio is a function of th
member's required axial strength, P,, or P,,, the member will satisfy the width-to-lhickne
requirements if P., or P~ is less than or equal to the value tabulated for P,. maJC or Pa ,,,
respectively. The nominal axial yield strength of a member, P,, is calculated as F1 A1 . N<'"
that in these cases it is 3SSUmed that Ca= Pul9cP1 > 0.125 or D..;P0 1P1 > 0.125. Exceptic
l - 26 GENERAL DESIGN CONSlDERATfONS 1.4 DESION TABLE DISCUSSION 1 -. I:
for intermediate moment frame and special moment frame beams with Ca< 0.125 are i.ndi- Table 1-4. Sections That Satisfy Seismic -
cated in the footnotes of Table 1-A. Where a dash is shown, there is no limitation on the Width-to-Thickness Recfuirements, Angres ..
,, ~' L

values of Pu or P0 .
Angles with F1 =36 ksi (A36); inctudiDg_botb single and double angle configurations, that
Aloo provided is the maxirol!m spacin$ ?f beam bracing for moderately ducti,le and highJy
ductile beams, L1nnu. wnere for moderately ductile beams, Lb'max= 0.l1r1 E!Fy, and highly
ductile beams, Lb mo.x =0.086ry EIF,. Note that W-shapes that do not Satisfy "either moder-
satisfy AJSC Seismic Prpvisiory, locaJ byckJ.i9g requirements fQr, use: fiS, diagonal b~aces 1
SCBF, OCBF, EBP, and the special segment of STMF chords are indicated wilh a "" in I}
l
ately or

highly.d1,1ctite
.. ,I//
w.idth-to-thickness ratios not included in Table 1-3 are corresponding column. An angle satisfies these requirements if the greatest leg width-to-
lhickness ratio is Jess than or equal to tbecorresponding limits listed in Table 1-B, which i~
.... l i . .. summarized from the requirements in Table DI. l of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Note th. l
angles that do not satisfy either moderately or highly ductile width-to-thickness ratios a1
Table 1-A
nor included in Table 1-4.
limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for
W-Shape Flanges and. Webs in. Compression
Limiting Width-to-Thickness Limiting Width-to-Thickness Table 1-B
Ratio Ratio
Member Limiting Width-tQ-T.l)ickn~s~ Ratios for
Range, b/.t. Web, hit.,
Angle Legs in Compression
01agona1
0.38P, 1.49J[ff; Wlath-to-l!lici<ness , :Limiting Widih-toThickness
Brace Member
For c, s 0.125
Ratio
~
., ~

.. ...
~,,

Ratio.
"'
~
.
3.76,.fEI F1 (1 - 2.75C,) .ii!:'
e=
C> C>
Olagonal
.. . - "".....
:::>
c .. For c, >0.125 .. 0 Brace
lit 0.38JE!F1
>.
:s
.
Beam,'
~-

1.12J E I F1 (2.33- C1 )"?.1..49JEIT,"

-::0 :::>
oC
::;: '
; . '
m
a Column,EBF o.33,[fff; where
"C
0
::!:
Unk ' Diagonal
C Pu
'= -~Py (l.RFD) ., Br~,
:c;; Chords In bit 0.30JE1Fy
I
en<> !
C, =OcP 1 (ASO) -:.: Q:::> , ..
- Py
STMFSpeclal
Segment I
.. \
-; Diagonal' '
Brace
o.3op, 1.49JE!F1

ffi( C, S0.125

...
:; Beam,' - 2.45JE I F1
ffi(C, :>0.125
(1 - 0.93C,)
J
. Column,
Q
b ChOfds in o.nJE IF, {2.93-C,)~1.49,.JE IF, :: .-. -' . ' ....
JZ
~ -
:i:
STMf SP,ecfal o;JOP, Where
Segment,EBF ,
Un~SPSW ' c. "' ..!!... (l.RFD) ..... :.
VBE&HBE
.. .I
~Py

I
C,,.. OcP1 ~D)
Pr }
..l
c.1s les:s 111an or~ 1o0.125, lhe.fmrtlno raliO 11/ 1,,shal not exceed 3.76./fff;.
FcrW~ beanslnSMF systemS YIMre
.
l
Applle$ IO eBf links meeting the exctl)tlcn In SdofJ F3.5b(1).
Fcr W~ beams In SMF S)'SlemS where C. ls Im 111ar1 or~ 1o 0.125. the lmillnO Wldlll-~ ralio 11/t. .rial not
~ 2.45.fElF,. w
 ~l
1-28 GENERAL DESIGN CO:"!SJOERATIONS 1.4 DESlGN TABLE DISCUSSION

I .. Table 1-5a. Sections That Satisfy Seismic

Width-to-Thickness Requirements, Rectangular HSS
Table 1-Sb. Sections That Satisfy Seismic .
Width-to-Thickness Requirements; Square HSS
Rectangular aod square HSS with F1 =46 ksi (ASlM A500 Grade B) that satisfy the AJSC
Seismic Provisions local buc.kJing ~uirements for use as diagonal braces or columns in
r: SCBF, and bT'aCC$ in OCBF and EBF are indicated wilh a "" in the corresponding column.
A rectangular or square HSS s.atisfies these. requirements if its flange and web width-to-
lhickness ratios are less than or equal 10 the corresponding limits listed in Table 1-C. which
is summariz.ed from !he requ.irernents of Table D 1.1 of the AlSC Seismic Prr:nisioru. Note
Table 1-6. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness
Requirements, Round HSS
Round HSS sections with F1 =42 ksi (ASTM A500 Grade B) that satisfy the AISC Seismic
Provisions local buckling requirements for use as braces or columns in SCBF and braces in
OCBF and EBF are indicated with a ...~ in the corresponding column. A round HSS satis-
fies these requirements if its width-ro-thick:ness ratio is less than or equal to the
corresponding limit listed in Table 1-D. Note that round HSS sections tlut do not satisfy
cuber moderately or highly ductile width-IO-thi.ckncss ratios are not included in Table 1-6.

I
.
i that HSS sections tha1 do not satisfy either moderately or highly ductile width-to-lhick:ness Table 1-D .
ratios arc not included in Tables l-5a or l-5b.
limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios
for Round HSS and Pipe Walls
::.-, :
Table 1-C in Compression
limiting;Width-to-Thickness Ratios Width-to-Thickness Limiting Width-to-Thickness
.....~=~
Member
Ratio Ratio
. for Rectangular and Square HSS Walls .
in Compression ii., Diagonal
Brace,
s~ Beam,
Olt D.044 (EIF1 )1
Wltttfl. to-Thidaless limiting Wfdth.to-Tlllcl<Mss "8 g
Member ~ Column
Ratio RaUo

:....\ 2::-
Bo
Diagonal
. Diagonal .
{ e=s Brace, >- 0
Brace,
''' ... <.> bit 0.64JE IF1 ' ~5 Oft 0.038(EIF1 )
'& c5 Beam, -"' :::>
<.>
:c Cl Beam,
::e Column Column
.
..~:9
,.
.
The li!ni1Jng dlameler-to-11lic1QvlsS ratiO of wall1 of round tlSS members used as beams OI CXllumns sllll1 not exteed 0.07 EIF,_.
" - >- ..
Diagonal
~~
Brace,
Beam,
bit o.ssJE IF1 ...
I
"
- !:I
::&:: Cl
Column

The lm#ing wlddHI>~ r1lio ot walb (JI rec:tingllal !!Id sq.11r1 HSS memlleta used as beams OI coblr.s shell not
eoaed 1.12../fF,.

1- 30 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Table 17. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness
Requirements, Pipe
=
Pipes with F, 3S ksi.(ASTM A53 Grade B) that satisfy AISC Seismic Provisions local
or
buckling requii'Cinents for use as braces columns in SCBF and braces in OCBF and EBF
are indicated with a "" in the corresponding column. A pipe satisfies these requirements if
its widthto-thickness ratio, Dlt, is less than oi equal to the corresponding limit listed in
Table 1-D. Note that pipe that do not satisfy either moderately or highly ductile width-to-
thickness ratios are not included in Table 1-7.
Strength o! Steel Headed Stud Anchors
Table 1-8. Nominal Horizontal Shear Strength and 25%
Reduced N_ ominal Horizontal Shear Strength for One Steel
Headed S~~ ~pchor
The nominal shear strength of steel headed stud anchors is given in Table 1-8, jn accor-
dance with AISC Specification Chapter I. This table provides the nominal shear strength
for one steel headedst)ld anchor embedded in a solid concrete slab or in a composite slab
with decklng, ~given in AISC Specification Section J8.2a.The nominal shear strength wich
the 25% reduction as specified in AISC Seismic Provisions S~tion D2.8 for intermediate
or special SFRS of Sections G2, G3, G4, H2, H3, HS and H6 is also given in Table 1-8.
. According to the. User Note in AISC Seismic Provisions Section D 2.8, lhe 25% reduction
is not necessary for gravity or collector components in structures with intennediate or spe-
cial seismic force resisting systems designed for the amplified seismic load. Nominal
horizontal shear strenglh values are presented based upon the position o f lhe steel anchor,
profile of the deck, and oriental.ion of the deck relative to the steei anchor. See AISC
Specification Commentary Figure C-18. l.
ASCE/SE' 7 [)esign CoefficiEmts and Factors for SFRS
Tab.l e 1-9a. Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel and
Steel and Concrete Composite Seismic Force Resisting
Systems
This table is based on ASCE/SEI 7 Table 12.2-I and provides design coefficients and fac-
tors for steel and composite seismic force resisting systems (ASCE, 2010).
Table 1-9b. Design Coefficients and Factors for Nonbuilding
Structures Similar to Buildings
This table is based on ASCFJSE17Table15.4-1 and provides design coefficients and fac-
tors for steel and composite seismic force resisting systems in nonbuilding sLruclures similar
to buildings (ASCE. 2010).
~
PART I REFERENCES t -31
PART 1 REFERENCES
..
I ACI (2008). Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete, ACJ 318-08, American
Concrete Institute, Fannington Hi)Js, Ml'. ' :.-
I AISC (2010a), Specification fo r Str~~,i;ral Steel Buildings, ANSTJAISC 360-10, American
I Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago, CL.
ATSC (2010b), Seismic Provi.rion.r for Structural Steel Buildings, ANSIIAISC 341-10,
American Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago, U..
AISC (2010c), Prequalified Connections for SpecW.I and lntennediate Steel Momeni Frames
for Seismic Applicatibns, ANSI/AISC 358-10, American Institute of Steel Construction,
Chicago, IL.
AISC (2010d). Code of SuwJard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, American
Institute of Steel ConstJUction, Chicago, IL.
AISC (2011), Steel Con.rtrucrion Manual, 14th&!., American Institute of Steel Construction,
Chicago, n...
ASCB (2010). Minimwn Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, ASCE/SEI 7-10,
AS:e~:;?::::::d~::: ~:~~::;~:;;~::;;~r
Impact Testing of Metallic Maternus,
ASTM E23-07ael, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA.
l
AWS (2007), Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazjng, and Nondesrrucrive Examination, l:
AWS A2.4, American Welding Society, Miami, FL. I
AWS (2009), Structural Welding Code-Seismic Supplement, AWS Dl.8/Dl.8M:2009,
American Welding Society, Miami, FL.
AWS (2010). Structural Welding Code-Steel, AWS Dl.1/Dl.1M:2010, Amencan Welding
. . l
Society, Miami, FL.
\
Chopra, A.K. (2007), Dynamics of Sb-uctures: Theory and Applications to Earthquakt
Engineering, 3rd Ed., Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ.
Deierlein, G.G. and Noguchi, H. (2004), "Overview of US-Japan Research on the Seismic
Design of Composite Reinforced Concrete and Steel Moment Frame Structures: Jouma ~
of Structural Engineering,ASCE, Vol. J30, No. 2, pp. 361-367, Reston, VA.
FEMA (1994), NEHRP Recommended Pro1risions for Seismic Regulations for New Buildings
and Other Strucrures, Washington, DC. [ ::
FEMA (2009), NEHRP Recommended Provisions fo r Seismic Regulations for New.;~
Buildings and Other Structures, FEMA P-750, Washington, DC.
t~
lCC (2012), lnlemational Building Code, International Code Council , Falls Cl)urch, VA.
RCSC (2009), Specification for Structural Joinls Using High-Smmgth Bolts, Research
Council on Sllllctural Connections, American Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago, U..
Ricles, J.M., Mao, C., Lu, L.W. and Fisber, J.W. (2003), "Ductile Details For Welde.
Unreinforced Moment Connections Subject To Inelastic Cyclic Loading," Journal OJ' l
I
Engineering Strucrures, Elsevier, Vol. 25, pp. 667-{)80.
.J:
 1- 32 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABl.ES

Vicsi. T.M., Colaco, J.P., Furlong, R.W., Griffis, L.G., Leon, R.T. and Wyllie, L.A., Jr.
(1997), Composite Construction: Design for Bu~ldin!s, McGraw-HilVASCE, Reslon, VA. Table 1-1
Yamanouchi, H., Nishiyama, I. and Kobayashi, J. (1998), "Development and Usage of Workable Seismic Weld Access
Composite and Hybrid Building Structure in Japan," ACI SP-174, American Concrete
Institute, pp. 151- 174. Hole Configurations
. @
,
~ri
,1.

tbl

@
'
fY
..

I
I
t. i
I
IA'

11 (1)Ct _/ @
t/J(
t%"min.
.,
l
i ~
~
Dimension for weld access hole geometry In accordance with
Access
Hole Type CD
AWS 01.8/01.SM subdause 6.10.1
@ @ .
,I
degrees In. in. tn. in. .
1 r,,
A 30 'h 'I 1/2
8
c
'h 'I 1 112

0 1
'I .1
1 114
.... 21h
. 31n-
E 1 11 1 1/z ' ; 4 1'2
F 1 'lz Pl 51/z
G Pl 2 6 1/z
H 2 2 11, l!h
I
J
. 2 114
2 121
2 1/z
23/4
8 1iz
9 112
K 3 3 11
l 3 1/ 3'/t 12 1'2 !
M
N
:. 3 3/
4 ,,,,
4
It
14
15
I
-
J- 34 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABLES 1- 35 }:.

.
Summary.of Member Ductility
Table 1-2 Table 1-2 (continued}
Sutnmary 'of Member:DuCtility
I l;
Requirements -, ~ . Requirements'
I"
I
Highly Moderately No Ductility Seismic IQgllly Moderately No Ductility seismic
Requirements Provisions Requirements PflJVislons
System . Ouctile Dui:tile System Ductile Ductile
"
Aw A.""
per Seismic Section 'AM ~
per Seismic
Provisions
Section
Reference
l:
. ~
Provisions Reference
.

Ordinary Moment Frame (OMF) . Composite lntennediate Moment Frames ..

~;
El.Sa -
(C-IMF) ..
Intermediate Moment Frame (IMF)
Beams
Columns
... E2.5a
E2.Sa
Steel and Composite Beams
Steel and Composite Columns


G2.5a
G2.Sa .
I
. eorTiposite Specia!. Moment Frames (CSMF)
Speclal Moment Frames (SMF)
Beams
Columns


E3.5a
E3.5a
Steel and Composite Beams
~ Steel and Composite Columns
Reinforced Concrete,Encased Beams ob


.
G3.?a
G3.5a
G3.Sa
li
t I~

Special Truss Moment Frames (STMF)

Chords in Special Segment
Special Segment Diagonal Webs
.. E4.5c
Coniposite Partialiy Re~ained Moment
Frames (C:.fif\MF)
'
;

Ordinary Cantilever Column Systems (OCCS) . E4.5c Steel Colrims

cOmpos~e Beams


G4.5a :.1
Special Cantilever Column Systems (SCCS)
Columns ..
ES.Sa

ES.Sa
eomposite Ordinary Braced Frames (C-OBF) . . G4.5b
Ht.Sa
Composite Special Concentrically Braced
Ordinary Concentrically Braced Frames Frames (C-SCBF)
(OCBF)
Diagonal Braces . F1.5a
~ CompoSite Columns
steel Braces or Composite Braces I


H2.5a
H2.5a
Speclal Concentrlcally Braced Frames Steel or Composite Beams H2.5a
. .
(SCBF)
Diagonal Braces '. . . ..

. ~
F2.5a
Comj>osite EQ:entrically Braced Frames
(C-EBF) I
..
Beams
Cotumns . ..
F2.5a
F2.5a
Oi3gonaJ Braoes
- Columns
\
\
\ . H3.5 & F3.5a
HJ.5& F3.5a
Eccen~lly Braced
Diagonal Braces
Frames (EBF)

. F3.5a
UokBeams
Beams olitside of the Link
'
. H3.5 & F3.5b(l)
H3.5 & FJ.Sa
Columns
link Beams
Beams outside of the Link '


F3.Sa
F3.5b(1)
F3.5a
Compbsiie:Ofmary Shear Walls ~C..QSW)
Steel Coiipllng Beams
Encase<l Comp0site ~upling Beams


. H4.5b(l)
H4:5b(1)&(2) ~=~
l
Buckling-Restrained Braced Frames (BRBF)
Beams
Columns


F4.5a
F4.5a
Composite Special Shear Walls (CSSW)
Unencased Structural Steel Columns
C<increte Eiicased Siructural Steel Columns
.. HS.Sb
HS.Sb
'
Speclal Plate Shear Walls (SPSW)
Homontal Boundary Element . . F5.5a
Steel Coupling Beams
Encased C<impostte ~upling Beams
H.S.5c, F3.5b(1)
H5.5c,d, F3.5b(1)

l~
Vertical B6undary Element '
F5.5a Composite Plate Shear Walla (C-PSW)
Intermediate Boundary 8ements
Composite Ordinary Moment FramH

.
.
F5.5a Steel and Composite Horizontal Boundary
Bements
Steel and COmpoSite Vertical Boundary
.
I

HS.Sa
(c--OMF) 61.S semems . H6.5a
I See exteptlon$ in Section F3.5b(1). See exceptions fn Section F3.5b(1).
See extej)don In Section C>3.5a. See~ in Section G3.5a.

AMEluCAN INSTTI\ITE OF STSEL Cor.rST!UJCnO.~ I

~~
 uJ:.NRAL DESIGN CONSlDER.ATJONS

.. :.: Table 1-3 Table 1~ (continued) I

Sections JThat .Sati$fy Seismic Sections .That Satisfy Seismic

I I ,_
Width"':to~Thickn~ss
. Requirements
.. W-Shapes
Fy = 50 ksi :> Fy = 50 ksi

EBF
Widtli~to-;;..Thickness
Requirements
W-Shapes
8R8F SPSW
.it....,, kips
I'
IMF SMF STMf SCCS OCBF SCBF Lo- f t LRFD Web I
Shape Beams Beams Shape Beams HBE Auessi
and and Chord Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal and and Ho!es I
Columns Columns Segment Columns Brace$ Braces Columns "Beams 'A,hd Braces Columns Unl<s Columns VBE' . i..m11
r1
Amd

W44x335
x290 ... .. ..


.
... .. 14.5
14.5
28.7
28.7
W44x335
x290
4080
2540
F
E
x262
x230

. 14.4
14.3.
28.5
28.2
x262
x230
1710
910
E
0 I

W40x593 .. .. .. .. .. .. . . : 15.8 31.2 W40x593 J

x503
x431 .. . ..
... .. ... ...
15.5
"
1~.2
30.6
30.0
x503
x431

..
I
H

i~ .. ... . .. .

x397 G
-.
;
x397 15.1 29.9

. ..
i 1
x372 15.0 29.6 x372 G
x362 15.0 29.6 x362 . . G
, x324 '
. . . : '-
. ..;.
14.9 29.4' x324 F

ll x297
x2n
,_x_2.49
.
. .


.
. .

. ..
14.7., 29.1
14.9. 29.4
14.8 29.2
x297
')(ln
x249
.. 3790
2940 .
2110 -
E
E
E
x2.15
. I' 14.7 29.1 x215
x199
1090 0

.. .. . ..
x199 14.3 28.3 1010 i)

W40x392 .. .. .. .. .. 11.0 21.7 W40x392

.. I H

..
~

x331
x327 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10.7
10.7
2.1.1
21.2
x331
x327 \
G
G

.. ... .. .. ..
'\
, x294 10.6 21.0 x294 F
x278
c x264

. ~

. .. .. . . .. ..
10.5
10.5
20.7
20.7
x278
x264


F
F
x235 ' .." 10.~ 20.9 x235
.. 2500 E

.. ... .. ...
e
.. .,. ...
x211
~
10. 20.6 x21 t 1790
x183 10.4 20.5 x183
x167
911
043
0
x167 9.98 19.7 D
X149
. 9.52 18.8 x149 169 625 c
. ..~1J
~

- ;.r

l 'l
,,
~
'
~

"
- "
 1-38 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABI,BS J )<"

Table 1-3 (continued) . TabJe 1-3 (continued)

Sections Jhat S~tisfy Seismic Sections ~That Satisfy Seismic

I IMF SMF
Width-to~Thickness
Requirements

STMF
W-Shapes
SCCS OCBF SCBF
Fy=50 ksi Fr= so k~i Width-to-Thickness

EBF
Requirements
W-Shapes
BRBF P.,MX> kips
Li.maxi ft LRFO Web I
HBE Acc~

1
.. Shape Beams Beams Shape Beams
and and Chord -
Diagonal Diagonal Dlagornil
Columns
and and
VB'E,
HoIll$
Columns Columns Segment Columns Braces . Braces Columns Beams 'Au A.,,,., Brace$ Columns Unks Ahd Amd
W36X652 .. .. '

. ... .. . .. 17.0 33.7 W36x652 K

.. . . . . ... ...
x529 16.6 32-9 x529

....
'
.. ' ..
I
x487 x487
16.5 32.5
II
... .. .
x441 I 16.3 32-2 X441 H

.. . ... .. .. ..
~ 16.1 31.9 X395 G

...
xS61 16.0 31 .6 x361 G
~30
.. .. .. 15.9 31.5 x330 F I
..
; x302 F
x302

.. .. .. 15.9 31.4

... f
x282 15.8 31 2 x282 3650 3690 E
x262
x247
x231 . . . ' .. .. 15.6
15.5
15.4
30.9
30.7
30.5
>
x262
x247
x231
3020
2500
2010
3170
2750
2350
E
E
D
W36x256 .. .
.. . .. 11.0 21.8 \Y36x256 F t.
x232

.

. . 10.9 21 .5 x232 2810 2900 E

..
x210 ' I
10.7 21.2 x210 2290 2450 E
x194
x182



. . ..


10.6 21.0
10.6 21.0
x194
x182
1650
1240
1940
1610
D
D
l
x170
.
. . I ;

...
10.5 W.8 x170 805 1260 D

. .
I
x160 ' iI 10.4 20.5 x160 506 1020 . 0 '
. c
t
x150 I; 10.3 20<.3 x150 I
I 262 809
x135 9.89 19.6 X135 ' 160 582 c

... .. .. . .. .. .. ..
1
W33x387
. .. 15.7 31.0 W33x387 G

~
I
X354
x354
x318
. . . ... . .' ' .. ..
I .. 15.5
15.4
30.7
30.5 x3t8

..
G
F

..
x291 15.3 30.2 x29l F
-
x263,
x241
I

. ~- , ii .

. 15.2
15.0
30.1
29.7
x263
x241



3180
E
E
f

><221
x201 .
..
. . 14.9
14.8 .
29.5 x221
x20f


2510
1810
2650
2090
0
D
f.i
W33x169 . ... . .. . .. IOA 20.5
29.3
W33x169 1160
m
1sa;l D

.. ...
x152 10.3 20.3 x152 1170 D
x141
Xl30
x118
I

. . . 10.1 20.0
9.93 19.6
9.64 19. 1
x141
x130
x118'
4TT.
245
128
917
712
483
c
c I:;
c ;.'
I

t
t:
,.1
 U.E::SlGN TABLES l -41

Table 1-3 (continued) Table 1-3 (continued)

Sections That Satisfy Seismic

I
Sections:That Satisfy:Seismic

IMF
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements

SMF STMF
Fy = 50 ksi

W-Shapes
SCCS OCBF SCSF 4....,tt
Fy = 50- ksi Width-to-Thickness
Requirements

EBF
W-Shapes
BRBF SPSVf
P11.QJJ.I)kips
I
LRFO Web
Shape Beams Beams Shape Beams llBE Access
and and Chord Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal and and Holes
Columns Columns Segment Cotumns Braces Braces Columns Beams ~ Atr.4 Braces Columns Unks cor11mns VBE
W30x391
.. . . . . .. . 15.3 30.2 W30x391
'Ah11 'Ji.mt1

. ... .
xS57 15.1 29.9 x357 G
x326 15.0 29.6 x326
. . ..
G
:<
:~

---- =
l
:.<292
x261 .. ..
~
.. . .. .
14.9
14.7
29.4
29.0
~ x292
x261
F
E
><235
x211 .. ..-- ..
I

.. .. ..
14.6
14.5
28.8
28.7
x235
x211
E
D
x191
x173 . ' . 14.4
14.2.
28.4
28.1
x191
x173
2260
1670
2350
1670
D
0
W30x148 .. . ... .. .. 9.48 18.7 W30x148 1350 1550 0
x132
x124

..
.. .. . .. .. 9.35
9.27
18.5
18.3
xl32
x124
982
720
1230
1010
Coro
c
x116
x108 . . . . .. 9.10
8.94
18.0
17.7
x116
x108
542
364
859
701
c
c
x99
)(9t) ..
. . 8.73
8.69
17.3
17.2
x99 171 530 c
W27>:-5391
.
. . .. . .. . 15.2 30.0
x90
W27x539
.'
32.4 235 8
K
~ . .. .. .. 14.5 28.6 x368 H

..
x336 14.3 28.3 x336 . ~ G
x307
x281

..


.. .. . . .. 14.2
14.1
28.0
'l.7.9
x307
x281
I


G
F

... .. .. . .
x258 14.0 'l.7.6
~ x2S8 F
x235
x2t7 . .. .. 13.8
13.8
27.4
27.3
x235
x2l7


E
E

... .
v.o
xl94
x178
X161

.

.. ..
13.7
13.5
13.4
26.7
26.5
x194
x178
E
0
x161 2110 2120 0

..
Xl-16 26.3 c
I W27x1~
. ..
.. . .. 13.3
9J9 18.2
x146
W27x129
1570
1340
1690
1460 0
x11 4
x102
x94 .. . . . ..
..
9.06
8.94
8.81
17.9
17.7
17.4
x114
xl02
965
527
1140
788
c
c
x94 324 615 c
I X84 8.60 17.0 x84 128 418 8

I
1-42 GENER.AL DESION CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABLES 1-43

. Table 13 (continued) Table 13 (continued)

I
Sections That Satisfy Seismic S.e.ctions That'-Satisfy Seismic

I Width-to~Thickne.ss
Requirements
W,Shapes
sees
Fy = 50 ksi
~
4
~1

t
:i
I

I
Fy =50 k;;i Width-to:Thickness
Requirements

EBF
WShapes
BRBF Sf'SV/
PuRtUi kips
l
IMF SMF STMF OCBF SCBF Lb ltl#h ft
I Shape Beams HBE
UIFD Web
Access
Shape Beams Beams
and and Chord Diagonal Diagonal
Columns Columns Seg.n:ient Cotumlls Braces Braces Columns Beams Ahd Amd II Diagonal
Braces Columns
I '' ~J

Links
anti and
Columns YBE Ahd '>..ma
Holes
l
W24x370 .. . .. . . . 13.6 26.9
I

I \Y24x370 I
II
x335
x306 ..
. . .




13.4
13.3
26.5
26.3 !
x335
x306




H
G
x279
.

..
13.2 26.0
I
1

'
x279 G
ll!.
...
I F
x250
x229 .. '



. ..




..

13.1
12.9
25.8
25.6
x250
>;<229 F
I
x207
..
.. 12.8 25.3 I x207 E
x192
.. .. 12.8 25.2
I
x192 E

l
.. .. .. ..
E
x176
x176

..
12.0 25.0
. D

..
x162
x162
x146
. .. ,.
12.7
12.5
25.1
24.7
I x146 0
c I
.
I

l
x131 12.3 24.4 x131
x117 12.2 24.2 x117 1260 1360 c
837 1010 c
..
x104 12.1 23.9 x104
W24x103
.. '
' .. '
.. 8.27 16.4 W24x103
.. 1110 1200 c 1
c
x94
x84 ..



.

. .8.23
8.11
16.3
16.0
x94
x84
836
506
968 .
698 c
c r
x76
~
-
. 7.98
7.77
15.8
15.4
x76
x68
290
114
517
364
I
B.

W24x62
x55


..
.

.. 5.74 11.3
5.57 11.0
W24x62
x55


I

\

187
58.5
387
223 A!~ j
W21x201
.
.. . ..
.. 12.6 24.8 W21 x201
~l(
x182
x166 ..
.. .. .




.
12.5
12.4
24.7
24.6
x182
x166 ..


~ }
x147
x132
.. .. . -


.
..
.
12.3
12.2
24.2
24.1
x147
x132 ~



~ 1
x122

. .- . 12.1 24.0 x122

c
x111
x101

"'

'


12.1
12.0
23.8
23.7
x111
x1Q)::

1220 1260 c
c
lI'
W21 x93
x83 .. ' .
.. ..
. .



7.65
7.61
15.1
15.0
W21x93
x83



1060 1080 c
c
x73
x68 .. . .. - . .
7.52
7.48
14.9
14.8
x73
x68


~


685
521
330
776
642
487
c
B . l!
x62
x55 . 7.36
7.19
14.5
14.2
x62
x55

170 347 AorB
I

. ..
Nola 1: Unks in EBF Illa! meet ll'le exception ln the AISC Seismic ltrwlsions Section F3.5b(l) need ooly me6I the limil$ for
modately dooite memllefS. .,..;:f:
,.... 1-44 GENERAL DESIGN' CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABL6S

l
Table 1-3 (continued) Table 1-3 (continued)

I
Sections That Satisfy Seismic
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
Fy =50 ksi

W-Shapes
Fy =50 ksi
Sections That Satisfy Seismic
Widtli~to'-'Thickness
Requirements
W-Shapes
I.
P.,.....,klps
IMF SMF STMF SCCS OC8F SC8F 4,.,X> ft EBF BRBF SPSW LRFD Web
Access
Shape ae.rn' llelms Shape Beams t!BE
and Holes
end and Chord Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal and
VBE hfl4 1.,...,
Columns Columns Segment Columns Braces Braces Columns Beams ')..,,., !..""' Braces Columns UnkS COiumns

Yl21x57
. .. .. .. .. .. 5.61 1t.1 W21x57
326 461 B
Aor B
x50
x44 . . . . 5.40 10.7
5.24 10.4
x50

176
57.6
330
201 Aor B

W18x311 .. ..
.. .. . .. ... ... 12.3 24.2
x44
W\8x311 I
x283
.. 12.1 23.9 x283
H

.. ... .. ...
G
x258 12.0 23.7 x258
x234
.. .. ...
11.8 23.4 x234 G

... ...
F
x211
x192
..

.. .
11.7
116
23.2
22.9
x21l
x192
F
x175
x158 . .. . .. ..

11.5
11.4
22.7
22.5
x175
x158
E
E
x143
. .. .. .. .. .. .. 11.3 22.3 x143
D

...
x130 11 2 22. 2 D
x130
x119
x106 . ... .. . ... ...
11.2
11.1
22.1
21.9
x1 19
x106
D
c
c
x.97
x86
x76
.. . . 11.0
10.9
10.8
21.8
21.6
21.4
I
1
x97
x86

895 932
c
c

... .. ... .. .. ..
x76
Wl8x71
.. . 7.07 14.0
I
Wl8x71 I c
c I
x65 7.02 13.9 ,.65

.. ..
668 709
x60 8.98 13.8 x60
x55
.

. . .
8.94
6.86
13.7
13.6
x55

520
326
588
433 A!BI
x50
Wl8x46
. .. . .
.. .. 5.36 10.6
x50
\Vl8x46 319 411 B
x40
. . . . 5.28 10A x40
98.3
46.5
235
161
AorB
AorB

.
5.07 10.0
.. .. .. ... ... ...
><35 . x35
i'
:1
W18x100
x89
xn .. . .....
..
10.
t0.4
20.6
20.5
W16xt00
)(89
~

c
~ I
; I t03 20.3 xn

I\~ I
I
20.2 an 881 Sor C1
x67
W16x57 . . .. . . . . . .
10.2
6.65 13.t
l<67
W16'c.57 c I
x50
x45 . . .. .. 6.61 131
6.53 12.9
x50
)(45
604
427
62-4
483 Aor
A01
B

><40
><36 . .

6.53 12.9
6.32 12. 5
x40 224
160
322
261 A0t " ;
 1-47
1-46 GENERAL D~IGN CONSlDERAnONS DESIGN TABLES

Table 1-3 (continued) Table 1-3 (continued)

Sections .ThattSatisfy~Seismic

I
Sections~;'That Satis~ Seismic
Width-fO:.::ThicKness
Re quirements
W-Shapes
Fy = 50 ksi F
1
=so ksi Widttt~tO:-Thickriess
Requirements
W-Shapes
Po maxi kips
I
JMF SMf:' "
_STMF
::1
.
SCCS OCBF SCBF .,,,_,ft EBf.; BRBF
' Beams
SPS\'l

HBE
I.RFD Web
Access
t
Shape Beams Beams Shape Holes
.. ,and and Chord Diagona1 Diagonal -
4~
. Diagonal
!!ra<:eS Columns
and
Unks Columns
and
VBE Abd 'J..m<1
Columns C~lu[ll Sestnent Colunins : Braces Braces Columns Beams 'J..hd
. .
lmr1

W16x31 ... ' - . . . 4.86 9.61 W16x31

x26
60.6
13.9
171 Aor B
77.5 AorB
.xZ6
W14x730 ... .

'
.. . .
4.66
19.5
9.20
38.S W14x730 .. N
M
x665
><&05

..
.. .- ..
. ..
..
19.2
18.9
38.0
37.4
- x665
x605,
x550
x500
.. .. .... - .

. .. ..


18.7'
18.4
36.9
36.4
x550
x500
t. (
x455
x426 .. . .. . ..

.

.. . 18.2 .
18.0
36.0
35.7
x455:
. 426
.... ...
x398
x370 - .
... .
. . . h.& 17.9
17.7_
35.4
35-1
X398-
:i:c:370
.

.
x342
..
. . .- 34.8 x342 .

. .. ... - ..
x311 17.5 345 x311
xZ83
x2S7 .

. . . . 17.3
17.2
34.3
33.9
xZ83
x257
xZ33
>;<211-
.!.
.
.

.. :
-
-
.. . .-
17.0
16.9
33.7
33.4
x233
X211
x193
>;<176 ... .. .

..
~: 1. 16.8
16.7
33.3
33.0
X193
x176

x159
. .
I
- - 16.6 32.9 x159

.. ... .. .. .
:;<14r . 16.5 32.7 x14s
;

W14x132 .. ;. 15.6 30.9 W14x132

x120.
. . 15.5 30.7 x120
x109
. .. . .
x109 15.5 30.6
, W14x82 . 10.3,
; ; ..,
20.4 W14x82 -

. . .. . . .
'" x74 ~ - 10.3 20.4 x74
x68 102 20.2 xsS
- x61 .
x61 10.2
W14x53" .. .. .. . . . . . '
7.98 15.8
20.1
W14x53 '
x48
x43 .
7.94 15.7 x48
x43 518 535

W14x38 ..
.. . .
. .
. .
.
7.&6 15:5
6.44 12.7 W14x38
400
273
434
329
x34
x30
-
. 6.36 12.6
6.19 12.2
x34
x30
192 258

the ~xceptlon In the.AISC Seismic ProviSionsSectlon F3.5b(1) neOO only meet tne limits for
me
... Nate 1: Uni\$ in EBF ttl31
' mod8f3tl!ly ductile mernllm-

-
AMERICAN INSTITUI1l 01' STEEL CONSTJtlJCTION
 ~t~:I

l ...
1-48 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABLES
-~S

Table 1-3 (continued)

':: t Table 1-3 (continued)
"~T
~
- -~Ml
I
Sections-,J hat .Satisfy Seismic Sections That Satisfy' Seismic

I
I
r
Width-to-Thickness Fy = 50 ksi ~,.
Fy = 50 ksi Width-to-Thickness
Requirements Requirem~nts
W-Shapes W.-Shapes
Puma,r, kips
IMF SMF . STMF SCCS OCBF SCBF Lb,,,., ft EBf BllBF SPSW LRFD Wei>
ACCI!$$
, Shape Bms Beams ., ,I
Shape Beams HBE
Holes
2nd and Chord Diagonal Olagooal Diagonal and and
~~ Columns VBE Aha 7'ma
Braces Columns Links
~l I W14x26
Columns Columns Segment Columns Braces Braces .Columns Beams

.. . . .
AM

4.49
Amd

8.87 W14x26 116

30.4
189
103
AorS
AorB
x22 4.32 8.55
. - .. . ..
~lw
x22
W12x336 I 14.4 28.5 W12X336
.
I
x305
x279



. ' .. .
14.2
14.0
28.1
27.8
x30S
x279

H
G

:1
x252
x230 .. . . 13.9
13.8
27.4
27.2
x252
x230
G
F
.. . .. . ... ...
x210 13.6 27.0 x210 F

,,
fll x190 . 13.5. 26.7 x190 E

x170
x152 . ,
.. . .. ..
13.4
13.3'
26.5
26.2
.. x170
x152.



- E
0

.. . ..
x136 13.1 . 26.0 x136 0
x120
x106
.. . .
I 13.0
12.9 .
25.7
25.6
x120
x106 . c
c
x96 . ' 12.8 25.4 x96 c
.
~

x87 I 0
12.8 25.2 x87 c
x79 12.7 25.1 x79" c
x72 12.6 25.0
Wl2X58 .
.
:
10.4 20.6
x72
W12X58 \
B
Acr !!'

. ...
x53 10.3 20.4 x53 I
:';

W12x50
x45
.







. . 8.15 16.1
8.11 16.0
8.06 15.9
W12X50
x45





Acr .
Aor S;
x40
W12x35
x30 .... . 11
. . 6.40 12.7
6.32 12.5
x40
W12X35
x30
453
267
458
309
A or Bl
Aor ~ 1
132 200 Acr 2

'(
x26
W12x22
'
. .. 6.28 12.4
3.52 6.97
x26.
W12x22

197
110
228
155 A0< Bj
i
Aor lJ;
I
~:
x19 3.42 6.75 x19 56.4 106 A
x16 3.2J 6.35 x16 16.0 59.3
X1 4 3.13 6.19 x14
.
.
.
. . ~ 1: Unks In EBF that meet t!lv excepUon In the AISC Seismic Prov/skins sectbt f3.5b(1) need only meet lhe llmllli for
mcderately cludlle meml>efs..

AMlllUCAN lNS'ITJVlll OF STEEL CoNsnUJC'TlON

 1-51
l-50 GENI:RAL DESIGN CONSDERA110NS pESlGN TABLES

Table 1-3 (continued) Table 1-3 (continued)

I
I
Sections That Satisfy Seismic
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
Fy =50 ksi

W-Shap es
Fy = 50 ksi
Sections That Satisfy Seismic
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
W-Shapes
.I
Pu,.,,., kips
1
IMF SMF STMF SCCS OCSF SCBF
1 LtllWO ft EBF BRBF SPSW LRFD Web

Shape 8eatn$ Beams

and and Chord Diagonal Dia genti
Columns corum"' Segment Columns Braces Braces Columns Beams 'Ahd /.1114
W10X112
.. ... ... ... .. ... ... . 11.1 220 WtOX112

...
xtOO 11.0 21.8 ;cl()()

i<88
xn .. .. . . .. .. .
10.9
10.8
21.6
21.4
xes
x77

...
x68 10.8 21.3 x68
x60
l<54
x49
.. .
10.7
10.6
106
21.1
21.0
x60
x54
x49
W10X45 .. . . . . . . .. 8.35
20.9
16.5 W10X45
Y39
. . . 8.23
8.06
16.3
15.9
x39
>C33

.. ..
x33
WI0-..<30
x26
.. .. .. I
I
.. . ... 5.69
5.65
11.3
11.2
W10x30
x26 275 281

..
10.9 x22
x22
W10x19 .. .. .. . . .. . 5.53
3.63 718 W10x19 21 1 216
A Of
A
x17
x15 . '

3.51
3.37
3.26
6.94
6.66
x17
x15
x12
169
66.4
179
96.0
A

x12

... .. .. .. .. ...
6.45
- '
I
I
w~
..
.. 8.81 17.4 \V8x67

.. .
x58 8.73 17.3 i<58
x48
x40
x35
. . . . . I
865 17.1
8.48 16.8
8.44 16.7
...48
x40
x35
x31 840 166 >C31
Yl8x28 . I
. . . . . 6.73 13.3 Y.'Sx28
x24 ssg 13.2 ><2.4
.
Wllx2l
xl8 . . . . . . 5.24 10.4
5.11 10.1
W8x21
xl8

-
 ,l 1-52
GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABLES 1-53

("

:l Table 1-4
Table .1 -5a
i I
Sections That Satisfy"Seismic-
,.~

;
,

L Width-to.:.Thickness
Requirements
Fy = 36 ksi

Angles
Fy =46 ks i
Sectioris That Satisfy4: Seismic
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
D
Rectangular HSS
OCBF
STMF and EBF OCBF OCBF SCCS OCBF SCCS
Shape SCBF STMF
Shape andEBF SCBF and EBF SCBF andSCBP and EBF SCBF andSCBP
Diagonal Diagonal Shape Shape
Chords Braces Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal
L8x8x1 1/a . ..
Braces
. Chords
. .. Braces Braces Braces
.
Braces Columns Braces Braces Columns

..
L4x3 1hx 1/2
xl
x%
HSS1 Ox8x5/s HSS4x3x3/a
x 7/a
x3/4

L4x3x5/a .. . HSStOx6x5/a
.
x 5/ts
.

L8x6x1
x7/a
. . x1h
XS/a .

HSS10x4x.5/a
.
x11
1
HSS4x2 /:zx3/e . .
. ..
HSS9x7x5/s
xl/4

L31/zx3 1/2X 1'2 . HSS9x5x5/s . HSS4x21/ixSfi5
x1/4



L8x4x1
x 7/1s
x3/a HSS8x6x5/s . HSS4x.2x3/s
... .. ...
x1/s
x3/, .

l31/zx3x1'2
.. . .. HSS8x6x11z . x5'16

. . xl/4

...
L7x4x3/, x 7'16
HSS8x4x.5/a

II L6x6x1 ..
..
x3/s
L31/2X2 1/<X 1/2


HSS8x4x1'2
HSS3112X21/2x'S/a
x.5/1s . ..
x7/s
x3/4 . x3/s
.
HSS8x3x1'2
.
x 114
.
..
HSS31/2x2x1/,
x.5/a l3x3x'f2
x7'1s
~7x5x1'2
. . .
..
9
x /ts 1
HSS31/2X1 /zx1/4
l6x4x 7/s
x3/4 ..



x3/s
x51ts

~7x4x 1fl

HSS7x3x1'2

. - ..
HSS3x21"1x5/t6 .

..
x'I
x5/a
xiitie
L3x21'2x1/2
x7/t6

. HSS6x5X1/2

HSS3x2x5'1s
.. . ..
1:9.r x 3/a
L5x5x7/a .. . .
'X:l/a

HSS6x4x1'2 .
x 1/4
x3'16
. ..
x.5/la
..
..
x'I x3/e
x5/s LJxzx112
fiSS3x11/'tX1/4
I HSS6x3x1'2 x3fie

I
-.:
x 1h
.. .
x3/a
x.5/ta


x3/a
. HSS3xlx3/ts .
L5x3112x31.
x 5/a

HSS6x.2x3/a
.. HSS2112X2x11, . ..

' 1
~
x 1h
LSX3x1h
HSS5x4x1'2
x3/a

.
x3/t&

L4x4x'/ .. . x5/ts HSS21/zx1 1hx1/4

x3/ta






x5ta.
x 1/2


HSS5x3x1'2
x3/s
x.5/ts



. . HSS21/2X1X~/t8

. .
.
HSS21/2x3/1s
x7/ts
x3/a

. HSS5x2x5/a
x!/te
. . . HSS2x1 1hx3/10
x 1/a
.. .

' Sections also satisfy STMF truss chords.

J\..ll(EJt!CAN .INsnrors OJ' St'EEL CONSTRUCllON

 l-55
1-54 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS oESJGN TABLES

Table 1-6 I
Table 1-5b

Qi
~

Sections That Satisfy Seismic Sections.:Yhat Satisfy Seismic

DJ Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
Fy =46 ks i

Square HSS
Fy ::::42 ksi WidtH-fo-Thickness
Requirements
Round HSS I
OCBF SCCS . OCBF SCCS OCBF
and EBF SCBF
SCCS
and SCBP
OCBF
and EBF
secs
SCBF and SCBP
and EBF SCBF andSCBP and ESF SCBF ~nd
SCBP Shape
Shape
Diagonal Olagonal
Shape
Olagonal Dlagonal
Shape
Diagonal oragonal Diagonal
Braces
Dlagonal
Braces Columns I
Braces Braces Column$ Braces
..
Braces
..
Columns Braces
.
Braces Columns
HSSE))<().500
.. .. ..
HSS10><10X5fa
. .
HSS4x4x1h

.

. .
HSS16x0625
.. . . x0.375
.. I

HSS~/a

HSS8xexS/a

..
x3/a
x5'1&
x1/ 4
HSS14x0.625
x0.500
.
x0.312
x0.280 .. .
x'h
. . . HSS31/2X3 1hx3/a . . - .. HSS12.750><0.500
. . .
x0.250
HSS5.563x0.500 .. .
HSS7x7x5/a
xlf2
x5ho
. HSS10.750x0.500
.. .
x0.375
. .

I
. . ...
X1/4 HSStOx0.625
HSS6x6x5/a
. HSS3x3x3/a x0.500
x0.375 .
x0.258
HSS5.500x0.500 . ..
xl/2
.
x0/15
.. x0.375
. .
.. I
x3/a x1J4
HSS51hx5 1/:zx3/a . . I

x3h&
HSS9.625x0.500
x0.375
.. .. .
x0.258
HSSSx0.500 .. ..
x5'16
.
HSS21/<21/~'1s
. .. .
..
HSS8.625x0.625 x0.375
HSS5><5x1'2 x'I x0.500
.. .
x0.312
. I
x3/s
x 5hs .
HSS2 /~ /11
1 1
x3h&
. .
x0.375
><0.322
.
x0.258
><0.250




HSS41/zx4 1lrx112 .. . x3h&
. .. HSS7.625x0.375
. x0.188
.
x3/a
x5f1s .
. HSS2x2x1/
x3'16

-
x0.328
HSS7.500x0.500 .. .. I


HSS4.500x0.375
x0.337

..
. I
x0.375 \ . x0.237

l
x0.188
x0.312
HSS7x0.500
x0.375
. .. . HSS4x0.313
x0.250





l

x0.312
. ><0.231
.

.
x0.250 x0.226

HSS6.875x0.500
. ..
- x0.220
x0.188

. I

x0.375
x0.312
. . HSS3.500x0.313
x0.250
..
x0.300
x0.250 .

..

I
HSS6.625x0.500
x0.432
..

..
.. .
x0.216
x0.203
..

.

x0.375
.. x0.188

..
x0.312 x0.125
. x0.280
x0.250
~also sa1isty STMF 11\lSS cbofd requirements.
'Soctloos also satlsty SlMF trvss c1lord requlremenn;.
)
 OENERAL DE.SIGN CONS!DERATTONS DESIGN TABLES 1-."

Table 1-6 (continued) I

01
Table. 1-7
Sections.That-.Satisfyr Seismic Sections That Satisfy Sei~mic

0 Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
Fy =42 ksi

Round HSS
Fy= 35 ksi Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
Pipe
OCBF SCCS OCSF SCCS OCBF SCCS OCBF secs
and EBF SCBf andSCBP and EBF SCBF and SC8F' and EBF SCBF ;n~SCBP and EBF SCBF andSCBP
Shape Shape Shape Shape
Diagonal Dtagonal Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal Diagonal
Braces Braces Columns I

~.250 .. .. .. HSS2.375x0.250
Braces

Braces
..
Colllmns
.
Braces
Standard Weight (Std.)
Braces COiumns Braces Braces
Extra Strong (x-Strong)
Golumr.s

.. . .
r

. .
... .. .. ..
x0.216 x0.218 Pipe 10 Std. Pipe 12 x...strong
Xfl.203

..
x0.188

. . . . .
...
x0.188 Pipe 1ox-Strong
.
x0.154 Pipe 8 Std.
x0.152 x0.125 ..
.. . .
. . .
Pipe 6 Sid. Pipe 8 x-strong
x0.134
x0.125 . . HSS1.900x0.188
.
'
. . .
.. .. ...
Pipe 5 Std. Pipe 6 XStrong
HSS2.875x0.250
x0.145
.

. . . .
. . .
x0.120 Pipe~ Std. Pipe 5 x-Strong
x0.203
.. . . . Pipe 31'2 Std. . . .
x0.188
x0.125 .
HSS1.660x0.140
. . .
Pipe 4 XStrong
Pipe 31/uStrong . . .
HSS2.500x0.250
.. ..

Pipe 3 Std.
Pipe 2112 Std. .. . . Pipe 3 X~trong . . .
11 x0.188
. . . .
.
Pipe 2 Std. Pipe 2112 x-Strong
x0.12.5
I
Pipe 11'2 Std. . . Pipe 2 xStrong . .
. . .
I
. . .
t~
Pipe 11/4 Std.

. Pipe 1 Std. . . .
Pipe l1f2XStrong
PipeW x...strong . . .
Pipe 3/4 Std . '. Pipe 1 xStrong . . .
. 112 Std. . '\ . Plpe ,,, x-Strong . .
,
Pipe
Pipe 1/2 x..str(lng . .
Double-Extra-strong (xxStrong)
'f'

~'
. Pipe 8 xx-Strong . . i
. Pipe 6 xx-Strong . .
. .
-
Pipe 5 xx-Strong
Plpe 4 xx-Strong . .
Pipe 9 xx-Strong . .
. Pipe 2112 xx-Strong . .
Pipe 2 xx-Strong . .
I
:
.
~

.
!
I

I Sections abo sat!s1y STMf truss cllold l'lqUliemenll;. ' Sectioos also utbty SllM' tl\ISS c:tiord requiremeots.
I
I
AMERJCAN IiosTmm! OP STEEL CONSTRUCTION .AMERICAN l'NsTirora OF S"IE:a. CoNsi:RucnoN
 J- 58 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN TABLES l-51 I
Table 1-8 Table 1-9a '
Shear Stud Anchor Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel
Fu= 65 ksi Nominal Horizontal Shear Strength Qn and Steel and Concrete Composite
and 25% Reduced Nominal Horizontal Seismic Force Resisting Systemsj
Shear Strength for Steel Headed Stud Anchors, kips Structutal System Limitations J
Normal Weight Concrete Ugtrtwelglrt Concrete Resp. Over Deflection Including Structural I
Deck
Condition
Stud
Diameter
f~ =3 ksl
Wc=1Gpcf

25%
f~= 4 ksl
25%
f~ = 3
We= 110 pcf

ksl
25%
'o=41<s1
25%
I
'i
SeiSmlc Force Resisting System
Mod.
Coeff.,
R'
strength
Factor,
n,
Amp.
Factor,
cl
a
Height, h,,, Limits In tt
Seismic Oesign Category
c o E
4
1

P
I
I
Jn.
'le
Nominal
5.26
Red~ed

3.95
Haminal Reduced Nominal Reduced Nominal
.5.38 4.04 4.28 3.21 5.31
Redu~

3.98
STEB. SYSTEMS
Steel eccentrically braced frames lEBF) 8 2
2
4
5
NL
NL
NL
NL
160
160
160
160
100
100
It
1/2 9.35 7.01 9.57 7.18 7.60 5.70 9.43 7.(Ji7 Steel special concentrically braced 6
No De<:k
5/a 14.6 11.0 " 15.0 11.3 11.9 8.93 14.7 11.0 frames tSCBF)
31/ 2

~~1.5
3/4
3/a
'12
21.0
5.26
9.35
15.8 . 21.5
. 3.95
7.01
5.38
9.57
16.1
4.04
7.18
17.1
4.28
7.60
12.8
3.21
5.70
21.2
5.31
9.43
15.9
3.9.8
7.07
Steel ordinaiy concentrically braced
frames (OCBF)
Steel buckling-restrained bfaced 8 5 : : :: ::: ::11
I~
~
h, 5/a 14.6 11~0 . 15.0. 11.3 11.9 8.93 14.7 11.0 frames (BRSF)
Steel special plate shear walls (SPSW) 7 2 6 NL NL 160 160 100
3/4 21.0 15.8 21.5 16.1 17.1 12.8 21.2 15.9 NL NL: NL NL NL
3/a Steel siiecial moment frames (SMF) 8 3 51/2
4.58 3.44 4.58 3.44 4.28 3.21 4.58 3.44
~ ~<: 1.5
Q 'h 8.14 6.11 8.14 6.11 7.60 5.70 8.14 6.1 1 steel special truss moment frames 7 3 511z NL NL 160 100 NP
h, (STMF)
S/a
3/4
12.7 9.53
13.7
12.7
18.3'
9.53 11.9 8.93 12.7 9.53
Steel intermediate moment frames (IMF) 3 4 NL NL 3S1' NP" tlP" f
~; ~; ~~ ~~ ~ I
18.3 13.7 17.l 12.8 18.3 13.7
3/a Steel ordinary moment frames (OMF) 3 3
4.31 3.23 4.31 3.23 4.28 3.21 4.31 3.23
Jl/4 21h

I
'12 7.66 5.75 7.66 5.75 7.60 5.70 7.66 5.75 steel special cantilever column
1 systems (SCCS)
S/a 12.0 9.00 12.0 9.00 11.9 8..93 12.0 9.00
..
.Q
'C

0.
3/4
3/
17.2
3.66
12.9 .
2.75
17.2
3.66
12.9
2.75
17.l
3.66
12.8
2.75
17.2
3.66
12.9
2.75
Steel ordinaJ'y cantile\w column
systems (OCCS}
3 3
35

NL
35

NL
NP.

NP
NP'

NP
Nf'

NP I
' .a 2 'h 6.51 4.88 6.51 4.88 6.51 4.88 6.51 4.08 Steel systems not specifically detailed
for seismic resistanee
3
~ 5/a 10.2 7.65 10.2 7.65 10.2 7.65 10.2 7.65
l.
l
. 3/4 14.6 11.0 14.6 11.0 14.6 11.0 14.6 11.0
..
co
~ 3/a
lft
3.02
5.36
2.27 . '3.02
4.02 5.36
U.1
4.02
3.02
5.36
2.2.7
4.02
3.02
5.36
U.7
4.02
COMPOSITE SYSTEMS
Steel and concrete composite 8 4 NL NL 160 160 100 1
~
.., 3
5/
I
8.3$ 6.29 8.38 6.29 8.38 6.29 8.38 6.29
eccentrically braced frames (CEBF)
2 NL NL 160 160 10i Ii
3/4 Steel and coocrete composite special 5

I 1
3/a
l/2
5/a
12.1
5.26
9.35
9.08
3.95
7.01
12.1
5.38
9.57
9.08
4.04
7.18
12.1
4.28
7.60
9.08
J.ZI
5.70
12.1
5.31
9.43
9.08
3.93
7.07
concentrically braced frames
(C-SCBF)
Steel and coocrete composite ordinary 3 2 3 NL Nl NI' NP NP \:
14.6 11.0 15.0 11.3 11.9 8.93 14.7 11 .0
""...
I
i:: 3/4 17.1 12.8 21.2 15.9 braced frames (C-OBF}
21.0 15.8 21.5 16.1
8. 3/ 4.58 3.44 4.58 3.44 4.28 3.21 4.58 3.44 Response modification coefficient, R, used lhrougllout ASCfJSEI 7 (ASCE, 201O). ..
117 8.14 8.14 6.11 7.60 5.70 8.14 6.11 c,,.
f"" 2 s,, .
3/
12.7
18.3
6.11
9.53
13.7
12.7
18.3
S.53
13.7
11.9
17.1
8.93
lUJ
12.7
18.3
9.53
13.7
DetleclJOn amplflcallon ractor, tor use In ASCEISEI 7 SeciSooS 12.8.6, 12.8.7 and 12.9.2
<NL= not runited and NP "not peimltted.
See ASCEJS8 7 Section 12.2.S.~ IOI' a desctlptlon Of seismic to:e resisting systems limited to bulldlng; with a structural helgto

~ 3/a .
1f1
3.77
. 6.70
2.83
5.03
3.n
6.70
2.83
5.03.
3.n
6.70
2.83
5.03
3.77
6.70
2.83
5.03
11,. ol 240 n or lesS
See ASCEISEI 1 Sed!on 12.2.5.~ for a descr1ptlon of~ force resisting sygtems rimited to buildings with asll\ICtural llelgh ,
3 hoof 100moment
nor lessframe is permitted lo be used In lieu d irQrmedlate moment frame tor SeiSmic Ot$lgn categories B or C. 1"
$/a 10.5 7.88 10.5 7.88 10.5 7.88 10.5 7.88 OrOinalY
s:eei ordill3IY conc;enlrically tnceCI frames are pennilled In ~-!tor}' buildings up to a structural heigltl, h,. of 60 fl (18.3 n .
'' 15.1 11..3 15.1 tt ..3 15.1 11..3 15.1 11.3
N<M: TnDulate<I vall* n llJl)lcable only lo c:oncrete ~with ASTM C33 avgregates tor 00(~ weigllt concm.e and ASTM wtiere 111e dead IOad of tile roof dOes not exceed 2.0 psi.
See ASCEISEI 7 Secbon 12.2.S.7 tor tlm4tltlons kl S1n1t11RS ;migried to Seismic Design Categones 0, E oi F. :
C330 aoor89lltes for ~ concme. See ASCEJS8 7 See1ion 12.2.5.6 lo< ffmlt:ltfons In "1UCUes ~ried to Seismic Design Categories 0, E or F.
Allweld &hear stud length$ 8$SUl1led to be ~ deck helglll + 1.5 in.
All symbols shown h dvftried in AISC $pecilication ~ l
I
1 This table Is baSed en ASCfJS8 71'1lle 12.21 and Is~ with permission from ASCE. l
 1-()!
DESIGN TABLES

1 Cf.NE'RAJ.. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

Table 1-9a (continued) Table 1-9a (continued)

Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel
r and Steel and Concrete.Composite and Steel and Concrete Composite
\ Seismic Force Resisting Systemsj Seismic Force Resisting Systemsj
Structural System Umitatioos
Structural Sy$1lln Limitations tncludlng Structural
Resp. !Mr Oeflection
Resp. Over- Deflection tndudlng Structural
Mod. slren:llh Amp. Height, h,,, Umlts In ft'
Mod. strength Amp. Height, h111 limits In fl Sebmlc Force Resl$ting System
Seismic Force ResiWng System Coeff., ~. Factor, Se1'111ic Design Category
Coeff., Factor, Factor,
R llo cd- Seismic ~n Category R' n. Cl
8 c D' E' p
a c o Ei p

COMPOSITE SYSTB~S DUAL SYSTEMS

1 Steel tpeCial C(lllQ!Otrica!ly braced 6 21!1 5 IJt. NL 35 NP NP
Steel and concretecomposi!e plate 6h S'h NL NL 160 160 100

__ ;: j
_, ::f.,.
shear walls CPS\'1
Steel and concrete composile spec;tsl 6 21'2 5 NL NL 160 160 100
frames'
DUAL COMPOSITE SYSTEMS
shear walls (CSSW) Dual Composite Systems with SMF
Steel and concrete composite orornary 5 4112 NL NL NP NP NP
capable of resisting at least 25%
Shear walls (COSW)
ol pmcrlbed seismic lotus
Steel and concrete comlJOSi:V special 8 3 5112 NL NL NL NL NL Steel and eooctete composite 8 21!2 4 NL NL NL Ill NL
moment frames (CSMF)
eccentncany braced frames
Steel and concrete composite 5 3 4112 NL NL NP NP NP 6 2112 5 NL NL Nl UL NL
Steil! end concrete composite Sl)edal
11\tennedlate momem frames (C IMF)
coocentrlcaJty ~ frames

ii 51h
Steel and coocrete comjl()Sile partially 6 3 160 160 100 NP NP 21{2 NI. t.'L NL
Steel aoo cooaeto comf,'W.e plate 71/l 8 ti'l Nl
restrained moment lme$ (C.PRMF) shear waHs
Steel and concrete composite 01dlnary 3 3 2112 NL NP t.'P NP NP Steel and concrete composite special 7 21h 6 NL NL NL NL NL
moment frames (COMF)
OUALSYSnMs
. shear walls
Steel and concteto composite ordln:vy 6 Z'h 5 NL NL NP NP NP
Dual Systems with SMF c;cpabi. of she3twalls
res1sting at tent 25% of Dual Composite Systems with IMF
prescribed Ul$lll!C forces
capable of resisting at least 25%
Steel eccentrically braced frames NL Nl Ill NL NL of prescribed seismic forces
8 4112 ~L NL 160 100 NP
Steel special concentrically braced Steel and concrete composite sped3I 5112 21/t
7 Nl NL NL NL NL
rrmes concenUically braced frames
Steel and concrete composite ortllnary 3112 21/t 3 NL Hl NP NP NP
Steel buci<.llng-restralned braced 8 5 NL NL NL NL tJL
frames braced frames
Steel and concrete composite ordinary 5 3 411z NL NL NP NP NP
Steel special plate shear w-.,J;s 8 61/2 NL NL NL NL NL
Oual Systems with IMF capable of &hear walls
l'ISlsting at least 25% ot
p<escr1bed seismic torc:es
t:
!: Response modlflc\ltlon coelfident.11, used lll>OOhout ASOOSEJ 7 "5CE, 2010).
Oeftection ampfficatlon fac10t, ~for use In ASCEJSEI 7SdlllS12.8.6, 12 8.7 Wld 12.9.2
II. .. not dmlled and NP .. llOI permotted.
See ASCE/S8 7 Secilon 12.2.5.-4 rar ao.nptlon of seismic bte resiillnQ systems ltnl:ed 111 buildJnO$ W!lh a stnJci11111 lleigl11.
11,. a1 240 ncir i.ss
See ASCEJSB 7 Secilon 12.2.SA IClr a ~lptlcn of ~ bte resi$llnQ l'fSlems lml'.ed 111 llullc!ings wl1ll ~ height,
II. ol 160 nor less
' Orctnwy mom.Ill frame Is penni1lzd IO be ~ In lieu at ~ moment lrame fClr Selsmc Design Categcriel 8 or C.
'S1ee1 ordinary coruutrlc3l!y braced llamlf twe per1Tlllllcl In~~ up ID a m.ic:unl l'leOll. i,. crl 60 It (18.3 m)

;
~ " dellj loml al Ille rocrl doa llOl ~ 20 ~
s.. ASGfJS8 1 ~ 122.S.7IDr1ma11ons 111 sb'udlret SS!9l8d Ill Selamlc Design Cnlgortla o. e or F. I
' see ASCEIS0 7 Stcl..on 1u.s.s 1ar llnbtlOI\$ 1n struct1nS adpd 10 s.lsmiC DellQrl Cat9QOl1es o, e or F.
1 This table Is based on ASCt:/S8 Hable 12.21 and Is ~-.1!11 poonis;IOll from ASCE.

'
:1
'
 l-62 GENERAL DESIGN CONSrDERATIONS

PART2
Table 1-9b l~
.,
. . ,~ Design Coefficients and Factors ANALYSIS
for Nonbuilding .Structures Similar
to Buildingse I
2.1 SCOPE ........................................................... 2-2

Response Over Deflection

Structural System Limitations
lncludlng Structural
2.2 ROLE OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS lN DESIGN .... ........... ....... . 2- L
Mod. . strength Amp. .. Height Umlts, h,.. in ft Ductile Design Mechanism ............................................ 2-.. I::
Nonbuildlng Structure Type
Coeff., . Factor, Factor,
Selsmfc Design Category Capacity DC$ign ......... '. ........ ....... .. . 2-3 I.
R no C4
B c 0 E F 2.3 ANALYSIS PROCEDURES .......................................... 2- I
Steel Storage racks 4 2 3112 NL NL NL Nl NL Elastic, Inel~tic and Plastic Analysis ........ ...... .......... ........... 2-4
Building frame syS'lems: Stabi~ty Desi.go ~1ethods in the AISC Specification ........................ 2- ~ \,
Steel special concentrically braced
frames (SCBF) 6 2 5 NL NL 160 160 100 Direct Analysis Method ........... .... ... ... . 2- I;
Steel ordinary concentrically braced Effective Length Method ....... . ... ...... ......................... . 2-5
ft3mes (OCBF)
With permitted heiljht increase
31/4
21/2
2
2
31/4
2112
NL
NL
NL
NL
35b
160
35b
160
NPb
100 Firs~-Order An~ysis Method ..... '. : .. 2-
Analysis ~etho<ls m ASCEJSEI 7 and the Drrect Analysis Method ............ 2-,
I
With unlimited helgllt 1''2 1 1''2 NL NL NL NL NL
Moment-resl$1ing frame systems: Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method .......... 2-6
Steel special moment frames {SMF) 8 3 fNz NL Nl NL NL NL Modal Response Spectrum Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method ....... . 2-
Steel Intermediate moment frames OMF) 4112 3 4 NL NL 35c. NP'-d NPc.
2.4 STRUCI1JRAL MODELING .. ......... , ............... .. ..... .... ... 2-".
21/2
With permitted Mfght increase
With unlimited height 111z
2
1
2112 .
i 1h
NL
NL
NL
NL NL
160 160 100
NL NL
2
Strength of Structural Elements ... . - "t
Steel ordinary m0ment frames (OMF) 3 121
3 3 NL NL NPc. NP"' NP"' Stiffness of Structural Elements ....... ... ......... . . ..... .............. 2-
Wrth permitted height increase 211z 2 2''2 NL NI. 100 100 NP'-' Steel Elements ................................................... 2-
With unlimited height 1 1 1 NL NL Ill NL NL 2
Compos'.te B _ements ...... \
Connecuons and Panel Zones . . , . . . : ... ............. . .......... ..... 2
I
.. Column Bases and Foundations . .................. ........... . ...... 2-11

1 . Diaphragms for Tbree-Dimension:h Analysis ................... : ..... . 2- \-

Gravity Loads ................ .................... : ............. 2-1

2=~ ~i~~~~~ ~.~~ ~~~-~~i~ ~'.~t~-~~~-~~-:::::::::: ~ l

1

PART
~~~
. '

.
J
'.,
r.. not llmited illld NP .. not pennlned.
Sleel dNry tnced frames are permitted kl pipe racks up to 65 fl
Steel Ofdinely momen! lranle$ and lnltrmediale moment trames we pennil1ed In pipe raclls up 10 a ~I cl 65 It where Ille
moment Joint; ol llelcl COMeCtloot are constructed ol bolted end plates.
S1eol ordln&ry moment framet and lrrlennedi3te moment rrames 8te pennhted In llilJe racils up to a height ol 35 fl
This table Is based oo ASCIS8 7 Tuble 15.41 and is t11printed wl1ll permission fllJm ASCE
J-62 GENER.Al. DESIGN CONSIDEAAnONS

PART2
Table 1-9b
.:. Design Coefficients and Factors ANALYSIS
for Nonbuilding ,Structures Similar
. to Buildings0
.:: ..

2.1 SCOPE ........................................................... 2-2

Response
Mod.
Over Odlectlon
stnngth Amp.
Structural System Limitations
lnduding Structural
Height Limits, h,,. In ft'
2.2 ROL~ OP S~RU~ ANALYSIS IN DESIGN .... .. 2-
Ductile Design Mecharusm ........................................... 2-.. ...
t
Nonbuilding Strueture Type
Coeff., . Factor, F2ctor, Seismic Design Category Capacity Design .................................................... 2-3

Steel Storage racks 4

R n.
2
Cd

3''2
8
NL
c
Nl
0
NL
E
Nl Nl
f 2.3 ANALYSIS PROCEDURES .......................................... 2- I
Elastic Inelastic and Plastic Analysis ................ ........... ........ 2-1
SWlding frame sr.;tems:
Steel special concentrically braced
' .
Stability Design Methods in the AlSC Specification : 2-r
Direct Analysis Method ........................ . . : .... . ...... .... .. 2-
li
;
frames (SCBF) 6 2 5 NL NL 160 160 100
Steel ordinary cof\Centrically braced Effective Length Method .................. . ..... .. .. ......... . ..... 2-5
frilmes (OCBF)

..
Wrth permitted height Increase
31/4
21/2
2
2
31/4
2''2
NL
NL
NL
NL
J5b
160
35b
160
NP
100 Firs~-Order An~ysis Method ....... '. .. :. 2-
Analysis Methods m ASCE/SEI 7 and the Direct Analysis Method ............ 2-, .
I
With unlimited height l1/2 1 1'12 NL NL m. NL Nl
Moment-resisting frame sr.;tems: Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method : ........ 2-6
Steel special moment frames (SMF) 8 3 5'12 tll NL NL NL tll Modal Response Spectrum Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method ........ 2- f
Sieel intermediate moment frames ~MF} 4'12 3 4 NL NL 35c. NP"' r-:pc. 2.4 STRUCTURAL MODELING .................. , ...................... 2-'.
Wrth permitted height Increase 2112 2 2112 NL NL 160 160 100
Strength of Structural Elements .............. .. ...... : ....... : ......... 2-" ,.
With unlimited height 1112 1 Ph NL NL NL NL NL
Steel ordinary moment frames (OMF) 3''2 3 3 NL NL l'if'C.d NP<.' NP'' Stiffness of Structural Elements ................... . ................... . 2-
With permitted height Increase 2112 2 2112 NL NL 100 100 NP<.' Steel Elements ................. . ........ : . ~: .. . . . ... . ............ . 2~
With unlimited height 1 1 1 NL NL NL NL NL
Composite Elemen~ ......
.
~. .. .- '.; 2
I
Connections and l'anel Zones ....................................... 2
I
.. Column Bases and Foundations ..................................... 2-11
Diaphragms for Three-Dimensional Analysis ..... .. ......... : . 2- l
Gravity Loads ...... .. ....... . ................... . : ............ . . 2-l

...
1.
PART 2: : ; : ~i.a~~~ ~~~~ ~~~.~~i~ ~'.~t~.~~~.~~-s.:::::::::::
I '
tl
:~~

' tL = not limited and NP not penritted.

' Slee! onlin8ty blaud trll1* art pelmlt1ed In pipe rac1cs up tD 65 IL
S1eel ordina(y moment frames and lnlennedlale lllOll*lt frames we pMlll:lld In lli&ll racll$ up lo a height of 6S II where Ille
moment joints (II field connet1lons art ~ of bolted encl plateL
Steel dlnaly moment fral1* IN! lntermedlale moment ftam8s are pem.:ted in lliP8 racllS up IO a height of 35 ft.
This tallle is ~on ASCflS8 7 lllllle 15.41 and is repmted Wflll pem'i$$lon lrom ASa..
 2-2 ANALYSIS
2.1 SCOPE
This Part provides an overview of the analysis provisions in ASCEJSEl 7, the AISC
Specification, and theAISC Seismic Provisions, and how they are applied to ~ismic design.
<r"-
2.2 ROLE OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS IN DESIGN
The basic role of analysis in seismic design is to provide the engineer with an understand-
ing of the structure's behavior under design earthquakes. In itS most simple fonn, analysis
will consist of simple static linear methods and will provide information on the required
design strength and system deformation under specified loading. For some structures, analy-
sis may include static or dynamic nonlinear methods that provide infoml3tion on tbe
nonlinear deformation of individual elements, patterns of mechanism formation, and tbe
peak demands that can be delivered to individual structural elements and their connections.
The method of analysis selected must as a minimum conform to the requirements of the
,. applicable buildfog code. Since the results of seismic analysis inherently depend on the
:~
assumed properties of the structural elements, seismic analysis must often be perfonned in .
- --, ~:j an iterative manner, initiating with assumed member sizes and configurations, and refined
as member selection is confinned.
;.~
-;: Chapter C of the AJSC Seismic Provisions requires that analysis of a structure for strength
f design of seismic force resisting components conforms to Lbe applicable building code and
the AISC Specificarion, as well as additional system-level requirements prescribed in the
respective system sections.
Ductile Design Mechanism 1
Sttuctures required to resist the effects of earthquake ground motions should be designed
to allow controlled inelastic, ductile deformations of the system. Accepted design practice
is to limit these inelastic actions to certain components of the seismic force resisting sys-
tem (SFRS) in order to develop a reliable ductile design mechanism that dissipates energy.
Components of the ductile design mechanism are then designed and detailed to maintain
the structural integrity of the system at.large inelastic deformations. How this energy dis-
sipa:ion occurs depends on the structural system type used as the SFRS. Each SFRS in the
AISC Seismic Provisions includes a "Basis of .D esign" se<:tion that defines the locations
where inelastic actions are intended to occur. Accordingly, the provisions in ASCEISEl 7,
the AISC Specification, the AISC Seismic Provisions, and ANSI/AISC 358 are intended to
worktogether to ensure that the resulting frames can undergo controlled deformations in a
~ ductile manner and !hat those defonnations are distributed throughout the frame. Clearly
"
; identifying the intended ductile design mechanism will provide insight oo which aspects of
lhe stn1ctural model may need detailed consideration. Many of the ductile design mecha-
nisms shown in Part I were identified from structural behavior at large deformations from
''! nonlinear static analyses using lateral forces that approitimate the fundamental elastic
mode shape. Real structures in eanhquakes exhibit variability in the formation of ductile
1
The tenn, duclile design mechanism, is hnellded to c;aptW'C all possible system-specific mechanisms !hat
are di9CUSS<:d in the AJSC S<ismic Pro)'isions.
ANALYSIS PROCED\JRF.S
design mechanisms. Thus, the design and detailing requirements of the AISC Seismi<
Provisions and ANSUAISC 358 are intended to desensitize the structu(e to earthquake
characteristics so that multiple mechanisms do not lead to undesirable modes of failure.
Capacity Design
Capacity design is a design philosophy wherein inelastic actions under strong ground
motion are presumed to be concentrated in predetermined critical zones of the SFRS. The
AISC Seismic Provisions employs this methodology by stipulating that the required
strength of certain elements of 1l1e SFRS be defined by forces corresponding to the expected
capacity (based on available strength) of certain designated yielding members. The adjacent
nonyielding members and connections are then protected be.cause they are designed to
remain nominally elastic regardless of the magnitude of ground shaking; in essence. these
protected componenL<i are designed to be insensitive to lhe characteristics of the earthquake,
ensuring that the desired ductile design mechanisro(s) can develop. See AISC Seismic
Provisions Commentary Section A3.l.
ASCE/SEI 7 addresses the concept of capacity design by using a system O\'erstrength fac-
tor, 0 0 (see Part 1). ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4 modifies some of the basic load combina1fons
to address load conditions where the overstrength factor is required, but does not explicitly
provide guidance on application to steel frames. The AISC Seismic Provisions explicitly pre-
scribe where to apply the overstrength factor or, altem:itively, an estimated maximum
seismic load detennined from a capacity design analysis outlined in the respective chapter
for each SFRS.
In many instances, ASCE/SEI 7 and the AJSC Seismic Provisions explicitly prescrib
when amplified seismic loads are to be used. Amplified seismic loads are defined u;
ASCE/SEI 7 as /
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.4-5
and 12.4-6)
where '\
EmJi =DcQ.e =horizontal seismic load effect including overstrength factor
Oq = overstrength factor as defined in Tables 12.2-1 , 15.4-l and 15.4-2 of ASCE/SE! 'J
Q =effect of horizontal seismic (eanhquake-induced) force~
E, =vertical seismic load effect
The load effect, Em11, is based on code-specified loads and the codespecified overstrengtl;
factor. However, the AISC Seismic Provisions sometimes redefines E,,,h as the forces resul
ing from the e;i;pected strengths of the designated yielding members of the SFRS.
2.3 ANALYSIS PROCEDURES
To determine the required strength of structural steel systems, members snd connectio
AISC Specification Section B3.l pennits design forces to be determined by elastic, inci
tic or plastic analysis. Note that AISC Specifi.carion Appendix 1, Inelastic Design, is
intended for sejsm.ic design. For a discussion of the application of the AISC Specificath ;
AISC Seismic Provisions, and ASCEJSEI 7 in seismic analysis. see Nair et al. (201 l ).
AM.llkJCAN INs-ITTIJTll Of' STCEL CONSTl<VCTION
 ANALYSIS ANALYSlS PROCEDURES

While non-SFRS' members and connections may be analytically assun1ed not to re:sist
horizontal ground motion (i.e., pQE from ASCE/SEI 7), they must be reliable in resisting
the vertical inertial forces induced by vertical ground motion (i.e., 0.2SDsD from ASCFJ
SEI 7). Non-SFRS members must also be designed to ensure defonnation compatibility at
large lateral displacements to maintain structural integrity of the structure. Equally, the
destabilizing effect that non-SFRS framing Cl\11 have on a stn1crure (e.g., leaning column
effects) must be addressed in the analysis and design of the stabilizing SFRS. The SFRS also
consists of diaphragms, chords and collectors.
Elastic, In.elastic and Plastic_Analysis
.> :. j -
Elastic seismic analysis procedures in ASCFJSEI 7 reduce the seismic response by a factor
of l/R, where R is the response modification coefficient. The intent of this reduction is to
target the elastic response at the onset of the first significant yield (e.g., plastic hinge in a
to determine the total lateral seismic forces and linear response bist0ry analysis. The results
of these analyses are I.hen combined wiih other load effecLs based on the same reduced stifJ
ness. Th.is procedure is not applicable to a nonlinear response ti.me history analysis as tl"
t:
..;
structural stiffness would need to be updated at each time step based on all Joad effects "
included juthe analysis. . !
Gravity loads should be ~eluded in the seismic analysis i'n order to accurately addre! !i'.
second-order effects, including the destabilizing effect generated by oon-SFRS framing, anu ::
the effect of these loads on the periods of a structure. A three-dimensional mathematical
model can be developed that captures all loading conditions or, in the case of a two-dime[ I
sional analysis, an ancillary P-Delta column, as a minir~um, can be .modeled as a substiru1
for the gravity (non-SFRS) framing system. The P-Delta column is commonly modeled to
provide no lateral stiffness to the SFRS, but could be calibrated to provide the same stiffne~~ I.
as that provided by che gravity system.
As an alternative to a rigorous second-order analysis, second order effects can be approx 1

beam or compression buekling of a brace). Consequently, inelastic or plastic analysis as imated by amplifying the axial forces and moments in members and connections from
outlined in Append.ix I of the AISC Specification is not permitted for detennining the com- a first-order analysis through an approximate second-order analysis outlined in AIS l
ponent design forces . from seismic effects-see the AISC Specificatio11 Commentary Specification Appendix 8. The provisions for performing th.is amplified first-order analys; :;
to Appendix 1' for further discussion. Therefore, analytical consistency with the AlSC were developed on the basis of elastic theory and are not appropriate for inelastic analysis.
Specification and the AISC Seismic Provisions is primarily maintained using an elastic
analysis procedure. Although a .nonlinear response history analysis is permitted; it is not
Stability Design Methods in the AISC Specification
commonly used. to determine =member design forces, but as an assessment tool to judge
acceptance of a design: In spedfic cases, a nonlinear static analysis may be used to capture The AISC Specification outlines three stabiliiy design methods and corresponding elastic
the nonlinear ela..-tic'response of a component or coru1ection, such as when rotational springs analysis requirements (see Table 2-2 in the AISC.Manu.al) as follows: L
are tlsed to represent partially restrained connections. . f{
AISC Specification OU.pter C requires that a rigorous second-order analysis be used to Direct analysis method (AlSCSpeci.ficacion Sections C2 'a!id C3)
Effective fength method (AISC Specification Append.ix 7, Section 7.2)
detennine .the required strengths of components using the appropriate load combinatiollS.
The analysis must include consideration of certain effects that can influence the stability First-order.analysis method (AISC Specification Appendix 7, Section 7.3) l'
of th~ ~tiucture and its elements, inciucling second order effects (both P-6 and P-o).
AdditjoiJal discussion can be found in Wilson and HabibuUah (1987), White and Hajjar
The use of ea~h ~ese meth~s sei~mic
of in desigri is explained in the following ~iscu:.
.,i
sions. Additional information on eachof.themethods can be found in the Commentary to"
(1991), and Geschwindner (2002). There are different methods by which to address sec-
ond-order effects, in~luding iterative or pqniterative solutions with either stationary or
the applicable sections in the AISC sp.rification. It
incremental loading. For example, som~ computer programs use a vertical load combina-
tion in conjunction with the approximate geoJ?etric stiffness matrix to reduce the structural
Direct Analysis Method
stiffness to account for geometric nonlinearities. The resul~g structural stiffness from this Provisions for the direct analysis method (DM) are outlined in AlSC Specification Sectior l
initial analysis is used for all subsequent load analyses (e.g., dead, live, lateral). This C2 and C3. This analysis procedure is permitted for all steel structures and is require t;:
method~ advantageous as it allows superposition-of individual Joad effects because the when t.he ratio of ma.'timum second-order drift to maximum first-order drift, whlch can be''
stiffness is held constant. This approach typically captures only the P-A effect, and P-o is taken as B2 inf\ppendix 8 using nominal stiffness properties, exceeds i.s. The PM requir" l
either neglected or approximated by segmenting membe!'S into two or more sections. Some dueetly
!;'~Delta effects to be considere~ eitbe_.r thro9gb a second~order elastic analysis 1 ii.
programs can iterate by ramping the gravity loads in conjunction with the geometric stiff- through an amplified fust-ord,er analysis: . : : :~
ness matrix to more ac_curately capture the change in system stiffness d~ring eacp load step.
Lateral loads can then be iterated by ramping them so rhat the analysis captures the addi-
Effecthfe Length Method 1~
tional changes to the system stiffness during each step. In this melhod, superposition of
individual load effects is not appropriate and the vertical loads would therefore need to be - . . for the euecuve
Prov1s10ns " ., l ength me thod (ELM) are ou t1ined in . AlSC 'SpeciijicallOd~
. f
in~luded in lhe anaJysis. Appendi.:< 7, Section 7 .2. When permitted by Section 7 .2.1, the.re are no deviations from the
With reference to seismic analysis, the structural stiffoess is constant (reduced based on elastic analysis provisions in ASCFJSEI 7. The ELM addresses P-Delta effects ejtti, t
an initial analysis) when using the ASCEJSEI 7 modal response spectrum analysis (MRSA) directly through a second-order elastic anaiysis or through an amplified first-order analysi .... J
~.

AM.EJUCAN l!<STTIUJ'E OF STE:a CONSTRUCl10N

....t"
~'
 26 ANALYSTS
1
ln the ELM procedure, interaction between frame behavior an<l tha1 or its members is
approxirnoted by the effective length factor, K. This factor i~ used 10 reprc-<ent the influence
of the system on the ~irength of ao individual member. Wbere the flexural stiffness of a col-
umn is considered to contribute co the lateral stability and resistance co lateral loads, K for
that member is detennined from a sidesway buckling analysis. AJtemativcly, the effective
length factor may be computed using the alignment charts as discussed in detail in the
=
Commentary to AlSC Specification Appendix 7. It is permitted to use K 1.0 for design for
compression effects 1f 82 S I. I.
First-Order Analysis Method
Provisions for the first-order analysis method (FO~i) are outHned in AISC SpecificaJion
Appendix 7, Section 7.3. With this approach, second-order effects are captured through the
application of an additional lateral load equal to at least 0.42% of the story gravity load
applied in eac~ load case. No further second-order analysis is necessary. 1nc required
..
.,;
strengths arc taken as lhe forces and moments obtained from the analysis and the effective
length factor is K = 1.0.
Analysis Methods in ASCE/SEI 7 and the Direct
l~ Analysis Method
111 ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.6 outlines three seismic a11alytical procedures as follows:
ti
:
::
Equivalent lateral force analysis (ELF) (ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.8)
Modru response speccrurn annlysis (MRSA) (ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.8)
Seismic response hiStory procedures, linear and nonlinear (ASCE/SEI 7 Chapter 16)
Detailed information can be fouod in tbe conuncntary to Section 12.6 of ASCE/SEI 7 and
in the NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures
(FE.\lA, 2009a). The foJiowing discussion summarizes the ELF and MRSA analysis meth-
ods and how they relate to the direct analysis method of the AlSC Specification.
:"""
1 Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method
,, The provisions for the OM are consistent with the elastic analysis provisions given in ASCE/
I.
SEJ 7 Section 12.8 for the ELF, provided th& the following conditions are maintained
~: throughout lhe analysis:
The mathemsticaJ model for analysis considers :ill fonns of deformation of the struc-
tural component$, including stiffness reductions and geometric imperfections in
accordance with AJSC Specijicaticn Chapter C. The stability coefficient, 9, will gener-
ally limit Bz to less than 1.7, permitting geometric imperfections to be neglected in the
"f: analys.is for seismic load combinations. Consequently, notional loads should be applied
1.
:. in 1he tnllthematical model for gravity-only load combinations (if 1he same model is
used) in lieu of mOdeling the out-of-plumbness by shi(ting work points.
The fundameo~l period of the structure. T. is limited lo T0 or C,,T,, if T 1s computed
by :maJyticru methods. lf the computed value for Tis Jess than C,,T0 then T is used as
AJllEJUCAI( f~ OJ' Srm. CONSTIUJCTION
, .."
STRUCTURAL MODELING ~
the fundament.11 period fhis is because T., has been statistically derived from actual
build mg ~pon.ses the1efore capturing all influential factocs. See ASCE/SEI 7 Section
12.9.4. .
Forces and deformations resulting from analysis with seismic forces reduced by
factor of 1/R, where R is the response modification coefficient. include second-order
effects either through a second -order analysis, an amplified first-order analysis, or .
hybrid combiO;lltOO of the two methods, independent of the Stabilily C<.'Cflicient, 0, in
ASCEISEJ 7
The A lSC SpecijicaJicm and the AlSC Seismic Provisions deal directly with strength
&!sign of members and connections Verification of seismic drift limits and potential post-
earthquake iostabiUty are nddressed 10 the spplicable building code. As such. some of the.
provisions for lbe DM arc not direcily applicable for a drift ana.lysis. However, they can Iii.:
conservatively appUed for dnft anal)~is.
Other methodologies for applying the OM have been proposed by Nair et al. (2011).
Modal Response Spectrum Analysis and the Direct
Analysis Method
The provisions for lhe OM are consistent wilh elastic analysis provisions in ASCE/SEJ 7 for
.MRSA, provided that tbe following conditions are maintained throughout tJ1e analysis:
All lhe requirements fated previously for the ELF are maintained.
Forces and drifts are ~caled as required by ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.9.4. Note that
used in this ~caliog is limited as discussed previously for the ELF.
The same procedure is followed in regards to a drift analysis. Though the scaling of drifts
is not required unless assigned to n certain seismic design category, allowable drift limits
and stability provisions of ASCE/SEl 7 are applicable.
2.4 STRUCTURAL MODELING
A mathematical model used for structural analysis is simply an interpretation of wbat co~
figuration of components, mechanical characteristics, and mass distn"bution is signific11r1
to the distribution of force:; and deformations in the syslCm. Models can be simple (such ::.'I
a tw<r<limensional fi.niie element model based on centerline dimensions) or highly sophi~
cllted (such as a lhree-<limcnsionaJ continuum model that can explicitly caprure materi<
nonlinearity and buckling). Both strength and stiffness are required to characterize the
mechanical properties of a compoocnL
Strength of Structural Elements
The strength of structural elements is typically nol a modeling consideration for elasr;.
analysis. Jnfonnntion on modeling component strengths for nonlinear dynamic analysis c
be found in NCJV (2010), Oeterleio ct al. (2010), PEER (2010), PEER/ATC (2010), FE:.
(2009b), nod ASCE (2006).
Z.-8 ANALYSIS STRUCTURAL MODELING

Stiffness of Structural Elements

(2- 1)
AlSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C states that stiffness properties of components for an .. I.
elastic analysis should be based on lhe elastic sections and lhat the effects of cracked sec- where
tions shall be considered for composite components. AJSC Specification Chapter C and the E, = modulus of efastkity of steel, ksi
commentary to AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C give recommendations for effective ho = l,+A,(YENA-d3'f '+(f,Q,,IF1 )(2d3+d1 -Ym-.)2 , in.4 (Spec. Eq. C-13- 1)
stiffness vaJues to be used in analysis. As =area of st~! cross section, in.2
'EQ,. =sum of the nominal shear strength of steel anchors between the point of maximum
Steel Elements positive moment and the point of zero moment to either side, ldp$
1, =moment of inertia of steel cross section, in.4
The stiffness properties of steel beams, columns and braces used in lhe mathematical model YE.~ =distance from bottom of the steel section to the elastic neutral axis, in.
will depend upon the stability design method selecfed and, potentially, the magnitude of ,;, [A,d3 + (T.Q,,IF1)(2d3 + d 1)]/(A, + (I:Q,./F1)J, in. (Spec. Eq. C-13-2)
slmining the member undergoes. Reduced stiffness for all members contributing to the lat- di =distance from the compression force in the concrete to the top of the steel section,
eral stabifay of the structure is required when using the DM to determine design forces. It in.
is important to note that the stiffness reduction tenns in the DM include a component rep- =distance from the resultant steel tension force for fulJ section tension yield (P1 =

b~A:: ::st:::~:: :~::~:~on, 1,~uiv

resenting material nonlinearity (e.g., accounting for residual srresses) and a component
reprcsencing member out-of-straightness and other uncertainties. Conseque.nLly, stiffness
reduction is separated inro a load-dependent factor and load-independent factor, complicat-
lu, t: is recommended in lieu of 75% of (see t\
ing ii$ direct application to dynamic analysis. AISC Specification Chapter I commentary), wher~
Research has deinonstr:ued that residual strbsses have a lesser effect on shear stiffness
than flexural siiffness. For sunplibty; the shear modulus. a, can be reduced in proportion to
(Spec. Eq. C-B-4) li
the reduction in the modulus of elasticjty, E, with no further reduction to account for axial where
load effects. c1 =compression force in concrete slab for fully composite beam; smaller of A1F1 and I
It is common to model steel &earns that are part of the SFRS without composite action 0.85fc'Ac. kips ~
because the reliability of the composite ~tiffness at large inelastic deformations is question- lrr =moment of inertia for the fuiJy composite uncracked cransfonned section, in.
4

able due to the potential for failure of steel headed stud anchors. If composite action is taken
into account. the following applicable effects should be considered. AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Chapter G discusses limitations on using partially l!
composire beams in certain composite systems.
Composite Elements The flexural stiffness of composite columns and braces (encased or filled) can be taken
as E/,_qprescribed in AISC Specificati~n Chapter I. The axiafstiffness can be taken as
The stiffness properties of steel members acting compositely with concrete should include
the following applicable effects: concrete cracking of the section, steel reinforcement ratio,
section configuration, material properties. of the concrete, and variations of these factors
EAJ =E A$+CJEcA.:
1 (2-2) .l
where
along the member length. The flexural stiffness, Eleff, and a.-tial stiffness, E.Aeff based on a
Ac= area of concrete slab within the effective width. in.2
transfonned cracked section analysis (that also accounts for variations along the member
Ee= modulus of e_lasticity ?f concrete, ksi
length) should be "1Sed in lieu of EI and EA in all analysis methods. Recommendations are
c3 = 0.4 for filled sections and 0.2 for encased sections
provided in AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C Commentary based on ACI 318 prov is.ions.
For steel beams with a composite slab, composite action can be included where the slab fquation 2-2 is taken from the LRFD ~pecificationfor Structuraf Steel !311-ildings (AISC 1-.:
and shear connection to the beam have been designed and detailed to provide acceptable 2000). :.,.;
behavior (see Commentary to Chapter G in the AISC $eismic Provisions). For concrete.-
encased steel beams and beams acting compositely with a concrete slab, a plastic stress Connections and Panel Zones . I
distribution corresponding to tbe ultimate nominal strengths of each component can be
used to compute a lower-bound elastic moment of inertia, Tu. For a steel beam with a com- Connections and panel zones can contribute significantly to the overall l::iteral flexibility o l.
posite slab in a moment frame with double curvature bending, the effective flexural a system and the resulting deformations are required to be addresse<I in the analysis for
stiffness. Eltff can be taken as lbe average of the stiffness in the positive and negative bend- det.erminiog the distn'Dution of design forces and story drifts. In modeling moment or bracer ,.
ing regions, as follows: frames. the impact of connection size and stiffness should be considered.
~o ..
I
~,,
~ , 2.-10 ANALYSJS 2.- l !
1:f. STRUCTURAL MODEJ...JNG
:,
"'
Research (FEMA, 2000a) has demonstrated that panel zone deformations in steel moment
,..
f:"
.;~
,~. frames can have significant impact on earthquake-induced lateral drift. However, modeling
where
~~: 4c 2 +b 2
~~:; framing using center line-to-center line dimensions for the framing clements can approxi- R
mate the effects of panel zone flexibility reasonably well for elastic analysis (see Figure 8c
2-1 ). Zero-stiffness end offsets may be modeled to analytically provide forces at the panel "" radius of cut from ANS VAISC 358 Figure 5.1
zone faces but not influence the periods of vibration. AJtematively, panel zone models that This approach may be counteracted by neglecting composite action with the concrete
include web doubler plates and continuity plates CAil be explicitly modeled or implicitly slab between protected zones. It is also common not to explicitly model the RBS and to use
included by modeling partially rigid end offsets. fully rigid offsets alone should not be either an Eleff for the berun or simply to amplify the elastic story drifts to account for thl!
assumed to be the only source of panel zone stiffness (fsai and Popov, 1990). Several panel reduced stiffness, as shown in .Example 4.3.1 of this Manual. Additional infom1a1ion on
zones models are illustrated in FEMA 355C (FEMA, 2000a). steel moment frames can be found in ANSUAJSC 358, FEMA 350 (FEMA, 2000b), and
.Explicit connection modeling by rotational springs is penuitted when based on analytical NEHRP Seismic Design Technical Brief No. 2 (Hamburger et al., 2009). For composite
and experimenml test data. Such an approach may be warranted when accounting for I.he frames, the effects of cracking on the beam-to-column joint stiffness should be included.
effects of panially restrained connections or other mechanical characteristics of a connec- A common question regarding connection deformations in braced frames is whether the
tion such as bolt slip. Alternatively, beams can be modeled with an equivalent flexural ends of a brace should be considered as a moment resisting or pinned connection. The
stiffness, Eltff answer will depend on lhe gusset connection detailing. Fundamentally, a brace-end _connec
Beams with reduced beam se.ctions (RBS) can be addressed by physically modeling a rion at a beam-to-column joint or at a beam interior segment can be assumed pin ri~-1
prismatic or parabolic tapered section at the RBS location. If a prismatic section is used, one out-of-plane and fixed in-plane, because the out-of-plane stiffness of the gusset plate is si5 -
possibility is to take the moment of inertia at the outer edge of the center two-thirds of the nificantly smaller than the in-plane stiffness. .
RBS (ANSJ/AISC 358 Chapter 5). The flange width, ht.RBS is: Similar to beam-to-column joints in moment frames, partially restrained end zones c
ancillarv stub members can be modeled at the ends of braces to represent the increased in-
b1.~s =2(R- c)+b1 -2JR -(~J 2
(2-3)
plane.fl~xural stiffness provided by the gusset"conne.ctions. The flexural stiffness at these
sectio~s typically ranges from 2 to 4 times that of the~ brace. The beam-to-column connec-
tion where a brace member intersects can be modeled as a fully restrained connection:
L~ =center-to-center length oilierwise the connection can be modeled as a simple connection depending on project spe-
cific requirements. Additional infonnation concerning steel braced frames c~ be found in
dJ2 NCJV (2010) and Carter (2009).
AISC Design Guide 20, Steel Plate Shear Walls (Sabelli and Bruneau, 2006) provides
c information regarding modeling practices for special plate shear walls. For composite con-
E
stniction, the effects of cracking on the beamte>-columrrjoint stiffness should be included.
~'. .llll ~ End offset
Zero rigidity; Flexible length = L,,
------. ~: 1
I

:,.
Full rigidity: Flexible length = 4- d~ 1 Column Bases and Foundations
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.7 states that for the purpose of detemUning seismic loads, t~i:
,. .,
~ structure can be considered fixed at the base. That is, the base where seismic motions ar~
~
Anal ca1 beam introduced into the structure is globally restrained horizontally, vertically and rotationally
~:.
about the horizontal axes. Altema1ively, flexibility of the supporting soil (inclucling defor
!,
mations of the foundation components) or soil-structure interaction may be included. The
",
>
Actual beam
theoretical derivation of soil-structure interaction effects was developed on the basis of a
1,~'< rigid foundation. Therefore, support flexibility and soil-structure interaction cannot ~
applied concurrently.
Actual panel zone flexibility of the supporting soil is co,mmonly modeled using soil springs assum.in~ -~ ''
!1 foundation component is rigid. Alternatively, foundation components may be exp1Jc1t1
~; J modeled to address their flexibility. For nonlinear resp'.onse history analysis, soil sprir.
should directly model the nonlinear behavior of the supporting soil.
~ 1
:: Assumes same column depth at both ends of beam Column base modeling is a function of frame mechanics, detailing and rigidity of 1',
;.
: foundation components, and is 001 related to the global restraint of the seismic base. Parti;~.
Fig. 2-1. Modeling end offse1s aJ panel Z.Orn!S. restrained base models may be used to more accurately capture rotational characterL~. ;,
;
>:
~:

'
 2-12 ANALYSIS
of base plate connections based on e)(perimental results. Alternatively, pinned bases may be
modeled to account for connection, foundation and sou flexibility, although lhe column base
may be detailed to be fixed to the foundation component.
Diaphragms for Three-Dimensional Analysis
Diaphragms, chords, collectors and associated elements distribute seismic forces to the
. Gravity Loads
' "
' I
SFRS. The diaphragm model used in analysis should rea listically model the diaphragm's in-
plane stiffness and the distribution of lateral forces. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.3.l classifies a
diaphragm as rigid, semi-rigid or flexible depending on its in-p130e stiffness. A diaphragm
~I
made up of a composite slab can be modeled as rigid when the diaphragm's span-to-depth
ratio is 3 or less in structures with no horizontal irregularities. This assumption simplifies
calculations because the diaphragm moves as a rig.id body about the center of rigidity of a
i members. A mathematical model is commonly analyzed as a fully constructed, cohes1
given story and the total mass can be assumed to be lumped at the' cemer of mass.
Alternatively, a semi-rigid diaphragm explicitly models the diaphragm's in-plane stiffness. In
either model, lateral forces are distributed to the various SFRS in proportion to their relative
elastic lateral stiffness and distance from the center of rigidity: For flexible diaphragms, an
SFRS is assumed to resist forces proportional to lbe mass that is tributary to the SFRS.
Diaphragm slabs can be modeled using either membrane or shell elements. In-plane stiff-
ness reduction factors should be applied t.o account for cracking of the concrete and other
factor~,that decrease 1be stiffness of the diaphragm. Membranes differ .from shells in that
mem?ranes do not provide out-of-plane or rotational stiffness which c an increase the com-
putational demand and the flexural stiffness at joints. Howe,er, membrane.edges have to be
supponed by framing.
The_axial forces developed in horizontal members on a given floor ai=e dependent on lhe
in-plane stiffness of the diaphragm model assigned to that floor. Caution should be exer-
cised in as~igning diaphragm models where horizontal members are designed to transmit
or redistribut~ seismic forces to and between SFRS. In many ~es, these members are
requir~d to be designed !or amplified seismic loads including the overstrenglh factor: no,
and thereby, are intended to remain essentially elastic. . .
A rigid diaphragm model prevents relative fo-plane movemenc between nodes on a given
floor. Thus, axial forces will not develop in horizontal members connected to the diaphragm,
inhibiting the design of members that tiansmit forces to or between SFRS or chords of a
vertical truss spanning between levels (e.g., outriggers). The effect of this node lock will
increase forces carried by diagonal members between diaphragms. Alternatively, a semi-
rigid diaphragm can be modeled. A disadvantage of this model is that the magnitude of lhe
axial force 1n a horizontal member wjll depend on the in-plane stiffness at the node and how
the diaphragm is modeled along the length of that member.
. Another alternative is to release nodes from the diaphragm constrrunt. This may also
include restructuring the extents of the rigid diaphragm so rhat a core area is a rigi<t
_ diaphragm and the suri-ouncling areas are semi-rigid based on srnictural properties as~igned
to the dfaphragm system.
lt is possible to mO<)el the diaphragm by decoupling a three-dimensional structure into
multiple two-dimensional analyses where lateral forces are applied as point forces at nodes
or as uniform or triangular distributed loads along horizontal members. Capturing the
required magnitude of the axial force io a three-dimensional analysis can be more challeng-
ing as zero to very low stiffness diaphragm models can lead to increases in P-6 forces
STRUCTURAL MODELING
2- 1.
transferred to the SFRS and/or modeling errors. It is recommended that lhe analys1 perfo~
a parametric study wilb various diaphragm assignments and assemblies 10 determine ti
most efficient model 10 adequately capture a re3Sonable esrimate of the diaphragm behavi .
r
and required axial force.
't.
::
All gravity loads should be modeled in the analysis in order to accurately address sccond-
order effecis and to capture the distribution of gravity load effects on vertical force-resisti. l
structure for each load effect or load combination. This practice is not, however, consistenl
with how a structure is built, where some load effects are distributed based on constructi""
sequence. This is particularly true for the distribution of self-weight in braced frames a
strucrures with outriggers or hat trusses where installation of diagonal members may ~
completed after the surrounding framing and floor system is constructed and at differem
story elevations. ~n _the latter case, dead load eff~cts created during construction in _exten j::
vertical force-rcs1strng members can be underesumated because these members can JO eff, ::
hang from the stiffer outrigger/truss system in the analysis, increasing the forces in the i.nte
rior vertic~I suppo~ syste~. Si~ilarl~, _gravi.ty effects can be distributed to diagonal braces\".
in proportion to lhe11 contnbuuon to JOtOt stiffness. ,
For cases when the distribution of dead load effects is a concern, a staged constrocti
analysis can be performed. In its fundamental form, the mathematical model of a complete
system is broken down in10 assemblies, commonly story levels. and the. analysis wi!l inc- 1
mentally add each group and superimpose the results onto the previous analysis. C: ;'.
should be exercised when gravity effects produce sway and when geometric imperfection .
are included in the analysis (by either method discussed previously) as a staged analysis can-
not handle sway of different assemblies and superposit~on must b~ applica~le. Alternative l:
some analysis programs allow the analyst to automatically not mclude diagon~ memb r
during the gravity lond analysis. Though this is more related to analysis than modeling, a,
altemative modeling technique wou~d be to provide axial force releases in the diagor ~t
members for 1be gravity load analysis~In these cases, the method used to address geome1
nonlinearities within the analysis program is of critical importance, and this will dictm
which technique can be used. Another consideration is clifferentjal settlement of vertic
force-resisting systems under dead load effects. l
Gravity Loads in Diagonal Braces and Special ,,;
Plate Shear Walls I
The AISC Seismic Provisions stipulate that the gravity forces be neglected in braces :;:
buckling-restrained braced frames and web plates in special plate shear walls. These provi-
sions are intended 10 restrict the use of SFRS components that are required to uissip f.
significant amounts of energy by i~elastic actions to simultan~ously . provide s~clt . ;
integrity of lhe structure under gravny loads. Many of the capacity design analysis pro' .
sions have been developed based on this concept.
This approach can be a concern for complex structures that ~ontain pu~_seJy slope<.
stepped non-SFRS columns or where diagonal braces are required to stabilize a struct .,.
l
that undergoes sidesway from gravity loads (e.g., sloping siructural system) or are require-
 " ANAJ..Y))lS PART 2 R.EFH~<.:I~

to directJy participate in carrying gravity loads (e.g., diagrid system). A lhtee-<limeo~ional
r nonlinear dynamic analysi~ may be necessary to verify the seismic perfonnance of complex
structures. lf lateral support for other load effeclS is provided by an ancillary non-SFRS
back-up system, it should not be excluded from the mBthematical model used for seismic
analysis.
PART 2 REFERENCES
AJSC (2000), Load and Rt!sistanu Factor Design Specification for Structural Stu/
Buildings, Amencan Jnsutu1c of Steel Construction, Chicago, IL.
ASCE (2006), St!isrnic Rt!IUJbilrtarion of Existing Buildings, ASCE41-06. American Society
of Civil Enginee~. Restoo, VA.
Carter. C.J. (2009). ''Origins of R =3," Proceedings of1hc 2009 Structures Congress. ASCE,
Austin. TX. April 30 May 2, 2009, pp. 1-10.
Deierlein, G.G . Rcinhom, A.M. and Willford, M.R. (2010), ''Nonlinear Strucrural Analysu
for Seismic Design," NIST GCR 10-917-5, .NEHR.P Seismic Design Technical Brief No.
4, N'EHRP Consultants Joint Venture_ pannership of the Applied Technology Council and
the Consortium of Uoiversillcs for Research in .Earthquake Engineering, National
Institute of Standards and Technology. Gaithersburg, MD.
FEMA (2000a), Stott! of thl! Art Report 011 Sysums Performance of S1eel Moment Framu
Subject to Eanhquak.e GroWJd Shaking, fEMA 355c, prepared by the SAC Joint Venture
for the Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.
FEMA (2000b), Recommended Seismic Design Criteria for New Steel Moment-Frame
Buildings, Fa.IA 350, Federnl Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.
FEMA (2009a). NEHRP Rt!commended Seismic Pro\'ision.s for New Buildings and Othtr
Structures, FEMA P-750, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.
FE.MA (2009b), Quantification of Building Seismic Perfomwnce Factors, FEMA P-695.
Federal Emc:rgency Management Agency. Washington, DC.
Geschwindncr, LF. (2002), "A Practical Approach to Frame Analysis, Stability and Leaning
Columns," Enginuring lounUJI, AISC, Vol. 39, No. 4, 4th Quaner, pp. 167-181.
Hamburger, R.O , Kra1,1,inlcJcr, H., Malley. J.O. and Adan, S.M. (2009), "Seismic Design of
Steel Special Moment Frames: a Guide for Practicing Engineers," NIST GCR 09-917-3,
NEHRP Seismic Design Technical Brief No. 2, NEHR.P Consultants Joint Venture, part
nership of che Applied Technology Council and the Consortium of Universities for
Research in Earthquake Engineering, National Institute of Standards and Technology,
Gaithersburg, MD.

.. .. Nair, S., Malley, J.O. and Hooper, J.D. (2011), "Design of Steel Buildings for Earthquake
and Stability by Application of ASCE 7 and AISC 360," Engineering loumal, AlSC, Vol.
48, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 199-204.

... NCJV (2010), faa/11ation of the FEMA P-695 Merltodclogy for Quantification of Buildin.~
Seismic Perfonnance Facton, NIST GCR 10-917-8, NEHRP Consultants Joint Venture,
partnership of the Applie4,I Technology Council and l.he Consortium of Universities for
Research in Eariliquakc Engineering, National Institute of Standards and Technology
Gaithersburg, MD.
PEER (2010), Seismic Design GuuJelinesforTall Buildings, Pncific Earthquake Enginci;.;;ng
Research Center, Unjversity of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA.

AMEIUCAN .l Nsrm.m! OP Srw. O:lNSTRVCTION

2.-16 ANALYSIS

PEER/ATC (2010). Modeling and Acceptance Criteria for Seismic De.sign and Analy.sit of
Tait Buildings, PEER/ATC 72-1 Report, Applied Technology Council, Redwood Ci1y.
PART3
CA, October.
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR
Sabelli, R. and Bnineau, M. (2006), Srtel Plate Shear Walls. Design Guide 20, AlSC.
Chicago, IL.
SEISMIC RESISTANCE
Tsai, K.C. and Popov. E.P. (1990}, "Seismic Panel Zone Design Effect on Elastic Story Drift
lJl S1ecl Frames," Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 116, No. 12, pp.
3235-3301. 3.J SCOPE ...................... . . - - - - 3
White, D. and H~ijar, J. (1991), "Application of Second-Order Elaslic Analysi~ in LRFD: 3.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION ............. .. . . . 3
Research to Practice," Engineering Journal, AISC, Vol. 28, No. 4, 4th Quarter, pp. 3.3 DESIGN EXAMPLE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS ..... .:. .. . . ..... 3--
l33- 148.
Wilson. E.L. and Habibullah, A. (1987), "Static and Dynamic Analysis of Multi-Story
3.4 MOMENT FR.AMES ...... .. ................ . ......... . ......... ... 3 I
Example 3.4.1. Moment Frame Story Drift Check .... -........ -.... - - . : J
Buildings Including P-Della Effects," Earthquake Spectra, Earthquake Engineering
Research Institute, Vol. 3, Issue 3. Exnmple 3.4.2. Moment Frame Column ~ign . - 3 -1
Exnmple 3.4.3. Momenl Frame Beam Design ............. . . . 3-
Examplc J.4.4. Moment Frame Beam-to-Column Connection Design .. 3-l.3
3.5 BRACED FRAMES ... .. . . 3 l
faumple 3.5.l. Brace<! Frame Brace Design . ....... . .. . ... ... .. . 3-
Exarnple 3.5.2. Braced Frame Column Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Example 3.5.3. Braced Frame Brace-10-Bcam/Colurnn Connection Design ... - . 3- r
PART 3 REFERENCES .... . ........ 3-.

I
\
.

.
I:<

A MOUC>.N {NSmVl'll OP Srnm. Co.N$TRVCTION

 ~ 16 ANAl..YSJS

PEER/ATC (2010), Modeling and Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Design and Analy.fis of
Tall Buildings, PEER/ATC 72-1 Report. Applied Tcclmology Council, Redwood City, PART3
CA, October.
SYSTEMS NOT SPECI FICALLY DETAILED FOR
Sabelli, R. and Bnineau, M. (2006), Steel Plate SMar Walls, Design Guide 20, AISC,
Chicago, IL. '
SEISMIC RESISTANCE
Tsai, KC. and Popov, E.P. (1990), "Seismic Panel Zone Design Effcd on Ela.sue Story Drift
in Steel Frames." Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE. Vol. I 16, No. 12, pp.
3235-3301. 3.J SCOPE .... . . - . . . . . ... - . - .. - . - 3
White, D. and Hiljjar, J. (J991), "Application of Second-Order Elastic Analysis in LRFD: 3.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 3
Rese:irch to Practice," Engineering Joumal, AISC, Vol. 28, No. 4, 4th Quarter, pp. 3.3 DESlGN EXAMPLE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS ..... :.'. .... .. : . 3-....
133- 148.
Wilson. E.L. and Habibullah. A. (1987), "Static and Dynamic Analysis of Multi-Story
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES .. .... .. .......... .' 3
Example 3.4. l. J\fomem Frame Story Drift Check . ................ : 3-
l
Buildings Including p. Delta EffectS," Earthquake S~ctra, Earthquake Engineering
Research Institute, Vol. 3, Issue 3. u:imple 3.4.2. Moment Frame Column Design 3-1
Example 3.4.3. Moment Frame Beam Design ................ 3-
Example 3.4.4. Moment Frame Beam-to-Column Connection Design ..... . . 3-1:
3.S BRACED FRAMES .......... 3- 1
Example 3.5. l. Brace.d Frame Brnc:.e Design ............. . . . 3-
fuample 3.5.2. Braced Frame Column Design ............... .... 3-2
faample 3.5.3. Braced Frame Brace-10-.Beam/Column Connection Design .... . 3- I
PART 3 REFERENCES . . . ............ . 3-.

I
1 \

'
 SVS'J'l:.MS NUT Sl'bUl-lLAL.L.X Ul:. IAlU:.U FOR SEISMIC RESISTAN<.'.il 3.3 DESIGN IDCAMt'l..t. t'l..A.N " ' .. u ~ Vi\J 1ur.:.

3.1 SCOPE
This Pan shows member and connection designs for braced and moment frame systems that
are not specifically detajJed for seismic resistance. Seismic design of the seismic force
resisting system in accordance with the AISC Seismic Provisi<>ns is referred to as "seismic
detailing" by the applicable building code. The systems in this Part are designed according

:i:-m
~
,
: 10 the requirements of the AISC Specification. The SC-Ope s1atement al the front of this
": Manual discusses the differentiation between seismic force resisting systems that require
special detailing for seismic resistance and those that do not. ,- -,
:r:---.-,.:r:
! ~
3.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION

=
l-'-----1---- - - - - - - - - -....

Systems requiring structural Steel design in accordance with the AISC Specification only are
. :J;..:.'----:r:--- _fj i
~ l ---. - -- J_ _ _ _ _ _J.\ _ _ _
_ __J~---
' addressed in this Part. It is a common misconception that when seismic detailing of lhe seis-
!
mic force resisting system is not required, there are no other seismic design requirements.
Regardless of the seismic detailing requirements, structures assigned to Seismic Design
t: Categories B through F are subjec1 ro many other seismic design considerations prescribed
___..., rl::::i in the applicable building code. For example, ASCE/SEI 7 contains numerous requirements, ' --. - -------...---- - - ----. -. ..-. -----. ---
such as:

Table 12.3-1, Horizontal Structural Irregularities Braced frame investigated \ _ Moment frame investigated
Table 12.3-2, Vertical Strucrural Irreguiarities in design examples. For in design examples. For
elevation see Figure 3-3. elevation see Figure 3-2.
Section 12.4. Seismic Load Effects and Combinations
Section 12.5. Direction of Loading Fig. J.J. Floor plan/or Pan 3 design examples.
Section 12.8.4.3. Amplification of Accident:i.1 Torsional Moment
Section 12.10.2, Collector Elements
Section 12.13, Foundation Design 2 3 4

30'-0" 30'-0 30'--0"

3.3 DESIGN EXAMPLE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
0Roof W18x50 W18x50 W18x50
The following sections consist of design examples for 3 typical building not requiring seis-
mic detailing. See Figure 3-1 for a typical floor plan for this building with composite <? ..,"' ...~
N

flooring. D~ign Examples 3.4. l through 3.4.4 demonstrate the cf.esign of a typical moment 0Foorth
Level
ll W18x50 W18x50 W1Sx50

frame for the building. See Figure 3-2 for an elevation of the moment frame. Design ~
Examples 3.5.l through 3.5.3 demonst:rate the design of 3 typical braced frame for the build Third W18x55 W18x55
mg. See Figure 3-3 for an elevation of the braced bay. 0Level
The code spccilied lo~ng is as follows:
~
N
second ..... W18x55 W18x55
Dftoor = 85 psf 0 Level ~...
D100f =68 psf ~ ~ ~...
~r =80psf ease
0
S =20 psf Column splk:e
=
Curtain wall 175 lb/fl 4a- above finished
floof (1YP.)
:
t I Wtnd loads nre determined according to Chapter 28, Part 2 of ASCE/SEI 7. The assumed
parametCIS are: 83.Sfo Wmd Speed is 115 miles per hour (3 socood gust), Wind Exposure
Category is B, topographic factor 1(1 is 1.0, 3Jld the bwlding is in Risk Category Il. Required
Fig. 3-2. M~nt frame tW.'Olion for E.xam.ptu 3.4.1, 3.4.2, JA.3 and 3.4A.
For floor plan. stt Figure J-1 .

.'
'
 SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFlCALLY DETAILED FOR SEJSMTC RES1STA:.'1CE 3.4 MOMENT FRAMES ~ 1
strengths from load combinations that include wind loods were shown not to govern over Because the momeol frame in the following examples does not require seismic detailing.
load combinations that include seismic loads for both the braced frame and the moment it is designed in accordance with the provisions of the AlSC Specification. . \.:
frame. Therefore, wind loads are not included in the design examples in Part 3,.
T he necessary parameters for determining seismic loading are given with each design
example. -
Example 3.4.1. Moment Frame Story Drift Check

Given:
!:
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES Determine if the moment frame satisfies the ASCE/SEI 7 seismic story drift requirements.
1
Moment frames resist lateral forces and displacements through flexure and shear in the Refer to the moment frame elevation shown in Figure 3-2. The applicable bui]ding cod .:
specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for seismic story drift requirements. In ac~rdance wit. .. :
1

beams and coliunos. The necessary restraint must be provided by the moment connections
between the beam and the columns. ASCFJSEl 7:
Moment frames tend to have larger and heavier beam and column sizes than braced
frames. The increase in member sizes and related co.sts is often accepted lo gain lhe Risk Category: Il
Seismic Design Category: C
increased flexibility provided in the architectural and mechanical layout in the structure. The
Deflection Amplification Factor, Ca. 3
absence of diagonal bracing members can provide greater freedom in the confilmration of
of
walls and in the routing mechanical ductwork and piping. Moment frames are ~ften posi-
Seismic Importance Factor,/~: 1.0
Allowable Story Drift, !:>a: 0.020hsx
tioned at the perimeter of the structure, allowing maxi.mum flexibility of the interior spaces.
Drift control is required by the applicable building code to help limit da1itage to both the
structural and nonstructural systems. Solutio n: I
From a second-order elastic analysis of the structure, the elastic displacement comput' I:
under strength-level design earthquake forces at each level are:
,

r f
o~ = t.87 in.
04, = 1.54 in.
2s--0 8:3, = 1.03 in.
Roof Si, =0.477 in.
~
OM=O in. I:
N The deflection at level xis:
Fourth
Level
I
I (ASCFJSEl 7 Eq. 12.8-1 t:
Column splices .,.,,;.
~ 48" above finished
....
N tloOr (typ.) Tue allowable story drift al level x, from ASCEJSEI 7 Table li.12-1, is:

...~~
Third
Level 11 0 =0.020h.u ~

~
N
where

Second h~ = story height below level x, ft

level ~.
Between the roof level and level 4:
~ ..
...
...,. Cd (0,., -o.i,)
\.,~"
1.
Base
3(1.87 in.-1.54 in.)
1.0
Fig. J-3. Braced frome elevation for Examples 3.5. I, 3.5.2 and 3.5.3. =0.990 in.
For floor plan, see Figure 3-J.
t:
 fI SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RE.SlSTANCE I 3.4 MOMENT FRAMES

6a =0.020(12.5 ft)(l2.0 in./fl)

=3.00 in.> 0.990 in. o.k. LRFD ASD

Between level 4 and level 3: LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
. ...
~
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
04 =Cd (84 -03,) (1.2+0.2SDs)D+p!2+0.5l+0.2S (1.0+0.14SDs )D+ H +F+O.?pQE
le .
3(1.54 in.-1.03 in.) (including the 0.5 load factor on l
permitted in ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
1.0
= 1.53 in.
from ASCE/SEI 7, this structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category C
6a =0.020(12.5 ft)(I2.0 in.lit) (p = 1.0) and SDs = 0.352.
.,
} ' =3.00 in.> 1.53 in. o.k.
~:
The required strengths of Column CL-1 determined by a second-order analysis including the
:-: Between level 3 and level 2: effects of P-o and P-a with reduced stiffness as required by the direct analysis method are:

03 =Cd (fo., -fue) LR.FD ASD

J,
=3(1.03 in.-0.477 in.) P., =233 kips Pa =165 kips
,,.;-:~
-
1.0 v., =35.0 kips Va = 23.4 kips
~:
= 1.66 in. - Muwp =201 kip-ft Ma top= 131 kip-ft
:~-
Aa =0.020(12.5 ft)(l2.0 in./ft) Mubot=-320 kip-ft Ma bot =-'210 kip-ft
=3.00 in.> I.66 io. o.k.

Between level 2 and the base level: There are no transverse loadings between the floors in the plane of bending, and the bean::;
framing into the column weak &Jtis are pin-connected and produce negligible moments.
02 =Cd (02, -obe)
I, Solution:
= 3(0.477 in.-0 in.) From AISC ManlUll Tabie 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
LO ASTMA992
=1.43 in. F1 =50 ksi
I
\
Aa =0.020(14.0 ft)(l2.0 in./ft) F,. =65 ksi
=3.36 in.> 1.43 in. o.k.
From AISC Manual Thble 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
Comment:
W12x87
In this case, the member sizes resulted from strength requiremencs. The seismic story drift
rx= 5.38 in. r1 =3.07 in.
requirements do oot always govern the design of moment frames.

Available Compressive Strength of Column CL-1

Example 3.4.2. Mome nt Frame Column Design Because the member is being designed using the direct analysis method, K is taken as 1.0.
Given: KLx l.0(14.0 ft)(12.0 in./ft)
Refer to Column CL-1 in Figure 3-2. Verify that a W12x87 ASTM A992 W-shape is suffi- rx 5.38 ill.
cient to resist the following required strengths between the base and second levels. The =31.2
applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of loads.
KLy J .0(14.0 ft)(12.0 inlft)
The load combinations that include seismic effects ru:e: -;:; = 3.07 i.n.
=54.7 governs
:
:~
":
 SYSTEMS Nor SPECIFICALLY DETAJLED .FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.4 MOMENT FRAM.ES
3- I
From AISC Manual Table 4-J, the available compressive strength is: .
1-------L_RFD
_ _ _ _ _ _- l -_ _ _ _ __A_s_o______ i,.
LRFD ASD
Cb= 12.5.M......,
2.5MfNJJI +3M,.. +4Ms+3Mc
Cb= 12.5M__,
2.5M,._ +3M.., +4Mp +3Mc
I
4>cPn =925 kips Pn =616 kips
Q,. =112.5(320 kip-ft)J/12.5(320 kip-ft) =112.5(210 kip-ftw12.5(210 kip-ft) I:
Available Flexural Strength of Column CL-1
+3(70.8kip-ft) +3(45.6kip-ft) 1
+ 4(59.4 kip-ft)+ 3(190 kip-ft)J + 4(39.8 kip-ft)+ 3(125 ltip-ft)] t.
Check the unbraced length for ffex_ure
=:2.20 =2.19
From AISC Manual Table 3-2: I

Lp = 10.8 ft From AIS.C Manual Table 3-10, with Lb= 14.0 ft, the availabie flexural strength of i
Lr=43.lft W12x87 is: '
Lp<Lb= 14.0ft<L,
LRFD ASD I
Therefore, I.be member js subject to lmral-torsional buckling.
l--Qb_A-._1n.:....=_2-.2-0-(4_7_7-ki_p-_ft_)-------l-M-,.-::::-2-.1-9(_3_18-
- ki-.p-.....:_ft)-----=-- f.f
Calculate Cb using AISC Specification Equation Fl -1. Oi, .
= 1,050 kip-ft 1
LRFD ASD . .: / =696 kjp-ft, l_..
Check yielding (plastic moment) limit Check yielding (plastic moment) limit !
Mu 1op =201 kip-ft Ma rop =13 l kip-ft state; using AlSC Manual Table 3-2, state; -~sing AfSC Manual Table 3-2, j:'.:
Mwbot =-320 hp-ft M,, t>ct =-210 kip-ft
QbM1 ;;: 495 kip-ft< l, 050 kip-ft M; =3~9 ~;~~696 kip-ft I'
M(x) = M1op-(M"'P ~Mbi>, )x .,,( [Mt"P -l M"') x nb t~
rn .t) = M10p -
'------- ----------''---------- - -- - - .
=201 kip-ft-(201 Jcip-ft + 320 kip-ft}:c Therefore, the.yieiding limit state governs.
= 131 ki ft-(131 kip-ft+210 kip-ft)
. 14.0 ft - - p- 14.0 ft . x
=201 kip-ft-(37 .2 kips):c =13 1 kip-ft-(24.4kips)x Interaction of Flexure and Compression in Column CL-1

Quarter point moments are:

jM(x = 3.50 ft) I= MA
Quarter point momenlS are:
jM(x= 3.50 ft) I= M..,
Using AISC Specification Section HI( c~eck the inte~ction of compression and
Column CL-1, as follows: \. _
fle~ure in
t
= 1201 kip-ft =I 131 kip-ft LRFD ~SD ("
-(31.2 kips)(J.so tt) 1
= 70.8 kip-ft
jM(x =7.00 ft) I= Ms
-(24.4 kips}(3.5ott)1
=45.6 kip-ft
Pc = ~cPn , as detetm.ined previously
=925kips
; Pc "" ~: , as determined previ9usly
ii
t
jM(x= 7.00 ft) I= Me I =616 kips ' I
Pr 233 kips

~
= 1201 kip-ft =I 131 kip-ft Pc 925 kips Pr= 165 kips
-(31.2 kips)(1.oo tt) 1 - (24.4 kips )<1.00 ft) I =0.252 Pc 616 kips
=59.4 kip-ft = 39.8 lcip-ft =0.268
=10.5 ft) I= Mc Because P,fPc~ 0.2, use AlSC
jM(x
=1201 kip-ft
jM(x = J0.5 ft) I= Mc
- =I Bl kip-ft Specification Equation Hl- Ia,
Because P,!Pc ~ 0.2, use AlSC
Specification Equation Hl-la, .t
t
-(37.2 kips)(I0.5 ft) I -(24.4 ki.ps)(10.s fl) I
=190 kip-ft = 125 lcip-ft
M max =320 kip-ft = 210 kip-ft
 3-10 SYSTEMS N<YT SPECIFICALLY DETAlLEO FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.4 MOMENT~

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD .i

!
Mry) P., =0 kips Pa =0 kips ' !
P, 8(-
-+- Mrx+ - :s;J.O Pr +
- 8(-
Mrx
-+Mry)
- ::;;1.0
Pc 9 Mex Mcy Pc 9 Mo: Mey v., =33.9 kips Va = 23. l kips
M., l<ft =-316 kip-ft Mat~JI =-212kip-ft
0.252 + .i!( 320
kip-ft + 0) = 0.827
9 495 kip-ft
o.26s+!( 210
kip-ft +o)=o 835
9 329 kipft . McL = 58.6 kip-ft Mel =40.6 kip-ft
M., nghI = 167 kip-ft Ma ,,,111=106 kip-ft
0.827 < 1.0 o.k. 0.835< 1.0 o.k.

Solution:
Available Shear Strength of Column CL-7
From A1SC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
From AISC. Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength of a W12x87 is:
. ~ ASTMA992
~ I LRFD
.
-
ASD F1 =50 ksi
Fu= 65 ksi ' .
qi.v,. =193 kips> 35.o kips -0.k. Vn 1.0.,, =129 kips> 23.4 kips o.k.
From AISC .Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as foUows:
The W12x87 is adequate to resist the required strengths gi,en for Column CL- I. W18x55
Note: Load combinations that do ~~t include seismic effects must also be investigated. d= 18.l in. r...,=0.390 in. r1 =1.67 in. Sx = 98.3 in.
3
Zx= 112 in.3
r11 = 2.00 in. J = 1.66 in.4 h 0 =17.5 in.

Example 3.4.3. Moment Frame Beam Design Assume that the beam flanges are braced at the columns.

Given: Available Flexural Strength of Beam BM- 1

4 -

Refer to Beam BM-I in Figure 3-2. Verify that a W18x55 ASTM A992 W-shape is suffi- From AISC Manual Table 3-2:
cient to resist the following required strengths. The applicable building code specifies the
use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. See the Design Example Plan and Elevation sec- L,, = 5.90 ft
tion for code specified loading. .: L,. = 17.6 ft
The load combinations that include seismic effects are: \
The limit states of yielding and lateral-torsional buckling are applicable, as given in AISC
LRFD ASD Specificaticn Section F2.
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from Calculate Cb using AISC Specification Commentary Equation C-Fl-5, which applies !.;.
ASCEJSEI 7 Section 124.2.3 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 .' gravity loaded beams with the top flange late.rally restrained; the top flange is restrained by
the composite slab.
(1.2+0.2SDs)D+pQe+0.5L+0.2S (1.0+0. 14Sns )D+ H + F +0.1pQs
(including the 0.5 load factor on l LR.FD ASD
permitted in ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3) ~--------+--------- -
M0 =Muufi=-3161<.ip-ft Mo =Ma ltfi =-212 ltip-ft
From ASCE/SEl 7, !his structure is assigned to Seismic Design Catego.ry C (p = J.0) and
Sos=0.352. M1 =Ma rilht =106 kip-ft
The reqwred strengths determined by a second-order analysis including Lhe effects of P-0
and PA with reduced stiffness as required by the direct analysis method are: Mei. =58.6 kip-ft Mel =40.6 ltip-.ft

II AMl!JUCAN lNsrmJTE OP STE!!L CONSTllOCTION

I
 3-12
SYSTEMS NOT SPECfFJCALLY DETAll..ED FOR SEISMIC RESJSTANCE 3.4 MOMENT FRAMES 3--1 : I
LR.FD
1------------L~RFD-----------i----------A-s_n__________~ I ~
ASD

(Mo+M1) =Mo (Mo+M1) =Mo M,, =63.1 ksi(98.3in.3) M,. =62.9 ksi(98.3 in.3 ) ..
=-316 kip-ft' =-212 kip-ft =6. 200 kip-in. = 6, 180 kip-in. 1
because Mi is positive because M1 is positive =517 kip-ftSMp =515 kip-ftSMp f
Cb= 3.o-~(Mi)-~/
Mp =F1 Z.r Mp= F:yZx
Mel
3 Mo . 3 (Mo+Mif

= 3.0- ~( 167 kip-ft

J

}--!(
.
2(MiJ
Cb=30-- -
3 M0
--
8, Ma
3 (M,,+M1f
l =50ksi(112 in. 3)(1 ft/12 in.)
=467 kip-ft controls
==50ksi(112in.3
=467 kip-ft
)(l ft/12in.)
controls
II
58.6 kip-ft J
3 -316 lc.ip-ft . 3 -3 16 kip-ft
= 3 .o-~( 106 lcip-ft )-~( 40.6 kip-ft)
=3.85
3 -212 kip-ft. 3 -212 kip-ft
9bM,. =0.90(467 kip-ft)
Mn 467 kip-ft I
=3.84 n,, = 1.61
I:
::; 420 kip-ft> 316 kip-ft o.k.
= 280 kip-ft> 212 kip-ft o.k.
Per the User Note in AJSC Specification Section F2, the W18x55 is compact for F). = 50 ksi.

Because AISC Manual Table 3-10 does not provide a strength for a Wl 8x55 with an Available Shear Strength of Beam BM-1
unbraced length of 30 ft, calculate the strength from the AISC Specificarion. From AISC
Prom ATSC Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength of the W18x55 is:
Specifica1i01l Section F2, with compact flanges and web and lb > Lr, the applicable lirnit
states are yielding and lateral-torsional buckling.
LRFD ASD
(Spec. Eq. F2-3)
l. <
~ ..v,. =212 kips> 33.9 kips o.k. V,, I ilv. =141kips>23.l kips
L--- - - - - - - " - - -- - - - - - ~
o.k.
I
The W18x55 is adequate 10 resist the loads given for Beam BM-1.
(Spec. Eq. F2-4)
Note: Load combinations that do not include seismic effects must also be investig::ited.

Jc Example 3.4.4. Moment Frame Beam-to-Column

s.1io =o.ooo96s Connect~on Design

LRFD ASD Given:

Refer to Joint JT-1inFigure3-2. Design a bolted Oange-plated fully. restrained moment con-
"
'
l
,
Fer= 3.8Snl(29,000 ksi)
r
r30.0 .1\(12 inJft)
2.00 in.
F, _
CT
3.84n2 (29,000 Jcsi)
r
[30.0 ft(l2 inJft)
2.00 in.
nection between Beam BM-1 and Column CL-1. The beam and column are ASTM A9~ l
W-sbapes and ASTM A36 is used for the connecting material. Use ASTM A325-N bolts ai
. 70-ksi electrodes. :,
l
~I+ 0.078(0.000965)130.0 ft(l~ inlft)r x 1+0.078(0.000965)130.0 ft(l~ inJft) r -F-ro_m_Ex_am
__ p_le--3._4_.3_._th_e_re_q_u~__ed__str_en __~are,._:____________________~l
__gths
2.00 ltl. 2.00 ltl.
=63.1 ksi .,,,
=62.9 ksi LRFD ASD

V., = 33.9 kips Va =23.1 kips

Mu= 316 kip-ft Ma = 212 kip-ft

Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
 3-14
SYSTEMS NG'I' SPECIFICALLY DETAll..ED FOR SEJSMJC RESJSTANCE 3.4 MOMENT FRAMES ., J--15

ASTMA36
The available nexuraJ strength of the W18x55 is:
=
Fy 36 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi LRFD ASD
ASTMA992
Mn= 391 kip-ft
Fy = 50 ksi Mn = 0.90(391 kip-ft)
n l.67
Fu= 65 ksi = 352 kip-ft> 316 kip-ft o.k.
=234 kip-ft> 212 kip-ft o.k.
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
W18x55 Single-Plate Web Connection
d = 18.l in. t,.. =0.390 in. 9"= 0.630 in. S.r = 98.3 in.3 br= 7.53 in. The single pl:lte connection in an FR moment connection need not be designed for eccen-
tricity on the bolts; however, AlSC Manual Table 10-lOa is appHed here for simplicity.
Available Flexural Strength 9f Beam BM-1 Conservatively, using AlSC Manual Table 10-lOa, select a 'l16in.thick ASTM A36 plate
AISC Specification Secrion Fl 3 requires chat tensile rupture of the tension flange be inves- wi!h (3) Ye-in.dfameter ASTM A325-N bolts (Group A) in standard holes connected to the
tigated if besm web, and a Y"'in. fillet weld to the column flange. The available strength of the single-
plate connection is:
FuAJn < _fiFyAJg

Since Fy!F,, =50 kSV65 ksi =0.77 < 0.8: LRFD ASD I
y; =1.0
R,, = 48.9 kips> 33.9 kips o.k. Rn =32.6 kips> 23. l kips o.k.
n
. oO~-in.-diamerer ASTM A325-N bolts in standard boles in I.he beam tension
For cwo rows
flange, usrng AISC Specification Section B4.3b:
Be<::ause the bolt bearing limit state is included in Table 10- lOa, the beam web is acceptable
Ajg =b1ti by inspection, as the beam web thickness of 0.390 in. is greater than the plate thickness of
5/i6
=7.53 in.(0.630 in.) in.

=4.74 in.2 Use a s1i6-in.-thick, single-plate connection with (3) 31-in.diameter ASThf A325-N bolts in
standard holes to the beam web and \.4-in. fillet weld lo the column flange.
Ajn =.-<\r,-2(dll+ 1A6in.)r1
2
=4.74 in. -2(1.00 in.)(0.630 in.)
=3.48 in. 2
Range Plate Connection
.
Determine the required number of bolts in the flange plate
Y,FyAJg =1.0(50 ksi)(4.74 in.) The flange force is:
= 237 kips
ASD !
F.,Afa =(65 ksi)(3.48 in.2 ) LRFD
I
Il
=226kips
P. M .. Ptt1 =Ma
u1=7 d
Since FuAfa < Y1FyAfg, the limit state of tensile rupture of the flange applies.
= 316 ldp-ft (12.0 in./ft} = 212 klp-ft(12.o in.tft}
Mn = Fu~f,n S.r
(Spec. Eq. Fl3-J)
18.l in. 18.1 in. I
A/1 :::210 kips = 14lkips I
= 226 kip~ (98.3 in.3)
4.74 in.
=4,690 kip-in.
= 391 kip-ft
 J.IJ
3-16 SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DtrrAlLf:.D FOR SElSMlC 'RESISTANCE 3.4 MOMENT FRAMES

From AISC Manual Tlblc 7-1 for bolt shear, the required number ofYiin.-diameter ASTM LRFD ASD
A325-N bolts is.
Fu~
R,.
9R11 =~,F.,A.t -=--
LRFD ASD n n,
=91F.,A,.U . F.,A,.U -
P. =--
Timflo=_!![_ n,,.;,. = Pat =0.75(58 k<:i)(l.00 in.) n, J
9r,. r,, /O x[7.00 in. -2( 1 ~'16 in.+ 1...16 in.)]Cl.0) = (l/2.00)(58 ksi)(l.00 in.)
210 kips 14lkips o.k.
- .24.3 kips/bolt =16.2 kips/bolt =218 kips >210 kips x[7.00 in.-2(15/1& in.+ 1116 in.)]

= 8.64 t>olts =8.70 bolts x{l.0)

=145kips > 141 kips o.k.

~
Try ten bolts on 3 4-m. gage. Using AJSC Manual Tables 7-4 and 7-5 for bearing strength
with le = 2 in. and s =3 in. the available bearing streoglh of the beam flange is: Using AJSC Man110I T:ibles 7-4 and 7-5 with L.. =2 in. ands= 3 in., the be<uing strength of
lhe flange pl3te is:
LRFD ASD ~
LRFD ASD
I
~R,, =1t(~r,. )tI n-=n nr,, )
Rn (
lf
) I
R,, (rn)
=8(102 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
= 8(68.3 kiplin.)(0.630 in.)
9Rn =n(~rn) tp fl=JI f2 I p
+2(89.6 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
+2(59.7 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
=8(91.4 kip/in.)(l.00 in.) =8(60.9 kiplin.)(1.00 in.)
=6Tl kips>2JO kips o.k. +2(79.9 kip/in.)(1.00 in.)
= 419 kips> J41 ldps o.k. +2(53.3 lcip/in.)(l.00 in.)
.. =891 kips> '.HO kips o.k. - 594 kips> 141 kips o.k.

Size the flange plate for the tension force

The minimum lhickncss of a 7-in.-wide plate for tension yielding is: Check the flange plate and beam flange for block shear rupture t;
The two cases for which block shear must be considered in the flange pl3te are shown i
LRFD ASD Figure 3-4.
Case l involves the tearout of the tw~ blocks outside of 1he two rows of bolt holes in Ll 1
t,,.;,, = P"t
9F1 bp . t . -
mm -
P<lf
Fybp/ O. flange plate. For this case, the tension area has a width of 2(1 'I.I in.). Case 2 involves Ll
tearout of the block between the two rows of boles in the flange plate. For this case, the teo
210 kips 141 kips
= =(36 ksi)(7.00 in.)/ 1.67 sioo area has a width of 4 in. Because lhe shear areas are the same in both cases, Case l
0.90(36 ksi)(7.00 in.) governs for the flange plate. The beam flange must also be cbed-ed for Case l , but need n 1~
= 0.926 in. =0.934 in. be checked.for Case 2 due to the presence of the web.' ~:
~nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is given by AISC Specification
Try a l in. x 7 in. plate. The avrulable tensile rupture s~ngth of the plate is determined
according to AISC Specification Section D2 as follows: f.quation 14-5: j.!
I

R,, = 0.60F.,A..v+UbsFu~ .S:0.60F1 A,..+Vb1F A,., 11 :i

 3-18 SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR.SElSMlC RESISTANCE 3.-l MOMENT FRAMES

,......, ,Check the flange plate toiCa'se 1

LRFD ASD
! \ From AISC Specification Equation 14-5:
f : . Shear rupture component from AISC Shear ruplure component from AISC
LR.FD Manual Table 9-3c: Manual Table 9-3c:
ASD
.
R,. UosFu.Aru cp0.6FuA;,v =2(248 kipfm.)(1 in.) 0. 6 FuA,,v = 2(165 kip/io.)(1 in.)
$Rn = q>UbsF.A,., -= n
+min (cp0.60FyAgv, cp0.60F.;Anv)
n n =496 kips =330 kips
;r +min(0.60FyAgv, 0.60Fu.Alfl')
'!1
0. .Q
-~; \ <!>Rn= 87.0 kips+454 kips Rn = S8.0 kips+ 302 kips
ubs = 1.0 fc,r uniform t~nsion. ~~ess = 541kips>210 kips o..k.
n
U1;, = 1.0 for uniform tension stress =360kips>141 kips o.k.
...,., Tension rupture component from
'~
~
Tension rupture component from
. ~ISC Man,ua( Tab.le 9-3a: AISC Manual '.fable 9-3a:.
Check the beam flange for Case 1
<WosFuAnz :=2(1.0)(43.5 ldp/in.)(1 in_.) Ubs;;Ani =2(1.0)(29.0 kip/in.)(! in.) From AISC Manual Tables 9-3a, 9-3b and 9"3c for Leh= 13A in. and Lev= 2 in.:
=87.0 kips Ubs = 1.0 for unifonn tension stress
=?.8.0 lops

1;1 Shear yielding component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3b: .
Shear yielding component from AISC
Manual Table 9-3b: .
LRFD ASD

i11 0.6FyAgv -~. $UbsFuA;,1=2(1.0)(60.9 kip/in.)(0.630 in.) s;

Ubf-'A111 , .
= 2(1.0)(40.6 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
$0.6FyAgv =2(227. kip'(in.)(l in.)
. ' .. -' . .Q 2 (15 I kip/in.) (I in.)
=76.7 kips

It =45.4 kips .
=302 kips
~6.6F1Agv =2_(315 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
-51.2)cips
Q.6FyAgv ='2(210 kip/iu.)(0.630 in.)
. .Q .
::.-.-.
=397 hlps =265 kips

$0.6FuA,,v = 2(278 kip/in.)(0.630 in.) 0. 6FuAnv = 2(185 kip/in.)(0.630 fo.) .

n , .
=3.So kips =233 kips
~' 1 1 \ '\
\

~Rn Rn= 51.2 kips+ 233 kips

= 76.7 kips+ 350 kips _n _
= 427 kips> 2io kips o.k. =284 kips> 141 kips o.k.

Use (5) rows oO~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes at a 4-in. gage to con
Flange PL nect each flange plate to i.bebeam flange. Use 2-ID.: edge distance and 3-in .spacing for the
bolts.

Check the flar:qe plate for the compression. rc:rce

N t
r==-

1~ 11 4 I/n~ .Jf2
LOO in.
Case 1 Case2 =712
= 0.289 in.
Fig. 3-4. Block shear failure paths for the flange plate in Example 3.4.4.
AMERICAN L'ISTTTlTIB OP STEa CONSTR\lCTlON
3-20 SYS'feMS NOT SPECIFICAlLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.5 BRACED FRAMES

Tue final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 3-5.

From ~ISC Specification Co1nmcntary Table C-A-7.1, use K =0.65, and l =2!i7 in. (2-in.
edge distance plus !-7-in. beam setback):
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
Kl = 0.65(2.50 in.)
r 0.289 in. Braced frames gain their srrength and their resistance to lateral forces and displacements pJ 1
= 5.62 marily from the axial strength and stiffness of the bracing members. Braced frames are arrange
such that the centerlines of the framing members (braces, columns nnd be:irns) coincide o.
~ccording to AlSC SpecificaJion Section J4.4, because Kllr $ 25, Fer =Fy and the compres-
sive sirength of the flange plate is:
nearly coincide, thus eliminating the majority of flexure that might occur due to lateral forces.
Braced-frame systems !end to be more economical than moment-resisting frames wh
material, fabrication and erection costs are considered. These efficiencies are often offset t.
l
Pn =FyAg (Spec. Eq. 14-6)
reduced flexibility in floor pl:m layout, space planning, and eleclrical and mechanical rout-
= (36 ksj)(7 .00 in.)(1.00 in.) ing encountered as a result of the space requirements of the brace members. J.
=252 kips Braced frames typically are located jn walls that stack vertically between floor levels. [
. - !he typical offi~e building, these walls generally occur in the "core" area around stair and ek

9Pn = 0.90(252 kips)

LRFD

Pn =252 kips
ASD
;
vator shaflS, central restrooms, and mechanical and electrical rooms. 'I11is generally allowe
for greater architectural flexibility in placement and configuration of exterior windows a l,.
n 1.67 -'
= 227 kips > 210 kips o.k.
=151kips>141 kips o.k. W12x87 column

Use 1 in. x 7 in. ASTM ~6 flange plates.

Design the weld betWeen the flange plates and column flange PL 1x1 (A36)

The directional ~trenglh increase is used in determining the required weld size. The length (10) ~ dla. A325-N bolts
of the weld, l...,, 1s taken to bet.h e width of the 7-in. plate less twice-the weld size. @ 4" gage (top and bot.)
in std. holes

DetermitJe the weld size

~olving for Dmin from AISC Manual Equation 8-2 and applying the directional strength PL ie"x4" (~6)
rncrease of AISC Specification Equation 12-5:

LRFD ASD

D,,,;,, = P1if Dmm = Paf

2(1.5)(1.392 kipfm.)lw 2(1.5)(0.928 lcipflll.)l,,.
210 kips 141 kips
2(1.5)(1.392 kiplin.)(5.88 in.) 2(1.5)(0.928 kipfm.}(5.88 in.) W18x55beam
=8.55 sixteenths =8.61 sixteenths

L. - ~is.
Use o/i6-in. fillet welds on both sides to connect the.flange places to the column flange.
(3) 3i A325-N \.
Comment: bolts In std. holes
The column must be checked for panel zone and stiffeitlng requirements. f-or further infor-
mation, see AISC Design Guide No. 13, Stiffening of Wide-Flange Columns at Moment
Connections: Wind and Seismic Applicaiions (Carter, 1999).
Note:
Allow fQ( finger shims as needed l
...
Fig, 3-5. Connection as designed in Examp~ 3.4.4.

AMRJCAN lNsrnvrs OP STESL CONSTRUCTION

 SY~"fEMS N<Jr Sl'~t:UJC...'AL.LY UCJAlLeD f.OR S~JSMlC llESlSTANCB

c~adding. ~ependiog on the plan location and the sue of lhe core area of IJ1e building, tbe tor-
Assume that the cods of the brace arc pinned and braced against translation.
,...., sional resistance offered by the br3Ced frames may become a controlling design p:lnUlleler
Differential drift betvcen stories at the building perio,leter rnus~ be considered with this type Solution:
' of layout, as rotational displacements of the floor diaphragms may impose deformation From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties sre as follows:
demand~ on the cladliing system and other nonslJUcturaJ elements of tbe building.
Because the braced f111me in the following ex.am pies docs not re<juire seismic detailing, it ASTMA36
is designed in accordance with the provisions of the AJSC Specification. F1 =36 ksi
F.=58 ksi
: Example 3.5.1 . Braced Frame Brace Design The eff~tive length of the brace is:

1 2
Given: KL =( l.O)J(l2.5 ft) +(12.5 ft)
Select an ASTM A36 double-angle section to act as Brace BR-1 in Figure 3-3 :!lld resist the =17.7 ft
following axial forces. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEl 7 for cal-
This unbraced length has been conservatively dctennined by calculating the distance
culation of required strength. Sec the Design Example Plan and Elevation section for code
between the work points based on the interse.ction of the centedines of the brace, columr
specified loacling.
~
=
and beams, and using K 1.0. Shorter unbraced lengths may be used if justified by the eng

- ----- ~~--.
The governing load combinations include seismic effects :tS follows: oeer of record.

LRPD ASD Brace Selection

Max.imum brace compression from LRFD
Load Combination 5 from ASCEISEI 1
Section 12.4.2.3
Ul (1.2 + 0.2SD.S)D + pQe + 0.5l + 0.2S
(including the 0.5 factor on L permitted
by ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
Ma.'timum brace tension from LRFD Load
Combina1ion 6 from ASCFJSEI 7 Section
12.4.2.3
(0.9 - 0.2SDs)D + pC2E + l.6H
From ASCE/SEI 7. tbis structure is assigned
Sos=0.352.
Maximum brace compression from ASD
Load Combination 5 from ASCFJSEI 7
Section 12.4.2.3
(l.O + 0.14SDs)D + H + F+0.7pQ
Maximum br:lce tension from ASD Load
Combination 8 from ASCFJSEI 7 Section
12.4.2.3
(0.6-0.14SDs)D + 0.7pQ+H
10 Seismic Design Category C (p = 1.0) and
Select a trial brace si.z.c based on the effeeti.ve length and the compressive strength of llw
brace. Based on the discussion in AJSC Specificarion Commentary Scc1ion J 1.7, it 1
assumed that the effect of the load eccentticity with rel>pect 10 the center of gravity of the
brace 1s neglig.ible and can be ignored. Use AISC Manual Table 4-9 to select Iris! brace
sections. Possible double angle brnces include 2L5x5x~. 2L6x6x%, or 2L6x4x~ LLBB.
Use a 2L6x4x~ LLBB for the trial design due lo architecrural ne.eds. From AISC Manuai
Table 4.9, the available strength of che 2L6x4x~ LLBB brace ('h-in. s~paration) in com
pression with KL= 17.7 ft is controlled by the y-y a.'tis. By interpolation:
LRFD I
\
ASD I
$cPn ::: 143 kips> 127 kips o.k. Pn =94.6 ltips > 83.4 kips o.k.
nc
The 2L6x4x;i LLBB is adequate.

The required strengths of Brace B R-1 determined by a second-order analysis including the
Element Slenderness
effects of P-o and P-A with reductd stiffness as required by the direc1 analysis method are:
Tuble 4-9 considers che AISC Specification Section E6.2 requirement that the effective sle
demess ratio, Kalrb of each of the component shapes between fasteners may not excev
LRFD ASD three-fourths -times lhc governing slenderness ratio of the built-up member. Per AlSt'
Maximum Compression Maximum Compression Manual Thble 4-9, at least twO welded or pretensioned bolled intCJ1lledinte connectors x:n
be provided.
P., = 127 lcips P. =83.~ kips
M:u.i.mum Tensfoo Maximum Tension
t(:
,. , Pu::: 89.6 kips Pa= 60.2 kips
 3-24 SYSTEMS NOT SPECrPTCALLY Db"fAJt.ED FOR SEISMIC RE-.SISTANC'b 3..5 BRACEO FRAMES

Available Tensile Strength of Brace From ASCEJSEI 7, this structure is nssigned to Seismic Design Dtegory C (p - I .0) and
- Prom AlSC Manual Table 5-8, the available strength of 1he 2L6x4x'A brace for tensile yield
ing on the gross section is
Sos=0.352.
Tue required sll'Cngths of Column CL-2 detennined by a ~nd-order aruslysis ancluding the
effects of P-o and P-6 with reduced stiffness as required by the direct analysis method are:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD If
91Pn =379 kips> 89.6 kips o.k.
n, =252 kips> 60.2 kips
Pn o.k.
Maximum Compression Mn..'timum Compression
P0 =253 kips 11
Pu= 35 1 !Ops
The 2L6x4~ is adequate for 1ensile yielding on 1he gross area.
See Example 3.5.3 for calculations c-0nfmniog that the ten!'ile rupture sttength on the effec-
Maximum Tension Maximum Tension
I
tive net section of the brace is adequate with a single row of (5) ~-in. bolts spaced at 3 in. PIC =42.1 kips Pa= 28.7 kips
coOllecting the double-angle brace to a gusset plate.

Use 2L6x4x~ LI.BB \\-jth a ~-in.

separation, assuming a Va-in. gusset plate, and 1wo mter- Consider that the ends of the column are pinned and braced against translation for both ~
mediate conne.:tors for Brace BR- l. x-.r and y-y a.'es. f~
Note that the intennedinte connectors can be fastened by welding or wi1h pretensioned bolts. Solution:
1f bolted intennediate connectors are used, a net section tensile rupture check at the con- From AISC Man11al Table Z-4. the rnatcrial properties 3re as follows:
nectors is aJso required.
ASTMA992
Fy =50 ksi
Example 3.5.2. Braced Frame Column Design
FIA= 65 k$i
Given: Using AJSC Manual Table 4-1 with KL= 14 ft, select a W 12x50.
Refer to Column CL-2 in Figure 3-3. Select an ASTM A992 W-sbape with a nominal depth
of 12 in. to resis1 the following required strengths. The applicable building code specifies LR.FD ASD .
the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for the calculation of the required strength. See the Design Example
Plan and Elevation section for code specified loadfog.
tl>cPn =384 kips> 351 kips o.k. .!'.!!.. =255 kips> 253 kips o.k.
T he load combinations that include seismic effects are:
I
I
nc

LRFD ASD The W12x50 is adequ:tte.

Maximum column compression from
LRFD Load Combination 5 from
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
Maximum column compression from
ASD Load Combination 6 from
ASCEJSEI 7 Section l2.4.2.3
There is net tension (uplift) on the column. Using AISC Manlltll Table 5-1. the availab (:.
strength of the W12x50 in axial tension is adequate.
..
Use a W12x50 for braced-frame Column CI.....2.

(1.2 + 02.sos)D + pQE + 0.5L + 0.2S (1.0 + 0.lOSos)D + H + F + 0.525pQE

(incl uding the 0.5 load factor on L permit-
ted by ASCEJSEl 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
Ma;wnum column tC1nsion from LRFD
Load Combination 6 from ASCFJSEJ 7
Section l2.4.2.3
(0.9. - 0.2Sos)D + pQe + t.6H
+'0.15L + 0.75S
Maximum column tension from ASD
Load Combination 8 from ASCEJSEI 7
Section 12.4.2.3
(0.6 - 0.14Sos)D + 0.1pQE + H
Example 3.5.3. Braced Frame Brace-to-Beam/Column
Connection Design
Given: }:;
Refer 10 Join1 JT-2 in figure 3-3. Design the connection between the brace, beam ar.
column. Use a gusset plate concentric to the broce and welded to the benm with 70-
elecrrodcs. Connect the gusset and the beam to the column using 3 bolted single-pl ~
l
connection. Use ASTht A36 for all plate material, u~ lhe brace and column as designed
 3-26 '.f"':
SYSTEMS NOT SPECD"ICALLY DE'l'NLED fOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE . ~ 3.5 BRACED FRAMES 3. I

Examples 3.5.1and3.5.2, res~tively, and use an ASTM A992 W18x35 for the beam, ns Brace-to-Gusset Connection Design
required for slreng1h and connection geometry. The applicable buiJding code specifies the Choose to use oversized holes in the gusset plnte and standard holes in lhe brace. In th
use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of the required strengths. See the Design Example PJan e."tample-, decisions related to hole sizes should be carefully considered. Oversized holes
and Elevation section for code spedfied loading.
could be used in all plies if required for extra tolerance. Providing different sized boles ii
,..... various plies csn make squaring and plumbing the strucrure difficult and is therefore gener-
The required strengths are:
ally avoided. Providing consistent bole sizes in all plies allows drift pins to be used i
: I squaring and plumbing the structure. Providing oversized hole sizes allows for more fit-ui-
LRFD ASD
tolerance but requires connections to be designed as slip critical. Providing standard hole~
Beam Shear Beam Shear limits the available fit-up tolerance but generally will result in fewer bolts designed based
on the bearing values.
Vu :::: 4.00 kips Va =2.63 kips
Using AISC Manual Table 7-3 for 'Ain.-diameter ASTM A325 (Group A) sliJK:ritical bolt~
Brace Compression Brace Compression in double shear, Class B faying surfaces, oversized holes in the gusset, and standard boles
Pu= 127 kips in the brace, the available shear strength and the required number of bolls is:
Pa= 83.4 kips
Brace Tension Brace Tension LRFD ASD I
P,, =89.6 lcips Pa= 60.2 lcips Rn
$Rn =I.67(16.1 kips) =l.67(10.8 kip~)
n
:::: 26.9 kips/bolt
Fr<?m Examples 3.5.1 arid 3.5.2; the brace is an ASTM A36 2L6x4x% LLBB section with = 18.o kips/bolt
%-in. separation for a %-in.-thick gusset plate, and the column is an ASTM A992 W12x50.
Pu pd .
nuq' d =-- llr~q'd = --
Solution: $Rn Rn / Cl.
From AISC Manual Table 24, the material properties are as follows: 127 kips 83.4 kips
26.9 kips/bolt 18.0 kips/bolt
ASTMA36
.. F1 =36 ksi
=4.72 bolts =4.63 bolts
t
,.
;~
F,.=58 ksi
Try (5) ~-in.diameter bolts at 3-in. spacing.
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi Check brace net section for tens}te rupture strength
F.,=65 ksi The net area of the brace is:

17m AISC Manual Tables 1-1, 1-7 and 1-15, the geometric properties are as follows: An= Ag - 2(dh + Vi6 io.)r

Beam
= 11.7 in.1 - 2 (7h in.)(% in.)
= 10.6 in.2
W18x35
d =17.7 in. t.., =0.300 in. ~= 0.425 in, kw= 0.827 in. From AISC Specification Table 03.1:

Column
U= l- -
x
W12x?O 1
d =12.2 in. t,., = 0.370 in. t.J= 0.640 in. Jc.u, = 1.14 in. =l- 1.03 io.
4(3.00 ill.)
Brace
=0.914
2L6x4x~ LLBB
A1 = 11.7 in.2 Ae=A11U (Spec. Eq. 0 4

= (10.6 in.2)(0.914)
x = 1.03 in. for single angle y = 2.03 in.
=9.69 in.1
 3-28 SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAlLEP POR SEISMlC RESISTANCE 3.5 'BRACED FRAMES l-2' l
~~~~~~~~~~~.,.-~~~~-A~s=o~-.-~-:---~1
Pn =F11Ae (Spec. Eq. D2-2)
=(58 ksi)(9.69 in..2) ~.t. LRFD 1
=562 lcips 11 - lh
earoUt Su ...og OO 3J1
gles edge

Tearout strength on angles, edge
(assum:~g 1.50 J.ll
aA"'e distance); 1 .
, (assuming I.SO in. edge distance): u.uu.u ""-6
The available tensile strength of the brace due to the limit state of tensile rupture is deter-
mfacd from AISC Specificarior1 Section D2, as follows:
4>Rn =4>1.2U-tFu
=0.75(1.2)(2)(* in.)
Rn l.2t4Fu
-:::---
n n
= (J/2.00)(1.2)(2)(-* in.)
I
I:
LRFD ASD
x[l50 in.- 1h(1i6 in.)](58 ksi) x[l.50 in.-'h(1 ~6 in.)](58 ksi)
q,,Pn =0.15Pn Pn
-=-- Pn =71.4 kips 1
n, 2.00 =47.6 kips
=0.75(562 .kips) -
562 kips Tearour strength on angles. spacing Tearout strength on angles, spacing
=422 .kips> 89.6 kips o.k.
2.00 between bolts:
11
between bolts:
=281 kips> 60.2 kips o.k.
Rn l.2tLcFu
$Rn =91.21L.:Fu -=---
n n
Check bolt bearing on the brace and shear strength of the bolts = 0.75(1.2)(2)(* in.) =(1/2.00)(1.2)(2)(% in.)
According to lbe User Note ih AJSC Specification Section J3.6, the strength of the bolt x(3.00 in.- 13/16 in.)(58 ksi) x(3.00 in.-H/i6 in.)(58 ksi)
group is ta.ken as the sum of the effective strengths of the individual fasteners. 1n the fol- =143 kips , = 95.2 kips
lowing calculations, the available. bearing strength and tearout strength limit states from
AISC Specification Equation J3-6a are separated for clarity. Assume that bolt hole defor- Tear--0ut strength on gusset, edge.........
Tear-out strength on gusset, edge-
mation is a design consideration. assume 2-in. edge distance:
assume 2-in. edge distance:

LRFD. - ASD
Rn =$1.214.F..
Rn l.2tLcFu
-=---
n n
Design shear strength per bolt from AISC Allowable shear strength per bolt from =0.75(1.2)(~ in.) =(1/2.00)(1.2)(~ in.)
Manual Table 7-1 is: AISC Manual Table 7-1 is: x(2.00 in.-%i in.)(58 ksi) x(2.00 in.-112 in.)(58 ksi)
=30.0 kips
q,R,. =35.8 kips/bolt R,, = 23.9 ldpslbolt =20.0 kips
' n
Tear-out strength on gusset. spacing, Tear-out strength on gusset, spacing
Design bearing strength on angles Allowable bearing strength on angles between bolts:
between bolts:
R,. 2.4drF,.
lj>R,. =92.4d1Fu - = - -- =lj>l.2t4F.,
R,. 1.211.;F.,.
= 0.75(2.4)('A in.)(2)(3h in.)(58 ksi)
Q n $Rn
n n
(2.4)(~ in.)(2)(-* in.)(58 ksi) =0.75(1.2)(-* in.) = (1/2.00)(1.2)(% in.)
=97.9 kjps 2.00 x(3.00 in.-1-'/i6 in.)(58 ksi) x(3.00 in.-.,/i6 in.)(58 ksi)
=65.3 kips =40.4 kips =26.9 kips
Design bearing strength on gusset Allowable bearing strength on gusset
Since all bearing limit state strengths
Rn 2.4dtFu exceed the slip-criticaJ ~trenglh of 18.0
lj>R,. =$2.4dlFu -=---
=
0.75(2.4)(3A in.)(3h in.)(58 ksi)
n n ki,Pslbolt, bearing, does not govern.

=29.4 kips =(2.4)(~ in.)(}i in.)(58 ksi)

2.00
=19.6 kips

J.:
 3-30 SYSTEMS NOT SPECTF!CALLY l)l!fAU.ED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
3.5 BRACED rRAMES

Check block shear strength of brace

r" ' Check the gusset compression buckling strength
II ::::: 5
j 4,= 11hm.
Using the Whitmor_e section as discussed in the AJSC Manual Part 9, the available width is
gre.1ter than the Whitmore width determined as follows:
411= 21hfo.
,..,...,
'
I,., =21 tan 30
From AJSC Sptcificarion Equation J4-5: =2(4)(3.00 in.)tan 30
=13.9 in.
LRFD ASD
'. The radius of gyration of the gusset plate buckling in the weak dfrection is:
' I ~Rn =$UbsF,,.A,,, r
+min(>0.60FyAgv, t0.60FuA11v)
r=-:fii
+ . (0.60FyArv 0.60FuAnvJ *in.
mm n n =J'if
=0.108 in.

Tension n1pture component from AlSC Tension rupture component from AISC The a\'erage length of the gusset plate beyond the connection on the Whitmore wjdth is
Manual Table 9-3a: Manual Table 9-3a: =
approximately 6.5 in. For a fixed-fixed buckling condition, K 0.65 [see Dowswcll (2006)),
and
$UbsFuAn1=2(1.0)(89.7 kjp/in.)(Y's in.) Ub,FuAnt -2(1.0)(59.8 kip/in.)(~ in.) KL 0.65(6.50 in.)
=112 laps n -=---'---~

=74.8 kips r 0.108 in.

=39.l
Shear yielding component from AISC
11 ManUtJI Table 9-3b:
Shear yielding component Crom AISC
Manual Table 9-3b:
From AISC M011ual Table 4-22 for Fy =36 ksi. the available critical stress js:

;\
"..
~0.60F1 A1v =2(219 kip/in.)(* in.)
=274 kips
0.60FzA1v
n
2(146 kip/in.)(* in.)

=183 kips ~c:Fcr = 29.9 ksi

LRPD

Fa::: 19.9 ksi

ASD

n.: I
Shear rupture component from AISC Shear rupture component from AJSC I
.\.Jarmai Table 9-3c: .~fanual Table 9-3c:
The design compressive strength is: \ The allowable compressive strength is:

~0.60F,,,A,,, =2(250 kip/in.)(* in.) 0.60FNAnv =2(166 kip/in.)(~ in.) ~Rn =~/?rAg
R,. = fc,A1
= 313 lcips
n n n
= (29.9 ksi)(13.9 io.)(t\ in.) =(19.9 ksi)(l3.9 in.)(~ in.)
=208 kips
= 156 kips> 127 !tips o.k.
=104 kips> 83.4 kips o.k.
>R,, = 112 kips+274 kips R,, =74.8kips+183 kips
n
..-...:"
!
= 386 lcips > 89.6 kips o.k.
=258 kips > 60.2 kips o.k. The ~-in. gus~et plate is o.k. Additionnl checks arc required as follows.

Connection Interface Forces

Use (5) ~-in. ASTh1 A325-SC bolts to connect the bmce angle m the gusset plate. Use Class
B faying surfaces, Sl.aJld.9.rd holes fn the brace, and oversized boles in the gusscl The forces ~ulting from the applied brace force at !he gusset-to-beam, gusset-to-column,
and beam-to-<:olumn interfaces are determined using the Uoifonn Force Method (~.
Try a ~-in. trial gusset plate thickness. The planes of uniform forces will be set as the vertical bolt line and the gusset/beam int.-
face. The assumption of a plane of uniform force at the verucru bolt line allows the bolts .
..
'' the column connection to be designed for shear only (no eccentricity}. However, this cc-
Ycoienc assumption for connection design requires that a corresponding moment be resolw ,
 3- 32 SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFJCALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.5 BRACED FRAMES 3-3 1.

in the design of !he members: In lhis case, the moment will be assigned to the beam. It where db is the depth of lhe beam.
should be noted that this assumption is different than that made for the typical cases of lhe
UFM shown in the AISC Manual and is nor a requirement for this type of connection. The column eccentricity to lhe plane of uniform force is:
Appropriate work points and uniform force planes can often be selected conveniently to bal-
ec = 0.5dc + 2.5 in.
ance engineering, fabrication and erection economy. As is demonstrated in the following, the
=0.5(12.2 in.)+ 2.5 in.
application of the UF.M in tenns of equations used will remain unchanged despite lhe
change in interface location to the column bolt line. =8.60 in. I;
Using the connection geometry given in Figure 3-6 and using the UFM described in AISC where de is the depth of the column.
Manual Part l 3, de1ermioe the connection interface forces as follows. The horizontal eccentricity from the plane of uniform force to the cencroid of the beam-to
The beam eccentricit:y to the plane of uniform force is: gusset connection is:

eb= 0.Sdb a= 0.5(20.75 in.)- 2.50 in.+ 0.500 in.

=8.38 in.
l
= 0.5(17.7 in.)
=8.85 in. Assuming four bolts arc used in the gusset-to-single plate connections spaced at 3 in. start
ing 3~ in. from the top of rhe beam, the vertical eccentricity from the plane of uniform fore i:
to the centroid of the gusset-to-column connection is:
~ 1'-8%~

iL 3 50 in.+~--~
I'- .
. 3(3.00 in.)
2
12)-2" =8.00 in.
0=45
Sinc.e the gusset-to-beam connectioo is more rigid than the g~sset-to'.-c~lumri connection, tli

.I.
beam can be assumed to resist the moment generated by eccentricity between the actual gu~
set centroids and the ideal centroids calculaled using the UFM. Thirefore:

~ = ~= 8.00 in.
I
'
a=K+~tan0
\I
(Manual Eq. 13-15)

' .. . I;

l

where
I (Manual Eq. 13-16)

Cf. beam
Therefore: -

a= (eb +~)tan 0-ec:

t
=(8.85 in.+ 8.00 in.) tan (45) - 8.60 in.
=8.25 in.
The distance from work point to centroid of gusset is:
W18x35 beam
I . I
Plane of uniform
r= Jco.+ec) +(~+eb)
2 2 (Manual Eq. 13-1 l
force
=Jcs.25 in.+8.60 in.}2+(8.00 in.+8.85 in.)2
W12x50 column
Cf. column ::23.8 in.

Fig. 3-6. Initial connectwn geometry for Example 3.S.3.

t
 SYSTEMS NOT SPEC.lFlCALLY DETAD..EO FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.5 BRACED FRAMES

The free body diagram forces are determined as follows. The IJ1-.in. difference between the ideal centroid, a, and the actual centr0id. Ci, determined
previously, could be neglected but is included here to illustrate the UFM procedure. From
From AISC Manual Equation 13-2:
AISC Manual Equation 13-17:
1
LRFD ASD ASD
I
LRFD
-
Vue =~P., Voe =~Pa M.JJ:::: v..bla-Cij Mo11 = Vabla-01
r r
:::: 47.2 kipsl8.25 in.-8.38 in~ = 31.0 kipsl8.25 in.-8.38 in~
= ~ (127 kips) = ~n. (83.4 kips)
8 00 8 00
23.8in. 23.8 m. . = 6.14 kip-in. = 4.03 kip-in.
=42.7 kips =28.0 kips
Tue moments at !he column-gusset plate interface and the column-beam interface due to the
1~
~: plane of unifonn force set at the ve.rtical bolt line are as follows:
,,.. From AISC Manual Equation 13-3:
:~ '

LRFD ASD . LRFD ASD

:~ Mucg = Vuce Mo.<t =Voce
' H uc=-Pu
ec
~--- ~:--,
r
Hac=ec P,,
r = 42.7 kips(2.50 in.) = 28.0 kips(2.50 in.) I
= ! 60
- 3.8 ill.
~n. (127 kips) 8 60
= in. (83.4
23.8in.
ki~)
= 107 ldp-in.
Mucb:::: V,.be Mocb
= 70.0 kip-in.
=Vabe
1
II
!
=45.9 kips =30.1 kips ::::: 47.2 Jdps (2.50 in.) = 31.0 kips (2.50 in.)
= 77.5 kip-in.
.
;

From AlSC Manual M_uation. P-4:

;:: 118 kip-in.
i
111 The LRFD and ASD geometry and required strengths are shown in Figures 3-7 a and 3-7b.
~ ASD .. respectively.

eo RII
Vl<b=- eb
.-.,:,. Vab =-Pa
r r
.
=
8 85
in. (127 ki s)
23.8 in. p
=8.85 in. (83.4 kips)
23.8 io.
=
47.2 kips =31.0 kips

.i; From AISC Manual Equation 13-5:

~~
LRFD ASD
~.: a a
';::
,. Hub =- P., Hab=-Pa
,, I r r
= 8.25 in. (l 2 7'k:ips) =8.25 in. (83.4 kips)
23.8 in. 23.8 in.
=44.0 kips =28.9 lcips

I I
I
I I
.3-36 SYSTEMS NOT SPEClFJCALLY DETA.Il..ED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.5 BRACED FRAMES 3-37 I:
Gusset-to-Beam Interface
-
p.,. .. 89.8 kips

i 89.8 kips 127 kips Design the gusset-t~beam weld

.-------.IL kl~ 89.8 neating the welds as a line:

42.7 kips~ '-2.7 kips
107 kip-in.
_J L 1
v..,'- 2 1tC>s /,.. =20.75 in.
45.9klps\ (
I
427
fkips
J ~5.9 kips
107 kip.in.
45.9 kips I
ii " 8.00 in.
=8.38 In.
11"825
(20.75 in.)
z... =.!.....---=--
4
2

H.o,. 44 Okips\-
. - _ ,.
-: . . - - - - '

v..,. .. 47.2kips
1
=108 in.3 /in.
6.14 kip-in. '-....!._/
The forces along the gusset-to-beam 'interface are:
6.14kip-ln.~
44.0 kips

118 kl!Hn. 47.2 kips~ .tT.2 ldps 47.2 kips

t __eb,. 8.85 in.
LRFD ASD .
_J 45.9 -.-~
1
r
45.9 kips'\ (

47.2 klps
J ~5.9klps
118 klp-ln.
c lup$

47.2 klps
__J
45.9 kips
89
~
f. - H ..,,
UV - I..,
f, _ Hob .
av -
fw
28.9 kips t
44.0 kips =
= 20.75 in. 20.75 in. ,. I
= 2.12 kip/in. =1.39 kip/in.
Pue =t89.8 kips . vub J.00 -_ vab
f..o=- lw I
Fig. 3-7a. LRPD free body forces and moments.
lw
47.2 lcips
= 20.75 in.
31.0 kips
= 20.75 in.
.
Pee = 59.0 kips
=2.27 kip/in. = 1.49 kip/in. I

'
59.0 kips

.------.. . !L59.0 ~
83.4 kips
fwb = M ub
Zw
Mab
fob=-
z...
t
ti~r:~r. . .
=4.03 kip-in.
,.:::r
I J ~0.1 kips 30.1 kips .u 111.
=6.14 kip-in.
108 in.3 fm.
=0.0569~~
I
I
\
108 in.3 /in.
= 0.0373 kip/in.
~"
zs.otklps 70.0 kip.In. 8.00 in. =a.2s in.
H.i." 28.9 kip\-.-s_,--'-- - - ' The resultant fo.rce is:
. The resultant force is:
'

v.... 31 .01c1ps
4.03 kip-ln. ~ 1
fo.,xok = JJ~+(faa + fab)
1
4.03 kip-In.~
28.9 kips
fu.pet:A =~J~:Uuo + /111>)1
(1.39 kipfm.)2
77.5 kip-In. 31.0 kips~ 31.0 kips 31.0~s (2.12 kipfm.)2
='+(2.27 kiplin.+0.0569 kip(m.)2 =

r
30.1

31.0 kips
kips\ ( _J
J ~0.11\lps
77 5 kip-in.
r30.1 kips

31 .0 kips
_J
30.1 kips -
59.0 kips

= 3.15 kip{m.
.
\ +(1.49 kipfm.+0.0373 kip/in.)
=2.07 kip/in. .

P,..
t59.0ldps

Fig. 3-7b. ASD free body forces and nwmems.

AMEIUCAN .1Ns'muni OF STEL CoN$'TltVCI10N

I n 3-38

LR.FD
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFlCALLY DETAILED FOR SEJSMJC RESISTANCE

ASD .
3.5 BRACED FRAMES

The weld size is controlled by the mirumum size of fillet weld given in AISC Specificatior.
3-2)

l
T:lble J2.4.
/...., =o.5(!. J"'<'k +~1:..+(f.,,-f.b)2 ) J. ,,., =0.5(!. "".x +J11.+U"" - foh)
2
) Use a 20.75-in. long, double-sided Yi6in. fillet weld to connect the gusset plate lo the beam.
3.15 kip/in. 2JJ7 kip/in.
A conserv:itive method to detem1ine the minimum gusset plate thickness is to set lhe shear
= 0.5 (2.12 kiplin.)2 = 0.5 . /<1.39 kip/'lD.)2 ruprure strength of tbe base metal of lhe gusset plate equal to the required shear rupture
+ [
+(2.27 kiplin.-0.0569 kipfm.)2 +V+(I .49 kip/'lD. - 0.0373 kipJin.}1 strength of the weld. From AISC Manual Equation 9-3:
: 3.11 kip/in. =2.04 kipfm.
LRFD ASD
fu.~ak 3.15 kip/in. fa.pea>. _ 2.07 kip/in.
--=
f,,, a11g 3.11 kip/in. fa, avg - 2.04 kip/in.
6.19D 6.l9D
!min=-- Tm;n=~
Fu F,,
= 1.01 =1.01
_ 6.19(1.07 sixteenths) =6.19(1.06 sixteenths)
Since/p<aklfavg < 1.25, the weld ductility Sincefp~a>.lfa-.>g < l.25, the weld ductility 58 ksi 58 ksi
factor of 1.25 will be applied. For a .. factor of 1.25 will be appUed. For a =0.114 in.S:* in. o.k. =0.113 in.s;% in. o.k.
discussion of the weld ductility factor, discussion of the weld ductility fact0r, see
seeAJSC Manual Part 13. AISC Manual Part 13.
Therefore, the gusser plate thickness of s in. is acceptable.
Load angle: Load angle:
Check the beam web at the beam-to-gusset interface
S= tan-1(/ua ~ fub) e= tan-!( /aa~/ab) The nonnal and flexural forces at the gusset-to-beam interface can be converted into an
effective nonnal force in order to facilitate the web local yielding and web local crippling
=tan-1 (2.27 kipfm. + 0.0569 _kip/in.) =tan- t(l.49 kiplin.+0.0373 kip/in.) checks. The effective normal force for use with the full length of che gusset can be constr
2.12 kip/in. 1.39 kip/in. vatively calculated as:
=47.7 =47.7
LRFD ASD
Required weld leg. D, including the weld Required weld leg, D, including lhe weld
ductility factor and directional weld ductility factor and dir:tional weld 4Mui, 4Mab
strength increase: N4=Vu1J+-- Neff =Vab+--
suengtb increase: L \ L
=47.2 kips+ 4(6.14 kip-jn.) '
I _ ki 4(4.03kip-in.)
I

D~ 1.25[
- 310
. ps+
fu,avg D :2: l.25 fa,""' 20.75 in. 20.75 in.
2$Rn [1+0.5sin 1 ~ (0)] 2(Rn/U)(t + 0.5sin 1s (0)] =48.4 kips =31.8 kips
=1.25 =l.25

x 3.'11 kip/in.
2(1.392 kipfm,)li+0.5sin 1.s (47.7))
2.04 kip/in.
1
x 2(0.928 kipfm.)[1+0.5sin .s (47.7")J
I Check beam web loC8/ yielding
The beam force is applied at a= 8.25 in. from lhe beam end. Because a< d = 17.7 in.,
= 1.06 sixteenths =1.04 sixteenths R., =Fywtw(2.5k+lb) (Spec. Eq. JI0-3)

For a derivation of the weld shear
strength, $Rn = 1.392 kip/in., see AISC
Manual Part 8.
For a derivation of lhe weld shear
=(50 ksi)(0.300 io.)[2.5(0.827 in.)+20.75 in.]
R =342 kips
=
strength. ~ 0.928 kip/in., see AISC
Manual Part 8.
 SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.5 BRACED FRAMES 3
l.
' LRFD ASD LRFD ASD
f<:~
<!>Rn= 1.00(342 kips) .Rn
-=
342 kips Tension yielding on gross section, from Tension yielding on gross section, from
.Q 1.50 AfSC Specification ~uation 14-1: AISC Specification Equation J4-1:
= 342 kips> 48.4 kips oJc. = 228 kips> 31.8 kips o.k.
$Rn= $f).A8
Rn
-=--
.Q Q
8 FyA
r. :~
=0.90(36 ksi)(l4.0 in.)(% in.) (36 ksi)(14.0 in.)(% in.) j
Check beam web local crippling ::::: 170 kips> 45.9 l<lps o.k.
Since the framed beam-to-column co11Dection will provide significant restraint to the web
1.67 1;
relative to crippling, AJSC Specification Equation Jl0-4 is used despite the fact that the
=113 kips > 30.1 kips o.k.
force is applied less than d/2 from the end of the beam. ' Check block shear relative to shear load, Check block shear relative to shear load, I
Using AISC Manual.Table 9-4 and Equations 9-49a and 9-49b:
n =4, Lev::::: l~ in., Leh= 2.in. n=4,Lev= 11hin.,41i=2in. f:
From ATSC Specification Equation J4-5: From AISC Specification Equation J4-5 :
LRFD ASD
<?Rn= ~UbsFuAnt
$R3 = 38.7 kips R3/Q=25.8 kips + min($0.60FyAgv, $0.60FuAnv)
<!>~ =3.89 kip/in. ' R1 / .Q =2.59 kip/in.
$Rn =2(<!>R3+lb(<I>~)) ~ :z2[R3/il+lb (~/Q)]
= 2[38.7 kips+ 20.75 in.(3.89 kip/in.)) U1;s= 1:0
=239 kie_s > 48.1 kips o.k.
- =2(25.8 kips+20.75 in.(2.59 kip/in.)] (

=159 kips>31.8 kips o.k.

Tension rupture component from AISC Tension rupture component from AISC r'
Manual Table 9-3a: Manual Table 9-3a:

$V1>sFuAn1 = (1.0)(68.0 kip/in.)(Vs in.) Ubs~~nt =(LO)(45.3 kip/in.)(% in.)

Gusset-to-Column Interface

Check the gusset at the gusset-to-column interface

=25.S kips
=17.0 kips (
Try a length above the top of beam of 14 in. to allow for shaping of the gusset if desired. Shear yielding component from Al~C Shear yielding component from AISC
Manual Table 9-3b: . I Manual Table 9-3b:
I

LRPD ASD
0. 60FyAgv =(l 13 kip/in.)(% in.)
cp<).60FyAgv =(170 kip/in.)(% in.)
Forces at interface Forces at interface =63.8 kips n
=42.4 kips
Vue= 42.7 kips Vac =28.'0 kips Shear rupture component from AISC She~ nipture compon~nt from AISC
=
Hue 45.9 kips Hae= 30.1 kips
.- Manual Thble 9--3c: - Manual Table 9-3c:
Shear yielding on gross section, from Shear yielding on gross section from
AISC Specification Equation J4-3: AISC Specification Equation J4-3: >.60FuA,,,, =(194 kip/in.)(% in.) 0.60F,,Anv :::: (J2g kip/in.)(% in.)
n .
=72.8 kips =48.4 kips
Rn 0.6FyAgv
<!>Rn =.$0.6FyAgv. -=
=1.00(0.6)(36 ksi)(14.0 in.)('h io.) Q n
= (0.6)(36 ksi)(l4.0 in.)(% in.)
tRn = 25.5 kip/in.+ 63.8 kip/in. Rn =17.0 kip/in.+42.4 kip/in.
= 113 kips> 42.7 kips o.k. = 89.3 kips> 42.7 kips o.k.
n
1.50 =59.4 ldps > 28.0 kips o.k.
= 75.6 kips> 28.0 kips o.k.
 SYSTEMS NOf SPECLFJCALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.5 BRACED FRAMES

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

Block shear relative 10 normal load Block shear relative to nonnal load FromAlSCManua/Thblc 7 I, (4) From AlSC Manual Table 7-1, (4)
~-in.-diameter ASTM
A325-N bolts 3A-in.-diameter ASTM
A325-N bolts

r CaJcufa1e tension rupture component:

~Ub,F,,An1 =0.75(1.0X58 kips~ in.)

Calculate tension rupture component

(l / 2.00)(1.0)(58 Jcips)(}i in.)

are required.

~Rn =(4)(17.9 k1p:1)

are required

:; ={4)(1t.9kips)
. x (10.5 in. - 3.5(0.875 in.)] = 71.6 kips > 62. 7 kips o.k..
)
x[l0.5 in.-3.5(0.875 in.)] =47.6lops>411 kips
= 121 kips o.k.
=80.9 kips
Calculate shear yielding component; Calcu~te shear yielding component: Use (4) ~-in.-diamcter ASThl A325N bolts to connect the gusset plate to I.he column.
Using ArSC Manual Tables 7-4 and 7-5 to check bolt bearing on the gusset plate withs= 3
ci0.60.f)Ar =0.75(0.60)(36 ksiX~ in.) 0.60~,Atv = (J / 2.00)(0.60)(36 ki.i) in. and l. =2 in.. the ava.il:ible bearing strength based on one bolt is:
.x (2.00 in.) n
x(* in.)(2.00 in.)
= 12.2 lcips LRFD ASD
f~
I,
.
I
=8.10 kips

~ =(~)'
Calculate shear n1pture component: Calculate shear rupture component: tRn =$r11 t
= (78.3 kip/in.)(1' in.)
c)0.60F,,An =0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)(* in.) {l / 2.00)(0.60) (58 ksi)(}i in.) = (52.2 kip/in.)(::i in.)
= 29.4kips>l7.9kips o.k.
= 19.6 kips> 11.9 kips o.k.
:l<!(2.00 in.-0.5(0.875 in.)]
x[2.00 in.-0.5(0.875 in.))
= 15.3 kips
=10.2 kips
Therefore, bolt shear governs over bolt bearing.
q,R. = 12 t kips+ 12.2 kips R,. =80.9 kips+S.10 kips
Q
=133 lc.ips > 45.9 kips o.k.
= 89.0 kips> 30.1 kips o.k.
Single plate design

Combined &bear and normal block shear: Combined shear and nonnal block shear: Check single plate-assume }'o-in.-thick plate
2 2 2 2
45.9 kips) +(42.7 kips)
( 133 kips
30.1 kips) +(28.0 kips) LRFD . ASD
89 3 kips
=0.348 < LO o.k.
( 89.0 kips 59.4 kips
=0.337 < 1.0 o.k. Shear yielding on gross section, from . Shear yielding on -gross section, from
AISC Specification Equation J4-3: AISC Specification Equation 14-3:
... Rn = 0.60FyAgv
.
{ Gusset-to-single-plate connection desif)n $Rn= $0.60F1 Arv
n n
: The resultant forces that will be resisted by I.he bolts in the gusset plate are: =1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)(12.0 in.X}\ in.)
= 97.2 kips> 42.7 kips o.k.
=(0.60)(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)(~ in.)
LRFD 1.50
ASD
= 64.8 kips > 28.0 kips o.k.
2 1 2 2
R,, =J(Vuc) +(H-<) R,, =J(Voc) +(Hoc)
!;
i:f! =J(42.7 kips) 2
+(45.9 kips)
2
=J(28.0 kips) 2 +(30. 1 kips) 2
=6'2.7 kips =41.l kips

;:
 SYSTEMS NOT SPEClFICALLY DET.'\Il..ED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 3.S BRACED FRAMES

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

Shear rupture on net section, from AISC
Specification Equation 14-4:
$Rn= ~.60F,,Atw
=0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)
x[l2.0 io. - 4(0.875 in.)}(% in.)
=83.2 kips > 42.7 kips o.k.
Tensile yielding on gross section, from
AlSC Specification Equation 14--1:
$Rn=4>F1Ag.
= 0.90(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)(}i io.)
=146 kips> 45.9 kips o.k.
Tensile rupture-on net section, from ATSC
Specification Equation J4.2:
Shear rupture on net section. from AISC Shear yielding component from AlSC She;- yielding component from AISC
Specification Equation 14-4: Manual Table 93b: Manual Table 9-3b:
Rn 0.60F,.Anv 0.60f).A8 ., . fro
--=
n n ~.601).Agv =63.8 kips, from gusset- ---''--"'-
n =42.4 kips, m gusset-
to--column interface check
=(l/2.00)(0.60)(58 ksi) to-column interface check
x[12.0 io. - 4(0.875 in.)]{% in.)
Shear rupture component from AJSC Shear rupture component from AISC
=55.5 kips> 28.0 kips o.k.
Manual Table 9-3c: Manual Table 9-3c:
Tensile yielding on gross section, from
06FuAm 48.4 kips, from gusset-
AISC Specifjcation Equation 14-1: 9Q.60FuA 111 =72.8 kips, from gusset-
to-column interface check n
Rn F1 Ag
-=--
n n
to-column interface check
=(36 ksi)(12.0 in.)(% in.)
1.67 $Rn:::: 33.6 kips + 63.8 kips Rn = 22.4 kips+42.4 kips
=97.4 kips > 42. 7 kip$ n
=97.0 kips > 30. l kips o.k. o.k.
= 64.8 lcips > 28.0 kips o.k.
Tensile rupture on net section, from Block sbe:.tr on single plate relative to .Block shear on single plate relative to
AISC Specificaiion Equation J4-2: normal load normal load

$Rn=9FuAe Rn:::: FuAe Calculate tension rupture component: Calculate tension rupture component:
=0.75(58 ksi) n n
=(1/2.00)(58 ksi) $UbsFuAn1 =121 kips, from gusset- UbsFuAnt = 80.9 kips, from gussel-
x[l2.0 in. - 4(0.875 in.)](% in.)
x [I2.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)](% in.) to-column interface check n I
=139 kips > 45.9 kips o.k.
=92._4 kips> 30.1 kips o.k. to-column interface check }:
.Block shear on single plate relative to Block shear on single plate relative to Calculate shear yielding compqnent : Calculate shear yielding component: I".
i
1
shear load, with n =4, Lev,= 11h in., shear load, with n =4, 4., = 11h in., \
I
0.60FyAgv _ 0.60(36 ksi)(% in.)(2.50 in.)
L~h= 21h in. Le11=2'12 in. 90.60FyA8 v =0.75(0.60)(36 ksi)('h in.)
x(2.50 in.)
n - 2.00
From AISC Specification Equation 14-5: From AISC Specification Equation J4-5:
= 15.2 kips
=10.1 kips
$R'I =4>UbsFuA>ll ,,
+min (cj>0.60F,,A8 ,., ~.60F,.Anv)
Calculate shear rupture component: Calculate shear rupture component: t
1
9<}.60FuAnv =0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)('h in.)
x[2.50 in. - 0.5(0.875 in:))
~A..v = (1/2-.00)(0.60)(5~ ksi)(~ in.)
06
J:
x[2.50 in.-0.5(0.875 in.)] .::i
ubs =t.o =20.2 kips
' = 13.5 !Ops 1
Tension rupture component from AlSC
Manual Table 9-3a:
Tension rupture component from AISC
Manual Table 9-3a: $Rn= 121 kips + 15.2 kips R,. = 80.9 kips+ IO. I kips l
$UbsF..An1 = (1.0)(89.7 kin.)(% in.) UbsF,,A,u -(1.0)(59.8 kip/in.)(% in.)
=136 kips> 45.9 kips o.k.
n
=91.0 kips> 30.1 kips o.k. r
= 33.6 kips
n
=22.4 kips J
I:
 SYSTEMS NOT SP~CU"ICAU,Y DETAlU.!O FOR SFJSMIC RESlSTANC6 .L'.> URALEIJ l'l<AMt:.:>

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

-~
!
I
Combined shear and normal block ~hear:

r r
Combined shear and nonnal block ~he3n-
n-
r R,. = r11tp lI
n} p
R" -('"
( 42.7 kips
97-4 kips
+ ( 45.9 kips
J36 kips
( 28.0 kips
64.8 kips
r +( 30.1 kips
9 J.0 kips
= (78.3 kjplin.)(* in.)
= 29.4kips >17.9 kips o.k.
=(52.2 kip/in.)( ~ in.)
= 19 6 kips> 11.9 kips o.k.
I

=0.306 < 1.0 o.k. =0.296< 1.0 o.k.

I' Therefore, bolt shear governs over bearing.

i Use a *-in.-thick single plate.
'
Beam single-plate-to-column connection weld
Beam-to-Column Single Plate Connection
Treating the welds as a line:
,,i, The forces on the connection are:
;:' l,. =12.0 in.
LRFD ASD
Zw =(12.0 in.}1
~
,. l Vu = Ru+ Vub Va = Ra+ Vob 4
- ~
.-.,:,_.,, = 4.00 kips+ 47.2 ldps =2.63 kips+ 31.0 kips =36.0 in. ~/in .
=51.2 kips =33.6 kips The forces nlong the beam-to-column in1erfacc arc:
H., = Huc Ha = !lac
= 45.9 kips =30.1 kips LRFD ASD

The resohan1 force that will be resisted by The resultant force that will be resisted = 51.2 kips _ 33.6.kips
f,. / .,
the bolts is: by lhc bolts is: 12.0 in. 12.0in.
2 2 2 2 ::::: 4.27 rJ p/in. ::::: 2.SO kip/ in.
R., =J(51.2kips) +(45 9 kips) Ra= J(33.6 kips) +(30. l kips)
~.
.. =68.8 kips = 45. 1 kips
'
,, fa
=45.9 kips fo
=30.J kips
From AISC Manual Tuble 7-1, (4) ~-in. From AISC ManualThble 7-1, (4) ~- in. 12.0in. 12.0in.
diameler ASTM A325-N bolts are diameter ASTM A325N bolts are = 3.83 kip/in. \ = 2.51 kip/in.
required. required. '
~Rn= (4)(17.9 kips) ~ = (4)(11.9.ldps) 118 kip-in.
= 36.0 in.j lin. /b
77.5 kip-in.
=36.0 in.3 Fm.
=7 1.6 kips > 68.8 k,;ps o.k.
= 47 .6 kips> 45. l kips = 3.28 kip(in. =2.15 kip/in.
Use (4) ASTM A325-N bolts to connect the beam to the column.
/peak.= J1i+(J. + fb)
2
J
f P"k = f.,2 +(fa+ fb ) 2 '
Using AJSC Manual Tables 7-4 and 7-5 for boll bearing on the single plate, with s 3 in. = i
and~= 2 in. (note that~ = 2 in. is used conservatively 10 employ Table 7-5). The avail = J4.27 2 +(3.83+ 3.28)
2
=Jz.so2 +(2.51+2.15)2
able bearing strength of the plate b<lsed on one bolt is: =8.29 kip/in. =5.44 kipfin. I.
I
.i.
I

AMDJcNI [NS'TTT\)'T1! OF STt.EL CONSTR\JCl"l(I AMl.:IUCAN lNmnml OP Srm. eoi-snuJCTIOH

 ....
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIRCALLY DETAILED FOR SEJSMJC RESISTANCE 3.5 BRACED fRAMBS
~-4 l
LRFD ASD LRFO ASD I
Losd Angle Load Angle
n.
Tensile rup1ure on net so.:tion from AISC Ten~ile rupture on net sec1ioo from AISC l
0 ::: tan-I ( 3.83 kip/ in.+ 3.28 kip/ in.) 9 = tan 1(2.51 kip/ in.+2.15 kip/ in.)
Specificatior1 Equation H -2:
Sp::fi:a_~_:_: Equation 14- 2: I}
4.27 kip/in. 2.80 kip/ in. $Rn-$F.,A,
=0.75(58 ks1) n n l
=59.0 =59.0
x[ 12.0 in. - 4(0.875 in.))(~ in.)
""c112.00)(58 ksi) I
8.29 kip/ in. S.44 kip/in. = 139 kips> 45.9 kips o.k. x[l2.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)](}~ in.) ,:.:
D?. D~
2(1.392 IJp/ in.)j 1+0.5sinl.5 (59.0)) 2(0.928 kip/in.)[ I+ 0.5sinl.5 (59 0)] -" 92.4 kips> 30. l kips o.k.

= 2.13 sixteenths :: 2.10 sixteenths Combined ~hc:ir and nonnal block ~hear
strengths from gusset-to-column check-
Combined shear and nonnsl block shear
sttcogtlls from gusset-to-column check-
I
using values from gusset-to-column using values from gusset-to-column t;
A ~6-in. fille1 weld on both sides of the single plate is :idc~uate. single plate:
single pla1e
2 2 2
I
If,~
2
Determine the single plate thickness 47.2 k1ps) +(45.9 kips.} 31 .0 kips) +(30.l kips)
( 97..1 kips 136 kips ( 64.8 kips 9 l.O kips
Try a Vs-in.-thick plate.
=0.349 < 1.0 o.k. =0.338<1.0 o.k.
LR.FD

Shear yielding on gross section, from

ASD

She:ll' yielding on gross section, from

- Check block shear at beam web I
AlSC Specification Equ3tion 14-3: AJSC Specification Equation J4-3: With beam 11:mge intnct, only axial force will caure block shear.

R,, ..,, 0.60FyA1.,

4>Rn =~.60FyA 1., LRFD ASD
=1.00(0.60)(36 kSi)( 12.0 in.)(* in.) n n
(0.60)(36 ksi)(12.0 in.)(~ in.) Block ~hear relative to normal load: Block shear relative to normal load:
=97.2 kips> 512 kips o.k. "" 1.50
=64.8 kips> 33.6 kips o.k. $Rn =$Ub,FuA,.,
Shear rupture on nel section, from AISC Shear rupture on net section, from AISC +min($0.60F1 A1v. 0.60P.iA,.,)
Specificarion . (0.60FyAgv 0.60~uA11v)
Specificario11 Equation J4-4: Equation 14-4: +mm n '
Rn= ~.60F,.Anv R,. =0.60F,.A,,,.
= 0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)
n n UbsFuA"' = 0.75( l.OX65 k.si) (1/2.00)(1.0)(65 ksi)

x[l2.0 in. - 4(0.875 in.)](* in.)

=(J/2.00)(0.60)(58 ksi) x(9.00 in. -3(0.815 in.)]
x[9.00 io.-3(0.875 in.))
x[l2.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)](* in.) x(0.300 in.)
= 83.2 kips> 47.2 kips o.k. x(0.300 in.)
= 55.5 kips> 31.0 kips o.k. = 93.2 kips
= 62.2 kips
Tensile yielding on gross sectioo,-from Tensile yielding on gross section, from
AISC Specification Equation J4- l AISC Specification Equ:ition J4 I cP().60F1 A1 v =2(0.75)(0.60)(50 ksi) 0.60FyA,, - 2(1/2.00) (0.60)(50 k.si)
(use stresses cnJculatcd for weld): (use stresses calculated for weld): x(0.300 in.)(2.00 in.) n
x(0.300 in.)(2.00 in.)
fua + f ub _ 3.83 Jdplin. + 3.28 kip/in. / 04 J- /"1>
2.51 kip/in.+2.15 kiplin. = 27.0 kips
=18.0 kips
F1 t, 0.90(36 ksi)(~ in.) F)tp / O - (36 ksi)(~ in.)/1.67
=0.585 < 1.0 o.k. = 0.576 < l .O o.k.
 >-SO SYSTE'MS Ncrr SPECIFICALLY DBTAll.EO FOR S.EJSMJC RESISTANCE ~. 3.5 BRACED FRAMES 3-51

LRFD

0.60F.,A,,.. = 2(0.75)(0.60)(65 ksi)

0.60F.,Anv
ASD

=2(1/2.00) (0.60)(65 ksi)

(
'
~
~ ....
f u.b
Muct
=--
LRFD

f db
Moc8
=--
ASD

I
Q z,.. Zw
x[2.00 in. - 0.5(0.875 in.))
x(0.300 in.)
x (2.00 in.-0.5(0.875 in.)) = J07 kip-in. = 70.0 kip-in.
x (0.300 in.) 36.0 in.3 /in. 36.0 in. 3 /in.
=27.4 kips ~
= l.94 kip/in .
.~
= 2.97 kip/in.
::= 18.3 kips
-:~

cl>R,, =93.2 kips+ 27.0 kips R,. =62.2 kips+l8.0 kips

Q
f,,,p<alc =JJ:fv+(J,,,, + f,,b )" J
fa. peak = [1.,+ (Joo+ f db )2
= 120 kips> 45.9 kips o.k.
= 80.2 ldps > 30.l kips o.k. = J3 .562 + (3.83 + 2.97f =J2.332 + (2.5 l + l.94)2
,.
,
{
=7.68 kip/in. = 5.02 kip/in.
Since the gussel-to-column and the beam-to-c.olumn single plates are created as identical
plates, several ch&ks related to these can be combined.
e=tan-1(fua+fu1>)
fuv
a ::= Uln- 1( laa;:lan )
Single plate to column weld design
The beam-to-column and gusset-co-column single plates will be treated as =tan
_ 1( 3.83 kipfm. + 2.97 kip/in.)
= tan
- 1 (2.51 k:ip/in.+1.94 kip/in.)
3.56 kipfm. 2.33 kip/in.
separate connections. Conservatively, each single plate will be assumed to be 12 in. long to
maintain symmetry relative to the actual loads. =62.4 = 62.4

Consider only the portion of the single plate attached to the gusset, design the single plate 7.68 lcip/in. 5.02 kip/in.
D> D~
to column weld. Treating lhe welds as a line: - 2(1.392 kipfm.)[l+0.5sinl.5 (62.4)] 2(0.928 kip/in.)[ I+ 0.5sinl.5 (62.4)j

l,,, = 12.0 in. =1.95 sixteenths =l.91 sixteenths

(12.0 in/
Z,,,. A :Y1<1-in. fillet weld on bol..h sides of lhe single plate is adequate.
4
= 36.0 in?/in. Note: Since the bolts in the single plate will add ductility to the connection and also make
this interface less rigid lhan the gusset-to-beam interface, the weld ductility factor applied
The forces along the gusseHo-single plare interface are: to the gusset-to-beam interfuce need not be applied here.

LRFD ASD Regarding the design of the weld to the single plate, from AISC Specijicacion Table J2.4, the
m.ininrnm size fillet weld allowed for I.be pans being connected is o/16 in. The AJSC Manual
JIN= Vue. J.av --
V,,,, Pan 10 recommends developing the strength of the plt1ce to ensure plastic yielding of the
I.., 1..., plate., instead of .fracture in the fillet weld. A mini.mum fillet weld of~ times 1be plate thick-
=42.7 kips 28.0 kips
= 12.0in.
ness for both sides of I.be plaie is needed 10 develop the plate streng1h. Since this rcquiremeni
12.0 in, is intended to ensure that the simple berun end rotation can be accommodated in a ductile
=3.56 kip/in. =2..33 kip/in. manner, it need not be applied 10 R = 3 bracing connections. Use a Vt6-io. fillet weld.
The final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 3-8.
Hw J.aa-_Hoc
r !""=-
I.., lw
J
r>: =45.9 kips = 30. 1 kips
I 12.0 in. 12.0 in.

.. I
~: = 3.83 !tip/in. =2.511.cipfm.
 l
3-52 SYSTEMS NOT SPCCJFICALLY DETAil. ED FOR SElSMlC RESISTANCE PART 3 REFERENCES

<t, PART 3 REFERENCES

-
column
Y.i" 1-a~ Carter. C.J. (1999), Srifftning of Wide-Flange Column at Moment Co11nec1io1u: Wind and
Seismic 1\pplicatio1u, Design Gujde I3, AISC, Chicago, IL.
W12x50
2>'.l" <(5) 3A dia. A325-SC
bolts with ovs. holes
In gusset, std. holes
Dowswell, B. (2006), "Effective Length Faciors for Gusset Plate Budding; Engineering
Jo11mal, AISC, Vol. 43, No. 2, 2nd Quarter, pp. 91- 101. l
in brace and Class 8
faying surfaces

\ (2) L6x4x%

%" A36PL

If. beam

W18x35 beam

.....u...-~11---"'- ~{8) ~ dia. A325-N

bolts in std. holes

Fig. 3-8. Connection as designed in Example 3.5.3.

I
I
\

.
t
'

.l
..

.J.
..\

J
.1
...t
AMWC>Ji lNsrmm! OF STEEL COl'ISTRUC'l10N
3-54 SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFlCALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
4-1

PART4
MOMENT FRAMES

4. l SCOPE .......................................................... 4-2

4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRA.i\tfES (OMF) ............................... 4-2
OMF Design Example Plan and Elev:ition .... , .. ......................... 4-3
Example 4.2. l. OMF Story Drift and Stability Check ...................... 4-5
Example 4.2.2. OMF Column S1rength Oteck ............................ 4-1
Example 4.2.3. O.MF Beam Strength Check ............................. 4-12
Example 4.2.4. OMF Beam-Column Connection Design ................... 4-16
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (SMF) AND INTERMEDIATE
M0?\.1ENT FRAMES (IMF) ................. ......... ................ 4-33
SMF Design Example Plan and Elevation ...... . ........................ 4-36
faample 4.3.1. SMF Story Drift and Stability Check ....... ......... ..... 4-36
Example 4.3.2. SMF Column Strength Check ......... . ... . .............. 4-42
E\ample 4.3.3. S~fF Beam Strength Check. . . . . . . ... ........... ...... ~
Example 4.3.4. SMF Beam-Column Connec1ion Design .. ............ . .... 4-57
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN E..'<AMPLES .. . .. . .... 4-76
example 4.4.l. Gravity Column SpUce Design in a Moment
Frame Building .................................................... 4-76
Example 4.4.2. SMF Column Splic~ Design ..... ........ ................ 4-90
Example 4.4.3. SMF Column Base Design . .. ........................... 4-94
Example 4.4A. SMF Embedded Column Base Design .................... 4-113
4.5 DESIGN TABLE OJSCUSSION .............................. ........ 4- 120
DESIGN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... ..... 4-122
Tuble 4-1. Comparison of Requirements for SMP, IMF and OMP ... ..... ... 4-122
Table 4-2. S:MF Design Values ....................................... 4-124
PART 4 REFERENCES ................................................ 4-138
 MOMENT FRAMES
4.1 SCOPE
The following types of moment frames are addressed in this Part: ordinary moment frame
(OMF) systems, intenncdiate moment frame (IMF) systems, and special moment frame
(SMF) systems. The AISC Seismic Pro"isions requ.iremenlS and other design considerations
summarized in this Part apply 10 the design of the members and connections in moment
frames that require seismic detailing according to the AISC Seismic Provisions.
Moment frame systems resist lateral forces through the flexural aud shear strengths of the
beams and columns. Lateral displacement is resisted primarily through the flexural stiffness
of the fr:iming members and the restraint of relative rotarion between the beams and
columns at the connections, or "frame action."' Moment frame systems tend to have larger
and heavier beam and column sizes than in braced frame systems, because the beams and
columns are often sized for drift control rather than strength. The increase in member siLeS
and related costs, however, may be acceptable because of the increased flexibility in the
architectural and mechanical layout in the structure. The absence of diagonal bracing mem-
bers can provide greater freedom in the configuration of walls and in the routing of
mechanical ductwork and piping. On the other hand. the flexible nature of the frames does
warrant some additional consideration of the interaction between the steel frame and more
rigid architectural cladding systems. AISC Design Guide 3, Serviceability Design
Considerations for Steel Buildings (West and Fisher; 2003), discusses recomniended drift
limits for various cladding systems.
4.2 ORDINARY M OMENT FRAMES (OMF)
The only system-specific requirements for an OMF penain to the beam-to-column moment
connections. The general intent of the OMF design provisions provided in AISC Seismic
Provision$ Section El is that connection failure should not be the first significant inelastic
event in the response of the frame to earthquake loading, recognizjng that a connection fail-
ure is typically one of the least ductile failure modes of a steel frame. Thus the basic design
requ"irement is to provide a frame with strong moment connections. In accordance with
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section El.6, two connection types are permitted when designing
OMF systems-fully restrained (FR) and partially restrained (PR), as defined in AISC
Specification Section B3.6b.
AU FR connections in OMP systems must satisfy at least one of the following three
options given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section El.6b.
(a) FR moment connections are designed for s required flexural strength equal to the
expected flexural strength of the beam multiplied by l. J, as follows:
Mu =LIR,,Mp (LRFD) (4-la)
or
Ma =(1.1/1.5)RyMp (ASD) (4-lb)
where
Ry =ratio of the expected yield stress to the specified minimum yield stress, P7
Mp= nominal plastic flexural strength of the beam
AMERICAN .INSTmrra Ol' STEEi.. Cof'l.$1"!\UCTION
4.2 ORDU-SARY MOMENT FRAMES 4-3 \:I
Jhe required shear strength of the connection is determined using a shear force duo to
earthquake loads associated with the development of these expected flexural moments
simultaneously 3t each end of the beam.
(b) FR moment connections are designed for a required flexural screngtb and shear strength
equal to the max.imum moment and corresponding shear that can be transferred to the
connection by the system, including the effects of material overstrength and slrain hard-
ening. As discussed in AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Section E l.6b, specific
examples of potentially limiting aspects of the system include:
Flexural yielding of the column when the flexural strength of the column is less than
that of the beam
The panel zone shear strength of the column, in recognition of lhe fact that testing has
shown that panel zone shear yielding provides a fairly ductile response in this joint }:
The foundation uplift
The earthquake force detemtined using an R value of 1
cc) FR moment conne.ctions between wide fl:."lnge beams and the flange of wide flange
columns are designed according to the connection design requiremenis of the IMF
t
(AISC Seismic Provisions Section E2.6) or SMP (AISC Seismic Provisions Section
E3.6). or a connection is used that resembles the tested WUF-W or WUF-B connections
that are included in ANSI/AISC 358. See ATSC Seismic Provisions Section El .6b(c) for
detailed requirements.
As described in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section El.6c, PR momem connections are
required to develop available strengths similar to those of FR moment connections. In addi-
tion, PR moment connections must have a nominal flexural strength no less than 0.50Mp of
the connected beam (or O.SOMp of the column for one-story structures). The strength and
fle:tibility of the connection must be considered in the design, including the effect on over-
all frame stability.
OMF systems are not required to have, any special detailing of the panel zones, and have
no special requirements for the relationship between beam and column strength. This is
indicative of the overall OMF system; where the detailing requirements are reduced and the
seismic forces are larger than moment frame systems intended to provide higher ductility.
This basic design philosophy for OMF systems alJows for their use as an economical
moment frame system when OMF systems are permitted by the applicable building code.
According to ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.2.5.6, OMF frames are permitted to be used in
Seismic Design Categories D, E and F for one-story structures under certain height and
loading limitations.
OMF Design Example Plan and Elevation
.,
Tue following section consists of four design examples for an OMF system. See Figure 4- I ..
;l
for lhe roof plan :md Figure 4-2 for lbe elevation of the building moment frames. ~:l
D
S
The code-specified gravity loading is as follows:
= 15 psf
=20 psf
'
 MOMEm FR.AMl:S 4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES 4-5

From ASCEISEl 7, lbe following parameters apply: Risk Category IT, Seismic Design
Category D, R = 3~. !1,, = 3, Cd= 3. !< = 1.00, Sos= 0.528, and p = 1.0. According to
ASCE/SEI 7"S'ection 12.3.4.2, p = 1.0 if each story resists more 1ban 35% of 1he base shear
in the direction of interest and loss of moment resistance at the beanHo-column connec-
tions at both ends of a beam will not result in more than a 33% reduction in story strength,
nor does the resulting system have an extreme torsional irregularity. p is takenas I.0 for
this r~son.
Example 4.2.1. OMF Story Drift and Stability Check
Given:
Refer to t.he root: plan s.hown in Figure 4-1 and the OM.P elevation shown in Figure 4-2.
Determine if the frame satisfies lhe drift and stability requirements. The applicable building
code speciJies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for c.a.lculation of loads. The loading and applicable
ASCE para.meters are as given previously.
The seismic design story shear, V_., is 11.5 kips.

From an elastic analysis of the structure that _includes second-order effects and accounts for
panel-tone deformations, the elastic drift at the top of the story is:

01e =0.980 in.

At the base of the structure:

Obe = 0 in.

];--:--:--:--:- ,..--,---;-_,... . .,. . . ., ,.....,..--,--...,.--~ ,..-----'----'-:! Solution:

l!~'8> --
Drift Check
Section 12.8.6 of ASCEJSEI 7 defines che design story drift, .1. as the largest difference of
the deflections of \'ertically aligned points at the top and bortom of the story under consid-
eration along any of the edges of the structure. This calculated deflection includes the effects
of elastic and inelastic drift, which in this example includes second-order effects. From
CR.- - - - "CRi--------! ASCE/SEI 7 Equation 12.8-15:

2-0~~ ::e~:a~~ ~ :e~i:n-

examples. For elevation, see
-- J

6
::::: CJ(Ore-Obe)

Figure 4-2. '~

3(0.980 in. - 0 in.) '\
:::
Fig. 4-1. O/.fF roofplan. LOO
= 2.94 ill.

~-i-----;:;.3~f
'
FromASCEISEI 7 Table 12.12-l, the allowable story drift at level x, 6.a. is 0.020hu. where
~! ltn is the story height below level x. Tl is assumed in this example that t.., can be increased
'
:
.~-0 30.o to 0.025h~ because interior walls. partitions, ceilings, and exterior wan sys1ems are
designed to accommodate these increased story drifts. ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.12.l.J
[
I W18x40 W18x40 requires, for seismic force resisting systems comprised solely of moment frames in struc-
~:
~- BM-1 tures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F. chat the design story drift not e.JCceed
AalP for any story. Determine the allow:\ble story drift as follows:

t:.,, = 0.025hsr
p l.O
0.025(17.0 ft)(12 ioJft)
1.0
= 5. l 0 in. > 2.94 in, o.k.
Fig. 4-2. OMF tlevat-um.
 MOMENT FRAMES I 4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES
~
Frame Stability Check Check the maximum permitted e
ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.8.7 investigates potential for instability by use of a stability coeffi- The stability coefficient may not exceed 011kn The ratio of shear demand to shear capacity I;
cient. e, calculated as: for the story between levels x and x-1 is ~. Couser'(<ltiyely, usi.ng a value of l.O for (3: I
(1:::: P,,D.1,' o.s
VJthnCa
(ASCFJSEI 7 Eq. 12.8-16) 0 -
1HAt - ~Cd
<025
- . (ASCFJSEI 7 Eq. 12.8-17) t:
0.5 ., ':.
where =--
P.t =total vertical design load at and above level x 1.0(3)
A =design story drift occurring simultaneously with V)C =0.167 ~ 0.25
ft ::: s~ismic importance factor
Vx ::: seismic design story shear acting between levels .t and x-1 The adjusted stability coefficient satisfies the maximum:
hu ::::: story height below level :c
0.0666 < 0.167 o.k.
=
Cd deflection amplification factor
Tue moment frame meets the allowable story drift and stability requirements for seismic
ASCE/SEl 7 does not explicilly specify load factors to be used on the gravity loads for deter-
mining P.,. except Section 12.8.7 does specify that no individual load factor need exceed LO. loading.
For this example, the load combination use<l to compute the total vertical load on a given
story, Px, acting simultaneously with the hmizontal earthquake force, Vx, is l.OD + 0.2S, Example 4.2.2. OMF .Column Strength Check
taken from ASCE/SEI 7 Section 2.3 with the dead.load factor limited ro 1.0 as e.xplained.
Note that consistent with this, the same combination was used in the second-order. analysis Given:
as used for this example for the purpose of computing the fundameptal period, base shear,
and design story dtift.
to
Refer Column CL-1 in Figure 4-2. Determine the adequacy of the ASTM A992 W12x35
. . ', column for the.following loading. The required strength of columns should be determined
The total vertical design load is: in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.4a. The applicable building code ~i
~,
specifies the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. 1
Px = 120 ft(75 .0 ft)[l.0(15 pst)+ 0.2(20 psf)] / 1,000 lb/kip
Tue governing load combinations that include seismic effects are:
=171 kips
The stability coefficient, e. from ASCE/SEI 7 Equation 12.8-16 is: LRFD ., ASD
;

_ __ --1I
1--L-RFD--L-oa_d_C_o_m_bi-n-au-o_n_5_fr_o_m_ __ -+-_A_S_D_Lo-ad_C_o_m_b_in_a_ti_o_n_6_f_ro_m
I :;i1l :.

9
= 171 kips(2.94 in.)(1.00)
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 J.
11.5 kips(l7 .0 ft)(12 in./ft)(3)
=0.0714 (1.2+0.2Sos)D+pQE +0.5L+0.2S (l.0+0.10Svs)D-t:0.525pQE I"':;
+H+F+0.75L \.
Because a second-order analysis was used to compute the story drift, e is adjusted as fel- (including the permitted 0.5 factor l in
Section 12.4.2.3) +0.75S i~
lows according to ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8.7 before checking 0,,_. 1 ...;::

L---------------L-------------~
e 0.0114
t;
1+ e
= 1+ 0.0114
From a second-order analysis including the effects of P-6 and P-o effects as well as th:
reduced stiffness require<l by the direct analysis method, the column required strengths are ~:
=0.0666 . ~.:,.

Per ASCE/SEI 7, if 0 from a first-order analysis or 0/(1+9) from a second-order analysis i:s LRFD ASD
less than or equal to 0.10, second-order effecis need not be considered for computing story P,.. = 15.2 kips Pa =l7.5k.ips
drift. Note that whether or not second-order effects on member forces must be considered
per ASCE/SEI 7 has to be verified, as it was in this example; however, Chapter C of tbe
v.. = 3.78 kips V0 =2.57 kips
AlSC Specificarian requires second-order effects be considered in all cases. M .. U)p := 64.3 kip-ft Ma top = 43.7 kip-ft
M,, /xJI:;:; 0 kip-ft Ma wt= 0 kip-ft

r
 4 9
MOMENT FRAMf,S 4.2 ORDINARY MOt-ff.NT I RAMES

!""" The higher ASD required axial strength compared to LRFD could be explained by the higher From AlSC \fanual Tab!~ 3-2:
load factor on snow load. S. of 0.75 for ASD versus 0.2 for LRFD.

I[ According to ASCE/SEJ 7, the load combinations including amplified seismic loads (incJml
ing overstrength factor. flo) are:
Lp=5A4 ft
L, = L6.6 ft

.,.- Lb> Lp~ therefore, the limit state of lateral-torsional buckling applies.
LRFD ASD Calculate Cb using AJSC Specification Equation F 1- 1.
... LRFD Load Combinations 5 and 7 from ASD Load Combinations 5, 6 and 8 from
i
I .Rm ASD
~ ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2
( 1.2 + 0.2Sos) D + OoQe + 0.5L + 0.2S (l.O+O.J4SDs)D+ H +F+0.70 0 Qi:: Mu wp = 64.3 kip-ft Ma '"P =43.7 kip-ft
Mw bet =0 k.ip-ft Ma b<>I =0 kip-ft
(0.9-0.2Sos)D+ 0 0 Qt + l.6H (l.0+0.105SDs)D + H + F+ 0.5250.,Q.e
+0.75L+0.75S Quarter point moment-: are: Quarter point momentS arc:
(including the 0.5 factor on L penniueJ
by Section 12.4.3.2) (0.6-0.14Sos)D+ 0.7Q.,(k- + H
.; I M(x= 4.25 ft) = MA M(x = 4.25ft) =M;.
0.25(64.3 kip-ft} = 0.25(43.7 kip-ft)
----~ 3
(::J' From the frame analysis, the maximum required ;Uial strength in this column from the gov
= 16.1 kip-ft = l 0.9 kip-ft
erning load combination that includes the amplified sei~mic load is:
M(.x =8.50 ft) = MB M(x = S.50 ft) =Ms
l~ = 0.50(64.3 kip-ft) =0.50(43.7 kip-ft)
'. I P. =2LO "'"' LRFD I P. =20.6 ljpo ASO I =32.2 kip-ft = 21.9 kip-ft
=12.75 ft)= Mc M(.t = 12.75 fi) =Mc
tlI There are no transverse loadings between lhe column supports in the plane of bending and
the columns are considered to be pinned at the base.
M (x
=0.75(64.3 kip-ft)
::: 48.2 kip-ft
=0.75(43.7 kip-ft)
=32.8 kip-ft
Mmax =64.3 kip-ft M,IUU = 43.7 kip-ft
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4. the material properties are as follows: C 12.5M,,_ C 12.5Mmar
b- b=
-(2.5Mmax+3MA ) I (2.5Mma:1: +3MA )
ASTMA992
+4.\ls +3Mc +4Ms +3Mc
F1 =50 ksi

l
'
12.5(64.3 kip-ft) 12.5{43.7 kip-ft)
Fu= 65 ksi
=12.5(43.7 kip-ft)+3(10.9 lcip-ft)ll
~ 1From AISC Manual Thblc I - 1. the geometric properties arc as follows: = 12.5(64.3 kip-ft)+3{16.1 k:ip-fi)
+ 4 (32.2 kip-ft)+3(48.2 kip-ft) +4(21.9 kip-ft)+3(32.8 lcip ft)
W12x35
= 1.67 =1.67
,~ r, =5.25 in. ry =1.54 in.
I ~:
~ ISection El .5a of lhc AlSC Seismic Pro\isions states that there are no tirnit:ltions on width- Check lateral-torsional buckling using AJSC Manual Table 6-1 with Lb = 17.0 ft and the
!O thickness ratios of members of an OMF, beyond those in the AlSC Specification. modification to bx for when Cb> 1.0 (AJSC Manual Equation 6-5).

,.!~
I.

Available Flexural Strength

Per the User Note in AlSC Spuificatk>n Section F2. the colwnn has compact flanges and
web. The available flexural strength is the lower value obtained according to lhe limit states
'
.;
'
of lateral-torsional buckling and yielding.
With no interior brace poinL'I, the unbl'3Ced column length is Lt, = 17.0 ft.
4-10 MOMENT PRAlv!ES 4.Z ORDINARY MOl\ltENT FRAMES

LR.FD Because the W12x35 is not included in AISC Manual Table 4-l, use AISC Manual Tab!."'

=0.00766 (kip-ft)-J
ASD
6-1 co determine the available compressive strength. with KLy = 17.0 fl: 1
b,, b.. =0.0115 (kip-nr 1

LRFD ASD I
$bMn =cb(~)[:J Mn =Cb(!)(.!.)
Qb 9 bx p =0.00754 kips- p =o.oi 13 kips- l
P,.
=167(!)( I
9 o.00166(k.ip-ftr1
) -1
-
61(!)( l
9 o.011s(kip-rtr 1)
-= -
!le p
l
= 194 kip-ft =129 kip-ft 0.00754 kips- - 0.0113 kips-I I

= 133 kips =88.5 kips I

Check yielding using AlSC Manual Table 3-2.
t
LRFD ASD Combined Loading
M11 Mp Using AlSC Specificarion Section Hl, determine whether the applicable interaction equ
$bM,. =; $bMp -=-
nb nb tion is satisfied, as follows:
= 192 kip-ft< 194 kip-ft
= 128 kip-ft< 129 kip-fl
LRFD ASD
Use <!>bM,. =192 kip-ft Use Mn =128 kip-ft
n1> P, 15.2 kips P, = 17.5 kips
Pc 133 kips Pc 88.5 kips
Available Axial Compressive Strength =0.114 =0.198
The unbraced length of the column fur buckling about boch the strong and weak axis is Because P,IPc < 0.2, use AJSC Because PrlPc < 0.2., use AISC
17.0 ft. The column has slender elements according to AISC ;\la1111al Table 1-1. Specificarion Equation HI -Ib: Specification Equ~on ill-lb:

Tue direct analysis method de.scribed in Section C of the AJSC Specification states that the
effective length factor, K, of all members-shall be taken as unity unless a smaller value can ~ +(Mnc + .'rf,,) s l.O !l_ +(Ml'%+ M"):o:t.O
be justified by ratiooal analysis. 2Pc Mex Mey 2Pc Mex M"
\
Therefore: 0.114
2
+(&u kip-tl +o)= 0_392
192 kip-fl
' 0.198 +(43.7 kip-ft+
2 128 !tip-ft
o) =0_440
Kx = 1.0
Ky= 1.0 0.392 < 1.0 o.k. 0.440 < 1.0 o.k.

The slenderness ratios about the strong and wealc axis are: Alternatively, Section Hl.3 of the AJSC Specification ma; be used for th,e interaction chc~ l:
for this column since the column is only S\Jbject to bending about a singie ax.is. The inter-
KxLx =l.0(17.0 ft)(l2.0 in.Ill) action equations in Section Hl.3 would result in a rugher column strength than demonstrat I
rx 5.25 in. by this procedure. t~
=38.9 :~;

K1 l 1 =1.0(17.0 ft)(l2.0 in./ft) Required Axial Strength of Column Including Amplified Seismic Loads t
ry 1.54; in. Determine the required axial compressive strength using load combinations includi "
=132 governs amplified seismic loads per Section D l.4a(2) of the AISC Seismic Provisions.

Per Section D.1.4a(2) of the AJSC Seismic Provisions, it is permitted to neglect moments t
the column for detemunation of required strength because the column moments do : t
result from loads applied between points of lateral support. ~:

A1.tJUCAN !J.ISTTIUT1? OP STD.. COl'ISTRUCJlON

 4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES 4-! l
4--12 MOMENT FR.AMES

Solution:
ASD
From AJSC M<1nual Table 2-4, the maicrial propenics :ire as follows:
$cP" =133 kips> P11 = 21.0 kips ~c =88.5 kips > Pa = 20.6 !Ops ASTh1A992
Fy =50 ksi
Fu =65 ksi
Available Shear Strength
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
Using AJSC Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength for a W12x35 is:
Beam
W18x40
LRFD ASD
rx =7.21 in. ry= l.27 in.
YViu = 113 kips> Vu =3.78 kips o.k. Vn,x =75.0 kips> V., =2 57 kips o.k. AISC Seismic Proi;ision.r Section El.5:1 states that there are no limjtations on widLh-to-
n. lhickness ratios of members of ao OMF, beyond those in the AISC Specificarimi.

... The W 12x35 IS adequate to resist lhe required strengths given for Column CL-1. AJSC Seismic Prol-irions Sccuon El.5a also stat.es that there are no requirements for stabil-
ity bracing of beams or jointS in 01\.fF, beyond those in the AlSC Specificatio11.
~
Example 4.2.3. OMF Beam Strength Check
Available Flexural Strength
Given: Per the User Note in AJSC Spccificotion Section F2. the beam has compact flange.~ and web.
The available flexural strength is the lower V31ue obtained :iccorcling to lhc limit Slates of
Refer to Beam BM- I in Figure 4-2. Determine the :1dequ:1cy of the ASTM A992 Wl 8x40
lateral-torsional buckling :ind yielding.
for the folloY.ing loading. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEI 1 for
c:ilculation of loads. The govemins lo:1d combinations which include ~eismic effects are: Note: The infill befilns or joists are not described m th.is eumple. ll is presumed !hat the
combination of these memben. (with suitable connections) and a roof deck diaphragm will
LRFD ASD provide an au equate lateral br3Ce for the top flange Of this beam. With appropriate detailing,
I.he bottom Oange of the beam could also be braced by 1he infill beams or joistS. This i~
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Lo:id Combination 6 from assumed to be the case in this example.
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
The unbraced beam length is:
(1.2+ 0.2Sos )D+pQE +0.5L+0.2S (1.0 + 0. !OSos )D + H + F + 0.525pQe
:-
.1 (including the 0.5 factor on L permitte<t
by Section 12.4.2.3)
+0.15l+0.15S Lo (top flange in compression)= 6.00 ft (spacing of infill beams)
Lo (bottom flange in compression) =6.00 ft
....
I
From a second-order analysis considering P-a and P-o effects as well :is the reduced stiff-
From Manunl Table 3-2 for a W18x40:
1: ness required by the direct :inalysis method. the beam required strengths arc: .l.p=4.49ft L,.=13.lft

.. Lo> Lp; lheTCforc, the limit :.tale of lateral-torsional buckling applies.

LRFD ASD
!" Calculate Cb using AISC Specification Equation FJ-1.
P., =2.54 kips Pa =0.784 kips
M,. = 82.9 kip-ft Ma = 78.0 kip-ft LRFD ASD
~=
r v.. =10.9 kips Va =I 1.8 kips
~; MlfllU = 82.9 lc.ip-ft M...u =78.0 kip-fl
= 67 .0 kip-ft
M,.. M,.. ""61.0kip-ft
The top 3Jld bottom beam flanges nre braced every 6 fl by infiJl beams.
MB = 52.2 tip-ft MB =45.3 kip-ft
Mc =
38.3 kip-ft Mc =30.9 k.ip-ft
4-14 MOMENT FRAMES 4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES -l-15
l
LRFD ASD
Usjng the AISC Manual Table 6-1 with an unbraced length of 6.00 ft in the weak ox.is, the
available axial strength is:
l
l2.5Mm<U' J2.5M-.t
-(2.5Mmax +3MA ) =(2.5Mmax+3.MA ) LRFD ASD
+4Ms+3Mc +4Ms +3Mc
p = 0.00252 kips- p = 0.00379 kips-I
12.5(82.9 kip-ft) 12.5(78.0 kip-ft)
I Pn I
-12.5(82.9 kip-ft)+ 3(67.0 kip-ft)l = [2.5(78.0 kip-ft)+ 3(61.0 k.ip-fl)l 4'cPn =- -=-
p nc p
+4(52.2 kip-ft)+3(38.3 ldp--ft) + 4( 45.3 kip-ft)+ 3{30.9 ldp-ft) f
I =
= 1.42 = 1.50 =0.00252 l<lps- 1 0.00379 kips-I
""397 kips =264 kips
Compute the lateral-torsional buckling strength using AISC Manual Table 3-10 with
Lb= 6.00 ft: -
Combined Loeding
LRFD ASD Using AISC Specification Hl, determine whether the applicable interaction equation is sat- t
isfied, as follows:
cJ>bMn =Cb (274 kip-ft) M,. =Cb (183 kip-ft)
nb I
= J.42(274 kip-ft) LRFD ASD
.>:.= 389 kip-ft
= l.50(183 kip-ft)
=275 kip-ft P, 2.54 kips Pr 0.784 l<lps
-=
Pc 397 kips Pc 264 kips
Check yielding using AISC Manual Table 3-2: =0.00640 =0.00297
Because P,lf>c < 0.2. use AISC Because Pr !Pc < 0.2, use AISC
LRFD ASD Specijicatio11 Equation HI-lb: Specification Equation Hl-lb:

<l>bMn =bMpx
M,.
-=--
Mpx P,. + ( Mrx + Mry ) ~ LO .!!..+(Mrx + Mry)~I.O
nb Qb 2Pc Mc., Mey 2f>c Mex Mcy
=294 kip-ft< 389 kip-ft
= 196 kip-ft< 275 kip-ft
0.00640 +(s2.9 kip-ft + o) =0_285 \ .0.00297 + (78.0 kip-ft+ o) = 0 _399
2 196 kip-ft
Use <l>bMn =294 kip-ft Use ~ =196 kip-ft 2 294 kip-ft
0.28.5 < 1.0 o.k. 0.399 < 1.0 o.k.

Available Axial Compressive Strength Available Shear Strength of Beam '

The infill beams provide br:icing in the bewl's weak axis and the unbraced length, Ly, is From AISC Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength for a W18x40 is:
6.00 ft The beam is not braced in the strong ax.is.

KxLx
--=
1.0(30.0 ft)(l2.0 in./ft) L
_ _ _ _ _LRFD
_ _ __ __ _1-_ _ _ _ _A_so
_____ ~
1
t
rx 7.21 in. <1>~V,. =169 kips> V., =10.9 kips o.k. V" =113 kips > Va =11 .8 kips o.k.
~~
n,,
=49.9
K1 L, = 1.0(6.00 ft)(l2 .0 in.lft) Tue W18x40 is adequate to resist the required strengths given for Beam BM-1.
r1
=56.7
1.27 in.
governs
Note that load combinations that do not include seismic effects must also be investigated. Ji
AMIAA:AN lNSTm.ml 01' STEEi.. CONSTRUCT10N AMERICAN .INST11VTS OF STEF;J. COl"ISTlllJCTlON t
 4-19
4-JS 4.2 OROlNARY MOMENT FRAMES

The process could be iterated until the shear and moment values converge, but the difference
3bcJt1t)
Rne =0.60(1.l}R Fydcl,. (1+-
1 -- is negligible between the initial calculation and the convergence. For simplicity, us~ this
dbdctw value as the required flexural strength.
=0.60(1.1)(1.1)(50 ksi)(l2.5 in.)(0.300 in.)
l
'Therefore. the column panel tone shear strength controls the maximum force lhat can be
'i delivered by the system co the connection, in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions
x !1 + 3(6.56 in.)(0.520 in.)2
! Section El.6b{b) and Commentary Section EJ.6b(b).
' 17.9 in.(12.5 in.)(0.300 in.)
Calculate the corresponding shear for the beam-to-column connection design using AISC
=147 kips
Seismic Provisions Section EJ .6b(b}. The required shear strength of the connection is based
on the load combinations in the applicable building code that include the amplified seismic
LRFD ASD
,
load. m detennining the amplified seismic load, tbe effect of horizontal forces including
Vue= Rne Va.,= Rn~/1.5 overstrength, Em11, is dctennined from:
=147 kips = 147 kips/1.5
(Provisions Eq. El -l)
= 98.0 kips

:, I
; The required flexural strength is:
where

ii---1 Lq =clear length of the beam

LRFb ASD =30.0 ft(l2 inJft)-12.5 in.
=348 in.
M.,. =Vue(d11- t1) M,ie =Vae (db -lf)
".' 147 kips(ly_.9 in-_-0.525 in.) =98.0 kips(l7.9 in. -0.525 in.) Because AISC Seismic Provisions Section El.6b(b) is used, the term 1.IRy1Hp is sub~tituted
with M11.e (LRFD} or Mru (ASD) based on the panel Z\'ne strength as calculated.
=2,550 kip-in. = l, 700 kip-in.
The shear in the column is:
There is also shear in the column due to story shear.
LRFD ASD
.LRFD ASD V 2Ma.e
?M.,,,
V due to Em1r =--- due to Em>i =- -
Vu .= M,., Mae Let I lcJ'
H Voe=-- \
H - 2(2,770 !tip-in.) I 2(1,850 kip-in.)
2,550 kip-in. l, 700 kip-in. -
- (17.0 fi)(12 in./ft) (17 .0 ft)(l2 inJft)
- 348 in. 348 fu.
= 15.9 kips ""10.6 kips
= 12.5 lcips =8.33 kips

This shear should be added to the panel zone strength to recalculate the required flexural
strength, as follows:

LRFD ASO
Miu =(V,,,;+ V.,c)(db -11) Moe= (Ya+ Vac)(db-fJ)
=(147 kips+ 12.5 fjps) = (98.0 kips+ 8.33 kips)
x(l7.9 in.-0.525 in.) x(l7.9'in.-0.525 in.}
=2, 770 kip-in. =1,850 kip-in.

AMERICI ~OP SJ'Ea CONSTRUCOON

AMERICAN lNSlTIVT'B OP STm. Co~UCOON
 "{'
4-20 MOMENT FRAMl:S 4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES 4-21

The controlling load combinations from ASCE/SEI 7 are:
LRFD
Load Combination 5 from Section
12.4.3.2, including lbe 0.5 factor on L
permitted for certain occupancies and
0.oQs= !:.',,.,;,
V,,-:: (l.2+0.2Sos)D+ Em1t +0.5L+0.2S
=[1.2+ 0.2(0.528}](4.86 kips)
The value of Fn 1, the nominal tensile strength of 1hc boll, is from AISC Specijicatio11 Thble l
J3.2 and U,, is I.he srun of h1 through h4 t
ASD Use ~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes.
Load Combination 6 from Section Cslcuhlle M,.p based on the ~-.in.-diamc1cr A325-N bolt suenglh with Ab = 0.442 in. from I,:
2
12.4.3.2 with f!oQE =E1r.Ji AlSC Manual Table 7-1. as follows:
P, =F,.,A.,,
Vo =(1.0+0.105Svs)D+H +F = 90 ksi (0.442 in.2)
+ 0.525EmJi + 0.75L+ 0.75S = 39.8 kips

+ 15.9 kips+ 0 kips+ 0.2(6.49 kips) "' [LO+ 0.105(0.528)](4.86 kips) From AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.8. the flexural design strength of the connection is: j,
= 23.5 kips +O kips
+ 0 kips+ 0.525(10.6 kjps) LRFD ASD II
+O kips+0.75(6.49 kips) Mnp = 2P,(L.f,,)
QM,,p= [2P, (U.,)J

I
= 15.6 kips .0. Q

2(39.8 kips) I 2(39.8 kips}

End Plate Design .

= 0.75 x(22.6i~.+19.6 ~- )
+15.1 m.+12.l m.
(22.6 in.+ J 9 .6 in. )
x +15.1 in.+12.I in.
I
The design methodology used for 1he moment end-plate connections is taken from AlSC
Desigri cfuide 4, Extended End-Plate Moment Connections-Sei~mic and WindApplication.s =4,140 kip-in.
=
2.00 I
I
(Murray and Sumner, 2003). ANSl/AISC 358 outlines requirements and design methodol- = 2,760 kip-in.
ogy for prequalified moment end-plate connections for speciaJ and intermediale momeot 4,140 ldp-in. > 2,770 kip-in. o.k. 2, 760 kip-in.> 1,850 kip-in. o.k.
frames. However, for an ordinary moment frame, the basic design equations and methodol-
9gy described inAISC Design Guide 4 can be used. Note that Design Guide 4 includes only
the LRFD. method and the equations are modified here for ASD. l:
,'

Based upon preliminary calculations, it was determined that an eight-bolt stiffeoed end-plate
connection would be required to make the column flange work in bending.
Figure 4-3 illustrates the configuration ll?d key dimensions associated with thjs type of Bolts t
connection.
tpl
Detemri.ne the required bole diameter, db,,... from AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.6 using
the bolt spacing provided in Figure 4-4 and ASTM A325-N bolts, as follows:
Continuity plates :;\
I (when required)
1
LRFD ASD
I
t.
d/J, rtqd = 2Miu
db, rtgd = 20Mae
l
I
I
I - J.JL

;~

w
.1t$F,.,(rdn) nF,,, (U,,) I

=
2(2, 770 kip-in.)
rt(0.75)(90' ksi) =.
2(2.00)(1,850 kip-in.)
7t{90 ksi)
.i
I
I
I
Beam

I
l
(22.6in.+19.6 in. ) ~ (22.6 in.+ 19.6 in. }
.t
' x +15.I in.+12.l in. Fig. 4-3. Conjigurarion for eiglu-bolt stiffened end-plate con11ection.
x +15.1 in.+12.1 in.
.a..i:.
=0.614 in. =0.614 in.
 4-22 MOMENT 'FRAMES 4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES

,..... Determine the required end plate thickness

The required end place lh.ickness is determined from AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.JO.
.
7.00 in.
22.6 , 1 in.) )+19.6 in.(-2.001-in.)
in.( 2{1.25
The necessary parameters are determined as follows based on Figure 4-4. From Table 3.3 of =--

"
AlSC Design Guide 4: ' 2 +15.1 in.(-1
-)+12.1
2.00 in.
in.(-- )
2.65 in.
1
I
s =}__Jb;i
2 22.6 in. ( J.25 in.+
(3 00 in.)) + 19.6 m.(2.00 .m.+ 3(3.00 in.))
4 4
=!J1.oo
2
in. (4.00in.)
2 ( (3.00 in.)) + 12.1 m.. (2. 65 .m.+ 3(3.00 in.)) + 4.00 .m.
+--.- + 15. 1 in. 2.00 in.+
=2.65 in. 4.00111. 4 4

+ {3.00 in.)2
Pl> =3.00 in.
Pfo =2.00 in.
Pfi =2.00 in.
= 232 in.
... de =1.25 in. From AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.10, the required end plnte thickness is:
_______, L~
~ Because d. < s, Case I of AJSC Design Guide 4 applies. From Table 3.3 of AISC Design LRFD ASD
Guide4:
/l.1 lf4Ma,
;,~
/1.1 Iq>M,,,
(-1]+"3(-l)+ht(.!.))
Yp = bplhi(-)+112
=
1 Ip/, Y<qd $ F, y Ipl.Y<<;.I -- nF y
b yp p y p
2 2d. PJo P/i s /l.ll(l.67)(1,850 kip-in.)
/1.11(0.75)(2,770 kip-in.)
=

~I l
= 2.00(36 ksi)(232 in.)
0.90(36 ksi)(232 in.)
=0.554 in. =0.453 in.

~
:: .
~
Use a ~-in.-lhick ASTM A36 end plate.
r. stiffener tktyp.
plate. typ. (A36) Size the end-plate stiffener
Match the stiffener strength to the beam ~ebsctength using AISC Design Guide 4 Equation
;:;i-
:; I
:
.
Total of (16) ~
dia. A325-N bolls 3.15.
(pretensioned)

=l,.b (-Fyb)
%"thick
Wx3stiffener end plate ts1. rcqd
plates N.S. & F.S. Fys
(A36) (A36)
=0315 in.(so ksi)
W18x40
beam
. =.3
~ =0.438 in.
36 ksi

LJ.:J
I
Use a ?li6-inAhick ASTM A36 plate for the stiffener.

The height of the stiffener is:

Fig. 4-4. Derailed OMF co1111ec1io11. It,,::::: Pfa +Pb+ d.,

=2.00 in.+3.00 in.+l.25 in.
=6.25 in.
4-24 MOMENT FRAMP.S 4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FR.AMES 4-2S

The length of the stiffener is detennined from AlSC Design Guide 4 Equation 2.11.
LRFD ASD

ls1 =_.!!!!._ QvV~ .Q V,./0.v

tan3o
w,'4 = 2>{0.60)(Fm )/Ji ll'rtq = 2(0.60)(FE.:a' )/../2
6.25 in.
=--- 1.00(9.45 kipfm.) 2.00(9.45 kipfm.)/1.50
1an3o
=10.8 in. =2(0.75)(0.60)(70 kr.i)/Ji. = 2(0.60)(70 ksi)/72
=0.212in. =0.212 in.
Use Ls1 = 11.0 in.

Check for local buckling of the stiffener. The stiffener slenderness ratio is: Use \4-in. fille1 welds.
1.
Check end-plate bolts for beam shear transfer I!
Per AISC Desi go Guide 4, a conservative check is to assume that only lhe bolts opposite 1he t:
6.25 in.
=--- compression flange of the beam transfer the shear loads. In this case, this would be a total
'Vt6 io.
of (8) ~-in.-diameter ASTht A325-N bolls. From AISC Manual Table 7-1, the available J.
=14.3 ihear strength of the bolts is:
.. ~

The limiliug slenderness ratio from AISC Specificarion Table B4.1 a Case l is:
LRFD ASD

\.
$Vn =n(<Prn) ~ =n(~) ,i;

29,000 ksi . =8(17.9 kips) :::: 8(11.9 kips)

=0.56
36 ksi :::: 143 kips =95.5 kips
=15.9
143 kips> 23.5 kips o.k. 95.5 kips> 15.6 kips o.k.
14.3 < 15.9; therefore, the stiffener is not subject to local buckling.

Determine type and size of stiffener welds Check compression bolts bearing!tearout per A/SC Specification Section J3.10
AISC Design Guide 4 st.ates that the weld of this stiffener plate to the end plate :.hould be For all eight bolts, the bearing strength' ~vhen deformation at the bolt hole at service load i~ l
a complete-joint-penetration groove weld if ts1 >ti in.; therefore, weld the M6-in.-thick stiff- a consideration is:
ener plate to the end plate with a complete-joint-penetration groove weld.
Rn =2.4dtFu
AISC Design Guide 4 states that the weld of this stiffener plate to the beam flange should
=2.4(3A in.)(* in.)(58 ksi)
be capable of developing the shear yield strength of the stiffener plate.
=65.3 kips/bolt
For the 'V16-in.-thick ASTM A36 plate:
for the s~x inn~r boll~, the tear~ul stren~th when d~fo~ation at the bolt hole at service !oar 1:
Vn =0.60FyAgv (Spec. Eq. 14-3) is a cons1derauon, with le:= 3 10. - 13/16 m. = 2.19 10., is: i
1 .l,.)
=0.60(36 ksi)('V16 in.) R,. = I .2lctF,,
= 9.45 kip/in. =l..2(2.19 in.)(~ in.)(58 ksi) k
For a two-sided fillet weld, cakulate lhe requfred leg size, wr,9 by setting the available shear = 95.3 kips/boll f
yield strength of the plate equal to the available shear slfength of the weld and solving for
W~q
For the two o~tside_ bolts'. the cearoot. sttength ~hen deforma~on ~l the bolt hole at servic"" I
load is a cons1deraaon, Wllh le = l \4 m. - ( 116 m.)12 = 0.844 in., is:
~.J..
 4-26 MOMENT FR"-MES 1 .2 ORDINARY \IOMCNT FRAMES

Rn =1.2/ctF., LRFD ASD I

'"l.2(0.844 111.)(* in.)(58 ksi) I
- 36.7 kips/bolt 0.60( FEXX I "2) 1.51~
><'rrt =0.60(FXX/J2}1.54
159 kips 2.00(106 lcips)
LRFD ASD
=0.75(060)(70 k"i/Jl)(!.5)(11.7 in.) - (0.60}(70 k.sl/"2)(1.5)(11.7 in.)
Rn 6(65.3 kips)+2(36.7 kips)
4>Rn =0.75(6(65.3 kips)+2(36.7 kips)) -=
n 2.00
=0.407 in. =0.407 in.

=349 kips = 233 kips Use t'1G-in. fillet welds (two-sided) for the beam t1ange-to-end-plate weld.
349 kips> 23.5 Jcips o.k. 233 kips> J5 6 kips o.k.
Design of Beam Web-to-End-Plate Weld
Design of Beam Range-to-nd-Plate Weld AISC Design Guide 4 requires that the beam web-to-end plate weld develop the availabi<
The beam flange-to-end-plate weld is designed based on the recommcndatjoos of AlSC tensile yield strength of the web in the vicinity of the tension bolts.
Design Guide 4. Design tbe weld for the flange force, bu1 no less than Rn or RrJQ given as
1be aYailable tensile yield strength of the bc:un web anJ required weld size arc:
follows:

LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
T,, F..,.1.,.
R,. 0.6F,.,,b;t1 F 1 T,. =9,F ,.t,. n,
=--
n,
~R,: 0.6FyphJIJ < Ffa -= n < fa
Q
= 0.90(0.6)(50 ksi)(6.02 in.)
(0.6)(50 ksi)(6.02 in.)(0.525 in.)
= 0.90(50 ksi)(0.315 in.) =(50 ksi)(0.315 in.)
x(0525 in.)
=l~.2 kip/in. 1.67
l.67
=85.3 kips = 56.8 kips
=9.43 kip/in.
The flange force is: The t1ange force is:
.. Wnq = 2~(0.60FEXX / ./2)1.5 Wreq= 2(0.60Frn/J2)1.5
Ffa = M,,, F ,\.fac
ta=-- 2.00(9.43 kip/in.}
d-t1 d-t1 14.2 kip/in.
' = 2[0.60(10 ksi)/ Ji]u
2, 770 kip-in. J,850 kip-in. = 2(0.75)10.60(70 ksi)/ J2}1,5
=J7 .9 in. - 0.525 in. =
17.9 in.-0.525 in. =0.212 in.
= 0.213 in.
=159 kips = 106 kips

Design beam tlangc-to-end-plate welds Design beam flange-to-end-plate welds Use ~-in. fillet welds (two-sided) for !he beM1l web-to-end-plate weld.
for a required strength, FJil = 159 kips for a required Slrenglh, Fta = 10 kips

.
Column Flange Flexural Strength
Effective length of weld available, le. on both sides of flanges: Wilh no column flsnge stiffeners, AISC Oaign Guide 4 Tuble 3.5 gives lhe following:
s:
!.
s=~Jbfc8
I, =b1+(b1- tw)
.
=6.02 in.+(6.02 in.-0.315 ln.)
=11.7 in. = !J6.56 io.(4.00 in.)
2
A factor of 1.5 is applied 10 the weld strength because u)e weld is at a 90 angle 10 the load, =2.56 in.
occording to AJSC Specification Section J2.4, as follows:
 MOM.ENT FRAMES o!.2 ORDil'lARY MOMENT FRAMES

Pl> =3.00 in. Wiu1 stiffeners added, AISC ~sign Gujde 4 Table 3.5 provides the following equation:
Psa "" 2.00 in. l
Pli =2.00 in.
c ::::: p#() + P.n + tI
Y, =bi lhi(;)+~(p~)+~(p~ )+~(;)]
= 2.00 in.+ 2.00 io. + 0.525 in.
=4.53 in.
+ i [hi[;+~ )+~(Pz~ +:b )+h3(Psl
3
+ ~}~(s+
3
:b )+ pgl+ g

From AISC Design G~tide 4 Table 3.5:

6.56 in.
=---
22.6 .m. (- -
l -) + 19 .6 .w. ( - -
2j6 in.
l -) + 15 .1 .m. ( - -
2.02 in.
l -)
2.02 in.
t
2 +12.l in.(- 1
-)
2.56 in.

+~i[hi[Pb+i+s)+h2(~ +~J+~( ~ +~)+h4(s)]+~ 3 .. 00 in.) . (i

., .
22.6 in. ( 2.56 in. +-- - + l 9.6 m. 0 - m. +
4
3(3.00
4
in.))
=
6 56 1
in. !22.6in.(-- )+12.1
2 2.56 in.
in.(- -)J
1
2.56 in.
2
+---
4.00 in.
+15.lin. (2.02in.+---
3.00 in.) + I2.1 .m. (2 .56 .m.+___,_
4
3(3.00
__
4
in.))
....

2
+ - --
22.6 in.(3.00 in.+
45
~ in.+ 2.56in.)+19.6 in.( 3 ~ in.+ 45! in.)
+(3.00 in.)2

400 in. +15.I in.( 3 ~ in.+ 4 5 ~ in.)+12.1 in.(2.56 in.) + 4.00 in.
=239 .in.
4.00
+ - --
in. From AJSC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.21, the available strength of ~e stiffened column
2
flange is:
= 205 in.

From AlSC Desi~ Guide 4 Equation 3.21. the column flange flexural strength is: LRFD ASD

LRFD Mcf F~YctJc

t
ASD ~Mc/= <j>qFycY,t}c - =--
Q 0&
= 0.90(50 ks\)(239 in.)(0.520 in~)
2

~Mif = ~bF~Y,1}c McJ =F.EY,t}c l (50 ksi)(239 in.)(0.520 in.)2

n nb = 2,910 k.ip-in. l.67
=0.90(50 k!.i)(205 in.)(0.520 in.f = 1,930 kip-in.
_ (50 ksi)(205 in.)(0.520 in.)2
=2,490 kip-in. 1.67
2.910 kip-in.> 2,770 kip-in. o.k. 1,930 kip-in. > 1,850 kip-in. o.lc.
;: 1, 660 kip-fa.

2,490 kip-in.< 2.no kip-in. n.g. J,660 kip-in. < 1,850 k.ipin. n.g, ~:=~~re, the connection will be adequate if stiffeners are added as designed in the fol- J
Therefore, column stiffeners must be added .....
Column Stiffener Plates and Welds
Assume the stiffener thickness is t,= !h !n Then:
The stiffener design is based on lbe minimum strength determined from flange local
Pso =Psi bending, column web local yielding. and column web local crippling. TI1e minimum avail-
c-t, able strength based on these limit states will then be subtracted from the required Oange
::--
2 force, Ffa or Fto to determine the stiffener .required strength.
4.53 in.-~ in.
Calculate the available flexural strength of the flange using the available flexural srrength of u.
2
the unsti.ffened column determined previously.
=2.02 in.
 ,, __,
MOMENT FRAMES 4 2 ORDJNARY MOMl'"iT FRAMES

LRFD ASD
~}ft) LRFD ASO
'

I~ ~R,. = QJfc1 R,,

-=
Met Fcu =Flit -min(R~} F.,=Ffe-min(~)
d -If!> n n(d-rJb)
(
=159 kips =106 lc.ips
2,490 kip-in. l,660 klp-in. -min(143, 112. 90.0) kjps
~
! 17.9 in.-0.525 in.
= 17.9 in.-0.525 in.
-min(95.S, 74.7. 60.0) kips
= 69.0 kips =46.0 kips
= 143 kip$ =95.5 kips

Calculate the available column web local yielding strength opposite lhe beam flange from Use 1h in. x 3 in. ASTM AJ6 stiffener plates with 'A-in. clips along the flange on both side'
AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.24. The parameter, C,, is 1.0 because the distance from the of the column web and at Lhe beam top and bouom flange.
top of the beam to the top of the column is greater lhan or equal to dl2 of the column.
The required axial strength per stiffener is:
R,, =[c, (6~c.de' +2tp )+ Njf)..,.clwc LRFD ASD
={1.0(6(0.820 in.)+ 2(~ in.)j+[0.525 in.+2f~ in.)]}(50 ks.iX0.300 in.)
P. _Foo P. - Fa,
= 112 kips
"- 2
a-l
The available column web local yielding strength is: 69.0 kips 46.0 kips
= -2--
~=~
,,S:
2
=23.0 kips
~: LR.FD ASO = 34.5 kips

$R,. = 1.00(112 kips} R,, = 112 kips From AlSC Specification Equation J4-6, the available a.'tial strength per stiffener with ~
Q J.50
=112klps =74.7 k.ips
,:..in. clip is:

LRFD ASD
Calculate the colu1nn web local crippling avrulable strength opposite lhe beam flange force.
The fl3llge force applied from the lop of the beam is located more than lhe hsJf lhe column P,. =F_..tpbp
P11 =~Fytpbp n n
depth from I.be end of lhe column; therefore use AJSC Specificotio11 Equation JI 0-4.
= 0.90(36 ksi)(lh in.)(3.00 in.- 3.4 in.) _ (36 ksi)(1h in.){3.00 in. - - in.)

..
,.
R" :0.80'!!1+3[~][:; r::-1 r (Spec. Eq. JI0-4)

29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.520 in.)

=36.5 kips

36.5 klps > 34.5 kips o.k.

-
=24.3 kips
24.3 kips> 23.0 kips
1.67

o.k.
"" = 0.80(0.300 in.)2!1+3(0.525.in.)(0.300 '.")1.$1
12.5 ID. 0.520 lD. 0.300 in.
From AISC Specification Equation J4-3, the available shear strength along the column web :!
= 120 kips
LRFD ASD
The available column web local crippling strength is:
Vn _ 0.60F)plplp
LRFD ASD c>V,. =~0.60Fyptplp n n
= 0.90(0.60)(36 k.si)('h in.)(10.0 in.) (0.60)(36 ksi)(lh in.)(10.0 in.)
Rn _ 120 kips
R,, =0.75(120 kips) n 2.00
= 97.2 kips l.67
=90.0 lcips =64.7 ~ps
=60.0 kips
o.k. 64.7 kips> 23.0 kips o.k.
97 .2 kips> 34.5 kips
Dctermfoe the suffener required ~1rength.
 4-32 4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMEs AND INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMtS 4-J..I
MOMENT FRA:-.1ES
1

The value of Ip= 10.0 in. is based on lhe length of concact of the stiffener places includ
~ lh
a red uc t'ion ior required
e comer clips to avoid the k-area of lhe column. ' mg
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (SMF) AND INTERMEDIATE '
MOMENT f:RAMES (IMF)
- k
Weld of Stiffener to Column Flange Special moment frame (SMF) and intermediate moment frame (WF) systems, which are f
addressed in AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections E3 and E2, respectively, resist lateral forces
According to AlSC Specification Section 12.4, with bp =3.00 in._ ~in.= 2.25 in.: and displacements lb.rough the flexural and shear sirenglhs of the beams and columns.
Lateral djsplacement is resisted primarily through the flexural stiffness of the fr:uning mem-
LRFD ASD bers and the restraint of relative rotation between the beams and columns at the connections,
Pu . OP, or "frame action." S~1F and IMF systems must be capable of providing a story drift angle
= =
Wr.qd
06
29( :/im) )bp (l .5)
"'rrqd a
2 (0.6(Fax )) bp(I.5)
J2
of at least 0.04 rad per AJSC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6b and 0.02 rad per AJSC
Seismic Provisions Section E2.6b, respectively. An overview of SMF behavior and design
issues js provjded by Hamburger et aJ. (2009).
34.5 kips
= 06 =
2.00(23.0 kips) SMF and IMF systems tend to have larger and heavier beam :md column sizes Utan
2(0.75)[ (~ ksi) )(2.25 in.)(1.5} 2{ 0.6($ ksi)1(2.25 in.)(! .5) braced-frame systems, as the beAms and columns are often sized for drifc control rather t.han
for srrength. The increase in member sizes and related costs, however, may be acceptable
=0.229 in. =0.229 in. based on the increased fle."<ibility in the architectural and mechanical layout in the structure.
The absence of diagonal bracing members can provide greater freedom in configuring walls
Use 1-4-io. fillet welds (two sided). and rouiing mechanical ductwork and piping. As with other momentframe systems, SMF
and IMF systems are often located at the perimeter of the structure, allowing maximum flex-
ibility in interior spaces wilhout complicating the routing of building services such as
Weld of Stiffener to Column Web
mechanical ducts beneath the frame girders. The flexible nature of the frames, however, war-
According to AISC Specificario11 Section 12.4: rants additional consideration of the interaction between the steel frame and architectural
cladding systems.
LRFD ASD Current requirements for SNIP and IMF systems are I.he result of research and analysis I
completed by various groups. including the Federal Emergency Management Agency I?
Wreqd:::
Pu w _ QP0 (FE.MA). AlSC, the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), the National
0 60
29( !f{J()())(1.0)lp r.qd -
2
(
. Jiexx )J(l.O) tp
0 60(F. Science Foundation (NSF), and the SAC Joint Venture. These requirements include pre
qualification of the connections used, per Section Kl of the AISC Seismic Provisions, or j.:
34.5 ldps
= _ 2.00(23.0 kips) qualification through testing in accordance with Section K2 of the AISC Seismic Provisions.
2(0.75)[ 0.60~ ksi~J(l.0)(10.0 in.) .- 2 10.60(70 ksi)I Design and detailing requirements for IJ\Oment connections prequalified in accordance with
Ji
p.0)(10.0 in.) AISC Seismic Provisions Section Kl may be found in AISC Prequalified Connections for l.:
=0.0774 in. Special and lntennediate Steel Moment Frames for Seismic Applications, herein referred to
= 0.0774 in.
as ANSl/AJSC 358. ANSI/AJSC 358 is included in Part 9.2 of this Manual.
A primary f~us point of lhe t~ting require~nts lies in the measurement of inelastic
Use ~in. fillet welds (two sided). Basedon AISC Specification Table J2.4, a 3/Jrin. fillet
1
defonnations of beam-to-column moment connections. Plastic rotation of the specimen was !..
weld is acceptable; however, 'A-in. fillet welds a.re used to be consistent with the stilJener-
to-column flange welds.
used irutially as lbe basis for qualification; however, this quantity is dependent on the selec-
tfon of plastic hinge locations and member span. To avoid confusion, it was decided to use
t
The fully detailed end-plate connection is shown in Figure 4-4. the centerline dimensions of the frame to defi.ne the total drift angle, which includes bolh
elastic and inelastic deformations of the connections.
t:
Most beam-to-column moment connections for ~MF and Th.fF systems develop inelasticity ..)
in the beams and in Ute column panel :z.one, as shown in Figure 4-5. Panel zone defonnation.
while more difficult to predict, can contribute a significant amount of ductility to the frame. t:
The.re are various faciors that must be considered when accounting for panel zone deformmion f;:
including continuity plates, doubler plates, and toughness of the k-area. In regard co these two
areas of inelastic defonn:ition-beam and panel :z.one--the AISC Seismic Provisions Se.ction
K2 requires lhat at lea.st 75% of the observed inelastic defom1mioo under testing procedures l!i
be as intended in the design of a prototype connection. This means that if the connection is ~.t

AMEIUCAN INSTITUTE OF STW.. CONSTIUJCTJON

 4-34 MOMENT FRAMES 43 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND rNTERMEDTArE MOMENT FR.AMES

anticipated to achieve jneJasticity lhrough pl!IStic rotation in the beam, al lea.st 75% of the
acrual deformation must occur in the beamhlnge l~tions when tested.
_ _ Currently, there ;ire cwo primary methods used 10 move plastic hlngjng of the beam away
from the column. These two methods focus on either reducing the cross-sectional properties
of the beam at a defined loc;ition away from the colunu1, or special detailing of t.he beam-
to-column connection in order to provide adequate strength and toughness in the connection
10 force inelasticity into the beam just adjacent to the column flange. Reduced beam section
(RBS) connections are typically fabricated by trimming the flanges of the beams at a short
distance away from the face of the column in order to reduce the beam section properties at
a defined location for formation of !he plastic hinge (figure 4-6). Research has included a
straight reduced segment, an angularly tapered segment, and a circular reduced segment. A
higher level of ductility was noted in tl1e latter, and the RBS is typically fabricated using a
circular reduced segment.
ANSI/AJSC 358 includes six prequalified SMF Md IMF connections, iocludjng the
reduced beam section illustrated in the examples. Each of these prequalified connections has
a design procedure similar to that employed in faample 4.3.4. Designers should evaluare the
requirements of their project, the abilities of local fabricators and erectors, and rhe relative
cost-effectiveness of different beam-ro-column connections to determine the most appropri
ate connection for a given project.
Special connection detailing for added toughness and strength takes many fonns using
both welded and bolted connections. In many of the connections, both proprietary and non~
proprietary, such factors as welding proc~es. weld-access-bole detailing, web-plate
i attachment and flange-plate usage have been considered. For additional infonnation on the
i11 specification of chese connections, see ANSI/AISC 358 in Part 9.2 of this Manual.
i Panel zone behavior is difficult to predict and is complicated by the presence of continu-
commonly used: "strong panel," "balanced panel" and "weak panel ... These three terms
relate the strength and inelastic behavior of !he panel in relation to the strength and inelas-
tic behavior oft.he framing members in I.he connection. In a "strong panel," the panel-zone
strength is greater than the' surrounding framing components to the point where the vast
majority of the inelastic deformation of the frame occurs in the beam. In a "weak panel," the
~trength of rhe panel-zone is low enough relative to the framing members such that the
majority of the inelastic deformation of the connection and frame occurs in the panel zone.
A "balanced panel" falls between the strong and weak panel, where inelastic defonnation in
the framing members and panel zone are similar. The requirements in the AJSC Seismic
Provisions generally provide for strong or balanced panel zone designs in S~1F. The full
range of panel zone designs are permitted for IMF and OMF.
Another consideration ill the design of SMF systems is rhe concept of "strong column-
weak beam." The AISC Seismic Provisions provide for the proper proportioningof the frame
elements in Equation E3- l.
*
EMpc
--*->l.0 (Provisions Eq. E3-1)
t.Mpb
where
EM :C =sum of the projections of the nominal flexural strengths of the columns (includ-
ing haunches where used) above and below the joint to the beam centerline with
a reduction fQr the axial force in the column
CO I

ity plates and doubler plates, as well as k-area toughness. Three basic approaches are most h I'"

Plastic hinge wnes.

Hinge locations vary v
. Reduced beam
secticin
depending on .....
connection type .
.::
'
~:
K
,,~: +

r
1.
'
1.
~.

~:

fig. 4-5. Areas where inelasric deformation may be expected. Fig. 4-6. Reduced beam sectwn (RBS) connectiorL
 MUM!:.Nl M<AMl--'i 4.3 S~F.CIA1- MtJMI JI.I I t'KA.\\t:. ANU lN I tKMl:.L'll\I c ...v ..........., ... .......
I

30~~r
'M;i, =sum of the projcc1io11s of the e."'pected Oexurnl strengths of the beam at the plas- 2 3
tic hinge locations to the column centerline

This provisfon is Mt intended 10 elimmate all yielding m the columns. Rather, as

7_30.o 30-0
--+-_=....::;..--+- l<
described in AISC Seismic Provisio11.s Co~ntary $et;tiOn E3.4a. it is intended to result in l:i.....- - - -.....c8> ..r.i .. '41-:i !:!
framing systems that h11\'e distributed inelasticily in large seimuc events, and discourages
story mechanisms. t
The prim11ry difference between SMF systems and IMP systems is the interstory drift
angle capadties. While this requirement differs for SMF and JMP systems. there nre many
requirements that are similar between the two frame types. This comparison is summarized
in Table 4-1 of th.is Manual located atthe end of this Part.

SMF Design Example Plan and Elevation

The following examples illustrate the d~ign of special moment frames (SMF) based on
AlSC Seismic Pro1 is ions Section E3 Design of intennediate moment frames (IMF) reflects
requirements outlined in AlSC Seismic Pro'l:isions Section E2 that are. in most instances,
similar to those in Section E3 or that do not vary from frame design requirements in the I...
AISC Speciftcatio11. For this reason, Part 4 does not present examples that focus exclusively
on IMF, although these examples should prove useful when designing IMP frames as well.
Table 4-1 in this Manual compares the significant design requirements for OMF, IMF and
SMF systems, and clarifies which portions of the SMF examples apply to l.MF design.
\;
Fig. 4-7. SMF floor plan.
The plan and elevation are shown in Figure 4-7 and Figure 4-8, respectively. The code-
>:pecified gravity loading 1s as follows: l
I
DJ!t> = 85 psf 2 3 4
Drocf = 68 p~f
LoJIO<>r = 80 psf 30-0 30-0 30'-0"
I:
lftoo, =50 psf (reduced) W21x44 W21x44
Roor W21x44
s = 20psf 0 I
\
Curtain wall = 175 lb/ft along building perimeter at every level
~
-
)(
Fourth v
For the S}.IF examples, it has been detenruned from ASCE/SEI 7 that the followmg fac- 0 Level
=
tors are appJjcable: Risk Category I, Seismic Design Category D. R = 8, 0 0 3.Cd 5'12, = ~

=
le= LOO, Sos= JO, and p l.O(per ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.3.4.2, p = 1.0 if the story resists
more lb.an 35% of the base ~hear in the direction of interest, loss of one bay of SMF wilJ not
Third
0Level
W24x76 W24x76
..
result in more than a 33% reduction in story strength, nor does the resulting system have an ..,...
N ,.._
'
extreme torsional im:gularicy). ><
Second ..,. ------------
)( W24x76 W24x76
-'<\I-+-_.:.=..;=..::"-- l----'"'----------r--
0Level BM-1 ~
i
Example 4.3.1. SMF Story Drift and Stability Check JT-1

Given:
~.
Column splice
Refer to the floor plan shown in Figure 4-7 and the SMJ: elevation shown in Figure 4-8. 48 aboVe rinlshed
Determine if the frame satisfies the ASCE/SEI 7 drift and stability requirements based oo lloor (typ.)
the given loading.
Fig. 4-8. SMF elevation. . ..
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for ca.lculatioo of loads.
 4-39

n 4-38 MOMENT FRAMES

TI1e seismic design story shear at the third levels, Vx. is 140 kips as defined in ASCE/SEI 7
.\ 3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOiii.ENT FRAMES

mass at the top and bo11om of 1hc story under consideration, which in this case is the third
Section 12.8.4. From an elastic analysis of the structure that includes second-order effects level.
and accounts for panel-z~ne defom~tions, the maximum interstory drift occurs between the
= =
third and fourth levels: Ox 04 - 03, 0.482 in. 0 =Cdou (ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8-15)
le
In this example, the stability check will be perfonned for the third level. This checks the sta-
5'h(0.525 in.)
bility of the columns supporting the rhird level. The story drift between the second and third
LOO
levels is OJe - Oi. "= 0.365 in..
=2.89 in.
Solution: From ASCFJSEl 7 Table 12.12-1, the allowable story drift at level x, f:..a, is 0.020/ts_r. where
From AlSC Man.ual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows: hu is the story height below level x. Although not assumed io this ex.ample, 6.a can be
increased to 0.025hsx if interior walls. partitions, ceilings and exterior wall systems are
W24x76
designed 10 accommodate these increased sLory drifts. ASCFJSEI 7 Section l 2. l 2.1.1
b1=8.99 in. requires for seismic force resisting systems comprise<! solely of moment frames in structures
assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or P, that the design story drift not exceed 6.afP
Reduced beam section (RBS) connection~ are used at the frame beam-to-column connec-
tions and the t1ange cut will reduce the stiffness of the beam: Example 4.3.3 illustrates the for aoy story. Determine Lhe allowable story drift as follows:
design of the RBS geometry and the flange cut on one side of the web is c = 2 in. Section
t. 0.020/ru
5.8, Step I, of ANSl/AISC 358 states that the calculated elastic drifr, based on gross beam -0= - -"-
section properties, may be multiplied by 1.1 for flange reductions up to 50% of the beam p p
flange width in lieu of specific calculations of effective stiffness. Amplification of drift val- 0.020(12.5 ft){12 in./ft)
=
ues for cuts less than the maximum may be. linearly interpolated. 1.0
=3.00 in.
For bt= 8.~9 in., the maximum cut is:
=
D. 2.$9 in.< .\a o.I<.
~11 0.5(8.99 in.)= 4.50 in.
The frame satisfies the dlifl requirements.
Thus, the total 4-in. cut is:

4.00
(~O
. l 00
in.) =88.9% of the maximum. cut Frame Stability Check
ASCE/SEI Section 12.8.7 provides a method for the evaluation of the P-6 effects on
4 ...1 m. moment frames based on a stability coefficient, 0, which should be checked for each floor.
The calculated elastic drift needs to be amplified by 8.89% (say 9%). For the purposes of illustration, this dt=tmple checks the stability coefficient only for the
third Jevcl. The St:ibility coefficient, 9, i~ determined as follows:

Drift. Check
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8-16)
From an elastic analysis of the strucrure that includes second:.Order effects, the maximum
interstory drift occurs between the lhird and fourth levels. The effective elastic drift is:
2
AJk><>r =A,.qq1 a75ft(J20 ft)=9,000 ft
Ou =04e -03, Dfio<>r =9,000 ft2 (85 psf) /l,000 lb/kip
=0.482 in.
=765 kips
Ou IUJS =l.090xe
=1.09(0.482 in.) DIWf =9,000 ft2 (68 psf)/(1,000 lb/kip)
::::0.525 io. =612 kips
D....011 =175 lb/ft (2(75 ft+I20 ft))/ (l,000 lb/kip)
Per the AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Section Bl , lhe design story drift and the story drift limirs
= 68.3 lcips per level
are those stipulated by the applicable building code. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8.6 defines the
design story drift, t:., computed from o_., as tbe difference in the deflections at the center of Lftoor =9,000 ft2 (50 psf)/(1,000 lb/kip)
=450 lcips

AMERJCN'I lNSlnvre OF STEEL CONSTRucnON

 MOMENT FRAMES 4-41
43 SPECTAL MOMF.NT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIAT6 MOMENT FRAMES l
I
f' I

4=1 = 9,000 ft 2 (20psf)1 (i.ooo lb/kip) Therefore, the stabiUty coefficient is:
=180 kips
A~~E/SEI 7 does not explicitly specify load faciors 10 be used on the gravity loads for deter- 0
1,820 kips(2.I9 in.)(1.0)
140 kips(12.5 ft)(12 inlft)(51h)
r
mmmg Px, except that Section 12.8.7 does specify that no individual load factor need exceed
=0.0535
1.0. This means that if the combinations of ASCE/SEl 7 Section 2.3 are used, a factor of J .O
can be used for dead load raLher than the usual 1.2 factor used in the LR.FD load combina-
tion . for example. This also means that the vertical component 0.2SosD need not be
Because a second-order analysis was used 10 compute the story drift, 0 is adjusted as fol- I.,
lows to verify compliance with 0ma.r. per ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8.7.
con~1dered here. T~erefore, for this example, the load combination used to compute the toL'll
ve~cal load on a given story, P;., acting simultaneously wilh the seismic design story shear, 0 0.0535
Vx. is l .OD.+ 0.5l based on. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 2.3 includfog the 0.5 factor on L permit- 1+0 l+0.0535
ted by Sect10n 2.3. where l 1s the reduced live load. Note that consistent with this the same =0.0508
co~bination was used in the second order analysis for this example for the purpo;e of com-
putmg the fundamental period, base shear, and design story drift. According to ASCE/SEI 7, if e is less than or equal to 0.10, second-order effects need not
be considered for computing story drift. Note that whether or not second-order effects
The total dead load in the columns supp-0rting the third level, assuming rlm 1be columns on member forces must be considered per ASCE/SEI 7 has to be verified, as it was in this
supp-0rt cwo floors of curtain wall in addition to other dead loads, is: example; however, Chapter C of the AlSC Specification requires second-order effects be
considered in all cases in the analysis used for member design.
l.OPv =l.0(612 ldps + 2(765 kips)+ 2(68.3 kips)]
=2,280 kips Check the maximum permitted e
The total live load in the columns supporting the third level is: The stability coefficient may not exceed 0mo.x. In detennining 0 111 ax. Pis the ratio of shear
demand 10 shear capacity for the level being an::ilyzed, and may be conservatively t:iken
?-512 = ~.5[(2)(450kips)+180 kips] as LO.
= 540 kips
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.$-17)
TI1erefore, the total vertical design load carried by these columns is:

Px = 2,280 kips+540 kips =---

1.0(5~)
= 2,820 kips = 0.0909 ~ 0.25
.Ii'
I
The seismic design story between the second and third level, including the 9% amplification The adjusted stability coefficient satisfies the maximum:
on the drift, is: .
0.0508 < 0.0909 o.k.
~= Cdou
(from ASCFJSEI 7 Eq. 12.8-15) The moment frame meets the allowable story drift and stability reqUirements for seismic
I,,
loading.
= 5'h(L09X0.365 in.)
LOO
Comments:
=2.19 in. There are a total of six bays of SMF in this example. Considering the relative expense of 'i
From an elastic analysis of the structure, !he seismic design story shear at the third level SMP connections and because the drift and stability limits are met, it may be more cost- ~.
under lhe s.tory drift loa~ing using the equivaleht lat.era! force procedure is Vx = 140 kips effective to reduce the number of bays to four, and increase member sizes to satisfy the "-'
=
and the floor-to-floor heJght below lbe third level is hsx 12.5 ft. strength and stiffness requirements.
 .p
f 0"1ENT FRAMES ANO J~:.RMEDIA'TE MOMNT !'RAMES
4 42 MOMENT FRAMES 4.3 srFOA... ~ "'

The governing load combinallOn~ for axial and Oexural sLrtngth that include seismic effects
("' Example 4.3.2. SMF Column Strength Check from ASCEJSEJ 7 are:

Given: ----- LRFD ASD

Refer to Column CL-1 oo the firs1 level in Figure 4-8. Determine the adequ:icy of the ASTM
A992 W14x176 to resist the loads given.
- LRFD Lo;id Combin:\lion 5 from ASD Load Combination 6 from
ASCE/SEl 7 Sc.:tion 12.4.2.3 ASCflSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
There is no transverse loading between the column suppol1~ in the pl:mc of bend1ng. P0 = (1.0+0.JOSvs)D+JJ+F
Pu = (l.2 + 0.2Svs )D + pQE
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. The + 0.525pQE +0.75L+0.75S
+0.5L+0.2S
required streng1hs are determined by a second-order analysis including 1he effecLS of P-8 =2 14kips
=243 kips
and Pli with reduced stiffness 3S required by the direct analysis method. The governing ,'.f 0 = (l.0 +0.IOSDs)D+0.525pQ
M., =(l.2+0.2Sos)D+pQE
load combinations for shear that include seismic effeclS are:
+0.5L 0.2S + 0.75L + 0.75S
LRFD ASD Mut<P = 125 kip ft =
M0 '"'P 67 .0 lop-ft
Mu/KJI =-298 k1pfl Mat-or= - 158 kip-ft
LRFD Load Combinalion 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3

=(1.0+0.J4Svs )D+ H + F +0.1pQe Solution:

V11 =(J.2+0.2Sos}D+pQ V.,
From A1SC Manual Table 2~. t11e material properties are as follows:
+ 0.SL+0.2S =22.4 kips
=32.0 lcips ASTh1 A992
Fy =- 50 ksi
(including the 0.5 factor on L permitted in
ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3) F,, = 65 ksi
From .A.ISC Jfamwl Table 1-1. lhe geometric properties are :is follows:
AJSC Seismic Pro1;isions Section DI Aa re~uires, with limited exceptions, that che SJJlphfied
seismic load (i.e., lhe seismic load multiplied by the overstrength factor, 120 ) be used to cal- Column
culate required column axial strength. Moment need not be combined simultaneously w ith W14x176
the amplified seismic 3.'<ial load in chis case because there is no tm.osverse loading between d - 15.2 in. lw= 0.830 in. /_. =2,140 in.' 1, = 838 in.'

t'ie column suppons. The redundancy factor, p, and the overstrength fouor nCd not be A ::: 51.8 in.2 rx= 6.43 in. r1 =4.02 in. s.. = 281 io.3
applied simultaneously. Zx= 320 in. 3 oi= 15.7 in. y= l.31 in. kde: = 1.91 in.

The governing load combinations for a..:UaJ strength that include lhe amplified seismjc lo.ad hit..,= 13.7 bJl21r 5.97
from .'\SCE/SEI 7 are:
Beam
W24x76
LR.FD ASD
1.. =
2,100 in.'
:' LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD L03d Combination 6 from
!.;. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Column Element Slenderness
AISC Seismic Provisio11s Section E3.5a requires that the stiffened and uns_tiffened elements
P. =(l.2+0 .2Svs)D+ftQe P., =(l.0+0.105SDS)D+ H tF of SMF columns ~atisfy the requirements of Section DI. l for highly ducule members.
+0.5L+0.2S . + 0.525Q.Qe +0.75L0.75S
=249 kips . =218 kips
 4-44
MOMENT FRAMES -.,.. 4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTER.MEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES

From the AJSC Seismic Provisions Table D l .1. for flanges of highly ductile members: Effective Length Factor

II
AJuJ = 0.30
VF;
The direct :malysis mefriod in AISC Specification Section C3 states that the effective length
factor K of all members shaU be taken as unity unless a smaller value can be justified by
rational analysis. Therefore,
J
= 0.30 /29,000 ksi
v50ksi
.~.
Kx =1.0
=7.22 K1 =l.O
Because A. = b112fJ = 5.97 < ANJ, the flanges satisfy the requirements for highly ductile
elements. Available Compressive Strength
Determine v.hat the controlling slenderness ratio of the column is:
The limiting width-to-thickness ratio for webs of highly ductile members is determined as
follows from Table Dl. l using the goveming load case for axial load, including the ampli- KxLx 1.0(14.0 ft)(l2.0 in.!ft)
fied seismic load, as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions SecLion D l.4a: --=
rx 6.43 in.
=26.l
LRFD ASD
K1 L" 1.0(14.0 ft)( 12 in./ft)
Pu
Ca =--
$cPy
OcPo
Ca = - -
Py
-;:;- = 4.02 in. f.
=41.8 governs
=
P.,
0.90.F).Ag
= --
l.67?.,
F)Ag
Using AJSC Manual Table 4-l, with K1 L1 = 14.0 ft, the available compressive strength of
the W14x176 column js:
l
= 0.90(50249 kips
ksi)(51.S in.2 ) =
1.67(218 kips)
(50 ksi)(5 J.S in.2) LRFD ASD
= 0.107 =0.141
QcP,. =2,050 kips> 249 kips o.k. P,. =1,360 kips> 218 kips o.k.
Because C0 S 0.125, Becaure Ca > 0.125, nc
'Ahd ~ 2.45 JI (
Fy
1- 0.93C,,) "J...,,d = O.nJI F1
(2.93- Ca)<!'. l .49 JI
Fy Available Flexural Strength 1

=2.45
29,000 ksi /29 000 k~i From AISC Manual Table 3-2, determine'. for the W14x176 whether the limit state of lat ,.
SOksi [1-0.93(0.107)] =0.77 ;Oksi (2.93-0. 141) eraJ-torsional buckling applies for flexutil strength, i.e., Lb> lp. I

=53.l
<!'. l.49J29.000 ksi
Lp =14.2 ft
50 ksi Lr= 73.2 ft
=51.7 ~ 35.9
4 =14.0 ft<!p
.. From AISC Specification Section F2, with comp_a ct fl~nges and web and Lb~ lp, the appli-
Use 'AM= 51.7.
cable limit state is yielding. Using AISC Manual Table 3-2, the available flexural strepgth,j.j:
of the W14x176 c:olurno is: f
Because A. = lilt..., = 13.7 < Ahd, the web satisfies lhe requirements for highly ductile
elements. ASD
LRFD ...
Alternatively, Table 1-3 -in lhis Manual can be used to confirm that members satisfy the M _Mpx 1;
....
requirements for highly ductile members. Mex= $bMpx C< - !4
=1,200 kip-ft .=798 kip-ft
0
r,J

I',,.
.\MEJuc..v.I lNSTJl'VTE OF SrEE.. COHS'flll!CTION
t
 4-47
4 3 SPECIAi.. MOl'-tENT FRAMES AND lNTI'J~ME.OL\113 MOMENT FRAMLS

Combined Loadi~g . .:)

Check the mtc:racuon of comprei;sion and flexure using A!SC Spuijication Section H 1. 1, ~
1f The applicable building code specifics the use of ASCPJSEJ 7 for calculation of loads. The
rcqujred )trengl.M at the face of the column and the centerline of the. RBS ti.re dct~incd by
i;ec<)nd-order analysts including the effects of P-& and P-ll wnh reduced stiffness as
and the governing load case for combined loading. l ';! 3
}.1 3...
,, . required by the direct analysis method.
,. ... LRFD ASD Tue governing load combinations for the requiml flexural and shc:ir ~trenglh al the face of

.
:
P,
-=
243 kips P, 214 kips
the column are:

P, 2,050 kips Pc 1,360 lcips ASD

LRFD
=0.119<0.2 =0. 157 <0.2 .. LRFD Load Combination 5 from
ASD Load Combination 5 from
Therefore, use AISC Spedfic<:lio11 Therefore, use AlSC Specification ASCEJSEl 7 Section 12.-t.2.3
ASCFJSEI 7 Sc.ction 12.4.2.3
Equation HJ I b Equation Hllb
.\ f0 =(t.0 + 0.14Sos )D + fl + F
JJ., =(I 2+ 0.2Sos )D+pOt
+0.7pQE
P,
2Pc
+-+-
(Mrs M,.,)
Mrx M.;y
::01.0
P,
2Pc
(M M ) s 1.0
+ _.!!.+-2..
Mex Mey
+0.5L+0.2S
=-273 kip-n
=- 136 kip-fl

0.119
2
+( 298kip-ft
+
l, 200 kip-ft
0)- 0 308
-
0. 157
2
+( 798
158 kip-ft 0 )- 0 276
kip-ft + -
v., =(1.2+0.2Sos ) D + pQc \ 'o =(1.0+0.l4Sos )D+ 11 + F
+0.7pQ
+0.5L + 0.2S
=33.8 kips =22.8 kips
0.308:::; 1.0 o.k. 0.276:::; LO o.k.
(including the 0.5 facmr on L permitted in
.
ASCEISEl 7 Section 12A.2 3)
Available Shear Strength
Using AISC Manual Table 3-2 for the W14x176 column:

LRrD ASD Face of .~! W24x76

column '-.. ..">; beam
,,
C'y

cpv. =378 kips> 32.0 kips o.k. ~ = 252 kips> 22.4 kips o.k.
Q:- \

The W14x176 is adequ:ite to resist the !oads given for Column CL- l.

Comments:
The beam and column mes selected were based on a least-weight solution for drift control;
thus, the column size is quite conservative for strength.
c = 2.00 in. I. 2}.ib = 12.0 in.

t--..-~~~~b~=---"18~.X-!!.ln~~~-i
Example 4.3.3. SMF Beam Strength Check a= 5)2 in.

..: Given:
Refer to Beam BM l in Figure 4 8. Detem1ine lhe adequ~y of I.he W24x76 ASTM A992
W-shapc to resist Lhe following Jo.1dmg. The bc:lm end connections u1ilize the reduced beam Fig. 4-9. Initial RJJS derail for Examples 4.3.J <111d 4.3.4.
section ~S) prequal1fied .in accordance wuh ANSl/AlSC 358 and shown in Figure 4-9.
Also, design the lateral bractng for the beam u~ing ASTM A36 angles. Assume that the beam
j
fl::ingcs are braced nt the columns
~
 MOMENf FRAMES 4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES Al"ll> INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES

The governing load combinations for the required flexural and shear strength at the cen1cr- ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5.3.1 permits calculation of 1he width-to-thickness ratio for the '.
....
line of lhe RBS are:
!.
flanges based on a value of bt not Jess than the flange width :it the ends of the cen1er two-
1.hirds of the reduced section provided that gravity loads do not shift the location of the
plastic hinge a significanl dist31lce from the center of 1he RBS. Assuming this is the case
I~:

LRFD ASD

Mu =(l.2+0.2SDs)D+pili;
bere, the RBS radius of cut from ANSI/AJSC 358 Figure 5.1 and 1he dimensions given in
tl
Ma= (l.0+0.14SDS)D+H +F+0.7pQE Figure 4-9 is: ~; .
+ 0.5L+0.2S = - 168 kip-fl
= -246 JOp-ft 4c2 +b 2
R = -- -
8c
The required shear strength at the RBS is not given because the shear at the face of the col- 4(2.00 in/ +(18.0 in.>2
umn is greater than at the RBS and the available shear scrength is the same at each location = 8(2.00 in.)
since the web is not modified by the RBS cut. =21.3 in.
Solution: At the edge of the center two-thirds of che RBS. th~ reduced flange width is, from geometry:
From ATSC MaJ1ual Table 2-4, the beam ma1erial prope11ies 3Ie as follows:

ASTMA992 bf.RBS= 2(R-c)+b1-2~R2 -(~f (2-3)

Fy =50ksi
F.. =65 ksi o 99 in.) - 2 (21.3 in.)2 -(18.03
= 2(21.3 in. - 2.00 in.)+ (o. in.)2
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the beam geometric properties are as follows: . =6.72 in.
W24x76
~ bf.RBS
d= 23.9 in. b1= 8.99 in. rt= 0.680 in. lw = 0.440 in. 11.1=--
2t1
kdts=1.18 in. hit..,= 49.0 s.. =176 in.3 2..: =200 in.3 6.72 in.
ry =l.92in. h0 =23.2 in. =
2(0.680 in.)
,,,
=4.94
RBS Dimensions
According to the requiremenlS of ANSJ/AJSC 358 Section 5.8, Step I, lhe designer must From AISC Seismic Provisions Table DI. J, the limiting flange width-to-thickness rario for
choose a section that satisfies the dimensional constraints listed below. For this e,,ampJe, highly ductile membe(s is: \
trial values of a, band care chosen as shi;:>wn jn Figure 4-9. Example 4.3.4 demonstrates that
these dimensions are acceptable. Other dimensions that satisfy the requirements of ANSI/
AISC 358 could have been selected. Dimensii:ins that satisfy the dimensional constraints
AhJ == 0.30 ff,
listed below may still require adjustment to satisfy all of the requirements of ANSJ/AISC 29.000 ksi
358 Section 5.8. =0.30
50ksi

I;~
O.Sb111s as 0.75bt-J (ANSI/AJSC 358 Eq. 5.8-1) ==7.22
0.65d s b ~ 0.85d (ANSUAISC 358 Eq. 5.8-2) )
Because A/< AJuJ, the flanges satisfy the requirements for highly ductile members. .v
0.1b111!> c ~ 0.25bbf (ANS.UAJSC 358 Eq. 5.8-3)
From AISC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1, for webs of rolled I-shaped sections used as
Check Beam Element Slendemess
AISC Seismic Provi.sio11s Section E3.5a requires 1h:11 th~ stiffened and unstiffened elements
beams or columns, recognizingtbat C0 = P.,1(9Pn) is assumed to be zero because no a;<ial
force is presenl for the beam, the limiting widlb-to-thickness ratio is:
t
\.I;

of SMF beams satisfy the requirements of AfSC Seismic Provisions Section D 1.1 for h.ighly
ductile members.

AMERICAN lNSTmfTB OF Sn!EJ.. CoNSTRUCJ10N

 4-50 4.'.l SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND lNTERMEDtATE MOMENT FRAMES 4-51

When designing an RBS connection, it is assumed that the flexural strength of the member
'Aird =2.45 [I
'{~ at the reduced section will control the moment strengtJ1 of the beam. According to AISC
Specificarion Section P2, where Lb $; Lp, beam strength is controlled by Mp When U1e RBS
29,000 ksi section is proportioned and located according to the provisions of ANSJIAISC 358, the flex-
=2.451----
50 ksi ural strength of the RBS will control beam strength and this assumption does oot need to be
=59.0 verified. In these cases, the flexural strength of the unreduced section is limited by Mp =
FyZx and the Oexural strength of the reduced beam section will be MpRBS = FyZRss. where
Because Aw = hit,., ::: 49.0 < Ahd, !he web satisfies the requirements for highly ductile ZRas is the plastic section modulus ac the center of the reduced beam section, as defined in
members.
ANSJIAISC 358 Equation 5.8-4, and Z.x is the plastic section modlllus of the unreduced
Alternatively, using Table 4-2 of this Manual, it can be seen that a W24x76 will satisfy the beam section. However, in cases where lb > Lp, whlch is the case in this example, Lhe
width-to-thickness requiremenLs for an SMF beam. assumption w111 have to be verified. Note that as a practical matter, che typical value of Cb
is greater than I .O for moment frame beams and when the limits imposed by rhe AISC
Seismic Provisions on unbraced length are considered, lateral-corsional buckling typically
Spacing of Lateral Bracing
will not reduce the flexural strength of the unreduced section below Mp.
AtSC 'seismic Provisions Seetion Dl.2b requires that both flanges be laterally braced at
intervals not to exceed: For tbe unreduced section, from AISC Specification Section F2, with compact flanges and
web and Lp < Lb :s; L,, the :ipplicable flexural strength limit states are yielding and later<il-

(~J 29 torsional buckling. For the limit state of yielding and lateral-torsional buckLing, the
0.086r. =0.086(1.92 in.1( ' OOO ksi )(- 1- ) following equation applies.
>' Fy . ' 50 ksi. 12 in./ft
=7.98 ft
(Spec. Eq. F2-2)
Alternatively, using Table 4-2 for a W24x76, it can be seen that Lbmax is equal to 7.98 ft.
::11.
!~:
'( The composite concrete and meta.I deck diaphragm provides continuous lateral support to 12.5Mmax
:~ (Spec. Eq. Fl-1)
the top flange of the beam; however, !he only lateral supports for the bottom flange occur at Cb =
2.5Mmax +3MA +4Mo +3Mc
the end connections. Therefore, a bottom flange brace must be provided <lt least every 7.98
ft. The distance between column centerlines is 30.0 ft. If three braces are provided aiong the If bracing is provided at 7.50 ft on center, there are four unbraced segments along the beam,
length, the unbraced length of the beam, Lb. would be: although the two segments on each side of the beam midsp::m are symmetric assuming that
the seismic load case on the beam is considered. The moment diagram from the elastic
Lb,;, 30.0 ft analysis has an approximately constant,slope such that the' values of M,~ax MA. Ms and Mc
4 can be obtained by proportioning the moment diagram shown in Figure 4-10. Thi.s approx-
:::: 7.50 ft< 7.98 ft imation assumes that the impact of gravity load is such that it does not significantly
influence the shape of the moment diagram resulting from lateral load.
Therefore, provide lateral bracing of the bottom flange at 7 .50 ft intervals.

Available Flexural Strength

Check tbe available flexural strength of the beam (including tbe reduced section) as stipu-
lated in ANSJ/AlSC 358 Section 5.8, Step l.

First, check the unbra_ced length using AISC Manual Table 3-2:

Lp:::: 6.78 ft Lr = 19.5 ft

TI1erefore, Lp <Lb < l.;y.

This suggests that bracing must be provided more closely than 7.50 ft on center to develop
Mp in the frame beam but, as discussed in the following, recognizing that Cb > L.0 helps
establish that Mp can be developed with bracing intervals further apart than 6.78 ft. Fig. 4-JO. Moment diagram for Beam lJM-1.
>;
ii A.\fatJC.'\l'l l'.NSTITUTI! 01' STEEL CONSTRUCTION
li
 4-52 ' . MOMENT FRAMES 4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES 4-53

For the exterior segment~ of the beam, where M is the moment at the end of the beam: Plastic Secuon Modulus at the Center of the RBS
At the centerline of the reduced beam section, using ANSl/AISC 358 Section 5.8, the piss- ]
Mmax = M
tic section modulus is:
MA =I0.87SMJ Ma=I0.75 Ml Mc= 10.625.\11
(ANSJ/AISC 358 Eq. 5.8-4)
Cb= 12.5M ZRBS = Zr-2ctbt(d-lbf)
2.SM + 3(0.875M)+4(0.75M) + 3(0.625M) =200 in.3-2(2.00 in.)(0.680 in.)(23.9 in.-0.680 in.)
=l.25
= 137 in.3
For the interior segments of the beam:
Available and Required Flexural Strength at Centerline of RBS and
Mmtu=O.SM
Face of Column
MA = 10.375.MI Ma=I0.25 Ml Mc= 10.125MI
As determined previously, the nom.ioal llexural strength is the plastic moment of the beam,
Cb = 12.5(0.5M) Mp. At the centerline of the RBS, the nominal and available flexural strengths are:
2.S(0.5M)+ 3(0.375M)+4 (0.25M)+3(0.125M)
Mn@RBS =FyZRBS
=1.67
The available flexural strength of the beam end segment is detemtined in the following. The
end segment is the governing case because the ratio of Cb values for the exterior and inte-
=50 ksi(137 in.3 )
=6,850 kip-in. t
=571 kip-fl
rior segments is Jess than the ratio of the maximum moments for the segments. From AISC
Specification Section F2.2, for the limit state of late:ral-torsionaJ buckling, with Lp <Lb:::; L,:
LRFD ASD
I
(Spec. Eq. f2..2) Mn@RBS 57 l kip-ft
9oMn@RRS = 0.90(571 kip-ft) =
nb 1.67
=514 kip-ft
where = 342 kip-ft

Mp =F)Zx (Spec. Eq. F2-1) Mu@RBs =246 kip-ft< 514 kip-ft o.k. Mo@RBS =168 kip-ft< 342 k:ip-ft o.k.

=50ksi(200 in.3)(1 ft/12in.) At the face of the column, the nominal :\f\d available flexural strengths are:
=833 kip-ft .
LRFD ASD
0.7 FyS" =0.7 (50 ksi)(176 in.3 ) {l ft/12 in.)
M11 Mp
=513 kip-ft tj>M,. =9bMp -=-
n nb
For the end segment:
=0.90(833 kip-ft) = 833 kip-ft
=750 kip-ft 1.67
tt)( 750 6
ft- .78 ft)] =499 kip-ft
Mn= us[833 ki ft-(833 ki -ft-513 ki
. p- p p- 19.5ft-6.78ft L
'.
= 1,020 kip-ft M" =273 kip-ft< 750 k.ip-tl o.k. M0 =136 kip-ft< 499 kip-ft o.k.

Therefore, Mn = Mp = 83~ kip-ft because Mn csm1ot be greater than Mp (as indicated in AISC
Specification. Equation F2-1) regardless of the value of Cb and hr.icing may be provided at
7.5 fl on center to achieve Mp-
t
...
f:
AMl!JCAl< lNsTrJvn; Of' S1UL CO~TIU.ICllO.'<
 MOMf.NT FRAMES 4 3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAM!:'-') -\NO L'l"TE.RME:.Dl/\11' MOMENT FRAMES

Available Shear Strength AhcmaLively, Table 4-2 of this Manual can be used lo determine M,. The required brace
Using ATSC Manual Table 3-2 for the W24x76 bcrun: force using AlSC Specification Equauoo A-6-7 is.

LRFD
-
I:.
'
ASD I RFD

P.
ASD

_ 0.02(7.330 kip-in.Xl .O)

-v"= 210 kips
. P.,,.= 0.02(11 ,000 t 0)
.~', Q~Vn =3 15 kips
n., . ,kip-in.X
.
23. in .
- arb - 23.2 in.
= 9.48 kip~ = 6.32 kips
:1
...' Vu =33.8 kips < 3 15 kips o.k. v., = 22.8 kips< 210 kips o.k
..) The length of the brace is a~sumed lo extend from the cenierline of lhe bottom Oange of
The W24x76 is adequate to resist the loads giYen for Beam BM I. the W24x76 SMF beam 10 the centerline of the lop tJange of the adjacent gravity beam
,.
The siu of the adjacent gravity beam 1s unknown, but assume for this calculation that lhe
Comment; flange thickness is the same as 1hc W24x76. The center-to-center spacing of the beams is
The preceding .flexural check could have been conservatively m~dc using 1he required 12 ft 6 in., as indicated in Figure 4 7. Therefore, lhc length of lhc brace is approximately:
strength at the face of the colullUl compared to the available strength al the cenlerline of the
RBS. This approach might be useful if there is unc~rtsinty regarding the geometry of the t = J[i 2.5 fl(I 2 in./tt))2 + {239 in. -0.680 in.)2(I/12 in./fl)
RBS, particul:irly the values of a and b since these arc needed 10 Jctennine 1hc location of
= 12.6 ft
the RBS centerline.
From AISC Manuc1/ Table 4- 12 for ecceouically lo:ided single angles with the eccentricity
Lateral Bracing equal to or less than 0.75 time~ the angle thickness. uy a l5x5x$fie with K = 1.0. For
According to lhe AJSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b. which references AISC ASTM A36, 1he av:ul.ible axial s1rtngth of the single angle is found through in1erpolation
Specification Appendix 6. the required sttengrh of nodal lateral bracing away from an using KL= 12.6 ft.

flt expecced plastic hinge location is determined from AlSC Specification Appendix 6 as
follows: LRFD ASD

P,b = 0.02M,Cd
(Spec. Eq. A-6-7) ~.,P,, = 22.9 kips ~ =15.0 kips
ho
R1 - 1.l from AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l
Purl> =9.48 kips< 22.9 kips o.k. Po,11 =6.32 kips < I 5.0 kips o.k.
::=.
.. C.1=1.0
..::,,
where, nccording to AJSC S~ismic Prollisions Dl.2:i(a)(2): AISC Seismic Pr<TVisions Section 0 I .2b also specifics a minimum 51iffness for lateral
bracing according to Appendix 6 of the AlSC Specification. The kicker brace selected in
LRFD ASD this eumple is considered a nodal brace. Assuming a rig.id bmce support, from ATSC
Specificarion Equation A-6-8, the required brnce stiffness is:
M, =R,F1 Z M =R1 F.,Z
r 1.5
LRFD ASD
=1.1 (50 ksi)(200 in.3 ) 3
= 1.1 (50 ksi)(200 in. )
"' I 1,000 kip-in.
1.5
=7,330 ldp-in.
;
..:;
:;

...
$

I
A.\iEIOCAl'f INST11V11! OP STEEL CONSTIUJCTIOH

I
4-56 4.3 SPEOAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRA..'v!ES
4-57 ~:

LRFD Ex_ample 4.3.4. SMF Beam-Column Connection Design

t:
ASD

where where The SMP beam-column connection design presented in this example bas been chosen to
~ = 0.75 n =2.00 demonstrate the application of the design pro~isions for prequalified RBS connections in
M,::::: 11,000 kip-in. Mr = 7 ,330 kip-in. accordance with ANSI/AISC 358. This example demonstrates that the RBS geometry devel- l
Cd = LO Cd = 1.0 oped below is satisfactory. Some of the results from this example are used in Example 4.3.3. (
The geometry of an RBS connection is not uniqoe and alternative configurati'ons of the RBS
Lb =7 .50 ft(J 2 inJft) Lb = 7 .50 ft(J 2 in./ft)
geometry are possible.
.. ... = 90.0 in. ::::: 90.0 in.
ho =23.2in. ho = 23.2in. Giv~n:

~br ::::: _1_[ I 0(1 1, 000 kip-in.)( J .0)1 l3t>r = z.oo[10(7,330k.ip-in.)(1.0)1 Refer to Joint JT-1 in Figure 4-8. Design the connection between Beam BM-1 and Column
CL-I using the reduced beam section (RBS) shown in Figure 4-9. All beams and columns
, 0.75 (90.0 in.)(23.2 in.) (90.0 in.)(23.2 in.)
are ASTM A992 W-shapes. Plate material is ASTM A572 Grade 50. The gravity loads on
::::: 70.2 kip/in., =70.2 kip/in. the beam are:

The stiffness of the L5x5x5/ 15 brace, with A= 3.07 in.2, in the horizontal plane is: WD:::: 0.84 kip/ft })IL= 0.60 kip/ft

Procedure:
k =AE cos2 (9)
L The procedure outlined below follows the order of the design procedure outlined in

e =tan -l( 23.2in. J

J 2.5 ft(12 in.Jft)
ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5.8. The term ''Step i1" indicates the actual step number in
ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5 .8. The steps from ANSI/AISC 358 are augmented with some
additional checks in this example. Some of the steps listed in Table 4 -A are exe.c uted in
=8.79" detail in Example 4.3.3, the SMF beam su;ength check. The procedure is defined for j..
k = 3.07 in.2 (2~,000 ksi) cos 2 ( 8 .790) LRFD only. I
152m. In addition, panel zone and bracing requirements are checked.
= 572 kip/in.> l3or = 70.2 kip/in.
k > Pbr o.k. Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the W-shape material properties are as follows:
L5x5x5/1& ASTM A.36 kickers will be provided to brace the beam bottom flange at a spac- \

ing of 7.50 ft. The brace at midspan can be designed in a similar manner with Cd 2.0, = ASTMA992 \
_bec;rnse it is the brace closest to the inflection point Fy= 50 ksi
Note t!Jat because this connection features a prequali.fied RBS moment connection support- Fu=65 ksi
ing a concrete structural slab, according to ANSl/AfSC 358 Section 5.3.1(7) the slab pl~s From AJSC Manual Table 2-5, the plale material properties are as follows:
the typical lateral stability bracing provides sufficient stability so that additional bracing
adjacent to the plastic hinges is not required, provided that shear connectors are provided at ASTM A572 Grade 50
a minimum spacing of 12 in. (but omitted in the RBS protected zone). Fy =50 ksi
F.,= 65 ksi
Comment:
In addition to chec!Ong that the beam av~ilable flexural strength is gre.ater than the required From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
flexural strength from code-specified load combinations at the center of the RBS, the max-
Colwnn
imum probable moment, Mpr. at the column face needs to be checked against I.be expected
W14x176
moment strength of the unreduced beam section. This will be done in Example 4.3.4.
A= 51.8 in.2 d= 15.2 in. t,. =0.830 in. b1= 15.7 in.
fJ= 1.31 in. lfdet =116 in. /ca,1= 2'h in. k1=l-%in.
. t1....
Zx= 320 io. 3 ~:

A.MSRJCAN 1NS1TTVTE OF $11$1.. CONSTRUCllON

 4-58 MOMENT rR.AMES 4.3 SPEClAL MOMENT fRJ\MCS 1\NO fNTERMl.!OIATE MOMENT f'RAME.S

The beam aJso sati~fies the ma.~imurn width-to-thickness ratios for the flange, mensurcd u1
Table 4-A the edge of the center two-thirds of the RBS. and the web specified by ANSl/AISC 358
RBS Design Procedure Per Scc1ion .53.1(6). as ~howo in E.umple -i.3.3.

ANSI/AISC 358
Check system limitations pe< Section 5.2.
Check prequaliflcalion linllts per ~ 5 3.
Step 1. Choose trial values for 1he RBS dimensions a. band c. See also Example 4 3.3.
step 2. Compute plastic section modulus at tile center of RBS, z~ See Example 4 3.3.
Step 3. Com1lu'.e the pcobable maximum moment at !he cen!Er ol RSS.
Step 4 Compute lhe 6hear force at Ille center of lhe RBS at each end of beam
Step 5. Compute the probable nmimum moment at Ule race ot the column.
Step 6. Compute the plastic moment of Ule bfl3Jll based on e,pected yiekl Slre$S.
Step 7. Check tllat moment 81 Ille tau of Ille C-Olumn. /J~ does nol exceed availaDle strength,
Step 8. Determine the requll'ect Shear strength, v,. ol beam and beam webtocolumn connection from
Equation 5.8-9.
-~
"" Step 9. Design lhe beam wet>-lc>-Clllumn connection per Section 5.6.
Step 10. Check continuity plate requirements per Chapler 2.
Beam latcml bmcing must be provided in conformance with the AlSC Seismic Provisions
This beam supports a concrete ~1ruc1ural sl.ab that is connected between the prorected zones
with welded shear connectors spaced at a maximum of 12 in. Consequently, according to the
faception in Set:tir.n 5 3 1(7) of ANSVAJSC 358, supplemental lateral bracing is not
required at the reduced )~lion . ~11mmum ~p3cing between rhe face of the column and the
first beam lateral suppon and minimum \pacing between lau~ral supports is shown 111
faample 4.3.3.
The protected zone consi~ts of the portion of the beam between the fuce of tbe column :uiJ
the end of the redu..:etl beam se.;oon farthest from the face of the column. Figure 5.J of
ANSl/AlSC 358 ~hows lbc locauon of the prorwed zone. This information should be
clearly identified on the strucrurnl dct.ign drawings, on shop drawings. and on erection draw
in gs.
+r#,.
Check column requirements
The W 14x176 column satisfies the requirements of Section 5.3.2 as a rolled wide Oangi>
member, with the frame beam connected to lhe column Oange and witb a column depth kss
than a W36.

Step 11 Check cdumnbeam relotionship hrn1tations accortling to Section 5.4. The column also ~a1isfics the m:i11;imum width 10-thickness r::llios for the flanges and the
web specified by Section 5.3.2(6), as shown in Eumple 4.3.2.

Beam Column lateral bracmg musr conform to lhe requirements of the AISC Seismic Provisions.
Section E3.4c allows the use of a strong-column/weakbeam ratio (~SC Seismic Prorisions
W24x76
Equation E3-l ) greater than 2.0 to show that a column remains elastic outside of the panel
A= 22.4 in. 2 d=23.9 in. t,. =0.440 in. br 8.99 in. zone at restrained beam-to-column connections. If ir can be demonstrated I.hat !he column
ft= 0.680 io. z.. =200 in.3 r1 =1.92 in. remains elastic outsiJe of the panel zone, Secllon E3.4c(l) requires !he column flanges tr>
be braced at the level of the beam top Oanges only. With a c-0lumn-be.am moment ratio of
System limitations per ANSI/A/SC 3?8 Section 5.2 I.72 in this c.xample (see calculations following). t~ column cannot be assumed to rem:.a.n
The fr:une is a special moment frame and the RBS connection is prequalified for SMF and elastic and bracing as required at both the top and botcom flanges of the beam. Column
IMF systems. flange bracing at these locations may be provided by coatinuily pl:ites and a full-depth shelf
plate between the continuity plates al the connection of the girder framing into the weak axis
of the column.
Prequalification limits per ANSllAJSC 358 Section 5.3
ANSI/AJSC 358 provides only nn LRFD design procedure for the RBS connection; there
Check beam requirements
fore , the RBS connection must be designed using lRFD, even in the case where ASD
The W24x76 beam satisfies the requirements of ANSUATSC 358 Sec1ion 5.3.J as a rolled was used for Lhe remainder of 1he design. The following calculations illustrate the LRFD
wide nangc member. wi1h depth less than 3 W36. weight less than j()() lb/ft, And n:mge procedure.
thickness less than I.75 in. The clear span-to-depth mtio of che beam is at least 7 as required
for an SMP system:
Trial Values for the RBS Dimensions a, b and c
(360 in.-15.2 in.) (Step 1 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
Clear span /dept h ::: The dimensions of lhe RBS cut ~ill be determined so that the RBS has sufficient strengt1l
23.9 in.
::: 14.4 ? 7 o .k. to resist the flexural loads pre1'Cnbed by the building code as ~ell as so that I.he probable

!
t
!
 MOMENT F'RAMF.S 4.3 SPECIAL MOM.ENT FRAMes i\Nl) lNTERMEDIA'l't! MUMl:.NT MtA.Mt!:S 'Hll

maximum moment in 1he beam at the face of the column does not exceed 1he expec1ed plas- R1 =1.1 from AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3.1
tjc moment capacity of the be:im. The former check is perfom1e<l in E.,;in:iple 4.3.3, while Mpr =CprR>FyZRJJs (ANSl/AlSC 358 Eq. S.8-5)
the latter check is pcrfonne<l in lhe following.
=1.15(1.1)(50 ksi)(I37 in. )
3

For the trial values of the RBS dimensions, use lhe values in Figure 4.9 and check per
=8.670 kip-in.
ANSl/AlSC 358 Equations 5.8-J to 5.8-3. I
a = 5.50 in.
The value of Mpr is intended to represent the m:iximum moment tha1 can occur at the cen- i:
ter of the RBS cut when the reduced section has yielded and strain hardened.
0.5bt Sa S 0.15bJ (ANSI/Al SC 358 Eq. 5.8 l )
=
0.5bJ 0.5(8.99 in.)
Shear force at the center of the reduced beam sections at each end of the beam
=4.50 in. . (Step 4 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
0.15b1 = 0.75(8.99 in.) The shear force at the center of the RBS at each end of the beam is computed from a free
=6.74 in. body diagram of the portion of the beam between the RBS centers. For this free body dfa
4.50 in. S 5.50 in. S 6.74 in. o.k. gram, assume the moment at the center of each RBS is equal to Mpr as compu1ed in Step 3.
=
b 18.0 in. The gravity lo3d on the beam is computed from the load combination provided in ANSJ/
0.65d s; b s 0.85d
0.65d = 0.65(23.9 in.)
(ANSJ/AISC 358 Eq. 5.8-2) AlSC 358 Section 5.8, Step 4, as follows:
w., = 1.2D+0.5L+0.2S
I~
=15.5 in.
0.85d =0.85(23.9 in.) ""J.2(0.840 kip/ft)+ 0.5(0.600 kip/ft)
=20.3 in. + 0.2(0 kip/ft)
15.5 in. S 18.0 in. S 20.3 in. o.k. =1.31 kip/ft
c= 2.00 in. The distance from the column face to the center of the RBS cut is determined from ANSI/
O.lbbf Sc S 0.15b1 (ANSI/AISC 358, Eq. 5.8-3) AlSC 358 Figure 5.2 as follows:
0.lbbf =
0.1(8.99 in.)
sh =a+(b/2)
= 0.899 in.
0.25bbf = 0.25(8.99 in.)
=2.25in.
=5.50 in.+{18.0 io./2)
=14.5 in.
l..
0.899 in. S 2.00 in. S: 2.25 in. o.k.
The distance between centers of RBS culS is:
Plastic Section Modulus at the Center' of the Reduced Beam Section L1t =L-2(dcoi/2)-2S1i
(Step 2 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
=360 in.- 2{15.2 inJ2)- 2(14.5 in.)
The value of the plastic section modulus at the center of the RBS, ZRBS =137 in.3, is com-
puted in Example 4.3.3. =316 in.
Figure 4-11 shows the key beam dimensions. Figure 4-12 shows a free body diagram of the
Probable maximum moment at the center of the reduced beam section portion of the beam between RBS cuts.
(Step 3 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
From Example 4.3.3, ZRJJs = 137 io.3 , therefore:
As shown in Figure 4-12. V~BS and Vifusare lhe symbols used for the sbear at the center of .t
Cpr =
Fy+F.
~1.2 (ANSI/AISC 358 Eq. 2.4.3-2)
the RBS cuts. VRss is r.he larger of che two shear forces and VR.as is the smaller of tJ1e two.
By summing moments about the right end of this free body diagram, the shear forces can be
computed as follows:
l
.;.:;
2F1
50 ksi+65 ksi
2(50 ksi)
=l.15s;1.2 l
l!

AMERICAN li<sTmm; OF Sn:a.. COl'STIU!Ctl0~

 MOMENT FRAMES .U SPECIAL MOMENT !'RAMES AND fl'fTERMEDlATE MO.MENT FRA."'IES

T 2Mpr Wulh
VRBs=--+-- If the gravity load on the beam is something olher than a uniform loau, the correct Shear
r .
Lh 2 forces at lhe centers of I.he RBS cuts are still obtained from equilibrium of the portion of the
= 2(8,670 kip-in.)+ l.31 kip/ft{l ft,'12 in.)(316 in.) beam between the ccnLers of the RBS cutS {i.e., by sum.ming moments about e~~h end of lhe
316 in. 2 free body di<1gram).
=72.l kips If the gravity load on the beam s.s very large, lhere is a possibility tha1 the loca1jon of the
plastic hinge may shift a significant distance outside of the RBS. lf this is the case. the
Summing moments about the left end:
design procedure in ANSI/AlSC 358 would require. some modification, sin,ce the design pro-
cedure assumes the plastic hinge forms within 1he RBS. The possibility of the plastic hinge
VfuJs =2Mpr _ Wulh shifting outside of the RBS can be checked by drawing the moment diagram fQr tbc portion
l1t 2
-of the beam between RBS cuts. If the point of maximum momenr is outside of the RBS and
::::: 2(8,670 kip-in.) 1.31 kip/ft{I ft/12 in.)(316 in.) exceeds Mp of the full beam cross section, the plastic hinge loc111fon will not fon11 in lhe
316 in. 2 RBS, and the ANSUAISC 358 design procedure must be moclified. This is unlikely to occur
=37.6 kips for typical spans and gravity loads, but may be a possjbility for cases of very long beam
spans and/or very large gr.Mey loads. Figure 4-13 shows the moment diagram for the por-
tion of the beam between RBS cuts for this example. This moment diagram confinns that
the maximum moments occur at the RBS cuts, :ind therefore the plastic hinges will form in
1
:J the RBS cuts, as assumed in the ANSI/A.ISC 358 design procedure.

Probable maximum moment at the face of the column

(Step 5 in ANSf/AISC 358 Section 5.8)
The probable maximum moment at the face of the column, Mf. is compu1ed by taking a free
body diagram of the pon:ion of the beam between the center of the RBS cut and the face of
,, W24x76 the column. Summing moments for the frt;e bQdy diagram results in Equation 5.8-6 in
ANSI/AlSC 358. The probable maximum moment at the face of each column is:

L =~so ~ ~
RBS RBS
Fig. 4-JJ. Beam dimt!nsions.
10,000
1"r1 8,000

<lRBS
6,000
~RBS
I I .~ 4,000
a.
:.s;: 2,000
c:
Cl)
0
E -2,000
0
Mpr = 8,670 kip-in. ~
4,000
L.,,= 316"
",,,.' I -6,000

Fig. 412. Fret! body diagram ofporrio11 of /Jea11tbefll'cen RBS cuts.

-8,000
10,000
Distance along beam span, fl

Fig. 4-13. Probable mome111 diagram for portio11 of beam berween centers of RBS rntt.
AMllRICAN lNSTITUT8 Of' S11lEL CONSTRUCTION AM1UCAN lNS'JTIVll! OP STEl?.l.. Co.HSTRUCTlON
 MOMENT FRAJ\.1ES
4.3 SPECIAi MOM!-;NT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOMEN'f FRAMES

Mf = Mpr + VRBSsh (ANSVAISC 358 Eq. 5.8-6)

Check that moment at the face of the column, Mt, does not exceed c;M,,.
= 8.670 kip-in.+ 72. I k.ips(14.5 in.) (Step 7 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
=9. 720 kip-in. From ANSUAISC 358 Section 2.4.J
M/ = M pr + VkssS1i cpd =1.00
=8,670 kip-in.+37.6 kips(14.5 in.) QdMrt = I O{l l,000 kip-in.)
=9,220 kip-in. =11,000 kip-in.
The free body diagram corresponding to Equation 5.8-6 is shown in Figure 4-14 for rhe Jefl Mt =9. 720 kip-in.
side of the ~- Mt$ ~J.\ff'< (ANSl/AISC 358 Eq. 5 8-8)

As noted in ANSI/AISC 358, this free body diagnro and Equation 5.8-6 neglect the grav- 9.720 kip-in.< 11,000 kip-in. o.k.
ity load on lhe beam between lhe center of the RBS and the face of the column. Neglecting
this gravity load introduces little error. For this e'l;ample. Jf Lhe gra\ity load of 1.31 kip/ft Because &1uauon 5.8-8 is satisfied, the preliminary valu~ of a= 5.50 in .. b = 18.0 in .. and
was included m the free body dfagram in Figure 4-14, lhe value of M1 would mcrea~e by c:: 2.00 in. are acctptable.
11.5 kip-in.
Because there is a significant difference lx:t~een Mt and ~dMpe ir may be possible to
rwuce the depth of lhe RBS cut. Reducing the RBS cut (the c dimension) from 2.0 in. 10
Plastic moment of the beam based on the expected yield stress
1.5 in. will ~till satisfy Equation 5.8-8, and will result in a smaller increase in story drift
(Step 6 in ANSllAJSC 358 Section 5.8)
ratio due to the presence of the RBS cut On the other hand, increasing lhe RBS cut would
reduce the shea.r demand on the panel wne, :is discussed in Step 9 of tJ1is example. For the
Mi'< =R1 Fylx (ANSI/AISC 358 Eq. 5.8-7)
purpose of this example. continue with the RBS dimensions of a= 5.50 in.. b = 18.0 in.,
= l.1(50 hi)(200 m.3) and c = 2.00 in.
=11,000 kip-in.
Required shear strength, Vu, of the beam and beam web-to-column connection
Alternatively. using AISC Seismic Manual Table 4-2 for Lhe W24x76 beam, R>MP::: 917 (Step 8 in ANSl/AJSC 358 Section 5.8)
=
ldp-fc 11,000 kip-in.
The required shear strength of lhe beam and the beam-to-column connection. V,., can be cal-
culated by taking the previously compuled value of VRss and adding the shear due to lhe
gravity load on the portion of the beam between the center of the RBS nnd the face of the
column:
<t_RBS
V., = VRBS + w.SA
72.1 kips I =72 I kips+ l.31 kip/ft(l ft/12 in.)(14.5 in.)
= 73.7 kips

M, = 9,720 kip-in( 1) Note that lhere is liule error in taking V" = VRBS.

) Thedesi&n ~hear sucngth of the W24x76 beam, v," is 316 kips fromAISC Afanua/Thble 3-6.
M1 =9,720 kip-Jn.
72.1 kips
'===-_.,
L VR8S
Mpr = 8,670 kip.in.
=72.1 kips
o.k.
~
1~...
sh= 14.5 in. Design the beam web-to-column connection according to ANSI/A/SC 358
Section 5.6 (Step 9 In ANSI/A/SC 358 SectJon 5.8)
Fig. 4-14. Fru body diagram <>/portion of beam between center of RBS The required shear force at the column face is V., = 73.7 kips as detennined previously.
and face of ccl"mn.
*
Select a single-plate connection with a plate al lea.st 1n. lhtclc lo suppon crecllon loads, t
per ANSUAJSC 358 Section 5.6(2Xa). The same secuon requires that the beam web be ,
welded to the column fl:inge using a complete-joint-penetration (CJP) groove weld. ..Jj

J,
 4-66 MOMENT FRAMES 4.3 SPECIAi. MOMENT FRAf..tES AND INTER.MEDlATE MOMENT FR.AMES 4-67

Wilb lhe single plate as backing. use a CJP groove weld to connect the beam web to the col of this e.umple. lhe column size will not be changed and '.\.in.-thick continuity plates are
umn flange. required.
From the AlSC Specification Section G2. l, the required minimum remaining web depth Welds between lhe continuity plate and the column flanges are required to be CJP groove
between weld access holes for the 73.7 kips shear force is: welds according to AlSC Seismic Pro1isions Section E3.6f(3).
dmin _ 73.7 kips The AISC Seismic Provisions do not specify lhe width of the continuity plate. AlSC
$0.6F1 t,.,C. Spcciftc01ion Section J 10.8 S3ys that the minimum width of each con1inuity pl:11e plus tcwfl
73.'7 lcips must be greater than bbJ/3. As shown below, however, this width does not appear to be suf-
1.00(0.6)(50 ksi)(0.440 in.)(1.0) ficient 10 stiffen 1be column flanges due to the significant clip in the plate resulting from the
column fillet.
::: 5.58 in.
From AISC Specification Section J 10.8, the minimum continuity plate width is:
By inspection, sufficient web depth remains. o.k.
S.99 m. 0.830 in. .
- -- = 2.)8 m.
Continuity plate requirements according to ANSI/A/SC 358 Chapter 2 3 2
(Step 10 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
ANSl/AlSC 358 requires conlinuity plates for the prequalified RBS connection unless the While a 2Ys-in.-wide continuity plate is lhe minimum width penn.it1ed, lhis is too narrow
e.xceptions of AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6f are met and both Equations E3-8 an<l because the resulting conl3ct width is only 0.870 in. as shown in Figure 4-15, once the
E3-9 are satisfied. impact of the fillet is considered. AISC Sei.mtic Provisions Section 12.4, which references
AWS D1.8 clause 4.1 , limits the corner clip to not rnore than 1,~ in. beyond the published kt
lcJ = 1.31 in. dimension. where k 1 for a W14x176 is 1Ys in. Thus, the lenglh of contact between each con-
Ryb =Ry.: =1. l from AJSC Seismic brwisions Table A3. l tinuity plate and the column flange is:

2.58 in.- f( 1~ .rn.+ 1am.

,.... ) o.s3o in.I "" 0.870 .
111 1
(Provisions Eq. E3-8) - 111.
2

~ 0.4 L8(8.99 in.)(0.680 in.) ( l.l )(50 ksi) The typical practice, therefore, is to set the continuity plate so !.hat it is at least as wide as
. . (l .1)(50 ksi) the edge of the frame beam flange:
1.31 in. <l.33 in. n.g.
8.99 in. 0.830 in.
- --- 4 08 in.
;~ 2 2
:; l
'
~;
'ef ~!!st..
6
(Provisions Eq. E3-9)
or it is as wide as the edge of the column flange:
.,,,. 8.99 in.
lefc:c---
6 15.7 in. 0.830 in. _ .
--- - 7.44 m.
1.31 < 1.50 in. n.g. 2 2

Neither Equation E3-S nor Equation E3-9 is satisfied, S<? the minimum thickness require-
ments of Section E3.6f are not met. Therefore, continuity plates are required. Continuity plate

For this two-sided connection, the thickness of lhe continuity plates is required to be at least
equal to th~ thicker beam flange on either side of lhe column according to AISC Seismic
:..." Pro11isions E3.6f(2). Therefore the minimum continuity plate thickness is 0.680 in..
~
).
Use 'A-in.-thick ASTM A572 Grade 50 continuity plates on both sides of the web.

i: Alternatively, lhe W14x176 column could be upsizcd to a W14:x211 to avoid the need
I! for a continuity pl:ite. The decision to upsii.c the column should also consider the need
I
f:
to provide a doubler plate for the panel zone, as discussed in !he following. For !be purposes
Fig. 4-15. Contact area between minimum-width ronti11ui1y plate and column flange.
AJ,tEJUCAN lNsTm.ml OF STEEi.. Co.~~
 MOMF.NT FRAMES 4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND lNTE.RlvtEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES

For illustration in this example, use 6.00 in. as 1he pla1e wid1h, so that the contact \\;d1b is:
~Rn =0.60FrJ,tw ( l +3befr~}
-- (Spec. Eq. J 10-11)

6.00 .m.- l(l~' .

,, JO.+ i.<
nm. ) 0.830 in.] = 4.29 .m.
2 ")( . .)l
dbdcfw

2
3(15.7 in.)(I.31 in.) I
= 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi 15.2 m.)(0.830 m. X l+ . ( . )(O )
23.9 m. 15.2 111. 830 111.
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6f(3), the strength of the sum of the
welded joints of the continuity plates to the column web weld is the smallest of: = 480 kips
(a) Sum of design strengths in tension of continuity plate contact area with the column Since this requirement applies 10 the entire panel zone, it will be divided by 2 when com
flanges pared wilb requirements (a) and (b).
(b) Design strength in shear of continuity plate contact area with the web
(c) Design s~ength in shear of the column panel zone For continuity plate requirement (d):
(d) Sum of expected yield strengths of the beam flanges transmitting force to the conti-
nuity plates T,. =2R1 Fybflf
=2(1.1)(50 ksi)(8.99 in.)(0.680 in.)
Note that (a) and (b) can be analyzed for each continuity plate to column web on either side =672 kips
of the web, whereas (c) and (d) apply to the welds of both concinuity places.
Since this requirement applies to the entire panel zone, it will be divided by 2 when com
Assuming a ~-in.-thick plate, for contin_uicy plate requirement (a), and using AISC pared with requirements (a) and (b).
Specification Section J4. l (a), the design tensile strength is:
The concinuity plate to column web weld is based on the smallest of 290 kips, 156 kips, l
tP1Tn =~',Fy(co.nt.act area) =
.i&O kips/2 240 kips, or 672 kips/2 :::: 336 kips. Thus. the design should be based on I
= 0.90(50 ksi)(2)(4.29 in.)(* in.) 156 kips.
=290 kips To transfer 156 kips, a lh-in. double-sided fillet weld is required over the contact length. .'.
From AISC Manual Equation 8-2a: f
For continuity plate requirement (b):
156 kips
AISC Seismic Provisions Section 12.4 states that continuity plates are to be detailed in accor-
D 2(1.392 kip/in. per sixteenth)(6.94 in.)
dance with AWS Dl.8 clause 4.1. The comer clip of the continuity plate along the column
web is equal to kder + 1.5 in.= 4.13 in. The contact width with the web is: = 8.07 sixteenths

Contact width= 15.2 in. - 2(4.13 in.)

Check column-beam relationships pej ANS//A/SC 358 Section 5.4 1
=6.94 in. (Step 11 in ANSf/AfSC 358 Section 5.8)
The design shear strength of !he continuity plate based on the contact area with the web, AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.4a requires that SMF c-0nnections satisfy the following
from AISC Sp~cification Section J4.2(a), is: strong-column-weak-beam criterion, assuming that the exceptions stated in Section E3.4a
are not met.
cj>..,V,. = v0.60Fy(contact area)
=1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(6.94 in.)(% in,) LM:C
- -..->LO (Provisions Eq. E3 1)
=156 kips I.Mpb

For continuiW plate reqliirement (c) and assuming that P, :S 0.75Pn the design strengch of
the panel zone, $Rn, is (note that AISC Seismic Provisions Seccion E3.6e(l) revises tlie value
of 4> to 1.00):
The value of M;,c in th.is example is based on projecting Mpc to the beam centerline assuming
that the column shear, Ve;, is in equilibrium with the column moment, Mpc; This is consistent
with the definition of M;,c in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section E3.4a. Alternatively, the col-
umn shear could be computed to be in equilibrium with the beam moment, Mpr The latter
approach wilJ result in a smaller value of M;,c and, when applied to Equation E3-l, will pro-
duce a slightly more conservative resulL

AlllEJUCllN lNsnTvTI! OP STl?.l!L CONSTRVCTION

r
 ~ 70 4.3 SPECLAL MOMENT l'RMIF.'l ANO INTERMl'OIAT6 MOMENT FRA.\.fES 4- 7 1
MOMENT FRMff:S

,. . The axial load on the column must also be considered when determining the flexural
L.M:.: 34, 100 kip in.
strength of lhe column at lhe beam centerline. (For simplicity, the same axiol lood will be
used abo\'e and below the joint although ch.is is not quite accurate.} Using P., = 249 kips as !M~ =19.800 kip-in.
given in ~ample 4.3.2, and the height of the column to its assumed points of inflection =
l.72
above {h, (12.5 fl/2)(12 inJft) = 75.0 in.] and below [hb= (14 ft/2)( 12 inlft) = 84.0 in.] the 1.72 > 1.0 o.k.
beam centerline. r..u~ is detennine-0 as follows:
Therefore, the strong-column-weak-beam check j, sati,.fied.

(Provisions Eq. E3-2a)

Panel Zone Check
AI.SC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6e spt:c1fies that the required panel zone shear Mrength
+ z.lb(Fy- P,,-:)[ hb J be calculated by summing the moment' at the column faces as determined by projecting
,\, hb -db '2
the expected moments at the plasuc hinge points to the column faces; in this example, MJ
= 310 in 3 (so ksi - 51.8
249
kips)
in. 2
and Mf.

From statics, it can be seen that column panel-tone shear based on the summation of the

x {[ 75.0 in~~?2~~~ in./2)]+184.0 in~-~2~~~ in./2) ]}

expected moments at the column faces should be reduced by the column shear, Vr The col-
umn shear, Ve. is not from the code-specified loads but is. instead, the column shear
~ 34, I00 kip-in. developed from the plastic hinging of the RBS. Assuming points of inflection at the m1d-
height of the columns above and below the panel rone and as previously detcmuncd in this
The expected fle:(Ural demand of the beam at the column centerline is defined in ANSU =
enmple, M1= 9,720 kip in. o n the lert side of the beam and Mf 9,220 kip-in. on the right
AISC 358 Section 5.4 as: s.idc, the value of Ve, ig1wring the small effect of gr::ivily loads between the ex peered p la.s11c
hinge location and the face of the column, 1s:

. - .~If+ M/
''here \,. - h h
..!!. + ..!.
L\J,,, = rfV"as(a+~ +; )J 2 2
_ 9, 720 k.ip-in. + 9, 220 lop-m.
....
I.
LH,., =summation of the probable ma."timum moment at the center of e:ich RBS -,(14.0ft+12.52ft)(l2 Ill .!.!!2
dctemlined pre\'iously
= 119 kips
The term r.M 11v is the sum of the moments produced at the column centerline by the shear
at the plastic !tinges. Recalling I.he values of VRas and Vfu computed in Step 4 of tbis c'l:am- where

;. l
"
,
i;
ple and the values of the RBS cut confinned in Step 1, r.Mw is: lrb =story height above the joint, in.
h, = story heighl below tbc joint. in.

The required srrenglh of the panel zone is:

~;

!:... =(72.l kips+ 37.6 kips)(5.50 in.+ 18 ~ in.+ 15 ~ in.) R.. = rMt -Ve
di.-r1
= 2,420 kip-in.
I ;i. == 9,720 k.ipin.+9,220.kipin. _ 119 k.ips
ITherefore, the expected flexural demand of the beam at the column centerline is: 23.9 10. - 0.680 10.
=697 kips
r.'tf;/> =2 .\/pr + r.Jf llV

.!, =2(8,670 k.ip-in.)+ 2.420 kip-in. AlSC Seismic Provision.t Section E3.6c(l) requires that the design shear strength of the panel
. =19,800 kip-in.
zone be determined in accordance with the li.nUt stale of shear yielding in AISC Spurftcario11
Section J 10.6 with~" :::: 1.00. Specifically, AISC Speciftcorion Section JI0.6(b) is applkable
 4 72 .t.3 SP.EClAJ.. MOM.ENT FRAMES AND lNTl.!RMEDlAiE MOMENT FRAMES 4-73

because frame stability, includjng plastic panel-zone deformation, is considered in the analy- to the initiation and propagation of fracture at welded beam-to-column connections. In such
sis. Detennine 1he applicable equation as follows: cases, sharing of inelastic deformations between beams and panel zones is not encouraged.
See Hamburger et al. (2009) for additionnl infonnation.
P,, =243 kips from Example 4.3.2
It 11as already been pointed out in this exnmple that reducing the RBS cut (i.e., dimension c)
P, <0.75Pc
might be possible to bring Mt closer to ~tiftf~ and reduce I.he impact of the RBSon frame
P,. < 0.75F1 A1 stiffness. Also, increasing the RBS cut dimensions would reduce shear demand on the panel
P, <0.75(50 ksi)(5J.8 in.2) i.one and, in some cases, eliminate the need to install doubler plates.

243 kips < J .940 kips o.k.

Size Web Doubter Plate
Therefore, the shear strength of the panel zone is given by AISC Specificario11 Equation The minimum th.ickness of each component of the p311el zone, withour the aid of intenne-
Jl0-11: diatc plug welds between the column web and the doubler is:

= 0.60Fydctw l +3bctt1'j
(Provisions Eq. E3-7)
Rn -- (Spec. Eq. J 10- ll)
f dbd<lw
From Table +.2 of this Manual, for the W24x76 beam:
<flRn = 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(15.2 in.)(0.830 in.)

x II+ 3{15.7 in.)(1.31 inf J dt =0.250 in

90
(23.9 in.)(15.2 in.)(0.830 in.)
=480 kips From Table +.2 of this Manual, for the W14x176 column:

Alternatively, using Table 4-2 of this Manual for the W14x176 column: Wz =0.140 in.
90
0.75Py= 1,940 kips t ~ 0.250 in.+0.140 in. =0.390 in.
>Rv1 =378 kips The column web satisfies this requirement:
Rv2 =2,420 kip-in.
4>Rv2 t.., ""0.830 in.> 0.390 in. o.k.
=<j>Rv i + - -
dl> If the doubler plate satisfies this minimurl;l thlckness, it is penniued to be applied directly to
"" 378 kips+ 2,420 kip-in. the column web or spaced away from the web, without the use of plug welds.
23.9 in.
= 479 kips The available shear strength of the panel zone is checked using AISC Specification Equation
JlQ..11 with the thickness, tw. taken as the combined thickness' of the eolumn web and dou-
=
Because Rw 697 kips> 9Rn. a column-web doubler plate is required. Note that if Ve had bler plate.
not been subtracted, the required panel zone strength would have been approximately 816 I.
kips, which is a 17% increase in demand.
(Spec. Eq. JI0-11)
Comments:
Tests and analyses have shown that the actual she~ strength of the panel i.one might be con- Where fw used in two plac~ is replaced by t.., + fp.
II
siderably larger than the shear force that causes global shear yielding, because of scrajn
hardening and the additional resistance provided by the column flanges bounding the panel RCsmlnging to solve for tp:
zone. Therefore, AISC Specification Section Jl0.6(b) pel1!lils utiliz.mion of this addi1ional
shear resistance in design when the flexibility of the panel zone js considered in analysis.
Designers should be aware, however, that significant inelastic deformntions might be asso-
ciated with this increase in resistance. For connections in which beam flanges are directly
welded to column flanges, large inelastic shear distortion of 1he panel zone might contribute

.1
 4.3 SPECl/\L MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOM.El\'T FRAMES 4-15
4-74 MOMENT FRAMES

<:::
! .
697 kips
0.60(50 kSi)[3(15.7 in.)(1.31 in.)2]]
(23.9 in.) .
Column flnnge restraint al these locations can be provided by continuity plates and a full-
dtpth shear plate between the continmty plates at the connection of the girder framing into
tlle weak ax.is of the column .

~r 1
. 0.60(50 ksi)(IS.2 in.)
l-0.830 in.
Ip C!:: 0.476 . the requirements of the prequalified connection, or provisions of qualifying cyclic test
Use a !l.!-in.-thick doubler plate.
Because the doubler plate meets the IDlmmum thickness re.quired by AISC Stismic
Provisions Equation E3-7 (0.390 in.), plug welds between the doubler and the column web
arc not required. Tiie length of the clip of the continuity plate at the doubler plate is not
required to meet AWS DLS clause 4.1. Use a 1 in. x 1 in. clip.
Extend the doubler plate 6 in. above and below the beams. Attach lhe doubler plate to the
column flanges using complete-joint-penetration groove welds, as stipulated in AISC
Seismic Provisions Section E3.6e(3)(2). A minimum-sized fillet weld may be used across
the top and bottom of the doubler plate to avoid free edges, bUt is not required.
Specify Beam Flange-to-Column Ffange Connection
Per AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6c, the connection configuration must comply with
results in accordance with Section K2. ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5.5(1) requires a cqmplete-
joint-penetration groove weld,
Use a complete-joint-p.-:netration groove weld to connect the beam flanges to the column
flange. The weld access hole geomerry is required to comply with AlSC Spt!cificarion
Section JI .6. The welds are also considered demand critical.
Tue final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 4-16.
PL '..0"x6"x12;\ wiih
corner clip per AWS
01 .8 (A572 Gr. 50)

Alrematively, two doubler plates spaced away from the colunm web can be used as shown
in AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Figure C-E3.3(c).

Figure 4- l6 shows the final configuration of the panel zone.

Installing doubler plates can be costly, so selecting a larger column may also be considered.
Upsizing the column may potentially eliminate the need for continuity plates. The amount
:.: doubler plate;
that the column can be upsized without losing the savings associat~ wilh eliminating the eXten<! s aboVe
doubler plate varies significantly depending on the project and geographic region, but a gen- and below beams
(A572 Gr. 50)
eral rule of thumb suggests that upsizing the column between 50 to 100 lb/ft might still be
more cost-effective than installing doubler plates and continuity plates. "The column would
have to be upsized to a W14x257 to eliminate both continuity plates and doubler plates-
a weight increase of 81 lb/ft from the W14x176 used in this example. This weight increase
is in the middle of the 50 to 100 lbtft range where upsizing might be costeffecti\'e and a dis-
CJP W24 web
cussion with a fabricator is rCGOmmended. Nevertheless, for the purposes of thi~ example,
1----i--<

the W14x176 column size will be retained tO illustrate the design of the doubler plate.
%" ;Ingle-plate
Column Bracing Requirements connection
(A572 Gr. 50)
AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.4c allows the use of a strong-column/weak-beam ratio
(AISC Seismic Provisions Equation E3-l) greater than 2.0 to show that a column remains
elastic outside of the panel zone at restrained beam-to-column connections. If it can be L W2AX/6 beam
1
demonstrated that the column remafrls elastic outside of the panel zone, AJSC Seismic " ' - Bolts as required
" Provisions Section E3.4<:(1) requires the column flanges to be braced at the level of the for erectlon
W14x176 column
beam top flanges only. With a ratio of l.72 in this example, the column cannot be assumed
to remain elastic and bracing is required at both the top anctbottom flanges of the beam.
Note: For weld backing requirements,
see ANSIJAISC 356 Chapter 3.

Fig. 4-16. Design Example 4.3.4 co1111ection geolrn!try.

AMEIUCAN ltlsmvm OP STEE.. CoNSTRUCJlON .l\MERJC/\tl .INS'ITTVTB OP STe:EI.. CoNSTRUCTlON

 4-76 MOMB'IT FRAMES
If 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN' EXAMPLES

4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUM N BASE DESIGN

EXAMPLES
~ A!isume that the gravity column splices are at the same vertical elevation as the S.MF col-
umn splices shown in Figure 4-8. This location satisfie~ AlSC Seismic Provisions Section ~.:.
f
The following design examples address the design of gravity column splices, SMF column
splices, SMF column bases, and SMF embedded column bases.
-1 D2.5a.

Required Shear Strength of Splice in Weak Axis of Column

Example 4.4.1. Gravity Column Splice Design in a Moment

AlSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c requires that, with respect to both orthogonal axes,
the column splice be able to develop a required shear st.rengtJ1 equal to: t
Frame Building

Given:
Refer to the floor plan shown in Figure 4-7 and the SMF elevation shown in Figure 4-8.
Design a splice using bolted flange plates between lhe third and fourth levels for the grav-
~_=_~~-~--LR_FD
L-1 .. _ _ _....J...l_v"_= 1-~~--AS-D _ _ _1 ;

ity column located at the incersection of grids 2 and B. Use ASTM A572 Grade 50 for aJI
splice material. The column sizes above and below the splice are AST.M A992 W12x40 and
In the weak a.xis of the column. the required shear strengLh of the splice is:
W1 2x58, respectively.
LRFD ASD
Solution:
V: _ FyZy V. _ FyZy
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the beam and column material properties are as follows: uy-H ay - I.SH
ASTMA992 50 k.si(16.8 in.3 ) 50 ksi ( 16.8 in.3)
r;.= 50 ksi :z
12.5 ft(12 inJft)
=1.5(12.5 ft)(l2 in.!ft)
Fu=65 ksi
=S.60 kips =3.73 kips I
From AISC Manual Table 2-5; the splice material properties are as follows:

ASTM A572 Grade 50

The shear force to be resisLed by each flange splice plate is half of MpclH. Therefore, for
I
i
one splice plate:
=
.Fy 50 ksi
F,.=65 ksi LRFD ASD I
r
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the column geometric properties are as follows: I
Vuy =5.60 k.ips/2 \ Vey = 3.73 kips/2
W12x58-Lower shaft =2.80 kips =1.87 kips
d= 12.2 in. ddct=12 A in.
1
1f =0.640 in. br = lO.o in.
Z.. =86.4 in.3 Zy =32.5 io. 3 Note that the smaller column, the W12x40, controls the required shear strength, as is stip
ulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c.
W12x40-Upper shaft
d =11.9 in. dd" =12 in. 11= 0.515 in. br= 8.01 in. Conservatively ignoring frictional resisLa.nce between the upper and lower shafts due to col-
z.. =57.0 in.3 Z, =16.8 in.3 umn dead load, this force will be resisted by the splice material.
fi
AISC Seismic Provisions Sections 02.1, D2.5a :lnd D2.5c have requirements for gravity col- Required Compressive Strength of Splice .)

umn spikes. Note that these gravity column splice provisions are equaJly applicable to
gravity column splices in braced-frame buildings.
Check splice location
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a requires that the splice be located a minimum of 4
ft from the beam-to-column connections. The three exceptions to this requirement do not
apply for this building.
With the upper shaft centered on the lower shaft, the dimensions of the upper shaft are sue
that it will achieve full contact bearing on the lower shaft. Therefore, the splice will not b ..
I
required to transfer any compressive loads iflhe upper shaft is finished to bear on the lower"'~
shaft. Because a note stating, "finish to bear," is provided on the detail, Case [-A applic
from AJSC Manual Part 14, Table 14-3.

AMERICAN lNsrnvrs OP STEEL CONSTRUCTION

 4-78
MOJ\1ENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE,\ND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES 4-79

Splice Geometry The polar inoment of inertia of the bolt group is:
Try the column splice detail from AISC Manual Parr 14, Table 14-3, Case I-A.
W12x40 Iy ~ u} = 4(2.75 iti.2-)2 (11in.2)
du=dtk1 = 30.3 in.4 /in. 2
= 12 in.
Ix"' u-; =4(1.50 m.1)2 (ltin.2)
W12x58
=9.00 in.4 /in.2
di= d,u1
l p"" Ix+ ly
= 1214in.
4 4 4 2
""30.3 in. /in.2 +9.00 in. /in.2 = 39.3 in. /in.
du + IA in. $ dt $ du + Vs in.
=
d,, + IA in. 1214 in. From AISC Manual Equation 7-2a, die direct shear force on each bolt due to the concentric
du+ Vs in. = 12% in,. force, Vuy and Vay. applied at 90 with respect to the vertical is:
121,4 in. s 121A in: :::; 12% in. o.k.

~d from Case 1-A of AISC Manual Table 14-3, use Type 2 flange pl_ates.
LRFD ASD

From AISC Manual Equation 7-3a from AISC Mq,nual Equation 7-3b
PL3/s in. x 8 in. x 1 ft 0 1h. in.
i:~
gu = g1 == 51h in. rpxu = rpuSin 0 lpxa ::::: rpasin 0
,.~~ v.uySill. oo = VaySin 90
Q ~; Splice Bolts
z:
n
~

n.
I Be.c ~use the centroid of each ~olt group is eccentric to the column ends, there will be a
~l,. "" 2.80 kips(l.00) =1.87 kips(l.00)
;: I moment on each bolt group. Usmg the geometry shown in Table 14-3, Case 1-A oftheAISC 4 4
" Manual and considering the eccentricity from the center of the bolt group to the column ""0.700 kips . =0.468 kips
'.:'.~ interface, this moment is:
....,. From AISC Manual Equation 7-4a FromAISC Manual Equation 74b
$: LRFD ASD "
rpyu =rpu COS 0 rpya ::::: rpa COS 0
-
M14 = V.,ye ., Ma= Vaye _ VuyCOS90" \ = VayCOS 90
\
=2.80 kips[1h(3in.)+1% in.] = J.87 kips[1h(3 in.)+ PA in.] n I
11
=9.10 kip-in. = 6.08 kip-in.
=
2.80 kips(O)
:::::
1.87 kips(O) :

lf lrhe geometry of each bolt group is such ~hat.the

bolts are all eq~idistant
from the centroid of
their bolt group. Therefore, the moment will be shared equally between the bolts. The x-, Y
=0 kips
4 4
=0 kips . ' -
and radial distances from the center of gravity of the bolt group to the center of each bolt fol
~! rwing the procedure and definitions in AISC Manual Part 7, ate: The additional shear force on each of the four bolts in the bolt group due to the moment
cau~cd by eccentricity is:
Cx = 1h(5 1h in.)
ii
Ir I =2.75 in.
Cy ;,.
1
h(3-in.)
=1.50.in.
;:: Jc2.15 in.)2 + (1.50 in.)2
=3.13 in.

AMElllCAN INS111111'E OF STF..EL CONSTRUCtfON AMERICAN INSTITUTE. OF SlllEL CONSTRUCTION

 4-80 MOMENT FRAMES f 4.A COLU~IN SPLICF. ANO COLUMN BASE DESTON E..XAMPLES 4-81
I

LRFD ASD
~ Bearing Strength of Splice Plate

From AISC Manual Equation 7-6a From AlSC Manual E.quation 7-6b
Using AISC .\tfanual Table 7-5 with~= I 1A in., hole type = STD, F,, = 65 ksi:
1~
LRFD ASD
-[M,,c.,)
riw:u- - - rmw =(M;Pc,) $rn =49.4 kip/in.(% in.) rn =32.9 kip/in.(~ in.)
Ip
n
_ 9.10 kip-in.(1.50 in.) _ 6.08 kip-in.(1.50 in.) = 18.5 kips =12.3 kips
- (39.3 ;'.n:'!) - (39.3 ::: ) .' <Prn > r,. o.k.
r,,
->ro
n
o.k.
I
=0.347 kips =0.232 kips ~ I
FromAISC Manual Equation 7-7a From AISC Manual E.quation 7-7b ~ Bearing Strength of the Column Flanges

-[M.,cx)
rm)"' - - -
I Since lhe column flanges are lhicker and wjder lhan lhc splice plates and their tensile strength
is equal to the splice material, the bearing strength of the column flanges is adequate.
Ip } Block Shear Rupture of the Splice Plates
J::
_ 9.10 kip-in.(2.75 in.) _ 6.08 k:ip-in.(2.75 in.) '
A block sbear failure path is assumed as showo in Figure 4-17. The available strength for
(39.3 ~
4
~ )
4
- m.2
J - (39.3 m.2 I.be limit state of block shear rupture is given in AlSC Specification Section J4.3 as follows: 1.
~

= 0.637 kips =0.425 kips R,. = 0.60F.,Anv +UbsFuAnt ~ 0.60FyAgv + UbsFuAnt (Spec. Eq. J4-5) :'

Ubs =LO
The r~.quired strength per bolt is then: A,,1 = (3 in.+l'h in.)(lh in.) - l.5{13/J6in.+ 1/i6 in.)Ws in.)
= 1.20 in.2

r
LRFD ASD
Agv =(5 1h in.+!~ in.)(% in.)
FromAISC Manual Equation 7-8a From AISC Manual E.quation 7-8b
=2.53 in.2
2 2
r., =J(rP-"' + rmiu )2 + (rpyu + rmyu ) 2 r., = J(rp.xa +rmxa) +(rpya +rmya) I

Ill
I
8" .,

I ;~- 1 1~1
2 1 2
(0.700 kips+0.347 kips) ( 0.468 kips+ 0.232 kips)
=, +(O kips+ 0.637 kips) 2 =
'+(O kips+0.425 k:ips)
2
SW
1
=1.23 kips =0.819 kips .
::! I
I.:
1::
From AISC Ma11ual Table 7-1 for a ~in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolt (Group A):
.
$ 8
~:
I
I
M I
LRFD ASD I

$rn =17~9 kips

nrn =11.9 kips.
~-----------~-
I
~
To

->r., . o.k.
rn '
$rn > r., o.k.
n
Use ~-in.-<liameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard
, holes. Fig. 4-17. Bloclc shear fa.ilu~ path for splice plate.

AME!ue>.N lNsTmJTE OF STEL CONS'Tll.UCTlO/'I

...
 4-82

T MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLJCe AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES +-83

An1 =2 53 in. 2 -(L5)("A6 in.+ V.6 in.)(~ in.) Shear Yielding of the Column Flanges
=2.04 in. 2 Because the column flanges are thicker and wider than the splice places and their yield
strength is equal 10 the splice material, the shear yielding strength of the column llanges is
f~A"' =65ksi(1.20in. 2 ) adequate.
=78.0 kips
Shear Rupture of the Splice Plates
0.60FuAnv =0.60(65 ksi)(2.04 in. 2 )
The net area of one splice plate is:
::::: 79.6 kips
0.60F).A8 ,, =0.60(50 ksi)(2.53 in. 2 ) An:::: [8.00 in.- 2( 13/Jdn. + IA6 in.)](% in.)

=75.9 kips =2.34 in.2

From AISC Specificaiion Equation 14-4, the av:iilable strength due to the Hmit state of shear
R.,, =0.60F.,Anv +Ub,F,,A,, S 0.60F).Agv +Ub,F.,A,,,
1 (Spec. Eq. 14-5) rupture for each splice plate is:
= 79.6 kips+l .0(78.0 kips)!:> 75.9kips+1.0(78.0 kips)
= 158 kips> 154 kips LRFD ASD . .
Use Rn= 1_54 kips.
Vn 0.60F,,Anv
cj>Vn = ~0.60FuAnv -=
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is: Q n
=0.75(0.60)(65 ksi){2.34 in. 2 ) 0.60(65 ksi)(2.34 in. 2 )
LRFD ASD
= 2.00

$Rn::: 0.75(154 kips) Rn 154 kips

-=
n
= 68.4 kips> 2.80 kips o.k. = 45.6 kips> 1.87 kips o.k.
l
=116 kips 2.00
=77.0 kips Required Shear Strength of the Splice in the Strong Axis of the Column
116 kips:?: 2.80 kips o.k. 77.0 k.ips ~ 1.87 kips o.k. AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c requires that the column splice be able to develop
a required shear strength in the strong 3x.is of the column equaJ to:

ShP.ar Yielding of the Splice Plates

LRFD . ASD
From '.ls~ Specification Sec[ion J4.2, the available shear strength due to the limit state of 1 .. I.
shear y1eldmg of one splice place is: , Mrxx II. _ Mpcx
v.,,.=--
LRFD .
I
I
H cu -1.5H
FyZx
ASD ""F1 Zx =--
. H 1.5H
.
cj> V,. =0.60F1 A1 -Vn 0.60F,A1 50 ksi{57.0 in.3) 50 ksi ( 57.0 in.3)
: =L00(0.60)(50 ksi)(* in.)(s:oo in.) n n 12.5 ft(12 inJft) 1.5(12.5 ft)(l2 inJft)
0.60(50 ksi)(3,i in.)(8.00 in.)
=90.0 kips > 2.80 kips == 19.0 kips = 12.7 kips
1.50
=60.0 kips> I.87 kips o.k.
.B-Ollcd splice plates could be provided on the column web, but it may be possible 10 resis:
the strong-axis shear through weak axis bending of the flange plates.

Since there are two flange splice plates, the applied force on each plate is one half of ll:
shear calculated for the strong axis of the column.

AllU!RJCAN lNSTI'JVT6 OF STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION

 4-S5
MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES

. -.. The required flexural ~trenglh of the plate, from AlSC Ma1111al Table 3-23 Case 23: is:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
Vux = 19.0 kips V. _ 12.7 kips
.u-
2 2 Vaxl
VIL\'.L Ma=--
=9.50 kips =6.35 kips M.=--
2 2
6.35 kips(l.75 in.)
9.SO kips(l.75 in.) =
Weak-Axis Flexural Yielding of the Splice Plate
= 2
2
= 8.31 kip-in. "" 5.56 kip-in.
Assuming the column is rigid enough to force all defonnation into lhe splice plate, the rel-
ative movement between the columns will cause weak-axis plate bending. The bending
behavior in the plate is that of a beam fixed at one end, free to deflect Yertically but not rotate d I ...e splice plates are PL~/a in. x 8 in. x 1 ft 0 1'2 in. Using AISC
As detemune previous y, '!.' . .
at the other (Case 23 of Table 3-23 in the AJSC Manual). S eci cation Section Fl I, detemtine Lhe available flexural y1eldin_g strength of the P.1:ue.
:ote~at the dimension I used in AISC Specification Section Fl 1_1s parall~l to. the axis lof
The limit states checked are flexural yielding of the splice plate, shear yielding of the splice
bendmg, ~
and t hereiore / -- g.00 m. 1''or weak-axis ~bending of the splice plate m this examp e.
plate, shear rupture of the splice plate, and prying action on the innermost bollS.

The length of bending is the distance between the bearing plane of the columns Md the Check the limit on Lbdlt 2:
innermost bolt line, which is 1.75 in. according to Figure 4-18.
Lbd 1.75 in.(~ in.)
- 2 = 2
r (8.00 in.)
<t Upper & lower
I column shaft 0.08
Fy
= 0.0103
0.08(29,000 ksi)
50 ksi
:::46.4

W12x40 column Lbd O.OSE AlSC Speciification Equation Fll-1 applies. The nominal flexura'
Because - -2 < -F-,
with std. holes l 1
yielding strength of the plate from Equation Fl 1-1 is:
PL %"x8"x1'-0Y2" (A572
Gr. 50) centered on M,. = FyZ ~ I.6M1 ~
-1 column flange (typ.),
with std. holes =SO ksi (8.00 in.){~ in.)2
4
I
(2) ~ dia. ::::: 14. l kip-in.
A325-N bolts @
s~ gage (typ.) I l.6M1 == 1.6F1Sx _

I = 1.6(50 ksi)l(8.00 in.~(~ in.)21

I

Finish to bear I ::: 15.0 kip-in.

14.l kip-in.~ 15.0 k.ip-in., therefore: M,. = 14.l kip-in.

W12x58 column
with std. holes

Fig. 4-18. Connection as designl!d in Example 4.4. J.

1
i J
AMlUCVI ll'ISTTIVT2 Of' STEI.. CoNSTR\JCTIOl'I
1

I ..
1
 ~--'fl .$-87
~Jl
~l ~86
MOl\.fF.NT FRAMES' 4.4 COLUMN SPLlCE :\ND COLUMN BASE DESIGN E..'CAMPLES
;j,':!
-'.:
'l~ ASD
-.: ~ The available flexural yielding strength is: ~ LRFD

LRFD ASD
I

l ; T =9.50 kips T= 6.35 kips

: 'i 2
2

. "~
,..., Mn FyZ I
= 4.75 kips
=3.18 kips
" \ '111>Mn =4>bFyZ 5: l.6My -=--
nl> .Qb ~ Tue available tensile strength per
=0.90(14.l kip-in.) = 14. I kipin.
The available tensile strength per
bolt before prying action effects arc
bolt before prying action effects arc
l.67 considered, B, is 19.9 kips from
considered, B, is 29.8 kips from
AISC Manual Table 7-2.
= 12.7 kip-in.> 8.31 kip-in. o.k. = 8.44 kip-in. > 5.56 lcip-in. o.k. AlSC Mamuzl Table 72.

The parameters required for checking prying action are defined in AISC Manual.Part 9 and
t~ . Shear Yielding of the Splice Plate given in Figure 4-19 for this example.
Using ATSC Specification Equation J4-3:
b =1.75 in.
LRFD ASD db =Y.. in.

Rn =0.60FyAgv d =13/i6 in.

$Rn =$0.60FyAgv n n (Manual Eq. 9-21)
:::i =l.00(0.60)(50 ksi)O~ in.)(8.00 in.) =(0.60)(50 ksi)(* in.)(8.00 in.) b' =b-db/2
=11 l.50 =1.75 in.-.i in.(!..

=90.0 k.ips > 9.50 kips =1.38 in.

o.k. =60.0 kips > 6.35 kips o.k.
a =4.50 in.
(Manual Eq. 9-27)
Shear Rupture of the Splice Plate

An= 8.00 in.(% in.)-2(1o/l6 in.+ l/i6 in.)(% in.)

. =2.34 in.2 5~
-j
1 Using AISC Specific01io11 Equation 14-4:
II
LRFD ASD

'..
1 $R,. =0.60F,.A,.,
R,. = 0.60FuAnv
-
0

---+-- .
n Q

o2w \
';ii-
=0.75(0.60)(65 k.si)(2.34 in.2) =0.60(65 ksi)(2.34 in.2) ....
II
114" .Q
2.00
=68.4 kips> 9.50 kips o.k. "'45.6 kips> 6.35 kips o.k.
0

\ .P =4 1
Prying Action on the Splice Plates
Fig. 4-19. Prying action terminology.
recause lhe inneonost bolts wiJl dominate the resistance tO the tension fore onJ the lWO
b~lts closest to I.he interface are considered. The required strength per bolt, T. ~ tak~n as half
f the shear force at each flange plate, therefore:

AMERICAN WS1'1Tl!re OF STEEi.. CONS'T1UJCTION

 4-88
MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE Al'-1) COLUMN BASE DESIGN l::XAMl'l...t:.:>
l
where j;
a+db/2 = 4.50 in.+~ in/2 From AISC Manual Equation 9-25. ~is:
=4.88 in.
and
LRFD ASD 1J:
1.25b+d~/2=1.25(1.75 in.)+* in./2 ~=~[%-1) ~=~(; - 1)
=2.56 in. l!
4.88 in. > 2.56 in.
=
I (29.8 kips
0.539 4.75 !Ops l) I ( 19.9 kips
= 0.539 3.18 lcips i)
Use a'= 2.56 in. =9.78 =9.75

To .calculate the tributary length, p, 1he AISC Manual refers 10 DowsweJ1 (20 11) as one
method to calculate the length. According 10 this reference. the tributary length, p~. can be
The required plate thickness to develop the available strength of the bolt. B, with no prying t.
action, is calculated from AlSC Manual Equation 9-20 as:
taken as Pe= 4./bC (Dowswell, 2011, Equation 33) where bis as defined above and where
c =a+ b, and a is limited to 1.25b. For this calculation:
LRFD ASD
a =4.50 in. s; 1.25b = 2.19 in. (Use a= 2.19 in.)
c =a+b -J4Bb'
le - ~ F.
p"
-r24Bb'
'c - pFu
=2.19 in.+l.75 in.
=3.94 .in. /4(29.S kips)(l.38 in.) = /1.67(4)(19.9 kips){l.38 in.)
= 0.90(4.00 in.)(65 ksi) (4.00 in.)(65 ksi) I.
p,. =4../bC =0.838 in. =0.840 in.
. =4.)1.75 in.(3.94 in.)
=10.5 in. Because the splice plate is thinner than tc. prying on the bolts will occur at the bOlt ultimate f'
strength.
TI1is tiibutary width is limited by lhe ge-0metry of the plate. The tributary width cannot be
greater than the acrual edge distance lo the end of the plate on one side and half of the bolt
Because the fitting geometry is known, the available tensile strength of the bolt including
the effecis of prying action can be determined as:
f
..
-1 gage in the other direction. Therefore, use:
I
T1n't'JI= BQ \ (Manual Eq. 9-31)
=1.25 i.n. + 2.75 in.
t
p
=4.00 in. where Q is based on a' determined from ATSC Manual Equation 9-35.

The remaining variables from AlSC Manual Part 9 are as follows: LRFD .ASD
0=1-d'/p
= J - 13116 in./4.00 in.
=0.797
(Manual Eq. 9-24) a'---1- !.s_ -1
- o(i+p) c [( r I a' - - 1-
- 0(1+p) [( r
!. -1
/ J

p =b'/a'
= 1 ((0.838 in. r-1] _ 1 [(0.840in.r-1J
0.797(1+0.539) 'ti in. - 0.797(1+0.539) 3h in.
=I .38 in./2.56 in.
(Manual Eq. 9-26)
:=3.26 =3.28
I
=0.539
 4-90
MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN 13ASE DESlON EXAMPLES 4-91

,.. . LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

1
Because a.'> J, use AISCManual Because a'> I, use AISC Manual From ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 From ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2
Equation 9-34: Equation 9-34: LRFD Load Combination 5 ASD Load Combination 6

Q = ( ,: r (! +o) Q=[,: r (l+o)

P,. =(J.2+0.2Svs)D+'l,QE
+ 0.5L+0.2S
P., ={i.0+0.105Sns)D+0.525q,Q
+0.75L+0.75S

=( ~in.
0.838 in.
r(1+0.797) =(0.840
*in: r(l+0.797)
m.
=140 kips
(including the 0.5 factor on L permitted
in Section 12.4.3.2)
=109 kips

=0.360 =0.358
The available tensile strength of each The available tensile strength of each The required tensile strength of the column is:
bolt is: bolt is:
LRFD ASD
Taw1il =BQ Tamil =BQ
= 29.8 kjps(0.360) From ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 From ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
= 19.9 kips(0.358)
LRfD Load Combination 7 A.SD Load Combination 8
= 10.7 kips >.4.75 kips . o.k. . =7. 12 kips> 3.18 kips o.k. I
~ The final COllJ.lCCtion design and geoi:fletry for the flange connection is shown in Figure
4-18. . ' .
1~ =(0.9-0.2Svs)D+flvQE
=15.3 kips
T0 =(0.6-0.14Svs)D+0.70.,QE
=8.64 kips

The required shear strength of the column is:

11 Example .4.4.2. SMF Column Splice Design
LRFD ASD
Given:
From ASCEJSEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2 From ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
Design a splice for the SMF column located on grid 4 in Figure 4-8. The column material
is ASTM A992. LRFD Load Combination 5 ASD Load Combination 6
I

..t..J
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. The
required column strengths between the dJU:d and founh levels were determined by a second-
v.. =(L2+0.2Sos)D+'l,QE
+ 0.5L+0.2S
\

'
v.. =(1.0+ O.lOSSns )D+0.525q,QE
+0.75L+0.75S
I
I
t
order analysis including the effects of P-o and
P-ii with reduced stiffness as required by =47.2k:ips =26.9 kips
I

i
the direct analysis me_lhod. The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7, including
the overstrength factor (referred to as the amplified seismic load in the AISC Sei.smic
Provisions), follow. from ASCFJSEI 7, use Seismic Design Category D, Oo =3.0, p =~.O, and Sos::::: 1.0.
.. Assume that there is no transverse loading between the column supportS in the plane of
: The required compressive strength of the column is:
;; bending and that the connections into the column weak-axis produce negligible moments on
...
~; the column .

Solution:
from AfSC Manual Tuble 2-4, the column material properties are as follows:

ASTM A992
F1 =50 ksi
P., = 65 ksi

AMERICAN lNsnnrre OF STEE.. Co.><:SJ1\ucno~

 MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES

From AlSC Manual Table 1-1. 1hc column geometric properties are as follows:
W14x68-Upper Shaft
A = 20.0 in. 2 d::::. 14.0 in. b1= JO.O in.
Using the load combinations in ASCE/SEl 7 including the amplified seismic load, the
required shear strength is given as: I
fJ= 0.720 in.
lw = 0.415 in. Z.. = 115in.3 LRFD ASD !
W14x132-Lower Sh3fl
Z:r =234 in. 3
Vu =47.2 lcips Va =26.9 kips I
~ L\1pc . d . . ~ "f..Mpc . d ..
There.ore - - govems in eternunmg Th ere1ore - - governs m etemunmg
Th~re. is no ~~t tensile load effect on the column; therefore, ihe requirements of AJSC H I.SH
Se1sm1c Prov1srons Section D2.5b(l), (2) and (3) do not apply. lhe required shear strength of the splice. the required shear strength of the splice.

Splice Connection
According .to AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6g. welded splices in SMF columns shall
Using AISC Specificmion Equation G2-l, I.he requfred web depth to develop this fore'
through shear yielding of the web is:
I
be made with comple1e-joim-penetra1ion (CJ'P) groo,e welds. The use of CJP groo,e welds
ensure~ that the required axial strength and the required flexural strength of the splice will LRFD ASD I
be achieved.

Use CJP groove welds 10 splice the column webs and flange.s directly :is shown in F1gure 4-20. .. - ..0.6FytwC
d - V,,
..
_
dw-
D.vVa
0.6FylwCv
I
Required Shear Strength of the Web Splice

Per AlSC Seisr:iic.Provisions Sections D2..5b, D2.5c and E3.6g, ihe required shear strength
of th~ we_b spl!cc is equ~l to lhe greater of lhe required strength determined using the load
116 kips
=~-----...:-~--~
1.00(0.6)(50 ksi){0.415 in.)(1.0)
=9.32 in.
1.50(77.6 kjps)
=~------'-- . . . . . . . __ _
(0.6)(50 ksi}{0.415 in.)(1.0)
=9.35 in.
I
comb1~auons m the applicable building code, including the amplified seismic load and lhe Therefore, !he maximum lenglh of each weld access hole, th, permitied in the direc:tion
followrng: '
the web is:

I~-~-=_LM_H_p_c~ L-R~~~~~~L.....~_=_-~
FD ~=5H~pc- ~-AS-D~~~~~~i I
LRFD ASD

111 ='h[d-2t1-dwJ 111 ='h[d-2t1 -dwJ

=1h[l4.0 in.- 2(0.720 in.)-9.32,' in,] =1h[l4.0 io.-2(0.720 in.)-9.35 in.] j
~: .
where LMpc ~s the sum of the nominal plastic flexural strengths of the columns above and
=1.62 in. =1.61 in.
below the .splice. Be~ause lhis requirement is for web splices. r..Mpc in the strong a.~is of the
column will be collSldered. Therefore, specify that lhe access holes for the flange splice welds may not extend more th
l 1h in. measured perpendicular to the inside flange surface as shown in Figure 4-20.
LRFD ASD
!Mpc Location of Splice J
Vu = - - TMpc AJSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a requires I.bat splices be located 4 ft away from .
H Vo=--
l.5H be4lmto-column flange connection. The clear distance between the beam-to-column cc,,.,.:
=Fy ( Zxtop + Zxbot} =F1 ( Zxiop + Z.rbo,) nections is approximntely I0.8 ft. Because the webs and flanges nre joined by OP weklf.
H l.5H AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a(2) perm.its the splice to be located a minimum
=(50ksi)(115 in.3 + 234 in.3 ) the column depth (14.0 in.) from the beam-to-column flange connection. . .
=(50 ksi)(11s in.3 +234 in.3)
12.5 ft(12 in./ft) J.5(12.5 ft)(12 inJft) The column splice location shown in Figure 4-8 is acceptable.
=116 kips = 77.6 kips

J
 4-94
MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES 4-95

Additional Weld Requirements

Per AIS~ Seismic Provisions Section A3.4b, the filler metal used 10 make the splice welds
must sansfy AWS Dl.8/Dl.8M clause 6.3. AdilitionaJly. AJSC Seismic Provisions Section
D2.5d requires that weld tabs be removed.
.
AlSC Specification Seccion JI .6 provides additional requiremen1s for weld access hole
geometry. The final connection design is shown in Figure 4-20.
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of loads; The
required column strengths st the b,ase level were determined by a second-order, analysis
including lhe effects of P-o and P-6 with reduced stiffness as required by che direct an~y
sis method. The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEl 7, including the overstrength
factor (referred to as the amplified seismic load in the AISC Seismic Pro\lisions), follow. In
this example, two of the controlling limit states are tensile yielding in the anchor rods and
bending in the base plate. For these limit states, the axial force needs .co be minimized as this

r
will increase the overtumi11g (bending) in the base plate and increase' the tensile force in the
Ex.am,ple 4.~.3. SMF Column Base Design anchor rods; therefore, the required axial compressive strength is detennined from:
) I

Given: LRFD ASD

Refer to Column CL-1 in Figure 4-8. Design a fixed coiuffin' base plate for the ASTM A992 LRFD Load. Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
W-shape. The base and other miscellaneous plate material is ASTM A572 Grade 50. The ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
anchor rod material is A_STM Fl554 Grade' l 05: The 21.t.1~in.-diam.eter anchor rods have an
~~ em.b edment length, h,,f> of ;u least 25 in.. The columq i$ centered on a reinforced concrece P,, =(0.9-0.2SDs)D+0uQE Pa =(0.6-0.14SDs)D+0.70 0 QE
... 1

foundation. The foundation concrete compressive strength, fJ, is 4 ksi with ASTM A615
---------< L.,
'. _J
Grade 60 reinforcement. The anchor rod concrete edge distances, c.,1 and c112 , are both
=98.8 kips ::::64.5 kips
I
greater than 37.5 in.
The required flexural stTengtb is detemuned from:

LRFD ASD
ct_ tJpper & lower
column shaft

ill ... 4 . ',;.

W14x68
LRFD Load Combination 7 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

M,,:::: (0.9-0.2SDs)M0 +0vMQc Ma =(0.6-0.14S 0s)Mo+0.1~MQ.

= 946 kipft =662 kip-ft

The required shear strength is derermin~d from:

\

LRFD ASD

LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from

'
.. ;

ASCE/S.EI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3. 2

... '
'.
Weld access hole vu = (l.2+0.2SDs)D+nuQE Va =(L0 +0.14Svs)D+0.70;Qe
~---+-+-- per Specification = 67.2.kips
1.z" max = 96.0 kips
Sectio~ .J1.6 (typ.) ..
typ.
Assume that che connection into the column weak-axis produces negligible moments on the
W14x132 column.

From ASCE/SEI 7, use Seismic Design Category D, no = 3.0, p = LO. and SM.= LO.
Use LRFD provisions for the concrete design.

Fig. 4-20. Connection as designed in Example 4.4.2

AMl!RJCAN INS11TU11! OF S"rEEl. CONSTRUCTION J\Mllltl<:A:N WSTITTITE OP STEEL CONSTRUCTION

 4-96
MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COI..UMN SPLICE AND COLLIMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES
4-97 I
Solution:
LRFD ASD
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, the column material properties are as follows:
T.Mpc V. _ 'flvlpc
ASTMA992 v.u -
- -fl- 0
- 1.5H 11!
F1 =50 ksi,
'---~~----~-~-----'-~~~~---~----~~
F.,= 65 ksi I
where r.Mpc is the sum of lhe nominnl plastic flexural strengths of lhe columns above and ;:
From AISC Manual Tuble 25, lhe base plate material properties are as follows: below the splice, or in this case, lhe base.

ASTM A572 Grade 50 Therefore:

F1 =50 ksi f.
Fu= 65 ksi LRFD ASD
I
From AlSC Manual Table 2-6, the anchor rod material properties are as follows: V. - IM re v. - fM,x
II - J-1 4
- I.SH
ASTM Fl554 Grade 105 3
- 2(50 ks.i)(320 in. ) - 2(50 ksi)(320 in.3 )
Fu.furQ = 125 ksi
- {12 in./ft)(I4.0 ft) - 1.5(12 in/ fl)(l4.0 f1)
From ASTM A615, the concrete reinforcement properties are as follows: =190 kips > 96.0 kips =127 kips> 67.2 kips
ASTM A615 Grade 60
Use Vu =190 kips. Use V4 =127 kips.
F1 =60 ksi

From AISC Ma11Ual Table I- J, the column and beam geometric propenies are as follows: AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6c(b) requires th3t the flexural strength equal or
exceed 1he lesser of lbe load combination of the applicable building code, including th ...
W14xl76
amplified seismic load, or lhe following:
A= 51.8 in.2
t,;. =0.830 in.
d= 15.2 in.
k,us =1.91 in.
b1= 15.7 in. t1= l.31.in.
lRFD ASD
, ..!;,
Zx= 320 in. 3
W24x76 1 - - - - - - - - l.lR
+ - - - - i.
F Z.x
M., =1.lR1 FyZx 1 1
Ma=--<--<--
d =23.9 in.
l.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(320 in.3)
1.5
1.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(320 in. 3 )
I
FromAlSC Manual Table 7-17, the 2\4-in.-diameter anchor rod has an area of A"" 3.98 in.2 1

{J2in/ ft) \ = l.5(12in./ft) J

Required Strengths at Column Base = 1.610 kip-ft> 946 kip-ft ::::; i.oso kip-ft> 662 kip-ft I!
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6a.(a) defines the required axial strength as the
=946 kip-ft.
~equir~ strength ~cuJated using the load combinations of the applicable building code,
including the amplified seismic load.
Use M., Use MQ =662 kip-ft. ~
By reference to AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c, which references Section D2.5b
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6b indirectly stipulates that the required shear stren~
of the column base be the greater of the required shear strengd:t delennined from load com-
::~a~~z:1::~::::::shall be large enough for the instalfation of at least anchc four t:
rods, as required by the Occupalional Safety and Health Administration (OSHA, 2008).
binations inclucling the amplified seismic load (Section D2.5b(b)) or the required column
strength as stipulated in t.he system chapters (Section D2.5b(a)). Herc, the provisions of = =
Try a plate with: N 32 in., B 32 in., and anchor rod edge clistance =4 in. Try two row \::
Section E3.6g apply, as follows: of four equ:illy space.cl rods, as shown in Figure 4-23. J

AM.lllUCAN lNSTITVTE OP STl!D, CONSTJ<UCTION

 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE ANO COLUMN nASE OF..SJGN EXAMPLES 4-9?
MOMENT FRAMES

Using tl1e recomm.endations from AlSC Design Guide l. Base Plate and Anchor Rod Design LRFD ASD
(Fisher and Kloiber, 2010), determine the required base place thjckness and anchor rod ten-
sion force. N P., N Pa
.
ecr11 =---- ecrit =----
2qwu
I
'
2 2qmo.r 2
Base Plate Eccentricity and Critical Eccentricity 32.0 in. 98.8 kips 64.5 kips
32.0 in.
=--- 2(141 kip/in.)
=----
2 2(94.1 kip/in.)
For the calculation of the base plate eccentriciry, e, from AISC Design Guide 1 Equation 2
I I 3.3.6: =15.6 in. = 15.7 in.
? LRFD ASD \VitJ1 e > ecro. lhe eccentricity meets the AJSC Desigil Guide 1 criteria for a base plate with
'
M,, Ma a large moment (Figure 4-21).
e=- e=-
., P,, Pa Per AlSC Design Guide I Section 3.4, the following inequality must be satisfied:
:~. l
,'
:
I
= (946 kip-ft)(12 in/ft) ={662 kjp-ft)(l2 in/ ft)
::
98.8 kjps 64.5 kjps
(
/ + N') 1
~ 2P,(e+ j) (AISC Design Guide 1 Eq. 3.4.4)
= 115 in. =123 in. 2 q,n(J)C
r1
i
For the calculation off
i:::J For the calculation of the critical eccentricity, ecn1:

'N Pr f = N - edge distance

eaiJ=---- (AISC De.sign Guide I E.q. 3.3.7) 2
2 2qT11/JX 32.0 in. .
=----. 4 00 m.
For the calculation of the maximum plate bearing stress, qm(J)C: 2
=12.0 in.
(AISC Design Guide I Eq. 3.3.4)

For the calculation, assume the concrete bearing frustum area ratio equals 2.0 from ACl 318
~-~
- Se-etion 10.14.l:
~.,,
f e
J=2.0
x
The available bearing strength is determined from AISC Specification .Equation JS-2.

LRFD ASD B

f P<.,,_) =$(0.85J:)l- Iip{max)---

- 0.85f: l-
-
At Q Ai
= 0.65(0.85)(4 ksi)(2.0) =0.85(4 ksi)(2.0) iT qmaxY
= 4.42 ksi 2.31
= 2.94 ksi
N
qtntU =f P<.max>B qlNVC =f P<.ftllU)B
=4.42 ksi (32.0 in.) =2.?4 ksi (32.0 i n.) Fig. 4-21. Base plate with large momtnt (Fisher and Kloiber: 2010).
=141 kip/in. =94.l kip/in.
 4-101
MOMENT FRA.\1ES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES

Therefore: For the calculation of the assumed bending lines at lhe bearing interface, from AlSC Design
Guide I Section 3.1.2:

(! +-
2
2
N) ::::: [12.O m.+
. 32.0
- -in.)
-
2 .
2
N-0.95d
m=
2
:::::784 in.2
32.0 in.-0.95(15.2 in.)
= 2
LRFD ASD
=8.78 in.
2P.(e+ f)
qmox
2(98.8kipsXl15in.+12.0 in.)

2
141 kip/in.
2P,,(e+ f)
q,,_
=2(64.5 kips)(l23in.+12.0 in.)
94. l kip/in. fl=
B-0.8b1
2
l
=178 in. = 185 in.2 32.0 in. -0.8(15.7 in.)
2
I.
With (1 + N)2 > 2P,(e+
2
/),the inequality is satisfied and a real solution is possible.
=9.72 in. "
qmill For the calculation of the base plate cantilever bending line distance at the tension interface: t
Base Plate Bearing Length x =f _!!._+ t I (AlSC Design Guide 1 Eq. 3.4.6)
From AlSC Design Guide 1 Equation 3.4.3, the base plate bearing length is: 2 2

LRFD ASD
=12.0 i n15.2
=5:06 in.
2
in. 1.31 in.
.---+--
2 l
Y=(!+~)~ (!+~r Y=(!+~) Nr
2P.,(e+ f) 2Pa(e+f)
Qmax
/+2 qmilX

=-h84 in.2 -.J784 in.2-178 in.2 =.J7g4 in.2 -.J784 in.2 - 185 in.2
d

= 3.38 in. = 3.53 in. -1

@ I I c::

Required Rod Tensile Strength

,_ __ - -1- - - D ---
I
1-

From AlSC Design Guide I Equation 3.4.2, the required rod rensile strength for t:he anchor I ~ I
group on one side of the base plate is: I I 'g
..... I co co
I c::i
LRFD ASD I I
I
Nua,,, qmnxY - P11 N"=qlnlllY-P., --- II - - - - - --- - ....

= 141 kip/in.(3.38 in.)-98.8 kips =94.~ kipfm.(3.53 in.)-64.S kips I I c:

= 378 kips =268 kips I I
..t
0.95d
Base Plate Thickness N
Check the base plate for flexural yielding at both the bearing and tension interfaces. At the
bearing interface, the beSnng pressures between the concrete and the plate wiU cause bend- Fig. 4-22 Asswned bending li11es (Fisher and Kloiber; 2010).
ing for the cantilever lengths m and n as shown in Figure 4-22. At the tension interface, the
anchor rods cause bending for the cantilever length, x, as shown in Figure 4-21. .r.
AM.eluCAN 1Nsmvrs Of Sm61.. Coi'JSTlttJCTION
 i l 4- 102
4.4 COLUMN SPUCE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN l:!XAMPLES 4-J(i,

For flcxurol yielding at the bearing interface and Y < max(m. n), from AISC Design Guide I R,, =1.51,tFultv S 3.0dtF.,nv (Spec. Eq. J3-6b)
Equation 3.3.15:
= 1.5(1.50 in.)(* in.)(65 ksi)(8)
LRFD ASD s 3.0(21A in.)(* in.)(65 ksi)(8)
= l,020 kips< 3.070 kips
f p<maxJY[ m~(m,11)-i) f p(mtUJY( max(m,n)- ~J
f P<.rtt1> =2.1 J' Fy
I p(nq) =2.581
Fy
LRFD ASD
I

R,, 1,020 kips

R11 = 0.75(1.020 kips) -=
4.42 ksi{3.38 in.) 2.94 ksi(3.53 in.) Q 2.00
=765 kips
x(9.72 in.-
33
~ in.) .
x [9.72 m.-- 3.53
-in.
2
- J =510 kips

=2.11 1 =2.58, Rn >Va= 127 kips

50 ksi R,, > V. = 190 Jdps o.k. o.k.
50 ksi n
=3.2? in. =3.32 in.
?: t
r:: Anchor Rod Combined Tension and Shear
_ ____, ;~::j For flexural yielding at the tension interface, from AISC Design Guide l Equation 3.4.7: Using the recommendations from AlSC Design Guide l and AISC Specification Sectior,
J3.7, the available tensile stress of the anchor rod subject to combined tensile and shear load~
LR.FD ASD is checked, including the effects of bending.
N11aX Based on testing performed by Gomez et al. (2010), this approach was detennined lo pro-
fp(rtq) =2.11 fp(req) - JNaaX
=2 .:>8 --
BFy BF,. vide a reasonable and conservative strength estimate for earthquake des.ign. Therefore, given
the comprehensive testing and design approach, the general anchor strength requiremenr of
=2.1 I /378 kips(5.06 in.) =2_58 /268 kips{S.06 in.) AC1 318 Section D4.3 for resistance to combined tensile and shear loads can be satisfied.
32.0 in.(50 ksi) 32.0 in.(50 ksi)
The anchor rod noro.inaJ tensile slress, from AISC Specification Table 13.2:
=2.31 in. = 2.38in.
Fni =0.15Fu
1
Use a PL3 h in. x 32 in. x 2 ft 8 in. ASTM A572 Grade 50 for the base pl3te. = 0.75{t25 ksi)
=93.8 ksi
Plate Washer Bearing Strength
The anchor rod nominal shear stress with threads not excluded from the shear plane from
According to AJSC Manual Table 14-2, use a }8 in. x S1A in. x 5\4 in. pl3te washer, welded AlSC Specification Table 13.2:
to the top of the base plate, to transfer the shear to the anchor rods. Also, interpolating from
Table 14-2, use a 3lh-in.-diameter bole for the 2~-in.-diameter ancbor rods. F,.,, =0.450Fu
=0.450(125 ksi) ..
Detennine the available bearing strength assuming deformation at the bolt hole is not a
design consideration. =56.3 ksi

The clear distance to the edge of lhe bearing plate, le. is Laken as: The anchor rod required shear slress.frv:

_ 5'A in. - 2 1..4 in.

1c- . 2 LRFD ASD

f,rv --~
= 1.50 in. Va
f,.,=--
n.Ag llvAg
190 kips 127 kips
= 2 = 8(3.98 inh
8(3.98 in. )
=5.97 ksi = 3.99 ksi

.I AMUtlCAN INSTlTVTE OI' S-n;a CoNSTR\iCTION

 4-1()4
MOMENT FRAMPS 4.-1 COLlfMN SPLICF ..\NO COLUMN BASE Df.SJON EXAMPl.S 4-105

Therefore. the nominal tensile stress from AISC Specification Equation 13-3 is:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
f/;J
N
:-!!t.
n1 A1
/,,..---
_ Naa
,,,A,
l
F:U = 1.3Fn1 - F111 f,., < F,,, F,:, =l.3Fn1 - QFll( /,.,, < Fn,
~Fnv Fnv 378 kips 26$ kips
= 1.3(93.8 ksi) =1.3(93.8 ksi) =4(3.98 in.2) =
4(3.98 in. 2)
93.8 ksi _ 2.00(93.8 ksi) ( ') =23.7 ksi =l6.8 ksi
- 0.75(56.3 k:si) (5.97 ksi) 56.3 ksi
3 99
ksi
Anchor rod bending stre..~ Anchor rod bending stress
= 109 ksi > 93.8 ksi =109 ksi > 93.8 ksi \10 1
M lb VIII
- - - M1b=-
Therefore use F~ = 93.8 bi 11, flv
Therefore u~e F:i =93.8 ksi 127 kips(2. I 9 in.)
= 190 k.ips(2.19 in.)
=
F;, = 0.75(93.8 ksi} F;, 93.8 ksi 8 8
-=--- =34.8 kip-in.
= 70.4 ksi n 2.00 =52.0 kip-in.
=46.9 ksi
The anchor rod combined tensile and bending stresses,/,, is:
/rb :::-
M,,,
./,
/ib = -
Mw
z I.f
J, = f.a + frb
= 52.0 kip-in. =34.8 kip-in.
From AISC Design Guide 1 (Fisher and Kloiber. 2010) the anchor rod be d' o
1.90 in.3
=27.4 ksi
1.90 in.'
=18.3 ksi t...
lever arm, l, is taken as: ' n m,, moment
Combined stress Combined sness I
- Ip t,. aJ~r
l- J, =fta+ fzb
-+-- J, = /u+ fib
2 2
=23.7 ksi + 27.4 kq
=--+--
2 2
3 1h in. ~in.
=51.l ksi < 70.4 ksi o.k.
- 16.8ksi+18.3 ksi
=35.l ksi < .t6.9 ksi o.k. I
=2.19 in.
The anchor rod plastic section modulus, z. 1s: Concrete Anchorage Strengths
The available strengths of the column base concrete clements are checked in accordanc. I
... Z::: db
3 with ACI 318 Appendix D. Section D.3.3.3 requires the anchor design screogth associate I
6 wilb concrete failure modes bereduce<l by a fac1or of 0.75 for structures assigned to Seismic

= (2~ in.)3
Design Category C, D, E or F. The same secuon requires that the concrete be :issume<' I
cracked unless it can be demonstrated othcrwi~ Section D.3.3.6 penniis the u~ of 3 O. .
factor when not designing to fail either the anchor rod or the connection to the ~ochor r' .r
6
=1.90 in.3 per Sections D.3.3.4 and 0.3.3.5, respectively. Although longer embedmeot depths are per-
mitted, with respect to the basic strength equl.ltion, ACl 318 Section D .5.2.2 30d th t
Determine the anchor

pJate are w tension at any time.
tha t only the rods on one side of the b3Se
rod tensile s tres s, assunung example Jim.it the minimum effective embedrnent depth, h4 of the anchor rods to 25 in.
....,,
t
Design Requirements for Tensile Loading t:
Although checked previously in ~ccordance with AlSC provisions, the following illustrah ~
lhe :mchor tensile loading checlcs in accordance with ACl 318 Appendix D provisiom. .,
Per Section 03.3.4, to ensure anchor rod ductile behavior, the design steel tensile strength.
9N,,,. must be less than the concrete breakout, 0.15,Ncbi pullout. 0.75N, and side-fa t
blowour, 0.15,N,b, strengths. By inspection, 1hc side-foce blowout limit ~tatc is n !
applicable. "
 4-106 4-10?
4.4 COLUMN SPUCG ANO COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES

The steel tensile strength of the anchor rod group of four (on one side of the base plate): for the calculauon of A,vc<>:
~NS4 =n As~.Nf.10 ANco =9'1!1
(AO 318 Eq. D-6)
where :::: 9(25.0 in.)2
~ =0.75 from ACl 318 Sec6on D4.4(a)(i) =5,630 in.2
2
0.9743)
A,,,N =41t ( do--n-, - from ACJ 318 Section RD.5. J.2
Por the calculation 1.1f N,,:

n, =4.5 threads/in. from AISC Manual Table 7-17

N,, =16A.J/:1i;p (ACI 318 Eq. D-8)
Therefore: 513
J6(1)J4,000 psi (25.0 in.)
Au,N::: - 1t(2" .
I 1 00.9743
. - -)
2
1,000 lb/kip
4 4.50 in.
= 216 kips
= 3.25-in.2
Therefore:
2
$Nsa -= 0.75(4)(3.25 in. )(125 ksi )
7 430 0
= 1,220 kips > N a =378 kips
11 o.k. Nt:bg :(
5,630 m.
~ :)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(216 kips)
For the design tensile concrete breakout strength of the anchor group: ~285 kips

0.4(0.75)Ncbg =0.4(0.75)(0.75)(285 kips)

(AO 318 Eq. D-5) =64. l kips< 378 kips n.g.
where the following values are assumed. Per ACI 318 Section 0.4.2. l provide supplemental reinforcement to restrain the concrete
breakouL From ACI 318 Section D.5.2.9:
'Yec.N = 1.0 fromACI 318 Section D.5.2.4
T,,
'Y~t1,N = 1.0 from ACI 318 D.5.2.5 As=---
0.75$/y
'Yc,N = LO from ACI 3 J8 D .5.2.6

'l'cp.N = 1.9 from ACI 318 Section D.5.2.7

cp :::: 0.75
I
.
\

378 kips
A.-----"--
0.75(0.75)(60 ksi)
ANc :::: [(n- l)s + 2(1.5)/rq j2{1.5)1tef from ACI 318 Figure RD.5.2. l
:::: 11.2 in.2

s =fB-2(EdgeDisunce)]/(n-l) Provide at least 11.2 in. 2 of vertical reinforcing stirrups spaced within O.Shefof each anchor
=132.0 in. - 2( 4.00 in.)]!( 4- J) rod group per ACI 318 Section Rt>.5.2.9."
= 8.00 in. For tbe design pullout srrength of the anchor group, including the additional 0.75 factor stip-
ulated in ACT 3 18 Section 0.5.2.9 nnd 0.4 factor sti pulated in D.3.3.6:
Therefore:
0.4 (0.75)$Npn :::: 0.4 (0.75)$n'JI c,PN p (from AO 3 18 'Eq. D-1 ..:
ANc =[(4-1)8.00 in.+2(1.5)(25.0 in.)](2)(1.5)(25.0 in.)
=7,430in. 2
where
$ = 0.7 from ACJ 318 Section D.4.4(c)ii for Condition B

Ii I 'l'c,P =1.0 from ACl 318 Section D.5.3.6

"'

I ~!
A.t.tBUCAN 1NS'JTTUT6 OF STEEL CoNS11UJC110N AMERICAN INS'TllVra 01' S1l?a CONSTROCTION
J
 4-108
MOM.ENT f'RAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE ANO COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES 4-109

For 1he calculation of Np.

For rhe c:Ucul:ition of the plate washer cantilever bending moment, the plate washer can-
tilever distance, l, is:
(ACI 318 Eq. D-15)
For calculation of tbe anchor head bearing area Ab try" J 10 x 1.<
h ' rz "
1.<
... n IO. X 4 n m. plate
was er with a double heavy hex nut head on the embedded end of the anchor rod.
l =(B,.as/Jt; - Bn11.1 h~od )
2
Aorg = Aplote - Au =(4 12 in. - 3 h
1 1
in.)
2
Aorg ::::: ( 4 \fi in.)2 - 3.25 in. 2 =0 ..500 in.
::::: 17.0 ~. 2 where Bnut Juad is the heavy hex nut F dimension given in AISC Manual Table 7-l9.

Np =8(17.0 in. 2 )(4 ksi) Therefore:

= 544 kips
LRFD ASD
Therefore:
For the plate washer load, Wu, For the plate washer load, w0 ,

0.4(0.75)C!>Npn =0.4(0.75)(0.7)(4)(1.0)(544 kips) N,,,, Naa

Wu=-- \ V a = --
= 457 k.ips > 378 kips o.k. ,<\i,rg . Abrg

Anchor Rod Head Plate Washer Flexural Strength

378 kips
=17.0 in.2
268 kips
=17.0 in.2 .:
The plastic section modulus per unit width, Z, of the plate washer is: =22.2 ksi =15.8 ksi t:
'

bd2 for a lin. strip of plate: for_a l in. strip of place:

Z:::::-
4
. Wul 2 wa/2
= 1.00 in.(1.00 in.)2 Mu=-- Ma=--
2 2
4
={22.2 kip/in.)(0.500 io.)2 kipf10.)(o.so9 in.)2 .
=0.250 in.3
~ 2
= (1s.8
2
l..
The nomin:il tlexural strength of the plate washer is: ::::: 2.78 kip-in.< 450 kip-in. o.k. = 1.98 kip-in.< 2.99 kip-in. o.k.

~-
\

M,. =FyZ
(Spec. Eq. Fll-1)
=50 ksi(0.250 in.3 ) Design Requirements for Shear Loading
= l 2.5 kip-in. Although checked previously in ae<;:ordance with Al~C; provisions, the following illustrates
the shear loading checks in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D provisions. Frictional
Therefore, from AlSC Specification Section Pl 1.l and AC! 318 Secrt"on D 3 3 6 th 1 shear resistance developed between the base plate and the concrete is neglected in consid-
able flexural strengtb of the plate washer is: , e av:u - eration of earthquake loading. By inspection, the concrete breakout strength of .the anchor
group in shear is not applicable.
LRFD ASD The design steel shear strength of the entire anchor group, including the grout pad factor of
t'
->
0.80 (AC! 318 Section D.6.J.3) is:
0.4$Mn =0.4(0.90)(12,.5 kip-in.) 0.4Mn :::: 0.4(12.5 kip-in.)
$Vso =cl> 0.80n0.6Au.Vfu10
= 4.50 kip-in. n - J.67 (AC! 318 Eq. D-20)
= 2.99 l<lp-in. where
q, =0.65 from ACI 318 Section D.4.4(a)ii
~
.....,

Ai.l.61UCAN INsTmTrS OF STES. CoN~Tiu.icnoN

 4-110 4-l l t
MOMENT FRAMES 4.4 COLUMN SPLICE Ai"ID COLUMN BASE OF..SrGN EXAMPLES

TI1creforc:
Vu 190 kips
cj>V,., =0.65(0.8)(8)(0.6)(3.25 in. )(125 ksi)
2 9v10 = 1,060 kips
= 0.179 < 0.20
= l,O !Ok.ips>l90kips o.k.
Because V., s 0.29Vsa. the full strength in 1ension is permitted according to ACl 318 Section
For the inter3ction of tensile and shear forces. from ACI 318 Se<:1fon D.7: D.7.l. Therefore. V,. is controlled by a ductile steel element

l= 190k.ips
V<a 1,010 kips Design of Column Web-to-Base Plate Weld
=0. 188 The effective Jengtl1 of weld available, I,. on both sides of web, holding welds back from the
"IC' region, is:
Nua 378 kips
--=---
Ns11 1,220 kips
le= d-2kdu
= 15.2 in.- 2(1.91 m.)
=0.310 = 11.4 in.

Because Vu s 0.2<Wso. lhe full Strength in tension is pennitted according to AC! 318 Section From AlSC Manual Equation 8-2, the weld size in sixteenths of.an inch is:
D.7.1.
LRFD ASD
For the design pryout strength of the anchor .group, ACI 318 Sec1ion D.3.3.5 requires that
the streng1h be greater than tl1e shear associated with a ductile failure of 1he attachment if Vu D _ Va
the requirements of ACT 318 Section D.3.3.4 are not met Because the shear strcngrh is Dnq = 1.392(2/e) rtq - 0.928(2/e)
based on hinging in the column, the ductile failure requirement is met if the design streng1h
l90 kips 127 kips
exceeds the column shear strength. =
1.392kip/in.(2Xl1.4 in.) 0.928 kip/in.(2)(11.4 in.)
As indicated previously, the anchor rods on both. sides of the base plate are provided with = 5.99 sixte.enths =6.00 sixteenths
supplemental reinforcement. Io the region between each anchor group, lhe supplemental
reinforcement may overlap, contributing to either group. In consideration of the concrete
breakout strength for prying, a conservative estimate considers only 75% of the supplemen- Conservatively use Yi6-in. fillet welds (two-sided) for the column web-to-base plate weld.
tal lotal for both groups. Also, the Ncbg term is no"\ determined based on lhe area of
supplemental reinforcement instead of ACT 318 Appendix D. Equation D-5. Therefore, lhc Design of Washer Plate to Base Plate Weld
revised design pryout strength is: The effective length of weld available, I,~ on each of the eight plates (two sides), is:
I
0.75 V,.p8 ::::: 0.75t> kcp N,.bg (from ACI 318 Eq. D-31) I,::: 2(5 1A in.)
where =10.S in.
~ =0.70 fromACI 318 Section D.4.4(c)jj Condition B From AISC Manual Equation 82, the weld size in sixteenths of an inch is:
kcp =2.0 from AO 318 Section D.6.3. 1
Ncbg =0.75(2)(1 I .2 in.2)(60 ksi)
LRFD ASD'
= 1,010 kips
Therefore: D _ Vu D Vu
rtq - 1.392(81,) rtq - 0.928(8/e)
0.15cWcpg = 0.75(0.70)(2.0)(1,010 kips) 190 kips 127 kips
:::: =
=1,060 kips> 190 kips o.k. 1.392 kip/in.(8)(l0.5 in.) 0.928 kip/in.(8)(10.5 in.)
= 1.62 sixteeolhs = 1.63 sixteenths I
I
Recheck the intcrnction of tensile and shear forces, using ACI 318 Sec1ion D.7.!, wit11
=
$V:o 0.75 $V,.,,., as follows:
The minimum weld size based on the thinner part joined from AISC Specification Tabl<'
12.4 controls. Bnsed on the 0.830-in. web, use 111-in. filJet welds (two sides) for the washt f
plate-to-base piste weld.
~fERJCAl'I .lNSTmtlll OF STEEL CoNSTRllCllON
 4-112
4A COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE OESfGN E.'<A.MPLF-'> ~113
1
L
n,ie final connection design and geometry for the moment frame column base is shown '
Figure 4-23. in
Example 4.4.4. SMF Embedded Column Base Design

Given :
}
N= 2'-8" Refer to Column CL-l in Figure 4-8. Design an embedded column base plate for the ASTM
A992 W-shape. The column is centered on a 72-in.-wjde reinforced concrete foundation.
The foundation concrete compressive strength,//, is 4 ksi with ASTM A6 I 5 Grade 60
rcinforcemen1. Use ASTM A572 Gr:ide 50 plate material.

The applicable building code specifies che use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. The
required column strengths al 1he base level were decerrnined by a second-order analysis
including the effects of P-o and P-t:. with reduced stiffness as required by lhe direct analy-
sis method. The goveming load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7. including the overstrenglh
factor (referred to as the amplified seismic load in the AISC Seismic Pro1isilms), follow.

PL 3~ (A572 Gr. 50)

In th.is example, !he concrolling limir state is yielding of the face plates. For this limit state,
with (8) 2J4" dia. F1554 the axial force needs to be ma:<imized as this will increase the bearing force :md subsequent
Gr. 105 bolts bending (yielding) in the p13te~. Therefore, the required axial strength is determined from:

LRFD ASD
4 typ., _J LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 6 from
ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
.-----W14x176 column
P,. =(1.2+0.2Sos)D+O.,QE Po= (LO+ 0.105SDs )D + 0.52Sn.,QE
Leveling nut
and washer +0.5L+0.2S + 0.75L+0.75S
or shim olack
=250 kips = 215 kips
3 nonshrink grout
(including the 0.5 factor on L permitted
in Section 12.4.3.2) l
\
The required flexural strength is detenn.ine,d from:

c: LRFD ASD
....
E
(.'.,
LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

M,. =(0.9-0.2Sos)D+~Qs Ma =(0.6-0.14S.os)D+0.70.,Qe

=946 kip-ft = 662 kip-ft
J
''

PL 1"x4W'X4}2" (A572 Gt. 50)

washer with a double nut

Fig. 4-23. OJnnection cross section as designed in Example 4.4.3.

.. .
AMF.IUCAN lNST!TVtl! 01' STEl!J.. CONSTRUCTIOl'J

', ..
.....
\
 ~l MOMENT FRA.MP.S

The required shear ~tre11g1h is detcrm.iped from:

Required Strengths at the Column Base
AlSC Seismic Pro-.ision.~ Section 02 6a requires that rhe :Wal strength equals or exceeds lhe
LRFD ,_
ASD
.... required strength calculated using the load combinarions of the apphcoble building code,
LRFD Load Combina1ion 5 from including lhc amplified ~J\mic load.
ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
ASCEISEI 7 Sec1ion 12.4.3.2 By reference to AISC SeiJmic Pm~isions Section D2.5c, which references Section D2.5b,
v.,:: (l.2+ 0.2SDs )D+ OoQe AISC Seismic Pro\'isions Section 02 6b indirectly ~tipulates that the required shear strength
Vo =(l.0+0. 14Sos)D+0.70.,Qe of the column base be the greater of lhe required sheM strength determined frorn load com-
=96.0 kips
= 67.2.kips binations including the amplified seismic load (Section 02 5b(b)) or the required column
strength as stipulated in the systC'm chapters lSecuon D2.5b(~)). Here, the pro\.is1oru. of
Consider tha111te connection int.o the column weak-axis produces negligible moments on lhe Section E3.6g apply. as follows:
column. With rcspecc 10 lhe fo_undation, consider that the ACI 318 reinforcemenc require-
ments arc adequa1e for all apphcable concrete limit states including punching shear. LRFD ASD

From ASCE/SEI 7, use Seismic Design C.ategory D. n.., = 3.0. p =1.0 and Sos= 1.0.
v.,, =r.~tpc
--
I.SH
Use LRFD provisions for the concrete design. The final connection design and geometry for
the embedded column base i~ shown in Figure 4-24.
where l.M~ is the sum d the nomin.U plastic 11e.~ural s1.rengths of L'1e columns above and
Solution: below the splice, or in this case, the base.
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, die column material properties 3fe as follows: For the c."\lculation of .Hpc:
ASTMA992
F1 =50 k.si M pc =FyZx
Fu= 65 ksi = (50 ks1){ 320 in.3)(1 ft/12 in.)

From AISC Manual Table 2-5, I.be plate material properties arc as follows:
= l,330 kip-ft
ASTM A572 Grade 50 Therefore:
F1 == 50 bi
Fu= 65 ksi LRFD ASD
I
i--
v. =r..upc
I
)j From ASThf A615, lhe concrete reinforcement properties are as follows: V11=--
IJI tx
0 --
H I.SH
ASTM A615 Grnde 60
2(1,330 kip-ft) 2(1,330 kip-ft)
F,. = 60 ksi = 14.0 ft = 1.5(14.0 ft)
From AlSC Manual Table I-1, the geometric propenies arc as follows: =190 kips > 96.0 kips =127 kips> 67.2 JUps
Column
W14x176
Use 11,, =190 kips. Use V11 ::: 127 kips.

A= 51.8 in.? d= 15.2 in. br= 15.7 in. 1.., =0.830 in. AJSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6c(b) requires tha.t the fle.xural s~ngr.h equals or
.:~. TJ= l.31 in. Zx =320 in. 3 exceeds the lesser of the load combination of the applicable building code, including I.he
. Beam amplified ~ismic lood, or I.IR> F, .t.
::
W24X76
=
d 23.9 in.
;
~: ..

.i;
 LRFD
- ASD
.. As=-
V.,
F,
M,, o: J.IR,F,Z. Mo= l.IR1 F1 Z. 190 kips
= J.J (1.J}(50 ksi)(320 in.3)
1.5 - 60 ksi
= 1.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(320 in.3 ) . =3.17 io.2
(12 in./ft)
' 1.5(12 in, ft)
=1,610 kip-ft> 946 .lcip-ft AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4 .5b{l)(4) requires two-thirds of this reinforcement in
=1,080 kip-ft> 662 kip-ft the top layer. It is pennitled to use reinforcement placed for other purposes as pan of the
Use M,, = 946 kip-ft UseM =662 kip-fl required longitudinal reinforcement.
0

AISC Seismic Prrn:isions Section H5.5c requires that Ibis reinforcement be confined by
transverse reinforcement that meets the requirements for boundary members of ACI 318
Required Column Embedment Depth
Co~sider the base condition similar 10 s structuraJ steel coupling beam embedded in a com-
Section 21.9.6. For this ex:imple, as st:itcd above, the foundation reinforeiog requirements ~-
are considered adequate per ACI 318.
posne speci 3 J shear w:ill, per AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5 5c Therefi s
ll~.5b(l )(3) ~ill be used co de1ennine the embedment length. For. th~ calcul:~~n :~t~n
embedment length, ~: e Minimum Face Bearing Plate Thickness

AISC Seismic Pro\lision.t Scc1ioo H5.5c requires face bearing plates on both sides of the col-
0.66 umn at !he foce of the foundntion and near the end of the embedded reg.ion. At a minimum.
Vn =J.54,fjj ( [>,. ) P1b1L, 0.58-0.22P1
(Pro~isio11.s Eq. H4~2)
the stiffener thickness should meet the detailing requiremcnis of AJSC Seismic Provisions
bi 0.88+-L Section F3.5b(4) "here,
2~
fmfn = 0.75t.., >~ in.

l
where
=0.75(0.830 in.}
lh = 0.85 from ACI 318 Se.ction I0.2.7.3 = 0.623 in. > Ya in. J

g = 11
= 140ft(12 in./ft)
=168 in.
Yielding in the Face Bearing Plates
The column axial force is distributed from the column to the face bearing plates and then to
the fotll'ldation io direct bearing. As outl.med in AJSC Manual P:irt 14, lhe critical face plate
I
Try an embedment length, L,, of 22 in. cantile.,.er dimension, 1, is determined 3$ the IMger of m. n or Ni' (as depicted in Figure
Therefore: 4-22). where:

N-0.95d
' l
~( . (Manual Eq. 14-2)
0 66
V,. =l.54v'l.V k.s1 - in ) (0.85)(l
720-.- 5.7 in.)( 22.0 in.) 0.58-0.22(0.85)
m:::
2
15.7 IIl. 168 in
0.88+ .
2(22.0 in.) B-0.8b1 (Manuol Eq. l_W)
= 207 k:ips > 190 kips n=
o.k. 2

As indicated io AJSC Seismic Provi.sions Section H4.5b(l)(3) th

t be 'd
L--'

o gm ms1 e I.he first layer of co~g reinforcement io the foundation.

.
e emv=ment lS consu:lered
N. i A.f<ibi
=-- (from ManWJl Eq. 14-4)
4

Longitudinal Foundation Reinforcement N=d

~~ )(4) requu:e.s
~AISC Seismic Provisions
. S. ecti on H4.,)V\l that longitudinal foundation rein
B=bt
1
olrcedment w1ht l nominal u1a1 strength equal to I.he expected shear strength of the column l>e
P ace over 1 e t'mbcdmcnt lenglh. A. = I.0 (conservative per AJSC Manual PaJt 14) '
 MUMhN I' H{A.Mm; '

In Therefore:
Therefore:

Ath ... 0.03(4 ksi)(22.0 in.)(15.7 in.)/60 ksi

15.2 in.-0.95(15.2 in.)
m
2 = 0.691 in.2
=0.380 in. , b be f 11 de\ cto~ \\-here they engage the embed-
The pro"icion requU'CS th.it all tran.'iCT ars u y . r-w .l r AC! 318.
ded flange. For this e."tample. consider a bar length of 36 tn. fully de\.e opcc..I pe
15.7 in.-0.8(15.7 in.)
n
2 Use (2) 1A in. x 36 in. bar~ in cilch region.
=I.57 in.
(2)7t(+~ in.)2
'An'= 1.0J15.2 in (15.7 in.) Arb=
4
4 =0.884 in.., > 0.69 I .in.., o.k.
=3.86 in.
For the yielding limit state, the required minimum rh.ickness is dctermjncd from AlSC Manual
Equauons 14-7a and 14-7b:

LRFD ASD

2Pu
fmiJt =l - - - t,,,;,, =I
09FyBN
= 3.86 in. =3.86 in.
Section A-A
2(250 kips) x 3.33(215 kips}
x
0.9(50 ksi)(l5.7 in.)( 15.2 in.) 50 ksi(I5'.7 in.)(15.2 in.)
=0.833 in. =0.946 in. I.. ,

Due to the different load combinations used for LRFD versus ASD, lhere is a. slight d is-
crepancy between the LRFD and ASD rcsulis for the required shear strength. Typically. one
PL Ye" face bearing ~,
plate. typ.

co<:crete foundation" '

\.
I'-
"1
, .I
if f\ reinforcement bey
(21"" d;a. x 36"
deformed bar an

.merhod should be chosen and used consistemly throughout an entire design. For the pur-
.... ... \i /
typ.
\
poses of this example, the LRFD result will be used.

Because flexural yielding at the beruing interface controls the face plate design, the fillet
.J
~

v :-=~--=+-~ - L'
~1
\..
. -
.,
.:;
:"
weld connection provisions of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) are not applicable
and the lh.ickness )hould be fully developed. Therefore, the face plates are welded to the
A
i I
I >
c
e
b
\A
columns with complete-joint-penctrotion groove welds. <>
.. - =LJ_ -<;
~

!
,,
~'
,,
I
.... .
Use }i-in.-thick ASTM A572 Grade 50 face bearing plates.

* .I {

Required Transfer Reinforcement ""'

AlSC Seismic Provisions Section HS.SC requires two regions of transfer reinforcement
...
:macbcd to both lhe embedded flanges. The area of rransfer reinforcemen t is:
Note: The deformed bar anchor-to-column nange
A.b ~ 0.03//l,,bf / F7sr (Provisions E.q. H5- l) connection should match the strength or the bar.

r:\ P,sr =60 k.si (dcformeJ bar anchor) Fig. 4-24. C(Jnnection cross sl!ction as designed in mmple 4.4A.
 l''IVIVJt.J'I ! M<AMl'.S

The weld of the defom1ed bar to the column flange should be a flux filled ni:itcrial using an to 0.1SPc. then the vnlues of cl>Rvi and ~Rvz or Rvilfl and R.z/fl can be used to calculate the
electric :trc welding process, that develops the strength of lhe rebar according to AWS DJ. J a\-ailable panel zone shear strength. Considering st.rcngth of a column without doubler plates:
clause 7.

A ISC Seismic Provisions Seclion HS.Sc also requires that the not-to-exceed transfer rein- (Spec. Eq. JI 0-l l )
forcement area is:

I:.A,b < 0.08~b,., - As (Pro'l'isio11s Eq. H5-2) where

< 0.08 (22.0 m.)(72.0 in.}- As F-, = spcclfied minimum yield ~lJ'Css of the column web, ksi
< I 27 in.2 - A,, =
bcf width of column Oangc, in.
d 11 :: depr.h of beam, in.
In AJSC Seismic Pro\ isions E.quation H5-2. As is the longirudioal area of reinforccmcnl ~ = depth of column. in.
lcf = thickness of column nange, Ill.
pro,ided over the embedment length. As noted in the Given statement, the foundation rein-
forcing requirements src considered ade<juate per ACI 318 Therefore. tJus check 1s pro' ided cw =thickness of column web, in
for 1Uustrali\'e purposes only. Expanding /.JSC Specification Equnticm J10-11 yields:
The final connection de~ign and. geometry for the embedded column base is shown in
figure 4-24.

Rv1 and R,'2 are defined as:

4.5 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION
Rv1 =0.60Fld,t...,
Table 4-1. Comparison of Requirements for SMF,
IMF and OMF Rv2 = 0.60Fyd,t-. ( 3::c?)
Several categories of connection and design crileria are listed in Table 4-1. The Seismic
ProiiJion.r requirements for each category are given for OMP. IMF and SMF. Substituting into the expth~ded version of AISC Specification E.quation Jl().. l l, the available I.
panel zone shear streng 1s: r
Table 4-2. SMF Design Tables
Various values useful in the design of SMF are tabulared. Values are given for W-shapes that LRFD
c
..I
ASD

, meet the width-to-thickness requirements for SMF beams and colwnns with F. = SO ksi R. R,1 R..2
(ASTM A992). . 1
Rv =
~~i
R~1 +--
' -=-+--
di. n n fldb
For cases where the limiting web ~idth-to-thickness r.itio is a function of lhe member's
required a."tial streng1h, P., or Pa. according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Table Dl.J, the To aid in the detcnnination of the minimum pruiel-wne element thicknesses, W:/90 or dl/90
me~11ber will sausfy the width-to-thickness requirements for highly ductile members if P., or arc also tabula1ed. Therefore, the rum of the corresponding wif 90 or di/90 values for the
Pa is less than or equal to the value tabulated for Pu max or Pa max respec1ivcly. The nominal SMF beam anti column will detennfoe the minimum panel-zone element thicknesses per
axial yield su-ength of a member, P;. is calculated as FyA1 Note that it is assumed that AISC S~ismic Provisions Equation E3-7:
Ca"" Pul9cP, > 0.125 Ol' C,, = ~Pa1P1 > 0.125. Where a dash is shown, there is no Jimira-
tion on the values of P,, or Pa.

The value 1 JRyMp is given to aid in several calculations, including rhe derermination of the
required shear strength of SMF connections and the SlvfF column-beam moment ratio.
Several values are tabul:ttcd lo enable quick determination of coluroo panel zone shear
strength. To determine if AISC Specification Equations Jl(). J J or JJ0-12 are :ippHcable
0.75Pc is given for comparison with the required axial sr.rength, P,. If P, is less thnn or equ~
Values are also tabulated to aid in the determination of lateral bl':\Cing requirements. The \
value given for l-b lllAK is the maximwn distance between lateraJ. brace--; specified in AISC ~
Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b. The required brace strength al beam-to-column c~nnec., j
tions stipulated in AISC Seismic Pro"ision.s Section E3.4c(I), equal to 0.02FybJ'J is also
given. All lateral bracing is also required 10 have a minimum stiffness based on a moment
equal to RyMp = R1 F1 Z. The value of t.h.is moment is tabulated. ,
1
~

AMElllCAI' l>lsmun! OP ST661. Coi;STJUJCTION I

....
 MOMENT FRAMES ~ DESIGN TABLES 4-123
'.':

Table 4-1 Table 4-1 (continued)

Comparison of Requirements for SMF. .Comparison of Req~irements for SMF,
IMF and OMF ' IMF and OMF
Special Moment Intermediate Moment Ordinary Moment Special Moment Intermediate Moment Ordinary Moment
Frame {SMF) Ftame (IMF) Ftame (OMF) Frame (SMF) Frame ~MF) Frame (OMF)
Story Drift Angle 0.04 rad 0.02 rad To match tested Provide continuity plates
tlo specifted minimum Continuity Plates To match tested
condition 0< ANSVAISC 358 coodition or ANSVAJSC 358 as required by
Connection Rexurat Performance confirmed by Performance conlinned by Section 2.4.4 AlSC Seismic Provisions
fR: Develop 1.1RyMp of Section 2.4.4
Strength testing per A/SC Seismic testing per AlSC Seismie beam, maximum moment Section El.Sb
Provisions Chapter K; Provisions Chapter K; developed by system or
connectioo achieves connectioo achieves
minimum 80% of nominal minimum 80% of nominal
satisfy requirements in Seam-Column l:M~>1 .0 No additional No additional
requirements beyond
NSC Seismle Provisions Proportion l:Mp0 requirements beyoncl
plastic moment of the plastic moment of the . AISC Specification A!SC Specification
Section El .6b, E2.6 and
beam at story drift ~le beam at story drift angle E3.6
of 0.04 rad of 0.02 rad Witith-to-Thickness Beams and columns Beams and columns No additional
Limi~ticms ., to satisfy the AISC to satisfy the AISC requlrements beyond
Connection Shear Vfor load combination Vtor load combination Seismic 'Pfovisions PJSC Specification
Vtor load combination Seismic Provisions
Strength including overstrength plus including overstrenglh plus
Including overstrength plus Section 01.1 for hlgt\ty Section 01.1 tor
shear from application 111 shear from application of ductile members moderately ductile
shear from appllcatJon of
Emh"' 2[1.1RyMpyLh Em11= 2[T.1RyMpJ!lh Em11= 2[1.TR1 MpJ/Lcr
I '
members

-or - -or- -or- Stability Bracing eeam bracing required Beam bracing required No additional
of Be;;ms tO ~atisfy AISC . to satisfy AISC requirements beyona
Lesser Vpermitted if Lesser Vpermilted if Lesser Vpermitted if Seismic ProvisfDflS Seismic Provisions AiSC Specification
Justified by analysis. See justified by analysis. See justified by analysis Section 01 .2b for highly Section 01.2a tor
also tile exception alSo Ille exception ductile members moderately ductile
provided Jn AISC Seismic provided in AlSC Sefsmfc members ..
Provisions Section E3.6d ProviSfons Section E2.6d
Column Splice Splices shall satisfy Splices shall satisfy No additional
Panel Zone Shear For P, s 0.7SP.,, compute requirements beyond
No additional No additional AISC Seismic Provisions AISC Seismic Prov'.sions
Strength strength per AISC requirements beyond requirements beyond Section 02.5 and Sections 02.5 and 14$(; Specification
Specification Eq. :.110-11 AISC~tkln AlSC Specification E3.6g; bolts Of \ E2.6g; bolts or
using 9;"' 1.oo (UlFDror CJP groove welds ' CJP groove wetds
Q,"' 1.50 (ASD) .
Protected Zone P$. established by k> established by None
For P,> 0.75Pc. compute ANSVAISC 358 for each ANSVAISC 358Jor each ,
strength per A!SC . ,. prequalified connection; prequalifled connection;
.,
.
Specification Eq. J10-12 . ..
: generally, one-half be.am generally, one-half beam
using 9= 1.00 (!.RFD) ' depth beyona'centertine depth beyond centerline
0,=T.50(ASO) of plastic,hinge of plastic hinge
Panel Zone Thickness f ~ (d1 + W1 )/90 No additional No additional
requirements beyond requirements beyond
AlSC Specificauon NSC Spectncation
.
 NJUMtlN J t'K.l\M_c:) DESlGN TN:!Lt:.::.

Table 4-2
Table 4-2
Ry= 1.1 SMf Design varues Fy =50 ksi Fy = 50 ksi SMF Design Values Ry= 1.1
,..
W-Shapes
W-Shapes
Panel Zone
Pu mar Panef Zone Lateral 8r.1cing
,.
Shape (I.RFD) LRFO (~"' 1.00) UIFO
Wz dz
~Rr1 9R,.z
Shape -or- Lmu 0.02M,C, R1 Mp
0.75Pc !lO 90
kip$ ho
kip-ft
kips kfp-in. kips In. fl ldps kips kip-ft
W44x335 3900 8170
x290 1360 4480 369()
1930 7110 W44x335 0.450 14.5 28.1 42.2 7430
x262 1130 3550 3200 I
887 6400 x290 0.449 14.5 25.0 30.9 6460 1
x230 1020 2870 2900
234 x262 0.450 14.4 22.4 33.3 5820
914 2120 2540 x230 0.450 14.3 19.3 29.0 5040
2310 15700 6530 W40x593 Q.406 15.8 53.9 76.3
1950
1660
11200
8120
5550
4760
x503
x431
0.406
0.406
15.5
15.2
45.3
38.2
64.9
55.4
12700
10600 I
1500
1410
1360
7010
6090
4390
4130
x397
x3n
0.407
0.406
15.1
15.0
35.4
33.0
' 51,0
47.9
8980
8250
noo
I
5820 3980
3710
2600
1210
1110
4690
3870
3570
.3270
x362
x324
x297
0.406
G.406
0.406
15.0
14.9
14)
32.2
28.8
26.1
46.7
41.8
38.3
7520
6690
6100
I l:;
989 3550
1560
S87 2870
306()
x2n 0.406 14.9 25.0 36.1 5730 .
2760
W40x392
333 761 2120 2380
x249
x215
0.406
o.406
14.8 .
14.7
22.4
19.3
32.4
28.1
5130
4420 l:
x331 1no 7090 4350
u
W40x392 0.406 11.0 31.2 48.1 . 7840
1490
x327
x294 tO
4980
4940
3660
3600
x331
x327
0.406
0.406
10.7
10.7
26.0
25.8
40.6
40.1
6550
6460
1,.
x278 1280 4020 3230
x264 1240
1150
3540
3210
3090
2900
x294
x278
0.406
0.406
10.6
10.s
23.2
21.7
36.3
34.1
5820
545o I ;
x235 2200 x264 0.406 10.5 '\ 20.6 32.5 . 5180
x211 989 2670 2590
1320
x183 280
887 2140 2330
x235
x211
0.406
0.406
10.6 :
10:4
18.8
16.8
29.2
26.2
4630
}l
x167
x149
259
169
761
753
1530
1130
2000
1850
x183
x167
0.407 10.4 . 14.2 22.5
4150
3550 I.....
0.406 9.98' 12.2 20.3 3180
722 732 1640 x149 0.406 9.52 9.79 17.6 2740

.r:

I .J
1'
, :~ .... ,J 11;
:h.;.\ . ~- :(. J
1.1

I
t.
.. :~l
AMEJUC;\N 1Nsmuni OF SrEa Co;-isnucno.'I
AMl!Rlo.N lNsnrtm! OF Sn!a. CONS1'RUCTIOH
 !
~
rl MVMcJ'l l r.!<.AMJ:..S lJ~l\.Jl'f U\,01,.. ~

,-~
Table 4-2 (continued) Table 4-2 (continued)
Ry= 1.1 SMF Design Values Fy =50 ksi Fy =50 ksi SM F Design Values Ry= 1.1
,.. ., W-Shapes w-~ha pes
'
Panel Zone Panel Zone Lateral Bracing
P,,W:U
,,. Shape (U!FD) LRFD (t == UlO) UIFD
~pe
Wz dz
-or- Lt llJU OJYlM1 C4 R1 Mp
Rvi 'Ryz 0.75Pc 90 90 0.02F,b1t1
ho
kips
kips kip-in. kips in. ft kips ' kips klpft
,,.
W36x652
' ... 14700 2430 19900 7200 W36>t652 0.378 17.0 62.3 85.1 13300
.,..
x529 11700
x487 1920 13100 5850 .x529 0.378 16.6 50.1 69.5 10700
10700 1770 11100 5360 x487 0.377 16.5 45.8 64.0 9760
.l
~~
X441
x395
x361
9630
8620
1590
1410
9110
7320
4880
4350
x~I
x395
0.378
0.378
16.3
16.1
41.5
37.0
57.6
52.0
8750
7840
7810
!:-:j
,~ x330 7110
1280 6070 3980 x361 0.378 16.0 L 33.6 47.4 7foo
x302 1150 5110 3630 x330 0.378 15.9 30.7 43.2 6460
6450 1060 4240
x282 3650 3340 x302 0.377 15.9 28.1 39.6 ' 5870
6000 985
:!;~ x262 3020 5550 930
3680 3110
3100 . 2900
; x282 0.377 15.8 . 26.1 36.9 ' 5450
>: x247 2500 5190
x262 0.378 15.6 23.9 . 34.1 5040
x231 881 2710 2720 x247 0.378 15.5 22.3 32.0 4720
2010 4860 832 2360 2560 x231 0.378 15.4. 20.8 30.1 4410
i'l36x256 5240

flI x232 1080 3290 2820 W36x256 0.377 11.0 21.1 32.0 4770
2810 \ 4720
x210 968 2680 2550 x232 0.377 10.9 . 19.0 29.0 4290
2290 4200
x194 914 2030 2320 x210 0.378 10.7 16.6 26.0 3820
1650 3870
x182 838 1730 . 2140 x194 0.378 10.6 15.2 24.0 3520
1240 3620 790 1520 3290
r:~ x170 805 2010 .x182 0.377 10.6 . - 14.3 22.5
3370
k" x160 506 3150
738 1310 1880 x170 0.378 10.5 - . 13.2 20.9 3060
!~ 702 1120 x160 0.377 10.4 12.2 2s60
xJSO 262 1760 19.6
2930 673 954 1660 x150 0.378 10.3 11.3 18.3 2660
1'133x387 7870
.~- x354 7160
1360 7580 4280 W33x387 0.349 15.7 36.9 50.9 7150
~ l x318 6400
1240
1100
6330
5140
3900 :<35-4
5<318
0.349
0.349
'15.5 33.6 46.6
42.0
6510
x291 3510 15.4 30.2 5820
5850 1000 4280
x263 3210 x291 0.348 15.3 27.5 38.5 5320
5240 900 3510
(:" x241 2900 x263 0.348 15.2 24.8 34.8 4770
4740 852
..f~ x221 2800 2670 'x241 0.349 15.0 22.3 31.5 4310
4320 788 2330
x201 2450 '5221 0.348 . 14.9 20.2 28.9 3930
3900 723 1870 2220 x201 0.349 14.8 18.1 26.1 3540
W33x169 1160 3170
~~. 679 1540 1860 W33x169 0.348 10.4 14.0 21.2 2880
x152 777
:j:
~1:
x141 477
2820
2590
638 1170 1680 x152 0.349 10.3 12.3 19.0 2560
x130 604 954 1560 x141 0.349 10.1 11.0 17.5 2360
245 2350 576 757 1440 x130 0.349 9.93 9.83 16.0 2140
.,
"
r
f:
:.
::

AMERlCAN lNsmtml OF STF..Ei:CONSTRlJCTJON

A.MSRJCAJll lNSTITUTE! OF STE!!L CONSTllU(,"llON
 4
vtU' 1 t".K.t\1'-U:~ DESIGN TABLES l
Table 4-2 (continued) Table 4-2 (continued) \
=50 ksi SMF. Design Values Ry= 1. 1 .
Ry= 1.1 SM F Design Values Fy Fy::: 50 k si
W-Shap es

I
W-Shapes

Panel Zone Panel Zone

Lateral Bractng
t
p- 1.1R1M, LRFD I+ UlO)
WO

\
Shape
(l.RF1l)
R~ Rrt 0.75Pc
Shape
w,
-90 or-90
d,
Ltaw
O.CYlM1 C.
h.
R1M,
f
kips kips klpf1
kips kip-ft kJps kip-in. kips In. ft
38.1 51.8 6650
WJ(b(391 7310 1350 8360 4310 W30x391 0.315 153
34.7 47.5 6050
x357 6660 1220 7000 3940 x357 0.315 151
31.6 43.1 5450
x326 6000 1110 5820 3600 x326 0.314 15.0
28.3 38.6 4860
x292 5340 979 4710 3230 x292 0.314 149
25.1 34.6 4320
x261 4750 882 3720 2890 x261 0.314 14.7
22.7 31.3 3880
x235 4270 n9 3060 2600 x235 0.314 14.6
27.9 3440
x21 1 3790 718 2370 2340 14.5 19.9
x.211 0.314 25.2 3090
x191 1513. 2260 3400 654 1910 2100 14.4 17.9
x.191 0.315 22.8 2780
16.1
xl73
W30x14S
t1tii,.l'
~89t
1670
1350
3060
2520 . sfT,
597
599
1550
1320
1910
1640
x173 0.314 1'6 2
9.48 12.4 18.6 2290 \
W30x148 0315 16.4 2000
x132 ~1~5f~ 982 2200 6~ 559 945 1460 x132 031 4 9.35 105
15.3 1870
x 124 .4~ 720 2060 545 530 817 1370 9.27 9,n
xt24 0.315 142 17~
x116 36\ <.; 5"2 1910 . 4(5 509 683 1280 }(116 0314 910 8.93
1590
I xi OB 242" 364 1740 "87 546 1190 1<108 031 4 8.9" 7.98 13.1
8660
17300 5960 54.2 71 .7
W27.x539 9530 1920 W27>'539 0282 15.2

~-
36.5 48.9 5680
x368 6250 1260 8140 4090 x368 0.283 14.5 5180
4<19
t x336 5700 1130 6830 3720 ><336 0283 14.3 33.3
412 4720

I x307 5190 1030 5660 3380 14.2 301

x307 0.282 37.6 4290
x281 932 4830 3120 14.1 Z78
'720 x281 0.283 34.S 3910
x258 4300 853 4030 2850 14.0 25.3
0.283
x235 3890 784 3310 2600
x258
x235 0.283 13.8 22.9 31 .3
291
3540
3260
\
212

1..J-
x217 3580 707 2860 2400 x217 0.282 13.8
18.8 25.9 2890
)(194 3180 632 2260 2140 x194 0.282 13.7 2610
1800 1970 168 23.6
x178 2870 605 x178 0.282 13.5
15.1 21 .4 2360
x161 2110 2600 546 1470 1790 x161 0.283 13.4 2130
497 13.7 19.3
x146 1570 2340 1200 1620 x146 0.283 13.3
11.0 16.4 1810
W27x129 1340 1990 505 1090 1420 W2.7X129 0.282 9.19 1570
9.39 14.3
x114 965 1730 467 786 1260 x114 0.283 9.06 1400
128
x102
x94
527
32'6
1540
1400
419
395
620
500
1130
1()40
x102
x9'6
0.283
0.282
8.9"
8.81
8.30
7 45 11 7 1270 t

\ '

:.._
~
AMl:JuCAN L"IS'TT(UTE OF Sttl!L CONSTRUC110N
Af.fEIUCAN lllmT\ITI! OF STEL CONSTIUICT'ION

... ..:.......
 4 - 131
4-130 MOMENT FRAMES
~ DESIGN TABLES

r
Table .4-2 (continued)
I Table 4-2 (continued)
~:
SMF Design Values Ry= 1.1
i:' Ry= 1.1 SMF Design Values Fy =50 ksi1 Fy =50 ksi
W-Shapes
W-Shapes
~
"":, Panel Zone Lateral Bracing
Panel Zone ._ ~ . -~ . -- -r
":t~-rH -~ASO.~. ....: ;-~~
LRFD
Pu mu
LRFO ( =1.00) W: d, 9:azF,1iftr - .::o.02M;cd 0.02M,Cd R1 M,
(LRFD) Shape -or- L11mu D.02Fyb1tt
i:' Shape 90 90 \.M
.,;. 1.5,-
'11-h-: ~~'1'/r.~
~: h,
i 1)1Rv1 $R112 0.75Pc
kips kips kipft
in. ft
kips kips kip-in. kips
37.3 49.1 5180
r. W24x370 0.251 13.6
4680
"
.::.
~: I W24x370
x335
x306
5700
5140
4650
1280
1140
1020
9120
7470
6270
4090
3690
3360
x335
x306
0.250
0_250
13.4
13.3
13.2
33.5
30.6
27.8
44.9
40.9
37.3
4230
3830
x279 4210 929 5230 3070 x279 0250 33 5 3410
., 13.1 24.9
. 3750 821 4240 2760 x250 0.250 30.6 3090
x250 22.7
:~d
~:
x229 . 3400 749 3530 2520 x229 0250 12.9
12.8 . 20.4 27.7 2780
671 2880 2280 x207 0.251 25.6 2560
x207 3060 12.8. 19.0
. 2820 620 2490 2120 x192 0.251 23.5 2340
x192 12.6 17.3
x176 0.250
...::.:>:~ x176
.,x162
2580
2360
567
529
2080
1740
1940
1790 x162 0.251 12.7 15.9
14.1
21.6
19.5
2150
1920
..
:
x146 2110 482 1380 1610 .x146 0.250 12.5
12.4 17.3 1700
x131 0251 12.3
x131 1870 445 1070 1450
8.82 13.1 1280
1110 . ns - W24x103 0.250 8,27 1160
W24x103 1410 404 1140 7.94 11.9
8.23
:j;I J x94
x8_4
836
506
1280
1130
375
340
625
481
1040
926
x94
x84
0.251
0.251 8.11 6.95
6.11
10.6
9.48
1030
917
x76 0.250 7.98
x76 290 1010 315 374 840 701
4.15 7.29
0.250 5.74
'r~
;: W24x62 187 m 306 221 683 \'/24x62
x55 0.251 s.~z:
3.54 6.38 614
x55 58.5 676 280 161 608
! 20.5 27.2 2430
W21x201 0.219 12.6 2180
W21x201 2670 628 3010 2220 18.5 24.7
x182 0.219 12:5' 1980
x182 2400 565 2460 2010 16.9 22.5
12.4
1ij
I
"'1
!~'.
x166
x147
2180
1880
506
4n
2060
1490
1830
1620
x166
x147
x132
0.220
0.220
0219
12.3
12.2
14.4
12.9
f9.5
17.6
1710
1530
1410
x132 1680 425 1210 1460 11.9 16.3
x122 0.220 12.l
...:..
1;:
x122
x1 11
1550
1410
391
355
1030
848
1350
1220 x111 0.219 12.1 10.8 14.9 1280
1010
7.83 H.7
...
:$,
W2lx93 1110 376 655 1020 W21x93
x83
0.219
0.219
7.65
7.61 6.98 10.5 , 898
x83 1060 988 331 525 915 6.14 9.23 788
x73 0.219 7.52 733
x73 685 867 289 409 806 5.66 8.63
~~: . x68 0.219 7.48 660
x68 521 807 272 349 750 7.76
~;: x62 330 n6 252 280 686 x62 0.220 7.36 5.07
l' 4.26 6.99 591
\Y21x57 0220 5.61
W21x57 326 650 256 249 626 3.-19 5.99 504
x50 0.219 5.40 437
~:
x50 176 555 237 168 551 2.93 5.17
x44 0.220 5.24
x44 57.6 481 217 118 488
t.
!:'
J
I
:.:. !
:~ '

.~

I:I
,\1'!EIUCAN lNSTl'TVTE OF STEEL CoNsnuJ<:TlOl'i
AME!uCN' INStmm; OF STEa. CONSTllUCOON
 MOMENT FRAMES oESlGN TABLES 4-1

Table 4-2 (c ontinued)

Tab le 4-2 (c ontinued)
Ry~ 1.1
SM F Design Values Fy= 50 k si Fy= 50 ksi SMF Design Values Ry= 1.1
)"
W-Shapes
W-Shapes I
}:..
Pu max Panel Zone Lateral Bracing
Shape (!..RFD) !..RFD (~ "' 1.<IO) LRFD
Shape Wz dz
~Rrt ~R112 0.75P,
-or- Lbowt o.02M;c, R1 Mp
90 90
kips ho
kip-ft kips kip-in. kips In. ft kips kipft
W18x311 kips
3800 1020
x283
x258
x234
3410
3080
920
826
8110
(16~
5620
34!
3120
2850
W18x311
x283
0.187
0.188
12.3
12.1 .
32.9
29.8
42.3
38.3
3460
3100 r
x211
2no
2470
734 4690 2570
x258
x234
0.188
0.188
12.0
11.8
27.1
24.7
35.0
31.8
2800
2520 I
I ~:.;
x192 658 3810 2340 x211 0.188 11.7
- -- X17S
2230
2010
588 3170 2110 x192 0.188 11.6
22.2
20.1
28.7
26.0
2250
2030
x158 534 2590 1930
1790 x175 0.187 11.5. 18.1 23.8 1820
x143 479 2110 1740
1620 x158 0.187 11.4. 16.3 : 21 .4 1630
x130 427 1760 1580

II.
1460 x143 0.187 11.3 14.8 19.5 1480
x119 388 1450 1440 x130
1320 0.188 11 .2 ' 13.4 17.6 1330
X106 373 1140 1320
1160 i<110 0.188 11.2 12.0 16.1 1200
x.97 331 891 1170
1060 x106 0.187 11.1 10.5 14.2 1050
5<$6 299 756 1070
938 x97 0.187 11.0 9.66 13.1 967
W18x71
265 592 949 x86 0.187 10.9 . 8.55 11 .6 853 \..
x65
x60 668
736
671
275
248
451
384
784
716
Wl8x71
x65
0.188
0.188
7.07
7.02
6.19
5.69
9.07 669
610
I ~:
620 8.27
x55
x50
520
326
565
509
227
212
329
269
660
608
x60
'555
0.187
0.187
6.98
6.94
5.25
4.74
7.73
7.04
564
513
,,,..
'.:
W18x40
'x40
319 457
192
195
219
. 200
551
506
xSO 0.187 6.86- 4.28 6.39 '453 , ...
98.3 395 Wl8x4~ 0.188 s.36 3.67 5.70 416
169 149

l
.x35 46.5 335 443 x40 0.187 5.28 3.16 4.96 359
159 97.5 386
W16x100 x35 0.187 5.07 2.55 4.23 305
998
298 908
x89
x 77
882
756
265 717
1100
983
a.ca
W16x100
x89
0.167
0.167
10.4
10.4
10.2
9.10
13.6
12.1
908
802 I
W16x57 529
225
212
535 xn 0.166 10.3 7.83 10.5 688 ht~
xso 604 328 630 W16x57 0.166 6.65 481
46-4 186 5.09 7.36
x45
x40
427
224
415
368
167
253
202
551
499
x50
x45
0.167
0.166
6.61
6.53
4.45
3.98
6.45
5.84
422
377 I
W16x31 60.6 272
146
131
161
96.4
443
342
x40
W16x31
0.167
0.167
6.53
4.86
3.54
2.43
5.18
3.83
335
248
l
1

l.:
I
I.
"-'~

AMillucv. lNST!TIJTE OF STEEL CONSTJtUCTION

AMEluCAN ll-tSTmTTl! OP STEEL CONSTIU.JCllON

lb~
 4-IJS
''.~$1
.l DESIGN TABLES

I
MOMENT FRAMES
4-134
i.f.-
i~
Table 4#2 (continued)
Table .4-2 (continued) Ry= 1.1
.~/
Fy = 50 ksi SMF Desigr- Values
Ry= 1.1 SMF- Design Values Fy= 50 ksi
W#Shapes
W~Shapes

Panel Zone Lateral Bracing

Panel Zone
LRFO
Puma LRFO (Ci> = 1.00) W: dz 0.02MrCd Ry Mp
(lRFO) Shape -or- Lb ,_ 0.02F1bttt
Shape 90 90 ho
41R,1 ~Rt? 0.75Pc
kip-ft
kips kips
In. .. ft
kips kips kip In. kips
87.9 104 7610
W14x730 0.140 1S.5 6780
8370 2060 38800 -8060 19.2 80.0 95.2
x665 0.140 6050
7460 1830 32500 7350 18.9'" 72.4 86.9
x605 0.140 79.l 5410
6660 1630 27100 6680 18.7 65.7
x550 0.140 4810
59$0 1440 22600 6080 :18.4 59.5 71.7
x500 0.140 4290
5290 1290 18700 5510 18.2 53.9 65.2
: I x455 0.140 3980
i:::i 4720 1150 15600 5030 18.0 50.8 60.9
x426 \ 0.140 3670
x426 4380 1050 13900 4690 47.3 56.8
x398 0.140 l7.9 3370
x398 4040 972 12100 4390 43.9 53.3
x370 0.140 17.7
..:~
x370 3710 891 10500 4090 40.5 49.3 3080
><342 0.140 17.6 2760
x342 ~90 809 9000 3790
x311 0.140 17.5 36.6 44.8
X311 3040 723 7450 3430 33.3 40.8 2480
x283 0.140 17.3 2230
x283 2730 646 6210 3120 17.2 30.2 . 36.9
x257 0.140 2000 .
x257 2460 581 5140 2840 27.3 33.S
\)t x233
x211
2200
1970
1790
514
462
4230
3460
2570
ma
x233
x211
xl93
0.140
0.1,40
0.140
17.0
16.9
15.B"
24.6
22.6
3M
27.7
25.3
1790
1630
1470
x193 414 2930 2130 0.140 16.7 20.6
x11s 1610 378 2420 1940 x1?6 18.6 22.9 1320

l~
x159 0.140. 16.6 1190
x159 1450 335 1990 1750 16.9 20.9
x145 0.140~ 16.5
xl45 1310 302 1660 1600 18.8 1070
15.6 15.1
W14x132 0.140
W14x132 1180 284 1400 1460 11.4 637
10.3 . 8.64
:m11 W14><82 0.140 578
W14x82 - 701 219 665 ' 900 7.93 10.3
iil
:
x74
. x68
635
5~0
192
174
. 560
467
818
750
x74
>C68
0.140
0.140
10.3
10.2 . 7.20 9.51
7.26
527
399
7.98 5.32
W14x53 0.140 6.53 359
W14x53 439 154 316 585 7.94 4.78
x48 0.140

:: )
::
x48 395 141 . 256 . 529
W14x38 0.145 6.44 3.4~ 4.97 282
W14x38 400 310 131 162 420 3.28 184
4.49 2.11
W14x26 0.145
,, W14x26 116 . 203 106 79.9 288
~
~~
'
!

,,...
.,''
{

II
I
AMEJUCAN l.NSTTTUTR 01' Sre:a CO.NSTRUCTlON
AMEJtfCAN INS'J1TVJ1! ~ STEEL CONSTRJC'l10N
 . .,, 4-137
MOMENT FRAMES .- pESIGN TABLES l:.
_....JV
1:

Ry= 1.1
Table 4-2 (continued}
SMF Design Values Fy = 50 ksi Fy =50 ksi .c.
Table 4-2 {continued)
:. sMF Design Values Ry= 1.1 l'
W-Shapes W-Shapes

Lateral Bracing
r .,.
Panel Zone Panel Zone

i~
Ponwt
l.RFO
LRFO (~"' 1.00) 0.02M,C, RyMp
(UIFD) Wt dt
hmu
Shape Shape -or-
~Rn ~R-2 0.75P, 90 90 ho
kips kiP.S._ kip-ft
kips kip-ft kips kip-in. kips In. ft

W12x336 3040 897 10600 3710 W12x336 o.12r 14.4 39.7 48.1
43.4
2760
2460
\:
14.2 ~5.8
x305 2710 797 8720 3360 x305 0.121 2200
32.4 39.5
x279 2430 730 7190 3070 x279 0.122 14.0 . 1960
29.3 35.7
><252 2160 647 5920 2780 x252 0.121 13.9 1no
26.7 3.2.7
x230
x210
1950
1750
584
520
4970
4160
2540
2320
x230
x210
0.122
0.121
. 13.8
13.6 24.3 29.9 1600
1430
'1
13.5 22.1 26.9
x190 1570 458 3460 2100 x190 0.121 1260
13.4 19.7 24.4
x170 1390 403 2760 1880 x170 0.121 1110
13.3 17.5 21.7
x1 52
x136
1230
1080
358
318
2210
1740
1680
1500
x152 0.121
0.121 13.1 15.5 19.3 981 '1
x120 938 279 1360 1320
x136
x120 0.121
0.121
13
12.9
13.7
12.1
17.1
15.2
853
752 I
x106
x96
827
741
236
210
1080
889
1170
1060
x106
x96 0.121 12.8 11 .0
5.17
13.7
6.82
674
330
I;
W12x50 362 135 298 548 W12x50 0.121 8.15 294
4.63 6.14
x45 324 122 240 491 x45 0.122 8.11
3.41 4.69 235
W1 2x35 453 258 113 160 386 W12x35 0.127 6AO
W12x22 197 148 95.9 65.5 243 W12X22 0.127 3.52 1.71 2.71 134
113
\
1.40 2.28
3.42

II
x19 110 125 86.0 44.2 209 x19 0.128
13.0 15.9 674
W1 0x112 741 258 1460 1230 W10x112 0.0989 11.1 596
11.5 14.3
X100 655 226 1160 1100 x100 0.09S4 11.0 518
10.2 12.7
10.9
x88
xn
570
492
196
169
909
695
975
851
x88
xn
0.098
0.0984 10.8
10.8
8.87
7.78
11.0
9.74
447
391 \"
xS8 430 147 539 746 I x68 0.0984
252
I 4.97 6.37
W10x45 2n 106 2n 499 WlOx45 0.0984 8.35 \
W10x30
x26
185
158
94.S
$).3
136
101
332
285
I'
'-
W10x30
x26
0.105
0.105
5.69
5.65
2.96
2.54
4.03
3-49
168
143
I:

76.5 0.105 3.63 1.59 2.42 99 11

W10x19 109 56.4 211 W10x19 2.11 85.7
1.32
x1 7 211 94.3 72.7 39.3 187 x17 0.105 3.51
r:
t
I
-:_,, ~
AMaucAN INsTmrr OF STEEL C0NSTR1.ICUON
AMERICAN 1.Nsnnrm OJ' STJ;EL. CONSTROCTION
..
 5-1
4-13& MOMENT FRAMES

PART 4 REFERENCES PARTS

~'Swell. B. (2011), "A Yield Line Component Method for Bolted A3llge Connec1ions;
Engineering Journal, American Institute of Steel Consll"Uction, Vol. 48, No. 2, 2nd Quarter, BRACED FRAMES
... pp. 93-116.
Fisher. J.M. and Kloiber. L.A. (2010), Base Plate and Anchor Rod Design, Design Guide I.
2nd Ed., AJSC, Chicago, IL . 5-3
5.1 SCOPE . . . . . . . .... .. .. .
Gomez, I.. Smilh, C.; Deierlein, G. and Kaminde, A. (2010). "Shear Transfer in faposed - 2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES (OCBF) : . . . . 5-3
).
Column Base Pint~; http://nees.or~resources/837.
OCBF De~ign Example Plan and Ele\Jtion .............. . ....... 5--4
Hamburger. R, Ktawinkler. H., Malley, J. and Adan, S. (2009), Seismic Design of Steel Example 5.2.1 OCBF Diagonal Brace Design ......... . . . ..... . 5-6
Special Moment Frames: A Guide for Practicing Engineers, NEHRP Seismic Design
Example 5.2.2 OCBF Column Design . . .... ....... . ............... 5-15
Technical Brief No. 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology.
. ..... . .. 5-lS
Murray, T.M. and Sumner, E.A. (2003), Extended End-Plate Momeni Ccnnecrions-Seismic Example 5 l.3 OCBF Beam Design
and lVind Applications, Design Guide 4, 2nd Ed., AlSC, Chicago, IL. F.xample 5.2.4 OCDF Brace-10-Beam/Column Connection Design .. ..... .... 5-25

OSHA (2008), Occupational Safety and Health Regulation.~. Title 29. Code of Federal Example 5.2.5 OCBF Ten.~ion-Only Diagonal Brace Design . . . . ....... . 5-75
Regulations, U.S. Government Priming Office, Washington. DC. 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (SCBF) . . ...... 5-82
West, M.A. and Fisher, J.M. (2003), Serviceability Desig11 Considerations for Steel Buildings, SCBF Design Example Plan and Elev3tioo . ..... .. . . 5-86
Design Guide 3, 2nd Ed, AISC. Chicago, IL. . . . . ......... - ... .. ...... .. ...... 5-8'7
fa:unple 5.3. l SCBF Brace Design

E:<:unple 5.3.2 SCBF An aJ ys1s ............... .
5-91

Example 5.3.3 SCBF Column Design ......... . .. .... 5-98

111 faample 5.3.4 SCBF Beam Design ......... . .. 5-104
. . 5-119
E.'<ample 5.3.5 SCBF Beam Design . . . ... ....
'.ii
~111
Example 5.3.6 SCBF Column Splice Design . ................ . 5-129
,. Example 5.3.7 SCBF Ma.-Umuro Force Limited by Foundation Uplift ....... 5-136
Example 5.3.8 SCBP Brace-to-Beam Connection Design ............... . 5-140
Example 5.3.9 SCBPBrace-to-Beam Connection Design ................. 5-178
Example 5.3.10 SCBF Brneto-Bcam/Column Connection Design ........ 5-2(
Example 5.3.11 SCBF Brace-10-Beam/Column Connection Design
with Elliptical Clearance and Fixed Beam-lo-Column Connection .... . 5-269
Eitample 5.3.12 SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column Connection Design-
In Plane Brace Buckling ....................... .... 5-299
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAM6S (EBF) .............. . . 5-334
EBF Design &ample Plan and Elevation ................... . 5-33~.
Example 5.4.l EBF Story Drift Check ..... .... .. . ....... .. . 5-3~'
. 5-3~(
Example 5.4.2 EBF Link Des1gn ........ ... . . .
Ex.ample 5.4.3 EBF Be:im Outside of the Link Design .... .. . . 5-3'=
E:<ample 5.4.4 EBF Brace Design ....... .. 5-3

II
 5-1
4-138 MOMP.NT ?RAMES

PART 4 REFERENCES PARTS

D~-swcll, B. (2011). "A Yield Line Component Method for Bolted fl~ge Connections."
Eitginuring Joumal. Americ.ln Institute of Steel Cons!J"Ucooo, Vol. 48, No. 2, 2nd Quarter, BRACED FRAMES
pp. 93 116.
t"
Fisher, J.M. and Kloiber, L.A. (2010), Base Plate and Anchor Rod Design, Design Guide 1.
2nd Ed , AlSC. Chicago, IL.
5.1 SCOPE . .. . .. . - . . . . .. . ................ 5-3
Gomez, I. Smith, C.. Deierlein, G. and Kaminde, A. (2010). "Shear Transfer in Exposed
Column Base Plates," h ttp://n ees.org/resources/837. 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (OCBF) - .. 5-3
OCBP Design Example Plan and Elevation ......... ..... .... : 5-4
Hamburger, R., Krawinkler, H., Malley, J. aod Adan, S. (2009), Seismic Design of Steel
Special MomenJ Frames: A Guide for Practicing Engineers. NEHRP Seismic Design Example 5.2.1 OCBF Diagonal Brace Design .. - .. . . . 5-6
Technical Brief No. 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology. Example 5.2.2 OCBF Column Design ............ ...... . . - - 5-15

Murray, T.M. and Sumner, E.A. (2003), Extended Encl-Plate Moment Connecrio11s-Seismic Example 5.2.3 OCBF Beam Design ....................... . ... . 5-18
and 1Vi11d Applications, Design Guide 4. 2nd Ed , AISC, Chicago, IL. EJtample 5.2.4 OCBF Brace to-Bc:im/Column Connection Design . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
OSHA (2008), Occupauonal Safety and Health Regulations, Tille 29, Code of Federal Example 5.2.5 OCBFTensionOnly Diagonal Brace De$itn .... - .. 5-75
Rcgulauons, U.S. Govenunent Printing Office, Washington, DC.
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (SCBF) 5-82
West, M.A. and Fisher, J.M. (2003), Serviceability Design Considerations for Steel B11ildings, SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation ..... - ..... . . 5-86
Design Guide 3, 2nd Ed., AISC, Chicago, IL.
fa:imple 5.3.1 SCBF Brace Design ........ .. ....... - 5-87
fa:unple 5.3.2 SCBF Analysis ...... . . . - 5-93
.
Example 5.3.3 SCBF Column D es1gn ...... - . 5-98
. .............. .. . 5-104
E:tample 5.3.4 SCBF Beam Des1gn
Example 5.3.5 SCBFBeam Design ................. . . 5-119
Example 5.3.6 SCBF Column S p tice
0es1gn .... 5-129
Example 5.3.7 SCBF Ma;<imum Fore~ Limiled by Foundation Uplift ..... 5-136
faample 5.3.8 SCBF Brace-lo-Beam Connection Design .. . - 5-140
fj Example 5.3.9 SCBP Brace-to-Beam Connection Design .... .... .. 5-178
Example 5.3.10 SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column Connection Design ... . ... . 5-202
Example 5.3.11 SCBF Brace-lo-Beam/Column Connection Design
with Elliptical Clearance and Fixed Beam-lo-Column Connection ..... - 5-269
Example 5.3.12 SCBF Braceto-Beam/Column Connection Design--
In Plane Brace Buckling ......... 5-299
5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAM~ (EBF) .............. 5-334
EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation ........................ .. 5-338.
Example 5.4.l EBF Story Drift Check ............. ...... ........ 5-339
. .
'EJtample 5.4.2 EBF Link Design ....... ... . .
~~

Example 5.4.3 EBF Beam OulSide of the Link Design .......... . 5-3~
Example 5.4.4 EBF Brace Design ..... . ... - - 5-3

Example 5.4.5 EBP Column Design ..... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 .J67
Example 5.4.6 EBF Br3ce-to-Lin.k Connection Design ........... ......... _
Example 5.4.7 EBF Brace-10-Be&n/Column Connectio" D
.... cs1gn ... ...... . .. 5-379
5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMEs (BRBF) ................ 5-413
BRBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-418
Example 5.5.J BRBF Brnce Design .......... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example 5.5.2 BRBF Column Design ........... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 5-425
Example 5.5.3 BRBF Beam De.sign ................................... 5-4JO
5.6 NONBUlLDING STRUCTURES: A SPECIAL CASE ........... .... .... 5-443
7
5.2 ORDL'lARY CONCENTRICALJ..Y DRACFD J=RA.'l\,ff'..S s 1
5 372 5.1 SCOPE \,
The AlSC Seismic Provisions requirements and other design considerations summarized in '<
Ibis Part apply to the design of the members and connections in braced frames thnt require
seismic detailing according to the AJSC Seismic ProvisWn.r. k
~..
. 5-419
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
(OCBF)
Ordinary concentric~y br.lceJ frame (OCBF) systems. like other concentrically braced
frame systems, resist lateral fon:es and displacements primanly through the ~ial strength
and stiffness of lhe brace members. TI1e design of OCBF systems is :iddressed in AISC
Seismic Provisio11s Section Fl. Concentrically braced frames are arranged such that the cen-
terlines of the framing members (braces. columns nnd beams) coincide or nearly coincide,
thus minimizing flexural behavior. While special concentrically braced frame (SCBP) sys
terns have numerous detailing requircmenis to ensure greater ductility, OCBF systems
n.nticipate linle inelastic deformation and are designed usmg a higher seismic force level
to account for their limited system ductility. OCBF systems, with their relativdy simple
design and construction procedures, can be an attractive choice for sm:illcr buildings and l:
nonbuilding structures. OCBF systems may be lc<.s desirable in larger buildings an<l build-
ings with a higher seismic performance objective.
Concentrically braced frnme systems tend to be more economical than moment resisting
frames and cccentrica!Jy braced frames in terms of material, fabrication :md erection cosL
They do. however, often have reduced flexibility in floor-plnn layout, space planning, an.
electrical and mechanical routing as a result of lhe presence of br:ices. ln certain circum-
S!Jlnces, however, braced frames are exposed and fc3rured in the architecture of the building. I
Several configurations of br:iced frrunes may be considered, including those shown in AJSC l
Seismic Provisions Commentary Figutcs C-F2. l and C-F2.2.
Br:iced frames typically nre Jocated 1jn walls lhat stack vertically between floor levels. In
the typical office building, these w:ills generally occur in the core area around stair and ele-
vator shafts, central resrrooms, and mechanical and electric:il rooms. This generally allows .
for greater :1rchitectur3.I fie.'\ibility in placement and configuration of e:tlerior windows and
cladding. Depending on the plan location and lhe size of the core are.1 of the building, t})(
torsional resistance offered by the braced frames may become a controlling design parame
tcr. Differential drift between stories at the exterior perimeter must be considered with this
type of layout, as roUltional displacements of the floor diaphragms mny impose forces on
the cladding system and other nonstructural elements of the building. I
In designing and detailing OCBF systems, there are few special considerations. The f
design of OCBF members is mostly based upon typical steel design procedures, as outlined
in the AISC Specification. The requ1remenis for OCBF systems in !he AISC Seismic \
j
Provisums include the following:
Braces are moderately ductile members as given in Sccoon Fl .Sa
..
The required strength of bracing connections is given in Section Fl .6a
The brace slenderness limit of Kl Ir S 4JE I F1 for V or invencd-V configurations i~
given in Section Fl.Sb
The requirement.s for beruns in V or inverted-V frames nre given in Section Fl .4a
 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRIC \LLY BRACED lR. \.\.fES
BRACB> FRAMES

TI1e gravity ((lading is as follows:

The conne<:lion streoglh requirement of AlSC Sthmic Provisions Section Fl .6a is
' '"r intended to en.~ure that lhe brace member acts as the ductile link (brace yielding) in the D .. ts psf
frame prior 10 the connections failing. lhus providing more relfabiHty to the system. The
l =Opsf
limit on the sJendemess in V-type and inverted V-type braced frames is intended to limit the
unbalanced force that develops on the braced frame beam when the compression brace buck- S =30 psf
les and its strenglh degrades while the tension brace yields. The buckliJl8 of lhe compression . . rtical load of the exterior wall is supported at grade. The seismic weight of the wall
Th e \e f h b 'tdi . t The
brace results in a significant reduc1ioo in the frame shear resistance. This slenderness limit th t s trihutary to the roof level is 140 lb/ft on all four sides o t e w ng penme er.
does not apply to braces in two-story X-braced frames. because that configuration pre\'Cllts Ja~e~I eanhquake force,, acting at the roof level along grid I is 65.8 kips as calculated per
or reduces the magnitude of unbalanced forces on the beam. ASCEISEI 7 Section I2.8. .
K-braced frames, as defined by the AISC Seismic Provisions Glossary, where a brace The applicable building code specifies I.he use of A~~SEI 7_ for calculauon of ~oa~:
From ASCEJSEI 7, lhe following parameters apply. Setsnuc Design ~ategory D. R - 3~.
I frames to a column at a location where there is no out-of-pbne ~upport. are not permjtted in
OCBF systems. The definition of K-braced frames precludes the use of braces framing 10
columns between diaphrngm levels or locations of out-of-plnne lateral support for lhe
columns This Jefinition als0- precludes multi-tiered concentric braced frames ~here there
ilo = 2, le= 1.0, SDs = 0.528, and p = J.0. ASCEISEl 7 does not permit an ~ = 3. s~stem 10
Seismic Design Cat\!gory D; therefore, an OCBF system is used for ~1s. bu1ldmg and
designed according 10 the AlSC Seismic Pnwision.~. ~e structural ~r~ng is regular and

I are two or mere levels of bracing between diaphragm levels or locations of ouc-of-pl:ine ln.t-
eral support for the columns.
bas two bays of seismic force resisting perimeter framing on each side lll each orthogonal
. Th e'"
direcuon. er 1ore.
taken as 1.0.
ASCfJSEI 7 Section 12 .3.4 .2b perrru'ts the redundancy factor. p, to be

The vertical seismic load effect, E,,, based on LRFD load combinauons m
ASCEJSt:J "1
.....
OCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
Section 12.4.2.3. is:
The following e>..:unples illustrate the design of an OCBP system based on the AISC Seismic
(ASCEISEI 7 Eq. 12.4-4)
Provisions Section Fl. TI1e pl311 3lld elevation are shown in Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. 0.2SosD - 0.2(0.528)D
= 0.1060

~
1
o+i+~-
4

.. ~Open ~1teel joists

I lters
5

40'-0"
6

40'.0"
+---"-'-'--I----'-.;.....:;_
H----- M
~
q
A
for ASD load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3, E, is:

0.14Sosf) =O.l4(0.528)D
= 0.0739D

.~
l
~
Ix
II
If
111
111
II
11
._ ____" ' . . F= at 6'-8" (typ.)

N-~~-1 B
f
0
~

Roof
JT-1

f \ 1X. . . . - - - - - D - - - - c-
111
111
---0---- D D %- - 1 - - - l
I
I
C

,1, I
'
111 I
:-.; 111 I
:: 111
:r.----c----c----c----c c----:-1 - -+--{ O

I~ !
'

\;,,,,
t---->.-L_ _._,. ____ ____ ____ ____ ,.
OCBF investigated in design examples.
,. "' ,. l q
~~
Base

I For elevation, see Flgure 5-2.

Fit. 5-1. OCBF roof plan.

Fig. 5-2. OCBF el~otiott.
 5-
BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONC5NTRICAllY BRACfD FRAMl"'.S

and Th es
tory shear from the analysis is 136 kips. The first order intcrstory drift due to thls shear

force without the Cd factor applied from the analylils model 1s 1'1.H =.00941
m.
l
O.lOSo~D = 0.10(0.528)D
=0.0528D Solution:
Note that according to ASCE/SEI 7 Table 12.2-1, buildings with OCBF frames in Seismic From AISC Manual Table 2-4, tbe'~aterial properties arc:
Design Categories D and E are only permitted up to a structural height of 35 ft. An cxccp-
ASTMA992
uon applies for Seismic Design Categories 0, E and P that allows the maximum structural
height to be increased to 60 ft for single-story buildings where the dead load of 1he roof does
F1 =50 ksi
not exceed 20 psf, which is the case here. F11 =65 ksi
~ume that the ends of the diagonal braces are pinned and braced against translation for
both th.e x-x and y-y axes. The loads giYen for each example are from a first-order analysis. Required Strength
Assume that the elTecth'e length method of AISC Specijicarion Appendjx 7 is used for
stability design. AJSC Specification Appendix 8 will be applied 10 approximate a .secood- Determine the required strength
order analysis. Tue load combinations that include seismic effects are:

LRFD ASD
Example 5.2. 1. OCBF Diagonal Brace Design
LRFD Load Combinations 5 and 6 from ASD Load Combinations 5 and 8 from
ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.4.2.3
Given:
Refer to the roof plan shown in Figure 5-1 and che Brace BR-I shown in Figure 5-2. Select
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including
the 05 factor on L permitted in (1.0 + 0.14Sos)D + H + F + 0.1pQ
\
an ASTM A 992 \V-<;bape for the diagonal braces to resist the loads gi"en. ASCfJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
(0.6 - 0.14SDS)D + 0.1pQe +II
I~
The axial loads and moments on the brace due to a first-order analysis are:

PD =5.54 kips Ps= 6.70 ldps MD = 2.34 kip-ft

(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + pQe + 0.5L + 0.2S

(0.9 - 0.2Sos) D + pQ + l .6H

l
The dead load bending moment indicated above is due lo the self-weight of the brace assum- Considering the load combinations given in ASCEISEI 7, the maximum compressive ax.iai f
ing a member chat weighs 33 lb/ft. Sometimes this self-weight lo3ding is ignored in the
force in the diagonal brace is: ,
design of venical diagonal braces where judgment would indicate that the loading is mini-

L.....~~~~-=LRFD.:..:_~~~~'~~~-t-~~~~~-A-S_D~-:-~~~~I
mal and only uses a small percentage of the member strength. Howc,er, in this example,
consjdering the relatively IOtlg length of the diagonal brace and that the self-weight moment \
is resisted by the wc:ik axis flexural strength of the brace, the dc:ld load moment is included LRFD Lood Combination 5 from ASD Lood Combination 5 from
in this design check. There arc no bending moments due to tiYe loads or snow loads. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 I"
Psrery is the total vertical load on the story calculated using the foUowing governing load
P. =[1.2+0.2(0.528))(5.54 lcips) Pa =[1.0+0.14(0.528))(5.54 kips)
combination. From the analysis:
+ 1.0(22.3 kips)+0.5(0 kips) + O kips+O kips I

L ~.::..::..+=0~.2=(6~7~0 -ki-p-s)~~~~~.L-~-+-0_.7_(_1.0-)-(2-2._3_k1-p-s)~~~~j: .
LR.FD ASD
=21.6 kips
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from -30.9 kips
ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
the 0.5 factor on L permitted in Section
12.4.2.3) .
(1.2+ 0 2Sos)D + pQe+0.5L + 0.2S (LO+ 0.14Sos)D + H + F + 0.1pQe
P, 14ry =l, 130 kips -
Psrory :: 740 kips

..
AMIUcAH J.NsmVn! Of STO!L CONSTIUJCTION
 BRACED FRAM~ 52 ORDlNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACD FRAMES 5-9

The mrutimum bending moment in the brace concurrent wilh the above load combination is: Brace Slenderness
~ .,

LRfD ASD Check brace element width-to-thickness ratios

According to AISC Seismic Provisions Sections Pl.5a. braces are required to satisfy lhe
Mu =l l.2+0.2(0.528))(2.34 kip-ft) M 0 =ll.0+0.14(0.528)](2.34 kip-ft) n.-quirement.S for moderately ducllle members. Elements in the brace members must not
+ 1.0(0 lcip-ft)+0.5{0 kip-fl) + 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft exceed AmJ width-to-thickness requirements given in Section DI.I.
+ 0.2{0 kip-ft) +0.7(1.0)(0 kip-fl) From Table Dl.I oft.heAISC Seismic Provisions:
=3.06 kip-ft =2.51 kip-ft
'A.""'=0.38ff,
The ASCEJSEI 7 load combination that results in the maximum axial tensile force in the
,. diagonal brace is: 29,000 ksi
J I
= 0 38 50 ksi
LRFD ASD :: 9.15
LRFD Load Combination 6 from ASD Load Combination 8 from Because btlZIJ ~ /....,,J, the flanges meet the requiremenll> for moderately ducole members.
ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCFJSEI 7 Sectfon 12.4.2.3
:::J from Table Dl. l of the AISC Seismic Provisiori.r for webs of rolled I-shaped sections used
Pu = [0.9 - 0.2(0.528)](5.54 kips) P0 = [0.6-0.14(0.528))(5.54 kips) as diagonal braces:
+ l.0{-22.3kips)+1 .6(0 kips) +0.7(1.0)(-22.3 kips)+O kips
=-17.9 lcips =-12.7 kips /..,,..d=l.49
ff,
~I l
The maximum bending moment in the brace concurrent with the above load combination is: 29,000 ksi
= 1.49
50 ksi
-
LRFD ASD =35.9
~~
i.
.
!~
Mw =(0.9-0.2(0.528))(2.34 kip-ft) M0 =[0.6-0.14(0.528)](2.34 kip-ft) Because /J/r,,,::;; A...!. the web meets the requirements for moderately ductile members.
+ 1.0(0 kip-ft)+ 1.6{0 kip-ft) + 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
Altematively, Table l-3 can be used to "erify that the member satisfies the loc.11 width.-to-
= l .86 kip-ft + 0.7(1.0)(0 kip-ft} thickne~s requirements for OCBF diagonal braces.
=1.23 kip-ft Additionally, the W10X33 does not contain slender compression elements according to
AJSC Specification Table B4. la.
Try a W1 Ox33 with its flanges oriented parallel 10 the plane of the braced frame.

From AlSC Ma1111al Table 2-4, the material propenies are as follows: Available Compressive Strength

ASTh1A992 Determine K
:.i:.
!": Fy =50ksi As stated in the OCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section, the cffecrive length
: Fw = 65 ksi method in AISC Specification Appendix 7 is used for stability design. According to AISC
Specification Appendix 7, Section 7.2.3(a). for braced frame systems, the effective lengt!:
From AISC Manual Table l I, the geomerric properties for lhe W10X33 are ns follows: factor, K, for members subject to compression is Ull:eo as 1.0. llllless a rational analysis ind:-
A =9.7 1 in.1 d =9.73 in. t..,:: 0.290 in.
catcs that a lower value is appropriate.
b1=7.%in.
"= 0.435 in.
rx = 4.19 in.
k.ks = 0.935 in.
ly = 36.6 in.'
b1121r9.15
ry =1.94 in.
hltw:: 27. I The length of the bnce diagonal in ench bay. based on the geometry in Figure 5-2, is:

L-:: J(40.0 ft}2 +(40.0 ft) 2

::;56.6 ft
 S-10 BRACl:D F'RAMLS 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICAlJ..Y ORACl~ FRAMES

L-~~~~~-LR~ro~~~~~~-1-~~~~~~A_s_o~~~~~- ' 1
This length has been determined by calculating the distance between the work points based
on the intersection of the centerlines of the brace, column and beams. Shorter unbraced
lengths of the brace may be used if justified by the engine~ of record. By inspection, the Fer 91 k SJ.
~cFcr =7.38 ksi -=4.
laterally unbraced length of the diagonal brace in the in-plane (about the y-y aJtis) direction Oc
is half of the overall length. For buckling out-of-plane (about the x-x axis), if both of me ~c~ =$c~rAg
diagonals :u-e continuous for their full Jenglh and are connected at the inte~cction poini. =7.38 ksi(9.71 in. 2 )
!i_=(Fcr)A,
0., Uc
t~n the effective length factor, K, is 0.5 (EI-Tayem and Goel. 1986; Picard and Beaulieu,
= 71.7 kjps
I987). Th.is requires a connection betwe.en tbe diagonal members :it their intersection that is =4.9 1 k~i(9.71 in.2 )
rigid in flexure out-of-plane. The available axial compressive strength of diagonals in X- = 47.7 kips
bracing where one of the diagonal braces is not continuous through the intersection can be
detcnnined by an energy method (Nair, 1997).

Assume that the colUlection of the half brace sections at che X-brace intersection is rigid om-
Secon~-order effects :ind interaction between axial force and fleiture are checked in I.hr
followrng.
I :
of-plane. The braces are oriented such tha1 buckling :ibout the y-y a.xis of the brace occurs
in the plane of the frame. Available Flexural Strength

Lx =56.6 fl Because there is no bending moment in the strong axis. Ma= 0.

I~
L, =0.5L From AISC Manual Table 3-4, the available strength in the weak axis is:
=0.5(56.6 ft)
ASD
= 28.3 ft LRFO
\.
L. -~-bM~n1_=_5_2_._s_k-ip--f-L~~~~~~--'~~-:_1_=_3_4_.9_~__p-f-i~~~~~~~~I t
Kx = 0.5
K1 = LO

Kxl, 0.5(56.6 ft)(l2 in.lft)

- -=
rz
--"---~---=-
4.19 in. Second-Order Effects
= 81.l Second-order effects are addressed using the procedure in AISC Specification Appendix 8
as follows:
K1 L, = 1.0(28.3 ft)(12 in./ft)
M, = BtMni + JhM1J \ (Sptc. Eq. A-8-1
r1 1.94 in. \
P, = P,., + B2P11 ' (Spec. Eq. A-8-2 \.
1 =175 (governs)
Calculate 81
The slenderness, KL/r, ~ less lhan 200 and therefore meets the recommendation of the Usa
=1.0 ns moment is due to self-weight applied between supports
Note in Section E2 of 1be AISC Specification.

=
Using AISC Specification Equation E3-l and AISC MOJtual Table 4-22 wilh KL/r 175, the
Cm
a = 1.00 (LRFD); a = 1.60 (ASD) 1 '
available compressive strength is detennined as follows: The elastic critical buckling strcnglh, Pt1. is calculated in the plane of bending. For this cal-
culation, the plane of bending will be in the plane of me frame, about the brace's y-y ax.is. l I
; I
K1Ly =J.0(28.3 ft)
=28.3 ft
!
...

l
-
 5- 12
BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-13

2
_ n E1; The required flexural scrength of lhe brace including second-order e1fects, using AlSC
~. - --
(K1L)2 (Spec. Eq. A85) Specification Equation A-8-1, is:

_ n2 (29,000 ksi)(36,6 in. 4 ) . 'I

I ,,... I...Rffi ASD ,. I, I

I

- [28.3 ft(J 2 in./fc)J 2

=90.8 kips ,\Int= Mu Mnr =Mo
=3.06 kip-ft =2.5 I kip-ft
From AISC Specification Equation A-8-3: l

M11 =0 kip-ft M11 =0 kip-ft

LRFD ASD M, ::: B1Mn1 + BzM1, Mr = B1M111 + BzM11
= l.52(3.06 kipft)+J.00(0 kip-ft) = t.61(2.s 1kip-ft)+1.oo(b kip-ft)
~1
;
Bi= Cm B1 = Cm ;;;:: 1 =4.65 kip-ft ::::: 4.04 kip-ft
l-aPrffe1 1-aP,/ Pd

= 1-(1.00(30.9LO
kips)/ 90.8 kips]
1.0 .
=1-(1.60(21.6 kips)/ 90.8 kips] Because 82 = l.00, the required axial compressive strength of the brace including second-
order effectS, based on AISC Specification Equation A-8-2, is:
=1.52:<!:1 o.k. '. =1.61 ~ l o.k.
LRFD . ASD
Calculate 8 2
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combin-ation 5 f~om I
Psraryis given as l,i30 kips (LRFD) and 74-0 kips (ASD) and His given as 136 kips. ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCEIS.El 7 Section 12.4.2.3 I
HL
i
Pt J/OYj ;; RM - (l.2+ 0.2Sos )D+ B1 (PQE )+0.5L+0.2S , .(L 0+0.14Sos )D+ ij +.f + B, (0.7pQE)
(Spec. E'J. A-8-7) "'\. :
/:iH
Pu =[l.2+0.2(0.528)](5.54 kips) Pa =(1.0+0.14(0'.528))(5.54 kips)
=l.OO 136 kips (40.0 ft)
. (0.0941 in.)(l ft/12 in.) + 1.00(1.0)(22.3 kips)+0.5{0 kips - + 0 kips+O kips
= 694,000 kips + 0.2(6.70 kips) + l.00(0-7)(1.0)(22.3. kips)
=30.9 !dps = 21.6 kips
Ui>ing AISC Specification Equation A-8-6:
' .
LRFD ASD Combined Loading (Compression and Ff~xure)
1 '
B2 =
1- aP11~
~1 . ~ ... Bi=
1
l- a.Ps1ory
~l
Check combined loading of the W10x3~brace
Determine the applicable equation, using AIS,C Specification Section Hl:
(:: ...
Pe:no17 Pu1ory
l
;
,.J;
~ _ LOO(l,130 kips)
1
694,000 kips
. '
I
1
=I- 1.60(740 kips)
P, :::: 30.9 kips.
LRFD

. P, = 21.6 kips
ASD

694,000 kips
= 1.00 Pc 71.7 kips ...,. . Pc 47.7 kips
=LOO
. .
I
'
= 0.431 .
..
=0.453 .
.
Because 82 ~ 1.5, !he effective lengl.b method is a valid way to check stability according to
AISC Spccific01io11 Appendix 7. - Because P,fPc~ 0.2. the brace design is controlled by the equation: .
- 8(Mrx
P,.+ - - + -Mry)
$LO (Spec. Eq. Hl-!..ij
Pc 9 Ma Mey
 5.2 ORDrNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-15
S....14 BRACED FRA.1',ffiS

.LRFD . LRFD ASD

ASD
P, = 17.9 kips P, = 12.7 kips
30.9 kjps !(o - 4.65 kip-ft)-o 5 21.6 kips +!(o+ 4.04 kip-f')=o. 556 Pc 291 kips
+ +.5 . - . 10 Pc 437 kips
71. 7 kips ~ .. 2.5 kip-fl 47.7 kips 9 34.9 kip-ft
=0.0410 =0.0436
0.510<1.0 o.k. 0.556<1.0 o.k.
Because P,IPc < 0.2. lhe brace design is controlled by lhe equation:
Note that the weak axis bendjng moment from tbe self-weight of the diagonal br:ice utilizes
about 8% of the member available strength.
~+(Mrx + Mry)sl.O (Spec. Eq. Hl-lb)
2Pc Mex Mey . "
Available Tf!n$[1e Strength
From AISC Manual Table 5-1 . the available strength of the W1 Ox33 brace in axial tension ASD
i.RFD
for yielding on the gross_section is:

LRFO ' ASD

17.9 kips
2(437 kips)
+(O+ l.86 kip ft)= 0 _0559
52.5 kip-ft
12.7 kips +(o+ 1.23 kip-ft)=o.o 571
2(291 kips) 34.9 kip-ft
'
o.k.
$1Pn = 437 kips >P.9 kips - o.k. ~", =291kips>12.7 k'ips o.k. <1.0 o.k. < 1.0

--
r,.
...
The W1 Ox33 is adequate for lhe OCBF diagonal brace BR-I. The brace is oriented with Lhe f
flanges parallel to the plane of the braced frame.
combined L~ading (fehsion and A~xure)

Check combin~ldading of the W10x33 Example 5.2.2.,.0CBF Column Design

,As previously ~et~rmined:
Given: . '
, I,JU"D ASD Refer to Column CL-1 in Figure 5-2. Select a 40-ft-long ASTM A992 W-shape to .resist the J
'~
". loads given for the column. L
Mry=Mu . > Mry=Mo
The loads on Column CL-1 due to a ~l-<mler analysis are:
"
- = 1.86 kip--ft = 1.23 kip-ft

P, =T,,
=17.9kips
J
Pr =Ta
= 12.7 kips
Po= 16.4 !Ops ~s =)9.9 kips Pae= 15.8 kips
Assume that the ends of the'columns are pinned and braced against translation for both the
]
l
..,
x-:c and y-y axes. The loading in the columns is from a first-order.analysis. Appendix 8 of
Pc =cj>,P,, P,. the AlSC Specification can be appHed to approximate a second--0rder analysis.
t.
'Pc =n,
- '
=437 kips ...
=291 kips Solution:

Consider second-order effects per Appencfu 8 of the AISC Specification. As previously ~al
=
culnted, 82 1.0. According to Appendix 8, Section 8.2 of the AISC Specification, B 1 shouEd
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are:

ASTMA992
l
.. :~{:
be taken as 1.0 for members not subject to compression. Given that both 8 1 and 8 2 are equal Fy =50 ksi
to I, there is no amplification required for second-order effects for the loads on the member Fa== 65 ksi
when I.be diagonal brace is ~n tension..
Required Strength
AISC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.4a requires lllat the axial compressive and tensile \
strength be detennined using the ampl.ied seismic load; Lhat is, the seismic load multiplied !
by the overstrenglh factor, n.,. :' ....:;
 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-1.,
:.-I() BRACED FRAMES

The governing load combinations, including the overs1rength factor, for the required axiaJ Try a W1 Ox49.
compressive strength are:
From AlSC Manual Table 1-l, the geometric properties afc as follows:

LRFD ASD A= 14.4 in. 2 d= 10.0 in. I,..= 0.340 in. b1= 10.0 in.
CJ= 0.560 in. rt=4.35 in. ry=2.54 in.
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
the 0.5 fac1or on L pennjtted in Section Column Slenderness
12.4.3.2) There are no specific requirements for member ductility for columns in OC.BF systems
in Section Fl of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Therefore, check width-to-thickness ratios for
P., =(l.2+0.2SDs)fb +n.,P(U P., =(1.0+0.14SDs)PD+ PH element slenderness according to Table 84.la of the AJSC Specification. As indicated in
+0.5Pi + 0.2Ps +Pp +0.70.,Pa.c AISC Manual Table 1-1, the W1 Ox49 section is not slender for compression.
={1.2+ 0.2(0.528)j(l 6.4 kips) =I L0+0.14(0.528)](16.4 kips)
+ 2(15.8 kips)+0.5(0 kips) + 0 kips +O kips Available Compressive Strength
+ 0.2(1~.9 kips) + 0.7(2)(15.8 kips) Determine K
=57.0 kips = 39.7 kips According to AlSC Specification Appendix 7, Section 7.2.3(a), for braced frame systems,
the effective length factor for members subject to compression shall be taken as I .0.
The governing load combinations, including lhe overstrength factor, for the required axial
tensile strength is: Therefore:

Kx= 1.0 K1 =1.0

LRFD ASD L.. =40.0 ft Ly =40.0 ft
LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
Jl ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
P., = (0.9-0,2Svs)Po+O oP~ +l.6PH
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

Pa= (0.6-0.14SDs)Po
KxLx
--=
1.0(40.0 ft)(l2 in./ft)
-US in.
=110
= [0.9- 0.2(0.528)j(l6.4 kips) + 0.7U 0 PQ +PH
+2(-15.8 kips)+l.6(0 kips) Pa =[0.6-0.14(0.528))(16.4 kips) K Ly 1.0(40.0 ft )(12 in./ft)
-1- =
r1 2.54 in.
=-18.6 kips + 0.7(2)(-15.8 kips)+O kips
= 189 (governs)
=-13.5 kips
From AISC Manual Table .+-22 with KL/r = L89 and using AlSC Specification Equation
E3-l, the available compressive strenglh is:
Second-Order Effects ,..
Use the procedure of AJSC Specification Appendix 8 to detennine the second-order effects
on the required strengths, where the required flexural strength and required axial strength LRFD ASD
are given as:
9cFcr =6.32 ksi Fcr =4.21 ksi
..,, M,= B1M111 + ih.M11 (Spec. Eq. A-8-1)
. !le
Pn -(Fer )A
Pr= Pn1 + B?/'11 (Spec. Eq. A-8-2) ~cPn =~cFc,Ai

There is nG bending moment in the column due to either vertical loading or lateral transla- =6.32 ksi(l4.4 in.2) -
!le - f2c
- '
:
'
~;
tion. Consequently there is no requirement 10 detennine multipliers for the required flexural =9 l.O kips> 57 .0 kips o.k. =4.21 ksi(l4.4 in. 2 ) I
strength due to second-order effects. The lateral drift is min1maJ. As calculated in Example I
o.k.
5.2.1, B2 = 1.0. Therefore there is no amplification of the axiaJ load in the column due to
=60.6.kips>39.7 ldps
!
P-6. }Ji summary. no adjustments to the member forces calculated by a first-order anaJysis
are required due to second-<:>rdcr effects.
~JCAN lJ-<STmJTE OP STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION
5-18 BRACED FRAMES I. 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALJX BRACED rRAMES S...19
l
;,~
Available Tensile Strength ~ The required axial compressive strength of the beam; with axial tension shown as negative,
From AISC Manual Table 5 I, the available strength of the W1 Ox49 column in axial ten-
sion for yielding on the gross seccjon is:
is:

LR.FD ASD
r

LRFD ASD LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combinatio~ 5 from
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
~,P,. =648 kips >I 8.6 kips o.k. Pn = 431 kips> 13.5 kips
n, o.k. lhe 0.5 factor on L permiued in Section
12.4.3.2)

The W1 Ox49 for OCBF Column CL-I is adequate. P., =(1.2+0.2Sos)Po +OoPQ6 Pa =(l.0+0.14SDS)Po
+ 0.5P.L + 0.2Ps +?,,+PF +0.1!laPi
=(l.2 + 0.2(0.528))(-3.92 kips) =[LO+ 0.14(0.528)](-3.92 kips)
Example 5.2.3. OCBF Beam Design
+ 2(16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips) + 0 kips+ 0 ldps
Given: + 0.2(-4.74 kips) + 0.7(2)(16.5 kips)
Refer to Beam BM-I in Figure 5-2. Select a 40-ft-Iong ASTivi A992 W-shape to resist the =26.9 kips =18.9 kips
loads shown below.
~

The loads on the beam due 10 a first-order analysis are: The required axial tensile strength of tbe beam is:

Pv =3.92 kips (tens.) h::: 0 kips Ps = 4.74 kips (tens.)

LRFD .. ASD
Mo= 72.0 kip-ft Ms= 120 kip-ft ,
Vo= 7.20 kips Vs= 12.0 kips P11 =[l.2+0.2(0.528))(-3.92 kips) Pa =[1.0+0.14(0.5:8)j(-3.92 kips)
+2(-16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips)' +0 kips+Okips ..
Assume that che ends of the beam are pinned and braced against translation for boch the
x-x and y-y axes. + 0.2(-4.74 kips} + 0.7(2)(-16.5 kips)

Solution:
= -39.l kips =-27.3 kips .
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are: I :

ASTMA992
The required shear strength of the beam is:
.. \

I
=
F1 50 ksi I.RFD ASD
F.,=65 ksi
v~ = [1.2 + 0.2(0.528)](7.20 kips) ~ =[l.O.f0.14(0.528)](7.20 kips)
.
+ 2(0 kips)+0.5(0 kips) + o'kip~+ o kips , -.
Required Strength '

The beam is a collector element transferring diaphragm shear to che OCBF braces. + 0,2(12.0 kips) . t 0.7(2)(0 kips)
According to Section 12.10.2.l of ASCE/SEI 7, the forces in the collector are calculated =11.8 kips =7.73 ldps ..
using the seismic load effects including the overstrength factor. The axial force in the beam
from dead and snow load is in tension.
The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 used for determining the required flexural
strength of the beam are used to de1emrine the required axial strengths.

---..
 BRACED fRAM'.ES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES S-17

II
;)-10

The governing load combinations, including the ovcrMrcngth factor, for the required a>;ia] Try a W1 Ox49.
comprc~sive strength are:
From AJSC Ma1111al Table 1- 1, the geometric propenies are as follows:
LRfD ASD A== 14.4 in.2 d= 10.0 in. t,.. =0.340 in. bt= 100 in.

LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from lJ = 0.560 in. rx=4.35 in. r1 =2.54 in.
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCE/SEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2
the 0.5 factor on L permitted in Section Column Slenderness
12.4.32) There are no ~pecific reqwrcincnts for member ductility for columns in OCBP systems
in Section Fl of lhc A1SC Seismic J>m1 is1on.s. Therefore. check width-to-thickness ra1ios for
Pu = (I 2+0.2Sos)Po +0 0 PQ& Po =(1.0+0.I4Sos)Po+PH element slenderness according to Table B4. la of the AISC Specification. As indicated iu
+0.SPt + 0.2Ps +Pp +0.7Q 0 Pa. t\ISC Manual Table 1-1, the W1 Ox49 section is not sJender for compression.
=(1.2 + 0.2(0.528)](16.4 kips) =[J.0+0.14(0.528)J(l6.4 kips)
+ 2(15.8 kips}+0.5(0 kips) + 0 kips+ 0 kips Available Compressive Strength
+ 0 .2( 19.9 kips) + 0.7(2)(15.8 kips) Determine K
.
' =57.0 kips =39.7 kips According to AlSC Specification Appcndiit 7. Section 7 2.3(a), for braced frame ~ystems,
the effective length faccor for mem~rs subjecl to compression i.hall be taken as 1.0.
!::J
The go\'eming load combinations, incJuding the overstrength factor, for the required axial
tensile Strengch is: Therefore:

Ks = 1.0 K1 =1.0
LRFD ASD Lx = .m.o r1 L:- = 40.0 ft
LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCEJSEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2 KxLx 1.0(40.0 ft)(l2 in./ft)
--=
4 .35 io.
Pu =(0.9- 0.2Sos )Po + n oPa. + 1.6PH Pa= (0.6- 0.14Sos )Po
= 110
= !0.9- 0.2(0.528)]{16.4 kips) +0.7!1 0 P0z +PH
+ 2(- 15.8kips)+1.6(0 kips) P0 =I0.6-0.14(0.528)](16.4 kips) K1 Ly _ l.0(40.0 fc)(l2 in.In)
-;;- - 2.54 in.
=- 18.6kips + 0.7(2)(-15.8 ldps}+O kips
~
=- 13.5 kips =189 (governs)

r: Second~Order Effects

Use the procedure of AISC Specification Appendix 8 to determine the second-order effects
on the requited strengths, where the required flexural strength and required axial strength
are given as;
From AISC Manua l Table 4-22 with KL/r = 189 and using ATSC Specificatio11 Equation
E3-l, lhe available compressive strength is:

LRFD

Fer =4.21.ksi
ASD

~cFcr = 6.32 ksi

M, = B1Mn1 + B2M1t (Spec. Eq. A -8-1) nc
9,_.P,,
=P,.1 + 8')}'11
~ =(~)A,
P, (Spec. Eq. A-8-2) :~cFcrA1

1 There is n~ bending moment in the column due to eiLher venkal loading or lateral transla- =6.32 ksi (14.4 in.2 )
i. tion. Consequently there is no requirement to determine multipliers for the required flexural =9 1.0 kips > 57 .0 kips o.k. = 4 .2 J lcsi(14.4 in. 2 )
i
I

.
strength due to second-order effects. The lateral drift is minimal. As calculated in Example
=
5.2. l. 82 1.0. Therefore there is no amplification of the axial load in the column due to
= 60.6 kips > 39.7 kips o.k. I'
. l P-t:... In summary. no adjtl$tmcnl.S to the membu forces calculated by a first-order ruW.ys.is
are required due to second-order effecL~.
5-18 DR.ACED FR.AMES 5.2 ORDCNARY CONCENTRICALLY ORACED rR.AMES S-19

Available Tensile Strength The required axial compressive strength oft.he beam, with axial tension shown as negative,
From AISC Manual Table 5-1, the available strenglh of the W1 Ox49 column in axial ten- is:
sion for yielding on the gross section is:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCEJSEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2
~1Pn =648 kips >18.6 kips o.k. Pn =431kips>13.5 kips o.k. the 0.5 factor on L permitted in Section
n, 12.4.3.2)

The W1 Ox49 for OCBF Column CL-I is adequate. P., =(l.2+0.2Sos)fb +noPQ6 Pa =(l.0+0.14Sos)Po
+ O.SPr. + 0.2Ps +PH+ 'PF+ 0.70 0 P~
=[1.2+ 0.2(0.528)](-3.92 kips) =[l.0+0.14(0.528)1(-3.92 kips)
Example 5.2.3. OCBF Beam Design
+ 2 (16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips) + 0 kips+O kips
Given: + 0.2(-4.74 lcips) + 0.7(2)(16.5 kips)
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-2. Select a 40-ft-long ASTM A992 W-shape to resist the
loads shown below.
=26.9 kips = 18.9 kips.
I
The loads on the beam due to a first~order analysis a,re: The required axial tensile strength of the beam is:

Po= 3.92 kips (tens.) PL= 0 kips Ps = 4.74 kips (tens.) .. ASD
LRFD
Mo= 72.0 kip-ft Ms== 120 kip-ft ,.
'
Vo= 7.20 kips Vs= 12.0 kips P.. =[1.2 + 0.2(0.528))(-3.92 kips) Pa ={l.0+0.14(0.5~8)](-3.92 kips)

Assume that the ends of the beam ace pinned and braced against translation for both the
x-x and y-y axes.
+2(-16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kip;)'
+ 0.2(-4.74 kips)
+Okips+Okips
+ 0.7(2)(-16.5 kips) ~
...
=-39.l kips =-27.3 kips .
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are:
The required shear strength of the beam is:
'
ASTMA992 .
LRFD
\
I .. ASD
F1 =50ksi
Fu= 65 ksi V,, =(1.0+0.14(0.528))(7.20 kips)
V11 =(1.2 + 0.2(0.528)](7 .20 kips)
:. +o'kips_+o kips
Required Strength
+ 2(0 .kips)+0.5(0 kips) , -
+ 0.2(12.0 kips) ~ 0.7(2)(0 kip_s)_ i
The beam is a collector element transferring diaphragm shear to the OCBF braces.
According to Section 12.10.2.1 of ASCE/SEI 7, the forces in the collector are calculated! =11.8 kips = 7.73 kips , ,
using the seismic load effects including the overstrength factor. The axial force in the beam
from dead and snow load is in tension.
The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 used for detenninjng the required flexural
strength of the beam are used to determine the required axial strengths.

-..
.I
'"'~-

I
11 The required flexural strength of the beam is:
BRACED FRAMES S.2 ORDINARY CONCF..NTRICALLY BRACED FRA.VIES

K1 J.,,. 1.0(20.0 fl)(l2 in.lft)

-;:;- = 1.65 in.
LRFD ASD =145 (governs)
M. ={J.2 + 0.2(0.528)j(72.0 kip-ft) M,, =(l.0+0. 14(0.528))(72.0 kip-ft)
The combination of the top flange bracing and the bottom flange bracing from the open web
+ 2(0 kip-fl)+ o:s{o .kip-r1) ~ 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-fl si.cel joist at midspan creates a torsional brace. This example uses a simplified calculation of
+ 0.2(120 kip-fl) + 0.7(2)(0 kip-ft) lhe available compressive strength according to AISC Specification Section E7 that consid-
ers I.he limit sltlte of flexural buck.ling using the minor axis unbraced length of the member
1 =118 kip-fl =77 .3 kip- ft
thilt is bl!:Sed on the bottom flange unbraced lenglh. A grearer compressive strength may be
available due to the additional minor a.'tis coos1raint at the top flange. See Section 8.3 oft.hi ~
Try a W18x50. Manual for a method to deternUne 1he available torsional buckling strength considering con-
straint at the top flange.
From AlSC Manual Table J-L the geometric properties are as follows:
B~ause the web is considered a slender element for axial compres&ion ( h/1,.. > l.49JE/ Fy
A::: 14.7 in. 2 d= 18.0 in. b1 = 7.50 in. If = 0.570 in.
=0.355 in. kdu"' 0.972 in. hftw= 45.2
=l .49~29,000 ksi/50 ksi = 35.9) a reduction for slenderness is required for calculating
lw rx = 7.38 in.
Lbe available compressive strength per Section E7.2 of lbe AlSC Specification.
ry= 1.65 in. Ir= 800 in.' Sx = 88.9 in. 3 Zx = 101 in.3
This reduction is included in AJSC Manual Table 6- l; therefore, use AlSC Mamwl Table
Beam Slenderness 6-1 to determine the available compressive strength of the W18x50. From Table 6-1. for
K1 ly=20 ft:
There are no specific requirements for member ductility for beams in OCBF systems in
Section Fl of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Therefore, check widt.h~to-Lhic.kness ratios for
element slenderness according to Table B4. la and Table B4. lb of lhe AISC Specification. LRFD ASD

ll
3 1
As indicated in AISC Manuaj Tuble 1-1, the W18x50 is slender for co.m pression and com, px10 = 6.37(kipsr P x 103 = 9.ss(kipsr'
pact for flexure. ':
J I
Pn /Dc =-
Available Compressive Strength p P

Determine K
6.37x10-3 (kipsr 1 9.58x10-3 (ltipsf 1
According to AISC Specification Appendlx 7, Section 7.2.3(a), fo~ braced frame systems,
= 157 kips ::: 104 kips
the effective length factor for memberS subject to compression shctll be taken as l.0.
Consider the open web steel joists at ~ top flange of the beam to provide the strength and
stiffness required by AISC Specification Appendix 6 to stabilize 1he top flange of the beam Available Flexural Strength
in the y-y axis at 6 ft 8 in. centers. Consider that the bottom flange 9f !he beam is stabilized Because the beam is bending abour its major axis, and has both compact flanges and a com-
in the y-y axis at midspan by a bottom chord extension from the open web steel joisL pact web in iJexure, the available flexural strength is determined in accordance with AISC
Consider the effective length of I.be beam in compression about Lhe y-y axis to be based on Specification Section F2.
the unsupported length of the bottom flange.
The open web steel joisis provide lateral f;Upport of the compression flange ac 6 ft 8 in.
Therefore: centers.
K..= LO K1 =1.0 4=6.67 ft
lx=40.0 fl Ly =20.0 ft
According lo AISC ;Hmiu<1I Table 3-2:
KJClx l.0(40.0 ft)(l 2 in./ft) Lp=5.83 ft
--=
rx 7.38in.
L,. =16.9 ft
=65 .0

AMERICAN iNSTITIJTli OF STEEL. C0l'ISTRIJCTION

 5-'.lJ

l~
5-22 BRACED FRAMES

Calculate 82
Therefore Lp < La S 4 and the limit state of lateral-torSiooal buckling applies. Consenativety.
use c,,= 1.0.

From AISC Manual Table 3-10. the available flexural streoglh o f the beam is:
Th = 1.00 as calculated in Example 5.2. 1
Pru =0 kips t
,.- ' LRFD ASD
.. ' .
Fi1 = Pu or Pa as determined previously
=Mu or M0 as determfoed previously
I '
Mn1

M11 =0 kip-ft because there is oo monient due to seismic loading

1
}

. <PbM:n =}68 kipft Mn :;245 kip-fl

;
nz. From AISC Specification Equation ;\-8-2 and the applicable ASCF/SEI 7 load combination,
: ~.; .j '
: , '
the required axial compressive strength is:

Second-Order Effects
LRFD ASD
Following rhe procedure of AISC Specification Appendix 8:
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1) ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCEISEl 7 Section 12A.3.2
.. (Spec. Eq. A-8-2) the 0.5 factor oo L pemutted in Section
12.4.3.2)
Calculate B1
.. ..
..
'. .. Pu= (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PD + .BiOoPQe Pa =(l.0 +0. 14Sos)PD
C,,, = 1.0 as the beam is subject to transverse loading between supports ' '
+ 0.5PL + 0.2}\- + l1I +Pp+ Bi ( 0.74,P~)
ex.:::: 1.00 (LRFD); ~ := 1.60 (ASD)
= [l.2+'0.2(0.528)J(-3.92 Jdps) =[LO+ 0.14(0.528)j(-3.92 kips)
. K1Lx = 1.0(40.0 ft) + 1.00(2)(16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips) + 0 kips+ 0 kips
..
= 40.0 ft

n Elx2
(Spec. Eq. A-8-5)
+ 0.2(-4.74 !tips)
=26.9 kips
'
+ 1.00(0.75{2)(16.5 kips)
=18.9 kips
.. l
,..,
:::: (K1L)2

:=:
1t
2
(49.000 ksi)(800 in. 4 )
I' ' '
[40.0 ft(l2 in./ft)]
2
From AISC Specification Equation A-8-1, the required flexural strength is:
r ,
I
~
LRFD \ ASD
=994 kips ' \

Mrx = B1M111 + 8zM1t Mrx =B1Mn1 +.BiM11

LRFD ASD = 1.03(118kii>-fi}+1.00(0 kip-ft) '= 1.03(77.'3kip-fi)71.00(0 kip-ft)

B1= . Cm BI:; . Cm
' =122 kip-ft
.' ,. . = 79.6 kip-ft
.. . . ..
1-o.Pr/ Pei 1-o.Pr/ P, 1 ! '

' .~ = .
1.0
1.00(26.9 kips)
. =
1.0
1.60(18.9 kips)
Combined Loading (Flexure 'and Compression)
Determine tbe applicable equation in AlSC Specificarion Section Hl.1:
1
994 kips
1-
994 kips ..J
,,
= 1.03 =1.03 LRFD 'ASD
..
-=
26.9 kips
P,. P, 18.9 kjps
-=
. J
Pc 157 kips Pc 104 kips ""' i

=0.171 =0.182

...1
\

: .I
:l Because P,!Pc < 0.2, the b~m design is controlled by 1be equation:
BRACED FRAMES S.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRJC,\LLY BRACED FRAMES 5-25

LRFD ASD

(Spec. Eq. Ht-lb) Mn=M,. Mrx= Mo

.,
=118 k:ip-ft =77.3 kip-fl
r P, =Tu P, = Ta
! ASD
LRFD
l =
39.1 kips =27.3 kips
26.9 kips +(122 kip-ft +o)=0.4l 7 18.9 kips +(79.6 kip-fr +o):::: 0.4l 6 Pc = 4>1Pn Pc = Pn 10 1
: l; 2(157 kips) 368 kip-re ' 2(104 kips) 245 kip-ft = 662 kips =
440 kips
0.417<1.0 o.k. 0.416<1.0 o.k.
Detennine the applicable equation in AISC Specification Section Hl.l:

Available Shear Strength

LRFD ASD
From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shear strength of the W18x50 beam is:
; P, 39. l kips P, 27.3 kips
..' -= - =
!: --, LRFD ASD Pc 662 ki ps Pc 440 kips
=0.0591 =0.0620
<PvVn =192kips>11.8 kips o.k. ~ = 128 kips> 7.73 kips o.k.
.
n.
... l . Since P,IPc < 0.2. the beam tle.~ign is controlled by tbe equation:
, ...
Available Tensile Strength

Ill From AISC Mam~al Table 5-1, the available strengtb of the W18x50. beam in a."<ial tension
for yielding on the gross section is:
(Spec. Eq. Hl-Jb)

. LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD :
'

cp 1P,. = 662 kips > 39. l kips

'. ._

Pn = 440 kips> 27 .3 kips o.k.

39.1 kips + ( l I8 kip-ft + O) = 0.:3SO 27.3 kips +(77.3 kip-ft +o)=o. 347
Q, 2(662 kips) 368 kip-ft 2(440 kips) 245 kip-ft ..
I
0.350<1.0 o.k. '' 0.347 < 1.0 o.k.

Consider ~econd-order effects (tension loading) Note that the available flexural strength was conservatively based on Cb = 1.0. Derennining
Consider second order effects according to Appendix 8 of the AJSC SpecificaJiQn. As pre- Cb and applying it would have resulted in a higher available flexural strength.
viously calculated, Bi= 1.0. According to NSC Specification Appendix 8, Section 8.2, B1
The W18x50 is adequate for use as the OCBF Beam BM-~-
is taken as 1.0 for members not subject to compression. Given that both B 1 and 82 are equal
to 1.0, there is no amplification required for second-order effects for the loads on the mem
ber when the diagonal brace is in tension, Example 5.2.4. OCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column
Connection Design
Combi[Jed Loading (Flexure and Tension)
Because the axial tensile force is greater than the :L"\ial compressive force, intet3ction will Given:
be checked. As previou~ly determined: Refer lo Joint JT-1 in Figure 5-2. Design the connection between the brace, beam and co'

..... umo. Use a bolted connection for the brace-10-gusset connection. Use a single-pl:i
connection lo connect the beam and gusset to the column and a welded connection bctwce'l
ii' the beam and gusset plate. Use ASTM A36 for all plate and angle material. Assume tl.

A.MER.lCAN !NSTTTUTE OP Sn:a CONSTIUJCl10N AMERICAN hlsmvra OF SlllEl. CoNS1'R\JCTION

 BRACED FR.AMES 5.Z ORDrNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5
1 '
l.<
--~~~~~~~~~~~~~-r-~~~~~~~~~~~~~---.

~~~~~-L_RFD
~~~~~~-1-~~~~~-A-SD~~~~~- 'i .:
member siz.es are as determined in the previous OCBF examples. Use 3A-in.-diame1er ASTM
A325-N bolts and 70-ksi weld electrodes.
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
From Example 5.2. I, the loads on the connection from the brace based on a firs! order analy-
sis are:
PD = 5.54 kips Ps = 6.70 kips Poe= 22.3 kips
ASCE/SEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2 (including
the 0.5 fact0r on L penniued in Section
12.4.3.2)
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 i'
l.
.

(1.2 + 0.2SDs)Po + fl 0 PQ1 +0.5P1., (1.0 + 0.14SDs)P.o +PH+ PF

From Example 5.2.3, the loads on the connection from the beam (collector elemcnr), base~
on a first-order analysis are: + 0.2Ps +0.1fl 0 Pa1 I
PD= 3.92 kips (tens.) Pl= 0 kips Ps =4.74 kips (tens.) PQr. =16.5 kips The required :axial compressive strength of !he collector at the beam-to-column connection
I\
MD= 72.0 kip-ft ML= 0 kip-fl Ms= 120 kip-ft Moe = 0 kip-ft is, from the loads given in Example ?.2.3:
VD=7.20 kips VL =0 kips Vs= 12.0 kips VQE = O kips
LRFD ASD
Solution:
From AISC _Manual Table 2-5, the material properties are as follows: Pu= II.2+ 0.2(0.528)j(Okips) P0 =(l.0+0.14(0.528)]{0kips} ' 1:
ASTMA36 +2(16.5 kips) +0.5{0k.ips) +0 kips+O kips+0.7(2)(16.5 kips)
Fy =36 ksi + 0.2(0 kips) = 23.1 kips 1
=33.0 !Ops
F,,=58 ksi

FromAISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric propenies are as follows: ;

Note: The above load results from tbe 1ransfer of tbe collector force from the beam in t.
t
Beam adjacenr bay. The axial components from snow and gravity axial loads used in Exampl I
W18x50 5.2.3 are transferred from the brace ~usset directly into the braced frame beam. r
A= 14.7 in. 2 d= 18.0 in. b1=7.50 in. 'I= 0.570 in. According to AISC Seismic PrQVisions Section Fl.6a, the required strength of diagonal
t..., = 0.355 in. T= 15~ in. k.us = 0.972 in. Ix =z:800 in.' brace connections is the load effect based upon the amplified seismic load. Based on lh /,
Sx = 88.9 in. 3 rx= 7.38 in. Z;r =10 L in.3 ry = 1.65 io. loads given for me brace trom Example 5.2.1. the maximum a-ua1 tensile force in the rua 8 I
onal brace based upon the amplified seismic load, is:
Column I
W10x49
d= 10.0 in. if= 0.560 in. fw = 0.340 in. kw = 1.06 in.
LRFD

LRFD Load Combination 7 from

ASD

ASD Load Combination 8 from I!

1
Broce ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCF./SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 l
W10x33
A=9.71 in.1 d= 9.73 in. 'I = 0.435 in. (0.9 - 0.2SDS)PD + floPa. + l.6Pn (~.6- 0.14SDs)Pq + .PH +P/i-:p'.1il.iPQ1 r
bi.=1.96 in. Pu = I0.9- 0.2(0.528)j(5.54 kips) Pa =I0.6-0.14(0.528)J{5.54 kips)
I
Required Strength
+ 2{~22.3 kips)+ 1.6(0 kips)
=-40.2 kips
+ 0 kips+O kips
+ 0.7(2)(-22.3 kips)
\i
~,

The govei:ning load combinations for the colleccor force are:

=-28.3 kips
I
\:

"
 5-28 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCEN'TlUCALLY BRACED FRAMES

According to the exception in AISC Seismic Pro~isions Section FI.6a, Lbe required ax.ial AccordinJ; to 1he Excep1jon in AISC Seismic Provisions Section Fl.6a, the required axial
, ..
tension strength need not ex'ceed the expected yield strength muhiplied by 1.00 (LRFD) or strength of the brnce connection in compression need not exceed the lesser of the expected
,.
.
' i\ divided by 1.50 (ASP):-. ,, yield strength and l.14Fcl\' A8 , where Fcre is based on the expected yield siress. RyFy .
;

As determined in Example 5.2. 1, the available compressive strength of the brace is:
LRFD ASD
.'
I
~ "\

l T,,, exp =1.00(.R1F>'Ag) . Ta, txp = RyFyA8 /l.50 LRFD ASD

=1.00(1.1)(50 ksi)(9.71 in.2 ) =u(5o ksi)(9.7t fo. 2 )/uo

=534 ~dps = 356 kips
The available compressive strenglh is greater lhan the maximum compressive axial force
Therefore, the required s~ngth of the brace connection in tension is Pu =40.2 kips and calculated using the amplified seismfo load. Therefore, the exception limiting the required
Pa :::;< 28.3 kips. rodal compressive strength to the.expected yield strength and l.14Fm Ag will not govern.
The required shear strengch of the beam concurrent with axial tension in the brace is:
The required strength of the brace connection in compression is Pu = 53.2 kips and Pa =
37.2 kips.
, LRFD ASD The required shear strength of the beam that is concurrent with maximum ax fol compression
in the brace is, as calculated in R""<arnple 5.2.3:
LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCFJSEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
LRFD ASD
-
(0.9-:0.2Sos)Vo + Q,,VQE+ 1.6VH

V,, =[0.9-0.2(0.528)}(7.20 kips) -

(0.6-0. 14Sns)Vo + VH+ VF+ 0.7~VQ

Va = [0.6 - 0.14{0.528)j(7.20 kjps)

I v. = 11.8 "'
Va = 7.73 kips

11 + 2(0kips)+1.6(0 'kips)
= 5.72 kips
+ o kips+'o kips+o.7(2)(0 kips)
=3.79 kips
Brace-to-Gusset Connection
Using AlSC Manual Table 7-1 for '!4-in.-diameter A325-N bolts (Group A) in double shear:
'

~
The above shear force is concurrent with the maximum tension for<:e in the diagonal brace. LRFD ASD

r1~
Considering the lond combinations given in ASCPJSEl 7, the maximum compressive axial
force in the diagonal brace based upon the amplified seismic load is:
j .,. =35.8 kips \
\ I =239 "'"'

l
:

LRFD I
ASD For the limit Stale Of bolt shear, the minimum number Of bolts required in the brace-to-
;:;:: -I LRFD !,.pad Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination from
gusset connection is:
"... ASCF.iSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCE/SEI 5 Section 12.4.3.2
LRFD ASD
the 0.5 factor on L from Section 12.4.3.2)
Pu Pa
(l.2 + 0.2Sos)Po + iloPQe + 0.5Pi (1.0 + 0.14SD$)Po +PH +Pp n=- n=--
$rn r11ln
+0.2Ps +0.7~ PQe
= 53.2 kips _ 37.2 kips I
35.8 kips - 23.9 kips
Pu= [l.2+0.2(0.528)](5.54 kips) Pa =[l.0+0.14(0.528)J(5.54 lcips)
+ 2(22.3 kips)+0.5(0 kips) +0 ~ps+O kips
= 1.49 bolts =J.56 bolts
+ 0.2(6.70 kips) + 0.7(2)(22.3 kips)
To facilitate erect.ion, use oversized holes in one ply of the connection as permitted in AI!::C
=53.2 kips =37.2 kips Seismic Provisions Section 02.2(3).

AMEJUC\N L>IS't1l\1l'E OP STEEL CoNsnu.1cnoN AMERICAN lmTrTVT1l 01' STEEi.. CONSTltUCTION

 S.2 OIUJJNA.KY L:Ul\LI~ ll(IL'.ALLV ORACHO >-KAMJ:.!)

When oversized holes arc used in the diagonal brace connection, the required sttcnglh for
the limit Slate of bolt slip need oot CJtceed the load effect calculated using the load combi-
nations not including the amplified seismic load, according to AlSC Seismic Provuions
Section Fl .6a(3). These correspond to the required strengths calculated for the member
design in faample 5.2.1.
Therefore, the required strength for I.he limit state of bolt slip need not exceed:
For short claw angle connections, eccentricity mny be an issue. For angles with the ratio
Llg ~ 4, the eccenuicity effect of connections 10 opposite angle legs can safely be ignored
(Thornton, 1996). l 1~ the distance between the centers of bolt groups on opposite legs of
the angle, and g is the bolt gage in lhe angle leg. Se.e Figure 5-3.
Consider a 2.00-in. edge distance on the brace and che gusset, 11.?-in. space between the eod
of the brace and the end of the gusset. and 4-in. spacing between bolts.
I

I'"" = 3-0.9 kl"' LRFD

I P0 = 21.6kips
ASD
4.00 in.
2
=8.50 in.
. 0.500 in.)
L = 2 (---+ 2.00 m. + - - -
2
:
g =2.00 in.
From AISC Manual Table 7-3 for '.l4-in.-diamcter A325-SC bolts (Group A) in double shear.
Class A faying su1faccs, oversized holes in the diagonal brace web and standard holes in the L 8.50 in.
gusset and angles: g 2.00 in.
= 4.25 > 4 o.k.
LRFD ASD
Check tensile yielding of the angles
~ =J0.8 kips
A1 = groi;s area of four :ingles

For the limit srnte of bolt slip, che minimum number of bolts required in the brace-to-gusset
=4A \.
connection is: =4(2. 10 in. 2 )
LRFD ASD
=8.40 in.2
. .. ,, l
P.,
n=- n=--
Pa I l. 1

: .
~ ' '
..
~r,. r,./Q
= 30.9 kips = 21.6 ldps
16. l kips 10.8 kips
1 =1.92 bol15 = 2.00 bolLS

Use four claw angles 10 connect the brace to the gusset as shown in Figure 5-5. Try (4)
L3 1hx3 1hx)/1e claw angles each connected to the gusset with (2) 'A-in.-diameter ASTM
A325 bolls in double shear and to the brace web with (2) ~-in.-di:uneter ASTM A325 bolts
in double shear. Therefore, the tot.al number of bolts at lhc brace-to-angle connection and at
the angle-to-gusset connection, N,, = 4, is greater than che minimum number of bolts, n, cal-
culated above.

FromAJSCMnnualTables 1-7 and l-7a:

l
Claw Angles
L3 1hx3 1/2xs1ia

A= 2.10 in.2 IJ =0.435 in. x=0.979 in. g = 2 in. Fig. 5-3. Single claw angle dimt11Sion.r for check of eccentric effect.
 r-1
::
i
S'-32 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRJ'CALLY BRACED FRAMES S.-3..l
'
For tensile yielding of connecting elements, the nominal strength is:
- - r--~~~~~L_R_FD
~~~~~~-+-~~~~~~A_S~
D ~~~~~I
R,. =Fy,Ag _ . .. (Spec.,Eg. J4-I)
Rn 320 kips
= 36 ksi(8.40 in.2 ) ~Rn = 0.75(320 kips) - =
Q 2.00
=240 kips > 40.2 kips
=302.kips
".
.. '

The available tensile strength (yielding) of the four angles is:

.
o.k.
= 160 kips> 28.3 kips o.k.
I
Check block shear rupture of the angles
LRFD ASD AISC Manual Tables 9-3a, 9-3b a.nd 9-3c for block shear may be used here for accurately
calculating the rension rupture componenc. For the shear components, the values in the
$Rn= 0.90(302 kips)
~ = (302 kips) 11.67 ta.hies are based on a bolt spacing of 3.00 in., whereas this conneetion uses 4.00-in. bolt
= 272 kips > 40.2 kips o.k. spacing. For this reason, the tables are not used here for calculating shear components (but
"
!
=181 kips >.28.3 kips o.k. could haYe been used as a conservative check).

.;~
Check tensile rupture of the angl~s
The horiwmal edge distance along the tension plane, Leh, is calculated as the angle leg less
the gage:
- - - --< f~~ From AISC Specification Table D3.l, the shear lag factor is:
Leh =
3 'h in. - 2.00 in.
. x ' =1.SOin.
U=l--
l
Use an edge distance, Lev. of I .SO in. at the ends of the ang_(es.
= 0.979.in.
1
4.00 in. The nominal strength for the limit state of b1ock shear ruprure is:
=0.755
Rn = UbsFuA'!r + mirl(0.60FyA8 v.0.60FuAnv) (from Spe9: Eq. J4-5)
Use standard holes in the angles. For calculation of net area, AISC Specification Section
Tension rupture comeo!1~nt _for one ang_(e:
,. B4.3b defines the width of the bolt hole as Y\6 in. greater than the nominal dimension of the
.'~
l~
hole: where tlle nominal hole dimension is giv_e~_ i? Thble J~.3 ~ __ . From AISC Manual Table 9-3a with Fu= 58' ksi, Len= 1.50 in., and Ubs =1.0:
~:
Ai, =Ag - 4tdh
=8.40 in.2 -4(Sfi6 in.)( li6 in.+ 13 Yi6 in)
LRFD
\
ASD
l
=7.31 ln.2 -.. -,-=
~f;,Ant 46.2 kipm.
Ii I
FvA.tr = 30.8 kip/m.
10. .

.......
.. 1
,,
'
A,,z::AnU (Spec. Eq. D3-l)
FuAruUbs = 30.8 Idp/fu.(S!i6 in.)(1.0)
,,. =7.31 in.2 (0.755) n . .;:
= 14.4 kips
= S.52 in.2
=9.63 kips
For tensile rupture of connecting elements, the nominal strength is: Shear yielding componenl for one angle:

R,, = F,,A,, (Spec. Eq. 14-2) o.66F1 Agv =0.60(36 ksl)(4.00 in.+ 1..50 io.)(-Yi~ in.)
2 ::::: 37.l kips
= 58 ksi(5.S2 in. )

= 320 kips

AMERICAN INsnruu; OF Sn;a CoNsnu;crroN

 (
S-34 "BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONC.ENTR.lCALLY BRACED FRAMES

Effective net area:

LRFD ASD
' . 0.60FyAgv = 37.1 kips u =1.0
$0.60FyAgv = 0.75(37. l kips) .. . .
n 2.00 An= (d-2d,,)t...,
. I.

= 27.8.kips

l...~.
= 18.6 lcips
=[9.73 in.- 2(1.00 in.)j(0.290 in.) .. ~ ' '

Shear ruprure component for one angle: =2.24 in. 2

.~==AnU (Spec. Eq. D3-

0.60FuAnv:::: 0.60(58 ksi)[4.00in.+1.50 in:-'-1.5( 1 ~6 in.+ lt\6 in.)j(~6 in.) ., . 2 .
= 2.24 m. (1.0)
== 45.5 kips '. "
= 2.24in.2
LRFD ASD
For tensile rupture of the brace web, the nominal stre.ngrh is:
0.60F.,AMv 45.5 kips
$0.60F.,A;,v =Q.75(45.5 kips) - Rn= FuAe (Spec. Eq. J4-2_
n 2.00
=34.1 kips = 22.8 kips = 65 ksi(2.24 in.2) I:.
t:
=146 kips
Shear yieldfog. governs over shear rupture. The available strength for the limit state of block
shear rupture for the four angle~ is: The available tensile rupture str~ngth of the brace web is:

LRFD ASD

$R,, :::4(i4A .kips+27.81cips) Rn =4(9.63kips+l8.6kips)

n
= 169 kips> 40.2 kips o.k.
= 113 kips> 28.3 kips o.k. = 110 kips> 40.2 kips o.k. = 73.0 kips:> 28.3 kips o.k. I

Check tension rupture of the brace

For this lightly loaded mem~~. this conservative and simplified
the available tensile rupture strength iS a_d~ua.te._
cal~ulation indicates th.. f;:
The claw angles are .connected only to the web of lhe W1 Ox33 brace and not lO the flanges.
Therefore shear Jag may reduce tl)e effective area. The bolt holes in the web of the brace are
oversized for erection tolerance.
Alternatively, the effective net area bec~uld calci1~ted
for the entire section as follow
Calculate U, the shear lag factor, in accordance With Table D3.l, Case 2, of the AJS,
I
Specification. AISC Specification Commentary Fi~e C-D3.l recommends treating half o.t
Because the tension load is transferred only at rbe web of the wide flange brace, Case 2 of the flange and a portion of rhe web as an angle. This is shown in Figure 5-4. ~-
AISC Specification Table D3.1 is applicable. However to simplify calculation of the net sec-
tion, consider the tensile rupture capacity of the web element only. This is similar to Case 3 First, calculate ,'t of the angle, where xis measured from the centerline of the web (this ca, ,
cuJarion ignores che fillets):
of Table D3. l, which applies to members with transverse welds to some but not an of the

l;::
cross-sectional elements.

From AISC Specification Table J3.3, the diameter of an ove~ized hole for a '.!4-in.-diameter
A= bJ (t1)+(%-t1)('; J :;:
.......
bolt is U/i6 in. From. AISC Specificarlon Section B4.3b, when computing the net area the
width of the bolt bole is taken as Vi6 in. greater than the nominal dimension of the hole.
=7.9~ in.(0.435 in.)+(9.7~ in. _ 0 _435 in.)f0.29; in.}
=2.37 in. 2
d11 =15Ji6 in.+ 'li6 in.
=l.00 in.

AMERICAN lNSTrruTE OP STEa CONS'l'RUCl10f'I

$\.
1 S-36

_ t.X,Ai
BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDlNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-37

x=-- ~ = AnU (Spec. Eq. 03-1)

1\
=(A-2dhtw )U
_ (0.2~in.)(0.2~in.)(9.7~in. _ 0 .4 3 Sin.) =[9.71 in.2 -2(1.00 in.)(0.290 in.)j(0.669)
1
- 2.37 in.2 +(3.9! in. )(3.98 io.)(0.435 in.) = 6.11 in.2

For tensile rupture of the beam web, the nominJ1l strength is:
=1.47 in.
,,,
Rn =Fu~ (Spec. Eq. 14-2)
AJSC Specification Commentary Section 03 states that 'i is the perpeodjcular distance from
x
lhe connection plane to the centroid of the member section. Therefore, the used in the ten- = 65 ksi(6.1 l io. 2 )
sion rupture calculation is the calculated i of l .47 in. minus half the web thickness. From
AJSC Specification Table 03.l:
=397 kips
The avajlable tensile rupture strength of the brace web is:
U=l--
x
l LRFD ASD
=I 1.47 in. - ~(0.290 in.)
4.00 in. R11 397 kips
Rn =0.75(397 kips) - =
=0.669
n 2.00
= 298 kips > 40.2 kips o.k.
= 199 kips > 28.3 kips o.k.
For a W10x33 brace, with A = 2
9.7J in. and using oversized boles in the brace web
(dh:::: 1.00 in.), the effective net area is: As shown, ttie available strength of the W-shape brace for the limit state of tensile rupture
as calculated per the simplified caJ~lation (with only the brace web considered effective) is

ll adequate for the applied loads. However, if additional capacity were required, lhe avaiiable
strength as calculated per AlSC Specificario11 Table D3. l, Case 2, is much greater.

W1 Ox33 brace
-r Check block shear rupture of the brace web
The portion of the brace web between the bolt lines is checked for block shear. Assume a
gusset plate thickness, lg, of'A in.

ubs =1.0 for unifonu tensile stress

A111 =(2g +r8 -d11)c..,
=[2(2.00 in.)+% in.-1.00 in.J(0.290 in.)
. ;
= 0.979 in. 2
' - =2.00 in.
s = 4.00 in.

A8 =2(.l.n. +s)tw
=2(2.00 in.+ 4.00 in.)(0.290 in.)
=3.48 in.2
Fig. 5-4. Tension rupnire on brace A,,, =2( ~ +s-1.5d11)t,.,
=2[2.00 in.+ 4.00 in. - 1.5(1.00 in.)j{0.290 in.)
= 2.61 in .2
AMERICAN lNST11V!1! OF STEEl. CONSTRUCTION
S-38 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORntNARY CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-39 L
i

TI1e 11om.inal scrength for the limit state of block shear .rupnire is given by: A.v = 2(Lev +s- l.5dh)c8
R,. =0.60F Anv + UbsFuA.u S 0.60F,.Ap + Ub,F11Au
11 (Spec. Eq. J4-5) =2f2.00 in.+4.00 in.-1.5(0.875 in.)](~ in.) l..:
AISC Specification F.quatio.o J4-5 can be expressed as follows to determine lhe available
=3.52 in.2
strength of the brace web for the limit state of block shear rupture: Aiv=2(L.,.+s)t1 }
= 2(2.00 in.+4.00 in.)(~ in.) I
LRFD ASD
=4.50 in. 2
RnUb,Fu.Ani
$R,. = $Ub,F11An1 -=
n 2.00 The nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is g.ivcn by:
+min(0.60F1 At", $0.60F.,A,.v) . (0.60FyAgv 0.60FuAnv)
+nun ' (Spec. Eq. J4-5)
2.00 2.00
AlSC Specificatio11 Equation 14-5 can be expressed as follows to determine the available
u,,,FuA..i -= (L0)(65ksi)(0.979 in.2 )
$Ub,FuAnt =0.75(1.0)(65 ksi) 2.00 2.00
strength of the gusset plate for the limit sl:ite of block shear rupture:

x(0.?79 in.2 ) = 31.8 kips LRFD ASD I

=47.7 kips 0.60FyAgv (0.60)(50 ksi)( 3.48 m.2)
~0.60F,Agv =0.75(0.60)(50 ksi) 2.00 2.00 9R,, =$UbsFuA..1
x(3.48 in.2) =52.2 kips +min( ~0.60F1 Asv. ~0.60FuAnv) . (0.60FyAzv , 0.60FuAnv)
=78.3 kips . 0.60F,,Anv =(0.60)(65ksi)(2.61 in. 2
)
+mm
2.00 2.00
~0.60F.,A,.,. = 0.75(0.60)(65 k,si) 2.00 2.00 2
. -= 50.9 kips Ub:Fu!int = (1.0)(58 ksi)(L28 in. )
x(2.61 in.2
) ~Ub,F.,Ani = 0.75(1.0)(58 ksi)
2.00 2.00
=76.3 kips . x(I.28m.2) = 37.l kips

~Rn= 47.7 kips+ 76.3 kips

=124 kips> 40.2 kips o.k.
~ =3l.8kips+50.9kips =55.7 kips
~0.60FyA8 = 0.75(0.60)(36 ksi)
0.60FyA.!" (0.60)(36 ksi)(4.50 in. 2 ) .t
2.00 2.00
. = 82.7 kips > 28.3 kips o.k.
x(4.SO m.2)
\
=48.6 kips
l
I
i
= 72.9 kips 0.60F11 A,.. =(0.60)(58 ksi)(3.52 in.2 )
Check block shear rupture of the gusset plate ~0.60FuAnv = 0.75(0.60)(58 ksi) 2.00 ~.00
With an assumed gusset thickness, * in., and standard .holes in tbegusset:
t, =
x( 3.52 in.2
)
'
= 61.2kips

d,, = ~6 in.+!li6 in. = 91.9 kips

J
= 0.875 in.
$R,. = 55.7 kips+ n9 kips Rn = 37.1 kips+ 48.6 kips
n
ub, =i.o
Ant =(2g+t.,-d,,)r8
=129 kips > 40.2 kips o.k.
=85.7 kips > 28.3 kips o.k. J
=[2(2.00 in.)+0.290 in. -0.875 in.J(~ in.) Check the gusset plate for buckling on the Wh;tmore section }
=1.28 in.2 The "Whhmore section" is discussed in AlSC Man:ual Part 9 (Figure 9-J) and in 'Thornton
Lev =2.00 in. and Llni (2011 ), and is shown for this example in Figure 5-5.

s =4.00 in.

AMERJCAN INmwra Ol' STUl.. CoNsnu;cno.H

".
 BRACED FRAMES 52 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-41

~column On the gusset plate, the space between the bolt lines of the angles is:

I W18x50 beam 2g+c.., = 2(2.00 in.)+0.290 in.

= 4.29 in.

The Whitmore width is:

W.P. I..,= 2/tan30+ s

=2(4.00 in.)tau30+4.29 in.
- - - -~----- <t beam
=8.91 in.

r _..!J_
.
- Jli
~: : ... *in.
~.
<Xl
=-:m
'
> =0.108 in.
- - -- -1 L:J Use rhe effective length factor, K, of 0.50 as established by full scale rests on bracing con-
nections (Gross, 1990) and as referenced in theAfSC Design Examples VJ4.0. Note that this
W10x33 brace K value requires the gusset 10 be supported on both edges. Alternatively, the effective length
factor for gusset buckling could be detennined according to DowsweIJ (2006).

From Figure 5-5, the unbraced length of the gusset plate along the axis of the brace is
L = 8.70 in. (Exam.pie 5.3.10 provides an equation for calculating che length of buckling;
L (6) ;i dia. A325-N
bolts in std. holes
here it is derennined graphically.)

W10x49 KL 0.50(8.70 in.)

!; column -
r
= -------'-
0.108 in.
,.'/
,.v =40.3

W10x33 brace From AISC MarnJal Table 4-22 with F1\= 36 ksi and Kl =40.3:
I r

~~19
LRFD ASD

1 ...
4 - L3~3Yzxo/16

\;
...
:; Therefore, from AISC Specificaticn Equation E3-l, the available compressive strength
~~' based on flexural buckliog is:

LRFO ASD I
!

cpP" =IJ>cFcrAg ~=(~)Ag !

Section A-A =29.8 ksi(8.9 1 in.)(* in.) = 19.8 ksi (8.91 in.)(3,ii in.)
=99.6 kips> 53.2 kips o.k.
= 66.2 JOps > 37 .2 kips o.k.
Fig. 5-5. As5wned initial geometry for xample5 5.2.l through 5.2.4.
...,,
:;, AMERJ(".A}I lNSTITUT!! OF STtD.. CONmuc:noN
'r
5-42 BRACED FRA,\ffiS 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRlCAf..LY 8.RACED FRAMES

Note: An altema1ive is to use a reduced unbraced buck.ling length fo.r the gusset calculated LRFD ASD
from the ave.rage values from the end and center of the Whitmore section. See AISC Design
Examples Vl4.0, Example II.C-2 (AISC, 2011). fn 23.8 kips
r,. = 0.75(23.8 kips) -=
Because the absolute value of the required strength of the connection in tension is less than
n 2.00
= 17.9kips

t.:..
the required strength of the connection in compression, tension yielding on the Whitmore = 11.9 kips
!
section will not control.
Considering four angles, each with one end bolt and one interior boll:
Check bolt bearing on the angles
Standard holes are used in the angles. From AISC Specification Table J3.3, for a ~-in. LRFD ASD
iliameter bolt, dh = 1Vi6 in.

The bearing strength requirements per boll are given by AISC Specificarion Section 13. l 0.
R,. = 4
l bolt(2-t5 kips)
+ 1 bolt{l7.9 kips)
I R11 [lbolt(l6.3 kips)
n= bolt(ll.9 kips)
4
+1
l
For the imerior bolt with a bolt spacing of 4.00 in., the bearing strength per bolt is: =170 kips > 53.2 kips o.k. =113 kips > 37.2 kips o.k.

r11 =l.21,tF,, ~ 2AdtF., (Spec. Eq. J3-6a)

Check bolt bearing on brace web
1.2/ctF,, =1.2(4.00 in. - 1Vl6 in.)(o/16 in.)(58 ksi)
Oversized holes are used in the brace. From AISC Specification Table 13.3, for a '.!A-in.-
=69.3 kips diameter bolt, dh = 1Sft6 in.
2.4dtF,, =2.4(% in.)(Vt6 in.)(58 ksi) For the interior bolt with a bolt spacing of 4.00 in., the bearing strength per bolt is:
= 32.6 kips
rn = I .2LctFu < 2.4dtFu (Spec. Eq. J3-6a) )
Therefore, no.ininal bearing strength for the interior bolt is rn =32.6 kips. The availabie bear- "
ing strength of the interior bolt is: 1.2.LctF., =1.2(4.00 in.- 1Vt6 in.)(0.290 in.)(65 ksi)
=69.3 kips
LRFD ASD
2.4dtF., = 2.4{'A in.)(0.290 in.)(65 ksi)
rn = 32.6 kips =33.9 kips
~rn =0.75(32.6 kips) n 2.00
=24.5 kips Therefore, the nominal bearing strength of. the interior bolts is 33.9 kips. The available bear-
= 16.3 kips ing strength of the interior bolts is: 'i

Note that AlSC Manual Table 7-4 could also have been used; however, it is based on smaller LRFD ASD
bolt spacing than 4.00 in.
rn 33.9 kips
For the end bolt, with Lt= 1.50 in., the nominal bearing strength per bolt for each angle is: $rn = 0.75(33.9 kips) -=
n 2.00
= 25.4 kips
rn ::: l.2lctF11 ~ 2.4d1F11 (Spec. Eq. J3-6a) = 17.0 lcips
::: l.2[1.50 in. -1h(1i6 in.)](16 in.)(58 ksi) ;(
Note that AISC Manual Table 7-4 could !lave been usCd, but the table is based on smaller
$ 2.4( 3,4 in.)(Vt6 in.)(58 ksi) bolt spacing than the 4.00 in. used in this example.
=23.8 kips .S 32.6 kips
The nominal bearing strength for the end bolt is rn = ~3.8 kips. The available bearing
strength of the end bolt is:

AMlllUCAN !J.IS1TIVJ"B OP SmEl. CONSTRUCTION

 ' BRACED FRAM.ES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENT'RlC;\LLY BRACED FRAMES

Use AISC Manual Taqle 7-5 for lhe end bolts. For L~ =2.00 in., the bearing strength per end Note that AISC Manual Table 7-4 could also have been used. However, it is based on smaller
bolt is: boll spacing than 4.00 in.

Use AISC Manual Table 7-5 for end bolls. For Le = 2.00 in., the bearing strength per end
LRFD ASD
bolt is:
G>rn = 87.8 kip/in. ~ =58.5 kip/in. ASD
r,. ? ..
The :wailable strength of the end bolt is:
n : : : 5-.2 kip/m.

LRFD ASD Tue available strength of the end bolt is:

$r,, = 87.8 kip/in.(0.290 in.) ~ = 58.5 kip/in.(0.290 in.) LRFD ASD

= 25.5 kips
= 17.0 kips >rn : : : 78.3 kip/in.(* in.) ~ :::::: 52.2 kip/in.(% in.)
:::::: 29.4 kips
= 19.6 kips
Considering two interior bolts and two end bolts on the brace:

LRFD ASD Considering two end bolts and two imerior bolts:

[2 bolts(2S.4 kips) l R,. f2bolts(17.0kips) l LRFD ASD

. '

$Rn=
' + 2 bolts(25.5 kips)

=102 kips> 53.2 kips o.k.

n= +2bolts(17.0kips)

=68.0 kips >-37.2 kips o.k.

..

Rn::::::
[2 bolts{29.4 kips) ]
+ 2 bolts(29.4 kips)
R11
n
[2 bol1$(l9.(i ~ips)I
"' + 2 bolts(19.6 kips) .. i

Check bolt bearing on the gusset

=118 kips> 53.2 kips o.k. =78.4 kips> 37.2 kips o.k.
I
Standard holes are used in the gusset. From AISC Specification Table J3.3, for a %-ill.- Use (4) ASTM A325-SC bolts in double shear to connect (4) L3 1hx3 1hx 5/1s lo the brace
diameter bolt, dh = 13/i6 in. web. Use standard boles in the angles and gusset; and oversized holes in the brace web. Use
(4) ASTM A325-N bolts in double shear to connect the (4) L31/2x3 1hx 5h6 to the gusset.
For the interior bolt with a bolt spacing of 4.00 in., the bearing strength per bolt is: '
r,. ::::. I.2LctFu < 2.4dtFu (Spec. Eq. J3-6a) Connection Interface Forces
1.2LctF,. =1.2(4.00 in. - 13/J6 in.)(* in.)(58 ksi) The forces the gusset-to-_beam aI!d gusseHo~cqj~~ interfac~s are detenni~ed using
at the
=83.2 kips Uoifonn Force Method. The planes of unifo~ forces will be set at the column bolt line and
!he gusset/berun interface. The assumption of a plane of uniform force at the column bolt
2.4dtFu = 2.4(% in.)(% in.)(58 k:si)
line allows the bolts at the column connection to be designed for shear and wal load only
=39.2 kips (no eccentricity) and therefore simplifies the design.
Therefore, !he nominal bearing strength of the interior bolt is 39.2 kips. The available bear- It should be noted that this assumption is different lh~ that made for the typical cases of th-!
ing strength of the interior bolt is: Unifonn Force Method discussed in the AISC Manual where the unifonn force at the colum.ri
is at the face of the column t1ange. Appropriate work point.s and uniform force planes er,:,
L.RFD ASD often be selected conveniently to balance enginee.ring, fabcication and erection economy.
-
r,, = 39.2 kips As previously determined, the ma,mnum brace force according to ASCEtSEI 7 load corr:
$rn = 0.75(39.2 kips) Q nations is 53.2 kips (LRFD) or 37.2 kips (ASD) acting in coropre~sion. The maximum tm,(.,,
2.00
=29.4 kips = 19.6 kips force iu tension is 40.2 kips (LRFD) or
28.3 kips (ASD). Consider !he larger compress, .
force to act in both directions in order to simplify calculations.

AMJ<lCAN JJ-ISTJTUTE OP STEEL CoNS"rR\JCnON

 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY UM<.:a.D tAAMl:!S
5-4 1 t
Assume an initfaJ connection geometry as shown in Figure 5-5. Using the analysis found in the method described as "Analysis of Existing Djagonal Bracing C9nnections" in Part J3
AISC Manual Part 13: of the A1SC Manual. I,. ;.

db
tb = -
2
18.0 in.
=- - -
2
=9.00 in.
tc = i +2.50 in. r = J(a+ec )2 +(J3+eb)
2
(Manual Eq. 13-6) t
10.0 in. .
= - - - + 2.50 10. ~ J(7.00 in.+ 7.50 in.)2 +(5.50 in.+9.00 in.)2
2
=7.50 in. =20.5 in.

P
Set as the distance from the bottom of the beam to the center of the two bolts connecting The required shear force at the gusset-to-column connection is determined as:
the single plate lo the gussec. )
P=5.50 in. (Ma11ual Eq. 13-2) t
Use a shared single-plate connection to connect the beam and gusset 10 the column. .
LRFD ASD ~

Therefore, the bottom flange of the beam must be either coped or blocked flush 10 clear the
.single-plate shear connection. Consider no weld between the gusset and the beam for 5 in. . 13 _p
to allow for a 4 1h-in.-wide si.Ugle plate with a 1h-in. clearance between the plate and the start V.,c =-Pu Vac--Pa
r r
of the blocked beam flange. Assume a 17.0-in.-long gusset with a ~-in. clearance 10 the col-
umn flange. Consider the gusset-to-beam weld length as 12.5 in. Because the bolt line is = 5 5 ~ ~- (53.2 kips) =S.SO in.(37.2 kips)
20.) 10. 20.5 in.
used as the plan~ of uniform force, the distance to the center of the gusset-to-beam weld, -
Ci., must be set from the bolt line. . =14.3 lcips =9.98 kips
_ 12.5 in. . The required axial force at the gusset-to-column connection is determined as:
ct= - - + 4.50 in.+ 0.500 in. - 2.50 in.
2
I
=8.75 in. \
I

Note: Alternatively, where the beam flange is blocked flush to lap the shear tab, the gusset
could be welded to the beam with a one-sided fillet weld on the far side of the gusset, and a LRFD ASD
flush partial-joint-penetration groove weld on the near side. This would allow the full length
of the gusse1 along the beam.to be included in the _design at this interface. ec
Hae =-Pa
r
Setting J3 =~. 1he value of ex required for the uniform forces is: 75
= ~ ~-(53.2 kips)
20..) ID.
=750 41(37.2 kips)
ex= eb tan9-ec +Ptan9 -. . 20.5 in. .
(from Manual Eq. 13-1)
=9.00 in.(tan45~)-7.50 iil:+5.50 in.(tan45) = 19.5 kips =13.6 kip~
=7.00 in. . :_)
The required shear force at lbe gusset-to-Qeain connection is determined a~:
Because the a required for unifon'n forces does not equal ii based on this initial geometry,
unifoon forces at the interfaces are not possible with the current configuration. The con-
nection geometry can be adjusted by an iterative process to achieve the unifo~
distribution. Alternatively, th~ connection can be analyzed with an additional moment per
 BRACED FRAMES ~
; 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTR.lCALLY BRACED FRAMES
r--1
~
!
'
ct_ column
I'"'
'I I
I
LRFD ASD .
t< a a
..: I Hub =-P., Hob =- Po
r r
7 00 0
=7.00 -{53.2 k'lpS )
- -in. ~ '(37.2 kips)
=20.5
20.5 in. J.n,
=18.2 kips =12.7 kips
The required axial force at the gusset-to-beam connoctioo is determined as:

(Manual Eq. 13-4)

LRFD ASD

<: tb eb
' Vwb =-P,. Vab =-Pa
)

":~-:J r r
- - - -....
~ 900 in.(53.2 kips) = 00 in. {37.2 kips)
9
20.5 in. .20.5 in.
..,');~
, =23.4 kips =16.3 k.ips ec = 2de + ""2
'>V
'<
- .

The moment at the gusset-to-beam interface is:

(Manual Eq. 13-17)

LRFD ASD

Mub = Vubla-aj
= 23.4 kipsl7.00 in.-8.75 in~
Mob= V.wla-Cij
=16.3 kipsl7.00 in.-8.75 in~
WP~
\
= 41.0 kii}-in. =28.5 !Op-in. I

These forces are illustrated symbolically in Figure 5-6.

Gusset-to-Beam Connection .
Design gusset-to-beam weld
The gusset-to-beam weld will be determined by applying the Elastic Method discussed in
AISC Manual Pa.rt 8.
To accommodate the bottom flange block, which extends ~ in. past lbe single plate, the
ma.'timum length of weld a.long the gusset-to-beam interface is:

l,..b = 17.0 in.+0.500 in. - 4.50 in.-0.500 in.

= 12.5 in.
Fig. 5-6. Free-body diagrams for Example S.2.4.

AMSUCNI L"ITTJtVl"B OF STW. CoNSTRUCTION

5-50 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 UlUJINA.K'( l:UNLJ::.N I KlLl\U.Y UKA\....l!U r~

Treating the weld as a line:

LRFD ASD
,,.,
Sw =(12.5 in.)2 fu, ~ = Ju.,,, +/kb ) 2
+ fu; fa.peak= ~(Joa+ fob) +fa~
2 },,
6 ,

=26.0 in. 3
/in. =J(l .87+1.58) 2
+ (1.46) 2
=J(I.30+ L.'10) 2
+(1.02)2 '

The shear force, axial force, aod force due to flexure per linear illch of weld are:
= 3.75 kip/in. = 2.61 kip/in.
l
l
,,

LRFD ASD
~(fua - J.b)2 + fu'; JUoo - lab ) +fa~
2
/u,avg ='h fa.avg =1h
Hub +~(fua + fub )2 + f.,; +JU,,, +lab )2 + fa~
fw=-- /av::: Hab
lwb l...i, 2
-lh
[,/(L87 - 1.58) + (1.46) 2 Jc1.30-1.10> 2 + c1 .02)2
. = 18.2 kips =12.7 kips 2
=)h
12.5 in. 12.5 in. +J(l.87+1.58) + (1.46)2 +J(l .30 + 1.10)2 + (1.02) 2
= 1.46 kip/in. =1.02 kip/in. = 2.62 kip{m. =1.82 kip/in.
/. _ Vab fu.ptaJc = 3.75 kip/in. !a.peak = 2.61 kip/in.
!lllJ = "'"' aa -
lwb lwb 1:
fu,11'1! 2.62 kip/in. fa, avg L82kip/in.
= 23.4 kips = 16.3 kips
=1.43 ""f.43
12.5 in. 12.5 in.
= 1.87 kip/in. =1.30 kip/in. O= ta:ri-1 ( fua + fub)
J.I\.
S= tan-I( faafov+fob)
f,uJ>---
_ Mub Mab
fab=-
. - '
Sw Sw =tan
-1 ( 1.87 kip/in.+ 1.58 kip/in.) =tan-I ( 1.30 kip/in.+ l.lO kip/in.)
= 41.0 kipin. = 28.5 kip-in. 1.46 kip/in. 1.02 kip/in.
26.0 in. 3 /in. 26.0 in.3 rm. =67.1 =67.0
=1.58 kip/in. =1.10 kip/in.
According to the AISC Manual Part 13, because the gusset is directly welded to the beam,
The force on the weld due to bending is determine.d using elastic section properties as per the weld is designed for the larger of '11e peak stress and 1.25 times the average stress;
the Elastic Method indicated in Part 8 of the AlSC Manual. Generally this method is con- Becausef~aklfavg > 1.25, the w~ld ductil,ity factor need not be applied . .For a discussion of t
sidered conservative. The Instantaneous. Center of Rotation Method, also found in Part 8, the weld ductility factor of 1.25, see AISC Manual Part 13. :'.
often results in smaller requi.re4 weld sizes for welds subject to eccentricity. In the exam-
Therefore.fr= f f'lk = 3.75 kip/in. (LRFD),:md 2-<51 kip/in. (ASD).
ples in this Manual employing special concentrically braced frame connections, a plastic
stress distribution is used to determine the forces at the beam-to-gusset interface. This exam- The strength of fillet welds defined in AISC Specification Section J2. can be simplified, as l
ple will use the oiore conservative elastic method. explained .in Part 8 of the AISC Manual, to AISC Manual Equations 8.-2a and 8-:?,b: f
Use a vector sum (square root of the sum of the' squares) to combine the shear, axial and
LRFD ASD
bending stresses on the gusset-to-beam interface. Because the bending stress acts in oppo- ''
site directions over each half of the length, tIs creates both a maximum (peak) and a
minimum stress. The average stress is detenniued based on the maximum (peak) stress and $R11 =(1.392 kiplin.)Dl . Rn =(0.928 Jdptin.)Dl
n
the minimum stress. AU stress un~ts below are in kip/in.
l.".
...
:~
 BRACl:!D FRAMES 520RDJNARV C.'ONCJ::.l'l'HUl...Al.l..t UKJ\l.l!U rKAMI.:.'>

The required weld size at the gusset-to-beam interface is: portion of this stress distribution that acts JD the reverse direction, aoc.J considering the total
force to be applied at the center of the bearing length, the resultant compre~ive force is:
LR.FD ASD
LRFD ASD
fu, P,aJ: !11.~(lk
D~

~
2{1.392 kip/in.){ I + 0.50sinl.5 0)
3.75 kip/in.
D~

~
2(0.928 ldp/in.)(1+0.50sin 15

2.61 kipfm.
a)
R,.~v,.+ (~f
Mw,
R. =V... r:r')
2(1.392 kipfm.)[1+0.50sin1.S (67 .1)j 2(0.928 kipfm.)h + 0.50sin 1J (67.0)J
=0.934 sixteenths =0.975 sixteenths =Vub+4 (M.)
""
1
(Mob)
=Ve1b+4 -
1
-

From AlSC Specijicatkm Table 12.4, the minimum sii.e fillet weld allowed for the parts
=23.4 kips+-t( 41.0 kip-in.) =16.3 kips+4( 28J_.S
~ ki~in.)
12.5 in. JO,
being connected is 16 in.
=36.5 kips =25.4 kips
Use two-sided Yi6-in. fillet welds to connect the gusset plare ro 1he beam_
The beam is checked for the limit state of \\eb loc!\I yielding due 10 the force from the pl:t!.:
Check gusset plate rupture at beam weld Wl'lded to the beam flange.
A conservati\'C method to determine the minimum gusset plate thickness required to lralls- The force is applied a distance a from the beam end. Because l'l <db= 18.0 in, AlSC
fcr t11e sbear and tension forces is to set the shear rupture strength of the weld (based on the 'ipecificatio" Equation J 10-3 is applicable.
resultant force) equal to the shear ruprure strength of the gusset plate. Using AJSC Manual
Equation 9-3: For a force applied :it a distance less than the depth of the member:

R,, = Fy,.t,.(2.5k+lb) (Spec. Eq. J 10-3)

LRFD ASD
=(50 ks1){0355 in.)12.5(0.972sn.)+12.5 m.)
6.19D 6.L9D
f'"m=--
F11
lmv. = - -
F,,
=265 kips
=6.19 kiplin.(0.934) =6.19 ldp/in.(0.975) LRFD ASD
58 ksi 58 ksi '
R,. 265 kips
I =0.0997 in. =0.104 in. Rn =1.00(265 kips) \
-=
n 1.50
~ in. > 0.0077 in. o.k.. *in.> 0.104 in. o.k. =265 kips > 36.5 kips o.k. =177 kips> 25.4 kips o.k.
'
Use a ~-io.-thick gusset plate to connect the brace lo the beam aod column. Alternatively, the available strength for web yielding can be determined from AlSC Manllal
;, 1
.,
.,:i., Alternatively, the required thickness of the gusset plate could be determined by cbeckiog ilie Table 9-4. '
strength of gusset plate directly.
Check beam web local crippling
Check gusset plate yielding at beam weld A portion of the force is applied within d!l of the member cod; therefore, use AISC
It can be shown that si~ce the gusset plate satisfies the minimum lbick.ncss criteria for rup- Specification Section J10.3(b). Check the length of beating relative to the beam depth:
ture based on weld size, ii also satisfies the tension yielding criteria.
lb 12.5 in.
-=---
d 18.0 in.
Check beam web local yielding
The maxi.mum stress per unit lenglh on the gusse1-10-bealn interuce along the weld due to
=0.694 >0.2
moment Mb is M~/2/4) assuming a plastic stress distribution. Conservati.,ely neglecting the
 tlKALtU t'KAMt:)
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

Therefore, use AJSC Specificarion Equation J 10-5b to determine the available strength,
through use of AISC Manual Table 9-4. LRFD ASD
From AISC Manual Table 9-4 for the W18x50:
R,,=JV~+HJc Ra =Jv1.:+ H~
I

LRFD ASD
2
= Jo4.3 kips) +(J9.5 k.ips) 2
=J(9.98 kips)2 + (13.6 Jcips)2
= 24.2 kips = 16.9 kips
t
Rs =52.0 kips ~ =34.7 kips f:.

>Rt; =6.30 kipfm. ~ = 4.20 kipfm. Try two bolts connecting the gusset to a single plate. The required shear strength per bolt is: l.:
LRFD ASD
From AISC Manual Equation 9-48:
V.u-
- R..., Va=-
Ra \..
LRFD ASD
2 2
r
$Rn =<!>Rs +lb ( <f>i?Q)
~ Rs ~
-=-+lb-
. 24.2.kips
= 2 = 16.9 kips
2
n n n =12. l kips/bolt =8.45 kipstbolt ;

= 52.0kips+12.5 in.(6.30 kip/in.) . ;

:::: 34.7 kips+ 12.5 in.( 4.20 kip/in.)
=131kips>36.5 k.ips o.k.
=87.2 kips> 25.4 kips o.k.

Beam and Gusset-to-Column Connection

Use a single-plate connection lbat combines the connections of the beam and gusset to the
column. Design the bolted connections of the iusset to the single pl:11e and of the beam to rn =17.9 kips> 12.1 kips o.k. ~ =U.9 kips> 8.45 kips o.k. I .1. ,
the single plate individually. Design the weld of the single plate to the column considering
the combined plate length. The forces used to design the single-plate will be those derived '----------------~---------------
I
per the Unifonn Force Method. Additional forces beyond those calculated by this method
may occur in the connection of the beam/gusset connection to the column due 10 the rota-
From AISC Manual Table 7-4 with 3 in. bolt spacing, the bearing strength per inch of single-
plate thickness is:
t
tion of the beam relative to the column._While forces in the connections due to rotation from
seismic drift are opposite the forces determined by the Uniform Force Method, the beam and
~.
LRFD ASD
gusset connection to the column will be .designed following the single plate design philoso- " -
phy in Part IO of tbeAISC Manual to provide additional rotational ductili1y to address both
rotation from seismic drift and simple-beam end rotation. The eccentricity on the single
Qrn =78.3 kipfm. ~ =52.2 kipfm.
plate due to the braced frame shear is addressed by the Uniform Poree Method which app}jes - I

n couple based on the He a.xial forces applied at the center of the beam and the center of the
.gusset-to-column connection. Assume a Sfi6in.-thick single plate.

~
For the interior bolt, lhe available bearing strength of the single plate is:
Design gusset-to-column bolted connection
The result~nt force o~'tbe bolts in the gusset plate is: LRFD ASD 1 i1
!----------------+--------------___,
I ~i
q>r,. = 78.3 kip/in.(!& in.) ~ :::52.2 kipfm.{Vi6 in.)
=24.5 kips/bolt =16.3 kips/bolt
L--~~~~-L-~~~~--' ~

.,,3.
1n BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED f'RA1\.!ES 5-57
5-56

The edge distances in Lhe single plate are l 1h in. vertically and 2 in. horizontally. The nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture relative to the normal force
Conscrv:itively, use the lesser of Lhese edge distances. A more refined cbeck would calcu- on the single plate is:
late the edge disrnnce in tbe direction of the force. For the end bolt, with L,, = 1'h in., the (Spec. Eq. 14-5)
nominal bearing strength per bolt is:

,.... Yn =1.21,.Fu S 2.4dF,, where

!! (from Spec. Eq. J3-6a)
~ t t d 11 =13/16 in. + 1/16 in.
=0.875 in.
J.2/"F,' =1.2[1.50 in. - 1h(1i6 in.)](58 ksi}
= 76.1 kip/in.
A.iv= 2(~h -0.5dh)lp
2.4dF,, ::::: 2.4(~ in.)(58 ksi) :::: 2[2.00 in. -0.5(0.875 in.)j(Vi6 in.)
t
2
=104 kip/in. =0.977 in.

Therefore, the nomina.1 bearing sirenglh of the end bolt is rn =76. l kip/in. The available A1 v =24Mp
bearing strength of the end bolt is: :::: 2(2.00 in.)(Vi6 in.)

LRFD ASD =1.25 in. 2

rn 76.l ldp/in. An1 =(s - dh)lp
rn:::: 0.75(76.1 kip/in.)
n 2.00 = (3.00 in. - 0.875 in.)(~6 in.)
::; 57.1 kip/in. = 38.1 kip/in.
:::: 0.664 in.2
UI For the end bolt, the available bearing strength of the single plate is: o.60FuA.-.v + ub~Fu,4..t = 0.60(58 ksi)(0.977in.2)+1.0(58 ksiX0.664 in.2)
=72-.5kips
LRFD ASD
0.60F1 A"" + UbsFuA.u =0.60(36 ksi)(l.25in.2)+1.0(58 ksiX0.664 in.2)
rn =57.1 k.iplin.(~6 in.) ~ = 38.l kip{m.(16 in.) =65.5 kips
'
f~-.
...~
-1 = l7.8 kips/bolt = 11.9 kips/bolt Therefore, tbe nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is Rn= 65.5 kips.
> 12.1 kips/bolt o.k. The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture on the single plate is:
> 8.45 kips/bolt o.k.

The available bolt shear strength and the bearing strength for the end and interior bolts LRFD ASD
exceeds the required shear strength per bolt Rn 65.5 k,ips
The gusset is tlin.-thick and wiil have greater bearing strength than the o/16-in. single plate;
~n =0.75(65.5 kips) -=
Q 2.00
=49.l kips>19.5kips o.k. =32.8 kips> 13.6 kips o.k.
therefore, the gusset plate is not checked for bearing strength.

Block shear rupture in the gusset-to-column single-plate connection
Check block shear relative to nonnal force on the single plate.
According to A ISC Specification Section B4.3b. in compuling ne1 area for tension and shear,
the width of a bolt hole is taken as 1/16 in. larger than the nominal dimension of the hole. The
nominal diameter of the hole from Table 13.3 is 126 in.
Check block shear relative to shear force on the single plate.
In thjs case, the AISC Manual tables will be used to dctennine the available strength for the
limit state of block shear rupture, because the parameters fall within the limits of lhe table:;.
provided. For the single plate at the gusset-to-eolumn connection:

A.'lEIOCAN {NSTTTUTP. OP STEEi, CONSTRUCTION

,I I
5- 58 BR.ACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENT1UCALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-59

n =2 Combined shear and normal block shear design check

L~ = 11h in. using an elliptical equation
411 =2.00in. For the single plate at !he gusset-to-column connection. the interaction of shear and normal l:..
Vbr = 1.0 bloc.k sbe~r is considered as follows:

From AISC Specification Equation J4-5, the svailable strength for the limit state of block LRFD ASD
shear rupture can be written as:

LRFD (~f +(~f $1.0 (~f +(~f $1.0

r+( r
ASD
$R,, =$UbsF11An1
n n
( 14.3 kips 19.5 kips
2
( 9.98 lcips) +(32.8
. 2
13.6 kips)
+min($0.60FyAgv. $0.60F11 A,,,,) 44.lkips 49.lkips 29.4 kips kips
,:::
..
+IIll l
. (0.60f).A8 ,
n
0.60F11 A11 , )
n =0.263 $LO o.k. =0.287 $ l.O o.k.
~
-~
'

Tension ruprure component from AISC Tension rupture component from AISC Block shear rupture in the t1-in.-thick gusset plate is also adequate as tJ1e gusset is thicker
Manual Table 9-3a: Manual Table 9-3a: than the single plate.

<?UbsF.,Ant =l.0(68.0 kip/in.)(5/16 in.) Ub,F.,A.,,:::: 1.0(45.3 kip/in.)('lt6 in.}

n Tensile rupture in the gusset-to-column single plate
=21.3 kips = 14.2 lOps Conservatively consider only a 6.00.in. length of single plate under axial tension from the
gusset. The nominal tensile rupture strength is:
Shear yielding component from AISC Shear yielding component from AISC
Manual Table 93b: Manual Table 9-3b: (Spec; ~q. 14-2) )~

where
$0.60F1 Agv =72.9 kip/in(SA6 in.) 0.60FyAg.
n ( . )(
= 48.6 kip/in. 16 in.
) . :

:::: 22.8 kips

=15.2 kips d,, = 0.875 in.
Shear rupture component from AJSC
u =1.0
Shear rupture component from AISC
Manual Table 9-3c: Manual Table 9-3c: A,, = (l-2d1t )tp '.

$0.60F.,A,,.:::: 83.2 k:ipfm.( 5/16 in.) 0.60F.,Anv _ 55 5 Jdp/i {! . ) =(6.00 in.- 2(0.875 in.)J('~6 in.)
I
j:
Q - . ID. 16 Jn.
::::26.0 kips = 1.33 in.2
=17.3 kips
~=AnU (Spec. Eq. D3-l) \i
The av:tilable strength for the limit state The available strength for the limit state
of block sbc:ir rupture relative to the
=1.33 in.2 (1.0) t;
of block shear rupture relative to the
shear force on the single plate is: = 1.33 in. 2
..
t
shear force on the single plate is:
Therefore:
$R,, = 21 .3 ldps R,,
n
=14.2 kips ....;-
+ min(22.8 kips, 26.0 kips) R,, :::-58 ksi(i.33 in.2 )
+min(l5.2 kips, 17.3 kips)
=44.1 kips> 14.3 ldps o.k.
= 29.4 kips> 9.98 kips =77.1 kips \:.:
o.k. t"
,.!
The available tensile rupture strength is:
 S--60 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRJCALLY .BRACED FRAMES S-61
f
LRFD ' I
ASD Rn =0.60FuAnv (Spec. Eq. J4-4)

R,. 77.1 kips

=0.60(58 ksi)(l.33 in.2 )
$Rn = 0."75(J7.1 kips) -=
=57.8 kips> 19.5 kips n 2.00 '
= 46.3 kips
j =
38.6 kips> 13.6 kips ..
LRFD ASD

Tensile rupture in the Vs-in.-thick gusset is also okay because of its greater thickness. Rn 46.3 kips
<PRn =0.75(46.3 kips) -=
Q 2.00
Tensile yielding in the gusset-to-column single plate -= 34.7 k.ips > 14.3 kips o.k. = 23.2 kips> 9.98 kips o.k,
:
Again, conservatively consider only a .6.00-in. length of single plate under ax.ial tension
from lhe gusset. The nominal tensile yielding strength is: Shear rupture in the %-in.-tbick gusset is also okay because of its greater thickness.
Rn=FyAg (Spec: Eq. J4-1)
Shear yielding in the gusset-to-column single plate
where
Check the available shear yielding strength at the net section through_the bolt line.
Ag= ltp
= 6.00 in.(16 in.) Agv =ltp

=1.88 in.2 =6.00 in.(16 in.)

=1.88 in.2
Therefore:
Rn = 0.60FyAgv .(Spec. Eq. J4-3)
. R,, = ~6 ksi (J .88 in. 2 )
= 67.7 kips ::: 0.60(36 ksi)( l.88 in.2)
=40.6 kips
The available tensile yielding strength is: ,.
!
LRFD . ASD
LRFD ASD . ...
.. Rn 40.6 kips
Rn 67.7 kips $R,. =1.00(40.6 kips) -=
$Rn= 0.90(67.7 kips) Q l.50
-=
=40.6kjps>14.3 kips o.k. \
fl = 60.9 kips> 19.5 kips o.k.
n 1.67
= 40.5 kips> 13.6 kips o.k.
I
I
= 27.l kips> 9.98 kips o.k.

Shear yielding in the s-in.-tbick gusset _is also ?k.a!' becau~e of it~ greater thickness.
Tensile yielding in the Vs-in.-thick gusset is also okay because of its greater thickness.
Use a iirin.-tJlick single plate with (2)-'.}~-in.-diarneter ASTM A325-N bolts-in standard
Shear rupture in the gusset-to-column single plate holes to connect the -%-in.-thick gusset to the column.
Check the avail.able shear rupture strength at the net section through the bolt line. Conservatively,
consider only a 6.00-in. length of single plate. Design the beam-to-column single plate connection
The beam-to-colU!lUI joint transfers both vertical shear and horizontal force. The horizontal
Anv =(l-2(fh)tp forces acting at the beam-to-column interface are lhe uniform force component, H - fib =
He, and I.he collector force, Ab For tbjs particular connection at this location ~n the structure.
= 16.00 in.-2(0.875 in.)](16 in.)
when the diagonal brace is in tension, lhe resultant horizontal force between the beam ant
=l.33 in.2 the column is a compression force with a magnitude of He. However, when the diagon'2
brace is in compression, the collector force between the beam and the column will be in ten-
sion. Therefore the collector and He forces act in opposite directions. Conservatively, U
the greater of ~c and the collector force, Ab, for the design of the single piate.

"
~:

..,,?: i\MEIUCAN lNS11T\1TS OF STEeJ:. CONSTRUCTION

S..-62 BRAC.li!) FRAMES S.2 ORDINARY CONU.NTRICAl t Y BRACi;;D I RAMES

L.RFD ASD For the case where the brace is in lcnsion: I

The maxbnum shear at the beam-to-column interface will occu.r when I.he diagonal brace 1 '
P., =max rl-Hu1> =ll.. ,} P0 =max {H flob =Hd<"} in tension based on ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.J.2 Load Combination 5 (LRFD and ASD).
A..i. Aob The beam rcacuon, V" or Va. is the concurrent force.

:::max {19.5 kips} =max {13.6 kips}

33.0 kips 23. I kips LRFD ASD I
= 33.0 k.ips =23.J kips LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
Note that the detennination of the relative directions of the collector force and II, forces at tbc 0.5 factor on L pcmtitted by Sectton
the column face may not alwa)s be as apparent as in this 5ingle-story structure. A conser- 12.4.3.2)
vative approach is to add the absolute values of the two components.
(1.2+0.2Sos)To+OoTa. +0.5ft (1.0+0.l4Sru)To+1iJ +TF
The vertical force on the beam web-to-column c~nnection is, as sho" n in Figure 5-6:
+ 0.2Ts +0.10 0 To,
LRFD ASD Tu= [1.2+ 0.2(0.528)j(5.54 kips) T0 =[1.0+0.14(0.528)j(5.54 kips)

R~b = I l.8 kips

+ 2(-22.3 kips)+ 0.5(0 kips) + 0 kips+O kips
Rab = 7.73 k.ips
+ 0.2(6.70 kips) + 0.7(2)(-22.3 kips)
vub = 23.4 lops vab = 16.3 kips
=-36.0 kips =-25.3 kips
V" =Rui, + V..b Va =Rab+ Vob
= 11.8 kips+ 23.4 kips :::: 7.73 kips t-16.3 kips Calculate v11 concurrent with tension in the brace by prorating therensile force in the brace
=35.2 kips =24.0 kips calculated abo\'e to the m:i..'tilnum compressive force in the hr.Ice calculated at the beginning
\
of this example.
.:i
Note tlm the vertical shear fon:e calculated above is conservame as lbe analysis has been
simplified by considering the maximum brace force as equal in magnitude in either tension _ _ _ _ _ _--l----~~A_S_D~-~----:-' J
1-------L_.RFD
or compression. A more e.'tact analysis would include the actual tension and compression
forces combmcd with the ~pective beam reaction.~ with considerntion of the dire(;tion of r.. v.
V,,= R.,+-Mb
~
V.a ='"' + T.. vab
D
~ -
I:.
loading of each force component.. For this srrucrure, the larger diagonal brace force which
acts in compression, and its resultant Vb component which acts upwards, would be counter-
acted by the beam reaction acting downwards. So to remedy the shortfall of this
= 11.8 k.ips+(-
36 0
~ps)(-23.4 kips)
53.2 kips
=7.73 kips+(-25 3 ~ps)(-16.3 kips)
37.2 lcips
\
~
simplificatioo, the vertical force, V., (LRFD) and V0 (ASD). could be calculated for bolb the = 27.6 lcips = 18.8 kips
maximum force due to compression in the brace with its concurrent reaction and the maxj-
mum reaction resulting from tenSion force in the brace with the \'CrUcaJ beam reacuon.
Therefore.. the maximum vertical force in lhe beam-to-column connection is Vu= 27.6 kips ::I
For the case where lhe brace is in compression: (LRFD) or V0 = 18.8 kips (ASD).

Combine the mwmum vertical force wilh the horizontal force at the beam-to-columo inter- J.
LRFO . ASD face as follows: ...:
Ru =11.8 kips Ra =7.73 kips
VMb
v..
-= -23.4 kips
=Ru+V.,11
Vab = -16.3 kips
Va =Ra+ Vab
'
R., =Jv..,2 + Pu1 R., = Jvl +Pal
ASD
l
...~
=11.8 kips+ (-23.4 ldps) =1.i3 kips+{-16.3 Jcips)
= Jc216 kips}2 +(33.o kips) 2 1 2
=J(18.8 kips) +{23.l kips)
=-11.6 kips
. =-8.57 kips
.. l

= 43.0 kips =29.8 kips
I
I .}
 BRACED FRAMES 52 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

Try (4) ~-in.-diamcter A325-N bolts in the single plate connecting the beam and the A., =[Js-(no. boll hole~)d11]tp
column. = {3(3.00 m.)-(2 + 'h + l/i)(0.875 in )l(Vi6 in.)
1 Available shear strength of the bolt group
=1.99 in.2
From the check of lhe gusset-to-column single plate design, the available strength of tbc 0.60FuAnv + UbsFuAnt - 0.60(5$ ksi)(0.977 in.2) + l.0(58 ksiXl.99 in.
2
)
~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolt in the 'l'i6-in.-thick pfatc is 17.9 kips (LRFD) and J1. 9
- 149 kips
kips (ASD) for bolt shear and 17.8 !0ps (LRFD) and 11.9 kips (ASD) for bolt bearing. The
required number of bolts is: 2
0.60F1 A1 v + Ub,FuA..i =0.60(36 ksi)(l.25 in.2 ) t 1.0(58 ksiXl.99 in. )

LRFD ASD =142 kips

Ru R,,
Therefore. the nominaJ strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is R,. 142 kips. =
n,,,.,.=- n-=-- The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture on the "ingle rlate i:-.:
r,. (r,.10)
43.0 kips "'.29.8 kips ASD
:::: LRFD
17.8 kips 11.9 kips
=2.42 R,, 142 kips
=2.50 ~R~ =0.75(142 kips) -::----
n 2.00
=107 k.ips > 33.0 kips o.k. =7l.O kips> 23. l kips o.k.
Use four bolts so thm the connection is at least haJf the depth of the beam.

The beam web thickness is 0.355 in., which is slightly thicker than the single plate. Use lhe AJSC Manual tables to detennine the 3\'ailable scrength of the single plate for the
Additionally. the beam specified minimum tensile strength, Fu. of 65 k.si is greater.man I.he limit !>Ute of block shear ruprure relative to the shear force on the single plate. For the sin-
F,, of the single rlate. Therefore, thc bolt available bearing strength on the beam web is greater gle plate at the gussetto-.:olumn connection:

1\ than that of the ~ingle plate, and the bQlt be-ariog strength of lhe beam web is adequate.
n =4
Block shear rupture in the beam-to-column single-plate connection 4 = l11l in.
Check block shear relative to the noanal force io Lbe single plate. 411 =2.00 in.
Ubs =1.0
According to AlSC Specification Section B4.3b, in computing net area for tension and she.'lr, I

the width of a boh hole is taken as 1/16 in. larger than the nominal dimension of the bole. The From AJSC Specification Equation J4-5. the available sLrength for the limit state of block
nominal diameleT of the hole from Table J3.3 is 116 in. shear rupture can be written as:
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is:
LRFD ASD
(Sp~c. Eq. J4-5)
R..:::: ~UbsFuA,.i R., U,.,F,,A.u
-=
where +min(~0.60F1 A 1., 0.60FuA,,.,) n n
U0s =LO +mm
. (0.60F.!'.A1,,
n . 0.60~wAnv)
A,.v =2(~h -0.5d11)tp Tension ruprure component from AISC
Tension ruprure component from AISC
=2(2.00 in . ..: 0.5(0.875 in.)J(~6 in.) Manual T:sble 9-3a: Manual Table 9-3n:
=0.977 in.2 Ub,FuA..1
9u,,1 FuA.u =1.0(68.0 hipfm.){o/16 in.) n
1.0(45.3 kip/in.)(Yi4 in.)
Ap"' 241.tp =21 3 kips I
= 2 (2.00 in.)(Y.4 in.)
:::: 14.2 kips
:
.. = 1.25 io. 2
 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-67 I
LRFD ASD A1 =ftp
= (12.0 in.)('li6 in.)
She:ir yielding component from AISC Shear yielding component from AISC
Manual Table 9-3b: Manual Table 9-3b: =3.75 in.2
0.60FyA,.. =(170 ldp/in.)(~6 in.)
0.60F. A .
r{ " = (113 kip/in.)(~6 in.)
The nominal strength clue to tensile yielding is: )
(S~c. Eq. 02-1) "
= 53.1 IJps
=35.3 kjps R,. =F1A1
=(36 ksi)(3.75 in.1)
She:ir rupmre component from AlSC Shear nipture component from AJSC
Manual Table 9-3c: Manual Table 9-3c: =135 kips
The available strength due to tensile yielding in the beam-to-column single plate is:
~0.60F11 Anv =(194 kip/in.)(~~ in.) 0.60FuA""
. n - {l 29 k1p/in.
. )( 11& .In. )
=60.6 lops =40.3 kips LRFD ASD

The 101al av:ulable block shear rupture The total available block shear rupture R,. - 135 kips
$Rn =0.90(135 kips) n l.67
strength of the single plate at the beam- strength of the single plate at the beam-
tOcolumn connection is: to-column connection is:
=122 kips > 33.0 ldps o.k. = 80.8 kips> 23.1 kjps o.k.

Rn .
Mn =2 1.3 kips n-14.2 kjps The beam web bas a greater lhick.ness (0355 in.) and a higher specified minimum yield
+ m1n(53. l kips, 60.6 kips) stress of F - 50 ksi; therefore, the av:.Ulable ten.qlc s1rength clue to yielding in the ~:im web
+min(35.3 kips, 40.3 kips) 1
=74.4 IOps > 27.6 kips o.k.
= 49.5 kips> 18.8 kips o.k.
is also adequ:ue.

Tensile rupture in the beam-to-column single plate

Bl<x:k shear rupture in the beam web is also okay, based on the greater thlckness and the
Consider 12.0 in. of the plate to be effective.
hig~cr Fy and Fu values.

dh = 0.875 in.
Combined shear and normal block shear design check
using an elliptical equation A,, =(l-4d1i)tp
For the single--plate at the beam-to-column connection. the interaction of shear and normal =112.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)J('/16 in.)
l block ~hear rupture is considered as foll~ws:

LRFD
-
ASD u =l.0
= 2.66 io. 2
.
..
'
.
r~r +(~rs l.O r
(~ +(~r $1.0
~=AnV

=(2.66 in.2 )(1.0)

(Sptc. Eq. 03-1)

( 27.6 ~ps
74.4 kips
r+( r
33.0 kips
107 kips
= 0.233 ( 18.8 kips
49.5 kips
r+( r23. l kips
71.0 k.ips
=0.250 =2.66 in.2
Tue nominal strength clue to tensile rupture is:
.~
.J

0.233s1.0 o.k. 0.250s1.0 o.k.

,
Rn =F.,Ae (Sptc. Eq. J4-2) \
=(58 lsi)(2.66 in. 2
)
Tensile yielding in the beam-to-column single plate
= 154 kips
Consider 12.0 in. of the plnte to be effective.
 5-68 BRACED FRAMES 5.2 ORDlNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S--6!t

The available strength due to tensile rupture in the beam-to-column single plate is: Agv = llp
= 12.0 in.(o/i6 in.)
LRFD ASD 2
=3.75 in.
R,. 154 kips
<!>Rn= 0.75(154 kips) -= The nominal strength due to shear yielding is:
=11 6 kips> 33.0 kips o.k.
n 2.00
= 77.0 kips> 23.l kips o.k. R,, =0.6'0F,..A,.. (Spec. Eq. J4-3}

The beam web has a greater thickness (0.355 in.) and a higher specified minimum rcnsile
=0.60(36 ksi)(3.75 in. 2
)

strength than the single plate, therefore, the available strength due to tensile rupture in I.he =81.0 kips
beam web is also adequate.
The available strength due to shear yielding is:

Shear rupture in the beam-to-column single plate

LRFD ASD
Check the available shear rupture strength at the net section through the bolt line. Conservatively
consider only a 12.0 in. length of .single plate. R,. 81.0 kips
t: --=
$Rn = 1.00(81.0 kips)
-----~;-, Q 1.50
.. A,,v = (1-4dn) tp =81.0 kips> 27.6 kips o.k.
=54.0 kips> 18.8 kips o.k.
=[12.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)](16 in.)
f 1 =2.66 in.2 The beam web is thicker (0.355 in.) with a higher specified minimum tensile strength (65
t-:11 ksi) than the single plate; therefore, rhe available strength of .the beam web due . to shear
The nominal streogrh due to shear rupture is:
yielding is also adequate.

~11 R,, = 0.60FuA...

=0.60(58 k..~i)(2.66 in. 2
)
(Spec. Eq. J4-4) Use a minimum t6in.-thick single plate with (4) 3.4-in.-dfameter ASTM. A325-N bolts in
standard boles to connect the beam to the column.

... \
.ii:':-,,.
~
= 92.6 kips

The available strength due to shear rupture is:

Design the weld of the combined single plate to the column face
The weld of the single plate could be determined assuming two individual single plates.
However this neglects the increased bending capacity of a 22-in.-long plate relative to the
LRFD ASD summation of bending capacities of a b.O-in.-long single plate and a 6.00-in.-1ong single
plate. Therefore, design the weld based on a 23.5-in.-long single plate.
4>Rn =0.75(92.6 kips)
.R,. 92.6 kips
-= When the collector force acts in tension on the column face, the He force on tbe gusset-to-
Q 2.00
' ::: 69.5 kips> 27.6 kips o.Jc. column interface is also in tension. The collector force in the beam, Ab, acts 5.75 in. above
~: =46.3 IOps > 18.8 kips o.k.
...., the neutral a.us of the single plate, and the He force at the gusset-to-column interface acts
8.75 in. below the neutral a."<is of the single plate, as determined in the following.
The beam web is lhicker (0.355 in.) and has a higher specified minimum tensile strength
'~: (65 ksi) than the single plate; therefore, the available strength of the beam web due to shear
rupture is also adequate.
Eccentricity of Ab on tbe single plate:
:~
e14 = (23.5 in./ 2)- 1.5 in. - 3.0 in -1.5 in.

;:
I Shear yielding in the beam-to-column single plate =5.75 in.
~;
:i
I Check the available stiear yielding strength at the section through I.he bolt line.
gTOSS
Eccentricity of He on the single plate:
Conservatively consider only a 12.0 in. length of single plate.

..... eH, =(23.5 in./ 2)- J .5 in. - 1.5 in.

"
.. =8.75 in.
Eccentricity of vettical shear on the column foce: e1: =2.50 in.
..
:~ AMEIUCIJ'I IN'STTTVn! OP STEEi.. Co!-ISTRUCTION
f>
5-70 5.2 OR.DlNARY CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES

.-~~~~~~~~~~~-r-:---:-~--:~~~-'-~~~~,
The total nonnal force at the column face is:

LRFD ASD Vu
f,,,,=-
LRFD /., =-
VOLi_ ASD I l'
1
=34.0I kips 11
H,,=Aub+H.,,
=33.0kips+19.5 kips
Ha= Aab +Hae
=23.1kips+13.6 kips .I 49.5 kips
= 23.5 in. 23.5 in.
.=52.5 kips = 36.7 kips = 2.11 kip/in. =1.45 kip/in. ,1

The total shear force at the column face is: . /ua=-

1
H,, , _Hna
Ja - -, -

_ 52.5 kips =36.7 kips

I
LRFD ASD
23.5 in. 23.5 in.
Vu =Rub + Vub + Vue Y11 =Rab+ Vob +Vile =2.23 ldpfm. = 1.56 kip/in.
=I 1.8 kips+ 23.4kips+14.3 kips =7.J3kips+16.3 kips+9.98 kips .
Mu M;,a
= 49.5 kips ='.34.0 kips /ub=- fab =--
Z..,
Z,.,
1 143 kip-in. 98.8 kip-in.
For moment on a weld group, sum moments about the mid-height centerline of the single l
138 in.2
plate at the face of the column: I 138 in.2
= 0.716 k.ipfm.
I = 1.04 kip/in.
LRFD ASD
fur = JJ,;; +(/ua + fub)2 for= ~ja; +(/ca+ fab) 2
M,. = V,.e, + AubeAa -HuceHc Ma =Vaec + AcbeA. - Hoc.eH, 1 2
=49.5 kips(2.50 in.) =34.0 kips(2.$0 in.) _ / (2.11 kip/in/ (1.45 k.ip/in.)

+ 33.0 kips{5.75 in.) + 23.l kips{5.75 in.) ~ + (2.23 kip/in.+ l.04 kip/in.)2 - \ +(1.56 kip/in.+0.716 kip/in.}2
-19.5 kips(8.75 in.) -13.6 kips(8.75 in.) = 3.89 kip/in. =~.70 kip/in.
=143 kip-in. =98.8 kipin. Using the conservative solution (adding ; Using !he conservative solution (adding
the flexural sLress), the angle of the 1 the flexu..U stress), the angle of the
The stresses at the single plate-to-column interface are determined as follows: resultant load with respect to I.he weld. is: resultant load -with respect to the weld is:

l =23.5 in. e= un-1 (!uo + hb) 9 =tan-I (faa +fa~) I

f,.,, !av
lz
Zw=-
4 =tan
- 1 (2.23kipfm.+1.04 kip/in.) =
tan
-i(l.56kip/in.+ 0.716
..
kipfm.) \
2.11 kipfm. 1.45 kip/m.
=(23.5 in.)2 I
=57.2 =57.5
4
=138 in.2
l:

AME.RJC/\N ~Of STEEi.. CoJ-ISTRUCTION

J
 5-73
f ! 5-72 BRACED FR.AMES S 2 ORDINARY CONCF.NTR.lCALLY BRACED FRAMES
~~:. . l
Check the plate for \he limit state of buckling using the doubJe--coped beam procedure given
The weld size is determined from A1SC Mat111fll Equation 8-2a (LRFD) and 8-2b (ASD):
in AISC Ma1111.(ll Part 9.
LRFD ASD (Marlual Eq. 9-14)
Fer"' QFy

D= hr D=
far Calculate Q for the single plate:
2{1.392 kip/in.)(1.0 +O.SOsin1.5 0) 2(0.928 k:ipfm.)(1.0+0.50sin1.5 9)

=
3.89 kip/in.
=
2.70 k:ipfm. ho.JP,
A.=----.=======::"
(Manual Eq. 9-18)

475+28o(~Y
2(1.392 kip/in.) 2 ( 0.928 kip/in.)
I 1
10,p
x x
[t.O + 0.50sinl.S (57.2)] [t .0+0.50sinl.S (57.5)] (23.5 in.)J36 ksi
:::~~..l:..:-7=~=======:;"
=J.01 sixteenths "" I .05 si:<teenths 23.5 in.)
2
10(16 in.) 475+280( in.
250
Considering the C?lumn flange thickness and the single-plate lhickness, the minimum fillet
=0.284
weld size from AISC Specification Table J2.4 is Yi6 in. However, according to the AISC
Manual Pa.rt 10 discussion of single-plate connections. the weld between a single plate and Because A.~ 0.7,
the support should be sized as: (Manual Eq. 9-15)
Q= l
%rp =%(16 in.)
:::: 0.195 in. Fer= Fy; therefore, plate buckling does not control.

The use of the above minimum weld size combined with the single plate requirement for Use a o/16-in.lhick single plate 23.5 in. long.
connection plate thicknesses to be less than db-l/i6 in. according to AlSC Manual Table 10-
9 facilitates ductile behavior in the connection. Check column web local yielding
The peak unit bending force./b. is less than the axial w1it bending force.fa Therefore, ~~
Use two-sided IA-in. fillet welds at the single plate to column connection. bendin" forces do not affect the overall concentrated force on the gusset nor do ~ey aff'.
the len~th of force applied on the interface. A portion of the concentrated force 1s applied
Check single-plate shear rupture at weld to column within a dist.ance less than the depth of the column.
One method to detei:mine the IJUnimum single-plate thickness required to transfer the shear
and :ension forces is to scl the weld strength (based on the resultant force) equal to the shear For a force applied at a distance less ~an the depth of the member:
rupture strength of the .single plate. From AISC Manual Part 9, the minimum required sin- (Spec. Eq. J 103)
gle-plate thickness is: Rn= F)wlw(2.5k+lb)
= (50 ksi)(0.340 in.)!2.5(1.06 in.)+ 23.5 in.J
6. l 9D
(milt=-- (Manual Eq. 9-3) =445 kips
< Fu
r"::
LRFD
ASD
LRFD ASD
Rn 445 kips
-::::
6.19 kipfm.(1.0 1) 6.19 kiplin.{l.05) ~R,, = 1.00(445 kips) n 1.50
lmin"" r,,,;,, =
58 ksi 58 ksi =445 kips> 33.0 kips o.k.. = 297 kips > 23.J kips o.k.
"" 0.108 in. < -'/16 in. o.k. = 0. 112 in.< 16 in. o.k.
AJtematively, the available strength for web yielding can be determined per Part 9 of t!le
Check compression on the single plate AlSC Mamial, and Table 9-4.

,..: When the brace force is in compression. the beam-to--column axial force is in compression.
; The unil force on the single plate in compression results from !l.."<ial and beodjng forces
. combined.
::, AMER~~ OP STEEL CoNSTIWCnON
AMEJUC!J'I [}'lSTITUTE OP STEEL CONSTRUcnON

I:
 5- 14
BRJ\CF.D FRAMES S.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BR>\CEO FRAMES S-75

Check column web local cnppling

Cf. column
A portion of the concentrated force is applied at a disrnnce less thlln d12 from the end of the
column; therefore, useAJSC Specificatwn Section JJ0.3(b). C~ck the length of bearing tel
ntive to the column depth: I W18x50 beam

lb 23.5 in.
-==-
d 10.0 in. W.P.-
=2.35 > 0.2
--- - ---~-c:;_-- <t_ beam
Therefore, use AISC Specification Equation J10-5b to determine the available scrength,
through use of AJSC Manual Table 9-4.

From ATSC Manual Table 9-4 for the W1 Ox49:

LRFD ASD ~ .
co

Rs =48.5 kips Rs . (4) l3~>'nco/ll with (4)

n=J2.3 kips ~ dla. A325-N bolts to
gusset in std. holes
$~ =I0.1 kip/in. ~ =6.76 kip/in. %"Pl (A36) - ll- -+---'

From AISC Manual Equations 9-48a and 9-48b:

(4) ~ dia. A325-SC
bolls, std. holes in
LRFD ASO W10x49
angles. ovs. holes
in web of~

l
column W10x33
R,, =R, +lb (~Ro) R,,
-= -
Rs Hb-
Ro brace

=48.S kips+23.5 in (10.1 kipfm.)

n n n
(6) ~dis. A325-N
=32.3 k:ips+23.5 in.(6.76 kipfm.) bolts in std. holes Nole: 8Qlts indicated as N-
== 186 kips > 33.0 kips o.k. type are to be pretensioned
=191kips>23.1 kips o.k. with Class A Of' bettor raying
I
\ surfaces.
'The final connection design and geome~ is shown in Figure 5-7.
Fig 57. Connection desigMd in E:campl~ 5.2.4.

Example 5.2.5. OCBF Tension-Only Diagonal Brace Design

Given:
Unlike special systems, tension-only bracing is permitted in OCBP systems; therefore
this example demonstrates a tensiononly brace design for the same configuration a,
Example 5.2.4. Refer to Brace BR-1 sbown in Pigure 5-2. Select an ASTM A36 single-
angle section for the dfogonal brace to resist the_ loads sbown below as a tension-on!)
br:icing contigurs.tion.

The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. From
n first-order analysis, the loads on the brace arc:

Po=O !Ops
PH= Okips
Ps= 0 kips
Pt=O kips
PQ=51.1 kips
Mo= 1.13 kip-ft
J
J
 DESIGN OF PARTI.J\LLY-RESTRAlNE.D MOMENT CONNECTIONS 5- 77
5-76 BRACED F1V\MES

The dead load bending moment indicated above is due to the self-weight of the brace From AJSC Manual Table 1-7, the geometric properties :u-e as follo\.\s:
assuming a member r.hnt weighs l6 Jblft. Sometimes this self-weight loading is ignored in
L5x5x1/2
the desigo of vertical diagonal braces where judgment would indicate that the loading is
minimal and only uses a small percentage of the available member strength. However, in A= 4.79 in.2 b =5.()() in. d = 5.00 in.
this example, considering the relatively long length of the diagonal brace, the dead load
, :t='1 =L53 LO. I"' 0.500 in. 'i =0.980 in.
moment is included jn this design check. There are no bending moments due to live loads
S.r =S1 =3.15 in.3
or snow loads.

The story shear, H, from the first-order analysis 1s 136 kips and the first-<>rder intcrstory drift Check brace element width-to-thickness ratios
:' due to that load without the CJ factor applied from the analysis model is: The braces must sntisfy I.he requuements for moderately ductile members. as slipulateJ in
Sections F l .5n and 01.l of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Elements of the brnce members
tlH=0.761 in.
must not C:\ceed ~width-to-thickness ratios.
Solution: From Table 1-4 o f this Manual, the L5x5x1/z satisfies width-to-thickness ratios for OCBF
From AJSC Ma11ual Tilble 2-5. the material properties lire: diagonal braces (moderately ducnle members).

ASTMA36
Determine the effective slenderness ratio
F1 =36 ksi
The available compressive strength of a tension-<>nly brace is ignored in the design of the
Fu= 58 ksi bracing. Therefore in order to ensure the brace will buckle in compression under relatively
minor loading, use a tension-only brace with a slendem~s ratio greater than the recom-
Determine the required strength of the diagonal brace mended maximum effective slenderness ratio, KL/r, of 200 as indicated in the User Note in
Considering the load combinauons given in ASCE/SEI 7, the governing load combination Section E2 of the AISC Specification. According to the User Note in AlSC S1>ecijicario11
and resultant maximum axial tension and bending moment in the diagonal brace are: Section D l. K.L!r of members designed on the ba:;is of tension should preferably not excc!ed
300. Therefore the effecli\e slenderness ratio, KL/r, is selected to be greater than 200, but
LRFD ASD less than 300.
LR.FD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
Determine K
ASCEJSEJ 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including ASCE/SEI 7 Section l 2.4.2.3
the 0.5 factor on L penniued in Set.:tion According to AISC SpecificalWTI Appendix 7, Section 7 .2.3(a), for braced frame systems the
l~.4.2.3)
effective length factor for members subject to compression shall be taken as 1.0, w1less a

tl
rational analysis indicates that a lower value is appropriate.
(1.2+ 0.2Sos }D+pQ +0.5l+0.2S (1.0+0.14Sos)D+H + F+0.7pQs
The overall length of the brace diagonal in each bay is:
Pu = [ 1.2 + 0.2(0.528)j(O kips) Pa =[l.0+0.14(0.528))(0 kips)
+ 0 kips+ 0 kips L = J(4-0.0 ft)2 +(40.0 ft) 2
.. i.o(-51.1 kips)+0.5(0 kips)
+ 0.2{0 kips) t- 0.7(1.0)(-51.J kips) =56.6 ft
This length lw been determined by calculating the distanee between the work points based
,.r:
,.,
'I .
I =-51.1 kips

Mk =(l.2+0.2(0.528)j(l.13 k.ip-ft)
= -35.8 lcips

Ma= jt.0+0.14(0.52S)J(1.13 kip-ft)

on the intersection of the centcrHnes of the diagonal braces, columns and beam. Shorter
lengths m;iy be used if justified by the enginur of record.

I + 1.0{0 kip-ft)+0.5(0 kip-ft)

+ 0.2{0 kip-ft)
+ 0 kip-ft+O kipft
+ 0.7(1.0)(0 kip-ft)
Single angles in Xbracing are normally continuous for the full diagonal length of the bay
,1.;1h the orientation of each brace rcver~cd as s.hown in Figure 5-8, pcnnitting the brae~
= 1.48 kip-fl = l.21 iip-ft to be coonecred to each other by bolling at mid-length. The effective length in 1his arrange-
ment is 0.85 times the half diagonal length cons1dcring the radius of gyration in the z-a.."<is,

. Try an l5x5x1'2 for the brace member.

'r. (El-Tayem and Goel, 1986).

..'
. I
i l
l
 S-78
BRACED FRAl-1F.S S.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES

L: =0.5L
=0 .5(56.6 ft) LRFD ASD
= 28.3 fl
Pn 172 kips
K%= 0.85
$1Pn =0.90(17~ kips) , n, = 1.61
= J 55 kips> 51.l ltips o.k.
=I03 kips > 35'.8 kips o.k.
Ktlt = 0.85(28.3 ft){I2 in./ft)
r~ 0.980 in. The limit state of tension rupture on the effective area should also be checked; however, by
=295 inspection, it would not control.

The slenderness, X:-, is greater than 200, but Jess than 300, and therefore meets the desired Determine the available flexural strength
range based on I.he User Notes in Sections DJ and E2 of the AISC Specification.

Note that ~e suggested slenderness limit of 300 does not apply to rod bracing, nor does the
During the governing seismic lond conditions, the bracing is subject to significant axial
tension with some minor flexure due to self-weight. The large axial tension loading pro-
vides'a stabilizing effect to the brace and negates the effect of lateral-torsional buckling due
I:.
0.85 effecuve length factor.
to flexure. Therefore, even though the member is not laterally restrained along the length,
when consideration is given to the significant axial tension load in the member, flexural
Determine the available tensile strength suenglh can be based on the limit state of yielding only. This assumes that the single-anglt
For tensile Y.ielding on tpe gross se.ction, the ~omJnaJ tensile strength is: has continuous lateral restraint along the length; therefore, the lateral-torsional buckling
limit state does not apply. Additionally, because the section is compact, the limit state of
Pn = FyAg
(Spec. Eq. D2-J) leg local buckling does not apply. t
=36 ksi ( 4.79 in.2) The nominal tle."tural strenglh due to yielding is:
=172 kips Mn= 1.5M1 (Spec. Eq. FI0-1) i
The available tensile strength is: Mn= l.5SxF1
<>
= 1.5(3.15 in. 3 )(36 ksi)(l ft/12 in.)
= 14.2 kip-ft

The available flexural strength is: I

\
LRFD ASD
. '

High~strength bolt ~11Mn =0.90(14.2 kip-ft) Mn

-=
14.2 ltip-ft
with spacer plate = 12.8 kip-ft:> 1.48 kip-ft o.k. Qb 1.67
=8.50 kip-ft> 1.21 kip-ft o.k.

Consider second-order effects

Follow I.he calculation procedure of AlSC Specification Appendix 8.

M,=B1Mm+B21r (Sptc. Eq. A-8-1 l

P, = Pn1 + /hP11 (Sptc. Eq. A-8-21
Fig. 5-&. Connt!ction of single-angle diagonol braces at mid-point.
Calculate 81

=
8 1 l.00 according to Section 8.2 of AlSC Sptcificarion Appendix 8, as the member is or ,
subject 10 compression. .; :

.,
 BRACED FRJ\.C\1E8 S l ORDINARY C01'CLNTRJCALLY B~\CEO l'R,,\!>IES

...
~
Calculate B2
. LRFD ASO
..

~:
I,,.~
a= LOO {I.RFD): a = 1.60 (ASD)

P"""' is lhe Lota! vertical load on the story calculated using the applicable load case. As cal
Af, = B1M,., + IhMtz M, =81M"' + /hM11
culated in &ample 5.2. 1: =1.00(1.48kip-ft)+1.01(0 kip-ft) = l.OO(J.21kip-ft)+1.01(0 kip-fl)
=1.48 kip-ft =1.21 kip-ft

I ... ~
I P_, = l,130 ~ps LRfD
ASD
'
first-order ruual force:. wilh the strucrurc restrained ag:uaq lateral trani;lation <gravity loads in
this ca..<.e), and due to lateral translation of Lhe story from seismic loading are, l'C$pechvely:

RM= 1.0 (braced frame)

LRFD ASD
Ill
P, nory =R.11 D.H (Spec. Eq. A-8-7)
P,,, =0 kips Piil =O kips
fl, =51.1 kips Pi, = J5.8 kips
{
=l.O 136 kips(40.0 fl)
, (0.761 in.)(l fl/J 2 in.)
- - - ;:-:;:J The required -;trength oftbe brace including secondordcr effects is, from AISC Specification
I = 85,800 kips Equation A-8-2:

l~
!.
Using AlSC Specification Equatjon A-8-6:
LRFD ASD !
I
,..~
LRFD ASD Pr =Pnr + B2Piz P, =Piil +lhPiz
= 0 kips+ 1.01(51.l kips) = 0 kips+ 1.01(35.8 kips)
1
fh - ~l
Ih =
l =51.6 kips =36.2 kips
t- cx.Psrorz ~l
l- oPJtcry
~ 110'1
P. ""'7
1 Check combined loading of the L5x5x'/z brace:
= =
1
I_ l.00(1,130 kips) _ 1.60(740 kips)

= 1.01
85,800 lcips 1
85,800 kips LRFD ASD I
=1.01 P, _ 51.6 kips '. P,
-:::
36.2 ltips I
~JCst-ord~ be?<'ing moments with the strncture rcslr.\ined against !:Heral lr.lnslation (grav-
ity loads Ill this case), and due Lo lateral translation of the story are, respectively:
Pc 155 ldps
=0.333
Pc 103 kips
=
0.351
I
Because P,IPc <? 0.2, lhc brace design is controlled by the equal.ion:
I.RFD ASD
Mni =M,, Mm =Ma
' (Spec. Eq. Hl-1 :i)
")' =1.48 kip-ft
!i = 1.21 kip-ft
Mtr.,. 0 kip-ft
M11 = 0 kip-ft
LRFD ASD I
The required fle.'(ural screnglh of the brace including second-<:>rder effects is, from AJSC
Specification Equation A-8-1: 51.6 kips ..
155 kips 9
!(o+ J.48 kip-ft)= 0.436
12.8 kip-ft
36.2 k.ips +
103 kips 9
!(o + 1.21 kip-ft)== 0.478
8.50 kip-ft
0.436< 1.0 oi. 0.478< 1.0 o.k.

Note that I.he y-y _axis bending moment from the self-weight of the diagonal br.lce utih
about 11 % of the member capacity.
;U1ERJCAl'I lNs'rm1r6 OF STEJlL O:lHs'nucnON
 BRACED FRAMES
Use an L5x5x1h in the tension--only configuratfon for OCBF diagonal Brace BR- I
BraC:es must be continuous through and bolled to each other at the intersecung JOint as
shown in Figure 5-8.
5.3. SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED
F~AMES (SCBF)
Special concentrically braced frame (SCBF) systems, like other concentrically braced
frai:nes, resist lateral forces and displacements primarily through the axial strength and stiff-
ness of the brace members. In concentrically braced frames. the centerlines of the framing
m~bers (bra~, columns, and beams) coincide or nearly coincide, eliminating or mini
mwng flexure m tbe system, The design of SCBF S}'stems is addressed in AJSC Seismic;
Provisic11$ Section F2. Whlle the general layout of an SCBF is \'ety similar to that of an
orilinary concentrically braced frame (OCBF), there are additional detailing requircmcntS to
focus ductile behavior of the frames into the braces. These detailing requirements provide
for greater energy dissipation anil duciility, allowing SCBF systems to be designed using a
lower force level in comparison to that of OCBF systems.
Concentrically braced frame systems tend to be more economical than moment resisting
frames aitd eccentrically broced frames in te1ms of matcrfal, fabrication and erecrion costs.
They .do, however, often have reduced flexibility in floor-plan layout, space planning, and
clectncal and mechanical routing as a result of 1he presence of braces. In certain circum
stances, howe,er, braced frames are exposed and fe:llurcd in the architeciure of the building.
Braced frames typically are localed in walls lha! stack vcrticaJly between floor levels. In
the typical office building. these walls generally occur in the core area around suiir and elc
vator shafts, cen1ral resirooms, and mechanical and electrical rooms. This generally allows
for greater architectural flexibility in placement and configuration of exterior windows and
cladding.
. ~ considering the configuration of a braced fr:imc system, both in plan and elevation, it
is unportant to note the requirements for redundancy in the system. The AISC Sei$tniC
Provisions require that a braced frame system balance the compression and tension braces.
1 AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4a requires that along any line of bracing, the braces
are oriented to resist a t least 30% but not more than 70% of the 1otal horiz.onts.l force in ten-
sion unless the exception in Section P2.4a is met
. The Al~C Seismic. Pro_visio~. limit member slenderness, compressive strength, and
WJdth-t~ckness rauos, m addiuoo to requiring special detailing for gusset plates. The
cwnula1J,e ~eA of these ~uiremcnts is inleoded to result in braces that maintain a high
level of ducuhty and bysterebc damping when subjected to severe seismic forces.
Brsc.e slenderness is limited to ensure adequate compressive strength and resistance to the
eyeUc degradation of the brace. The post-buckling performance of the brace is dependent on
the compactness of Ille members used. Members with a higher width-to-thickness rntio are
more susceptible to local buckling, which may lead to tearing of the brace material in the
buckled areas prior to the dissipatfon of a significant amount of energy. This behavior results
in a system with signHicantJy lower energy dissip:uion cap:ibility.
. The la_st of the predominant issues relating to the bracing members is the spacing of
mtenned1ate connecrors of double angle, double channel or similar built-up braces. AJSC
Seismic Prtn:isicn.r Section P2.5b ootes that connectors should be placed such th:it the air,
5.:l SPECIAi. CON('UNTRJCAU~Y BAAl'W tKA1v11.:J
value for the individual components of the brace is less than 40% of the governing slcu
demess of the built-up member. Addiuonally, 11 is required that the connectors have a ~bt
strength that develops the tensile strength of individual components of the brace. The l.
two provisions are intended to ensure that the brace buckles as a unit, thus allowing more
reliable behavior. The connector requirements are reduced wben it can-be shO\\ n that 1'"~1
brace assembly can buckle as a single element without inducing shear forces in the co
nectors between the individual members. In any case, no fewer than two connectors a.
allowed with uniform spacing, and bolted connectors are not permitted in the middle ooe-
fourth of the clear brace length. The limitation on the Jocati~n of bolted ~ttn~hme~ts
included to gu:ud against premature fracture due to the formauon of a plasuc htnge in LI
l
buckled brace.
In order to increase ductility and energy dissipation of. the system the connection( l
must be detailed to accommodate the effects of br.:ice bucklmg. Curren~y. there ar~ l\ I
approaches used in the design of these coonecuons; lh~e :ire smted m AlSC Se1sm. ~
Provisions Sections F2.6c(3)(a) anJ F2.6c(3)(b}. The first approach creates enough strengt'
and rigidity in the connections to force the brnce to form plastic hinges at the ends and mi \
die of the brace under compressive forces. The second appro:icb utilizes out-of-pla1
buckling of the gusset plate such that plastic hinges occur in the gusset plate a l the brae'
ends with a hinge stlll occurring at the midpoint of the brace. This usually is accommodDIW
in one o f two ways. As one opt.ion, the connection can. be detailed such 1hnt the end ~f ti l
brace is located a distance of at least two times the thickness of the gusset from the intc i
section of the gusset and the beam or column. This configuration is shov. n in Al SC Seismic
Provisions Commentary Figure C-F2.9. The value.of two rim~ the thickn.es~ of th.e gus~ I
bas been developed through research and analysis. Ahemauvely, an cllipucal yield b. !
approach can be u~d (Lehman et al., 2008). AISC Seismic PM is1ons Section F2.t.c l
addresses beam-to-column connection issues related to the accommodation of large seismic
drifts associated with the yielding and buclcling of the braces. Tb.is provision is iliscussed t
gre:iter detail in the following. .
The design requirements for most btiSic frnme configuratjons are covered hy Lhe condi-
tions listed earlier in thls section. V-~yPe and in~ert~ V-ty~ frames,_ however, ~re requir1"' \
to meet additional criteria, as noted in AISC Se1sm1c Prov1sio1is Secuon F2.4b.
The.~ requfrements are intended to reduce the effect of a loss in strength of tl1c comprc... .,
sion brace relati"ve 10 the tension brace in the post-buckling f3Jlgc. as shown in Figure 5-9. A
the compression brace buckles under !~ad, its capab~lity to re~ist the \ertical load i~ climi
ished relative to the strength of the tenStOn br.l<:e. This results ID an unblllanced verucal Jo;
I
between the two members. which exens additional ,ert.ical force on the beam. Braced framt-
configu:rotions utilizing zipper columns and two-story X configurations. as shown in Figures
5-9(b) and 5-9(c), distribute this unbalanced vertical load to other levels that are not expt
encing b.igh seismic demands, providing for better overall frame performance.
I
Another check covered in the AJSC Seismic Provisions relates to columns that are part or
the SCBF system. Columns are required to meet the highly ductile width-to-thickness cri1 I
ria according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5a. and have special considerations r
their splices. According to AISC St!ismic Provisions Se.ction P2.6d, column splices mus:,
develop :i required shear strength equal LO W pclHc for LRFD and rJ.1pcl(l.5llc) for ASD.
This requirement is intended to accOODt for the possibility of the columns sbanng some
the lateral force demand through frame action as the brace elements defoon inclastical
deflecting the frnmes beyond what elastic calcul.uions might predict. Additionally.
 ;I h.. ~ .
5-84
BRACED FRAMEs 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S-85

r I noted I.bat the column splices m~st be located at least 4 ft from the beam-to-column flange
the AISC Manual and meeting the rotational ductility checks described in Part 9 of the AISC
connections in AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a. ,
f I Manual can be assumed to provide a minimum. of 0.03 rad and satisfy the intent of the AISC
<i.
Specification Section B3.6a for simple connections. TI1e Part 9 rotational if~ctility che~ks
Design of Gusseted Beam-to-Column Connections are intended for use with connections between 6 in. and 36 in. deep and with gcometnes
to Accommodate Large Drifts
;

L.\ AISC qeismic Provisions Section F2.6b requires that gusseted beam-to-column connec-
. similar to those shown in che AISC Mo.nu.al. 'J;'he use of deeper connectio~, smaller.ser.:off
distances ~tween the supported and supporting members, or smaller edge distances can
affect the ability of connections to accommodate large rotations in a ductile manner.
tions .!>e designed to accoffiinodate demands corresponding to large drifts. In the contex;
l It is important to nore that these bounds apply to the connection as a whole. For example,
~ I of this provision, the connectiqi;i consjsts of the gusset plate, the affected parts of the beam
if the colUlection at the column face consists of a dollble-angle connection from column
1:: I
a.nd c.otumn, and any other connectj1;m .ma~erial, such as angles and plates, interconnect-
ing these elements. flani>e-co-gusset and a double-angle connection from column flange-to-beam web, the two
Two methods of accommodating demands corresponding to large. drifts are provided.
dou~le-angle comiections should not be considered as separate; they should be considered
~ as rotating about a single point and the entire depth of the assembly should not exceed 36
~ i First, as described in AISC S,eismfc ProvisiQns Seccion F2.6b(a), the connection may be
in. in order for the roration requiremeocs to be deemed satisfied in the absence of further
.:!: detailed to pro~idc sufficient rotation capacity .such that the bean1 and column are not con-
demonstration. Physical testS can also be used to demonstrate adequate rotation capacity.
strained to rorate together ~ the. frame defonns. The provision defines this ~quired relative
The second method of accommodating demands cotTesponding to large drifts is described
rotation as 0.025 rad. Connections similar to the simple connections prese~ted in Part 10 of
!.H
..
inAJSC Seismic Provisions Secrion F2.6b(b). Rather than aUempting to detef11Une the actual
d~mand placed on gusseted connections by seismic drifts, this method establishes an upper
bound demand based on flexural yielding of either the beam or the column. It .is assumed

sJ
...
~-
':J; ,
that these members have sufficient rotationarductility to maintain their function aS braced-
frame members when subjected to 'inelastic rotation. The connection is designed to re'.sist a
moment corresponding to the lesser of 1.1 times the expected beam flexural strength and l. l

tl
times the sum of the expected column flexural strength above and below the connection.
This moment is considered in conjunction with the brace forces corresponding to the brace
..,
.~.
Yielding Yielding
expected strength. Connection assemblies may be designed to resist this moment i~ one of
brace brace
two ways. The enpre assembly may be analyzed wic~ the required moment and axial force
: applied and all connection elements designed for the correspon~ing forces. Conn~ct~g the
;~ beam itself to the column by a fully restrained moment connection capabl~ of resisting the
~;
expected flexural strength of the beam is.another option. Wirh this option the gusset plate
(a) Inverted V.braced
(b) Inverted Vbrocedfram~ and related connection elements may be designed for forces derived considering ~e brace
(chevron) fra{lle
t: l
~~
,,"... .
with zipper column connection required strength. \ .
Thus, there are three methods of complying with AJSC Seismic Provisions SectJon F2.6b
presented in this Manual. :gach of these m.etbods is presented in a different connectio~ exam-
g ple-Examples 5.3.10, 5.3.11 and 5.3.12. These examples also illustrate three d1fferent
:~ methods of accommodadng the rotation associated with brace buckling as required by
.....
:~
Section F2.6c(3). There is no correlation between the inethod of accommodating frame drift
and the method of accommodating brace rotation due to buckling, i.e., any method of com
'
~ plying with Section F2.6b may be used in conjunction witb. any method of complying with
:;, Section F2.6c(3). Examples 5.3.10, 5.3.11 ~nd 5.3.12 are configured as follows:
Yielding
~;
~:
t
I. brace
Buckled
Example
Method of complying with AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b
Method of complying with AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3)
brace ~ 5.3.!0 Detailed to provide rotation per Linear hinge zone
Section F2.6b(a)
,.;;.
(
5.3.ll Detailed as FR connection Elliptical hinge zone
~ (c) 1ko story X-bracedfrorne per Section F2.6b(b)(i)
5.3.12 Designed to resist moments per Hinge plate for in-plane brace
Fig.'5-9. Assumed inel.astic defomiation. of various bracedfrwne co11jiguration.s. Section F2.6b(b) buckling
AM.ERICAN lNsTrnrrn 01' Sn;a CONmucno.'i
 I'
BRACED FRA\.fF.S

E:<amples 5.3.J through 5.3.6 address analysis and SCBF rncmber design issues. Example Example 5.3.1. SCBF Brace Design
5.3.7 dcmons1rates how to determme the maximum force on the sys1cm wbcn limited by
foundation uplift. Examples 5.3.8 and 5.3.9 address b.race--to-beam connection de.~ign. Given:

SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation

Refer to Brace BR l in Figure 5-11. Select an ASThl A500 Grade B round HSS to resist the
following ;Wal lo3d~ l
Po =18.0 kips Pt= 9.50 kips Pa1: =197 kips
The following examples illustrate lhe design of SCBF systems based on AlSC St.ismic
Provisions Section F2. The plan and elevation are shown in Figure 5-10 and Figure 5-11.
The lateral forces shown in Figure 5-1 l are the seismic forces from the equivalent lMeraJ
The applicable building code specifies lhe use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of lo:ids. The
a..rjaJ force due to the snow load is negligible.
l
force procedure of ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8 and apply to the entire frame.
The code-specified gravity loading is as follows: Relevant seismic design parameters were given in the SCBF Design Example Pl:in and
I
Elevation section.
Dflcor=85 psf (
Drocf =68 psf from an elastic analysis, the first-order inten.tory drift between the base and the second level
L/roor =80 psf (50 psf reduced) is !J.H =0.200 in.
S :::: 20 psf
Curtain w<\ll =175 lblft along building perimeter at every le..-el

=
From ASCFJSEI 7, the Seismic Design Category is D, 0 0 2.0, R =6, p =J .3, and Sos=
LO. Assume that the effective length method of AlSC Specific01ion Appendix 7 is u~ed for
subitity design.
~
1-----=~-----'-t.
25'-0"
= 91 kips
~oof

~~
2 3 4 5
CD
30'-o 30'-0" 30-0 N'

7
Fx,= 84 kips
t-H ~ . ~l+l -----1!1 ~Ourth
Level
I--~!!:.:.:.:=-~~~~~--!

Column splice 48"

CD above finished
c-, floor (typ.)
.....
1

m: l
Third
Level
.':?
l-'------:l Second
N

----"'-"------------~~----~
-~- - - - --l ~~;~:estlgated
l~
Level

.....J
5' (.)
.....
""'
.............. Base
...... in Part 4.
SCBF investigated in Part 5 For elevation, see Figure 4-8.
Fig. 5-11. SCBF tfei:aricnfor SCBF mtmber aomplts.
Fig. 5-10. SCBF plan for SCBF membtr uamplu.

AMEIUCAN lNSTTIVTt! Of! S11!a COl'IS'lllUCTION

 ,.,.
S-88 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED ffiA.ME.S

Assume that the ends of the brace are pinned and braced against translation for boib the The required axial tensile strength of the brace is:
~ x-x and y-y axes.
f( I

C::; LRFD ASD

ii... Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows: LRPD Load Combinntion 6 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
ASTM A500 Grade B
Fy =42 ksi Pu= [0.9-0.2(1.0)j(18.0 kips) P0 =[0.6-0.14(1.0)](18.0 kips)
Fu= 58 ksi + 1.3(-197kips)+1.6(0 kips) + 0.7(1.3)(-197 k.ips)+O kips
= -244 kips :::::-171 kips
Required Strength

Determine the required strength The unbraced length of the brace from work point-to-work point is:
The governing load combinations that include seismic effects are:
l= ~(14.0 ft)2 +(12.5 ft)2
LRFD ASD = 18.8 ft

LRFD Load Combinations 5 and 6 from ASD Load Combinations 5 and 8 from This length has been determined by calculating the distance between che work points base<l
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCEISEl 7 Section 12.4.2.3 on the intersection of the centerlines of the brace, column and beams. Shorter unbraced
... (including the 0.5 factor on L permitted lengths of the brace may be used if justified by the engineer of record.
:
r},

'. by Section 12.4.2.3)
:--:-: AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4a requires that between 30% and 70% of the tots! hor
(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + pQE.+ 0.5L + 0.2S (1.0 + 0.l4Svs)D + H + F + O)pQE izontal force is resfated by brace~ in tension. From analysis, the.total horizontal force in the

~11
~;
(0.9 - 0.2Sos)D + PQE + l.6H (0.6 - 0.14Svs)D + 0.7pQE + H
line of the braced frame is 91 kips + 84 kips + 57 kips + 30 kips =262 kips. The horizontal
component of the axial force due to earthquake force in Brace BR-1, when it is in tension is:

The required axial compressive strength of the hrace is: 12 5

LRFD .
LRFD Load Combination 5 from
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
ft )(l97 k.ips) =131 kips
( 18.8 ft .
- "..
ASD which is 50% of the total horizontal force in the line of the braced frame. Therefore, it meets
the lateral force distribution requiremepts in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4a.
ASD Load Combination 5 from . \
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 Try a round HSS8.625x0.500 for the brace.

Pu= [l.2+ 0.2(1.0)j(lS.O kips) P,, =[l.0+0.14(1.0))(18.0 kips) From AISC Manual Table 1-13, the geometric properties are as follows:
+ 1.3(197 kips) +O kips+O kips D= 8.625 in. lncm =0.500 in. tdes =0.465 in. A :::: 11.9.in..-, .
+ 0.5(9.50 kips)+0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(1.3)(197 kips) [-:::: 100 in.~ r= 2.89 in.
=286 kips :::200 kips
Width-to-Thickness Umitations
According to AISC Seismic Pro'Visions Section F2.5a, braces must sa~sfy the requirements
.I for highly ductile members. Elements .in the brace members must not ~xceed AmJ width
to-thickness ratios in AISC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1.
 From Table Dl.l:

I
,,
ASD
D 8.625 in.
- =0.465
Ide$
- - in.
- [l.2+0.2(1.0)]
r l[L0+0.14(1.9)]
= 18.5 x(68 psf + 3(85 psf)] P.riory =9,000 ft 2 x[68 psf+3(85 psf)]

I
+ 0 psf + 0.5(3)(50 psf) + 0 psf + 0 psf + 0 psf
E
A.ht! = 0.038- J:

I
.. F, + 0.2(20 psf) x(l kip/1,000 lb)

l
X(l kip/1,000 lb) [t.o+o.14ci.o)]
=0. 038 (29,000 ksi)
42 ksi . p .2+0.2(1.0)J + x[175 lb/ft(4)(. 390 ft)] I l!
.
Smee -
~26:2

D i .

:S A.1i4 , tbe HSS8.625x0.500 satisfies the width-to-thickness limitation for highly

j
+ xll75 lb/ft(4)(390 ft)]
x(l k:ip/1,000 lb) = 3,630 kips
x(l kip/l,000.Jb)

1 ,,
Ides = 5,160 kips
ductile members. . _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _......__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . , j , ,.

Alternatively, using Table 1-6, it can be seen that the HSS8.625x0.500 will satisfy the The total story shear, H, with t':VO bays of bracing in che direction under consideration. l
width-to-thickness requirements for an SCBF brace. where each bra~ed.frame is designed to resist the seismic loads shown in Figure 5-11, i s h
determined as follows. From an elastic analysis, the first-order interstory drift is D.H ;,
Brace Slenderness 0.200 in.

Use K= I .0 for both. the x-x and y-y axes. According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section H =2(91 kips+84.k:ips+57,k:ips+30 kips).
F2.5b(l ), braces must have a slenderness ratio KL $ 200. =524 kips '
r
L =14.0 ft
KL _ 1.0(18.8 ft)(i2 i~.fft)
r 2.89 in. RM =1. 0 for a braced frame
=78. l < 200 o.k. HL
Pe.r1ory=R1t1-
6.H
(Spec: Eq. A-8-7) 1:
Second-Order Effects ....
= l.O - 52.4 kips(l 4.0 fl)
Follow the
procedure of AISC Specification Ap~n<Jb: 8. Becaus~ there are no momen~,
1
(0.200 in.)(l ft/12 in.) \
only the following equation need be checked. \
=~40,000 kips
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
Using AISC Specification Equation A-8-6:
Calculaie 82
LRFD ASD
To detennine P~llJry use an area of 9,000 ft2 on each floor and the gravity loads !riven in the
SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section. Use load combinations that ;elude seis-
mic effects; in this case, Load Combination 5 from ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 for LR.FD
and ASD governs. 1
lh=---->1 Bi= ~1
l_ a.P11ory - l- aPstory
Pe s10ry Pestory
1 l
= _ 1.00(5,160 kips) =- -1-
. 6-0-(3-,6-30~ki-ps-)
1 1
440,000 kips 440,000 kips
,
== 1.01 ~ l =1.01~1
 Because B2 S 1.5, 1he effective length method is a valid way 10 check stability according 10 yield strength oflhe brace in tension, a 13% decrease in brace area would reduce th~ require.
AISC Specification Appendix 7. connec1ion strength.
The required axial compressive Sl.J'Cllgth of the brace including second order effects is, from
AISC Specification Equation A-8-2: Example 5.3.2. SCBF Analysis
(Spec. Eq. A8-2) Give'n :
Refer to the braced frame elevation and sizes shown in Figure 5-12. All braces' are ASTM
LRFD ASD A500 Grade B round HSS. Perform an analysis to determine the expected strengths in 1en-
sion and compression of tl1e braces according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3.
Pu =(1.2 + 0.2Sos) Po + B2PQe Pa =IL0+0.14(1.0)]Po
Some engineers may choose not to change the brace size at every level, but they are differ-
+0.5L+0.2S + Pn +PF+ 0.7pBzPa,; ent a1 every level in these design examples to fully illustrate 1he AJSC Seismic Provisions
=IJ.2 + 0.2(1.0)](18.0 ldps) =!l.0+0.14(1.0)J(l8.0 kips) requirements.
+ 1.01(1.3)(197 kips) + 0 kips+O kips
Solution:
+ 0.5{9.~0 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(1.3)(1.01)(197 kips)
From AJSC Manual Table 2-4, 1he material properties are as follows:
= 289 kips = 202 kips
..

} f
Available Compressive Strength "
As stated previously, use L = 18.8 ft for the unbraced length of the brace. - ..
25'-0"
From AISC Manual Table 4-5 for !he HSS8.625x0.500 brace with KL= 18.8 ft (using
interpolation), the available compressive strength is: Roof

LRFD ASD
<'?
N
,-
G>cPn =309 kips > 289 kips o.k. ~ =206 kips > 202 lcips o.k.
~c Fourth
Level

Available Tensile Strength

'9
N
Prom AISC Manual Table 5-6 for the HSS8.625x0.500 brace, the available tensile yield- ....
ing strength is: Third
Level
LRFD ASD .<.OI

P. N
,-
cp,P,, == 450 kips> 244 kips o.k. nn, = 299 kips > 171 ldps o.k.
Second
i:: Level
~~. Tensile rupture on the. net section must also be checked at the connection; see Examples.
5.3.8 and 5.3.10 for mustrntion of this check.
Use an HSS8.625x0.500 for SCBF Brace BR-1.
Comments: "'Base
The engineer of record may be able to justify a shorter unbraced length for the brace. In this
f
,, ex.ample, if an unbraced length of 14 ft could be justified, an HSS7.500x0.500 could have
...::. Fi8 5 -12. SCBF elevatio11for Example 5.3.2.
' been used for !he brace. Because the end connections may be designed to resist the expected
J\Jl1E1UCA11 lNSTmm! OP STEa CONSTXOCTION AMERICAN 1NS1Tl'Vl"I! OF Sn:a. CO~STR'UCTION
 5.3 SPECIAL CONCF..NTRJCAllY BRACED FRAMES

ASTM A500 Grade B F2 6c(3)(b)] by allowing 3 2 1 clearance between the end of the brace and the line of
res.tr:iint. ll is likely that the actu3.l length from brnce end-to-brace_ end .between the con-
0 =42 ksi . 11 be ifi ti less than the work point-to-work point distance calcul:Hed
Fu= 58 ksi necnons w1 sign can y . t I 12
reviously. Example 5.3.8 verifies that the actual lengtl' of the brace 1s appro~una e Y
Prom AISC Manual Table 1- 13, the geometric properties of the br:ices are: ~o 13 ft; therefore, use a length of 12 ft for determining the expected strength U1 compres-
HSS6x0.312 . ' sion for all braces. \:

A =5.22 in. 2 r=2.02 in. The following Tubles 5-1 and 5-2 show the expected strengths in tension a~d ~e e~pected
and post-buckling strengths in compression of all braces. A s~ple calculauon is given for
HSS6.875x0.500 the HSS6x0.312, and a similar procedure is used to detemune the strengths of the other
A= 9.36 in.2 r = 2.2,7 in.. braces. From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l:

HSS7.500x0.500 4
Ry= 1. f .h b . t \:
A= 10.3 in. 2 r= 2.49 in. From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the expected strength o l c race m en-
HSS8.625x0.500 sion is:
A= 11.9 in. 2 r= 2.89 in.
Pr~n.sion = RyFyAg
According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the required strenglhs of columns, =l.4(42 ksi)(5.22 in.2) ,
..,i:
beams and connections are based on the load combinations in the applicable building code.
where the amplified seismic load, Emh. is based on the larger force determined from the fol- =307 kips
lowing two analyses: R .F, is used in lieu of Fy for the determination of Fcre according to ATSC
In compresSion, y y AISC s ifi Chapter
(i) An analysis in which all braces arc assumed to resist forces corresponding to their
Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, where Fcre is determined from peci canon
expected strength in compression or in tension E, using the equations for Fer
(ii) An analysis in which all braces in tension are assumed to resist forces corresponding
KL l.0(12.0 ft)(l 2 in.lft)
to their expected strength and all br:ices in compression are assumed to resist their -=
r 2.02 in..
expected post-buckling strength
=71.3
In order to study the effects of analyses (i) and (ii) on the rest of the frame, the expected
strengths in tension and
compres~ion and
the post-buckling strength in compression must be
4.7 1~ RyFy
E =4.7 1
29,000 ksi
determined for all of the braces. 1.4(42 ksj) I
I
\

-1 For detennining the expected strength in compression, AJSC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3 requires that the brace length used shall not exceed the distance from brace end-to-brace
= 105
Because 71.3 < 105, AISC Specification Equation .E3~2 applies, an~ Fcre is determined as
end. The work poinHo-work point length of the typical brace above the base level is:
follows: I
2 ..l
L=Jo2.5 ft) + (12.5 ft)2 (Spec. .Eq. E3-4) .;;
= 17.7 ft

The work point-to-work point length of the brace al the base level is:
1t2 (29,000 ksi)

L =J(l4.0 ft) 2 +(12.S ft) 2 = 2

(71.3)
I
: 18.8 ft = 56.3 ksi

The brace length will be less than lhis distance because of the column and beam depth and
because I.he gusset will accommodate brace buckling [AISC Seismic Provisions Section
...
 S-96 5.3 SPE.Cll\L CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

In Examples 5.3.3 through 5.3.6, the forces generated in this :inalysis wiU be considered in
!!Li the dc~ign of the beam. column and colulTUI splice connection. The diagram in Figure 5-13
Fett= 0.658 F. RyF1 (from Spec. Eq. E3-2)
shows the forces imposed on the frame from buckJing and yielding of U1e braces. For the
analysis provisions of AISC Seismic Provisions F2.3(ii), che expected strengths of the braces
1.4(42 ksi)
in compression shown in Figure 5-l3a nre multiplied by 0.3 (expected post-buckling brace
= 0.658 <563 .ksi) (1.4)(42 ksi)
strength) and shown in Figure 5-13b.

=38.0 ksi . t

r
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, U1e expected strength of che brace in com-
...
..
;.:
~
~:
pression is:

=1.14(38.0 ksi)(5.22 in.2) Roof

.
l 25'-0"

/
3~
- - -- y:;
"
=226 kips

Expected Brace Strength in Tension

Table 5-1
Fourth
Level
<9
N
"' ""'/ 226 kips 307 kips

Brace
Member
. A
ln.2
R1 F1 A9
kips
t:>
N
I
550 kips
/"" 444 kips

HSS6x0.312 5.22 307 Third /

Level
. ""'/
"' ""'/
HSS6.875l<0.500 9.36 550
HSS7.500x0.500 10.3 606 <9 606 kips
N 518 kips
HSS8.625x0.500 11.9 700
Second
Level

;'. 1
1..

Table 5-2 .
0
I
I /"" .
l ~I
\
700 kips 644 kips
..
I I
~
,....
Expected Brace Strength and Post.. Buckling
/
!~
Brace Strength in Compression

Brace A=A1 Length F.,..

Expected Strength
In Compression
1.14F-4,
Expected PostBuck/irig
Strength in Compression
0.3(1.14F.,..Ag)
Base

according co AJSC Seismic Provisions Sec1ion F2.3(i).

""
Fig. 5-13a. Forces imposed on frame from brace b11cklinglyielding

Member in.i In. ' ft Kl.Jr ksl kl)ls kips

HSS6l<0.312 5.22 2.02 12.0 71.3 38.0 226 67.8
HSS6.875x0.500 9.36 2.27 12.0 63.4 41.6 444 133
~..
: . HSS7.500x0.500 10.3 2.49 12.0 57.8 44.1 518 155
HSS8.625x0.500 11.9 2.89 12.0 49.8 47.5 644 193
:>
:
 s-9
--- .r ~v BRACED FRA..~fES 5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTIUCALLY BRACED FRAMES

2(a) in Section F2.3 will also be considered. There are two additional Exceptions: 2(b)

~
forces corresponding 10th~ resistance of the foundation to overturning uplift, and 2(c) force! l
'.

Roof

.
25'-0"

/
f determined from nonlinear anaJysis. Exception 2(b) will be considered in Example 5.3.6.

Assume that the ends of the column are pi110ed and braced against translation for both the
x-x and y-y axes.

Solutio n:
I;

1.

""'
(Cl

"'/
N' 67.8 kips 307 kips From AJSC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties a.re as follows:

/""
Fourth ASTMA992
Level
'
F_.., =50 ksi
~ 550 kips 133 kips
Fu= 65 ksi
N

/
Third
Level

~
N

""' "'/
155 kips 606 kips
"'/ Required Strength

Determine the required strength of the column from A/SC Seismic Provisions
Section F2.3 (Mechanism Analysis)
According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the required strengths of columns are I
based on the load combinations in the applicable building code, where the amplified seis- f':
i:

/""
Second mic load, Emh, is based on an analysis in which all braces are assumed to resist force~
l evel
corresponding to their expected strengths in compression or in tension. The analysis in
which the compression braces are at their post-buckling strength does not govern here. \
9 700 kips 193 kips
~
..- Figure 5- 14 shows the forces from the expected strengths of the braces :is detemuned ir. '.
/
Base

"' "
Fig. 5-13b. Forces imposed on frame from brace bucJtling!yirlding
according to AJSC Seismic Pruvisions Section F2.3(ii).
Example 5.3.2. These forces can be considered as applied loads acting on the columns and
as applied loads on the beam, which :ire :shown here as beam shears acting on rhe column. b
Because seismic forces must be considered in both directions, both columns in the frame
must be designed both for the maximum tension, shown for the column on gridline B, and
for the maximum compression, shown for i.he column on gridline C.

The axial compression force in the col'iunn frQm this analysis is, with forces that produce
f

t
compression in the column sh own as positive: '.;:
Example 5.3.3. SCBF Column Design
PE-.A = (307 kips+444 kips+606 k:ips)sin45+(8.84 kips- 1,1.3 kips)
Given :
= 957 kips (compression)
Refer to Column CL- l in Figure 5-1 l. Select an ASTM A992 W-shape with the available
strength required by the AISC Seismic Provisions. The axial tension forc.e in the' column from this analysis is, with forces that produce tension L
Relevant seismic parameters were given in the SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
in the column shown as negative: . r
section. The column forces from gravity and snow loads are the following: Ts.,. :::: (-226 kips-550 kips-518 kips)sin45+ (8.84 kips-11.3 kips)
Po= 147. kips Pi= 60.0 kips Ps = 7 .00 kips ::::-917 kips (tension)

The seismic force in Column CL-1 from tbe seismic forces stipulated by the app.licable Note tlult since the expected strength from the brace at the lowest level is not included, the
building code using an equivalent lateral force analysis, n9t including lbe Q,, amplification, forces in tension and compression are not exactly equal.
=
was determined from analysis to be PQr 248 kips.
Using the lo:ul combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 including the overstrcngth factor as requirec ~
The forces resulting from the expected strengths of the braces defined in AlSC Seismic by AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3 where the amplified seismic load is substituttr
Provisions Section F2.3 and calculated in Eltample 5.3.2 must be considered. The Exception
 BRACED FRAMES .53 SPECIAl CONCEN11UCALLY BRAC.FO fRAMr.S 5-10!

with the. anaJysis described in Section F2.3, the required uial compres~ive ~rrength of lhe
column 1s. The rJuircd a:<1aJ tensile strength of the column 1s:
~
t LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD

f L, LRFD Load Combination 5 from

ASCf/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
LR.FD Load Combination 1 from
ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCe/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
(including lhe 0.5 facror on l permitted
Pu =(0.9-0.2Sos)Po +~ Pa =(0.6-0.14Svs)Po +O.?P1-:..,, +PH
in Se.ction 12.4.3.2)
='0.9-0.2(1.0)](147 kips) =10.6-o.14{Lo)J(t47 kips)
P,. =(1.2 +0.2Svs)Po +PE,,. + 0.5PL Pa =(!0+0.14Sos)Po +PH+ Pr +(-917 kips) + 0.7(-917 k:ips)+O kips
+0.2Ps + 0.7Pr;.,. =- 814 kips =-574 kjps
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)](147 lcips)+957 kips =IJ.0+0.14(1.0)](147 kips)+O kips
+ 0.5(60.0 kips)+0.2(7.00 kips) + 0 kips+ 0.7(957 kips) Determine the required strength of the column from A/SC Seismic Provisions
= l,190l5ps =837 kips Section F2.3 Exception (2)(a)
..
.;.
._
AISC Stismic Provisions Section F2.3 Exception l2)(a) sl.1tcs that the required strength of
- - -.... ~'.:":1
.. columns need not exceed t~ forces determined using load combinations stipularcd by the
applicable building code including the amplified seismic load, applied to a building frame

I""' --- i
model in which all compression braces have been removed. For exterior columns (columns
at lhe cods of a br:iced frame or at the ends of sevtra.I bays 0 1 bracing), forces determined
using this exception may be lower lhan rho:.e required by AISC Seismic Provisions Sc:<:tion
Dl.4a(2), in which case it might not be prudent to use this ex.ctption. In this example wit.h
0-8-oof
tll
:: .
-----.-- --
/
a 2-srory X configuration, the required st.reng<h of the column detemunei.l from a model m
which compression braces have been removed resulcs in required strengths in tension that
l9 are significantly lt:ss than forces detennined from the 11nalysis provisions of ATSC Seismic
N
..... ,,
226 kips 307 kips
/
Provisions Section F2.3.
Fourth
level 18~-~~ -~84 Id~_! j For tlus example and for other rypical frrunes, a model that includes all brae.es can be used
with the load combinations including lhe code-based amplified seismic load to determine

fl--
...
< -
N
..-
<O /
550 kips '
444 kips
the appropriate required strength of exterior columns. However. it mould be noted that for
interior c-0lumns in muJti-bay braces, a building frame model in which all compression

Third / -----~
braces have been removed should be used.

"----~-
level Figure 5-11 shows the forces from an equivalent lateral force analysis, before the over-
t

~
N 518 kips
/
606 kips
strength factor is applied. The seisllUc force in Column CL-1 from the seislll.lc forces
stipulated by rhe applicable building code using an equivalent lateral force analysis, not
..- including the 0 0 amplification, was determined from Malysis to be Par =248 !Ops.
"
, 11.3 kip;'
/

,,/'
:'.!ldpsl Pa6 =248 ltips (compression)
Par= 248 kips (tension)
b
-
..,. 700 kips 644 kips Using these forces in the full model which includes the compression braces as an approxi-

Base / mation of Exception (2)(a) of AISC Seismic Prrwisions Section F23, the load combinations
in ASCEISEl 7 give a requircJ axial compressive scrcngth for the coJumn as follows:

Fig. 5-14. SCBF opplied column forces for Example 5.3.3.

A.MEllCA/'l lHs"tmml " Srm.. ~

""'
 ~. I

LRFD ASD
f--~~~~~-LRFO~~~~~~~-f-~~~~~~A-S_D~~~~~~ 'r
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from P., =(l.2+0.2SDs)PD + [hh 0 Po1 Pa =(J.0+0.14Sos)Po +PH +PF
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
. ASCFJSEl 7 Section J2.4.3.2 +0.5Pt+0.2Ps . +B2(0.?)!laPQ1
=IJ.0+0.14(1.~)](147 kips)
Pu= (l.2+0.2Sos )JD+ iloJ>G!t'+ 0.5PL Pa =(l.0+0.14SDS )Po+ P11 +PF =[L2+0.2(1.0)j(l47 kips)
. \.
+0.2Ps + 0.1Q 0 PQr + J.01(2.0)(248 kips) + 0 k.ips + 0 kips
=fl.2+0.2(1.0)}(147 kips) =!L0+0.14(1.0)](147 kips) + 0.5(60.0 kips) + l.Ol(0.7){2.0)(Z48 kips)
+ 2.0(248 kips)+ 0.5(60.0 kips)
+ 0.2(7.00 kips)
+ 0kips+O1dps
+ 0.7(2.0)(248 kips)
+ 0.2(7 .00 kips)
= 738 JOps
= 518 kips
'\
1
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-

= 733 kips = 515 kips

The required axial tensile strength of the column is:
LRFD
LRFD lp;id Combination 7 from
AS_CFJsw.7 Section U.4.3.2
P., =(0.9-0)Sos )Po+ Q.,PQr + l.6f'H
=[0.9-0.2(1.0))(147 k.ips)
+ 2.0(-248ldps)+1.6(0 kips)
=- 393 kips
For comparison, Table 5-3 provides a summary of the required :ix.ial strengths of the colum I
based on the cwo different analyses considered.
Try a W12x96.
ASD
Available Compressive Strength
ASD Load CombinatioJl S from
Use K = 1.0 for both the x-x and y-y axes. From AISC Manual Table 4- l, the avail.ab! ~
AScEtSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
strength in nial compression for a W12><96 with KL= 14 ft: f
P0 =(0.6-0.14SDS )Po +0.1QaPQt +PH
=[0.6-0.14(1.0)](147 kips)
- + 0.7(2.0)(-248 kips)+ 0 kips
=- 280 kips

Because these required strengths are less than those determined from the mechanism analy- . ,...
Available Tensile Strength
sis of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3, they will be used for lhe design of the col umil.
:.

Second-Order Effects
From AISC Marn1al Table 5- l, the avaijable strength of the W12><96 column in axial ten-
sion for yielding on lhe groi:s section i~; l
Because the column is designed for code-based forces rather than lhe mechanism analysis
requirements of AISC Seismic Pn:wisions Section F2.3, second~rder effects should be con-
LRFD ASD l'
sidered. From Example 5.3. l for the brace nt this level. B2 = 1.01. Because the columD does
not have.moments, I.here is no need to calculateB1 factors. $ 1 Pn =1,270 kips> 393 kips o.k. Pn = 844 bps > 280 kips
n, o.k.
I
Therefore, the h:quired axial Compressive strength of the column including second-order
effects is, from AISC Specification Equation A-8-2: Width-to- Thickness Umitations
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5a, the stiffened and unstiffened elements
Pr= P"' + Bi.f'tr (Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
of columns musl satisfy the requirement<; for highly ductile membCrs in Section D 1.1.

From 1'able 1-3 of this Manual. it can be se.,~ thats W12X96 will satisfy lhe width-to-thick-
ness limits for an SCBF column (note lhac any villue of Pu mat and Pa- is pennissible, as
shown in Table 1-3).
Use a W12x96 f9~ SCBF Column CJ....1.
 BRACFD FRAMES .5.3 SPECIAi. CONCENTRICALLY BRJ\CF.D FR.\MES S.. llb

'lllese forces arc shown in Tables 5-1 and 5 2, and the forces acting on bearu BM-2 are
r: Table 5-3 sbown in Figure 5-15.
r,.: Required Axial Strength of Column CL-1
Required Strength
According to the Requirements of AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.3 and 01 .4a Determine the required axial strength of the beam based on A/SC Seismic
Provisions Section F2..3(i)
Analysls with braces al expected strengths Anal)'sis with codespecl11ed amplified
- From AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3(i), lhe requfred axial strength of the beam is
~ In tenslon and compression setsmlc loads
based on the braces at their e.~pected strengths in tension and compression. The "unbafanced.,
~.,. [AISC ~Jsmic PrOYis/OllS Section F2.3(1)) [AISC Sl!lsmic Pro'lisions Secllcn 0Ua(2))
\" \crtica.l force is determined from the atical component C'f all four brace fo~.
Compre~n Tension Corr.press!on Temion
P1 = {307 kips - 226 kips+ 444 kips - 550 kips )sin 45
UIFD ASD LRFO ASD LRFD ASD UIFO ASO =-17.7 kips
1,190 837 -a14 -574 738 518 -393 280
This unbalanced ve111c:U force can be considered as a load acting at the midpoint of the
beam, and produces the following shear and moment:

Example 5.3.4. SCBF Beam Design Py

=__._
2
Given: _ 17.7 kips
Refer to Be3m BM-2in Figure 5-11. Select an ASTM A992 W-shape with a maximum depth 2
of 36 in. D~ign the bc:un as a noncomposite beam for slreogth, although the composite = 8.85 kips
.7;....,,"11 deck can be considered to brace the beam as discusse-0 later in this example. The applicable
~~: building code specifics the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. PvL
~~ Me,.,.=--
4
Assume the brace sizes are as shown in Figure 5- 12. Rclev31lt seismic paramerers w~re
given in the SCBF Qe.-;ign Example Plan and Elevation section. The gravity i:hears and
= 17.7 kips(25.0 ft)
moments on the beam. assuming a simple span from column line B to C, :ire: 4
= 111 kip-ft
- Vo= 11.2 kips V1., =8.50 lcips ,\.to= I20lcip-rt M1., =100 kip-fl
~ ~
f
Solution:

~ ~
From AISC Manual Table 2-4. the matei-ial properties arc BS follows: 25'-0"
25'-0"
ASTMA992 CJl>.!..O!l.-- - r:;--------------;1 Roof r:;------------ --:,1
F1 =50 ksi I ' ; I I ' / I

Fu= 65 ksi

~ !226~ps
I '
3oi~psi
/ I
N
~ I '~
l 67.8_klps
~;
30i-Kips:
I

..,, 00,..~1!.u!.!.--l- l BM-~ / l ~'-"-=.;'-'--1- ! BM-~/ l

' As required by AJSC Sti.rmic Provisio11.s Section F2.3, lhe required strength of the beams
/ ""'
\

,,i:
shnll be based on the load combinations in the applicable builcling code, including the ampli-
fied seismic load. The runpl}fied seismic load is determined from the lt1rger of: ~ l: ss91<1ps :
444'k-!_ps l
/""'
~ l: s501<ips :
133'1<!ps l
..- T,' ', r T/// ', T
(i) An analysis in which all br.ices a.re assumed 10 resist forces corresponding to their ~~-.L ~~--- -- ------ -~ ~ """".LUJ'1.J<l-~-L..~~-------------~~
' -./' /1
expected strength in compression or in tension
(ii) An analysis in which all braces in tension 3.re as:.umed to resist forces co~~ponding (a) Forcts from AISC Seismic P10\isioru (b) ForctsfromAISC ~ismic Pro~ision.t
to lhe1r expected strengt.h anti all braces in compression arc assumed to resist 1hcir Stcrion F2.J(i) Stion F2.3(ii)
expected post-buckling strength
Fig. 5-J5. Forrts acting on Otam BM-2 from a mtcha11ism analysis of AJSC Stismic
Provisii>ns Stction F1.J as carntd out in E.tamp/1! 5.J.2.
AMEIUCAJ" bls'1Tnm! <:# Snn. Cossr!wcnoN
5-106 $'RACED FR.AMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTIUCAl.LY BRACED FRAMES
. J

Note thaL the unbalanced vertical force from the braces is considered to act at a single point LRFD ASD
for the purpose of evaluating member limit sl.'.ltcs in the beam. In the connection design pre-
sented iu Example 5.3.8, beam local limit states arc evaluated using intemal forces LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
detcnnined in the brace connection design. ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCFJSEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2

To deteonine the required axial force of the beam, the horizontal component of the differ- V,, =(l.2+0.2SDS)Vo +Ve.,. Va= (1.0+0.l4Sos)Vo + VH
ence between the sum of the expected strengths of the braces below the beam aod the sum
+ 0.5Vl + 0.2Vs +VF+0.7VE..t,
of the expected strengths of the braces above the beam can be thought of as a "~tory force"
which the beam must deliver to the braces. Since the braced frame is in I.be middle bay of a ::: (1.2+ 0.2(1.0)j(ll 2 kips) =(l.0+0.14(1.0))(11.2 kips)
three-bay building, half of this story force can be considered to enter the br.iccs from each + S.85 kips+ 0.5(8.50 kips) + 0 kips+ 0 kips+ 0.7(8.85 k.ips
side, and is carried by Beam BM-2 to the braces connected to the beam midspan. This force = 19.0 kips
+ 0.2(0 kips)
could act in either direction and is shown as positive.
=28.8 kips
[.t(Braccs below be:un)- l(Braces above beam)]
P:i =cos4 50
2 The required Oexur:il strength of Berun BM-2 according to the analysjs rcquiremencs
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
1(550 kips+ 444 kips)-(226 kips+ 307 kips)!
=cos45 0
2
LRFD ASD
= 163 kips
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
Using the load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7, the required axial strength of Beam BM-2 ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.J.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
according to the analysis requirementS of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
Mu =(1.2+0.2Sos)Mo t-Me,,.,, M~ =(1.0+0.14Sos)Mo+MH
LRFD ASD +0.5Ml +0.2Ms +MF+0.1ME,...

LRFD Load Combination 5 from
ASCFJSEl 7 Seccion 12.4.3.2
(including the 0.5 factor on l pemritted
in Section 124.3.2)
P,, =(1.2+0.2SDS )PD + %,,..
+ 0.5Pz. + 0.2Ps
=[l.2+ 0.2(J.O)J(O k:ips)+163 kips
+ 0.5(0 .kips)+0.2(0 kips)
= 163 kips
The required shear strength of Beam BM-2 according to the analysis requirements of AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2
Pa = (l.0+0.14Sos )Po+ Pn
+ PF+0.7Pe,..
=(1.0+0.14(10))(0 ltips)+O kips
+ 0 kips+ 0.7(163 kips)
=114 ltips
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)]{120 kip-ft) =[l.0+0.14(1.0))(120 kip-ft)
+ 1 LJ kip-ft+0.5(100 kip-ft) + 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
+ 0.2(0 kjp-ft) + 0.7(111 kip-ft)
=329 kip-ft = 215 lcip-ft
Determine the required axial strength of the beam based on
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3Q1J
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii), the required axial strength of the beam
based on the braces at their expccced strength in tension and post-buckling strengths in Ct I
pression. For this analysis, the expected s1rengths of the braces in compression must
multipUed by 0.3 to approximate their post-bockling strength as shown in Table 5-2.
The "unbalanced" vertical force is determined from the vertical component of all four br 1
forces. ~

P1 = (307 kips - 67.8kips+133 kips-550 k.ips)sin45

=-126 klps
1
....

AMUlcAl'I lNS'ITIVl"B Of' STEEi.. CONS'TllUC'llON

 r
"t
l
i 5-108 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY .BRACED FRAMES 5- 1(>'

L
This unbalanced vertical force can be considered as a load acting on the beam, and produces The required shear strength of BM-2 according to the analysis requirements of AlSC
t I
Seismic Proi:isions Section P'2.3(iJ) is:
the following shear and moment:
t Py LRFD ASD
=-
2
= 126 kips LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
2 ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

=63.0 kips V11 = (1.2+0.2SDs)VD +VE.., Va ={l.0+0.14Sos)Vo + V11

i
~ I P1 L + 0.5Vt + 0.2Vs r VF+0.1Ve..,..
!' ME=
..,. - 4 =IL2+ 0.2(1.0)](l l.2 kips) =11.o+o.14(LO)J(1i.2 kips)
_ 126 kips(25.0 ft) + 63.0 kips+0.5(8.50 kips) 1'0 kips+O kips+0.7(63.0 kips)
4
+ 0.2 (0 kips) =56.9 kips
=788 k,ip--ft
To determine the required axial force of the beam, the horizontal component of the dif-
=82.9 kips I
ference between the sum of the expected strengths of the braces below the beam and the The required flexural strength of Beam BM-2 according to 1he analysis requirements of
sum of the expected strengths of the braces above the beam can be thought of as a "story AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) is:
force" which the beam must deliver to the braces. Since the braced frame is in the middle
bay of a three-bay building, half of this story force can be considered to enter the braces LRFD ASD
from each side.
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combi.nation 5 from
p" = (cos 450 )l L(Braces below beam); L(Braces above beam) l ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCfJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

Mu= (1.2+0.2Sos)Mo +Me,.. Mo. =(1.0 +0.J4SDs).Mo +M11

=(cos 450)[ (550kips + 133 kips)~(67 .8 kips+ 307 kips) 1 + 0.5Mt +0.2Ms +Mp+0.7Me,..1

=109 ldps =11.2 + 0.2(1 .0)}{120 kip-ft) =[LO+ 0.14(1.0))(120 kip-ft)

illlll
Using the load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7, the required axial strength ofBM-2 according
+ 788 kip-ft+ 0.5(100 kip-ft)
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
+ 0 k.ip-ft+O kip-ft
+ 0.7(788 kip-ft) I
1
I
to the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic Pro\i.sio11s Section F2.3(ii) is:
I
I

~: =1.010 kip-ft =688 kip-ft

I

LRFD ASD
Note that the analysis of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii), \Vith the braces acpost-
..-
~ LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from buckling strength in compression, gives significantly higher required shear and moment for
~:: ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 the beam, and a moderately lower required axial force. The shear and moment resulting
from the analysis of Section F2.3(ii) do not act simultaneously with the axial force resulting
I: P., =(1.2+0.2SDs)Po +Pe... Pa =(1.0+0.14SDs)Po +Pu from Section F2.3(i).
'<
! + 0.5Pr. + 0.2Ps +PF +0.7Pe.,,,
...
l :. In summary, the required strength of Beam BM-2 determined by the analysis provisions of
=
[1.2 + 0.2(1.0)}(0kips)+109 !Ops =[l.0+0.140.0)J(O k.ips)+O kips AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
+ 0.5(0 kips)+0.2(0 kips) + 0 kips+0.7(109 kips)
.
= 109 kips =76.3 kips LRFD ASD i
- 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - --i'
P., ::: 163 kips Pt) = 114 kips
V., = 28.8 kips Va =19.0 kips
M., = 329 kip-fl M0 =2 15 kip-ft
.
'i: AM.EIUCAN 1Nsnnrra oP STl:EL CONST11ocnoN
1.
,.
'
S-JIO BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES S-1

The required strength of Beam BM-2 determined by the analysis provisions of AISC Stismic Determine lateral bracing requirements
Provisions Section F2.3(ii) is: Beam bracing requirements are given in AlSC Specificazion Appendb: 6. The required s1rcng1 l
of lateral nodal bracing is: ~
LRFD ASD
(Spec. Eq. A-6-71
Pu = 109 kips
v. = 82.9 lcips
.. Po == 76.3 kips
Vo = 56.9 kips
where

JI.= 1,010 kip-ft Mo = 688 kip-fl

From AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation D l l, the required flexural strength is:

Beam Size Selection LR.FD ASD

The beam is subject 10 axial and flexural forces. The discussion in Part 8 and Table 8-1 of
this Manual regarding the design of collector beams is applicable to the design of beams M,= R1 F1 Z M, :::: R1 F1 Z I l.5 l
within a braced frame. =1.1(50 ksi)(343 in.3) ::::: 1.1(50 ksi)( 343 in.3) 11.5 I
Try a W27x114.

From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
___
. = 18,900 kip-in.
.___ _ __ _
_...__ ::::: 12,600 kip-in. l
From AISC Specificarion Equation A-6-7, the required strenglh of lateral nodal bracing is:
. W27x114
A= 33.6 in. 2 d= 27.3 in. lw = 0.570 in. hr== 10.1 in.
If= 0.930 in. kdu = 1.5'.3 in. hftw = 42.5 Ix.= 4,080 in. 4
Sx =299 in. 3 rx = 11.0 in. z.. =343 in. 3
11 =159 in.~
Prb =0.02(RyFyZ)Cd I ho Prb = 0.02(R1 F1Z)Cd I h0

r,.=2.18 in. h0 =26.4 in. J = 7.33 in.4 Cw= 27,600 in. 6

= 0.02(18,900 kip-in.)(1.0)/26.4 in. = 0.02(12,600 kip-in.)(1.0)/26.4 in.
=14.3 kips = 9.55 kips
In order to determine which limit states apply, the beam bracing requirements must be inves- '
tigated.
The r~uired stiffness of l:lte!al nodal bracing is, according to AISC Specific,qtion_Equatio 1
A-6-8:
Bracing Requirements

1--A---'~'-.!.-(-IO_M_,_c_dL)_RFD n_(.._l_O~-,-c-d_A)_so_ _;__- - - ,'.!.

According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4b(2), beams in SCBF using V- and
inverted-V configurations must satisfy the bracing requirements for moderately ductile _____'_, _ _.__A_=_
members. This beam is considere,d part.of such a configuration because it is intersected by
braces at its midspan. AISC Seismic Provisions Section DL2a requires that beam bracjng in t'br Q lbho t'br L11ho
moderately ductile members have !i maximum spacing of:
_ 1 l 10(18,900 kip-in.)(1.0)
0.75 (12.5 ft)(l2 m./ft)(26.4 in.)
I =2 _00 [
.
10(12,600 ki~-in.)(1.0)
(12.5 ft)(12 in./ftX26.4 in.)
l i .i;
Li,= 0.17r1 EIF1 (Provisions Eq. DI-2)
=63.6 kip/in. :::: 63.6 kipfm. 1
=0.17(2.18 in.)(l ft/12 in:)(29,000 ksi) I (50 ksi)
=17.9 ft The axial stiffness of lhe member providing bracing to the beam is: l..
...
)

The beam .span is 25 ft; therefore it is economical to provide bracing at midspan of the bea.m
(lb= 12.5 ft).,
AE
k=-
..
L
AISC Stismic Provisioiis Section Dl.2a(a)(I) requires L!iat both flanges of lhe beam be lat-
\
The required area of lhc brace is:
erally braced or the cross section be rorsionilly braced. Assume the beam shown in Figure
5-10, spanning between column lines 1 and 2, at midspan of lhe SCBF frame will be used k ~ ~br = 63.6 kip/in. I
to provide lateral bracing.

AMti:klcAN lNsrmm! OF STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION
l
 5-112 BRACED FRAMES :m
,. e"
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

Determine the critical buckling strength for flexural buckling

A ~~br(i.) about the x-x axis, assuming Q = 1

> 63 _6 k.i /in.[30.0 ft(l2 in./ft)J

Kx = 1.0
- . P 29,000 ksi
l..x =25.0 ft
=0.790 in.2 K:rL:r J.0(25.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
Provide beam lateral bracing of both flanges at midspan of the beam ( 12.5 ft) with :i
--=
r:r 11.0 fo.
minimum area
of 0.790 in.2 and with an available axial co.mpressive strength of 14.3 kips
=27.3
(LRFD) and 9.55 kips (ASD).

Note: The gravicy beam shown (but not sized) in Figure 5-10 should be able to provide this The elastic buck.ling stress is:
lateral bracing, depending on the depth of the beam and the connection type.
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
Available Flexural Strength
,,"., Beam lateral bracing will be provided at 12.5 ft. However, the composite slab can be con-
sidered to continuously brace the beam, and therefore the limit state of la~eraHorsional _ ' 1t
2 {29,000 ksi)
- - - -- tt--1
f:~ buckling does not apply and the available flexural strength is based on the plastic moment - (27.3)2
of the beam. From AISC Manual Table 3-6, che available flexural strength of the beam is:
=384 ksi
LRFD ASD Tbe va)ue of Fer before local buckling effects are considered is determined as follows:
. M
'lJ1>Mp = l,29p1kip-ft _]!_ = 856 kip-ft Fy 50 ksi
Qb -=---
F. 384 ksi
:::: 0.130
...,,, Available Compressive Strength
-;';.
.~. In compr~si~n:ihe beam is considered continuously braced by the slab so mi.Uor-axis flex- Because 0.130 < 2.25, use AlSC Specification Equation E3-2 ro detennine the critical buck-
(.
ural buckling about the y-y axis does not apply. For major-axis flexural buckling about the ling stress.
X X axis; the beam is assumed unbraced (KL= 25 ft). As explained in Part 8 for collectors,
I
torsioni.il buckling is considered because the torsional unbraced length is not the same as the
minor-axis flexural buckling unbraced length. Because the top flange is constrqined by the F"+658t ]F, i
\ (Spec. Eq. E3-2)
composite slab, the applicable to~sionai limit state is constrained.-.ax.is flexural-torsional

"[o.658'':. '::;;]so k~ ..
buckling, as discussed in Part 8 of this Manual.
.. .
For torsional buckling, the beam is considered unbraced between torsional brace points. In
i
this exam.pie; the lateral braces of both flanges at midspan are assumea to .provide a torsional
=47.3 ksi ... '
braced point. Therefore the unbraUd length for torsional buckling is taken as 12.5 ft. Tu
summari.Ze:
Determine the critical buckling strength for constrain~d-axis
4. =25.0 ft (flexural buckUng about x-x axis) flexuraHorsiona~ buckling, assuming Q 1 =
Ly= 0 (t (flexural buckling about y-y axis does not apply) For the limit state of constrained-ax.is flexural~torsiooal buck.ling, the unbraced leugt.1? ls
Lt= 12.5 ft (constra+ned-axis flexural-torsional buck.ling) 12.5 ft and the top flange of the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab as
-
From AJSC Manual Table l -1 and AJSC Specificazion Table B4.l, the web is slender for
described in Part 8 of this Manual.
compression. Therefore the reduction factor for slender stiffened elements, Q0 , roust be
determined.

AMEJUCAN lNSTmTrE 0'1 S11ln. CONSTRUcnON

 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

(8-3) b, = l.921 IIf

fj
0 34
1-
(bit) ~/ .
@j s. b (Spec. Eq. E7-r )

38.l ksi 42.5 38.1 ksi

l
= 1.92(0.570 in.) 1_2_9.:.....,0_00_ks_i [l- 0.34 29,000 ksi $ 24 .2 in.

:::: 23.5 in.~ 24.2 in.

Q.,"' ~ (Spec. Eq. E7-ll'\)l

. Ag

1 = Ag-tw(li-b,)
x ---------------!
4,080 in. + 159 in. +( ~ in.r (33.6 in.2)
4 4 21 .
Ag
.
.33.6 in.2 - 0.570 in.(24.2 in.-23.5 in.)
=77.2 ksi
= 33.6 in.
1

=0.988
The value of Fer before local buckling effects are considered is determined as follows:
Q, =1.0
F 50 ksi
-1=
~ 77.2 ksi Q = Q,Q,,
1.
=1.0(0.988)
= 0.988 I
Because 0.648 < 2.25, use Equation E3-2 to determine the critical buckling S!l'ess.
For the governing Jim.it state of constrained-a.xis flexural-torsional b~ckling, accounting fc. k
slender elements, the available strength is determined as follows from AISC Specificatio !
(Spec. Eq. E3-2) Section E7:

1i 50ksi 1
= 0.65877 2 ksi 50 ksi
QFy 0.988(50 ksi)
-
F.
=
(77.2 ~i)
=0.640
. ')

l
' }

I
= 38.1 ksi \
Because 0.640 < 2.25, use AISC Specif;cation Equa~on F:J-2.
Because Fer is lower for constrained-axis flexural-torsional buckling, this limit state governs
over major ax.is flexural buckling. ~
Fa-= Q 0.658 F. F1 (Spec. Eq. E7-: I;
Determine the reduction factor, Q, for slender elements
._ I . ...

I
To determine the reduction factor, Q, useAJSC Specification Section E7.2, with/= Fer, and 0.988(50 k!i)

the minimum Fer from !he two preceding limit states. The reduced effective width of the =0.988 0.658 . n.2 ks! (50 ksi),
slender web is detennined as foll.ows:
= 37.8 ksi
b=h
;;, d-2kdcs Pn = FcrAg (Spec. Eq. E7- 1 t
=27.3 in.-2(1.53' ill.) =37.8 ksi(33.6in. 2
)
1
=24.2 in. = 1,270 kips

J=F'cr
= 38.1 ksi
 5-116 S.3 SPEClr\L CONCENTR.ICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-11 7

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD .

r: I P,. l,270 kips M .. = Bi(1.2+0.2SDs)Mo+ME.,. Ma =B1(1.0+0.14SDS)Mv +MH
<Pc-Pn =0.90(1,270 kips) -=
=l.140 kips
nc 1.67 +B10.5ML +0.2Ms +MF+0.7ME.,,.

~
= 760 kips =1.01(1.2+0.2(1.0)](129 ki!>""ft) =LOJ!L0+0.14(1.0))(1~0 kip-ft)
f + 111 kip-ft+ l.Ol(0.5)(100 kip-ft} + 0 lcip-ft+O kip-fl

I~.....,, Second-Order Effects + 0.2(0 kip-ft) + 0.7(111 kip-ft)

Because the seismic component of the beam required strength comes from the mechanism =331 kip-ft =216 kip-ft
.,
~ analysis of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3 and is based on the expected strengths of
the braces, P-6 effects need not be considered and B2 from AISC Specificario11 Appendix S The required flexural strength of Beam BM-2 according to I.he analysis requirements of
need oot be applied. P-6 effects do no1 increase the forces corresponding to the expectedi AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) and including second-order effects is:
brace strengths in compression and tension; instead, they may be thought of as contributing
to the system reaching that state. P-8 effects do apply, however. The effective length method! LRFD ASD
is used.
-
Mu= B1 (1.2+0.2Sos)Mo+ ME..o Ma= B1(1.0+0.14Sos)Mo +MH
Bi = C,,, <'! l (Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
1-o.P,/Pti +B10.5ML +0.2Ms +MF+0.1ME..i. .
=LOl(l.2+ 0.2(1.0)!(120 kip-ft) = l.Oljl.0+0.14(1.0)](120 kip-ft)
rtl /.
P.1--- (Spec. Eq. A-8-5} + 788!tip-ft+1.01(0.5)(100 kjp-ft) + 0 kip-ft+O kip-ft
< - 2 (K1L)
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft) + 0.7(788 kip-ft)
2 4
rt (29.000 ksj)(4,080 in. ) : 1,010 kip-ft =690 kip-ft
= 2
jl.0(25.0 ft)(12 inJft)]
= 13,000 kips In summary, including second-order effects, the required strength of Beam BM-2 deter-
mined by lhe analysis provisions of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
C,,. = LO, because lherc is transverse loading between supports
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
Pu =163 kips . I
Po =114 kips
LO \
B _
1
1.0 v,, = 28.8 kips Va ::::: 19.0 kips
Bi l-[J.00(163 kips)/13,000 kips) - l-[1.60(114 kips)/13,000 ldps] Mu =331kip-ft Ma= 216 kip-ft 1.
=l.01 ::::: 1.01
c-
t Including second-order effects, the required strength of Beam BM-2 determined by the
~
, The B1 factor (P-<l effect) need only be applied to the firsHttder moment with the sll'Ucture analysis provisions of AISC SeiSmic Provisio11S Section F2.3(ii) is:
restrained against translation. The required flexural strength of Beam BM-2 according 10 .
c. the analysis reqo.irements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) and including sec-
ond-order effects is determined from ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5
LRFD ASD
~-" for LRFD and ASD: Pu =109 kips P,, =76.3 kips
Vu = 82.9 kips Va = 56.9 kips
M., =1,010 kip-ft Ma = 690 ki!>""ft
I
 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-119

Combined Loading
Check shear strength of the W27)(114
for the analysis provisions of AlSC Seismic Pro"Visions Section P2.3(i):
From AlSC Manual Table 3-2:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
Pr 163 kips P, 114 kips
-= -= v.
Pc 1, 140 kips Pc 760 kips QvVn = 467 ldps > 82.9 kips o.k. n"v = 311 kips> 56.9 kips o.k.
= 0.143 =0.150

Because P,fPc< 0.2, t.he beam-column design is controlled by t.he equation: Check width-to-thickness limits of the W27x114
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5a, beams in SCBF must satisfy lhe
requirements for moderate! y ductile members. From Table 1-3 of this Manual, the W27x 114
(Spec. Eq. Hl-lb)
satisfies the limiting width-to-thickness ratios and Pu and P0 are less than the maximum
permitted.
LRFD ASD
Example 5.3.5. SCBF Beam Design J.
0.143 + 33lk.ip-ft +0=0.328 0.150 + 216 klpf[ +0=0.327
2 1,.290, kip-ft
I 2 856 kip-ft
Given:
0.328<1.0 o.k. 0.327<1.0 o.k. Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-11. Select_an ASTM A992 W-shape with a maximum depth
of 36 in. Design the beam as a noncomposite beam for strength, although the composite 1.~
For the analysis provisions of AlSC Seismic Pro"Visions Section F2.3(ii): deck can be considered to brace the beam. The applicable building code specifies the use of
ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads.
LRFD ASD
Assume the brace sizes are llS shown in Figure 5-12. Relevant seismic design parameters J~:
P,
-=
109 kips P, =76.3 kips were given in the SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section. The gravity shears and
Pc 1,140 kips Pc 760 kips moments on the beam are:
=0.0956 =0.100 VD= 11.2 kips VL =8.50 kips
MD= 120 kip-ft ML= 100 lqp-fc
Because P,IPc < 0.2, the beam-column design is controlled by the equation: \

Note I.hat in Example 5.3.10, tbe bracing connections at the third level use a splice in the
beam away from the gusset plate. Based on the connection configuration, a shorter length
(Spec. Eq. Hl- lb) could have been used for the beam design, here. In lhis example, the full 25-ft bay width is
used as the length of the beam.

LRFD ASD Solution:

From AISC Manual Table 24, the material properties are as follows:
0.0956 + 1,010 kip-ft+ 0 =0.831 0.100 + 690kip-ft +0=0.856
2 1, 290 kip-ft 2 856 kip-ft ASTMA992
0.831<1,0 o.k. 0.856< 1.0 o.k. Fy = 50 ksi
F., = 65 ksi
1;
As required by AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the requfre.d strength of the beams
are based on the load combinations in the applicable building code, including the amplified
seismic loads. The amplified sejsmic loads are determ.ined from the larger of:
(i) An analysis in which all braces are assumed to resist forces corresponding to thei r
expected strength in compression or in tension ~
 f.;
t .. ~1
5-120 BRACED PRAMES
., S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCAl..LY BRACED PR.AMES 5-121

., (ii) An analysis in which alJ braces in tension are assumed Lo resist forces corresponding Because the brace<l frame is in 1hc middle bay of a three-bay building, half of this story
~
to their expected strength and all braces in compression :ire assumed to resist their force. or 46.0 kips. can be considered to enter the braced bay from each side. From equilib-
t expected post-buck.ling strength rium of the joints at each end of lhe beam, this rcsultS in an ax.ial force in the beam of
Em1i =68.6 kips, as shown in Figure 5- 17.
) These forces are shown in Tables 5-1 and 5-2, and the forces ac1ing on Beam BM-1 are
i. shown in Figure 5-16.
h
:. Determine the required axial strength of the beam based on
Unlike Beam BM-2 designed in Example 5.3.4, these forces do not cause shears and AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii)
~
moments oo the beam; the only shears arid moments are from gravity loads. For lhis analysis, the expected strength of the braces in compression must be multiplied by
;
0.3 co approximate Lheir post-buckling strenglb, as shown in Table 5-2.
::
Required Strength
Figure 5-16(b) shows the forces corresponding to the tension braces at their expeccec
.,,s: Determine the required axial strength of the beam based on
A/SC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i)
strengths ::md che compression braces at their post-buckling strength. Similar to Beam BM-
2 in Example 5.3.4, an equivalent "!>tory force"' can be determined as:
'\"
From AJSC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3(i), the required axial strength of the beam is
,., based on the braces a1 their expected strengths in tension and compression. To determine the P.t::: (cos45)[I(Braces below beam)-r(Braces above beam)]
:~
;: ::1 required axial force on the beam, the horizontal component of the difference berween the =(cos45")[(155 kips+606 k.ips) - (550kips+133 kips)]
~ :
sum of the expected strengths of the braces below the beam and lhe sum of the expected =55.2 ldps
strengths of the braces above lhe beam can be thought of as a "story force." The story for.cc
~
~:
,. for the analysis in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) with tension and compressio.n Since the braced frame is in the middle bay of a three-bay building, half of this story foro.
v
~ ~ .
braces at their expected strengths is: or 27.6 kips, can be considered to enter the braced bay from each side. From equilibriun
the joints at each end of the beam, this resulu in a axial force in the beam of E>(lh = 307 kips.
Px =(cos45)[!(Braces below beam)-:E(Braces above beam)]
ftl
as shown in Figure 5-18.
=(cos45)[(518 kips+606 kips) - (550 kips+ 444 kips)J The analysis of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) governs, in which tension braces
};
= 91.9 kips are at their expected strengths and compres~ion braces are at their post-buckling strengths.

~
~

-
~

i:.l
!'-.
>::
~~ 25'-0"
~
~
~=

I ', /' I
r I
r------~-~------,
' ' I
~'
<:.
I
I /
/ '
'
I
I
I 559..t<1ps 444~ps I
I I
,.
~~; 46.0 klps !As.a kips 68.6 ki~i 46.0 kips
!""
i:
:..

....
~; j.
lT 51 S-kips
',
606,Klps
//
/il T
~~ I ' / I

(a) Forces from A/SC Seismic Provisions

~ ------~-~--- -- -1
(b) Forces from A/SC Seismic Provisions I ,' ', I
t: Section F2.3(i) Section F2.J(ii)
:;:.
Fig. 5-16. Forces on Beam BM-1 from a mechanism m1alysis ofA/SC Seismic Fig. 5-17. Axial force in Beam BM-1 from the rr.i!chanism analysis of
Provisions Section F2.3 as carried out in Example 5.3.2. A/SC Seismic Proiisions Section F2.3(i).
~~
:~.
:; ~
I !
 5- 122 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-1 .'

The required shear and flexural strenglh of the beam comes from gravity loads only, and I
Ulerefore are the same for both analysis cases. LRFD ASD

Using the load comb.inations in ASCE/SEI 7, the requfred $hear strength of Beam BM-I LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
according to the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section Fi.3(ii) is: ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 I
(including the 0.5 load factor on L
LRFD ASD
permitted by Section 12.4.3.2) I;:
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from Mu= (1.2+ 0.2Svs )Mo+ Me,.io Ma=(l.O+O.I4Sos)Mv+Mu J

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 + 0.5A'h + 02.Ms +Mp+0.7ME.,. ,.

(including the 0.5 load factor on L
permitted by Section 12.4.3.2)
= jl.2 + 0.2(1.0)]{120 kip-ft) = [1.0+ 0.14(1.0)](120 kip-ft) I
+ 0 kip-ft+0.5{100 kip-ft) +O kip-ft.+O kip-ft+0.7(0 kip-ft)
Vu = (I.2+ 0.2Svs) Vo + Vi::...., Va:::: (l.0+0.14SDS)\'D + VH
. + 0.2(0 kip-ft) = 137 kip-ft b.
+ 0.5VL + 0.2Vs + Vp + O.?VeiM = 21s kip-ft I
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)](1 1.2 kips)+O kips = ll.0+0.14(1.0)](11.2 kips)+O kips
+ 0.5(8.50 kips)+0.2(0 kips) + 0 kips+0.7{0 kips) The require-d axial strength of Beam BM-1 according to the analysis.requirements of AISC j;i
Seismic Provisions Section F23(ii) is: ::
= 19.9 kips = 12.8 kips
"
LRFD ASD k:
The r~qp.ire~ flexural strength of Beam BM-1 according to the analysis requirements of 1::
.,
AISC Seisnuc Provisions Sectfon F2.3(ii) is: LRFD Load Combinati~n 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Seetion 12.4.3.2 . ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
fi:
P,. =(l.2+0.2Sos)Po+PE...,,
+ 0.5PL +o.iPs
Pa= (1.0 +0.14Sos)Pv +PH
+'PF+ 0.7P:e>M I ..f~
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)J(O .kips~+307 kips =[L0+0.14(1.0)J(O kips)+,0 kips

I ', // f
+ 0.5(0 kips)+ 0.2'co kips)
=307 kips
+ 0 ldps+0.7(307 kips)
::::: 215 kips
I I':,:
~------~-~------i
f '// ' I
'-Th-e-bea-m-is-su-b-1ec-
. -t-to_a_)(_ia_l_a_n_d_fl_e_x_u-ra_l_fo_r,_c-es_._S_e_e_P_art_8_an_d_T:_a_b_le-8--1-o_f_th_i_s_M_an_u_a. ~-
I .< '>+ I ..~j

1 550-Kips 13., -i..;ps 1 for a discussion of collector beams, whlch also generally applies to ~ea.ms within a braced

27.6 kips.,
I

16"1
.r ~ I

ki~f 27.6 kips frame. I

:, /! .
kips 307
In flexure, the beam is coosider.ed continuously braced by the slab and Jateral-torsiona;. :,
buckling does not apply. : , ::
lT 155'-kips
'\
606A<lps
.r/
lT Jn compression, the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab in the y-y directio1 J.
I ' / I so minor-axis flexural buckling does not apply. For major-axis flexural buckling, the bean. ,'.?
IL-- ----~-~---- --'l
r
.r ,
// ', r
is assumed unbraced. As expl~ed in Part 8 for collectors, torsional buckling is considered "'
because the torsional unbraced length is not equal to the minor-axis flexural bucklini
unbraced length. For torsional buckling, the beam is considered braced by the gravity bean
I
Fig. 518. Axial force in Beam BM-1 from the mechanism analysis of and its connection at midspan. Since the top flange is constrained by the composite slab, the ,
A/SC Seismic Provisions F2.3(ii). applicable torsional limit state is constrained-axis flexural-torsional buckling, as discussed
in Part 8 of lhis Manual ]: :
Try a W24x68. .;.,.:

AMERICAN lN~-rrrvn; OF STa CONSTJ\UCT'ION AMl;RJCAfl lNSTnUT:e OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION

 5-1 2.5
5-124 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECLo\L CONCENTRJC.'\LLY BRACED FRA..'1.1ES

Beam Size Selection

(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:

W24x68
A= 20.l in.1 {1=23.7 in. lw =0.415 in. b1 = 8.97 io.
=
?i
2 (29,000 ksi)
2
'1 =0.585 in. kdu =1.09 in. hltw= 52.0 Ix = 1,830 in.~ (3 1.4)
3 .
Sx = 154 10. rx =9.55 in. Z.= 177 in.3 1, = 70.4 in.4 =290 ksi
r 1 =1.87 in. h0 = 23.1 in. J = 1.87 in.4 Cw = 9,430 in. 6
The value of Fer before local buckling effects are considered is determined as follows:
Lateral Bracing Requirements
F 50 ksi
Because this beam ~ not part of a V- or inverted-V-braced frame (there is no brace connec- -=---
1
F, 290 ksi
tion at the midspan of t11e ~m), there are no lateral bracing requirem~nts in the AlSC
Seismic Provisioru, other than what may be required for strength. However, there is a grav- =0.172
ity beam framiDg into the beam at midspan. The gravity beam at midspan and its connection Because 0.172 < 2.25, AISC Specijicario11 Equation E3-2 applies.
will be conside~ed to provide a torsional brace.poi~t for the liiil.it.state of constrained-axis
flexurru-torsion~ buckling.
(Spec. Eq. E3-2)
Available Flexural Strength
The composite slab can be considered to co~tinuously brace the beam,
and therefore the
limit state offateral-torsi~nal buckling doe~ not apply a'n d.the av~~l~~I.e flexuqt stre.ngVI, is
based on the plastic moment.. From AISC Manual Table 3-6, th~ avaHable flexural strengtli
= 0.658290 k s
[
50ksi l(50 ksi)

of the beam is:

=46.5 ksi
..
LRFD ASD
Determine the critical buckling strength for constrained-axis
Mp flexural-torsional buckling, assuming 0 1 = . .
<?bMp = 664 kip-ft -=442 kip-ft For the limit state of constrained-axis flexural~torsional buckling, I.be unbrac~d length is
;
' n.b ' '' '
12.5 ft and the lop flange of the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab as

Available Compressive Strength

described. in Part 8 of this Manual. \ .
2
]I l:~+I,+(d/2)2Agl.
l
The unbraced lengths for flexural buckling were ?iscussed previously. To summarize: 2
it E[Cw+.ly (d/2) j I (8-3)
4 =25.0ft F,= (K4 L)2 +GJ
L, =0 ft _Oateral movement is braced _by the slab)
Lr. = 12.5 ft (torsio~ with top flange restrained by the slab) 1t2 (29,000
l 6
ksi) 9,430 in. + 70.4 .m. (23.7
4
- -- in.) ]
2
2
, . .
4
1-
From AISC Manual T<!ble l ~.l and AISC Specification Table B4.l, the web is slender for = z + 11,200 ksi(l.87 in. )
ILO( l2.5 ft)(l2 inJft)j '
~9mprcssion. Theref~re the reduction factor for slender elements, Q, ~ust. ~ determined.'

Determine the criticai buckling strength for flexural buckling

I
about the x-x axis, assuming Q 1 =
x 2
. ' Kx =I.O 4
- - in.) (20 1 m
1,830 in.4 + 70.4 in. + (23.7 . .2)
Li = 25.0 ft 2

- - = _1.0(25.0
KiLi ftX12 inJft)
...;.__--'-'---- =56.5 ksi
rx 9.55 in.
=31.4
AMERJCAN INS1TllJT OP S'Y:EEL COl'ISTR\JCTION
The val~e of Fer before JocaJ buck.Jing effects are considered, wilh F.,

!z.
F,
BRACED FRAMES

s 2.25, is:
'.,

Determine the available compressive strength for the governing limit state of
constrained-axis flexural- torsional buckling, accounting for slender elements
QF1
-=
F,
0.942(50 bi)
(56.5 m)
,
Fer= 0.658'' F., (Spec. Eq. E3-2)

I .
=0.834

I
~w
= 0.65856.5
= 34.5 ksi
bi 50 ksi
Because 0.834 < 2.25. use AISC Specific01ion Equation E?-2.

Fa =.+.6589f.']F, . ,.. (Sp.c. Eq. E72

', ~
Because Fa is lower for constraioed-aJtis flexural-torsional buckling, this limit slate governs
over major axis flexural buckling.
...".,,,.,I
Determine the reduction factor, Q, for slender elements =33.2 ksi
=
To detennine the reduction factor Q. use AISC Specification Section E7.2, wilh f Fen using
the minimum Fe, from the two precedi11g limit states. Determine the effectjve width, be, P" =F;,,A1 (Sp<e. Eq. E7- I . '
M~~~ -
=33.2 ksi(20.l in.2)
b=h
=d-2kdes
= 23.7 i:n.- 2(1.09 in.)
= 21.5 in.
=667 kips
The available compressive strength is:.

LRFD ASD
'
fil1-
b., = t.921
. fj
0 34
IIj-;;, b
1)"-/t
(b I
(Spec. Eq. E7- 17)
9cP,. = 0.90(667 kips)
=600 !tips'
Pn 661 kips
-=-----
nc . 1.67
=399 kips
I~ '
l
I

=1.92(0.415 in.) 29,000 ksi [1- 0.34 29,000 ksi < 21 5 in

34.5 ksi (~2.0)' 34.5 ksi - . . Second-Order Effects
.
'I

=18.7 in.'5,21.5 in.

Q,,=Ae (Spec. Eq. E7-16)

A,
=A, -tw(h-b~)
A,
_ 20. l in. 2 -0.4 15 in.(21.5 in.-18.7 in.)
- 20.1 in. 2 (Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
= 0.942

as= i.o
Q =QiQa
=1.0(0.942)
=0.942
IJ
ti .
5-128 BRACED FRAMES
-" 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED !'RAMES 5-1 2

rt 2 EJ
Pei "'"(K1L)2 (Spec. Eq. A-8-5) LRFO ASD I
2 4
1t (29.000ksi)(1,830 in. ) o.s12+!( 231 ltip-ft +o)=o.s21 o.539+~( 145 kip-ft + o)"' o.831
= ., 9 664 kip-ft 9 442kip-ft
[1.0{25.0 ft)(J2 inJfl)j
0.821 < 1.0 o.k. 0.831<1.0 o.k.
=5,820 kips

Cm = 1.0 because 1here is transverse loading

Available Shear Strength

LRFD ASD
From AISC Manual Tuble 3-2, the available shear strength is:

B1 - 1.0
t -[1.00(307 kips)/5,820 kips]
B1 - 1.0
LRFD ASD 1
- - I -[J.60(215 kips)/ 5.820 kipsJ
=l.06 = 1.06 vV11 =295kips>19.9 kips o.k. .!!!_ = 197 kips> 12.8 kips
nv
o.k

The B1 factor (P-5 effecc) need only be applied to the first-order momen1 with the structure
restrained against translation. The required fle.xural strength of Beam BM-1 according to the Width-to Thickness Umitations
analysis requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) and including second- According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.5a, beams in SCBF shall satisfy the
order effeets is determined from ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12..4.3.2 Load Combination 5 for requirements for moderately ductile members. From Table 1-3
of this Manunl, the W24x68
LRFD and ASD: satisfies the limiting width-to-thickness ratios and P,, and Pa are less chan the maximuiy1
permitted.
LRFD ASD

M,, = B1 (1.2+0.2Svs)Mo +Me,.
+ B1 0.5M l + 0.2.l'ds
= 1.06[!.2+ 0.2(l.O)j(l20: ~p-fl)
+ 0kip-ft+1.06(0.5)(100 kip-ft)
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
= 23 I kip-ft
Mo= B1(1.0+0.I4Svs)Mo +MH
+JfF+0.1Me.,,.
=1.06(1.0+ 0. 14(1.0)l(l20 kip-ft}
+O kip-ft+O kip-fi+0.7(0 kip-ft)
=145 kip-ft
Example 5.3.6. SCBF Column Splice Design
Given:
Design a fully welded splice between the third and fourth levels for the SCBF columr:
located on grid C in Figure 5-11. The column material is ASTM A992, the upper shaft is a
W12x45 and the lower shaft is a W12x96. The applicable building code specifies the use
of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of loads'.

The relevant seismic parameters were given in the SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
section.
Combined Loading
The required axial strengths of the columns due to dead (including curtain wall), live and
LRFD ASD
;I =215 kips
snow loads at the splice location are:

Ps =7.00 kips
1'~. P, 307 kips P, Pv =66.3 kips Pi= 18.8 kips
Pc 600 kips Pc 399 kips
The seismic component of Lhe required axial strength of the column due to code-specified
= 0.512 =0.539 seismic loads from the applicable .building code is:

Because P,fPc~ 0.2., th~ beam-column design is C-Ontrolle:I by the equation: Pal!.= 45.S kips

Assume that the ends of 1he C-Olumn are pinned and braced against translation for bolh l'-...
(Spec. Eq. Hl- Ja) x-x and y-y axes and the column moment produced by the gravity framing connection., '
negHg.ible.
5--130 BRACFD FRAMP.S .S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY DRACED FRAMF.S s. 131

Solution: PE..J. =307 kips(sin 45 ') + 8.84 kips

From AJSC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows: =226 kips (compression)
ASTh'f A992 PE..= 226 kips(sin45 )-8.84 kips
F1 =50ksi
= 151 kips (tension)
F,, =65 ksi
At this level, Exception 2(:1) for the column in AISC Seismic Provisio'ns Section F2.3 can be
From AlSC Manual Table ll, the geometric properties are as follows:
shown not to result in reduced forces; therefore the exception is not used.
W12x45
For comparison, the seismic component of the required axial strength of the column due to
A= 13.1 in. 2 d= 12.1 in. br= S.05 in. If= 0.575 in. code-specified seismic loads from the applicable building code is given as:
lw = 0.335 in. Zr - 64.2 in.3
PQr. =45.5 kips
W12x96
Z;r= 147 in. 3

Required Strength
l
..

AlSC Seismic Proi;i.sions Section F2.6d requires that SCBF column splices comply with
S~tion 02.5, which states that the required strength of column splices is the greater of (a)
the required strength of tbe colunms, including that determined from Chapters E, F, G and
\
H, and Section Dl.4a, or (b) the required strength determined using t.he load combinations Roof
stipulated in the applicable building code, including the amplified seismic load, but need not
e:xceed the W:Ltimum loads I.hat can be transferred to the splice by the system. Also, for &,
226 kips 307 kips
\
columns with net tension, three other specific conditions muse be satisfied, as stipulated jn '
Section D2.5b.
N ., /

The required axial strength of columns in SCBF frames is based on the expected strength of
Fourth
Level l8'~-~P.5; ~~~ ki~~
the braces, as defined in AJSC Seismic Pro~iswn.s Section F2.3. Example 5.3.2 provides a
desqipcion of this analysis. For the column at the lowest story, Example 5.3.3 illustrates the
determit)ation of the column force. For the splice location, only the braces at the top two sto
,,
550 kips "
444 kips

ries need to be considered.

Third
'/._______
From Example 5.3.2, with brace forces shown in Figure S-13 and Tables 5-1 nnd 5-2, the
expected tensile strength of the HSS6x0.312 brace between level 4 and the roof is:

P1ouion = 307 kips

Level
""' .:

From Example 5.3.2, in Tuble 5-2, the expected compressive scrength of the HSS6x0.312
brace berw~ level 4 and the roof is given as:

Pcampf~-MiDn = 226 kips

The vertical components of these brace expected strengths are transferred to the column. J\l
the fourth level, the brace forces at the beam midpoint connection arc carried across in beam Base
shear. The forces acting on the columns due 10 Lhe expec1cd s11Cngths of the braces arc ns
shown in Fig\Jre 5-19.
Fig. 5-19. SCBF column forcu for splice duign from E.xomple 5.3.3.
The axial force in the column u the splice location due to sei~mic load effeclS (including the
nmplified seismic load) is:
I J t
I
Using amplified seismic forces, this becomes:

PE..,,= n 0 PQ1
BRACED FRAMES
-;:'):'
I
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACl:.D FR.AMES

Required Flexural Strength

AISC Seismic Proviswns Section F2.6d requires the column splice to develop 50% of lhe
5-133

lesser available Oexural strength of the connected members. For simplicity, use the plastic
=2.0{45.5 kips) flexural strength, $1>.Mp (LRFD) or Mp/Qb (ASD).
=91.0 kips For the smaller column, W12x45, detennine the available flexural strength from AISC
The seismic component of the required strength of the column using the analysis require- Ma11ual Table 3-6:
ments of AJSC Seismic Proi:isic11S Sec~on F2.3 (226 kips compre.ssion and 151 !tips
tension) is greater than that detennined from the code-specified loads (91.0 kips tension or LRFD ASD .
compression). Therefore, use the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3 for design of the splice. <l>bM P :::; 241 kip-ft Mp =160 kip-ft
nb
Using the load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7, the required axial compressive strength of the
column is:
The required flexural strength of the splice is:

LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from

nov) .
o.so(M
ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Mu= 0.50(<?bMp) Ma=
(including the 0.5 factor on L pem1itted
in Section 12.4.3.2)
=0.50(241 kip-ft)
=0.50(160 kip-ft)
= 121 kip-ft
= 80.0 kip-ft
Pu =(l.2+0.2SDs)Pv +Ps,.. P0 =(l.O+O. l4Svs)fi>+ PH
+ 0.5Pi +0.2Ps +PF +0.1?,,,.. Assuming that the entire moment is taken through the flange splices, the required strength
= [I.2+ 0.2(1.0)](66.3 Jtips) =[l.0+0.14(1.0)](66.3 kips) of each flange splice is:
+ 226 kips+ 0.5(18.8 kips) + 0 kips+ 9_kips+0.7(226 kips) . ..
+ 0.2(7.00 kips) =234 kips LRFD ASD

= 330 kips R., = Mu I Ra=~

d-t1 \ d-11
The required axial tensile strength of the column is: = 121 kip-ft(l2 in./ft) 80.0 kip-ft(l2 in./fl)
12.1 in.-0.575 in. 12.l in. - 0.575 in.
LRFD ASD
=126 kips =83.3 kips -

LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from

ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 The available strength of each CJP groove welded flange splice is controlled by the base
metal strength according to AISC Specification Table J2.5. Thus, based on tension yielding
Pu = (0.9-0.2SDs)Pz> +PE..i. +1.6Py Pa =(0.6-0.14SDs)PD +0.1Pe,,.. +P1:1 of the flange from AI.SC Specification Section D2(a), the available strength of the CJP
=[0.9-0.2(1.0))(66.3 kips) = [0.6-0.14(1.0)j(66.3 kips) groove weld is:
+(-151kips)+1.6(0 kips) + 0.7(- 151 k.ips)+O kips
= - 105 kips =-75.2 kips LRFD ASD I
. -
(
As stated above, this splice is 10 be a welded splice. AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6d
Rn= 0.90F>bflf n=
Rn
FybJIJ /1.67
requires that groove welds must be complete-joint-penetration (OP) groove welds. = 0.90(50 ksi)(S.05 in.)(0.575 in.) =(50 ksi)(8.05 in.)(0.575 in.)/l .67
i, . \
.. Use CJP groove welds to splice the colwun flanges and web.
=208 kips> 126 kips o.k. =139 kips> 83.3 kips o.k.

., I
I A.\fERJCAN .!NS1TIV1ll OF Srm. CON$Tl\l1CTTON
.
 5-135
5-134 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECL<\.L CONCF.NTRICALLY BRACED FR.AfJIES

Required Shear Strength
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6d defines lhe required shear strength of the splice as
at least f.MpclHc (LRFD) or !Mpel( l.5Hc) (ASD), where !.Mpc is the sum of the nominal
plastic Oexural strengths of the columns above and below the splice, and He is the clear
height of.the column between beam connections. A CJP groove weld will be used.
Assume that the 12.5-ft story height is from top of steel to top of steel. The beam at the story
above the splice is a W27. Therefore, the approximate value for Ile is:
He =12.5 ft ~ (27 in.)(l ft/12 in.)
=l0.3 ft
'ZMJX::::: Fy (Zx ~, .+ Zx rop)
using the load combinations stipuJaccd in the applicable building code. includi~g 11ic a?'lpli-
fied seismic load. These additional requirements are: 1
(1) The available strength of partial-joint-pcnec.rntion (PJP) groove welded joints, if used,
shall be at least equal to 200% of the required strength.
(2) The avaiJnble strength for each flange splice shall be . at le!15t equal t_p 0-.5RyFybf'f
(LRFD) or (0.5/1.5) R1 Fybf'J (ASD).
(3) Where butt joints in column splices are made with CJP groove welds, when the tension
stress at any location in the smaJler flange exceeds 0.30F1 (LRFD) or 0.20Fy (ASD),
. tapered mmsitions are required between flanges of unequal thickness or width.
As detennined previously, the column is subjected to a net tensile load effect. .
Since there is net tension, the additional requirements must be met.
j{

=50 .ksi(l47 in. 3 +64.2 in.3 )(1 ft/12 in.) (1) AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5b{l) does not apply bec~use partial-joint-pene-
=880 kip-ft . tration (PJP) welds are not used.
(2) AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5b(2) requires that the available strength of each
The required shear strength of the splice is: flange splice be at least 0.5RyFybJ1f (LRFD) or (0.5!1.5)RyF1 b1t1 (ASD). With a CJP
groove weld, the available strength of the smaller flange can be developed, so this \
LRFD ASD requirement will be met.
(3) AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5b(3) requires tapered transitions when the tension ...:
l..Mpc 880 kip-ft r.lv/pc 880 kip-ft
--= --= stress in the smaller flange exceeds 0.30F1 (LRFD) and 0.20Fy (ASD) for butt joints
He 10.3 ft l.5Hc l.5(10.3 ft) with CJP groove welds. The tension stress over the cross section is: 1:
=85.4 kips =57.0 kips
;~
LRFD ASD
For the limit suite of shear yielding according to AISC Specification Section G2. the avail-
able shear strength of the W12x45 colwnn is: T., =-105 kips . Ta ' - 75.2
= . kips
Ag 13.l in.2 Ag 13.l in.2
LRFD ASD ::::: 8.02 ksi I
=5.74 ksi
\
R,. 0.6FyA,,.Cv 0.3F1 =0.3(50 ksi) ' 0.2F1 = 0.2(50 ksi)
cj>R,. = $0.6F1 AwCv -=
n 1.50 =15.0 ksi =10.0 ksi
= 1.00(0.6)(50 ksi)
= (1/l.50)0.60(50 ksi)
x(l2.l in.)(0.335 in.)(1.0) 8.02ksj<15.0 ksi 5.74 ksi < 10.0 ksi
x(l 2.1 in.)(0.335 in.)(1.0)
= 122 kips> 85.4 kips o.k.
= 81.l kips> 57.0 kips o.k.
Therefore, the requirements in AJSC Seismic ProvisioJ'!S Section D2.5b(3) need not be met.
,.
For the shear in the weak axis of the column, the column flanges of the smaller member
will easily be able to meet the required shear strength, since the Mp values for the columns Check Splice Location t~
The splice location satisfies the requirement in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section 02.Sa that
are smaller in this direction and the flange o.rea is sign.ificantJy larger than the web area jn
this case. the splice be located 4 ft or more away from the beam-to-column Oange connection.

The final connection design is shown in Figure 5-20.

Additional Requirements for Columns Subject to a
Net Tensile Load Effect
AISC Seismic Provisions Section 02.Sb has additional requirements for welded column
splices in which any portion of the column is subjected to a net tensile load effect dccem:tlned

AMERICAN INSTmm! OP Snia CONS'raVCTIOH

 5-136 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 Sl'F.ClAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES

ti
YnUll
=4.00 ft(6.50 fl){35.0 ft)
Example 5.3.7. SCBF Maximum Force Limited by
= 910 rt3
Foundation Uplift
' .
Given: ,
VioI oa -A =(.!.
"- 12
ft)(6.50 fl)(35.0 ft)

.,
r Some of the sections in the AISC Seismic Pro~isions allow the required strength of certain
members or components to be limited by the forces corresponding to a maximum force that
=152 ft3
can be delivered by the system. One example is AISC Seismic Provisions Section P'2.3,
Exception (2)(b), which states that the required strength of the column need not exceed the V,tob ow ltUll =(~ n)(6.SO ft){35.0 ft)
forces corresponding to lhe resistance of the foundation to overturning uplift. The max.imum
=75.8 fl3
' I

force that can be delivered is the force required to overturn the foundation. The use of
Section P2.3 Exception (2)(b) will be illustrated in this example. Usipg the densities given, the weights of the mat, soil and slab are:
Refer to the SCBF eleva1ion shown in Figure 5-21. Determine the maximum force Lh:u cam
be delivered to (:olumn CL-1 based on the foundation uplift resistance of the system. The W,,.a, =910 ft 3 (1so lb/ft3)1(1,000 lb/kip)
seismic loads at each floor are given in Figure 5-21. Assume a concrete density equal to = 137 ltips
150 lb/ft3 and a soil density equal to 100 lb/ft. 3 As given in Example 5.3.3 for !he SCBF
column design, the column fore~ at the base from gravity and snow loads are: PD= 147
=
~~~ ~
kips, PL= 60.0 kips, Ps 7.00 kips. The relevant seismic parameters were given in the
SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section.

. ....:..----i~
25'-0"
Solution:
91 kips
Dead Load Resistance to Overturning Roof
The volumes of the mat, soil and slab are:

ct_ Upper and lower Fourth

column shaft Level

f,.1 W12x45
Third
Level -
57 kips

30 kips

"I,; Weld access hole per

~.. AJSC Specification
. Section J1 .6 (typ.)
l {
W12x96
(~ 1
25'-0"
Note: Erection aids not shown for clarity.
fig. 5 .21. SCBF elevation and foundation.
Fig. 5-20. SCBF coltu11n splice designed in Example 5.3.6.
AMEJUC/\N ~STl"IVTS OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
 S-139
.5-138 BRACED FRAMES ..: S.3 SPECl.AL CONCP.NTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

3 3
" The overturning momenl caused by the seismic loads given in Figure 5-21, and including
Wsoll over 11111 1 = l 52 ft (100 lb/ft ) I (1,000 lb/kip)
ovcrstrength, is:
=15.2 kips
3 3
Me,.,. :dloL;./ih;
Wslab over""''= 75.8 ft ( 150 lb/ft ) I (1,000 lb/kip) _ l30.0 kips(l 4.0 ft)+ 57 .0 kips(26.5 ft)+ 84.0 kips(39.0 ft)l
=11.4 kips 20
- + 91.0 kips(5 l.5 ft)

Summing moments at the extreme lower right comer of the mat allows estimation of the = 19.800 kip-fl
maximum moment required to overturn the foundation. For convenience, use the concept of an effective oversirength factor, n~. determined as
follows:
Dead live Snow Moment Resisting Resisting Resisting
ASD
Load Load load Ann Moment (0) Moment (L) Moment (S) LRFD
Element kips kips kips ft kip-ft kip-ft kip-ft
n;= Me n o
Cone. Mat 137 - - 17.5 2,400 - - no, =---
Me Q
0
Me.,.
Me_.
Soil over Mat 15.2 - - 17.5 266 - - =20.200 kip-ft (2.0)
Slab over Mat 11.4 - - 17.5 200 - - = 12,300 kip-ft (2.0)
19,800 k.ip-ft
19,800 kip-ft
Column Cl-2 147 60.0 7.00 5.00 735 300 35.0
=2.04
Column CLl 147 60.0 7.00 30.0 4,410 1,800 210 =1.24
}; - - - - 8,010 2,100 245 From Ex.ample 5.3.3. the seismic component of the required column streo~th .based. on the
=
seismic loads is Pa 248 kips in tension or compression. Rather than amplifying this force
The (;Ont.rolling load combinations (for compression in the column) that include seismic load by n = 2.0 as sh~\vo in Exnmple 5.3.3, it could instead be amplified by. 1.24 (LRFD)
axe ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5 for LR.FD and Load Combination 6
0
or 2.04 (ASD) as allowed by AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3 Excepuon (2)(b). For \
. for ASD. Setting the ovenurn.ing moment, ME, equal to the resisting moment in these load determining the required ax.ial compressive strength, the controlling load combinations that
combinations, the overturning moment required t0 cause uplift of the foundation is: include seismic load are ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5 for LRFD and

LRFD ASD
Load Combination S for ASD.

ASD
l
LRFD I
(l.2+0.2Sos)Mo +Me +0.5ML
+ 0.2Ms =0
(1.0+ 0.105Sos )Mo +0.525M E
+0.75ML +0.75Ms =0
The required axial compressive strength
of the column is:
The required axial compressive strength
of the column is: !
Me =1-[i.2+0.2(1.o)]MD- o.5MLI
i'.fe=
1{-[L0+0.105(1.0)]Mv I Pu =(l.2+0.2Sos)PD + n~PQe P0 =(1.0 + 0.105Sos)Po +0.5250~Pa.-
-0.2Ms - 0.15ML -0.75Ms }/0.525 + 0.75PL +0.75P,
_ + 0.5P,. +0.2P, . "
-(1.2+0.2(1.0))(8,010 kip-ft) = (1.0 + 0.105(1.0))(i 47 kips)
{-1.105(8,010 k.ipft) =(1.2+0.2(1.0)](147 kips)
= - 0.5(2,100 kip-ft)
- 0.2(245 kip-ft)
::: - 0.75(2,100 kipft)
I - 0.75(245 kip-fi)}/0.525
+ 1.24(248 kips)+ 0.5(60.0 kips)
+ 0.2(7 .00 kips)
+ 0.525 (2.04)(248 kips)
+ 0.75(60.0 kips)+ 0.75(7 .00 kips)
I
!

= 12,300 Jc.ip-ft = 545 kips =478 kips

= 20,200 kip-ft

The overturning moment required to cause uplift of the foundation, Me. should be compared
~o the overturning moment caused by the seismic loads including overstrength, ME.,.. If ME
is less than Me_.. then the seismic component of the required column force in Example 5.3.3
could be reduced by the ratio of those moments.
For determining the required axial t.ensile strength of the column, ASCEJSEl 7 S~~on
12.4.3.2 Load Combination 7 for LRFD and Load Combination 8 for ASD apply. A suru.lar
approach is used to calculate the maximum tension force in the column ~ue to foundauon
uplift. Re-calcufating Me for the governing load combination for tension m the column: .J
"-'
 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACl!t> FR.AM-e5
BRACED FRAMES

... l LR.FD ASD

Relevant seismic design parameters were given in lhe SCBF Design E."<ample Plan and
~ Elevation section.
(0.9-0.2Sos) Mo +Mc= 0 (0.6-0.14Sos)M 0 +0.1Me -0 The complete connection design is shown in Figure 5-22.

I Mc =l-I0.9-0.2(1.0)]Mol
=l-[0.9-0.2(1.0)j(S,010 kip-ft)!
ME =l-[0.6-0. 14(1.0)]Mo/0.71
=l-0.46(8,010 kip-ft)/0.71
Solution:
From AlSC Manual Tables 2-4 ansl 2-5. the material prop<!rties are es follows:

I. = 5,610 kip-ft =5,260 kip-fl ASTh1A36

F1 =36 ksi
Use an effective over:.trength factor, similar to I.be compression case, calculated as: F., - 58 ksi

LR.FD ASD

n~-
0 -
Mc fl 0 0 0,.._
-
Ms Q
0
ME.,. . ME,..
= 5,610 k.ip-fi (2.0) = 5,260 kip-fl (2.0) HSS6x0.312 brace
19,800 kip-fl 19,800 kip-fl
=0.567 =0.531

. . LRFD ASD '

The required axial tensile strength The required .Wal tensile strength
of the column is: of the column is:
11
P., =(0.9-0.2So.))P.o + n; P<a Pa= (0.6-D.14Sos)P.o +o.1n;PQ

~.
=[0.9-0.2(L0}j(147 kips) = [0.6-0.14(1 0)}(147 kips)
+ 0.567(- 248 kips) + 0.7(0.531)(-248 kips)
=-37.7 kips =-24.6 kips

As Stated in the Exception to AJSC SeiSmic Provisions Section F2.3, the required strength
of the columns does not need to exceed the forces corresponding to the resistance of the
foundation to overturning uplifl These forces are smaUer than. the required strengths of the
column as determined in Ex:imple 5.3.3, and could have been used as the required strengths
for tbe design of the column.

I: Flat Bar 1!7"lt1~

..
t Example 5.3.8. SCBF Brace-to-Beam Connection Design (A572 Gt. 50)
~-: (1-NS. 1-FS)
Given:
Refer to Joint IT- I in_Figure 5-11. Design the connection between the braces and the beam
Use :m ASTM A36 welded gussel plate concentric to the .braces Md 70.ksi electrode:. to
connect the bmces to the beam. Use ASTM A572 Grade '50 material for braec reinforcement.
All bmces m ASTM A500 Grade B round HSS ao<l the beam is an ASTM A.992 W27x114.
The appUcable buildjng code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculatiOJl of loads.
Fig. 5.zz. Futal conru:ction tksignfor Example 5.3.8.

AJ.tEIUC~ 11'1~ OP Sn:J!l.. COH5lllUCTION

1
 5-142
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-143

ASTM A500 Grade B

Therefore:
Fy =42 ksi l
F.., =58 ksi P,,,.Jton =RyFyAg ~
ASTMA992 =1.4(42 ksi)(s.22 in.1)
Fy =50ksi .)
- ; ,p.: =307 kips
Fu= 65 ksi . "'
. For the braces above the beam, the required strength of the bracing c~nnection when the
From AISC Manual Tables 1-1 and 1-13, the geometric properties are as follows: brace is in tension is:
-
Brace (above the beam) ASD
LRFD
HSS6x0.312
fncm =0.312 in. =0.291 in. P., =l.OE,,,Jt Pa= 0.7Emh
tc1es A= 5.22 in.2 r=2.02 in.
=LO (307 kips) =0.7(307 kips)
Brace (below the beam)
=307 !Ops =215 kips
HSS6.875x0.500
fnom =
0.500 in. Ide: =0.465 in. A= 9.36 in.2 r = 2.27 in. For the HSS6.875x0.500 b r ace below the beam:
Beam
W27x114 Ptmnon =RyFyAg
2
d = 27.3 in. lw =0.570 ln. fJ = 0.930 in. k.ks =. 1.53 in.
= 1.4(42 ksi)(9.36 in. )
""550 kips
AISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism analyses:
that must be considered in determining the required stren8th of beams, columns and con- For the braces below the beam, the required strength of th~ ~m1ci.ng c~nnecti?ll wh~u the
nections. AISC Seismic Pr.ovisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing brace is in tension is: . ; ". ' . .
connections. for the required compressive strength, Section F2.6c(2) has an additional 1.1
factor (relative to the requirements of Section F2.3) applied to the required strength of Uie LRFD ASD
connection. -
For these SCBF connection examples, the .requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
Pw =l.OEmh Pa= 0.7,,,h
'~' r
.
=LO (550 kips) = 0.7(550 kips)
Sections B2 and F2.3 will: be used for both LRFD and ASD, except for the limit state of \

=385 kips
compression .buc~ing on the Whitmore section, "which will use the 1.1 factor specified in
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2}.
= 550 kips \
j
lbe required strength of the bracing connection due to seismic loading is based on ASCFJ
SEI 7 ~ection 12.43.2 Load Combination 5 (LRFD and ASD) with 0 0 0 = Em11, as dis-
Determine the expected strength in compression of the braces
'

for detennining the expected strength of.the brace in coripr~~s~.on, RyFY. is ~s~d)n liyu of
l
...

.
cussed m AISC Seismic Prpvisions- Section P2.3.
Fy-for the dete~tion o{ Fcre a~cording, t~ AJ;~C Seismic Provisi~tp .Sect_J.on F2.3. The
brace length usep for the.detennination. ~f Fcremust notexcee? .tbe distance from brace end
Determine the expected tensile strength of the braces to brace end. Estimate that the length of the connections will reduce the brace length to 1
The brace connections must be designed to develop the larger force.s determined from the approximately 12 ft. This will be verified once th.e connection is ~mplete. Th_erefore, a .
two analyses specified in .AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3. The required tensile length- of 12 ft. will be used to detennine the brace expected strength m compressJon. . .. J
strength of the connection ill based on the expected strength.
. . . For the HSS6x0.312 br3ce above the beam:
For the HSS6x0.312 brace above the beam:
Use AlSC Specifica!Wn Chapter.E with F., = RyFy to determine Pere. as follows:
From AISC Sei~mic Provisio(IS Table A3. l:
KL 1.0(12.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
Ry= 1.4 -=
r - 2.02 in.
:= 71.3

...
 5-144
BRACF-D FRAMES 5.3 SPECTAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRi\MES s-1.;s

.... 1 4.71JR EF =4.71

1 1
29,000 ksi
1.4{42 ksi)
If For the braces above the beam, the required st.renglh of the bracing connection when I.be
brace is in compression at its post-buckling strength is:
~
=105
LR.FD ASD

When: KL $; 4 .7JJR EF : Pu ==-1.0ErnJi P,,=0.7Emh

r 1 1 =1.0 (67 .8 kips) = 0.7(67.8 kips)
! =47.5 kips
:I 1t2E =67.8 kips
f't=-- (Spec. Eq. E3-4)
(~Lr For the HSSG.875x0.500 brace below the beam:
;
2
t _ 7t (29,000 ksi) KL 1.0(J 2.0 ft){l 2 in.lft)
..::. - (71.3)2 -=
T 2.27 in .
= 56.3 ksi ::::63.4
........
: =105.
:
F.n"[0.658 . jn,F, (from Spec. Eq. E3-2)
As caJculatcd previously, 4.7lJ E
RyFy

1.1l i)) KL ~
f
= 0.658 sm,; (1.4)( 42 ksi ) When -~4.71
T
--:
R)Fy
=38.0 ksi
rr.2E (Spec. Eq. E3-4)
The e~pected compressive strength of the braces above the beam is: F.---
e-(~Lr
Pco.,,,pns.rion = 1. 14 Fcr~Ag
= 1.14(38.0 ksi)(5.22 in. 2 ) n 2 (29,000 ksi)
(63 .4)2
= 226 kips
=71.2 ksi \
And the expected post-buckling strength is: \
I

0.3?.:omprmion =0.3(226 kips) (from Spec. Eq. E3-2)

=67.8 kips
...{d ... ,

For th: _braces abov~ th.e beam, the required strength of the bracing connection when the = 0.658~ 1(1.4)(42 ksi)
[

brace ism compression is based on Em1t equal to the lesser of R F. A and 1 l 4F: A d =41.6 ksi
ing to AISC s p . . Y 1 g ere 1 accor
. . e!S.m1c rovis1ons Section P2.3; therefore, use,,,,.= 226 kips.
f The expected compressive strength of the braces below the beam is:
f.. The required strength is:
Pcompr~sslon = I. l4Fc,.Ag
LRFD ASD = 1.14(41.6 ksi)(9.36 in.
2
)
P,, - I.OE,,.,, Pa= 0.7...J, =444 kips
=LO (226 kips) =0.7(226 kjps)
~ And the expected post-buckling strength is:
>! =226 kips = 158 kips
~
!
...
0.3Pto11iprmi<>1t::: 0.3(444 ldps)

., I
l:,, ' J
=133 lcips
('
 5- 146
BRACED FRAMES. 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5- 147 l
Por ihe braces below the be~, the required strength of the bracing connection when the Top Brace-to-Beam Connection
brace is in compression is based on Ent11 equal to the lesser of R1 FyA1 and 1.14FcreA accord! Tue required tensile strength of the connection is based upon RyFyAg of the braces as stip-
1
=
ing to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3; therefore. use E,,.,, 444 kips. ulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(l). All limit states applicable to tension or
compression in lhe brace must be checked.
LRFD ASD '
I',, = I .OEmJo Pa -:::.0.7EmA Determine the minimum length, I, required for the brace-gusset lap
= 1.0 (444 kips) = 0.7(444 kips)
The limit state of shear J\Jpwre in the brace wall is used to deternUne the minimum brace-
gusset lap length. Note that lhe expected brace rupture strength, R,F"' may be used in the
=444 kips =311 kips
determination of lhc available strength according to AISC Seimtic Provisions Section A3.2. 1
For the br~s below the beam, the required strength of the bracing connectfon when the Using AJSC Specification Section 14.2, including R1 from AISC Seismic Provisions Table
brace is in compression at its post-buckling strength is: A3.1:

LRFD
R,= l.3
ASD
Pu= l.OEmh
=1.0 (133 kips)
Pa =0.1Emn
= 0.7(133 kips)
(from Spec. Eq. J4-4)

In this equation, Anv is taken as the cross-sectional area of the four walls of the brace,
l
= 133 kjps
=
Anv 4lt.us. Therefore:
= 93. 1 kips
Rn= 0.60R,Fu(41t,us) t
.....
The lwo sets of forces are shown in Figures 5-23 and 5-24. ~ i

226 kips (LRFD) 307 kips (LRFD)

58Jcips(ASO) 215kips (ASD) ' / 67.8 kips (LRFO) 307 kips (LRFrO)
compression) (tension) / """ ~ 7.5 kips (ASO) 215 kips (ASO)
(tension)
"~)
..

:
l

....,,,
ki~s (l.RFD)
/ ~50 (LRFO~
/.650 444 klps (l.RFO""
385 kips (ASD) 311 kips (ASO) kips (IBFO) 133 kips
(tomion) (compression) iss kips (ASO)
(tension)
93.1 kips (ASOl
(compresslon)
"""'

Fig. 5-23. Required strength of bracing connections according to Fig. 5-24. Requirtd st~ngth of bracing con11eclicns according to
A/SC Seismic Provisions Sectioa F2.3(i). A/SC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii).
 5-148 BRACED FRAMES
.
.... -
5.3 SPECIAL coi-:cENTRJw\l.1.Y BRACED FRAMES
S-149

~= .
Since the gross sheru- area, Agv. and the net sbenr area, A,,.,, are equal in this case, the shear
Setting Lhe aV".i.ilable shear rupture strenglh equal to the required censile strenglh and sotv:
ing for the minimum lap length, /: yielding component, 0.60F_,A1,,, is smaller than the shear rupture component, 0.60FuAm.. and
\. l.
t. .,. the right side of the ~untion controls.
LRFD ASD ..
Pu OPa
l~ l~ 0.60F1 Agv =0.60F1 (2)1tp
$(0.60)R,F;, (4tJu) 0.60RrF..(41deJ)
307 kjps 2.00(2 15 kips) - = 0.60(36 ksi){2)(15.0 in.)(tp)
~ ~ I

0.75(0.60)(1J)(58 ksi)(4)(0.291 in.) 0.60(1.3)(58 ksi)(4)(0.291 in.) = 648/p

: I
:. ~ 8.17 in.
~7.77 in.
UbsFuAnt =1.0F,.Dbraulp
:.I
,
.
:.
Note that this length is the minimum required for !he limit state of shear rupture in the
brace wall. A longer length may be used when designing the fillec welds between the brace
=l.0(58 ksi)(6.00 in.)(tp)
=348/p
and the gusset plate, if desired, to allow a smaller fillet weld siz.e as is implemented in the
following. LRFD ASD

Rn =0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAnt <:::Pa

Size the weld between the brace and the gusset plate $R11 =0.75(0.60f'.vAgY+Ub,F.,,f\,i,) ~Pu n n
The s~en~th of fillet welds defined in AlSC Specijicarion Section J2 can be simplified, as
explained in Pan 8 of the AISC Manual, to AISC 1\-lanual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b: 307 kips 2.00(215 kips)
tp ~ 0.75(648 kip/in.+348 kip/in.) Ip~ (648 kip/in.+348 kip/in.)

~
LRFD ASD ~ 0.432 in.
~0.411 in.

I 0.928DI
Check required gusset width and thickness based on the limit state
1
Try A-in. fillet welds for the four lines of weld, which can be made in a single pass: of tensile yielding
Tensile yielding is checked on a section of the gusset plate commonly ~ferred to as tJ~e
Whitmore section. This section is explained in AISC Manual Part 9 (Figure 9-1) and m
LRFD ASD Thornton and Lini (2011). Because the'. widtb and thickness of the gusscl plate have not yet
4(0.928)D/ <::: P0 been chosen, the minimum area will be-. determined for this limit stale. The nominal tensile
4(1.392)Dl <::: P,,
yielding strength is:
307 kips 215 kips (Spec. Eq. J4-l)
l~ l <:::
4(1.392 kjp/in.)(4 sixteenths) 4(0.928 kip/in.)(4 sjxteenths)
<:::13.8 in. ~ 14.5 in. ASD
LRFD

t The designs in lRFD and ASD give slightly differenl required lengths of ~eld. For con- QR. ~P,. -Rn.Q <?:Pa
~- venience, the more conservative result will be used in subsequent calcula1ions and in I.he
final design. ln practi~, designers should consistently use one Jllethod or the other. P,. OPa
fp\Vp~-
tpWp ~--
j;
i:.
I
Use (4) 15-in. long. \4-in. fillet welds to connect the brace above the beam to the gusset plate. QFy
307 kips
F.,
~ 1.67(215 kips)
.
~
Check block shear rupture of the gusset plate 0.90(36 ksi) 36 ksi I
The available strength for the limh state of block shear rupture is: <?: 9.48 in.
2 ;::. 9.97 in. 2 . _J
I

R,, = 0.60F11 A11 v +UbsFuAn.1~0.60F,,A1v +UbsFuAni (Spec. Eq. 14-5)

~:
;:: I AMf.RlCJIH b-ISTllVTl! OP S'Jlll!l. CONSTRUCTION

I..
5-150

Using 3 gap of 1,1'6 in. on each side of the brace slot to alJ~v clearance for erection:
A gmset plate IA-ill be chosen that has a width on the Whitmore section, wp. of 12 in. and a
thickness, tp. of~ in. This meets the minimum required gusset plate thickness for the Ii niit A,, = 5.22 in.2 -2[* in.+2(Yi6 in.)j(0.291 in.)
state of block shear rupture calculated previously.
=- 4 .64 in.2
Check that the bracing connection can accommodate brace buckling From A tSC Specification Table 03.1, Case 5. because I> l.3D, U = 1.0, and the effective
according to A/SC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) net area is:
The requirements of AISC Stismic Provisions Section P2.6c(3) 3re met through the use
of option (b): rotation capacity. As e.'tpl3ined in the U~r Note of that se~tion and in the ~ =1.0(4.64 in.2 )
Commentary Figure CF2.9, accommodation of inelastic rotation is accomplished with the
bnice tenninating before the line of restraint. Figure 5-22 shows the 2r clearance beyond the =4.64 in.2
end of the brace. race reinforcement is required. The approxilllate area of reinforcement
Because A < A g b red
d A th area remoYe<l but the position of the reinforcement w1I1 uce to
u
The choice of a relatively small Whitmore ~ction resuJts m a tapered gu~~et, which i'I ben- requm: ' ,,., lS e ' ._,. be b . d
less than 1.0 be.cause of its position. The required area of reuuorcement can o ta1ne
eficial because it allows the brace to be located closer to the beam while stilJ accommodating
brace rotation by providing a 2t clearance per AfSC Sejsmic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) and from: (An +Am) U ~ Ag
Commentary. Assuming a value of U = 0.80:

Check the maximum Whitmore section A,

Am =Q.80-A.,
As explained in AISC Manual Part 9, the maximum width of the Whitmore section that can
be considered effective is defined by a 30" spread to each side, but not exceeding the nctual =5.22 in.2 _ 4.6-i in.1
width of the gusset plate. To make sure tbat the 12.0 in. width chosen previously can be cnn- 0.80
sidercd effective in tension, check the maximum Whitmore section.
=l.89 in.2
Wp S Dbraa + 2L tan30. x 1 1n nat bMS with 3 total area of 2.00 in.1 AlSC Seismic Provisions Section
Try two 1 10. be t
S 6.00 io.+2(15.0 in.)tan30 = 23.3 in. F2.5b(J)(i) re~ that the specified .mini.mum yield strength of the reinforcement a

12.0 in. ~ 23 .3 in. o.k.

ie:st lhat 1of the brace; f.herefore, use ASTM A572 Grade 50 material for the Oat bar. The
cross-sectional geometry is shown in Figure 5-25.
Therefore, tbe 12 in. width and * in. tluckness for the gusset plate chosen previously is
acceptable. Dbroc lui ,
r1 =-2-- l \
The actual angle of the gusset edge, measured relntive to the centerline of !he brace, is: ~
6.00 in. 0.291 in.
=~- 2
,,. - tan -l[~(ll'p-Dbrace)]
,.. _
=2.85 in.
I
1.00 in.
=ran-i['h02.0 in.-6.00 in.)]
Dbrac
r2=--+~
2
=11.3
15.0 in.

Note: I.his angle I.hat is smaller than the Whitmore section angle of 30" provides a more com-
6.00 in. 1.00 in.
=-i-+~
=3.50 in.
I
.:<

pnct gusseL
The distance to tho centroid of a pnrtial circle is given by: l
Check brace effective net area
From AISC Sti.rmic Provisions Section F2.5b(3), the br.ice effective net llJ"Ca, A., shall not
be less than the brace gross area, A1 .
.... ,
 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

where the total arc of the partial circle is 20 and 0 is meas ed d. I

bra l"gh I I ' ur m ra 1ans. A though th~ . From AJSC Specification Table 03.1, Ci:ise 2, which applies to round JJSS with reinforce-
I Y ess th~ a ~I half-circle because of the slot :is shown io Figure 5-25, use ~..
1
ce is s
.mot added:
: angle, 0, of rt/2 for s1mphc1ry. This is slightly unconservative for calculating the value of
e shear lag factor, U. A more precise calculation could be perfonned using the exact angle, x
U=l--
1
Xbrace =2. 85 ID. sin(tt/2} rad)
. ( _......_.;.....,,'----
=
_ 2.32 in.
{rc/2) rad 1
15.0 in.
= l.81 in.
=0.845

An = An(broce) +Arn
=3.50 in.
=4.64 in.2 + 2(1.00 in.)(1.00 in.)
Detennine xfor the composi1e cross section.
=6.64 in. 2

Part
x .
A
2
xA Ae =UAn
' in. 111. in. 3
=0.845(6.64 in. 2 )
i
1? Half of brace 1.81
One flat bar 3.50
2.32 4.20 =5.61 in.2 > 5.22 in.2 o.k.
1.00 3.50
.E - 3.32 7.70 Design welds connecting (fat bars to brace
According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3)(ii), the flat b:ir must be connected
- I.xA
x=-- to the pipe brace to develop the exp~ted strength of the flat bar on each side of the reduced

f J
=
LA
7.70 in. 3
3.32 io. 2
section (the expected yield strength, RyFy. is used here). The reduced section is the length
of the HSS from the extent of the slot (dimension x of Figure 5-22) to the start of the HSS-
to-gusset weld. The required strength of the weld is based on the expected flat bar yield
strength, using R7 from AISCSeismic ProvisionsTab1eA3.1 for ASTM A572 Grade SO bars.
=-2.32 in.
For ASD, use 1.0/1.5 of the expected strength of the flat bar reinforcement.

LRFD ASD
I
RyFyAfl, =d.l(SO ksi)(t.oo in.2 ) I
I R1 FyAJb I 1.5 =1.1 (50 ksi )(1.00 in. 2 ) 11.5
-
.- = 55.0 kips =36.7 !Gps
;:. There is a small gap of approximately 0.041 in. between the face of the pipe brace ~d the
edge of the Ont bar, as indicated in Figure 5-25. Since this is less than 1116 in., it can be neg-
lected according to AWS Dl.l clause 5.22.1. A single-pass 16in. fillet weld can be used.

With two welds, the length of Y.6-in. fillet welds connecting the flat bar to the brace is deter-
mined from AJSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b as follows:

LR.FD ASD

1 _ 55.0 kips lw = 36.7 kips

"' - 2(1.392 kipfm.}(5 sixteenths) 2(0.928 kipfm.)(5 sixteenths)

Fig. 5-25. Cross section of brace abo1e ben. at ne1 sec11on.

..__=_3_._9S_i_n._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.__=_3_.9_s_m.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ J'
~11

AMEIUCAN 1NSTITUT8 OF STEEL CONSTRUCTJON

 .O~l\\.J;:)J !KAM.SS 5.3 SPl:.L:lAL. l.UN(...J::.N 1Ki\..ALI...'X U.KA\..tlJ rK.AMi::.=>

Use a l in. x l in. flat bar with 16-in. fillet welds; the derail extends past both sides of lli~ Determine the forces at the gusset-to-beam interface
reduced section of the brace.
Based on I.be required tensile strength of the bracing connection (which is larger than the
The flat bar fillet weld develops the expected strength of the bar on each side of lhe end of required compressive strength), the shear force at tbe interface of lhe gussec with the beam
the brace slot. The brace slot may be longer than the slot length by a maximum erection flange is:
clear.ince of x inches (see Figure 5-22), as detenni.ned by the fabricator. The length of the
=
flat bar wilJ be 4.00 in. + 4.00 in. + x in. 8.00 in. + x in.
1--~~~-LRFD
~~~~--t~~~~-AS_D~~~~,. t
Check the gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section
Vu =307 kips(cos45) Va =215 kips(cos45)
From Figure 5-22, the buckling length, which is taken along the brace centerline {Dows well. =217 ldps = 152 kips I'
=
2006), is lb 8.00 in. (Example 5.3.10 provides an equation for calculating the length of
~ck.ling; h:re it is detem1ined graphically.) AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2) spec- The nonnal (tension) force is:
1~es a required compressive strengrh for buckling limit states that is at least equal to J.1
times the expected brace strength in compression for LRFD. The stress over the \Vbitmore
section, using the 'Whltmore width of 12.0 in., is:
LRFD ASD
~
LRFD
Nu= 307 kips(sin45)
=217 kips
Na= 215 kips(sin45)
=152 kips I
f; _ I. 1(226 kips)
0 f; _ 1.l (158 kips)
ASD

The contact length between the gusset plate and the beam top flange, as shown in Figure
i
t
" - 12.0 iu.('Vs in.) aa -
12.0 in.(* in.) 5-22, is 21.0 in. and the brace line of action tnisses the centroid of the contact length by 1.5 }i
= 23.7 ksi = 16.6 ksi in. due to the incre<ising width of the gusset plate. Therefore, the moment on the contact sur- .
face is:
The radius of gyration of the gusset plate !s:
LRFD ASD
r=iii t
M,, =Nu(l.5 in.) Ma-= Na (1.5 in,)
:.i in.
=m = 217 kips(l .5 in.)
=326 kip-in.
= 152 k.ips(l.5 in.)
= 228 kip-in.
=0.253 in.

Recommended values for the effective length factor, K, are given in DowsweU (2006).
Check the gusset and design the weld at the gusset-to-beam flange interface
However, that paper doea not address t!1e case Of a single gusset plate with the 2t clearance
The forces are:
to accommodate brace buckling [called anextended" gusset plate io DowsweU (2006)].
Therefore, in this case, use K = 1.2 from AISC Specification Commentary Table C-A-7.1 I
assuming that the gusset plate is fixed at one end and free to translate but not rotate at ilbe LRFD ASD
other. With 1,, = L:
Shear Vu =217 kips =152 kips
KL l.2(8.00 in.)
-=------'- Normal Nu =217 kips Normal Na =152 kips
, 0.253 in. Moment M., =326 kip-in. MomentMa=228 kip-.i_n.
=37.9

Interpolating from AlSC Manual Table 4-22: The momenl, Mu or Ma, and the nonnal force, N., or Na, can be combined to give an equiv-
alent normal force, Nu,q11 tv or Na#qufv This equivalent tension assumes a plastic stres~
distribution for the moment, Mu or M0 , which is similar to the stress distribution in the welt!
LRFD ASD assumed in the inelastic method of the AlSC Manual Part 8 eccentrically loaded weld group
tables. On one half of the contact length, the srress due to the normal force, N., or Na. anc'
$cFcr =30.0 ksi > 23.7 ksi o.k. Fer =20.0 ksi > 16.6 ksi the srress due to the moment are additive. On the other half, !he stresses are in oppositt
o.k.
nc
 5-156
BR.ACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCAU.Y BRACED FRAMES

directions. For convenience of calculations, one of the forces in lhe force couple (du t the .
moment, M~ or Ma) is i~agined reversed so the enti.re cont<1c1 surface is in uniform ~e~ion LRFD ASD
or compression. The equ1valent normal force is:
The design shear yielding stress from The allowable shear yielding stress from
LRFD
.. AlSC Specification Section J4.2 is: AlSC Specification Section 14.2 is:
ASD
N,,,l/ldv =N,, + 4M,, Natquiv = N a +
4Mo 0.60Fy= 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)
0.601-~
--=
0.60(36 ksi) . \

lb -- n 1.50
=21.6 ksi > 11.s ksi o.k.
.."..
~!

.,
,
=217 kips+ 4(326 kip-in.)
21.0 in.
'"
= 152 kips+ 4(228 kip-in.)
= 14.4 ksi > 8.27 ksi o.k.

~~ 21.0 in .
=279 kips = 195 Jcips Size gusset-to-beam weld
~~ The angle of the resultant force can be calculated and used in the directional strength
f: The gusset stresses are:
~-
increase of fil1e1 welds according to AISC Specification Equation J2-5 as follows:

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

In tension
In cension 1
~:""') S=tao -J(Natqui\)
---
f ua z:: NH9ui . /. _ Na;qui
9= t:in - ( N..
Va
. tplb . aa----
tplb = tan _ 1 ( 279 kips) =Ian -I ( 195 kips)
=
279.kips
195 kips - 217 kips 152 kips
o~ in.)(21.0 in.) = = 52.1 =52.1
(~ in.)(2 1.0 in.)
=15.2 ksi =10.6ksi AISC Specification Section J2.4 :illows an increase in lhe available strength of fillet welds
The design tcn~ile yielding stress from
The allowable tensile yielding stress from when lhe angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis, which is used in lhe fol-
AISC Specification Section J4.1 is:

__
AISC Specification Section 14.1 is: lowing calculation.

q,Fy= 0.90(36 ksi) F.., 36 ksi

-..:..::;: The weld ductility factor, equal to 1.25, which is explained in AlSC Mw1ual Part 13. is
I = 32.4 ksi > 15.2 k si o.k.
Q 1.67 applied here. Using AlSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the m1mber of sixteenths of fil-
let weld required is:
= 2 l.6 ksi > J0.6 ksi o.k.
\

LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
Drtq'd 2: D,~qJ 2:
In shear In shear
l.25~N;,9.,,.., +VJ 1.25~N';,quiv + v;
JllY = v.. fav = Va 2(1.392kip/in.)(l + 0,5sin 1s 9)(lb) 2(0.928 kip/ in.)(1+0.5sinl.S 0)(lb)
tplb
t plb
217 kips
=(~ in.)(21.0 152 kips L25~(279 kips)2 +(217 kips)2 2
;: l.25J(195 ldps) +{152 ldps)
2

in.) =
Oi i.n.)(21.0 in.) 2(1.392 kip/in.)(l.35)(21.0 in.) 2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.35)(2 l .O in.)
~-
"
:i.
=11.8 ksi =8.27 ksi = 5.60 sixtcenlhs =5.87 sixteenths
:~; '

An alternative fully plastic approach to Uie gusset-to-beam stresses is shown in the follow-
.'(:... ing cnJculations and presented in lhe !BC Sm1cturoVSeismic Design Manual (SEAOC'
..."
:~ 2006), where lhe normal and bending stresses are assumed to act over separate portions of

AMERICAN lNSTlTVT!l OF STEa. CONSTRUCTION

 tlKACCD f"RAMEs ~ /..., 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
. .w;
tl~e ~on~ct length, lb, an.d are set equal to eacb other in order to result in a unifo -~ "'-!
distnbuuon as shown in Figure 5.26. rm strcs1 ~ LRFD ASD

From Figure 5-26, th~ mom,enl about the center of th~ contacr length, lb, is: l~ '~ M0 = 228 kip-in. ..I.;
p
Mu= 326 kip-in.
N 0 =152.kips
=F'[ ;'+)(2) : N., =217 kips
M
I
= F' (a+. e) - I
I e = (326 kip-in-r +(10.5 in.)2
217 kips
e = ( 228 kipinl+ (10.5 in.)2
152 kips
so,
-( 326 kip-in.) -( 228 kip-in.)
217 kips 152 lcips
F' =.!:!._
a+e ::::: 9.11 in.
= 9.10 in.
and
Therefore:
F'
lb=---
(a-e)tp LRFD ASD
M
f. _ 152 kips ...
J. _ 217 kips 00
....
" - 2 (9.10 in.)(* in.) 2(9.11 in.)(% in.)
t
-
-
Likewise, from Figure 5-26: =13.6 ksi = 9.53 ksi .'
-:-;
.-::;
. N 326 kip-in. J. - 228 kip-41.
la=--
.. 2etp fub-
!c10.s in.)2- (9.10 infl(%in.) ob -
[c10.s in.)2-(9.11 m.)2 J(1i i~.)
l
. - :

Setting/a =lb and solvlng for e: =13.6 ksi = 9.56 ksi . :~}

e~~(~r +a2 -(~)

As required, fa= fb = 13.6 ksi (LRFD) and approximately 9.53 (ASD).

For this _example:

Compare this to 15.2 ksi (LRFD) and ici.6 ksi (ASD) using the simpler. method. The sim-
pier method is about 12% (LRFD) or :\1% (ASD) conservative. l
Using !he plastic method to check th~ requ~red weld size, define an equivalent tensile ,,;
a -21.0
- - 'i11.
- (normal) force as: i\:
2 I
=IO.Sin.
LRFD ASD 'l
1--~~~~~~~~--~~~.,..+-~~~~~~..,--~~~~~~-=-1
1'.)
N~u;uiv = (13.6 ksi)(21.0 in.)(Ys in.) N~equiv =(9.53 ksi)(21.0 in.)(Ys in.)
= 250 kips = 175 kips
l
0 = tan-1(Nu~~uw) 0 =tan-l ( N~~=uiv) Lit

8
Gusset-to-beam
interface =tan- l (250 kips) =tlll-J (175 kips)
152 kips
l
'''~
l.
":\
217 kips '!'.~)

=49.0
Fig. 5-26. Fully pl.astic stress distribuiion on gusser-10-bea.m interface.
=49.0
1
AME!u.CAN lNsnnm; OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AMERICAN JNS'ITJ'\lTtl OP S'T'Elll.. CONS'l'l!UCTION
 5-160 5- 161
5.3 SPECIAi.. CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAl\iES

080~ 1+3(~ J(:; r]t:."'

LRFD ASD ' 1 (Spec. Eq. 110-4)
II.
Dreq'd
= L25J(250 k:ips)2 +(217 kips) 2
= l.25J(175 kips) 2 +(152 kips)2
Dru/d 0 570 0
2(21.0 in.)(L392 kip/in.) 2(21.0 in.)(0.928 kip/in.) in.)2 lJ +3(
2
~)( '. )1.5 j
f,;.. l
= 0.80(0.570 1.0
x 1 27.3 m. 0.930 in.
x 1
(1.0 + 0.Ssinl.5 49.0) (i.o + 0.5sin1.s 49.0) 29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.930 in.)
x f ~~~~"--~-'-!..~~--'-
= 5.33 sixteenths =5.60 sixteenths 0.570 in.
=842 kips
This result is within 5% of lhe simpler method and both will require a * -in. fillet weld.
LRFD ASD
The plastic method is slightly less conservative than rhe more co~runon simple method lt
can always be used for these calculations but will not be pursued further in tl1is Manual.. Rn 842 kips
Rn = 0.75(842 kips) -=
n 2.00
Use a "1bs-in. fillet weld on each side of tlle gusset at the gusset-10-beam connection for lb~ = 632 kips - = 421 K:ips
brace a ove 1he beam.. o.k.
> Nu t.qlliv = 279 kips ' >Na equiv= 195 ldps o.k.
Check beam web local yielding
This completes the design of the top brace to the beam. Figure 5-22 shows the configuration.
For a force applied at a distance from !he end that is greater than the depth of the member:
Rn= Fy..-tw (5k+ lb) .. (Spec. Eq. Jl0-2)" Bottom.Brace-to-Beam Connection

1
=5.0 ~si(0;570 in.)[5(1.53 in.)+ 21.0 in.] The required tensile strength of !he connection is base_d on RyFyAg of the braces as stipu-

11
!{:: =817.kips lated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(l). All limit states applicable lO tension or
compression in the brace must be checked.
LRFD ASD For rhe HSS6.875x0.500 below ilie beam, the required strength of the bracing connections
was determined at the beginning of this example.
<PR,, _;:_l .00 (817 kips) Rn = 817 kips
=817.kips Q 1.50 Determine the minimum length, /, required for the brace-gusset lap
= 545 kips The limit state of sh~ ~pture in the b\-ace wall is used to detennine thte mini.mum prace-
> Nuequw = 279 kips o.k.
> Naquiv =195 kips o.k. gusset lap length. Note that the expe~ted brace rupture strength, R1Fu, may be used
according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.2.
Web. local yieldina
.
applt"es t_o both tension
o _
and compression loads. Web local .. cri lino
l,, applies only to the compression loads, but the lan?er tension Load 15 used h ,,
If d ""
pp
ere 1or conven-
0

ience. _es~red, the compressive strength of the brace could be used for web local crippling_
Using AISC Specification Section J4.2, including R1 from .A.lSC Seismi~ Provisions Table
A3.l: . : ' . . .
"
R, =1.3
Check beam web local crippling
(from Spec..Eq. J4-4)
For a force applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the beam end:
Jn this equation, Am, is taken as the cross-sectional area of the four walls of the brace,
A,.,,= 4ltdes Therefore:

R,, =0.60R,Fu(4ltd~s)
Setting the available shear rupture strength equal to U1e.required tensile strength and solv -
ing for the minimum lap Jeogth, l:

.,
:~ AMERICAN .INS1TIVTE OP Sfi!EL CONSTIUJCJtON AMElUCA.~ lJ'ISITJ1JTI) OF STEEL CONSTRIJC110N
..%
 ca A are equal in this case. the- shear
Since the gross shear area, AH"' and the nets h ear ar ""'
LRFD ASD yielding component, 0.60f).Ar is smaller than the she:\t rupture component. 0.60F.,Anv,
P., and the right side of the equation controls.
I '2:.
uPa
1'2:.
t(0.60)R, F., (4ldcz) 0.60R,Fu (4rdts) Ubs =LO
550 kips 2.00(385 bps)
~ '2:.
0.75(0.60)(1.3)(58 ksi)(4)(0.465 in.) 0.60(1.3)(58 ksi){4)(0.465 in.) =
0.60F1 Ar 0.60F1 (2)1tp
~ 8.71 in. ~ 9.15 in. =0.60(36 Jc.siX2X25.0 in.)tp
=1,0&0rp
Note chat this length is lhe minimum required foe 1he limit stare of shear rupture in the
brace wall. A longer length may be used when designing the fillet welds between the brace U~F11 An1 =l.OFNDbructlp
and the gusset plate. if desired, to allow a smaller fillet weld size as is implemented in lbc = 1.0(58 ksiX6.875 in.)tp
following. =399/p

Size the weld between the brace and the gusset plate ASD
LRFD
The strength of fillet welds defined in AISC SpeciJiration Section J2 can be simplified, as
Rn 0.6F1Ar +UbsF.,A111 '<?:Po
explained in Part 8 of the AISC Manual, to Equations 8-2a and 8-2b: ~R,, =0.15(0.60F1Agv + UbsF,.A,.,) ~ P,. -
n
=
n

~
LRFD ASD 550 kips
2.00(385 kips)
Ip ~

I tR.. =139201 I -0.928Dl

Ip ~ 0.75(l,0&0 kip/in.+ 399 kip/in.)
~ 0.496 in.
(1,080 kip/in.+ 399 kip/in )
~ 0.521 in.
.

Using 1A-io. fillet welds for the four lines of weld so that they can be m:\de in a single pass:
Check required gusset width and thickness based on

LRFD ASD the limit state of tensile yielding I I eferred to as the }:.
Tensile yielding is checked on n section of the gusset p ate common Y r .
4(1.392)DI '2:. T., 4(0.928)D/ ~ Ta Whltmore section. This section is e.'\plnined in AISC Manual Part 9 (Figure 9-1) and in
- Thornton an d Liru
(201 l) B..ause the width and thickness of the gusi;et plate have not yet
""" al ii
550 kips 385 kips been chosen, the minimum area will be ~etcrmined for this limit s~te. The nomm tens e
/~ [ ';?.
4(1.392 kipfm.)(4 sixleenlhs) 4(0.928 kip/in.)( 4 sixteenths) yielding strength is:
~ 24.7 in. ";?.25.9 in. (Spec. Eq. 14-1)

The designs in LRFD and ASD give slightly different required lengths of weld. Use the ASD
LRFD
LRFD result in this example. In practice, designers should consistently use one method or
R,. '2:P.,
the other.
~R,.'<?:P., . n ..
Use (4) 25-in. long, 'A-in. fillet weld! to connect the brace below the beam to the gussei
plate. ' . UPo
'2: P,. A,'2:T

I Check bloclc shear rupture of the gusset plate

The available strength for the limit state of block sh~ rupture is:
Ai
$F,
550 k.ips
'2: 0.90(36 ksi)
'2:
1
l 67(385 lcips)
36 ksi
2
'2: 17.9 in.
\ '2: 17.0 in.2
R,. =0.60F.A11v + UbsF.,A.u ~ 0.60F1 Ap t- U1>1 F.,A,., . (Spec. Eq. J4-5)

I
I
 loJl1 5 - 165
BRACED FRAMES~ 5.3 SPECIAJ... CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

Choose a reduced Whitmore width, w1 , of approximately twice the brace width. This doe3 11L flat bars wuh . a tota1 are.'\ o f 4.50 inl AJSC Seismic Pro1isio11s
not exceed the ma.umum Whitmore width descn'bed in AISC Manual Part 9. Therefore, Try lWO Jlh m. x.) n in.. that the
(

spe..-"'ed
-u i
. mum y1etd strength of the reinforcement
n:uru
wp = 14.0 in. and the gusset plate thick:uess is: Section F2.5b(3) l requires . ASTM A572 Grade 50 material for the flnt bar.
be at least that of the brace; therefore, use
Tue geomecry is shown in Figure 5-27.
LRFD ASD
Dbraet ldu
Ag r1::-2--2
tp~- >Ag
fp--
Wp ' wp 6.875 in. 0.465 in.
2
l 7.0 in. 17.9 in. 2 2 2
= 14.0 in. =
14.0 in. =3.21 in.
=l.21 in. = 1.28 in. Db>oce 1lh in.
r2=~+-2-

The minimum required gusset thickness for this limit state is higher than 1he minimum 6.875 in. 11h in.
required for rb~ limit stste of block shear as calculated previously. = 2 +-2-
., Using the LRFD solution, a l ~-in.-1hick plate is selected for the gusset plate. below lhe =4.19 in.
-----i~: beam.
The distance 10 the centroid of a partial circle is given by:

Check brace effective net area _ ri sin 0

x=---
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3), the brace effective net area, At, should noi 0
be less than the brace gross are:i, Ag. Tims:
. . . 20 and 0 is measured in radians. Although the
where the total arc of the partial c1rc~c is be' f the slot as ~hown in Figure 5-27, use
. li h I less than a full balf-ctrCle cause o .
brace 1s s g t Y . . 'ghll servntive A more prtCi~e calculal!on
an angle, e, ofrc./2 for simplicity. This is sli y uncon ..
Using a gap of Yi6 in. on each side of the slot to allow clearance for erecrlon: could be perfonned using the ex:ict angle.

~11
. '!;"
2
A,, = 9.36 in. - 2(1'.4 in.+ 2('1t6 in.) ](0.465 in.) _
X/m1co
. ( sin(it/2}rad)
""3.21 m. (1t/2)rad
= 8.08 in.2
. .
From AISC Specificarum Table 03. l, because l > l.3D, U =1.0, and 1he effective nee area i s:
. "'2.04 in. I
I
I

~ =UA,,
=J,0(8.08 in.2 )
=8.08 io.2

Becaure A., <Ag. brace reinforcement is required. The approximate area of reinforcement
required, A,,., is lhe area removed, but reinforcement will reduce U 10 less than 1.0 because
of its position. The requjred area of reinforcement can be obtained from (A,.+ Am)U ~ Ag.
Assuming a value of U = 0.80:

Am = ~- A..
0.80

9.36 in. 2 -8.08 in.2

'
;" . 0.80
=3.62 in.2 , OJ'the braet: below rite beam at rhe net sectitm.
Fig. 5-27. Cross section
.;
AMEJUCAN }NS"JTttfTI! OF Stt.1!1. CONSTRUCTJO~

I~
 BRACED FRAMES . 5-1611
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

Xrt =r2 r LRFD ASO I

=4.19in. ?,
:-d
Derennine x for the composite cross section. )
R1 F1 Afb =1.1(50 ks1)(2.25 in.2 ) R1 F1AJ1>11.5= 1.1(50 ksi)(2.25 in. 2 )11.s
=124 kips ::: 82.S kips I
1
; A XA
Part in. in. 2 in. 3 There is a smnll gap of approitimately 0.081 in. between the face of the brace nod the edge
of the flat bar as shown in Figure 5-27. Since chis is more than 1/16 in., the fillet weld of the
Half of brace 2.04 4.04 8.24
Oat bar to the brace would be increased by the fabricator by 'li6 in. (see AWS D 1.1 clause
One flat bar 4.19 2.25 9.43
5.22.1). Thus, to keep the weld as a single pass weld, '/.-in. fillet welds can be used and the
r - 6.29 17.7 Oat bar length on each side of the reduced section of the brace, x, is determined using AlSC
Manual Equations 8-2a or 8-2b as follows:
_
x=--
:ExA
LRFD
.
rA ASD

17.7 in.3 I _ 124 kips I _ 82.5 kips

=6.29 in.2 w- 2(1.392 k.ip/in.)(4 sixteenths) w- 2(0.928 kip/in.)(4 sixteenths)
=2.81 in. =l l.l in. =11.lin.

From AISC Specification Table D3. I, Case 2, which applies to round HSS with reinforce-
ment added: Use a 1lh in. x l 'h in. flat bar with 1A:in. fillet welds; the detail extends 11 \.1 in. past both
sides of the reduced section of the brace. Figure 5-22 shows a 1A-in: fillet weld for the flat \
x bar to HSS weld. Note that fabricators typically assume the weld given on detail dr.lwings ~
U=l-- to be the weld required for strength. Therefore, the gap between the edge of the flat bar and
l
the curved brace, which is greater than 1/i6 in., will cause the shop to increase the fillet weld
=1_ 2.81 in. size to '116 in.
26.0 in.
The flat bar fillet weld develops the expected yield s~ength of the bar on each side of the J.
=0.892
reduced section of the !)race. The brace slot may be longer than the slot length by an erec-
A,, =An(brpa) +Am tion clearance of x ~ches (see Figure s,22).as determined by the fabricat!'.>T. The length of
the flat bar will be a minimum of 11 'h iii. + l l 1h in. + x iJ1. = 23.0 in. + x in.
=8.08 in.2 + 2(2.25 in.2) ..
=12.6 io.2 Check the gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section .
~~

~ =UA,, From Figure 5-22, the buckling length, which is taken along the brace centerline (Dowswell,
2006), is lb = 10.0 in. (Example 5.3. JO provides an equation for calculating the length
=0.892(12.6 in. ) 2
of buckling; here it is determined graphica!Jy.) AJSC Seismic Pro1:isions Section F2.6c(2)
=11.2 in.2 >A,= 9.36 in.2 o.k. specifies a required compressive strength for buckling limit states that is at least equal to J
l.l times the expecte<i brace strength in compression. The stress over .t he Whitmore section, ..:
using the Whltmore width of 14.0 in., is: ~
Design welds connecting fist bars to brace
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3)(ii), the flat bar must be connecLed
LRFD ASD
to the brace co develop the expected strength of the flat bar on each side of the reduced
section (the expected yield strength, RyFy, is used here). The reduced section is the Jenglh l.1(444 kips) J. _ 1.1(311 kips)
of the HSS from the extent of the slot (dimension x of Figure 5-22) to the strut of the HSS- f,,o = 14.0 in.(l v.. in.) "" - 14.0 in.(l ~ in.)
to-gusset weld. The required strength of the weld is based on the expected flat bar yield
strength, using Ry from AJSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l for ASTM A572 Grade 50 bars.
=27.9 ksi =19.5 ksi l:i
For ASD, use 1.0/l.5 of the expected strength of the flat bar reinforcement.
.
 5-16ll BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCBNTRICAI l..Y URACPD T1lAMES 5-16<1

The radius of gyration of the gusset plate is: by I in. due to 1he increasing width of the gusset plate. Therefore, the moment on the con-
tact surface is:
r- Ip
-Ji?_
.f =m
Ii
M., = N.. (1.0 in.)
LRFD

Jfa = N.,(l.O in.)

ASD

,,;:.....
=0.361 in. =389 kJps(J .0 in.) = 272 kips(LO in.)

Recommended vaJues for the effective length factor, K. Ille given in Dowswell (2006).
=389 kip-in. = 272 kip-in.

HoweYer, that p3per does not 3ddress the c3se of a single gusset plate with lhe 2J dear.me~
to accommodate brace budding {called an "extended" gusset in Dowswell (2006)]. Combining the moment. M 11 or M.,, and the normal force, N,, or N,,, into an equivalent nor-
Therefore, in !his case, use K = 1.2 from AISC Specification Commc:nlJ.r}' Table C-A-7.1 mal force as explained for the dei.ign of the brace above the beam:
assuming that the gusset plate is fixed at one end, and free to translate but not rotate at the
other. With 10 = l: LRFD ASD

_____..
.:,
-
KL
-=
r
l.2(10_0 1n.)
0.361 in.
Nuft/ldv = N,,
4M
+--
lb
11
No<'qu;.,
4Ma
=N.,+--
lb
=33.2 =389 kips+ 4(389 kjp-in.) = 272 kips+ 4(272 kip-in.)
24.0 in. 24.0 in.
ln1erpol:11ing from AISC Manual Table 4-22: =454 kips = 317 kips

LRFD ASD The gusset stresses are:

9, 1''c, =30.6 ksi > 27 .9 ~i o.k. ~ = 20.41.:si > 19.5 k~i o.k. LRFD ASD

~1 1 Determine th~ forces at the gusset-to-beam interface

In tension ln tension

Based on the required ten!>tlc strength of the bmcing connection (which is larger tlun lhc
J. - NII !'f'I .hoo-- N.~
.1 re-imrcd compressive strength) for the brace below the beam, the shear force at the interface
"" - 1plb
. lplb

~ ' of the gusset with the beam bottom flange is: =

454 kips \ =
317 ldps
f (l 1A in.)(24.0 io.) (1 ~ in.X24.0 in.)
LRFD ASD =15.L ksi = 10.6 ksi
~:
....
~;
.
V., =550 kips(cos 45) Va= 385 kips(cos45) The design tensile yielding stress from
AISC Specification Section J4. l is:
The allowable tensile yjelding stre~s from
AISC Sp~cification Secrion J4. l is:
=389 kips = 272 kips
1
F 36 ksi
~,. ~F1 = 0.90 ( 36 ksi) -1
=--
~:
The normal (tension) force is: Q 1.67
=:: =32.4 ksj > 15. l ksi o.k. = 2 l.6 ksi > 10.6 ksi o.k.
LRFD ASD
N,, =550 !Ops(sin45) No = 385 k:ips(sin 45)
=389 kips =272 ltips

The contoct length bctwceo the gusset plate and the beam bottom na.oge. as shown io
Figure 5-22, is 24 .0 m. and the brace line of action misses the cenlroid of the contact length

I -
 5-170 BRACED FR.Al\<f.E.$ 5.3 SPEC.IAL CONCENTRICAl.LY BRACED FRAMES 5-171

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

In shear In shear D,~q'd ~ Duqd ~ .

J.w-..:. v.. Va
/av=-
l.25JNutqul~ + v: Z
i.25JN0 , 911 + v;
tplb lplb 2(1.392 k.ip/in.)(1+0.5sin15 0) (lb) 2(0.928 kip/ in.)(J + 0.5sin15 0) (111 )
389 kips 272 kips 1,
=
(l IA in.)(24.0 in.)
=
(1 lA in.)(24.0 in.) 1,
2
= 1.2sJ(454 kips ) + (389 kips )2 =l.25J(317 kips}2 +(272 kips)2
2(1.392 kip/io.)(1.33)(24.0 in.) 2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.33)(24.0 in.)
=13.0 ksi =9.07 ksi
= 8.41 sixteenths =8.81 sixteenths
The design shear yielding stress from The allowable shear yielding stress from
AISC Specification Section J4.2 is: AISC Specification Section 14.2 is:
Use a o/16in. fillet weld on each side of the gusset at the gusset-to-beam connection for the
I'
0.60Fy 0.60(36 ksi) brace below the beam. :
$0.60F1 = 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)
Q 1.50
= 21.6 ksi > 13.0 ksi o.k.
= 14.4 ksi > 9.07 ksi o.k. Check beam web local yielding
For a force applied at :i distance from the end that is greater than the depth of the member: :

Size gusset-to-beam weld Rn =Fywt.,..(Sk+lb) (Spec. Eq. Jl0-2) l

The angle of the resultant force can be calculated and used in the directional screngtb =50 ksi{0.570 in.)!5(1.53 in.)+24.0 in.J
increase of fillet welds according to AISC Specification Equation 12-5.
=902 kips
.. LRFD ASD 1.
LRFD ASD

. 0 =tan-I ( Nu~:uiY) 0= tan-1 [Na~:11iv) q>R,, = 1.00(902 kips) -

Rn 902 kips

=tan- (454 kips)

= 902 .kips
Q 1.50
= 601 kips
I..
,,

389 kips
= tan- 1 (3 17kips)
272kips
> Nueq11iY =454 ldps o.k. . >No equiv= 317 kips o.k

' =49.4 =49.4

Check beam web local crippling
AISC Specijica1ion Section J2.4 allows 3.n mcrease in the available strength of fillet welds
when the angle of loading js not along the weld longitudinal axis, which is used in the fol- Web local yielding applies to both tension and compression loads. Web local crippling applies \
lowing calculation. only to the compression loads, but the larger tension load i's used here for.cqnvenience. If I\
desired, the compressive strength of the brace could be used for
web local crippllng: .
The weld ductility factor, equal to l.25, which is explained in AISC Manual Part 13, is
For a fo.rce applied greater than a distance of d/2 from lhe beam end:

r
applied here. Using AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the number of sb\te~nths of fil-
let weld required is:
R,, =0.80t! 1+3(; )( :; JE~:'I (Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)

= o.soco.s10 in.)211+3(24.o ~)(o.510 ~-)I.SJ

27.3 10. 0.930 ID.

xJ29,000 ksi (50 ksi)(0.930 in.)

0.570 in.
I~
=906 kips
,,, .
l
[ .. S-172 BRACED FRAMES S.3 SPEClAJ. CONCENTRlCN..LY BRACED FRAMES

Cf. bay ~upper gusset

5-1 73

ASD
LRFD
l(f lowergusset
~1 ~R,. = 0.75(906 kips)
R,,
-=
906.ldps '
,
,,
= 680 ldps
n 2.00
:!
= 453 kips '
> N,,,'I",. =454 kips o.k.
> Na <qui = 317 kips o.k.

Figure 5-22 shows lhe final configuration.

Beam Web Available Shear Strength I 7.62 kip/in.

Figure 5-28 shows the shear distribution in the beru.n web due to the gusset vertical cornpo-- I
,, ncnts. The design of the top gusset shown earlier in this example was based on the expected. : 2.18 kip/in.
: strength in tens!on, but this force is not simultaneous with tension in the bottom bra<:e (as I
W.P. ' 1 I 2'Y.2"
shown in Figure 5-23). Therefore, for checking the beam web, I.he br:ice below the beam will ---===:i=~'=-==---
be considered to be in tension and the brace above the beam will be considered to be in com: 16.,2 kip/in.
pression. For the brace. in tension below the beam, the forces .at the gusset-beam interface
have already been calculated. For the brace in compression above the beam, the forces at the 2.70 kip/in.
gusset-beam intefface are:
~

LRFD ASD
NonnalN,, =226 k.ips(sin45) ... . Normal Na "" 158 kips(sin 45) 11
~pg kip-in ...... ...._-'-L._
I
1
=~60 kips =112 kips
Shear V., =226 kips(cos~5) Shear Va = 158 k.ips(cos45)
::
11
1I
389 kips
' l~:
1 I
=160 kips . =112 kips 1I
I I
I I
11 I I
MomentM., =Nu(l.50 in.) Moment Ma= N 0 (l.50 in.) 11 I
11
=160 kips(l.50 in.) =112 k.ips(l.50 in.) I

11
11
I
I
=240 kip-in. . = 168 kip-in. 11
1
I I
11
The braces to the left of the beam centerline, where the brace below the beam is in tension
11 ~ Shear
0 kips
11 diagram
as shown in Figure S-23, result in the hjgbest shear force. The total vertical shear at the beam 11
centerline is: 1 I 343 ki~ v
, 1I
542 kips
LRFD ASD
Fig. 5-28a. Beam shear due lo gusset forces (LRFD).
Vu = (226 kjps+5SO kips)(siu45) Vo =(158 kips+ 385 k.ips)(sin45)
=549kips =384 kips

AMSIUCAN .INsrmJTS OP Sn;a CoNSTRVCTION

5-174 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACT.l> FR.AMES
BRACED FRAMES - S-l i

~ bay ~ upper gusset From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shea:r strength of the W27x114 is:
, ~lower gusset
LRFD ASD
I

~.vn = 467 kips -Vn= J 11 k.ips

< 549 Jqps
n..,
n.g. .
< 384
I
kips n.g.

BecbauFse the beam avaifable shear strength is not adequate, a doubler plate is required on th{ 1..
we . com Figure 3-28a and 3-28b, measuring x' as shown, the equation for the shear, V, in
I 5:33 kip/in. the region of inter~st is:
,.........~,.......~~:!;::#::!;::!;::!;:~ 1
: 1.52 kip/in.
LRFD ASD
I l::
I 2~"
v.u (x') =34 3 kips + (542 kips - 343.kips) , "'.
x Va ( x ') :::: 24 0 NPS {379 kips - 240 kips) I .
11.3 kip/in. 10.5 in. + . x' )
10.5 m. ;;
1.89 kip/in. =343 kips+(I9.0 lcip/in.)x' :::: 240 kips+(13.2 kip/in.)x' I :::
(for 0 :S x' $10.5 in.) (for 0 $ x' $ 10.5 in.) }'.:

I Setting this shear equal to the available shear strength of the beam and solving for x' to find
11 .

-----11
l om where the beam available strength is adequate resUltS in:
~72 kip-in. I

'!~
I
I ,.....------LRFD
____
. - -. - -- ---A-S-D-.
I
I I I
I I I V., (x')::::: 467 kips Va (x') ::: 311 kips Ii I>
I
I I
I
I
I I
I
r ,
x =
467 kips - 343 kips
--~-----~
19.0 kip/in.
x
, 311 kips - 240 kips
=--~------
13.2 kip/in.
I
I
l I
:::: 5.38 in.
I
I
I I
= 6.53 in.
..___ ______ '.
......__ _ _ _ _ ____,I }:!
I 1x l
I
l"l The distance from the beam centerline to this point is:
okips Shear

-12-.5-in-.-_-6-.5-3-in-.-~-5-.97-in-. A_?~-~2-in-.----1
diagram
v 1
384 kips
Ii- ------111-12-.5-in-.-_-5-
.3-8-in-.___

Fig. 5-28b. Beam shear due to gusset forces (ASD ). Use a 14 in. x 14 in. doubler plate centered on the web as shown in Figure 5-22.
J

AMERJCAN INsmvre OP STEa CONSTRIJCnON

 5-176 S.3 SPEClAL CONCFNTRJCAU.Y f\RACEO FRAM ES 5-I TI

Based on shear yielding and AJSC Specificarion Section J4.2, lhe plate ihickness required i~
LRFD ASD
determined as follows: '

D _ Vdc>ubter 0,,,J,,=
nvdoMbla
LRFD ASD n1111- ~cc,1 CC1/
i
~ 82.0 lcips 2.00(73.0 kips)
~Rn= 1.00(0.60FyA,rv)
~ _ 0.60F,Ar =
0.75(3.35)( l.00)(14.0 in.)
=(3.35)(1.00)(14.0 in.)
n 1.50
=(LOOX0.60X36 ksi)(l4.0 in.}(rd) = 0.60(36 ksi)(l4.0 in.)(td) =2.33 =3.11
=302td kips 1.50
= 202td kips Use a Pl 3/e in. x 14 in. x 1 ft 2 in.. with IA-in. fillet welds.
The required doubler plllte shear The re-quired doubler plate shear Comment:
iI
strength is: strength is:
The length of the brace used to de1ennine the c~pectecl strength of bolh brdces was 12 ft.
\ .
549 kips - ~67 kips= 82.0 kips 384 kips - 311 kips= 73.0 kips This length shouJd be verified once !he connection design is complete. For bo1h braces, the
length of tbe brace with a 12.5-fl s1ory height :ind a 25-ft bay as shown in Figure 5-1 l is:

~6
Setting lbe available strength equal to 1he Setting the available strength equal to the
required strength and solving for ftf: required strength and solving for rd: 2 2
l = J(12.5 ft) + (25.0 ft 12)
2! 82.0 kips ~ 73.0 kips = 17.7 ft

~
Id 302 ]ti pl.in. Id 202 kipfm.
From Figure 5-22. with a pull-off dimension of 27 1h lit. at both ends of the 1op brace. the
=0.272 in. = 0,3,61 in. actual unbraced length of the hr.tee is:

~I I U sing the instantaneous center of rotation melhod of AlSC Manual Part 8, use Table 8-8 L= 17.7 ft -2(27 1h in.)(l ft/12 in.)
., with 0 ::: 0 to determine the strength of welds on the doubler plate. For a channel-shaped =13. l ft
weld on half of the doubler plate, the geometric variables are:
Por the bottom brnce, with a pull-off dimension of 30 in. at both ends of the brace, the actual

i} l =14.0 in. unbraced length of the brace is:

k =7.00 in./14.0 in. L ""' J7.7 ft- 2(30.0 io.)(I ftll 2 in.)
i. :::::0.500 =12.7 ft
kl= 7.00 in. Therefore, the length of 12 ft used for 1he determination of the expected compressive strength
of I.be brace is adequate because it does not exceed the actual length from brace end-to-brace
~l =0.125(14.0 in.)= l.75 in. end :is required by AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3,

e:r=of The reduced Wh.iunore section used in this ex.ample greatly reduced I.be size of I.be gusset
=7.00 in. - 1.75 in. plates, at the e.x.pense of the gusset thickness. l1ris is usually B good trade-off, bm if a
..'..
;
:::5.25 in . lighter beam were used it is possibJe that the beam web local yielding or local crippling
checks would have failed. A beam web doubler plate would then be necessary for one or
~=
a =0.375 both of these limit states. This doubler requirement can usually be avoided by increasing
the .gusset-U>-beam interface lcnglh by focreasfog I.he Whi1more section (the maximum
By interpolation, AlSC Manuol Thble 8-8 with 0 = 0 gives: width that can be considered effective.. as explained in AJSC Manual Pan 9, is limited to
C= 3.35 the width on a 30 spread).

From AISC Manual Table 8-3. C1 = 1.00. The fillet weld size required is: The rc3der should keep in mind that there is not just one way 10 design these connections.
Any method that s:uisfies equilibrium and the applicable limit states is an acceptable
method.

1:
..<:
 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY 'BRACED FRAMES 5-179

HSS6.875x0.500 (brace below the beam)

Example 5.3.9. SCBF Brace~to~Beam Connection Design A =9.36 in.2 IM>n = 0.500 in. fdn = 0.465 in. r = 2.27 in.

Given: Beam
An alternative design for Example 5.3.8 at Joint JT-1 of Figure 5-11 is presented here. W27x114
Example 5.3.8 used separa\e gusset plates for eacb brace, while this example uses continu- d= 27.3 in. t,. = 0.570 in. 11=0.930 in. kiUz = 1.53 in.
ous "chevron type" gusset plates for !he top and bouom braces as shown in Figure 5-29. This
is a common arrangement for this sin1ation, and the example provides an admissible inter- From A1SC Manual Table 2-4 and 2-5, the material properties are:
nal force distribution that differs from the distribution used for the four separate gusset
ASTMA36
plates. All braces are ASTM A500 Grade B round HSS and lhe beam is an ASTM A992
W27x114. For the connection, ASTM A36 plate material and 70-ksi electrodes are used. F1 =36 ksi r
F., =58 ksi
Solution:
ASTM A500 Grade B j.
From AISC Manual Table 1-1 and 1-13, the geometric properties are:
F1 =42ksi
I;
HSS6x0.312 (brace above the beam) ,. . , =58 ksi
A= 5.22 in.2 =
lncm 0.312 in. ldtz =0.291 in. r= 2.02 in.
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
F., = 65 ksi
46"
For brace-t<>i)usset
information ~symmeby The complete connection design is shown in Figure 5-29.
not shown, see
Figure 5-22 AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Seciions F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism analy-
ses lbat must be considered in determining the required strength of beams, columns and l.
HSS6x0.312 connections. For this example. only the mechanism analysis of Section F2.3(i) will be (
HSS6x0.312 considered. AISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.6c specifies the required strength of
W27x114 bracing connections. For the required compressive strength, Section F2.6c(2) has an addj- I
beam tional 1.1 factor (relative to the requirements of Section F2:3) applied to the required '.
strength of 1he connection.
For these SCBF conne<:tion e.'<.amples~ tbe requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
- ~beam Sections B2 and F2.3 will be used for bo~h LRFD and ASD.

Determine the expected strengths of the braces

The calculations for brace expecte9 strengths w~re shown in Example 5.3.8 and are not
HSS6.875x0.500 repeated bere. The required strengths are g.i\en in the following and shown in Figure 5-30.
brace
For the HSS6>.-0.312 brace above the beam:

For the braces above the beam, the required strength of Lhe bracing connection when the
brace is in tension is:
I
...

51" LRFD ASD'

-
Fig. 5-29. Connection with chevron gusset plates designed in Exaample 5.3.9.
P., = 1.0Em11 Pa =0.1Em1t
=307 kips =0 .7(307 kips) :
=215 kips
 5-180 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES S-181

226 kips 307 kips For lhe braces above che beam, the required strength of the bracing connection when the

t (compression) (tension) brace is in compression is:

~
..
~

/ Pu =l.OEmA
LRFD
. Pa= 0.1EmJt
ASD .'

=226 kips =0.7(226 kips)

. -
= 158 kips

...
;
For the HSS6.875x0.500 brace below the beani:
For the braces below the beam ~ the required strength of the bracing connection when the
brace is io tension is:
..
LRFD ASD

p /
550 kips
~
444 kips
Pu= l.OEmh Pa=0.1,,,h
(tension) (compression)
=550 kips = 0.7(550 kips)
=385 kips
'.~
;
Fig. 5-30a. Required strength of bracing connecrians according to
AI.SC Seismic Provisions SeCJion F2.3(i) for LRFD design.
' I
For the braces below the beam, the required strength of the bracing connection when the
brace is in compression is:

11
.,.
'
158 kips 215 kips LRFD ASD
(compression) (tension)

I~
P., =l.OEm11 P0 =0.7Emh

/ =444 kips = 0.7(444 kips)

.
~
- .
J Brace-to-gusset design
' =311 kips

The brace-to-gusset design is exactly the same as for the design shown .in fjgure 5-22 and

~I
is n-01 repeated here. The gusset checks involving the Whitmore sections in Example 5.3.8
are conservative for the geometry in this example, as shown in Figure 5-29, because the gus-
~.:
.. set plates in this condition have a wider Whitmore width with the same plate thickness .
Therefore, the gusset thicknesses previously chosen, ~-in.thick plate for the top gusset and
l
~; l 'A-in.thick plate for the bottom gusset, are satisfactory. For the case of chevron gusset
!:. plates in this e.-<ample, an effective length factor K of 0.65 (Dowswell, 2012) can be used in

/ ~
lieu of the vnJue of 1.2 used in Example 5.3.8. If these gusset buckling limit states control
!i the gusset thickness, the reduced K may allow thinner gussets to be used. For sirnpliciry, the
385 kips 311 kips thickness of the gusset plates will be kept the same as in E..-<ample 5.3.8, although :1 thinner
"!~ (tension) (compression) gusset may be acceptable here and may be more economical.

I Fig. 5-30b. Required strength of bracing connections according ro The usual controlling interface for this :irraogcment is Section aa of Figure 5-31 a. Figur~
l AJSC Seismic Provisions Secrion F2.3(i) for ASD design. 5-3la gives the general geometry and the sign convention. F;gure 5-3lb shows I.he interface
!: .
"
!~
:~
.
5-182 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAM.ES

forces on section a-a. Subsequcn'ily, the gusset is cut :it its centerline at se.ction b-b. as shown
in Figure 5-3lc, which also shows the forces on this interface. Horizontal and vertical force <f2_ _ _ _
components and moments without a prime symbol act on section a-a. Components and
moments with a prime symbol act on section b-b.

Because there are four braces with four different loads and two gussets with different
Plate thickness = t
geometry, Figure 5-31 in11oduces a sign convention as a means. of keeping track of all the
quantities. All of the force qu3ntities are shown in the positive directions in these figures. If
a quantity calculates as negative, it acts in a dfrection opposite to chat shown. Alternatively,
the designer can work with basic problem-specific free body diagrams. For lhe moments
M1 and Mi, which act on section a-a, M1 is considered positive when it acts in a clockwise
dir~tion, whereas M2 is considered P.<>Sitive when it acts in a counter-cloc~ise direction. L
Consequently, the total moment on seecfon a-a is the difference between those two moments
rather lhan the sum, where Fig. 5-3Ja. Chevron brace gllSsetforcts.

Mi =H1e+Vi6
M1 = H2e-Vz6
Forces on section a-a
D. = h( L2 - L1)(Note: 6
1
is negative if L 2 < L1)
Normal: N =Vi + V2
The moments M1. and M2 are due to the brace forces P1 and P2. respectively, and are taken Shear: V =Hi - H2
abouc the midpoint of section a-a, with brace forces resolved at the common work point. The Moment: M =M1 - M2
moments Ml and M2. also due to the brace forces P1 and P2, are taken at the midpoint of
section b-b, as illustrated in Figure 5-3lc, where

Ml= 1hLV.- 1!4hH1 - 1hM1

M2 = 1hLV2 - Y..hH2 - 1hM2

The derivation of M{ and M2 can be illustrated by considering half of the gusset plate, as Fig. 5-3/b. Forces on section a-a (positive direction shown).
shown .in Figure 5-3lc. Internal forces from both brace forces are considered evenly dis- I
tributed across section a-a. I
\

The sign convention used in this example is as follows:

Forces on section b-b
Pi and P2 are positive for tension and_negative for compression Normal: N' = 'h(Ht + H2)
If P1 is positive, V1 and H1 are positive also
If Pi is negative, V1 and Hi are negative also = h(Vt -V2)-~M.
Shear: V' 1
L
If P2 is positive, V2 and H2 are positive also
If P2 is negative, V2 and H2 are negative also Moment: M' =M{ + M2.

Fig. S-3/c. Forces on section b-b (positive directions s/U>wn). J

~ lo'/
 5-184 BRACED FRAM.ES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCF.NTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES S-IS5

From Figure 5-31c, the forces on section b-b can be derived (note 1hat the brace force P2
and its components do not act direcOy on the half-gusset shown as the }'1 force does, but is M' =-Hi(e+ !:)-Vit.+~ Vh+.!.NL+.!..M
2 4 8 2
shown for completeness). For horizontal equilibrium:
=-Hie- H1 (~)-Vit.+.!.h(H1 -H2)+.!.L(V1 + V2)+!(M1 -M2)
2 4 . 8 2
l I 1 1 l
=-L(Vi + V2)--hH1 +-hH1 --hH2 +-(M1 -M2)- H1e - V1.6
Therefore: 8 2 4 4 2

. v =.!_L(Vi + V2)-_!_hH1 _.!._hH2 +.!.Mi _.!_M2 -(Hie+ V1.Ll)

N'=--+H1 8 . 4 4 2 2
2
l . l l 1
I =-L(Vi + V2)--h(H1 +H2)+-M1 --M2 -M1
=--(H1 -If2)+H1 8 4 2 2
2 .
=Ml+Mi

For vertical equilibrium:

V' + 2M + N _ Vj :::: O
L 2
1
Design of gusset above the beam
Therefore:
TI1e required strengths shown in Figure 5-30 represent external loads acting in a left-to-right
V'=- 2M _ N +Vi motion. With external Jqads reversed, the brace expected strengrhs in compression and ten-
L . 2 sion will b.e .rever$e.d but the effect on the gusse.t plate will be equivalent. _ _
2M I
For the geometry shown in Figure 5"29 for the gusset plate above the beam and Figure 5-30
= - - - -(Vj +V2)+V1
L 2 for general terminology:
2M l l
=-- --Vi--V2+Vi
L 2 2
l 2M l1 =Li
I
I
='2(Vi-V2)-T \. .
=23.0 in.
For moment equilioriurn, with moments taken abou't tbe midpoint of section b-b and brace L =Lt+Ui
forces acting at the work point: -
=46.0 in.

e =d/2
=27.3 in.ti
Therefore: =13..7 in.
h =20.0 in.

AMERICAN lNSlTIVTE OF STEEL CONSTIUICTJON ,\.\tEUCAN L~STm.m! OP STI'.EL CoNSTRlJCTION

S-186 URACEOFRAMES !'!.'! 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTR.ICJ\l.LY BRACED FRAMES 5- 187

For 1he forces given in Figures 5-30a and 5-30b:

LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
M2 =..!.Lvz _}_hH2 _.!_Mi M2 =.!_LV2-.!_hH2-_!..M2
Pi =-226 kips
' 8 4 2 ,. 8 4 2
Pi =-158 kips

Iii =(-226 kips)(cos45) Hi =(- 158 kips)(cos45)

=!(46.0 in.)(217 kips)
8
I =.!.(46.0
8
in:)(l52 kips) .
=-I 60 kips =-112 kips _ .!.(20.0 in.)(217 kips) -.!.(20.0 in.)(152 kips) .
4 4 .
v. = (-226 kips )(sin 45) Vi =(-158 kips)(sin45) _.!.(2,970 kip-in.) _.!.(2,080 kip-iri.)
=-160 kips =-H2 kips 2 2
= - 1,320 kip-in. = - 926 kip-in.
P2 = +307 kips P2 = +215 kips
For the gusset above the beam, the forces on section a-a are:
Hz= (307 kips)(cos45) H2 = (215 kips)(cos45)
= 217 kips =IS2kips LRFD ASD
V2 =(307 kips)(sin45) Vi ::o (215 kips)(sin 45) Nonna! Nu =Vi+ V2 Normal Na :::V1+V2
= 217 kips = 152 kips = -160 kips+217 kips ; =-112 kips+152 kips
= 57.0 kips :::40.0 kips
The moments :lre:
Sliear VH =H1-H2 Shear V., =H1-H2
. i..RFo . '

M1 = Hie+ViLl
=[-160 kips(J3.7 in.)]+
(-160 kips(O fo.)j
=- 2,190 kip-in.
"12 =Hie - V2Ll
= [217 kips(13.7 in.)J
-{217 kips(O in.)J
= 2,970 kip-in.
Ml= ..!.LVi-!_hH1 -.!..M1
8 4 2 8
= ..!.(46.0 in.)(-160 kips)
8 .
_.:!_(20.0 in.)(-160 kips)
4 4
-~(-2,190 ki~-in.)
= + 975 kip-in.
ASD
. --- =-160 kips-217 kips =-112 kips-152 kips
. =-377 kips =-264 kips
.~ M1 =Hie+ \'iil
Moment Mu= Mi -M2 Moment Ma= Mi - Mi
=[-112 kips(l 3. 7 in.)]+
(-112 L.;ps(O in.)]
= - 2, 190 kip-in. =-1,530 lip-in.
-2,970 kip-in. -2,080 kip-in.
=-1,530 kip-in. =- 5, 160 kip-in. =- 3,610 kip-in.
\
Mi =H2e-V2D. -
=[152 kips(l3.7 in.)J
Check available strength of the gusset plate above the beam on section a-a
-[152 kips(O in.)J Tue available shear strength of the gusset plate on sectio~ a-a is:
= 2,080 kip-in.
Vn =0.60FyAgv (Spec. Eq. J4-3)
'
t
M( =.!_LVi-..!.hH1 _ _!..M1
4 2 1--~~~~~L_R_F_D~~--~~--i~~~~~~A_S_D~--~--~~i l(
= ~( 46.0 in.)(-112 kips)
Fn = l.00(0.60)(36 ksi) ~ = 0~60{36 ksi)(Ys in.) 1
_.!_(20.0 in .)(-112 kips) x(% in.)( 46.0 in.) x(46.0in.)/l.50 t.
=869 kips> 377 kips o.k.
= 580 kips> 264 kips o.k. .. -.
-l(-1,530 kip-in.) 1
2 l---~--~------------------1~~~--------------------~
= + 681 kip-in. The normal force favolves both N and M. It is convenient to introduce an equivalent nonn:u 1
force as:
 ;l S-188 BRACED FRAMES S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-189

i \ Nequiv =INl+j ;1
4 LRFD
M,. = F1 Z
ASD

b' Mn=QFyZ
2
This is determined as follows. Over half I.he gusset. the normal force is N + M and over
n n
1 2
46 0
. . N 2M
the other half 1t JS - - -
. . . . 2 L
. For s1mpliciry m calculations one of the moment fiorces M
2 = 0.90(36 ksi)(* in/ in.)
4
36 ksi (* in.) ( 460 in.)
4
. 2. L . ' 'L' ::: 15,000 kip-in. = 1.67
1s i:v~rsed so that a. ~mfonn eqmvalent normal force exists over the entire gusset section a-a.
~1s JS also convenient for use in the beam web local yielding and web local crippling equa- =9, 980 kip-in.
uons of the AISC Specification that assume a uniform compression over the contact area.
The equivalenc normal force is:
Therefore, the interaction equation from plasticity lheory is:

LRFD ASD ASD

LRFD

N . -157 0 k.
utqu1v - lpS
I+14(5.160 kip-in.)1
46.0 in.
. --1 40.0 ki psI+ 14(3.610 kip-in.)I
N atq111v
46.0 in. ( 5,160 kip-in. ) ( 57.0 kips
15.000 kip-in. + 1,300 kips
r. (3,610 kip-in.)+( 40.0 kips
9,980 kip-in. 868 kips
r
------ii....~ = 506 kips =354 kips

.The available strength of the gusset plate to resist this force js determined for the fanit state
+(377 kips
869 kips
r +(264 kips
580 kips
r
of tensile yielding: :::: 0.381 S l.O o.k. =0.407~1.0 o.k.
(Spec. Eq. J4-l)

Design the weld at the gusset-to-beam flange interface

LRFD ASD
The use of a plastic distribution for the moment is converuent for calculation as mentioned
Nn FytpL previously. but requires sufficient ductility. The gusset and the beam can be assumed to be
~N,. =$FytpL -=-- sufficiently ductile, but the fillet welds or PIP groove welds generally used to connect the
n n
= 0.90(36 ksi)(% in.)(46.0 in.) gusset to the beam are well-known to have less ductility when loaded at angles significantly
= 36 ksi ("~ in.)(46.0 in.)
=1,300 kips> 506 kips o.k. different from the longitudinal ax.is, which often is the case with the moment forces,
1.67
Therefore, it is prudent to use the weld ductility factor originally derived from Richard
=868 kips> 354 kips o.k. (i986) as a value of 1.4, and modified by Hewitt and Thornton (2004) to a 90% confidence
litnit and the value of l.25. This value, which is explained in AJSC Manual Part 13, is used
Th~ gusset sh~ and nonnal forces and streng~ calculated previously do not consider inter- in these calculations. The original 1.4 factor is from Richard's work on corner gussets.
action. Interaction seldom controls at this location because the gusset thickness is usually Nevertheless, it is reasonable to use some "ductility factor" here because the weld is
controlled by the limit states associated with tbe brace-to-gusset connection. If interaction assumed to be uniformly loaded over each half width, even lhough the actual distribution
is to be considered here, the following interaction equation from plasticity theory is rccom- can vary. The use of a CJP groove weld avoids this issue, but likely at greater cost.
niended (Astaneh, 1998):
The resultant force on the weld is:
LRFD ASD

r r LRFD ASD

(M)(Nf(
u +
$M,.
u + Vu
$N,. V,. r Sl
(n::a J+(~a +( OV~a Sl R,, =JN;~quiv + V}. ~ =JN:,quiv + Va2
.
= J(506 ltipsf +(377 kips)
1 =J(354 kips)2 +(264 kips)2
For the present problem, the required strengths have been ~alculated in the preceding text,
as have tbe ~vailable streng~s in sh ear ~d ten~ion. The available flexural strength of the =631 kips =442 kips
I
gusset plate 1s calculated using the plasuc section modulus of the gusset plate :it section
a-a:
 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRJCALLY SRACED FRAMES 5-J
5- 190 BRACED FRAMES

The angle of the result.ant force can be calculated and used in the directional strength increa.c:e LRFD ASD
for fillet welds as follows:
Rn 1,530 kips
- R,, = 1.00(1,530 kips) -=
LRFD ASD n 1.50
I

= 1,530 kips> 506 kips o.k. =

1,020 kips >)54 kips o.k. I
9= tan:- 1 ( N,,~:,,;) S = tan-i(Na~:vi) l.
Check beam web local crippling
= tan -1 ( 506 kips) = tan -1(354 kips) For a force applied greater than a dist<l;11ce of ~12 from the beam ~nd:

rr::''
377 kips 264 kips
=53.3
.=aso.;!13[~)[:;
=53.3
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)
AISC Specification Section 12.4 allows an i11crease in the available strength of fillet welds
when the angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal a~is. The directional strength
increase is determined from the following portion of AISC Specification Equation 12-5: =(0.80)(0.570 io.)211 +3( 46 0 0 570
'.n)(
27.3 m; 0.930 m.
~")LS I I:

1.0 + 0.50sinl.S53.3 = l.36

29,000 ksi(SO ksi)(0.930 in.)
x .
Using AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and &-2b, the number of sixteemhs of fillet weld required 0.570 JO,
is: =1,370 kips
~
I
LRFD . ASD ASD
LRFD I-
1 - - - - _ _ . . . . : . . - - - + - - - - - 41
' Dr~q'd ~ Duqd ~ R,. 1;370 kips
l.25Ru 1.25R,,
G>Rn = 0.75(1,370 kips) -Q = 2.00
2(1 .392 kip/in.)(l .36)1 l 2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.36)/ =1,030 kips> 506 kips o.k. = 685 kips> 354 kips o.k.
1.25(631 kips) 1.25(442 kips)
= 2(1 :392 kip/in.)(1.36)(46.l) in.) =
2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.36)(46.0 in.) This completes cbe design of the top gusset for the forces on section a-a.
=4.53 sixteenths = 4.76 sixteenths Tl}e forces on gusset section b-b are: 1

Based on the thickness of the thinner c9nnected part, the minimum fillet weld size required LRFD ASD
by AlSC Specification Table J2.4 is 16 in.
1
Norma l N~ =-(Hi +Hz)
1 .
Nomia! N~ =-(Hi +H2)
I
Use double-sided !Y16in. filJet welds to connect the top gusset plate to the beam.

Check beam web local yielding

2- -

=.!.(- 160 kips+217 kips}

2
=.!.(.: ll2kips+ 152 kips)
2 I
I
2 I
For a force applied at a distance from the beam end that is greater 1han the depth of the = 28.5 kips =20.0 kips

;lt1
member:
1 2 l 2
Shear V,~ = 2(Vi -Vz)-L(M.) Shear V~ =-(Vi -Vz)--(Mo)
R,. =F-ywrw(5k+lb) (Spec. Eq. H0-2) 2 . L
=(50 ksi)(0.570 in.)[5(1.53 in.)+46.0 in.J
=1,530 kips
=.!.(-160.kips-217 kips)
2
=.!..(-112
2
kips-152 kips)

2(-3,6 10 kip-in.)
I
2(-5,160 kip-in.)
46.0 in. 46.0 in.
= ~5:8 kips =25.0 kips .J
"'
AM.ERJCAN lNSTITVl'S OP ST!!EL CONSTRUCTION
1:: !
5-1 93
5-192 BRACED FRAMES S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BR.ACED FRAMES

Design of gusset below the beam

LRFD ASD
For the geometry shown in Figure 5-29 for the gusset plate above the beam and using Figure
.MomentM~ = Mf +M2 Moment M~ = Mi+ M2 'l
5-3 l for the general lerminology:
=975 kip-in. =681 kip-in. '
! 6. =0
I +(-1,320 lcip-in.) +(-926 kip-in.)
!... Lt =L2
= -345 kip-in. =-245 kip-in.
.
' = 25.5 in.

Check gusset available strength on section b-b L =L1 +L2

The available shear strength of the gusset pla1e on section bb is: =51.0 in.
V11 =0.60.F).Agv (Spec. Eq. J4-3) e =dl2
=27.3 in./2
-LRFD ASD =13.7 in.
v. h = 29.0 in.
<>V,, =1.00(0.60)(36 ksi) ~ = 0.60(36 ksi)(J1 in.)
x( ~ in.)(20.0 in.) For the forces given in Figures 5-30a and 5-30b:
x(20.0 in.)/ l .50
>fl = 378 lcips > 35.8 kip o.k.
!r1
'"
...
= 252 kips> 25.0 kips o.k.
LRFD ASD

f\ =385 kips
The nonnal force involves both N and M. It is convenient to inttoduce an equivalent normal A =550 kips
tl
~~
force, as before, using the governing condition where N and the component of M are addi-
tive. This can be written as: H 1 = (550 kips )(~os45")
= 389 kips
H 1 = (385 kips)(cos45)
=272 kjps

Vi =(550 kips)(sin45) Vi = (385 kips )(sin 45)

~

=389 kips =272.kips

LRFD ASD I
Pz. = -444 kips \ Pi =-311 kips
N'urq1m. -128 - ki psI+14(-345 kip-in.)l N'a equiv
. -120 ok.tps I+14(-245Okip-in.)'
.
- .)
20.0 in. . .
- - . .
20. in. H2 = (-444 kips)(cos45) H2 =(-311 kips)(cos45)
=-314 kips =-220 kips
=97.5 ki_PS =69.0 kips I

V2 =(-444 k.ips)(sin45") V2 =(-311 kips)(sin45)

The avilable slrength of Lhe gusset plate to resist this force is determined for the limit state =-220 kips
=-314 kips
of tensile yielding:

Nn=F.,,Ag (Spec. Eq. J4-l) The moments are:

:: LRFD ASO LRFD ASD

..
~:..
$N,,=$FylpL
Nn
-=~
f)tpl Mi =H1e+Vi6 M1 =Hie+ Vi.6.
n n =(389 kips(l 3.7 in.)j =(272 kips(l3.7 in.)]
= 0.90(36 ksi)(Ji in.)(20.0 in.) = 36 ksi(* in.)(20.0 in.)
: +1272 kips(O in.)]
=~
.. =567 kips> 97 .5 kips o.k. +{389 k.ips(O in.)]
I.67
= 377 kips> 69.0 kjps o.k. =5,330 kip-in. :::: 3, 730 kip-in. I
~
i.
~.
S--194 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED fRAi\fES S...1 9.

LRFD ASD Check available strength of bottom gusset below the beam on section a-a
The available shear st.cength of the gusset plate on section a-a is:
M2 = H it- V2D. Mi =H it - V2D. 1
(Spec. Eq. 14-3)
=l-3 14 lcips(13.7 in.)J = l-220 kips(13.7 in.)}
-l-3 14 kips(O in.)J -l-220 kips(O in.)] LRFD ASD
=- 4.300 kip-in. = - 3,010 kip-in.
V,, = 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi) V,, =0.60(36ksi)(l 1.4 in.)
M'I =-
l LVi --hH,
1 1
--M, Ml =.!_L\'i-1_hH1 _.!_Mt n
8 4 2 8 4 2 x(l 1A in.)(51.0 in.) x(5 l .O in.)/1 .50
=l ,380 kips> 703 kips
= ics .o in.)
1 (389 kips) =i(51.0 in.)(272 kips)
o.k.
=918 kips> 492 kips o.k.

_.!_(29.0 in.)(389 kips) _ .!.(29.0 in.)(272 kips) The nonnal force involves both Nu or N0 and Mu or Ma. Tt is convenient to introduce ar
4 4 equivalent normal force, as before, as:
_..!.(5,330 kip-in.) _.!_(3, 730 kip-in.)
2 2 LRFD ASD
=- 3,010 kip-in. = - 2, I 00 kip-in. l{
. 14(9,630 .kjp-in.)l . 14(6,740 kip-in.)1 1 i
, l l' l i Nu equiv =17.).Q k1psl + 0 Na equiv =j52.0 kipsj+ O.
M2 =-LV2- - hH2 - - M2 M'2 =-LV2- -I J1H2 - -
1M 2 51. in. 51
8 4 2 8 4 2
= 830 kips =581 kips . Jll . '

=..!.(51.0 i.ri.) (-314 kips) =~(51.0 in.)(-220 kips) I

8
_.!,(29.0 in.)(-314 kips)
.

-~(29.0 in.)(-220 kips)

Tue availab.Je strength of the ~sset plate- to resist this force is determiiJed for the limit state
of tensile yielding:
l
4 4 . . .
N,..= F1 A8 (Spec. Eq. 14-1) ..
-.!.(-4,300 kip-in.) _.!.(-3,010 kip-in.)
2 2
= 2,420 lcip-in. = 1, 700 kip-in. LRFD
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i--_N~,,-=--F.-~
ASD
1.;.
1Q
tp~L
~~~~~~~~~--,,
For the bottom gusset, the forces on section a-a are: Nn = FytpL \ Q ~ 1
LRFD ASD
= 0.90(36 ksi)(l 'A io.)(51.0 in.) =36 ksi(l 'A in.)(S l.O in.) .:
=2,070 kips> 830 kips o.k . 1.67
1
NormalN., = V1+V2 Normal N 0 = Vi + v,, =1,370 kips> 581 kips o.k.
=389 kips-314 kips =272 kjps+(-220 kips} 1.
:...
= 75.0 kips =52.0 kips Interaction as calculated for I.be top gusset above the beam, is not repeated here.
Shear Vu =H1- H2
= 389 kips-(-314 kips)
= 703 kips
Shear Va = H1 -H2
= 272 kips - (-220 kips)
= 492 kips
Design the weld at the gusset-to-beam flange interface
for the gusset below the beam
t
.....
As discus~ed for the gusset above lhe beam, the 1.25 ductility factor is used here.
Moment Mu = Mi - M2
= 5,330 kip-in.
Moment Ma = M, - M2
= 3, 730 kip in.
L
-(- 4,300 kip-in.) -(-3,0 10 kip-in.)
= 9,630 kiP-in. = 6. 740 kip-in.
 S-196 5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTR1CALLY BR.ACEO FRAMES 5-197

, l The resultant force on the weld is: R,. =Fywt..,(5k+lb) (Spec. Eq. 110-2)
i ..l
~~ LRFD ASD
=(50 ksi)(0.570 in.)[5(1.53 in.)+ 51.0 in.J
= 1,670 kips
R" = ~NJcquiv + V,,2
,.i
"
l = J(830 kips)2 +(703 kips)2
Ra= ~N1equiv + V}
2
= )(581 kips) +(492 kips)2
LRFD ASD

Rn l,670 kips
= 1, 090 kips $R,. = l.OO(l,670 kips) -=
= 761 kips n 1.50
= 1,670 kips> 830 kips o.k.
.~.. = 1,110 kips> 581 kips o.k.
The angle of the result.ant force can be calculated and used in the dirnctional strength increase
for fillet welds as follows:
Check beam web local crippling
LRFD ASD For a force applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the beam end:

0 =tan -1 (Nu
.
equiv
- --
Vu .
J 0 = tan -tVa;:uiv) R,. =O. 8Ot,.,21+.>~(/b)(1"')l.5
- - EF>wtf
- -
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)

d lf lw

=tan - . kips)
l ( 830 . -i(5811cips)
=tan

=49.7
703 kips

= 49.7
492 kips
=(0.80)(0.570 in.)2 11+3(~~:~ :::)(~:!~~~:JS]
29,000 ksi(5_0 ksi)(0.930 in.)
XI--'---'----'-"-'--~--~
AISC Specificg.tion Section J2.4 allows an increase in the available strength of fillet ,welds 0.570 in.
when rhe angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis. The directional strength
= l,470 kips
increase is determined from the following ponion of AISC Specification F,quation 12-5:
1.0 + 0.50sin1s49.7 = 1.33 LRFD ASD

Using AISC Man~al. Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the number of ~ixteenths of fillet weld required Rn 1,470 kips
is: <!>Rn =0.75(1,470 kips) -=
0. 2.00
= l,100 kips> 830 kips o.ki
:::: 735 kips> 581 kips o.k.
\
L~ ASD
Dreq'd~ This completes the des.ign of the bottom gusset for the forces on section a-a
Dreq'd~
l.25Ru .. 1.25.R.t The forces on gusset section b-b are:
2(1.392 kip/in.)(l.33)l 2(0.928 lcip/in.)(1.33)/
LRFD ASD
- 2(1.3921.25(1,090
" kips)
k.ip/in.)(1.33)(51.0 in.) - 2(0.928 1.25(761 kips)
kip/in.)(1.33)(5 LO in.) }, 1
NormalN~ =-(H1 +H2) NormalN~ = - (H1 +Hi)
= 7.22 sixteenths -=7.56 sixteenths 2 2
..!.[389 kips+(-314 kips)] -=.!.1212 kips+(-220 kips)]
j; Use double-sidhd Yl-io. fillet welds to connect the bottom gusset plate to the beam. 2 2 I
~: =37.5 kips = 26.0 kips
i
Check beam web local yielding
For a force applied at a djstance from lhe beam end that is greater than lhe depth of the
member:

AMF-lUCAN lNSTITVre OF Sn:a CoNSTlllJCnON

5-198 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES s t9 :J

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

1 2 1 2 N~ F tpL
1
Shear V~ =-(Vi-Vz)--(Mu) Shear V~ =2:(V.- V2)-L(Ma ) ~Nn = 9F>tPL - =- -
2 L Q n
::: 0.90(36 ksi)(l 'A in.)(29.0 in.) 36 ksi(l 'A in.)(29.0 in.)
. = .!.[389 kips -(-314 kips)] =1.[272 kips-(-220 kips)] : 1.170 ~ips > 119 kips o.k. =
2 2 1.67
kip-in.) =781kips>81.2 kips o.k.
- 2(9,630
51.0 in.
740 .Jcip-in.)
- 2(6, 51.0 in.
=-26.1 kips =-18.3 kips
Check beam web shear at the centerline of the connection
MomentM~ = M( +M2 MomentM~ =Ml +Mi From Figure 5-32:
= -3,010 kip-in.
+2,420 kip-in.
=-2,100 kip-in.
+l,700 kip-in.
t:
~gusset
=- 590 kip-in. =-400 kip-in.
~Ltop .. II
1 I;.
i
Check gusset available strength on section b-b
'.The available shear strength of the gusset plate on section b-b is: I t (2M/L)top
V11 =0.60F,A8v (Spec. Eq. J4-3) I
t l
LRFD ASD l (N/2)top

4>Vn = 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi) . ~ =0.60(36 ksi)(l 1.1.i in.) J

r I-;

x(l 1.1.i in.)(29.0 in.)

=783 kips> 26. l kips o.k.
x(29.0 in.)11.so
=522 kips> 18.3 kips o.k. I t
j VMm
I

I
The normal force invo(ves bothN and M. It is convenient to introduce an equivalent normal \

force~ as before, as: I

lI t (N/2}oo1
1

t (2MIL}ooi
LRFD ASD

N,'utqutv. -137
-
5 k.JPS I+14(-590 kip-in.)'
.
,
NHquiv
.
=126.0 kips!+
14(-400 kip-in.)'
_ in.
l ~Lbot
.. 1
r>:

29.0 10. 29 0
=119 kips =S J .2 kips

The available strength of the gusset plate to resist this force is detellllioed for the limit state
Vi18am = [(N)
- + (2M)
2 t>ot
-
L bot
- [(N)
-
2 top
l
+ (2M)
-
L tcp
l \'
of tensile yielding: Fig. 5-32. Free body diagram ca/cu/ate beam shear; V~.
I()

I
(forces are shown in 0$Swned positive direction).
(Spec. Eq. 14-1)
.. ,,
AM:EluCAN ~STITIJTE Ol' SlTilll. CONST1UlCllON
l:
 5-200
BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S- 20!
,

LRFD ASD Startjng at rhe beam centerline, the shear per inch js:

i,,..l v,
b~a>n -
-[ 75.0 kips
+ 2(9,630 kip-in.)1 v.beam --[ 52.0 kips + 2(6, 740 kip-in.)J LRFD ASD
2 5l.O in. 2 5 1.0 in.
v(x )= 611 kips l
-[57.0 kips+ 2(:-5,160 kip-in.)J
2 46.0 in.
-f 40.0 kips+ 2(-3,610 kip-in.))
2 .46.0 in.
- (8.52 kip/in.+ 16.3 kip/in.)x
v(x)= 427 kips
-(5 .95kip/in.+1L4 kip/in.)x

..=611 kips =611 kips-(24.8 kip/in.)x =427 kips - (17.4 kip/in.)~

= 427 kips

where x is measured from the beam centerline.

From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shear strength of the W27x11 4 is:
Seing v(x) equal to tbe available strength of the beam and solving for x:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
(l>vVn = 467 kip~< 611 kips n.g.
v.
Qn = 311 kips< 427 kips n .g.

-----ln:J
611 kips-(24.8 kip/in.)x=467 kips 427 kips-(17.4 kip/in.)x= 311 kips
"
x=5.81 in. x"'6.67 in.
:Oe av:ulab!e s?ear strength is less than the require.d shear strength. Thus, a web doubler plate
is require.d, as m Example 5.3.8.
Try a 14 in.xl4 in. doubler plate. Using the available shear strength of the beam and AISC
The normal force per inch for the bottom gusset is: Specification Equarion J4-3 and solving for t,u,ublu:

LR.FD LRFD - . ASD 1

ASD
$Vn (btom) +$Vn (doub/u) ~Vu Vn (b..am) '/ n + V,, (doubter) I 0 :;:: V~
Pbo1 =[(NJ +( LM)bor )1(L!2)
2
Poo1 =[(N) +( 2MJ ll(L/2) 467 kips+ l.OO(tdoubler )(14.0 in)
2 bor 31 1 kips+ { 0.60(tdoubltr )(14.0, in)
2 bot L bot
x(0.60)(36 ksi)
=f(75.0 kips )+('2(9,630 ~p-in.) )] =f(52.0 kips)+(2(6,740 k_Jp-in.))J ~ 611 kips
x(36 ksi)/1.50}
2 51.0 m. ~427 kips
2 51.0 Jll.
/(51 .0/2) /(51.012) '~' 2 0.476 ill. r.,,.b,., 2!0.575 in.
-
=16.3 kip/in. =11.4 kip/in.
1\'Pically, one method should be chosen and used consistently throughout an entire design.
The normal force per inch for the top gusset is: In d~sign _by LRFD, a Y2-in. _doubler plate would be adequate. For this example, the ASD
result will be used.
LRFD ASD Use a doubler plate~ ~~-X l4 in.xi '-2", near si_de onlf-

Prop=[( ~Jtop +( (~J +(~) l'(L/2)

2 The required shear strengih of the doubler plate is:
M)top Jt(l/2)
L Ptop=f
top L top
LRFD ASD
=[(57:02kips)+ (2(-5~:.~ ~~-in.))} =[(40.0 kips)+(2(-3.610 ~p~fo.)Jj l
2 46.0 m. Vb<am - <PVn (b<-) =611 kips - 467 kips Vb<!am - Vn (~e(llll) IQ = 427 kips - 311 kiP,S j
/(46.0/2) /(46.0/2) = 144 kips =116l<lps j
= -8.52 kip/in. '------~~-~~-~~-,.-L-----~-~~~~~~~-'
::: -5.95 lcip/in.

,. ' ... .

AMEIUCAl'l l.NS'ITll.n"B OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION

5-202 BRACED FRAMES .S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRJCAU..Y BRACED FRAMES

Using the instantaneous cen1er of rotation method of AJSC Manual Part 8, use Table 8-8
with 0 =0 to determine the strength of welds on the doubler plate. For a channel-shaped
weld on half of the doubler plate, the geometric variables are:
l = 14.0 in.
Example 5.3.5. this connect.ion uses ASTM A572 Grade 50 splices in the beam away from
the connection. ASTM A992 W24x146 beam stubs are used at the beam ends to meet the l
high shear demand from the braces over the connection. Use ASTM A325-X bolts and fl
70..ksi weld electrodes. The applicable building code specifies 1he use of ASCEISEI 7 for .
calculation of loads. The gravity shears and moments on the beam are:

k = 7.00 in, /14.0 in. Vv =11.2 kips Vt= 8.50 kips Mv =120.kip-ft ML = 100 kip-fl

= 0.500 The relevant seismic parameters are given in the SCBF Design ~ample Plan and Eleva~ion

.kl= 7.00 in. section.

xi= 0.125(14.0 in.)= 1.75 in. Solution:

This connection design uses splices in the beam to provide a simple beam-to-column con
ei =al nection satisfying AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(a).
=7.00 in. - 1.75 in.
From AISC Manual Tables 2-4 and 2-5, lhe material properties are as follows:
=5.25 in.
ASThiA36
a =0.315
F1 =36 ksi
By interpolation,AJSC Man(lal Table 8-8 withe= 9 gives: Fu= 58 ksi
C=3.35 ASTMA572 Grade 50
Fy =50 ksi
From ~lSC Mam~al Table 8-3, C 1 =l .00. Tue fillet weld size reA)uired is:
Fu= 65 ksi
LRFD ASD ASTM A500 Grade B .I
F1 :::42 ksi
D . _ Vb.,am om. m
- nvb,_,,,,
----
lllm - $CC1l CC1l Fu::: 58 ksi
144 kips 2.00(116 kips) ASTMA992
=
0. 75(3.35)(1.00)(14.0 in.) (3.35)(1.00)(14.0 in.) F1 =50 ksi I
\
= 4.09 =4.95 F,, = 65 ksi
From AlSC Manual Tables 1-1 and 1-13, the geornetric properties are as follows:
Use a 16-in. all around fillet weld, as shown in Figure 5-29. All delAi.ls are shown in Figure
5-29. Brace (above the beam)
HSS6.875x0.500
t,,_ =0.500 in. t", =0.465 in. .A =9.36 in.2 r=2.27 in.
Example 5.3.10. SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column
Connection Design Brace (below the beam)
HSS7 .500x0.500 r.
l:
Given: A = 10.'.3 in.2 r= 2.49 in.
1110,,. =0.500 in. ldu = 0.465 in.
Refer to Joint IT-2 at level 3 in Figure 5-11. Design the connection between braces, beam
nnd column using splices in the beam away ftom the gusset plates. The brace is designed to
buckle out-of-plane. Use-ASTM A36 welded gusset plates concentric to the braces and 70-
Beam
W24x68
. ,,._..

ksi electrodes to connect the braces co the gusset plates and the gusset plates to the beam and d :::23.7 in. lw=0.415 in. y =0.585 in. kdu = J .09 in.
column. As designed in Examples 5.3.1, 5.3.3 and 5.3.5, the braces are ASTM A500 Grade
B round HSS sections, the column is an ASTM A992 W12x96, and the beam is an ASTM Beam stub
A992 W24x68. The brace reinforcing bars are ASTM A572 Grade 50 material. As noted io W24x146
 5-205
BRACED FRAMES S.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICAilY BRACED FRAMES
5-204

The required strength of the bracing connection due to seismic lo~ding is i:ased o~
A =43.0 in. 2 d= 24.7 in. r.., =0.650 in. IJ= 1.09 in. ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5 (LRFD and ASD) with 0.00: - Emh_

I
~ : kdu = 1.59 in. T=20* in. ry = 3.01 in.
1:.
u .
I ... discussed in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3.
Column The required strength of the bracing connection when the brace is in tension is:
W12x96
d= 12.7 in. t,., =0.550 in. 11 =0.900 in. kdu = I.50 in.
The comp,lete connection design is shown iu Figure 5-33. 'The connection geometry and
member forces are as shown in Figures 5-34 and S-35. These were originally determined in
E.xample 5.3.5. The calculations will be shown again here.

See the discussion under "Solution" in Example 5.3.8 for a discussion of the analysis forces Erection bolt -+---..
required by the AISC Seismic Provisio1ts and of the LRFD and ASD approaches.

In Example 5.3.8, there were two braces above the beam and two braces below, so the
direc-
tion of loading d1d not affect the connection design. In this comer connection, since the
braces above and below the beam are not the same size, the direction of loading affects the
amount of force that must be considered in the connection design. Two design cases will be
considered.

AISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism analyses ,rW24i<68
that must be considered in detem1ining the required strengch of beams, columns. and con- / beam
nections. AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing
c.onnections. For the required compressive strength based on buckling limit states, Section
F2.6c(2) has an additional 1.1 factor (relative 10 the requirements of Section F2.3) applied
to lhe required strength of the connection.

For this SCBF connection example, the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3 will be used for both LRFD and ASD, except for the limit state of compression buck-
ling on the Whitmore section, which will use the 1.1 factor specified in AlSC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6c(2).

Design Case I
Design Case I shows brace strengths whiCb correspond to lateral forces applied in the posi-
tive x..<firection. The brace above the beam is at itS expected strength in tension, and the
brace below the beam is at its expected strength (or its post-buckling strength) in compres-
sion. These forces above and below must be considered simultaneously. HSS 7.500i<0.500
brace
l l Determine the expected tensile strength of the HSS6.875x0.500 brace
\: ' above the beam for Design Case I
From AtSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l:

P,""""" =RyFyA8
Note: A325-X bOIUI are to be pretensioned with slip-critical faying surfaces.
~:
1 ..
i;
=1.4(42 ksi)(9.36 in.2)
Fig. 5-3~. Geomerry and complmd design for Exampl115.3.JO.
i: =550 kips
 S-209
BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPFU/\L CO~(.b.'l"rRICAl.l.Y BRACED f'RA.\.IES
5-203

. I

' n2E (Spec. Eq. E3-4)

LRFD ASD F. :t --

P. =l.OEm1i Po= 0.1Em11 1 (~Lr

=1.0(518 kips) =0.7(518 kips) n2 (29,000 ksi)
= 518 kips =363 lcips = 2
(63.4)
=71.2 ksi
And the expec ted post-buclding brace strength from AISC Seismic Proi:isioltS Section
F2.3 is:
F,,, I
= 0.658
f!i_FLl
F, R1 Fy
(from Spec. Eq. E3-2)
0.3Pron.prtwon = 0.3(518 kips) l
I
1 4(4Zksi)
== 155 kips = 0.658 ?~ (1.4)(42 ksi)
The required strength due to seismic loading of the bradng connection when the brace is in =41.6 ksi
compression, based on poM-buckling !>trenglh, is: The eitpcctcd compressive strength of the brace nbove the beam, based on AlSC Seismic
!. Pro~isions Section F2.3, is taken as the lesser of R>F1..\1 or l.14FmA::
_ _ __, ~":.;?
LRFD ASD

Pu = l.OEh..., Pa= 0.7Em>r

Pcvmprmion =min{l.14FmAg, RyFyAg}
=1.0(155 kips) =0.7(155 kips) =min{ll.14(41.6 ksi)(9.36 in.1)]. !1.4(42 lcsi)(9.36 in.2)1}
=155 kipli = 109 kips =otin {444 kips, 550 kips)
=444 kips
The two sets of forc~s 10 be considered in Design Case I are shown in Figures 5-34 and
5-35. Detcnnination of the collec1or force from outside the frame and the axial forces in the The required strength due to seismic loading of the bracing connection v. hco the brace is in
beam are shown for lhe beam design in Example 5.3.5 (see Figures 5-17 and 5-18). compression is:
ASD
Design Case II
Design Case H shows brace strengths corresponding to lateral forces applied in the negative
LRFD
.
P,. = LOE.,.,, \
P0 =0.7,,,,,
x-<lirection. The brace above the beam is at its expected strength (or post-buckling strength) \

in compression. and the brace below the beam is at its expected strength in tension. These =1.0(444 k.Jps) =0.7(444 kips)
forces must be considered simultaneously.. ,,. 444 lcips =3 11 kips
I

Determine the expected compressive strength of the HSS6.875x0.500 And the expected post-buckling strength is:
brace above the beam for Design Case II
0.3Prompr.s.sfon = 0.3 (444 kips)
KL =J.0(12.0 ft)(l 2 inlft) =133 kips
:: I
!i
r
=63.4
2.27 in.
The required strength due to seismic loading of.the bracing conncclion when the brace is in
compression, based on post-bucl<liog dtrength, tS:
.... 4.71J E =4.7 1
29,000 ksi
ASD
?..,. R1 F1 1.4(42 lcsi) LRFD
=105 P,. =0.7Em>i
Pu= 1.0E,,111
=0.7(133 !0ps)
I1 Witti -Kl ~4.11 ~
--:
"" 1.0(133 kips)
=93. l lcips
r R1 F1 =133 kips
5-210 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED PR.AMES

Determine the expected tensile strength of the HSS7.500x0.500 brace For Design Case Il, this shear is:
below the beam for Design Case II
From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l: LRFD ASD l
R1 =1.4 (444 kips+606 kips)sin45 =742 kips (31lkips+424 kips)sin45 = 520 kips

I'tcnsiolt =R1 F1 A1
=1.4(42 ksi)(l0.3 in.2 )
=606 kips
444 kips
(compression)
311 kips
(compression) I
The required strength of the bracing connection due to seismic loading when the brace is in / / :

tension is:
r:.
LRFD ASD 46.0 kips 32.2.kips

P" = 1.0E,,,11 P,, =0.1Em11

= 1.0(606 kips)
=606 kips
=0.7(606 kips)
=424 kips
r
The two sets of forces to be considered in Design Case II are shown in Figures 5-36 and
5-37 (also see Figures 5-17 and 5-18 ofExample5.3.5).
606 kips
(tension)
424 kips
(tension) t
.,

(b)ASD

~l
(a) .RFD
There is no shear in the beam due to seismic loads. The required shear'strength of the beam
due to gravity loads is: . Fig. 5-36. Required strength of bracing connections according to
AJSC Seismic Pro,ision.s Section F2.3(i)for Design. Case JI.
LRFD ASD
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from 133 kips 93.1 kips I
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3 ..Z - ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (compression) (compression

Vu =(1.2+0.2Sns)VD +Q0 V01: v., =(1.0+ 0.14SDs )Vo+ VH / /

+ 0.5VL + 0.2Vs +Vp +0.7Q0 Vca
=1.4(11.2 kips)+ 2.0(0 kips) =l.14(11.2kips)+O kips+O kips
+ 0.5(8.50 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(2.0)(0 kips) 27.6 kips 19.3 kips
=19.9 kips =12.8 kips

":-'faln Member Design Considerations . .

Considering Design Cases I and II, the total maximwn vertical shear is lhe sum of the ver-
.'"
tic::1I components of the expected strength of the braces above and below the beam. 606 kips 424 kips
(tension)
.',.
(tension)
For Design Case I, thls shear is: \
(a) lRFD (b)ASD

LRFD ASD Fig. 5-37. Requind strength of bracing connections according to

AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) for Design Case If.
(550 kips+518 kips)sin45=755 kips (385 kips+363 kips)sin45 =529 kips
l :. 1
S-212 BRACED FRAMES

Design Case I controls. In the usual computer or manual analysis of this design problem
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICAU.Y BRACF..D FRAMES 5-213

LRFD ASD
where all members intersect at a common gravity axis work point, the beam does not par-
ticipate in the carrying of this shear, and is designed for gravity loads and the axial load due 4 welds(l.392)D/ > P.. 4 welds(0.928)Dl > P.,
to the mechanism analysis required by AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3. Jn reality. 606 kips 424 kips
however, the beam pruticipates with lhe gusset plates as the principal carrier of the shear due l=
4 welds(l.392 k:ip(m.)(4 sixteenths}
l =4 welds(0.928 kip/in.)(4 si.xcccn1hs)
lo the brace force vertical components. The total vertical shear in this case is 155 kips
(LRFD) nnd 529 kips (ASD). As a 'rule of lhumb," lbe beam should be able to carry one = 27.2 in. =28.6 in.
half or more of this shear, plus the specified gravity shear. to ayoid the need for doubler
l
plates. The chosen W24x68 beam, with an available shear strength of 295 kips (tRFD) and Use (4) 29-in.-long lfiin. fillet welds to connect the brace below the beam to the gusset
L
,, 197 kips (ASD) from AJSC Manual Table 3-6, \Vill require doubler plates. plate.

...... I
,,
:~

"
To avoid the use of doubler plates, use a W24x146. This is an increase in weight of (I 4<5 lb/f1
- 68 lb/ft)(25 fl) =1,950 lb. Determine the minimum length, I, required for the brace-to-gusset lap
The limjt state of shear rupture in the brace wall is used to determine the minimum brace-
Alternatively, the beam stubs shown in Figure 5-33 can use the heavier W24x146 section
to-gusset lap length. Note that 1he expected brace rupture strength, R,Fu, n:iay be used i'.1 tl'.e
and the original W24x68 can be used betWe.en the splices. As yel another possibility, a con- detennination of the available strength according to the User Note m AISC Seismic
tinuous pl are can be used in lieu of 1he W24x146 stub, and the W24x68 can be connected
Provisio11S Section A3.2.
to this plate. This option is shown in Figure 5-43 as an illustration, withoul calculations. The
option using the W24x146 and the W24x68 in.till piece will be used here. Using AJSC Specification Section J4.2, including R1 from AISC Seismic Provi:~i<Jns Table
A3.l: .
Brace-to~Gusset Connection Design
R1 =1.3
The design approach used here will follow that of Example 5.3.8, with single pass, 'A-in.
field welds between the brace and the gusset. The weld length required is determined using (from Spec. Eq. J4-4)
AISC.Manual Equacfons 8-2a and 8-2b. For the top gusset, the ma:umum force is 550 kips
In this equation, Anv is taken as the cross-sectional area of the four walls of the brace,
(LRFD) and 385 kips (ASD), thus:
Anv = 4lltJu. Therefore:
LRFD ASD Rn = 0.60R,F,. (4/td~s)
Solving for the minimum lap length, /, for che brace above the beam:
Rn =l.392Dl Rn =0.928Dl
n .
4 welds(l.392 kip/in.)D/ > P,,
LRFD \ ASD
4 welds(0.928 k:ip/'10.)Dl > P0
550 kips l 2!.
Pu ilPa
385 kips l~
l= I= (0.60)R,F,. (4tw) 0.60R1 Fu (4tc1u)
4 welds(l.392 kii>fio.)(4 sixteenths) 4 welds(0.928 kipfrn.)(4 sixteenths)
550 kips 2.00(385 l;ips)
=24.7 in. = 25.9 in.
..
2! 0.75(0.60)(1.3)(58 ksi)(4)(0.465 in.) ~ 0.60(1.3)(58 ksi)(4){0.465 in.)
1 2! 8.71 in. ~ 9.15 in.
Use (4) 26-in.-long A-in. fillet welds to conoecc the brace above the beam to the gussel
plate.

For the bottom gusset, the maxjmum force is 606 kips (LRFD) and 424 kips (ASD) and the The 26 in. required for the Y..-in. fillet weld controls.
required weld length is:
Solving for the minimum lap length, l, for the brace below the beam:

~:
1
"~
 5.J Sl'J::,UAI. l...Vl~\..l!N I KJl...Al.l..l .tSKJ\l...~U l'IV~JVIJ.;J
.BRACED FRAMF.S

~
. LRFD ASD
.
LRFD ASD
P., DP.
l~ 606.k.ips(S.71 in.) I~ 424 kips(9 15 in) t~- I~--
P F1 w 1
550 kips 385 kip~ ' F1 wp

~9.60
- 550 kips = 1.67(385 kips)
in. ~IO. J in. =
36 ksi(25.8 in.)
J
0.90(36 ksi)(25.8 in.)
= 0.658 in. =0.692 in.
.
The 29 in. length required for the 1,4-io. fillet welds controls.

Check tflst the bracing connection can accommodate brace buckling Use a ~-in.-thjck gusset plate for !he brace above the beam.
according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3)
For the brace below the beam, the width of the gusset on the Wbiunore section is:
The requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) are met through the use of
option (b}-rotation capacity. As explained in the User Note of tlut section and in tbe w p = Di,_.~ + 21 tan Q
Commentary Figure C-F2.9, accommodation of inelastic ro1alion is ~mplished "'ith the
brace terminating before the line of restraioL Figures 5-37 and 5-38 show the 21 cJearance
=7.50 IO.+- 2(29.0 in.)(tan 20)
beyond lhe end of the brace. =28.6 in.
The choice of a rela1ively small Whitmore sec1ioo resuhs in a tapered gusset, which is ben
cficial because it allows 1he brace to be located closer 10 the beam while still accommodating <t.. column
brace rotation by providing a 2t clearance according to AlSC S~ismic Provisions S~tion Face of
F2.6c(3) and Commentary. column flange

Determine gusset plate thickness for the limit state of tensile yielding on the
Whitmore section
fo keep the gussets compact, choose an angle!), as shown in Figure 5-38, of 20. Ex:implc B
5.3.8 used$::: 10, but in this example ::i smaller angle will result in shorter gusset interfaces
nnd larger welds and may resuh in concentrated forces th:ll cause yielding or crippling in the
beam and column.

With cj> =20, the gusset thickness can be estimated.

For lhe top brnce, the width of the gusset. at the \Vbitmore section is: Face of beam flange

Wp = Dbraa + 21 tan c> W.P.

=6.875 in.+ 2(26.0 in.)(tan 20}
=25.8 in. ~beam

Find the minimum gusset plate thickness based on the limit state of tensile yielding.
R,. =F.,.A1 (Spec. Eq. 14-- l )
Note: Maximum +tor determining
Whitmore section is 30.
= FylpWp

Fi&. 5-38. Geometry of gusset to accommodate bending ume.

 5-2l6
BRACEP FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTIUCALLY .BRACED FRAMES 5-217

Find tlie minimum gusset plate thickness based on t11e limit state of tensile yieldfog.
LRFD ASD
Rn =F1 A8 (Spec. Eq. J4-l)
= FytpWp R11 ~ 0.60FyA8v + VbsFuA~,
~R,, =$(0.60F1 Agv ~ V1>:F11An1) . '
n n
"(f :
.~:
I LRFD ASD
= 0.75(842 kips+299 kips) 842 kips+ 299 kips
<\:. =856 kips> 550 kips o.k. . 2.00
. Ip~--
Pu tp >
__0Pa
_ = 57 l kips > 385 kips. o.k.
<j>Fywp Fywp -
606 kips For the gusset plate below the beam:
= 0.90(36 ksi)(28.6 in.)
:::: 1.67(424 kips)
36 ksi(28.6 in.)
,j,
,,.
,_., =0.654 in. =0.6S8 in. :

~:~ Ani = 7.50 i.n.(v.i in.)

Use a ~-in. -thick.gusset place for the brace below the beam. :::: 5.63 in.2

A811 = An1
Check block shear rupture of the gusset plate
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is: :::: 2(29.0 in. ) (~ in.)
=43.~ in. 2
Rn= 0.60F;,Anv +U1>sFuAn1 $ 0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAru (Spec. Eq. 14-5)

For the gusset plate above the beam: 0.60Fy,<\.gv =0.~0(36 ksi)(43..5 in:~)
=940 kips
! .; .

2
An1 = 6.875 in.(3,4 in.) UbsF11.An1 , = l.0(58 ksi}(5.63 .in. )

=:5.16in. 2 =327 klps

..
Agv= Anv LRFD ASD
=2(26.0 in.)(JA in.) R,. 0.60FyAgv + Ub$FuA111
~Rn=$( 0.60FyAgv + Ub,FuAm) I
., -=
=39.0 in. 2 n n
=0.75(940 kips+327 kips) ' 940 kips+ 327 kips
Since the gross shear area,
A811 , and the qet shear area, Anv, are equal in I.his case, the shear :::: 950 kips > 606 kips o.k. 2.00
yielding component, 0.60F1 Agv, is smaller tlJan the shear rupture component, 0.60F.,Anv:.'.
= 634 kips > 424 kips o.k.
. .. - -..
0.60F1 A8 v= 0.60(36 ksi)(39.0 in.2 ) '

=842 kips Determine .gusse.t geometry

From Figure 5-38, the gusset geometry can be determined as foll~ws:
U1>~F;;A"' =L0(58ksi)(5.16 in.2 )
. = 299 kips L =Jceb tan6+asin0tan0)1 +(eb +asin0)2
d
a =
2 + (lw + 2t) tanQ
a
L6 = - - + t'b tan 0 - ~
cose

L8 =(L+l..., +2c)ws0+%sin0-eb -l(L+l,.. +2t)sin0-%cos0-ec jtan(90- 0- <!i)

Allle!UCAN INSTIT\ITI! OP STEEL. CoNSTRUCTI.ON

5-218 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPEClALCONCENTJUCAUY BRACED FRAM~

For the gusset above the beam:

Ls= (L+l., +2r)cos0+%sin0-eb -l(L+lw +2t)sin0-~cos0-e,:jian(90-0-$)
The width of the gusset edge, d, is 2.00 in. wider than the brace diameter to allow clearance
between the HSS and
the gusset comer, i.e., 1.00 in. on each side of the HSS.
8 88 in. ( . 45'
=(32.1in.+26.0 in.+ 2.00 in.Xcos450\,+---i-- sin r 12 4 .
. in.

88
d:: 6.875 in.+ 2.00 in.
-[(32.l in.+26.0 in.+2.00 in.)(sin45)- ~ in. (cos45j-6.35 in.]
=8.88 in.
x tan(90 - 45 - 20)
24.7 in.
eb=-- - = 17 .8 in. Use Ls = 1 ft ili in.
2
= 12.4 in. lb =atan0+2t
12.7 in. = 14.6 in.(tan45)+ 2.00 in.
ec=--
2 =16.6 in.
= 6.35 in.
For the bottom gusset:
0=45
d = 7.50 in.+ 2.00 in.
<!>=20 = 9.50 in.
I..,= 29.0 in.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) requires that the brace connection accommodate
2t = 2.00 in.
I
the flexural forces or rotation imposed by bmce buckJing. This can be achieved either by
option (a) designing the connection to have an available flexural strength of the expected l,
brace flexural strength, R1 Mpo multiplied by 1.1 (LR.FD) or by 1.1/1.5 (ASD) or option (b) a =~+(lw+2t)tan$
providing rotation capacity to accommodate the required rouirion. This brace configuration 2
satisfies option (b) as it pro,ides rotation capacity by providing the minimum 2t offset dis- = 9.SO in.+ (29.0 in.+ 2.00 in.)(tan 20)
tance recommended in AISC Seismic Provisions CommenlaJ')' Section F2.6c(3). Using a 2
%-in.-thick gusset plate, 2t = 2(3A in.)= 1.50 in., but use 2.00 in. to allow for a possible gus- =16.0 in.
=
set thickness increase as the calculations proceed. With !..., 26.0 in.:
L = Jce0 tan0+ asin0tan0)2 +(eb + asin0)2
d
a =2+(lw +2t)tan$ = [12.4io.(1an45)+16.0 _in. (si!l,45)(tau45)j2 +[12.4 io.:i-!_6.0 in.(sin45)j2
\
8 88 in.+ (26.0 io. + 2.00 in.)( tan 20) :: 33.5 in. Use L = 2 ft 9'h in.
=
2 .
=14.6 in. LA=--+eb
a 9
tan -ec

L =J<eb can0+asin9tan0)2 +(~b +asin0)2

cos9
=160 in.+12.4 in.(tan45)-6.35 in.
cos45
l"..:.
=~12.4 in.(tan 45)+ 14.6 in.(sin45~)(tan 45)]2 +112.4in.+14.6 in.(sin45)J =28.7 in. Use LA =2 ft 43.4 in.
= 32.l in. Use L = 2 ft 8 h in.
1

Ls= (L+l,.. + 2t)cos9+~sin0-eb -l(L+l,.. + 2t)sin0-%cos0-ec }tan(90-9- ~)

a
Ltt=-- +ebtan0-ec
cose
=(33.5 io.+ 29.0 in.+ 2.00'in:J(cos45)+ 9 5~ in. (sin45)-12.4 in.

I . . . . "' l
=--
14.6 io.
+I 2 .4 .ui. ( tan 450) - 6 .35 .m.
0
cos45 9.50
- (33.5 m.+29.0 m.+2.00 m.)(sm45 r - --in. (cos 45'1- 6 35 m.
.
=26.7 .in. Use L,.. =2 ft 2~ in.
~:
2
Xtan(90-45-20)
= 19.8 in. Use La =l ftlliin.
AMEJUCAN lNSTO"IJTS 01' Sn;a CONSTIWCTJON
 5--220 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

10 = atan0+2t The required compressive slreJtgth of the gussec plate is:

= 16.0 in.( tan45")+2.00 in.
LR.FD ASD
= 18.0 in.
P,, = 1.1(444 kips) Pa = 1.1(311 kips)
This completes the gusset geometry, and the basic gusset geometry of Figure 5-33 can be
t
generated. =488 kips = 342 kips
l
(
56 l kips > 488 kips o.k 373 kips > 342 kips o.k.
Top Brace-to-Gusset Connection
i The design of the top brace-to-gusset connection in Example 5.3.8 is very similar. The gus-
.,,f set plate there is 11.4 in. thick wltlle it is ~ in. thick here due to the wider gusset plate used Bottom Brace-to-Gusset Connection
in this example. For the limit state of tensile rupture of the brace, the check in Example 5.3.S
is adequnte and need not be repeated here. Because the gusset plate is thinner in this exam- Check the brace effective net area
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3). the brace effective net area, An(bra"J'
ple, less :u-ea is removed from lhe brace to accommodate the gusset plate.
should not be less than the brace gross area, Ag. Thus the net area is:

Check the top. gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section
A11 =Ag-2[tp+2(gap)]tt1u
Because the gusset geometry is different from the gusset in Example 5.3.8, gusset plate
buckling must be investigated. Determine the available compressive strength using an effec- Using a gap of l/i6 in. on each side of the brace slot to allow clearance for erection:
tive length factor, K = 0.6, for the extended comer gusset, from Dowswell (2006). As noted
in the beginning of Example 5.3.8, the additional 1.1 factor specified in AlSC Seismic An = 10.3 in.2 - 2[.t in.+ 2(1/16 in.)](0.465 in.)
Provisions Section F2.6c(2) is applied to the expected brace strength for determining the
required compressive strength based on buckling limit staces. =9.49 in.2
Klb 0.6(16.6 in.)
from AISC Specification Table 03.l, Case 5, if I= 29.0 in. > 1.3(7.50 in.) = 9.75 in.,
7 = :IA in./..Jfi U = 1.0, thus:
=46.0 A.,= UA.,.
2
From AISC Manual Table 4-22, wich KL/r =46.0, the available critkal stress is: = 1.0(9.49 in. )
2
=9.49 in.
LRFD ASD
Since A~< A.r, reinforcement is requir~d. The approximate area. of reinforcement required,
gl Am. is the area removed, but the position of the reinforcement \\.111 reduce U to less than 1.0.
~:-
->. $cFcr = 29.0 ksi ~: =19.3 ksi The required area of reinforcement can be obtained from:

(A,. + A,.,.)U ~ A8
From AISC Specification Equation E3-l . using the width at the Whitmore section, the avail-
able compressive strength of the top gusset plate is: Try U = 0.80, then:

LRFD ASD 10.3 in.l 9 49 . 2

A,,,= 0.80 . 1.ll.
Pn
4>cP11 =$cl'CrAg . - =FcrAg
-- = 3.39 in.2
nc nc
=4>cFcrtpWp
FcrlpWp Try two flat bars of ASTM A572 Grade 50 steel 1 112 in. x l 'h in., with. a tot~l area _of
=29.0 ksi(~ in.)(25.8 in.) - .O.c
=
2(1 'h in.)2 4.50 in.1 With Fy.,, 50 ksi, ASTM A572 Grade 50 matcnal sausfies 11.
=561 kips requirement in AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.5b(3), that the yield strength ot ti.~
= 19.3 ksi{~ in.)(25.8 in.) reinforcement be at least the specified minimum yield strength of the member.
=373 kips
The arrangement is shown in Figure 5-39.

AMmoCAN INSTTrvTI! oP STEEL CoNSTRocnoN

 BRACED FRAMEs 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-223

From Figure 5-39:

Determine xfor the composite cross section.
Dbraa tu
r i = - - - -1
2 2 i A xA
7.50 in. 0.465 io.
Part in. in. 2 in. 3
:::---
~-
2 2 Half of brace 2.24 4.75 10.6
==3.52 in. One Flat Bar 4.50 2.25 10.1

Dbrac~ 1'l!i in.

r?.::::--+--
t - 7.00 20.7
2 2
7.50 in.
in. I~ .I:XA
=---+--
2 2
x =--
IA
= 4.50 in. 20.7 in.3
7.00 in.2
The distance to the centroid of a panial circle is given by:
=2.96 in.
_ r1sin0
x=--
0
FromAISC Specification Table D3.1, Case 2, which applies to HSS with reinforcement added: t;..
where_ the_ total arc of the partial circle is 29, and 9 is measured in radians. Although the U =I--
x
brace is slightly less than a full half-circle because of the slot as shown in Figure 5-39 use
. I '
an angle, e, of 1tl2 for simplicity. ' = 1_ 2.96 in.

I
-xbroc~ -_ 3 . 52 10.
. --'--""-
sin(it/2) radJ
{n/2) rad
-
29.0 in.
=0.898
A,, = An(bn>e~) +Am I~
= 2.24 in. 2 2
=9.49 in. +4.50 in.

=4.50 in.
= 14.0 in.2 ~-
Ae =UA.,
2 I
=0.898(14.0 in. ) \
\
2
= 12.6 io.2 > 10.3 in. o.k.

Design welds connecting flat bars ~o brace

According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3)(ii), the flat bar is connected to the
~gusset pla_
te
HSS brace to develop the eitpected strength of the flat bai on each side of the reduced sec-
tion (the eitpected yield strength, RyF.,. is used here). The reduced section is the length of
the HSS from the extent of the slot (dimension x of Figure 5-33) to the start of the HSS-
to-gusset weld. The required strength of the weld is based on the expected flat bar yield
strength using Ry from AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.1 for ASTM A572 Grade 50 bars.
For ASD, use 1.011 .5 of the expected su-ength of the flat bar reinforcement.

LRFD ASD

R1 F1 AJb = 1.1(50 ksi)(2.25 in.2) R 1 FyAJbll.5 =l.1(50 ksi)(2.25 in.2 )11.5

Fig. 5-39. Cross section of brace below the beam at net secticn.- =124 kips =82.5 kips
 5.3 SPEOAL CONCENTRICALLY RR.ACED fRA.MES S-225
S-224 BRACED FRM1ES

The requireJ compressive strength of the gusset plate is:

Usmg two ~ingle pass V...-in. fillet welds, from AJSC Manual Equarion~ 8-23 and 8-2b, the
weld lenglh required is:
LRFD ! ASD
LRFD ASD
P., = J.1(518 kips) P,, =1.1(363 kips)
= 399 kips
. ' I

l.392D/ > P., 0.928Dl >Pu =570 kips

1. = 124 kips I _ 82.5 kips 609 kips> 570 kips o.k. 405 kips > 399 kips o.k.
2 welds{l.392 kipfm.){4 sixteenths) ,..- 2 welds(0.928 k.ip/in.)(4 sixreenlhs)
=11.1 in. =11. l in.
Connection Interface Forces
Tue Unifonn force Method (UFM) requires that a consinunt on the locations of the inter-
Use (2) J l 1h-in.-long v...in. fillet welds on each side of the reduced section of lhe brace. (ace centroid~ be satisfied in order to eliminate moments on che gusset to-beam and
! Since !he gap between !he edge of the l ~ in. x 1~ in. flat bar and the brace is 0.037 in., as gusset-to-column interfaces, M11 and Mc. respectively. When this constraint is not satisfied,
'..
.. shown in Figure 5-39. and is less than V.6 in. (see AWS 01.l clause 5.22.J), lhe Y..-in. fillet moments will be introduced on the connection interfaces. This is diS<:USsed in Part 13 of the
welds are adcquaie. Note !hat the flac bar reinforcement need:. co e.."tend I 1'h in. on each side AISC ,\-fa1111al, and the tenninology used there is repc:sted here. Let (i and ~ represent 1he
of the end of the actual slot, ~hich includes the dimension x that may be requjred for erection. distance from the column flange 10 the actual centroids of 1hc gusset-to-beam and gus~t-to
column connections, respectively. When the calculated a > & or the calculated ~ > ~. the
additional shear mduced in the beam or column due to the moment may add to the shear,
Check the bottom gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section
Vb. in the beam and He in the column. Thus, for the beam:
:1'1 Detennine the available compressive strength using an effective length factor, K =0.6, for
m
.. 1he c:(tended corner gus~et, from DowswelJ (2006). As noted in !he beginning of Example
5.3 S, the additional l. l factor specified in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2) is
When a>a:

applied to compression buclc.ling limit slates.

111
., K/11 0.6(18.0 in.)
7 = 3A in./ Jf.2 When a< Ci:
=49.9

From AISC Manual Table 4-22, with KUr =49.9, rhe available critical stress is:

where
LRFD ASD
Rb =beam end reaction

I,_ . 18 . J<.i
s =snip siz.c in the gusset where the top flange of the be:im connects to the column O:mge

For the column:

From AlSC Specification Equation E3-l, using the width at the Whitmore section, lbe avail- When !l > i3:
able compre..~sive strength of the bottom gusset pl:11e is:
(,
l.
J LRFD ASD
Total column ~hear= mu {I~ +Ii~sl .IHcl}
. When~<~:
~,P,. =~cFcrA1 I .!i_= F,.,A,
ilc n ,.
=9cFcrtpWp = FcrlpWp
=28.4 ksi(JA in.)(28.6 in.) n ,.
=609 kips = 18.9 ksi (~ in.)(28.6 in.) In oonseismlc nnd low-seismic design, this is not ao issue because the brace forces are
a:405 kips more closely matched to the beam and column sius and calculated loads are used. In some
" S- 226 S-227
BRACED FR.AMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMF.S

structures detailed for seismic. resistance, the connections are not designed for calculaled Tue controlling brace forces for the top gusset interface forces are:
loads but rather must be designed for the expec!ed tens~le .strength of the brace, RyFyAg ~
This is normally larger than the actual design load from the applicable building code. For; LRFD ASD 1.
instance, the HSS6.875x0.500 brace would normally be designed for poinr-to-point buck-
ling with a length of ~(12.5 + (12.5 ft) 2 = 17.7 fr. The available compr~sive strength.
ftf from AISC Manual Equation 13-3: From AISC Manual Equation 13-3:
of this brace is 207 kips (LRFD) and 137 kips (ASD) from AISC Manucil Table 4-5, and ec
ec P. Hoc =-Pa
lhe actual brace load will ,be less th<I? this. But, we are designing the connections of this Hue==-,.
r
r
member for 550 kips (LR.FD) and 385 kips (ASD). which is at least 550 kips/207 kips =
2.7 times the maximum possible required strength. This puts a great demand on the gusset,
6 35
== in.(550 kips) =6.35 in. (385 kips)
28.6 in. 28.6 in.
beam and column which must be accommodated. So, it is important to distribute this high
demand in the_most optimal manner. . ""122 kips = 85.5 kips

From AJSC Manual Equation 13-5: From AISC Manual Equation 13-5: l
Top Gusset-Des,ign Case I I
a ,;
From the geometry shown in Figure 5-33 and the Uniform Force Method variables inAISC a
H111>=-Pu Hab :z-Pa
Manual Part 13: r r
=13.9 in. (550 kips) 13
::::: 9 in.(385 kips)
_ 26% in. -1.00 in. 28.6 in. 28.6 in.
ex=" +.LOO in.
2 =267 kips =187 kips
= 13.9 in.
From AISC Manual Equation 13-2: From AISC Manual Equation 13-2:
A =17% in. - 1.00 in. l OO .
"' + . m. p
V.,c:::: -~ Pu
2
Vac =-Pa
::::: 9.45 in. r r
_inT
7.85
,,,, _ _ .)50 ki
'PS) ""'7.85 in. (385 ki s)
Choosing P= 'j3; 9.45 in., the constraint between a and ~given by AISC Manual Equatjon 28.6 in. 28.6 in. . p
13-1, a - p tan eb tane= e=
ec, gives: .
= 151 kips =H!6kips
'' '
a= ~tan0+ eb tan9-ec From AISC Manual Equation 13-4: From AlSC Manual Equation 13-4:
:::: 9.45in.(tan45)+12.4 io.(tan.~5) - 6.35 in.
\
et>
=15.5 in. eb
Vu1>=-P., I
\ Vab=-Pa
r
r
Since a> ii, the moment M1> = Vb(a..:. a) may add to the beam shear. Choose ex= Ci= = 12 .4 in. (550 kips) .... ::::
12
.4 ~- (385 kips)
13.9 in., then: 28.6 in. 28.6m. .

a-~tane:::: e" tan0-ec =238 kips =167 kips -

(Manual Eq. 13-1) ' .

13.9 in. - ~(tan45) =12.4 in.(tan45)- 6.35 in. From AISC Ma11ual Equation 13-19: From AlSC Manual Equation 13-19:

~ =. 7.85 in.< i3 = 9.45 in. Mvc=Huc(~-~) Mac=Hac(~-P)

p S j3. =122 kips(9.45 in. - 7 .85 in.) =85.5 k.ips(9.45 in.-7.85 in.)
The c-0lumn shear will not be increased by the momeot Mc = He ('13
Therefore; u~e Ct::::: a=
13.9 in. and~= 7.85 in. Then:
- j3) because
=195 kip-in. . =137 kip-in. I
r =~(a+~ )2 +(~+eh )1 (Manual Eq. 13-6) Note lhat the sum of the horizontal gusset forces must equaJhb
. al
t e race honzont compo- .. ...
I;
nenl The sum of the vertical gusset forces must equal the brace vertical component.
=~(13.9 in.+ 6.35 in.)2 +(7.85 in.+ 12.4 in.)2
=28.6 in: I!

AMEIUCAN lNST11V11! OF SJ'Ea CoNS11UJCT10N

...
 t
\.!t:
5-228
BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-229

Bottom Gusset-Design Case I

From the geometry shown in Figure 5-33; LRFD ASD

_ 28.8 in. -1.00 in. From AISC Manual .Equation 13-2: . From AISC Manual Equation 13-2:
a--
=14.9 in.
2 . " + I .00.lll.
V..c ::::~Pu Vac=~Pa
.
r r
A_ 19.9 in. -1.00 in.
"' - 2
.
. + 1.00 ill.
=885 ~0 '{518 kips)
30.l m.
= 8.85 in. (% 3 kips)
30.l in.
=10.5 in. =152 kips = 107 kips

a= 14.9 in., then:

Choose a=

a-J3~n6= eb ta.n0-ec
Froni AISC Manual Equation 13-4:

eb
From AISC Manual Equation 13-4:

eb
.
(Manual Eq. 13-1) Vub= - Pu Vab=-Pa
r r
14.9in.-J3(tan45)=12.4 in.(tan45)-6.35 in.
=12.4 in.(518 kips) 12
= .4 in. {363 kips)
J3 = 8.85 in.<~= l 0.5 in. o.l<. 30.1 in. 30.l in.

Use a= a= 14.9 in. and J3 =8.85 in. =213 kips =150 kips
From AISC Manual Equation 13-19: From AISC Manual Equation 13-19:
r = ~(a+ec )2 +(P.+eb)2 (Manual Eq. 13-6)
Muc ""Hu~(~-13) Mac::::: Hae (~-13)
=~(14.9 in.+ 6.35 in.)2 + (8.85,in.+ 12.4 in.) 2
=30.l in.
=109 kips(I0.5 in.-8.85 in.) =76.6 kips(l0.5 jn. - 8.8,5 in.)
=180 kip-in. '. =126. kip-in.
. ' .t
LRFD ASD ::
Figures 5-40a and 5-40b show thi; force distribution for Design Case I. The total col-
From AISC Manual Equation i3-3: From AISC Manual Equation 13-3: umn shear when J3 < ~ is discussed in the previous Connection Interface Forces section.
H ec
uc=-Pu
r
:
Hac =-Pa
ec In this example, the column. shear, He, is greater than the combined sh~ar; I~
Therefore, Figures 5-~0,a and 5-40b show pnly the He forces. 2
-l!fc
13 -s
I
6.35 in.(
=3Q.'ii; 518 kips)
r
6.35 in.( )
. . .' ,.,., ;
. .
=~ 363kips
. m. Top gusset-pesign Case II I .(

= 109 kips =76.6 kips The geometry is the same as Design Case I, only the loads have changed in magnitude and
direction as shown in Figures ~-?6 and5-37.._
From AJSC Manual Equation 13-5: From AISC Manual Equation 13-5:
..
a a LRID ASD
"' Hub=-P,, Hab=-Pa '
r
~ r From AISC Manual _Equation 13-3: from AISC Ma11~al Equation 13-3:
~ 14.9 i.n. (
= 30.l'in. 518 kips
) 14.9 in. (
= JO. l in. 363 kips
)
ec
.
=256 kips
I
Hue= ec Pu
r
., H
ac=-Pa
r
-
= 180 .kips .
, .
= 6.35 in. ( 444 kips) = 6.35 in. (311 ki~s)
28.6 in. 28.6 in.
= 98.6 kips = 69.1 kips
I

AMEIUCAN lNSTflUtt OF STEEi.. CONS'l'RUCTION

S-230 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

LRFD ASD . LRFD .ASD

From AlSC Manual Equation 13-5: From AISC Manual Equation 13-5: From AJSC Manual Equation 13-4: From AISC Manual Equation 13-4: I:
a Cl eb eb
Hub=-P. Hab= - Pa V.,b =-P. Vob=-Pa
r r ,, r r
!
39 0
= -8.6m.
'. ( 444 ldps) = 13.9 in.( 31Ikips)
28.6 in.
=12.4 in. (444
28.6 in.
. )
kips
= 12.4 in. (311 ~ps)
28.6 in.
=216 kips = 151 kips =193 kips =135 kips
From AISC Manual Equation 13-2: From AISC Manual Equation 13-2: From AISC Manual Equation 13- I9: From AlSC Manual Equation 13-19:

Vuc=-Pu
f3 Vnc=~Po M.,, = H.c(~-13) Moc =H ac (j}- f3)
r r
=98.6 k.ips{9.45 in. - 7.85 in.) =69.1 kips(9.45 in.- 7.85 in.)
= 7.85 in. ( 444 k.i
28.6 in. ps
)
=~-8.610.
85
~-(31 J kips) =158 kip-in. =1l l kip-in.
=122 kips =85.4 kips
t
13.9'
195 kip-in. 137 kip-in,

!'"'~ kips ) r~ps

kips)
\
238 kips 167 kips I
238 kips 238 k i i s . . 167 kips 167 kij__s . ,,.J
19.9 kips 12.8 kips '
238 k"tps .
, 167 kips 187 kips
t 122 kips 122 kips
267 kips
I 85.5 kips 85~5 kips I
46.0klp~ t 1~.9 kips ___ .-------'- 32.2 kip~ 32.2ki'Ps" . t 1~.8 kips____ _.y__
46.0 kips
~ips
46.0 kips
109 kips i
32.2 kips
76.6 kips 76.6 kips
: 1so kips
i 1=~===1=ao=ki=.p=s~
_ _,__

213 kips 1=-.===2=56=ki=.p=s~

f213 kips t150 kips 50l<ips
r
J
j 213 kips
"'

213 kips I 1so kips I \

180 kip-in. 180 kip-in. ~ 256 kips 126 kip-in. 126 kip-in. .:__t__ 180 kips .
F2klps )
kips (
109 kips
152. kips
I - - - 1 - -- - - - ' - ~ F7klps \
kips) (
76.~~s____J
1;-;J
- - ! - -- - . \ - -- - - "
It)
c::i

J
6 .35.
. J
Fig. 5-40a. Design Case I gusset interface forces (LRFD). Fig 5-40b. Design Case l gusset interface forces (ASD).
.. .
AMERICAN lNS'JTlVTI! OP STESL CONSTRUcnON
 -Ii~
~232 BRACED FRAMES ;; , 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES ~233

Gusset Below the Beam-Design Case If Each of the Design Cases l aod II has a subsidiary case in which the compression brace post-
buckJing strength is considered. This affects the design of the main members but not, in this
LRFD
FromAISC Manual Equation 13-3:
ASD

From AISC Manual Equation 13-3:

case, the gusset connection.

Ductility Requirements
.-
ec ec AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b and Commentary require that connections that
Huc= -Pu H ac =-Pa
r r involve a beam, a column and a brace satisfy option (a) or (b) h~ that section. This example
= 6.35 in. ( 606 kips) = 6.35 in.(424 kips) wiU use option (a)-a simple beam-to-column connection.
30.1 in. 30.l in.
To satisfy option (a), a splice can be provided in the beam just outside of the connection
=128 kips =89.4 kips region as is done in this example. If che beam splice were a perfect pin, then (1.1 R1 Mp)splice
FromAISC Manual Equation 13-5: From AISC Manual Equation 13-5:
= 0. As long as the splice can accommodate 0.025 rad of rotation without binding (i.e., no
fouling of parts), AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(a) will be satisfied. The simple
a 0. connections presented in Parts 9 and IO of the AlSC Manual are deemed to comply with
HiJJ=-Pu Hab=-Pa
r r Section F2.6b(a).

6 49
= ~,,Q.1
'."
m.
(606 kips) =14.9 - 424 ki ps)
- in.(
30.l in.
= 300 kips =210 kips
Fro!11 AISC ManualEquation 13-2: From AISC Manual Equation 13-2:

Yoe --13
-Pa
r
Jll =8 85 in. (606 kips)
30.1 in.
8 85
= in. ( 424 kips)
30.l in.
:= 178 kips =125 kips
From AISC Manual Equation 13-4: From AlSC Manual Equation 13-4:
. ~
Vilb =-Pa
eb
,. --
46.0 kips 68.6 kips~
~
19.9 kips ~
= 12.4 in. (606 kips) , .
=12.4 in.(424 kips)
30.1 in. 30.1 in.
= 250 kips =175kips
From A.ISC Manual Equation 13-19: From AISC Manual Equ~tion 13-19:

Muc = Huc(~-13)
=128 kips(I0.5 in. -8.85 in.)
Mac =Hac(P-13)
= 89.4 kips(I0.5 in.-8.85 in.)
~:) ( ,~:.~::.1 ----_,,___. . ~
t,, ' ::::: 2 ll kip-in. =148 kip-in. 211 kip-in. 211 kip-in.

./:
Figures 5-41 a and 5-4 lb show the force distribution for Design Case II. The total col-
umn shear when f3 <~is discussed in che previous Connection Interface Forces section. I I 6.35.
In this example, the column shear,He:. is greater than the combined shear, I~ _,_Mc
Therefore, Figures 5-4la and 5-4lb show only the He forces. 2 fl-s
I Fig. 5-4/a. Design Case II gusset inrerface forces (LRFD).

AMERICAN lNSTTIVre Of STEEi.. CONSTRIJCnON A.\IERICAN l?>!STmntl OP STEl!L CONSTRucnoN

5-234 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-23

Design of Splice
LRFD ASD
Since the beam splice is in a mairi member, the design of the member needs to be consid-
ered. 1n normal design practice, the beam will be considered to be continuous from Shear: V., =19.9 kips (gravity) Shear: V,, = 12.8 kips (gravity)
column-to-column. in this example, a splice is inserted 2 ft 6~ in. from the face of the col-
umn. This splice must carry the loads thac would exist a1 this point in the continuous beam. Axial: Pu= 307 kips (compression) Axial: Pa= 215 kips (compression)
There.fori:. the.splice must carry the beam shear, beam axial force, and a moment equal to
the beam shear tii;nes 2 ft _6~ in. This moment is the moment that would exist in the beam Figure 5-42 shows the beam splice (one plate on rhe near face and one on the far face). In
as designed, withom the splice. order to prevent binding at a 0.025 rad story drift, the clearance between the .bea.~ and the
beam stub at the splice must be at least 12.4 in.(0.025 rad) = 0.310 in., where 12.4 in. is half
Tiie extended shear t;ib presented in Part 10 of the AISC Manual will be used for che splice
of the W24x146 beam stub depth. Use a 1.00 in. clearance as shown in Figure 5-33.
d~sign, The splice must be de~i~ed b~fore it can be checked for ductility.
The splice is on the beam cen terline~ Use ~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-X bolts.
From Ex~ple 5.3:5 the required strength of the beam, and therefore the splice connection,
is as fol~ows. The~e forces are also shown in Figures 5-35 and 5-37. For gravity load alone- the connection to the W24x68 is designed as follows:

The gravity shear force needs to be delivered from the centroid of the W24x68 bolt group
to the face of the column. Therefore:

ex =30.5 in.+(1/2 in.+2 in. +l~ in.)

:::::34.5 in.

Interpolating from ATSC Manual Table 7-7 for angle::::: 0 withs= 3 in., ex= 34.5 in., and l
n=6:

=i--
I 151 kips
13s kips
Us:;~: Manual Table 7-1 for
%-in.-diameter
ble shear, the available shear strength is:
ASTM A325-X (Group A) bolts in dou- f
. 12.8 kips
135
kips I135 kips
32.2 kips
~ips 69.1 kips t __l_151 kips

32.2 kips 32.2 l<ips . 47.8 kips _&

fF======~ kips- ~!
89.4 kips

J1_7;;:- 89.4 kips

~75 kips -r---
175 kips f
210 kips '
12.8

4"
Fill plate~..
each side l
'-~

~ 175 kips c-.i Bolts ?'$" dia.

19.9 kips (LRFD)
A32S.:x in

~~kips) 12~_st
--L210ki s
.
II)
12.8 kips (ASD)
("')

c., std. holes J

( ---+----'<---' d
..... 307 ~ips LRFD
~s 89~ 215 kips (ASD)
c.,
~
148 kip-in. 148 kip-in.
Gravity
'
,J.
only Gravity ~
19.9 kips (LRFD) plus
12.8 kips (ASD) seismic
1
PL%x15x19
(A572 Gr. 50) (1-NS, 1FS)
J
13.9"
Fig. .5-41b. Design Case If gusset interface forces (ASD). 2'-6~"
End of
W24x68 beam

I Fig. .5-42. Beam splice.

 S.3 SPP.CtAL CONCENTRICAI r." BR;\CFD FRAMES __,
S ~

LRFD ASD lRFO ASD

r,.
~rn =61 .J kip' - =40.9 lvps
n R.. =JP.} + v,} Ra =r;;r;vJ
= J(307 lcips)2+(19.9 kips)z =J(215 kips)~ +(12.S kips)2
~R~= C~r,. . ~ =c(~) = 308 kips =215kips
=1.56(61.3 kips)
=I .56(40.9 kips}
r~: l =tan(;:)
= 95.6 kips> 19.9 kips o.k.
= 63.8 kips> 12.8 kips o.k. y =tan y

For gravity load aJone-the coWlection to lhe W24x146 is designed as follows: =Un
_1(19.9 kips) =Ian - 1( 12.8 k.ips)
~07 kips 215 !Ops
The gravity shear force needs to be deliYered from the centroid of the W24x146 bolt group
to the face of the column. Therefore:
=3.71 =3.41"

e, =30.5 in.-4.00 in. The distance from the gravity plus seismic resultant force to the centroid of the W24x146
=26.5 in. boltS is:

Intcrpolacing from AISC Manual Table 7.7 for angle= 0 witJ1 s =3 in., t!t = 26.5 in.. and ex= 30.5 in. -13.9 in. -4.00 in.
n=6: =12.6 in.
C=2.02 Use AISC Manual Tnble 7-7 with the angle from the Yerticil equal to 90" - 3.71 = 86.3'
(LRFD) and 90 - 3.41 =86.6 <ASD). lnterpolating from AlSC Manual Table 7-7 for :m
The available shear strength of the W24x146 bolts is:
=
angle e.qual to 75 withs = 3 in., ex= 12.6 in., and 11 6:
' LRFD ASD C= 8.06

~R,.=C~rn
~ =C(~) LRFD ASD
=2.02(61.3 kips) =2.02(40.9 kips)
.. 6=C(~) .:'
:-l
Rn =Crn
=114 kip~> 19.9 kips o.k.
=82.6kips>12.8 kips o.k. I
. = 8.06(61.3 kips)
= 8.06(..t0.9 kips)
=..t94 kips> 308 kips
?-
, For gravity plus seismic forces:
o.k.
= 330 kips> 215 kips o.k.
I
. The majority of the horiz.ontal seismic force is resotved into lhe gussets and does not reach
the column face. The average gusset-to-beam connection length, from the geometry of
For the W24x68 bolts:
i
.. Figure 5-33 and subtracting l io. for the snip, is: ex= 30.5 in.-13.9 in.+4.00 in .
(25 3.4 in. + 27~ in.)n =26.8 in. =20.6 in.
Assume for calculation purposes n point (26.8 in.+ 1.00 in.)/2 = 13.9.in. from the column Interpolating from AISC ,\-fanua/ Tub le 7.7 for au angle equal to 75 withs= 3 in., ex= 20.!
face, as shown in Figure .S-42, can be used as a reference point to check the splice under in., and n =6:
gravity plus seismk loading.
C=6.54
The resultant of the beam shear aod aiti:1l forces and the load ;ingle from the horizontal :t.""<is
of the beam, y, are fouod as follows:
 5-238 BRAC."ED FRAMES 5..3 SPECIAi.. CONCENTRICALLY tlKAl .cu 1-KAMl:.:S

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

Tcarout: Gravity I
Tearout: Gravity
$R,, = C$rn
~=c(~)
=6.54 (61.3 kips) =6.54(40.9 kips) $rn = <!> 1.21,rFu - rn 1.21,rF,,
-=---
=401kips>308 kips o.k. n n
= 267 kips> 215 kips = 0.75(1.2)(2.00 in.- 1h( 15!t6 in.)]
o.k. =1.2[2.00 in. - Y.!(116 in.)]
x(0.650 in.)(65 ksi)
x(0.650 in.)(65 ksi)/2.00
Check bolt bearing on the W24x 146 and W24x68
=58.2 kips/bolt . =38.8 kips/bolt
Because the force is eccentric and the AISC Manual eccentrically loaded bolt group tables
are used, the lowest tearout strength of the bolt group should be used; in this case, the edge
bolt controls.
4>R11 =C$r,, ~ =c(~)
=2.02{58.2 kips/bolt) =2.02(38.8 kips/bolt)
The bearing and tearouc strength limit states are separated for clarity in the following. For =118 kips> 19.9 kips o.k.
=78.4 kips > 12.8 kips o.k.
. SCBF systems, where lsrge deformations are anticipated. it is appropriate to assume that
defonnation at the bolt hole is not a design consideration for the seismic loading, and the Te;u-our: Gravity plus seismic Tearout: Gravity plus seismic
tearollt strength is checked at the end bolt with the 2.00 in. edge distance using AISC
,Specification Equation J3-6b. AJSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.2(1) limits the nominal <j>r,. =58.2 kips/bolt(l.5 /1.2) r,. = 38.8 kips/bolt(l.5 / 1.2)
n
bearing strength at bolt holes to 2.4dtF,,; therefore the available bearing and tearout strengths =72.8 kips/bole
for the W24x146 web are: =48.5 kips/bolt
LRFD ASD R11 ::::Cq>r,, ~ =c(~)
Bearing: Gravity = 8.06(72.8 ki~/bolt) ..: 8.06(48.5 kips/bolt)
Bearing: G;Jvity
= 587 kips > 308 kips o.k. = 391kips:>215 kips o.k. .J
$r11 :::: $2.4dtFu rn 2.4dtFu
-=---
:::: 0.75(2.4)0~ in.){0.650 in.)
n Q
For the W24x68:
x(65 ksi)
= 2.4(11 in.)(0.650 in.)(65 ksi)
2.00
f
=66.5 kips/bolt LRFD '. ASD
= 44.4 kips/bolt
Bearing: Gravity ' Bearing: Gravity
q>Rn =C$r11 Rn=
n
c( nrn J
=2.02(66.5 kips/bolt) r" =$2.4dtFu rn
-=---
2.4dtF,,
=134 kips> 19,.9 kips o.k. = 2.02(44.4 kips/bolt) n n
= 0.75(2.4)(* in.){0.415 in.)
= 89.7kips>12.8 kips o.k. 2.4(* in.){0.415 in.)(65 ksi)
x(65 ksi) - 2.00
Bearing: Gravity plus seismic Bearing: Gravity plus seismic = 42.5 kips/bolt = 28.3 kips/bolt
.
$rn =66.5 kips/bolt rn =44.4 kips/bolt
n 4JR11 = C$rn ~ =c(~ )
$R11 =C$rn
~ =C(~)
= l.56(42.5 kips/bolt)
= 1.56(28.3 kips/bolt)
=8.06(66.5 kips/bolt) =8.06(44.4 kips/bolt)
= 66.3 kips> 19.9 kips o.k..
= 44. l kips > 12.8 kips o.k.
=536 kips > 308 kips o.k.
= 358 kips> 215 kips o.k.

AMOUCAI' J.Nsnnrre OF Sn;a CONSTRUCTION AMERICAN INS1'1TUTI? OF STEl!l. CONSTRUCTION

I
..
 --"11\J BRACED FRA..\llES 5.3 SPEOAL CONCENTRlCAU..Y BRACFD FRAME.5

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

Bearing: Gravity plus seismic Bearing: Gravity plu" seismic Tcarout: Gravity plus seis!Tllc T~ut: Gravity plus seismic

$rn "'42.5 kips/bolt ~ ::::: 28.3 kips/bolt ~r. =37.2 k.ips/b-Olt(l.5/J.2) r,,
= 24.8 kips/ool!(t.5/1.2)
1 =46.5 kips/bolt Q

...
,J.. = 31 .o lcips/boh
~R,. =C$rn ~ =c(~) $f<n =C$rn
= 6.54( 42.5 kips/boll) =9.76(46.5 kips/bolt) ~ =9.76(31.0 kips/bolt)
""6.54(28.3 kips/bolt}
= 278 kips < 308 kips n.g. =454 kips > 308 kjps oJ<.
=303 kips> 215 kips
=185 kips< 215 kips n.g. o.k.

1~ A web doubler can be used to increase the W24x68 web Lhickness. or a less approximate
Size splice plates
an:tlysis of 1he bolt group can be used. Entering Table 7-7 of lhe ATSC Manual at B = 75
I;, when the rrue angle is 86..3 (LRFD) and 86.6 (ASD) is very conservative. A computer pro- Choose plates of ASTM A572 Grade 50 steel and a total thickness that exceeds the web
thickness of the lighter beam. Try (2) %-in.-lh.ick plates. The length, /, is the horizoncal dis-
gram based on the i.nstanl3neous center of ro1a1ion method of Part 7 of the AISC Manual
..
<'.

y1el<is a C value equal 10 9.76. Th.is value of C, rarher than lhe value of 6.54 from AlSC tance between t.he last boh on the W24x68 beam and the first bolt on the W24x146 beam
-----. ;:;:---'
Manual Table 7-7 at 75, will be used in subsequent calculations. Thus, the available bear- stub, which is 5.00 in.
"' ing and 1earou1 strenglhs are:
Check axial compression of splice plates
LRFD ASD As the axial force in the beam due to seismic load:. is always in compression, nee tension is
not a limit state. With K =l.2 from AISC Specification Commentary Table C-A-7.1:
Beru:ing: Gravity plus seismic Bearing: Gr.ivity plus seismic
Kl 1.2(5.00 in.)
lf!R,. = C<!>rn ~ =C(~) 7= s in/Jfj_
=9.76{42.5 kips/bolt) = 9. 76(28.3 kips/bolt)
:; 55.4
=415 kips> 308kips o.k.
"" 276 kips > 215 kips o.k. From AlSC Manual Table 4-22 for F1 =50 ksi, the available critical stress is:
Tel!out: Gravity Tearout: Gravity \
- LRFD \
ASD
r,. 1.2lctFu
9r,. =~l.2lctFu -=---
Q n <PcFcr =36.0 ksi , Fer
Oc
=23.9 ksi
.
=0.75(1.2) =1.212.00 in. - 1h(IS/i6 in.)j
x[2.00 in.-1h{o/i6 in.)} The design compressive strength of the Tue allowable compress1ve strength of
x(0.415 in.)(65 ksi)/2.00 two pl:nes is: lhe rwo plates is:
x(0.415 ht.)(65 ksi)
=24.8 kips/bolt
,- = 37.2 kips/bolt R,. Pc,A1
i
'
cllcR.. =cFcrA.r -= - -
nc n.,
Rn =C$r11 ~ =C(~) =36.0 ksi(% in.)(19.0 in.)(2) =23.9 ksi(* in.)(19.0 in.)(2)
= 1.56(37.2 kips/bolr) . =1.56(24.8 kips/bolt) = 513 kips> 307 k.ips o.k.
=341kips>215 kips o..k.
=58.0kips>19.9 kips o.k.
. = 38.7 kips> 12.8 kips o.k.
S-242 BRACEP FRAMES

Check splice gross section foi shear and flexural yielding for gravity-only forces LRFD ASD
The required shear strength due to gravity load only is:
$Rn= $0.60FuA""
' Rn =0.60FuAnv '
ASD ( I n n
=0.75(0.60)(65 k.si) ' ::::: 0.60(65 ksi)
Shear: Va= 12.8 kips x( l9.0 in. - 6(1S!i6 in.+ \1\6 in.)J
I-' xi 19.0 in. - 6( 1!6 in.+ Yi6 in.)]
x(% in.)(2)
x(% in.)(2) I 2.00
Moment at critical sectjon: = 285 kips> 19.9 kips o..k.
kjps > 12.8 kips
:::o 190 o.k.
The critical section is at the first line of bolts in the W24x68 side of the splice; 33.0 in. from
the column face. The required moment is: From AlSC Manual Equatio~ 9-4, the available flexural strengih is deiennined ;as follows:

LRFD ASD z - 2(% in.)(19.0 inf

Mu splice =19.9 kips(-33.0 in.) Mo Splice= 12.8 kips(33.0 in.)
n#- 4 ..."
- 2(% io.)(1.0 in.)
. = 657. kip-ill. = 422 kip-in.
. x(l.5 io.+4.5 in.+7.5 in.)(2)

From AISC Specification Equation J4-3, the available shear strength of bolh splice plates is: ::::: 47.4 in.3
.. LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
.- 0.60FyAgv Mn FuZner I

I
R,r QbM'n ::::: $bFuZnet - =--
q>R,. .,; $0.60FyA8 v -=
n nb 2.00
~ 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(% in.)
Q
= 0.15( 65 ksi)( 47.4 m.3) I
= 0.60(50 ksi)(% in.)(19.0 in.)(2) =65ksi(41.4in.3 )
x(l9.0 in.)(2)
=428 kips> 19.9 kips o.k.
1.50 = 2,310 kip-in.> 657 kip-in. o.k. 2.00 I.
= 285 kips> 12.8 kips o.k. = 1,540 kip-in.> 422 kip-in. o.k. j
From AISC Specification Section J4.5 and Section Fll, the available flexural strength is: ! .. ;. ~ ) ; . ..... ; ". :' ! ~ ~

Check splice for shear and flexural yielding for gravity and seismic for_ces
LRFD ASD There is no shear in the splice due to sdisrnic loads. From previous calculations, for gravity
loading, the available shear strength is as follows:
Mn "FyZ
cl>bMn =cl>bFyZ
nb nb l..RFD ASD
=0.90(50 ksi)(2) (% in.}_{~.O in:)~ =SO ksi(2) (% in.)(19.0 in.)2 (-1-)
~ = 285 kips > 12.8 kip~:-
I
:::: 3,050 kip-in.> 657 kip-in. o.k.
4 1.67 $Rn =428 kips> 19.9 kips
,_____ ___,___ ___,___ !
o.k. o.k. I..
= 2,030 kip-in.> 422 kip-in. o.k.
Moment at critical section: 1
Check splice net section for shear and flexural rupture for gravity~only forces The critical section is at the first line of bolts in the W24x68 side of the sp"ifoe; 19 .1 in. from
the gravity plus seismic resultant force. The required moment at the critical section is:
From AISC Specification Equation 14-4, the available shear strength is:

l=
 r.
h.
I 5.3 SPFCb\L CONC'ENl'RICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-245

LRFD ASD
From AlSC Manual Table 7-7 for angle= 0 with s =3 in and n =6:
C' =54 ...:! in.
M. <plu = 19.9 kJp~(l9.I in.) Ma 1pUu =12.S kips(19. l in.)
.. = 380 kjp-in. =244 kip 10. The nominal flexural strength of the boll group is:

;; From previous calculations, lhc available flexural strenglh is: M....u =~(A,,c') (Manual Eq I 0-4)
_it'. 0.90

LRFD ASD = 68 ki.i [0.601 in.2(54.2 in.)j

' 0.90

9Mn = 3,050 kip-m. > 380 kip-in. o.k. n= 2,O''O kip-m.. > 244 k:ip-m..
,\-fn
.> o.k.
= 2.460 kip-in.

6Mmo.,
1: = F\d 2
j:
~ Check splice net section for shear and flexural rupture for gravity 6(2,460 kip-in.)
and seismic forces
=50 ksi(19.0 in.)2
_____, <
L ..., LRFD =0.818 in.
..
~
ASD

Since 21=2(~ in.)= 0.750 in.< t;111u 0.818 in., the splice satisfies the ductility requirement.
~ =190 kips> 12.8 kips
=

:ii 'PRn =285 kips> 19.9 kips o.k. o.k.

Jll Beam-to-Column Interface-Design Gase I

' M,. =2,3 10 kip-in.> 380 kip-in. o.k. ~" =l,540 kip-in.> 244 kip-in. o.k. The forces at the beam-to-rolumn mterface., shown in Figures 5-40a and S-40b, arc:

~u
.; The ~plice is satisfactory for the requirCil strengths.
LRFD ASD

Nounal: Nonna!:
,, I Check the ductility of the splice N,, =1109 kips-46.0 kips-122 kip~ Na =176.6 kips-32.2 kips-85.5 kips!
ii~ The procedure used for the extended single-plate connection in AISC Manual Part 10 can =59.0 kips (compression) = 41 . 1 kips (compression)
be used to check the ductility of the splice. From AISC Manual Part J0, the maximum splice
\
plate thickness perntined is: Shear: Shear:
:1
:i
I V,, =238 kips 1-213 kips-19.9 lcips Va =167 k.ips+l50 kips-12.8 kips
:r 6Mflt4)1,
(Manual Eq. 10-3)
tmdX = - - -
F, d2 , = 431 kips = 304 kips

~
.;.
~
I where
Check beam stub gross section for shear and tension yielding
From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the availilble shear strength of the W24x146 beam ~tub is:
,I
t
(Manual Eq. 10-4)

LRFD ASD
~l For the splice plate snd bolts, the nominal shear stress of ASTh1 A325-X bolts from AJSC
Specification Table 13.2 is:
l: 41 V., =482 kips > 431 lcips o.k. ~ =321 kips > 304 kips o.k.
,. F""= F\.= 68 ksi
.
I'

~
The area of a 3ii-in.-di:uneter bolt, from AISC Manual Table 1-1, is:

Ab= 0.601 in. 2

Check 1hc available compressive strength of lhe beam stub. Treating the beam stub ns a con-
5.3 SPECIALCONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-1.
l
The directional strength increase is calculated as follows:
necting clement, determine whether the available compressive strength can be detcml.ined
using AISC Specificarion Section J4.4:
LRFD ASD I
~-
KL l.0(30 in.) I
-= L0+0.5sinu7.79= l.02 l.0+0.5sinu7.70= 1.02
r 3.01 in.
=9.97 < 25; therefore, AJSCSpeciftcarion Section 14.4 is applicable
Pn =F1 A1 (Spec. Eq. 14-6)
The required weld size is calculated as follows from AlSC Manual Equations 8-2a and
8~2b: l
=50 ksi(43.0 in. 2
) ~~~~~-L-RFD~~~~~~,.-~~~~~A-SD~~~~~-1

=2,150 kips I
435 kips 307 kips
The available compressive strength is: Dreq'J = 2(1.392 kip/in.)(203/.i in.)(1.02) Dm/'d = 2(0.928 ldp/in.)(20* in.)(1.02)

LRFD
=7.38 sixteenths =7.82 sixteenths
ASD

$Pn = Q>FyA8
Pn
-=
2,150 kips 'h-in. double-sided fillet welds are required for Design Case I on rhe beam T-discance of I:
n 1.67 203A in.
= 0.90(2,150 kips)
=1, 290 kips > 41.1 kips o.k. The nom1al force of 59.0 kips (LRFD) or 41. l kips (ASD) on the column indicates that wel
=1,940 kips> 59.0 kips o.k.
local crippling and local yielding checks should be made on we.column as follows.
J,.::

Design of beam stub web-to-column weld Check column web local yielding
The resultant force to be resisted by the weld is: From AJSC Specification Equation J l 0-2, because the load is applied greater than d from the
end of the column, the available web local yielding s(!cngth of the column is:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD
R,, =Jv,,2 + N: Ra =JV}+Nt Rn F>wlw(5kw +111)
t
9Rn =$F,,.,t,..(5k,u, +lb) -=
n n
=J< 431 kips )2 + (59.o kips)2 = J(304 .kips)2 +(41.l kips)2 = 1.00(50 ksi)(0.550 in.)
\
\
t
=5~ ksi(0.550 in.)
=435 ltips =307 kips x(S(l.50 in.)+20~ in.] x[5(1.50 in.)+203/.i in.]
= 777 kips> 59.0 kips o.k.
The angle of the resultant force can be calculated and used in the directional strength x(l/l.50)
increase of fillet welds according to AISC Specification Equation 12-5. The angle of the =518k.ips>4Llkips o.k.
resultant with respect to the vertical along the column is:
Check column web local crippling I.
LRFD ASD FromAISC Specification Equation] 10-4, because the load is applied greater than d/2 frorr }"
the end of the column, the available web local crippling strength of the colunm is:
9= tan- 1 (~:) 0= tan-I(~:)
=13II- I ( 59.0 kips) = tan -t ( 41.l kips)
431 kips 304 ldps
=7.79 = 7.70

AMERlcAN lNnTruTE OP STEEL CONSTIUICIJON

 e.
;
~ .. I S- 248 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONC.ENTRJCALLY DRACEO fRAMES

1 LRFD ASD Due 10 the different load combinations used for LRFD versus ASD, there is a slight dis-

r
~

r
~ crepancy between the LRFD and ASD results for the required shear strength. Typically. one

~. =~oso1a['[~ l( :;
!... method should be chosen and used consistently throughout an entire design. For the pur-

n
~
0
Rn =0.80r.,2
1+3(~ )( :; poses of this example, U1e LRFD result will be used here.

~"
The available compressive strength detennined previously for Design Case I is:
'" xJEF_w.IJ
I,., xJE~~IJ (~)
LRFD ASD
r. ' = 0.75(0.80)(0.550 in.)2
"
IJ;
.4~
i

x[ I + 3( 20* in.)( 0.550 in.

12.7 in. 0.900 in.
r 1
=0.80(0.550 in.)2
3

10.
0.550 ~n. r~ 1
x[ I+ 3( 2012.71" !n.)( 0.900 tn .
Pn = 1,940kips >15.4 kips o.k. Pn
n
=1. 290 kips> 52.5 kips o.k.

"
{'
't' x/29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)
0.550 in.
x /29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)
0.550 in.
Design of beam stub web-to-column weld

The resultant force at the beam-10-column interface is:

x(2.~)
0 :::: 934 kips> 59.0 kips o.k. ~

~~
~~~ I
LRFD ASD
=623 kips> 41.1 kips o.k. l

~
a
'~
Ru =~VJ +N~ Ra =JvJ+N;
'h The Jim.it state of column web compression buckling is not checked here because only I.be
beam stub web is attached ro the column flange. Therefore, pinching of the column web
= J(463 k.ips)2 + (75.4 kips ) 2
= J(323 kips)2 +(52.5 kips)
2

=469 kips = 327 kips

;l I
(
would not occur, as it would if the beam stub flanges were also connecred.

The beam stub web-10-column weld size is determined from AJSC Manual Equations 8-2a
Beam-to-Column Interface-Design Case II
and 8-2b, including the directional strength increase of AISC Speclfication Equation J2-5,
~~~ The forces ar the beam-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-4 la and 5-4 lb, are:
:lS follows:

*
-l
S:
L"lFD ASD
LRFD - ASD
-- - ~
:::
NonnaI: Nom1al:
Load angle
. Load angle
"
i' Nu =198.6 kips-128 kips - 46.0 kips! Na= 169.1kips-32.2 k.ips-89.4 kips! I
=75.4 kips (compression) = 52.5 kips (compression) 9= ~-1(~:) 0=Ian-t(Na)
- I
,,...
~
~ Shear:
Vo.
I
Vu =193 kips+250 kips+19.9 kips
Shear:
= tan- 1 (75.4 kips) = tan -tS2.5 kips) :

i:
=463 kips
Va =135kips+175kips+12.8 kips
=323kips
=9.25
463 kips
=9,23
323 kips
II
~;
Directional strength increase Directional strength increase
t
l
''
Check beam stub for shear and tension yielding
The avail:iblo shear yielding strength determined previously for Design Case I is: l.0+0.Ssinl.5 9.25= l.03 1.0+ 0.5sinJ.S 9.23=1.03
I
I
I
j,;
..
LRFD ASD
:-.,
~; ~Vn =482 kips> 463 kips o.k.
V,
(; = 321 kips < 323 kips n.g,
5-250 . BRACED FRAMf:S 5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICALLY BR.ACED FRAMES 5-

Although it seldom controls, interaction can be checked here using the interaction formu
LRFD ASD
of Example 5.3.8.
Number of sixteenths inch of weld Number of si.ueenths inch of weld J'
required required Design of beam flange-to-fop gusset weld
469 kips The beam Oange-10-top gusset plate weld is detennincd as follows using the direction
D 327 kips
Dreq'd = req'd = strength increase of AJSC Specification Equation 12-5, the I .25 ductili1y fac1or discussed
2(1.392 kip/in.)(20~ in.)(1.03) 2(0.928 kip/jn.)(20~ in.)(1.03)
AISC Manual Pan 13, and AlSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
=7.88 sixteenths =8.24 sixlCC!lths
lRFD ASD
Note that this Case controls (Desjgn Case In requiring double-sided o/i6-in. fillet welds.
Resultant force Resultant force
The c-0lumn must also be checked for web local crippling and web local yielcling. These
limit states will not control here for Design Case IT. The calcul:ltions were shown for Design R., = Jv., +N;
2
R0 = Jva +N;
2

Case I.
::::: J(267 kips)2 +{238 ldps)2 =Jc187 kips)2 +{16; kips)2
Top GusseHo-Beam Interface-Design Case I =358 kips =251 kips
The forces at the top gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 5-40'a and 5-40b, are: Load angle
Load angle
;
I
LRFD
..
ASD
e =~-(~~) e =tan -i(No)
-
Vo
.};
Normal: N,. =238 kips Nonnal: Na::::: 167 kips
-
=tan-I (238 kips) =tan-(167 kips) I
Shear: V., =267 kips Shear: Y11 ::::: 187 kips

=41.7
267 kips
=41.8
187 kips
I
Check top gusset for shear yielding and tension yielding along the beam flange
Directional strength increase Directional strength increase I
The available shear yielding strength of the gusset plate is determined from AISC
Specification Equation J4-3, and the available tensile yielding strength is determined 1.0 + 0.50sinl.S 41.7::: l.27 1.0 + 0.50sinl.5 41.8=1.27
f::
from AJSC Specificat_ion Equation 14-1 as follows:
I
D . _ 1.25(358 kips) I D . _ 1.25(251 kips)
l.
I
LRFD ASD req d - 2{1.392 kipfm.) rtq d - 2(0.928 kipfm.)
l 1
9Vn =0.60F1 Agy V,. 0.60F1 Agv
-=
x~~~~~--,~~

(26~ in. - LOO in.)(1.27)

x~~-~----
(26~ in.- LOO in.)(1.27)
I
=1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)('A in,)
x(26'A in.-1.00 in.)
Q Q
= 0.60(36 ksi)
x('A in.)(26~ in.-1.00 in.)
=4.92 sixieenths =5.17 sixteenths I
=417 lcips > 267 kips o.k.
x(l/1.50) Use double-sided ~in. fillet welds. l
= 278 kips> 187 kips o.k. The 1.25 factor in the numerator is a ductility factor from the work of Richard (1986) ...

<PP,. =tPF1 A8 P,.

Q
8
-=--
FyA
Q
modjfied by Hewitt nnd Thornton (2004). Richard found that lbe ratio of the maximum
streSs to the average stress on corner gussets was 1.4, wb.ich was reduced to a 90% con
den~e limit by Hewiu and Thornton resulting in the 1.25 factor. The UFM nssumes
I
::::: 0.90(36 k.si)('Ain.} uniform distribution of stress on the gusset edge, but the actual distribution is not likely t
= 36 lcsi(1.4 in.)(26'.4 in.-1.00 in.)
x(26'.4 in.-1.00 in.) 1.67 be uniform; the 1.25 factor accounts for this.
=626 kips > 238 kips o.k. = 416 kips> 167 kips o.k.
 S-252 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAi... CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

'' l Beam stub strength. Top Gusset-to-Beam Interface-Design Case II

t; Check web local yielding

The forces at the top gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 5-41a and 5-41 b, are:

From AISC Specification Equation Jl0-3, because lhe load is applied less than er equal to LRFD ASD
j'
~:
the beam.stub depth, d, from the end of the beam stub, the available web local yielding
'
!
srrength of thy beam stub is: Normal: Nu= 19'.3 kips Normal: N0 =135 kips
LRFD ASD
Shear: Yu= 216 kips Shear: V0 = 151 kips
.
Rn F)'.,.,1,., (2.5kde$ + 11>)
Q~1 =$Fywtw(2.5kdes +lb) -= Check top gusset gross section for shear and tension yielding
n n
=1.00(50 ksi)(0.650 in.)
[2.5{1.59 in.)
x +(26~.in. -1.00 in.)
l = 50 ksi (0.650 in.)
x[2.5(l .59 in.)+ (263.-~ in. -1.00 in.)]
From Design Case I:

LRFD ASD
)((I/ l .50)
= 966 kips> 238 kips o.k.
=644 kips> 167 kips o.k. o.k. Vn =0.60(36 ksi)
~V,.::: 417 kips> 216 kips
, n t
x(J,4 in.)(26% in.-!.00 in.)
Check web local crippling x(l/l.50) ..
Because tl1e compressive force is applied. at the centroid of the beam stub-to-gusset inter- =278kips>151 kips o.k.
face, which is a distance from the beam stub end that is greater than d/2, the nominal web .. ,,
local crippling strength i~.: Pn FyA8 ,
~Pn =q>FyAg -=--
n Q
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)
"'0.90(36 ksi)('.IA in.) =36 ksi(~ in.)(26% in.-1.00 in.)
x(26% in. - 1.00 in.) l.67
= 626 kips > 193 kips o.k. =4i6 ldps > 135 kips o.k.
The available web local crippling strength is:

LRFD ASD Beam flange-to-top gusset weld ,

The beam flange-to-top gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the directional
$Rn= 0.75(0.80)(0.650 in.)2 Rn =0.80(0.650 in/ strength increase of AISC Specification Equation )2-5. the 1.25 duclility factor discussei;i in
I n AlSC Ma11ual Prut 13. and AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
I 1+ 3 (2631~ in.-1.00 in.) 1+3(26~ in.-1.00 in.)
24.7 in.
I
x
x(0.650 inl
1.09 in.
5 x
24.7 in.

x(0.650 in-r..s
LRFD
1---~~~~~~~~~-t-~~~~~~~~~- ,1

Resultant force Resultant force

A$D
"

xJ29,000 ksi{SO ksi)(l.09 in.)

1.09 in.
>< /29,000 ksi{50 ksi)(l.09 in.) R,, =~VJ+ N~ R,, :-::~Vi +N'!
! !'
0.650 in.
= 965 kips> 238 kips
0.650 in. =~(216 kips) 2
+(193 kips)
2
=~(151 k.ips)2 +{135 ki~s) 2 I,
o.k.
- x(2.~o) =290 kips =203 kips
L____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.... :

=643 kips> 167 kips o.k.

I l AMllRICAN INSTITU'ra Or STEEL CONSTRUCTION

5-254 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCE.NTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

LRFD Top Gusset-to-Column Interface-Design Case I

ASD
The forces at the top gusset-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-40a and 5-4-0b, are:
Load angle Load angle

e =tan_,(~:) e _ -i(Na)
-tan -
Va Nonnal: Nu = 122 kips Nonnal: Na = 85.5 kips 1
=tan- I (193 kips J
_ 216 kips
=tan - 1(135 kips) Shear: Vu = 151 kips Shear: Va= 106 kips

l.-.M._o_m_.e_n_t:_M~uc-=~1-95~ki-p-_i_n_.~~~~~'--M-o_m~en_t_:_M_a'__-_i_37~ki-p-~in_.~~~~~ I~
- 151 kip_s
= 41.8 =41.8"

Directional strength increase Directional strenglb increase Combine the axial force and the moment by converting the moment into an equivalent axial
J.0+0.50sinJ. 5 41.8:::: l.27 1.0+ 0.50sin 1.s 41.8=1.27 force derived from !.he moment equation for a simply supported member with a concentrate. !
-.
load at midspan (s is lhe snip dimension of lhe gusset and ~ is I.he distance to the centroi l::
1.15(290 kips) 1.25(203 kips) of the column-to-gusset connection, detei;nined previously):
'.'
..
Dreq'd = 2(1.392 kip/in.)
Dreq'd=
2(0.928 kip/in.)
x l
x 1 1-------I:.RFD-
--------+------A_S_D_ _ __ _ _ .I..
(26% in. -1.00 in.)(1.27)
=3.98 sixteenths
(26~ in. -1.00 io.)(1.27)
= 4.18 si-xteenths Nu t quiv
4Muc
= N,. + - ( -) Na equiv= Na+-(-)
4Mac ' I.
' 2 ~ -s 2 ~-s

This requires double-sided -'l'\6-in. fillet welds. Note that Design Case I controls, however, =122 kips+
2(195 kip-in.)
. .
.
= 85.5 kips+
2(137 kip-in.)
_. . I:~:t:
l
requiring a %-in. fillet weld. 9.45 m. - 1.00 in. 9.4) m.-1.00 m.

L __ _ _P_s_ _~
=_16_8_ki ;:.._.:..._ ...:.'-'_ _:__:..i__ _ _ =_1_1_s_ki.:..p_s- -- -- - -
Beam stub strength
This i~ not a realJoad_but res.ult$ in. the, same demand on the gusset.and ,weld as working :;
Check beam stub web local yielding wi~ N and M; se~aiately and. all<fWS ,the ~rect US(!.of AI~C Specifica1ion Section Ji 0.
Fro!n Design Case I calculation:
1
.......
..
LRFD ASD
Design of column flange-to-top gusset weld
The colu~ flange-to-top guss~t pl~te\weld i~ qetermined as (ollo"".s. using the ~irection~'
strength mcrease of AlSC Speciji'ca11011Equatton 12-5, the l.25 ductility factor discussed J
l
.:

<l>R11 = 966 kips> 193 kips o.k. ~ = 644 kip.s > 135 kips o.k. AlSC Manual Part 13, and AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
n .
LRFD
Check beam stub web local crippling
Resultant force Resultant force
From Design Case I calculati,on:
~ = JvJ + NJ(.q"w Ra = Jv; + N} equiv
LRFD ASD
= J(151 kips)2 +(168 lcips)2 =J(106 kips)2 + (118 kip&)2
<l>Rn = 965' kips> 193 kips o.k. R,. = 643 kips > 135 kips o.k. =226 kips = 159 kips
n

j:.
,,
..;.:~
: I S-256 BRACED FRAMES S.3 SPEClAl. CONCE.NTRICA l LY SRACEn r'RAMES S-2.!51
l

LRFD ASD Check column web local yielding

From AISC Sptcification Equation J 10-2, bec3U'.te the lo3d is applied greater lh:in the col
.. Load angle Load angle umn depth, d, from the end of the column, the available \\eb local yielding strength of the

=tan-I( Nw~:Mil') (Na~;rv)

column is:
S 0 =tan
LRFO ASD
=tan-1(I68kips) =tan 1 (118 kips)
151 kips 106 kips Rn fywlw(5kJu +Ji,)
Rn= ~F>,.t,.,(5kdf.r +lb) -=
=48. l" =48.1 n n
=1.00(50 ksi}(0.550 in.) -50 ksi(0.550 in.) I
Directional strength increase Directio113l strength incre<ISC x!S(l.50 m.)+(17J.S in. - J.00 in.)] i
x[5(1.50 in.)+(17:~ in.-1.00 in.)]
1.0 + 050sinl.S 48.1" = 1.32 l.0+0.50sin 1.S48.l 0 = 1.32 =670 kips> 168 kips o.k. x(l / l .50) I
Dteq"d
l._25(226 kips)
=__2_..{l_.3_9_2_k.i-.pli-1-n.-)-- D,,~;1
l.25(159 kips)
=----"----'--'-----
2{0.928 ki~m.)
-
= 447 kips> 118 kips o.k.
I
l I
Check column web local crippling
x - x
(17:.i in. - LOO in.)(1.32) ( 17* in.-J.00 in.)(1.32)
Because the load is applied greater than d/2 from the tnd of the column, the a\'ailable web
=4.56 sixteenths =4.81 sixteenlhs local crippling sirength of the column is determined from AISC Specifica1io11 Equation
J10-4 as follows:
Use a double-sided 16-in. fillet weld.
LRFD ASD
Check top gusset for sJiear yielding and tension yielding along

~ 08001+3[~ tJ]
1.S
the column flange
The available shear yielding strength of the gusset plate al the column flange interface is
$R,, =$0.SOr! l + 3( ~)( :; )
determined from AISC Specification Equation J4-3, and the available tensile yielding
s1.rcngth at the column flange interface is determineJ from AISC Specification Equation
J+ l as follows:
xj xJEFy-.. IJ
lw
(j_)
n
= 0. 75(0.80)(0.550 in.)2 - 0.80(0.550 in.)2
LRFD
(t'ffi in.-1.00 in.)
/
ASD
1+ 3
=~0.60,r:.,.A,. v,. 0.60F>A!v
x
12.7 in.
,.
,.
\
.;
Vn
=1.00(0.fi0)(36 ksi)(* in.}
n n . x(0.550 in.)..s x(0.550 ~)t.s
l =o.60(36 1csi)('A m.xm~ in.- Loo in.} 0.900 in. 0.900 UL
x(l7* in.-1.00 in.) 1.50 /29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.900 in.) x /29,000 ksi{50 ksi)(0.900 in.)
= 273 kips> 151 kips o.k. = 182 kips> 106 kips o.k. x .
..
I
0.550 m. 0.550 in.
Pn1 1 FA = 812 Jdps > 168 kips o.k.
9Pn =F>'A1 -=--
n n
= 0.90(36 ksi}(3A in.) 36 ksi(% in.)(17~ in. - 1.00 in.) =541kips>118 kips o.k. /
x(l7* in.- l.00 in.) = 1.67
=410kips>168 kips o.k. =273 kips> 118 kips o.k.
Check column web shear strength
From AlSC Man11al Table 36, for a W12x96, the available shear strength i&:
5-258
r' 5.3 SPECJAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACC!D FRAMES
BRACED FRAMES >
t
'

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

~Vn =210 kips> 122 kips ~ =140 kips > 85.5 kips
. P,, F1 A8
o.k. oJc. Pn =FyA8
=0.90(36 ksi)()A in.)
n--=-n
36 ksi(~ in.)(283A in. -1.00 in.)
x(28~ in.-1.00 in.) = 1.67
Top Gusset-to-Column Interface - Design Case JI
=674 kips> 213 kips o.k.
1.
= 449 kips> 150 kips o.k.
The forces at the top gusset-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-41a and 5-4lb, are:

LRFD ASD Design of beam flange-to-bottom gusset weld

NonnaJ: Nu =98.6 kips
Shear: Vu = 122 kips
Moment: Muc =158 kip-iu.
].
NonnaJ: Na= 69.l kips The beam flange-to-bouom gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the directional
strength increase of AJSC Specifi.cation Equation 12-5, Lhe 1.25 ductility factor discussed in
.
Shear: Va= 85.4 kips AlSC Manual Part 13, and AJSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b: l,
Momem: Mat= 111 kip-in.
LRFD ASD

Comparing these loads with those of Design Case 1, it can be seen that Design Case [ Resultant force Resultant load
controls. 2
R,, =~Vu +NJ Ra=~V}+N;
This completes the top gusset design.
= ~(256 kips)2 +(213 kips)2 ~ ~(180 kips )2 + (150 kips )2
Bottom Gusset-to-Beam Interface-Design Case I =333 kips =234 kips
The forces at the bottom gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 540a and 5-4-0b, are: Load angle Load angle

LRFD ASD un =tan -r(Nu)

-
v.. a = tan-
1
( ~=)
Nonna!: Nu= 213 kips Normal: N0 = 150 kips (213 kips)
:::: Lan-I = tan- 1 (150 kips)
Shear: Vu =256 kips Shear: Va= 180 kips 256kips 180 kips
=39.8 I
\ =39.8

Check bottom gus;.et for shear and tension yielding along the beam flange Directional strength increase Directional strength increase
The available shear yielding strength of the gusset plate is detennined from AISC J.0+0.50sin1.S39.8= 1.26 l.0+0.50sin1.539.8= 1.26
Specification Equation 14-3, and the available rensile yielding srrength is determined
1.25(333 kips) 1.25(234 kips)
I
from AISC Specification Equation 14-1 as follows:
Dreq'd =--2-(1-.3..:..92-k.i-.p-'/i......n.""")- - Drtq'd =___ __,__.....:~--
!::
2(0.928 kipfm.)
LRFD ASD x l
\283A in. -1.00 in.)(1.26) (283.4 in.-1.00 in.)(1.26)
Vn 0.60FyAgv
41Vn =cp0.60F1 A8 ,, -=
Q Q
= 4.28 sixteenths =4.51 sixteentbs
=1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)(3A in.) =0.60(36 .ksi) l.
,,l:
x(283A in.-1.00.in.) Use a double-sided Yi6in. fillet weld. Design Case ll must also be investigated.
x(3A in.)(283A in. - 1.00 in.)
=450 kips > 256 kips o.k.
x(l/f.50)
"'300 kips> 180 kips o.k.

l
 5-260 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICAU.Y BRACCO FRAMES 5-261

Beam stub strength Bottom Gusset-to-Beam Interface-Design Case fl

Check beam stub web local yielding The forces at the bottom gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 5-4la and 5-4lb, are:
Because the normal force acts at the centroid of the bottom gusset-Lo-beam interface, wb.ich
LRFD
is less than the depth of the beam stub, d, 1be available web local yielding strength of the ASD .'
beam stub is detennined from AISC Specification Equation J 10-3 as follows:
Normal: Nu =250 kips Normal: Na= 175 kips
LR.FD ASD Shear: Vu = 300 kips Shear. Va= 210 kips

Rn Fywt,.,(2.5kd~s +lb)
$Rn::::: 'PF)wtw(2.5kdes +lb) -=
n n Check bottom gusset for shear and tension yielding along the beam f~ange
=1.00(50 ksi)(0.650 in.) =50 k:si(0.650 in.) From previous calculatiou.s for Design Case I:
x[2.5(1.59 in.)+(28.t in. -1.00 in.)}
x[2.5(1.59 in-)+(28~ in.-J.00 in.)]
=1,030 kips> 213 kips o.k. x(l/1.50)
LRFD ASD !
i
= 687 kips> 150 kips o.k.
~P11 :::: 674 kips> 250 kips o.k. P,. =449 kips> 175 kips o.k.
Q
I
Check beam stub web local crippling $Vn:::: 450 kips> 300 kips o.k. V,, = 300 kips> 210 kips o.k.
The norm~! force acts at the centroid of the bottom gusset-to-beam interface, which is Q
greater than d/2 from the. end of the beam. The available web local crippling strength of the
.beam stub is detem1ined from AISC Specification Equaiion Jl0-4:
Beam flange-to-bottom gusset weld
LR.FD The beam flange-to-bottom gusset plate weld is detennined as follows using the directional
ASD

r
strength increase of AISC Specification Equation 12-5, !,he 1.25 ductility facto.t; discussed i1~
AISC Manual Part 13, ~d AlSCManual_ ~quations 8-2a and 8-2b:
$R11 ='1>0.80t;_ 1+3(~J(:; f5 Rn= 0.80r~.
1+3(~ )(~;
n LRFD ASD

x [ w
xE~wtf
- - (-
tw
l)
Q
Resultant force \
\
Resultant force
Ru= Jv}+NJ I
Ra=~V}+NJ
= 0.75(0.80)(0.650 in.)2 = 0.80(0.650 in.)2
= ~(300 kips)2 +(250 kips) =J(210 kips)2 ;(175 kips)2
2
1+ 3 (28314 in.-l.00 in.) 1+3(283-4 in.-1.00 in.) =391.kips '. :d 273 kips
24.7 in. 24.7 in.
x
x(0.650 in.r
1.09 in.
x
x( 0.650 iti.
. 1.09 in.
r.s Load angle Load angle

x~29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(l.09 in.) /29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(l.09 in.) e :::::tan- 1 (~:) e =ran- 1 (~:)
x
0.650 in. ~ 0.650 in.
=1,0.10 kips> 213 kips =tan - I ( 250 kips) = t:an- 1(175 kips)

Ii I
...
o..k.
x(2.~)
= 673bps>150 kips o.k.
=39.8
300 kips
= 39.8'o
210 kips

tr
"!:
I
,.
t
5-262 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5--26

I
LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

Dire.ctional sirength increase Directional strength increase

Nutqu;.=Tu+ 2{P-s)
4Muc
Norqui=Ta+ 2(J3-s)
4Moc t.\
1
l.0+0.50sin ..s39.8= l.26 1
1.0+ 0.50sin ..s 39.8= 1.26 "
I
I
1

q5(391 kips) l.25(273 .ldps) =109 kips+ 2(180 ki~in.! = 16.6 kips+ 2(1~6 kipin.~
Dreq'd = 2(1.392 kip/in.)
D,.q'd = 2(0.928 kip/in.)
10.5 in. -1.00 lfl. 10.5 10. - 1.00 tn. 1 '

l I I '--~~=~l4_7_k_iv_s~~~~~~~--'~~~=~I0_3_ki_.P_S~~~~~~~- j:
x x
(28* in. -1.00 in.)(1.26) I (283,4 in. -1.()() in.)(1.26)
;, 5.02 sixteenths =5.26 sixteenths Column flange-to-bottom gusset plate weld
The column flange-to-bottom gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the direc
Use a double-sided ti-in. fillet weld. Design Case ll controls. tional strength increase of AISC Sptcification Equation 12-5, !.he 1.25 ductility facto1
discussed in AISC Manual Part 13, and AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:

._~_sn______----;; I;
Check beam stub web focal yielding
1--------L_RFD
_______________
The available web local yielding strength of rhe beam is (from previous calculations):
Re.~ultant force Resultam force
LRFD ASD
Ru= ~V11 + NJ,qui
2
Ra =~Vo2 +NJ equi !' lfl
$Rn:::: 1,030 kips> 250 kips o.k. Rn :::::687kips>175 kips
n
o.k. ""~(152 kips)2 +(147 kips)2
=21lkips
= J(107 kips)2 +(103 kips) 2
=149 kips
I.
Check beam stub web focal crippling Load angle Load angle
I.
I
The available web local crippling strength o(the beam is (from previous calculations):
=tan-1(N"~:u1v) 0 =tan-1 ( Na;:im.)
LRFD ASD
0

=tan _ 1 (147
- -kips)
- =tan-I (103 kips)
!
,
l .:
' l ~; 152 kips 107 kips
$R,. = 1,010 kips> 250 kips o.k. Rn =673kips>175 kips o.k.
n :::::44.0 =43.9
! t
Directional strength increase Directional strength increase
Bottom Gusset-to-Column Interface-Design Case I
The forces at the bottom gusset-to-column interlace, shown in Figures 5-4-0a and 5-4-0b, are:
1.0 + 0.50sin1..S 44.0 = 1.29 l.0+0.50sin1..s 43.9=1.29
IJ
LRFD ASD
Dreq'd
1.25(211 kips)
=----"----''--"--
2(1.392 kip/in.)
1.25(149 kips)
Dr~fJ=-----.;.--~--
2(0.928 k:ipfm.)
I '=

Normal: N11. = 109 kips

Shear: Y,.._= 152 kips
Normal: N" =76.6 kips
Shear: V0 = 107 kips
x -(1_9_*_in-.--1.~-in-. )(-1-.2-9)
1
x -(1_9_71s_in-.---t_oo_i-n.-)(-J.-29-) , 1
=3.89 sixteenlhs = 4.J 2 sixteenths
Moment: Muc = 180 kip in. Moment: Moc= 126 kip-in.
....____ __......__--=-------' }
Use a double-sided Yit.-in. fillet weld. Design Case Il must also be investigated.
Combine the axial force and the moment by converting the moment into an equivalent axi:tl
force derived from lhe moment equation for a simply suppo'!_Ni member with a concentrated
load at midspan (sis the snip dimension of the gusset and P is lite distance to the centroid ...
of the column-to-gusset connection, detennined previously):

1 l.
 ~ ..(
I 5-264 BRACED FR.A1\.fES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S- 26.S

.. Check bottom gusset plate for shear and tensile yielding Check column web local crippling
r along the column flange Because the nonnal force is applied at a distance from the column end that is greater than
'' 1 The available shear yieldjng strength of the gusset plate :it the column flange interface is or equal to d/2, the available web local crippling strength of the column from AlSC
determined from AISC Specification Equation J4-3, and the available tensile yielding Specification Equation J10-4 is:
:; strength at the column flange interface is determined from AISC Specijicarion Equation J4-
"~ I as follows: LR.FD ASD

il:;r
~.

,+3[~ l+3(~)(:;r
LRFD ASD
911. =so.; Rn= 0.801;.
n
Shear: Shear: 1
<!> Y11 =$0.60FyAgv V,,
-=
.,n
0.60FyAgv
n
EF>"''J
x ---
lw
x)E;:'J (ii)
=l.00(0.60)(36ksi)(3A in.) ' =0.60(36 ksi)
x(l9*jn.=-l.OO in.)
=0.75(0.80)(0.550 in.)2 =0.80(0.550 in.)2
x(~ in.)(19311 in.-1.00 in.)
!"
f
= 306 kips> 152 kips o.k..
x(l/l.50)
l + 3 (19}i in. - LOO in.) I + ( 19* in.-l.00
3 in.)
12.7 in. 12.7 in. ,
- - - -...... !!::J x x
:' =204 kips> 107 kips o.k.
x( 0.550 inl5 x(0.550 in.r 5

Normal: 0.900 in. 0.900 in.

~
.,_' Nonna!:
..
?~
=q>FyAg Pn FyAg /29,000 ksi(50 ksi}(0.900 in.) /29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)
$Pn
=0.90(36 ksi)(% in.)
-n=n- x
0.550 in.
x
0.550 in.

x(i.~o)
:;;; 36 ksi(~ in.)(19* in.- l.00 in.) :::: 875 kips > 147 kips o.k..

~ll x (l 9J.t in. -1.00 in.)

=459 kips> 147 kips o.k.
1.67
=305 kips > 103 kips o.k. =583 kips> 103 kips o.k.

Check column web local yielding Check column web shear.strength

Because the normal force is applied at a distance from the column end that is greater than From AISC 1\.fanual Table 3-6, the available shear strength of the W12x96 column is:
I
or equal to the column depth, d, the available web local yielding strength of the column from I

AJSC Specification Equation 110-2 is: LR.FD ' ASD

LR.FD ASD ~v,, = 210 kips> 109 kips o.k. ~ = 140 kips> 76.6 lOps o.k.

$Rn= Fywfw(5kdu +11>)

R,,
-=
Fywt,..(54s +11>) .
n n
= 1.00{50 ksi){0.550 in.) Bottom Gusset to Column Interface-Design Case II
= 50 ksi(0.550 in.)
x[5{1.50 in.)+(19}i in.-1.00 in.)(" x[5(1.50 i.n.)+(19}i in.-1.00 in.)]
The forces at the bouom gusset-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-4 la and 5-41 b, are:
=725 kips> 147 kips o.k.
x(l / t.50) LRFD ASD
;
.,
l =484 kips> 103 kips o.k.
Normal: Nu= 128 kips Normal: Na: 89.4 kips
):
'
I
Shear: V,. = 178 kips Shear: Va = J25 kips I
l
i: Moment: M uc =21 l kip-in. Moment: Mtic =148 kip-in.
' I
 5-266 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-267

Similar to previous calculations, the axial force and moment are combined by converting 1he Check bottom gusset shear and tensile yielding along the column flange
moment into an equivalent axial force:
Prom previous calculations for Design Case I, the available shear yielding and available ten
sile yielding strengths of the boom gusset are:
LRFD ASD
4Muc LRFD ASD
4Moc
N1uqwv = N,. + (- } Na,'l"iv=Na+n
2 ~-s 2 ~-s Shear: Shear:
lei 2(211 kip-in.) 89 kl 2(148 lcip-in.) Vn = 204 bps> 125 ldps
= l 28 ps+ . . = .4 'J'S+ . . $V,, = 306 bps> 178 bps o.k. o.k.
10..) m.-1.00 m. 10.5 In. - l.00 m. n
=172 kips = 121 kips Normal: Nonnal:

N,, = 459kips>172 kips o.k. N,, =305kips>121 kips o.k.

Design of column flange-to-bottom gusset weld n
The column flange-co-bot tom gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the direc-
tional strength increase of AISC Specification Equation J2-5, the 1.25 ductility factor
Check column web local yielding
discussed in AISC Manual Pan 13, and AISC Manual Equations S-2a and 8-2b:
From previous calcuJations for Design Case I, the available column web local yielding
streng1h is:
LRFD ASD
\

Resultant force Resultant force LRFD ASD

Ru= Jv} +NJ tquiv Ra = Jva2 +NJ tqiciv
~Rn= 725kips>172 kips o.k. Rn =484 kips> 121 kips o.k.
n
=J(11s kips)2 +(172 kips)2 2
= J(125 kips) +(121 kips)2
= 248 kips = 174 kips
Check column web local crippling
Load angle Load angle From previous calculations for Design Case I, 1be available column web local crippling
e _
-tan - 1( Niuqun.
- - -J . e = latl-1 (Na~:ui\>) strength is:
Vu \
LRFD I ASD
=tan -1(172 kips)
178 kips
=tan-I ( 121 kips)
125 kips
$Rn= 875 kips> 172 kips o.k. R,. =583 kips> 121 kips o.k.
=44.0" =44.1 n .
Directional strength increase Directional strength increase
1.0+ 0.50sinl.S 44.0=1.29 Check column web shear strength
l.0 + 0.50sin1.5 44.1 = 1.29
From previous calculations for Design Case I, the available shear strength of the W12x96
1.25 (248 kips) 1.25(174 kips) column is: 1
Dri'd- Dreq'd=
2(1.392 kip/in.) 2(0.928 kipfm.)
x
I
x 1
LRFD ASD
I
(l9* in.-1.00 in.)(1.29) (19}i in. -1.00 in.)(1.29)
$Vn = 210 kips> 128 kips o.J<. Vn =140 kips> 89.4 kips o.k.
I
= 4.57 sixteenths ~ 4.81 sixteenths n I

Use a double-sided 51i6-io. fillet weld.

 5-268 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SJ>ECI '1. CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-26?

The complete <ksign is shown in Figure 5-33.

Example 5.3.11. SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column
Alternate Detail Using a Continuous Gusset Piste Connection Design with Elliptical Clearance and Fixed
An aJLemate detail using a continuous gusset plate instead of a beam stub is shown in Beam-to-Column Connection
Figure 5-43. This aJLemate uses :.i v...in.-thick gusset plate with plate reinforcement in lieu
of the W24x146 beam stub and diminares many welds. Nore that the horizontal dimen- Given:
sion 2a is used to set 1he gusset horizontal dimension. Refer to Joint JT-1 at the thlfd level in Figure 5-44 (the pJan 1s given jn Fig~ 5-10). Design
the connection between brace, beam and column. Use an ASTM A36 welded gusset plate
concentric to the braces and 70-ksi electrodes 10 connect the brace to lhe gu$SCl plate and
~. the gusset plate to lhe beam and column. Use ASTM A572 Grade 50 contim111y plates. The
bl3Ce is An ASTM A500 Grade B round HSS, the beam is an \STM A992 W24x68, and the
It.
column 1s a W12x96. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for cal-
I culation of loads. The gravity shear forces at the end of the beam are:
\ HSS 6.875>t0.500
brace
Vo= 4.50 kips
W12xS6 ...._
VL =3.00 kips
;
;:
., column

;~ ~
-~-~
!:. Pl~x4>t2'-4" (typ.) (A36) 2s-0
(1-NS, 1-FS) W2 x68
4
r ~m
...jI 0-Roo_
f

W.P. Fills as roqvired

Third
,
j;

Second
HSS 7.SOO>t0.500
brace

Note:Noe ad dimer\$ION .,.

shown. See Flgure S.33 fof
addibOnal connection details.

Fig. 5-43. Alternate design using collJilwous gusset plate.

'..
Fig. S-44. Frame ef~arion.
5--270 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5--27 l

This ex.ample illustrates an alternative method for gusset plate design to that provided jn Solution:
the AlSC Seismic Provisioru CommentMy Figure C-F2.9, proposed by Lehman et .al. From AISC Manual Tables 2-4 and 2-5 and AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l, the mate-
to
(2008), acco~odate brace buck.ling as required byAlSC Seismic Provisions Section rial propenies are as follows:
F2.6c(3). In lieu of the 2tp linear brace offset. an Srp ellipticaJ offset may be used. In p::u::
ticular, for rectangular gusset plates, the 8tp elliptical offset offers a more compact gusset ASTMA36
plate with equivalent defonnation capacity to accommodate the out--0f-plane brace move- Fy =36 ksi
ment. However, for gusset plates that have significant taper, as is the case in Example Fu= 58 ksi
5.3.10, the 8tp elliptical offset and the 2rp linear offset offer similar results. This example,
as shown in Figure 5-45, illustrates a connection design using the elliptical offset method ASTM A572 Grade 50
applied to a rectangular gusset plate. Fy = 50 ksi
Fu= 65 ksi
In addition to illustrating the application of the elliptical clearance methodology, this exam-
ple uses a fixed beam-to-column connection to satisfy the requirements of item (b) of AISC ASThl A500 Grade B
Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b. ln the design, the beam web and flanges are welded to the Fy::: 42 ksi
column flange with CJP groove welds. The flange weld requires a substantfal comer clip in F., =58 ksi
the gusset plate for access. This clip, is detailed as 1.5 in. In this example, the clip is con-
Ry = 1.4
sidered for ruprure limit states, but it )s ignored for yielding limit states.
R, = 1.3
Some features of this example, including the ellipt.ical clearance, I.he fixed beam-to-column
connection, and the sizing of welds at the gusset plate interfaces are provided as an alterna- AST.MA992
tive to Example 5.3.10. Tbe brace-to-gusset calculations are not shown in this exampJc F> =50 ksi
because they are similar t? Example 5.3.10. FM= 65 ksi
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
~
./ Brace (above the beam) f.
HSS 6.875x0.500
tnom =0.500 in. fdts =0.465 in. A= 9.36 in.z r= 2.27 in.

Brace (below the beam)

HSS 7.50x0.500
1~x1 ~ dip in \

gusset plate t,,_ = 0.500 jn. fcfs =0.465 in. \ A= 10.3 in.2 r= 2.49 in.

PL )4" x 4~ (A572 Gr. 50) Beam

Both sides of web at beam W24x68
flanges W24x68beam
d= 23.7 in. . t,., = 0.415 in. b1= 8.97 in. 1l =0.585 in.
kdes =1.09 in.
Column
W12x96
d =12.7 in. lw = 0.550 in. b1= 12.2 in. 1f =0.900 in.
kdts ::::: 1.50 in.
W12x96 column
Required Strength
Notes: For the HSS6.875x 0.500 brace above the beam
Welds of web and doubler/shear plate to column fiange are demand critical.
According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i), lhe amplified seismic load is deter-
Fig. 5-45. Rectangular gusstt plaJe with 8tp elliptical brace offset addressed in mined from !he expected strengths of the brace in compression and in tension. The expected
Example 5.3.J J. tensile strength of the brace is detennined as follows.
AMER.SCAN JHS111Vl1l 01' S1'El!I.. CONSTRUCTION
 5-272 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES

. From AISC Seismic Provisions Section Pl.3 and Table A3. I: The exp.!cted compressive strength of the brace is:
~ l R1 =1.4 =I .14FmAg
L Pcomprtt.<ion

P1t1uton = R1 FyAg =l.14(41.6 ksi)(9.36 in.2)

=1.4(42 ksi)(9.36 in. 2) =444 kips
=550 kips The rcquued compressive strength due to seismic looding is:

The required tensile strength due to seismic loading is: LRFD ASD I
LR.FD ASD Pu= 1.0Emh Pa=0.7Emh !
Pu= 1.0,.,,i, P0 =0.1Em11
=444 kips =0.7(444 kips) I
=550 kips =0.7(550 k.ips)
=311 kips
I
{
=385 kips The expected strenglh of the brace in compression (using L = 12 ft) at its post-buckling
_ ____. t:
~::::J

I strength is:
..
The expected strength of the brace in compression (using L = 12 ft as the actual length of
the brace) is detennined as follows: 0.3 P~omprtSJuin =0.3 ( 444 kips)
=133 kips
KL 1.0(12.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
-=
r 2.27 in. The required compressive strength based on pose-buckling ~trength is:
=63.4
LRFD ASD
4.71~ E = 4.71
RyF),
29,000 ksi
1.4(42 ksi)
Pu= l.OEm1i Pa =0.7Emh

~
.,ih' =105
= 133 kips =0.7(133 kips)
=93.l kips
"

With KL ~4.71J E :
For the HSS7.500x0.500 brace below, the beam.
r RyF1
I
The connection of the brace below the beam is not designed as part of this example for Joint
rt 2 E JT-1, but the brace member size is important when considering the analysis provisions of
(:
>.
t
Fe =(K:r (Spec. Eq. E3-4)
AISC Seismic Provisions Section Fl.3.

The e.tpected strength of the brace in tension is determined as follows.

- n 2 (29,000 ksi)
- (63.4)2 From AlSC Seismic Prov~ions Table A3. l:
=71.2 k:si R1 ::: 1.4

!!i!r.J
Fera = [0.658 r. R1 F1
PUn.11011 = R1 FyA1
(from Spec. Eq. E3-2)
IA(42bi)
=[ 0.658 ll..llcu
I{1.4)( 42 ksi)
=1.4(42 ksi){I0.3 in.2)
=606 kips
=41.6 ksi

,.
i:.
I =~
 5-274 SR.ACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECW. CONCENTRJCALI..Y J3RACED FRAMES

The required tensile srrength due to seismic loading is:

LRFD ASD
I
LRFD ASD Pu= l.OEmn Pa =0.1E""'
=0.7(518 kips)
l l
Pu= 1.0Em1i
=
606 kips
Po =0.?E""'
=0.7(606 kips)
=518 kips
=363 kips
I
=424 kips
The expected strength of the brace in compression (using L =12 ft) at its post-buckling
strength is:
The expected strength of the brace in compression (using L =12 fl) is detennined as follows:
Kl= 1.0(12.0 ft)(l2 in./ft)
0.3P1;omprtssio11 =0.3(518 kips)
r 2.49 in. =155 kips
=57.8 The required compressive strength based on post-buck.ling strength is: 1.
29,000 ksi
4.7 lJ E =4.71 LRfD ASD
R.,Fy 1.4(42 ksi)
Pu= 1.0m1r Po =0.1Emh
=105 = 155 kips =0.7(155 kips)
KL
With-s;4,71
r .
--:
R1 F1
[Rf = 109 kips

The brace-to-gusset connection and brace reinforcement wil~ not be addressed in this exam-
1t2E ple. As in Example 5.3.10, lhe brace-to-gus.sec weld will be !A-in. fillet welds I.bat are 26 in
F~ =(~f (Spec. Eq. E3-4) long.

For reference. the final design using these methodol_ogies is shown in Figure 5-45. The sym-
2 bols used are shown in Figure 5-46.
_ 7t (29,000 ksi)
- (57.8)2
=85.7 ksi Gusset Plate Design

[ !Li..j
Ferr= 0.658 F. R1 F1 (from Spec. Eq. E3-2)
The geometry of the gusset place and t~tion of the end of the brace are established using
the approach described in Lehman et al. (2008). The calculations for the brace connectio
are shown in the following. The horizontal gusset dimension, a, has been chosen. as 40 in .;
l
1.4(42 Jtsi) l
= [ 0.658 SS.7kSJ (1.4)(42 ksi)
and the vertical dimension is calculated. These values result in an ~onomical gusset plate
thickness and weld sizes. The value of a is based on iterations using the method outlined i
=44.1.ksi Lehman et al. and allows for a brace--to-gusset weld length of 26 in.
"
=40 in., the gussec length
The expected compressive strength of the brace below I.be beam is:

P1;()mprrssio11 = 1.14FcrcAg
From the geometry in Figure 5-46 and based on the choice of a
along lhe column flange is: I.
b =(a+ ec) tan r-e,,
=1.14(44.1 ksi)(l0.3 in. 2 )
= [40 in.+ 1A(12.7 in.)]tan45- 1A(23.7 in.)
=518kips

The required compressive strength is:

=>34.5 in.

Where b is the vertical gusset dimension, r= 45 is the angle between the brace and the hor-
L
izontal as shown in Figure 5-46 and determined from the elevation geometry in Figure 5-4-
and ec and e,, are the eccentricities of the gusset edges from the column and beam cente
lines, respectively (that is, half the member depth).
 5-276 "BRACED FRAMCiS 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES s. 2?/

Half of tbe lengths of the major and minor axis of the ellipse are 1hen calculated using 3 gus- LRFD ASD
set plate thickness of 7l in. based on yielding on lhe Whitmore s~tion.
".
Check required gusset plate thickness based on the limit state
of tensile yielding
Setting this equal to the required tensile Seuing this equal to the required tensile
Tension yielding is checked on a section of the gusset plate commonly referred to as the strength of the brace connection, and with srrength of the brace connection, and with
Whitmore section. This section is explained in AISC Ma11ual Part 9 (Figure 9-1) and in Ag =cpwp. the gusset plate thickness is: Ag= tpwp, the gusset plare thickness is:
Thornton and Lini (2011). The width of the Whitmore section is determined based on a 30
spread. p~ QPa
Ip=-- lp=--
~FyWp FyWp
Wp =2/..,tan30 + DbraCt
550 kips l.67(385 kips)
= 2(26 in.)(tan30h 6.875 in. =----------
0.90(36 ksi)(36.9 in.) =(36 ksiX36.9 in.)
=36.9 in. "
= 0.460 in. =0.484 in.
.'.j
i
From AISC Specification Equation 14-1, the available tensile yielding strength is:
T1y a %-in.-thick gusset plate.
\

This calculation does not include any reduction considering that the Whitmore width
e,"{teuds into the web of the column or beam. lf the Whitmore width enters into a beam or
! ec column web that is subst3ntially thinner than the gusset, there is a potential for ~vcb local
a' yielding.

~11
( I
In ihe configuration selected. the Whitmore width does not intrude into the beam or column
web. This can be demonstrated by a geometric evaluation.

A. 1 I Determine geometry of the gusset plate

r.~
'" !~ The determination of the location_ of the end of the br:ice, as determfoed in the following, is
based on the methodology described in Leh!Jlan et al. (2008); the equations in the following

... I
!~
,~ I are updated from the reference. The location may also be determined from Kotulka (2007).
Note that the determination of the finlil dimensions of the gusset plate based on either
...
:~
l method is iterative.

. b'=b-Stp
..
:
=34.5 in.-8(* in.)
:'
=29.5 in.

a'= a-Srp
= 40.0 in.-8(~ in.)
= 35.0 in.

Fig. 5-46. Illustration of symbols used for lengths and angles.

AMERICAN 11-lsmvtll Of' STEU. CONSTJUJCl10N AMl!IUCAN l.!'isTITUTI? Ol' STE.El. CoNSTRUcnoN
 .tlML'.l::.JJ JKAMl:S

The aspect ratio of the ellipse is: In the preceding equation. Dbrace12 is expressed as c in Lehman et al. (2008), and is
defined as the d1i.u1nce from the brace ccntroidal 3.'(iS 10 the extreme fiber of the brace
(D/2 in this case).

The maximum Jist~e from the theoretical gus.~t comer 10 the end of the brace is/':
35.0 in.
=---
29.5in.
=1.19 t' =Jc l''f + (y') 2
- co"
The dimension )1 defines the )~coordinate of 1he intersection of the brace axis wirh the = Jc22.6 in.)2 +(22.5 in.)2 -0.588 in.
ellipse: = 31.3 in.

The brace length overlapping the gusset plate must then be checked to nsufe lhat there is
adequate length for the required weld:

2
l f
=35.0 in. I--=---'--~
2
cot 45+(l.l9)
l:V= I'-( Db;aa +s)coty

=22.5 in. 875

-- 31 . 3.m. - ( 6 in. + I .00.m. ) cot 45
2
The x-coordinace of the clljpsc is lheo found from:
=26.9 in.

x' a)1-(:T
=
wheres is the "~houlder" of the gusset at !he brace as shown in Figures 5-45 and 5-46.

This is greater than the 26 in. required for the 1A-in. fillet welds (determined in fa.:imple
2 5.3.10). Therefore, the geometry of the gusset pl:11e is now set. lf /~.were Jess than 26 in.,
iin.)
225
= 35.0 in. 1-(
29.5 n. I.hen the gusset plate height and width would have to be increased.
=22.6 in. The rhick.ncss of the gusset plate was tentatively assumed 10 be ~ in. and needs to be veri-
fied for the lillllt states of block shear ruprore and compression buckling.
!<> e~sure that the entire brace cross section remains clear of the elliptical zone, rhc brace
is shifted from the x nnd y' coordinates using the correction factor, Corr, calculated in che
following: Check compression buckling on the Whitmore section
The limit state of compression buckling is checked using AlSC Specificatio11 Se~tion J4.4.

~=tan-I(_..::__)
First detcnnine Kllr :is follows. '
y'pl The length of the brace ~terline from the theoretical gusset comer to the inte~tion with
lhe bcnm flange is cruculated :i.s:
-[ 22.6in. 1
: tan (225 in.)(1.19}2
b
L=-
=35.3 siny
3.t.5 in.
Dbro.,
Corr"" - -ian(90 - ~ -r)
=---
sin450
2
6.875 in. =48.8 in.
= 2 tan(90 - 35.3- 45.0)
The centerline lcng1h of buck.ling, l1, is:
= 0.588
l1=l-l' r
=.t8.8in. 31.3in.
= 17.5 in.

r
 S-280 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S-281

:. .,,.
The r:idius of gyration of the gusset plate is: 4. .. .. , Check block shear rupture of the gusset plate
(Spec Eq. J4-5)
r =.!..e._
Jl2 Because the gross shear area, Agv, and the net shear area, Anv, are equal in this ca~e. the shear
5i-lin. yielding component, 0.60F1 A1v. governs over the shear n1ptu.re component, 0.60F.An1
=7i2
=0.180 in. R,, = 0.60F1 (2)l...,tp +U,,,FuDbroulp
= 0.60(36 ksi)(2)(26.0in.)tP+1.0(58 ksi)(6.875 in.)tp
The elliptical clearance provided in this example results in an extended corner gusset plate,
therefore, from Dowswell (2006), use K =0.6. = 1,520 kip/in.(rp)
:.
KL 0.6(17.5 in.) LRFD ASD
..
~
-=
r 0.180 in .
.
=58.3 t > Pu OP0
~=
; fp ~
P (1,520 kip/in.) 1,520 kip/in.
From AISC Manual Table..A-Z2 with Fy =36 ksi and KL = 58.3: 550 kips ~ 2.00(385 kips)
_ _____, "~;:J r ~
0.75(1.520 kip/in.) 1,520 kip/in.
<i' =0.507 in.
LRFD ASD = 0.482 in.

cFcr =27. l ksi Fer = 18.0 ksi Use a ?S-io.-thick gusset plate.
QC

AISC Seismic Prm isio11s Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the rwo mechanism analyses
that must be considered in determining the required strength of connections. AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing connections, in p:micu-
lar. For the required compressive strength, Seetion F2.6c(2) has an additional 1.1 factor
(relative to the requirements of Section F2.3) applied to the required suength of the con-
nection. The requirements of AlSC Sei~mic Provisions Section F2.3 will be used for both
LRFD and ASD, except for the limit state of comp.ression buckling on the \Vhitmore sec-
tion, which will use the 1.1 factor specified in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2).
Therefore, the required compressive st!ength of the bracing connection is based on the
expected compressive strength of the brace due to seisrnk loading as detennined previously,
with the 1.1 factor applied. From AISC Specification Equation E3-l, I.be available compres-
sive strength at the Whitmore section, based on flexural buckling, is:
Gusset Analysis
In order to perfonn the gusset plate checks at vertical and horizontal sections at the inter-
faces with the beam and e<>lumn and to perform checks of local limit states within the beam
and column. it is necessary to obtain design forces by performing an analysis or"the gusset.
For the desig.n method illustrated in this example, the checks of the gusset plate at these ver-
tical and horizontal sections will necessarily be satisfied as a consequence of satisfying the
check of yielding of the Whitmore section and of designing the fillet welds at the gusset-
beam and gusset-column interfaces to b~ stronger thnn the gusset plate. Nevertheless, il is
necessary to derive the forces on these interfaces in order to obtain forces for the web local
yielding and web local crippling checks on the beam and column.
In this example, the Parallel Force Method (also known as the Ricker method) will be used
for simplicity (Thornton, 1991).

LRFD ASD Note: AJternatively, the Uniform Force Method is also applicable to this connection.
~
i
Because of the proportioning of the gusset plate in this example, the Uniform Force Method
...!; $Pn = 4'cFcrAg will ~ult in moments being assigned to the vertical and horizontal interfaces. The forces
Pn =(Fer )A used tO evaluate the limit slates of web local yielding and web local crippling would then be
= 27.1 ksi(36.9 in.)(% in.) Q nc '
adjusted to include these moments as illustrated in Example 5.3.10.
=615 kips = 18.0 k.si(36.9 in.)(o/a in.)
.
625 Jcips > J.1 ( 444 )9ps) =488 kips o.k. =415 kips The Par.lllel Force Method has a disadvantage relative to the Uniform Poree Method in that
minor momenrs result at lhe column face. However, the use of a rigid beam-to-column con-
415kips>1.1 (311kips)=342 kips o.k.
nection is generally sufficient to resist such moments and they may be disregarded under
these conditions.
Therefore, the ~-in.-lhick gusset plate is acceptable.

J\.l.!EJUCAN INs1TIVTll OF S-n;a CoNSTRVCnoN

1n the Parallel Force Method, eccentridties are calculated from the brace centerline to the ( tany)yc +Xe
centroids of the gusset plate welds at the .beam and column faces. The gusset-to-beam con- Xec = tan2')'+1
nection is designed for the tequired shear force, H1>, and the required .normal force, Vb. The
gusset-to-column connection .i,s designed for the required shear force, VC> and the required (tan 45)(29.1 in.)+ 6.35 in.
normal force, He. As shown in Figure 5-47, a line perpendicular ro lhe brace axjs which (tan45)2 + l
passes through the centroid of the gusset-to-column-flange interface may be used to find the :;::: 17.7 in.
eccentricity. (This is also done for the gusset-to-beam fl;uige interface.) As discussed previ- ' '
.~
ously, total gusset lengths are used for evaluating yielding limit states; local effects due 10 Ytc = ( tanr )xu
the corner clip are considered only for rupture limit states.
=(tan45)17.7 in.
At the column flange, ihe gusset-to-column flange centroid is located at this point, relative
to the working point:
:::: 17.7 in.

The eccentricity between the centroid of the gusset-to-column interlace and the brace cen-
J
terline is therefore:

= (12.7 in. 23.7 in.; 34.5 in.) ec =~(Xec - Xe )2 +(Yee - Ye ) 2

2 2 2 ::::)(17.7 in. - 6.35 in.)2+(17.7 in.-29.1 in.)2
=(6.35 in., 29.l in.) =16.l in.
The point on the brace centerline that is the intersect.ion of a line through this point perpen- At the beam flange, the gusset-to-beam flange centroid is located at this point, relative to the
dicular to the brace centerline is given by these e.quations (as shown in Figure 5~7), with working point:
the working point taken as the origin:

(xb,Jb) "' ( d; +~, d;)

=(12.7 in.+ 40.0 in. 23.7 in.)
2 2 ' 2
=(26.4 in., 11.9 in.)
The point on the brace centerline that is the intersection of a line through this point perpen-
t
tly
dicular to the brace centerline is given
working point: I
these equations (see Figure 5-47), relalive.to the
l
f :
' .
{tawy )yb + Xb
Xeb""
can1 y+1
(tan45)1 l.9 in.+26.4 in.
== (tan45)2 +1
= 19.2 in.

Yeb =(tanr)x<1>
=(!an45)19.2 in.
""19.2 in. j
The eccentricity between the centroid of the gusset-to-beam interface and the centerline of
the brace is therefore: ,,,

Fig. S-47. Geometric method of esrabUshing eccentriciry from brace cemerline.

AMElllCAN It;srmrra OP STl$L CONSTRUCTION

 BRACED FRAMf.S S.3 Sl'EClAl, CONCF.Ni"RJCALLY BR,\CI D FRAMJ~S

t'I> = J< X~b - .fb ) 2 + (.Vtb - )b )

1
~
LRFD ASD

JCt9.2 in.-26.4 in.)2 +(l9.2 in.-1 l.9 in.}2 !', _ P,.ec P0 tr:
Pab=
w1>-(tc+t1>) (tc +e,.)
\ =10.3 in. {385 kips)(l6.l in.)
= (550 k.ips)(l6.l in.) :::
Tak.ing moments about point (Xb, Yb). the di:lgonal force, parallel to the brace force, at 'the (16.1 in.+10.3 in.)
(16.1in.+10.3 in.)
column flange correspond~g to !he expecled strength of 1he brace in tension is:
=335 kips = 235 kips
LRFD ASD
The corresponding shear on the beam face is:
P. _ P,..eb P, -~
"" - (ee +eb) ac - (ee+t1>) LRFD ASD
(550 kips)(l0.3 in.) (385 kips}(l0.3 in.) Hab = P""cosy
= (16.l in.+ 10.3 in.) =
(16.1 in.+10.3 in.)
H..i. = P.bcos"(
=335 kips(cos45) = 235 kips(cos45)
=215 kips - 150 kips
=237 kips = 166 kips

Note lhat sumnUng moments as described will result in a Pc force in the opposite clirection The corresponding normal force on the beam foce. is:
to the column flange force as shown in Figure 5-47. Because Figure 5-47 is not ac1ually a
f:I free-body diagram of the gusse1. forces Pc and Pb are shown as they act on lhe beam and col-
LRFD ASD
II umn. When resolving 1hese forces in10 components, forces denoted I/ :ic1 in the horizontal
direction and forces \.'act in the 'enical direction. Depending on whether th<: interface is a V.i, =P,.,.siny v"" = P..,.qnf
beam or a column, Hor V might be either a shear or a normal force.
=335 kips(~n45) = 235 kips(sin45)

til The corresponding shear on the column face is: =237 kips =166 kips
LRFD ASD The beam-to column connection is designed for a moment based on the nonn:il nnd shear
forces at the gusset-to-beam interface. Taking momenlS about the work point. the resulting
v.,., =P..., sin"( =Pacsin1
Vac moment at the beam-to-column connection due to the brace force is:
=215 k.ips(sin45) =150 kips(sin45)
.-
t1
}'
= 152 kips
. =106 kips LRfl) .
\
ASD

The corresponding nonnal force on I.be column face is:

Mu =!Hub (d; )- vub(%)1 Ma =IHab(d; )-vob(%)l
",,~
..,, LRFD ASD . (23.7 in.) 166 kips(
23
~ in.)
t 237kips ~
H..c =PwCOSY Hoc= Poerosr = =
= 215 kips(cos45) =150 kips{cos45) -237 kips(40.~ in.) -166 lcips( 40.~ in.)
= l52 lcips =106 kips = 1,930 kip-in. =1,350 kip-in.
Taking moments about point (x,, Ye), the diagonal force at the berun flange corresponcling to
The horizontnl force at the connection of the beam to the column _i~ affected by bo~ tt:e
the expected strength of the brace in tension is:
force entering the frame (defined by the mech:ullsm analysis prov1Stons of AJSC Sewmc
Provisions Section F2.3) and the horiz.ontal force transferred from lhe gusset to th~ column
(He or Hae). The to1aJ force entering the frame can be computed based on lhe dif'1:e~~
between Lhe total expected frame shear strength above and below the be:\n1, ns explained m

I~
Example 5.3.5. These l>hear strengths are calculated based oo the horiiontal components of ASD
I RFD
the brace expected strengths. The total force entering the frame is the difference between 1he
expected srrengths of the braces above the th.iro level :md the braces belO\\ the tlurd IC\el: Hu.rol/tor =1h(91.9 kips) Ha, ""f:.td.,r = h(64.3 kips)
1

= 32.2 kips
-IL(Bracc expected strengths below beam) cosy I
Px-
=46.0 kips
-I(Bracc expected screngths above beam)cos y
Tue force at the beam-to-column connection within the frame must also include Hue (LRFD)
and Hae (ASD):
LRFD ASD

P,, =cos45
1(606 k.ips+5l8 kips)
-(550 kips+444 kips)
I P =cos45
'
1(424 kips+363 kips) l
-(385 kips+ 3 I I kips) Hu. c()Mtio11
LRFD

=Hw, collatt>r + ffw: Ho. -N.:Do~ = Ho. C'c>lkdar + H ac

ASD

= 91.9 kips = 64.3 kips =46.0 kips+ 152 kips =32.2kips+106 IJps
: =198 kips = 138 kips
Similar 10 what was illustrated in Example 5.3.5, the mechruusm analysis with the com-
pression braces at their post-bud.ling strengths will not result in a higher force entering the Thi~ force may be resii.ted in the beam Oange-10-colunm welds. the beam web-to colun~
frame in this case. weld or shared between the two. In this example the available strength of the flanges will
be c~culated, and nny excess demand wiU be assigned to the web. For this comparison the
Since the braced frame is in the middle bay of a three-bay building, the collector force (half
of this story force) can be considered to ent<'r the braced frame from each side. These forces re{juired strength of each beam flange is taken as:
are shown in Figures 5-48a and 5-48b.

9I
I
I' /
/
/ vi,'
I
' '
'

l
'' '
r

I / I ' f ' I
~'-------,+,-------'1 - - - -'i
I / I ' f I
I // I ', I I
i 44~s I

"'*
I s59-t0ps I
1
T
46.0 kip$ fI //435 IOps :
I 360 kips ' I 46.0 kips 32-2 kips 32.2 kips
! .. / .. :'\: .. :---'--- :- ;-: i
'
: 60.tlps
I
I
1
"'
518-~ps I
: 421' l{ips 1
1
363-"!ps 1
I
I //
/
1
I
'
', I
I I / /
/
II
' I
', I
L'----- -
I
-+----
/I'
---'J
I
L'-------+---- --~
I ,/1', I
I // I ', I I , I ' I
I / I , I I ,/ I ', I
I / ' I
1 / '/'----'_,.___ _.I_
I / "' 't,. I

Fig. 54&. Collecror and frame forces for the rh1rd ln.el (U?F'D ). Fig. 5-48b. Co"'lecror andframefiorcts for the third level (ASD ).

Ai-IERICA.,. l.NsTnVrB Of' STEEL CoNSlllucno.,.

 5-288 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAi.- CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5 -289

LRFD ASD The stress from the ,on Mises interaction is compared to the strength of the gusset plate,
whi.:h is taken as ~Fy (LRFD) and Fyl0. (ASD) for the limit state of tensile yielding from
Ru_ -Mu + H.,,Ct.'nnu-non Ra =--+
Ml) Hl) C~ AISC Specificatio11 Equ3tion J4-l. '
-- .
d-t1 2 d-r1 2
'sj 1,930 kip-in. LRFD ASD
. .. = 23.7 in. - 0.585 in. + 1982kips .. =
1,350 kip-in.
23.7 in. ":' 0.585 in.
+
138 kips
2 Fy 36 ksi
= 182 kips =127 kips ~F1 =0. 90(36 ksi) -=--
n l.67
= 32.4 ksi > 14.l ksi o.k.
=21.6 ksi > 9.83 ksi o.k.
The available strength of each beam flange for ~he limit state of tensile yielding is calcu- -
lated as:
A similar check for rupture oo this plane is made, considering the l 1h-in. comer clip:
R,. = F1 Ag (Spec. Eq. 14-1)
LRFD ASD
= F1 b1r1.
= 50 ksi(8.97 in.)(0.585 in.)
= 262 kips '[ Hue
' cp(b-clip)
r + 31 Vue
tp(b -clip)
r '! H ac
\ lp(b-clip)
r + 3[ Vee
tp(b -clip)
r
LRFD I
Rn =262 kips
ASD 152 kips
r(3h in.)(34.5 in.. - l 1h in.) . r l
106 kips
(~ in.)(34.5 in. -1 ~in.) r I
<;>R,, = 0.90(262 kips)
= 236kips>1 82 kips o.k.
n 1.67
=
1 +31 152 kips r -
~ +3
i
106 kips
r
I'
rlI
= 157 kips> 127 kips o.k. {~ in.)(34.5 in. - I~ in.) (% in.)(34.5 in. - I 1h in.)
('

Thus, the entire force can be assigned to che beam flanges, and none need be assigned to the =14.7 ksi =10.3 ksi
beam web in this case.
The stress from the voo Mises interaction is compared to the strength of the gusset plate,
Gusset Plate at Column Flange which is taken as ~Fw (LRFD) and Fu!Q (ASD) for the limit state of tensile rupture, from
AISC Specification Equation J4-2.
The combined effects of shear and tension at the gusset-to-column interface may be cal-
culated using von Mises interaction (as shown in tcnn.s of stresses in AISC Manual
Equation 9-1): LR.FD ASD
!
Fu 58 ksi
LRFD ASD F,, =0.75(58 ksi) -=--
n 2.00
""43.5 ksi > l4.7 ksi o.k. I
=29.0 ksi > 10.3 ksi
r (r I
o.k.
Hue Vue
3 :
Hoer + 3[Vocf
'
tpb + fpb

f 152 kips
(_% io.)(34.5 in.)
r 'I tpb tpb

106 kips r
Gusset Plate at Beam Flange
.
Similar to lhe gusset at the column face, the combined effects of shear and tension on tl'-
.
,, =
($h in.)(34.5 in.) gussct at the beam flange may be calculated using von Mises interaction:
,,!:
~:
' ' +3[ 152 kips
(1'!! in.)(34:5 in.)
r =
I +3{ 106 kips
(* in.)(34.5 ill.)
r
= 14.J ksi =9.83 ksi

''
~: AMERICAN 1NsTrJvre 01' S'rEa CONSTRl.IC110N
I' AM6RJCAN WSTl'\'\ITS OF STEEL CONS1"RUC'OON
5-290 BRACED 'FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S-291

LRFD ASD LR.FD ASD

Vub r H~r
+ 3(
dI Vab 23 Hab r 9Rn =1.00(1, 160 kips)
=1,160 kips> H.,,, =152 kips
Rn
-=
n
1,160 kips
l.50

'
tpa tpa tpa) + (-;;; o.k. o.k.
= 773 kips> Hae= 106 kips
237 kips
r(* in.)(40.0
. in.) r I 166 kips
(* in.)(40.0 in.) r
r
Check column web local crippling
= =
r For a fon:e applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the member end:
r
r)
1+3! 237 kips 1+31 166 kips
(-* in.){40.0 in.) (* in.)(40.0 in.)
=19.0 ksi < q>Fy =32.4 ksi o.k. =13.3 ksi < p;.10. =21.6 ksi o.k. R" =0.80ra + l 3(~ )(:; EF:::rI (Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)

5
A similar check for rupture on this plane is made, considering the l 'h-in. comer clip:
:::: (0.80)(0.550 .LO.) {l + 3(34.5
2
- - .in.)(0.550
- 9()() in.)._
. 1
12.7 Jn. 0. tn.
LRFD ASD
(29,000 ksi)(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)
x 0.550 in.
'1r1b
\ 1tp(a-clip) r +
3
llub

r
1tp(a-clip) ' l Vab
' tp(a-clip) r( r
+3 Hob
tp(a-clip)
=1,820 kips J
I:
i 237 kips
r r
166 kips
This value is not compared to the value of Hue or Hae calculated previously, which is based
on tension in the brace, as crippling is a compression limit state. Because the Hue and Hae

r
{* in.)(40.0in.-l'h in.) {-% fn.)(40.0 in.-l'h in.) forces calculated previously are directly proportional to the broce force, they can be scaled
= =
1 +3[ 237 kips
(~ in.)(40.0 in. -1 'h in.)
r 1 +3( 166 kips
(* in.)(40.0 in. -1 'h in.) .
down based on the ratio of the brace force in compression to the brace force in tension. The
maximum compression force at the gusset-to-column interface is:

= 19.7 ksi <<!>Fu= 43.5 ksi o.k. = 13.8 ksi < F,,IO. = 29.0 ksi o.k. LRFD ASD

Column Web at Gusset-to-Column Interlace

H ( 444
kips)= 152 ki
"" 550 kips
{144
kips)
P 550 kips
I
\.
H (311 kips)= 106 ki
cc 385 kips
8 (311
P 385 kips
kips)

At the gusset-to-column interface and guf!set-to-beam interface, the column and beam webs, =123 kips =85.6 kips
respectively, must be checked for the limit states of web local yielding aod web local crip-
pling. The length of bearing, lb, is taken as the height of the gusset plate, b. '
Therefore: .,

Check column web local yielding LRFD ASD

For a force applied at a disunce less than the depth of the member from the member end,
Rn l,820 kips
the available web local yielcling strength is determined as follows: ~Rn= 0.75(1,820 kips) -=
n 2.00
= 1,370 kips> 123 kips o.k. = 910 ~ps > 85.6 ltips o.k.
Rn = Fywtw(Skdes +lb ) (Spec. Eq. 110-2)
=(50 ksi)(0.550 io,)[5(1.50 in.)+ 34.5 in.J
= 1,160 kips Beam Web at Gusset-to-Beam Interface
t"..
.,

Check beam web focal yielding

Consider th:it the jnterface force, Vb, acts at the centroid of Lhe gusset-to-beam interface, a
=
distance of a/2 40.0 io.12 = 20.0 in. from the face of the column. ./,,
 BRACED FllAMES S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY 'BRACED FRAMES 5-293

For a f~rce applied at a distance greater than the depth of the member from the member end,
the ava1lable strength is determined as follows: LRFD ASD
~.. , Rn= Fy..,t..,(2.Skdu +lb) l w Rn 793 kips
(Spec. Eq. JJ0-3)' ' 6Rn = 0.75(793 kips) -=
=(50 .ksi)(0.415 in.)[2.5(l.C'9 in.)+ 40.0 in.J i n 2.00
= 595 kips> 191 kips o.k. == 397 kips> 134 kips o.k.
=887 kips J
. LRFD ASD Interface Welds
B3$ed on experiments and simulations, Roeder et al. (2011) recommend designing che welds
" 4>Rn =1.0(887 kips) Rn 887 kips
-= at the gusset-to-beam and gusset-co-column interfaces for the expected tensile strength of
=887 kips> vl<b ::: 237 kips o.k.
n 1.50
the gusset plnte in order to increase che deformation and ductility capacity of the system and
v.,b =166 kips
~. I
=591 kips> o.k. limit che weld damage. The recommended expression for the size of a pair of fillet welds,
~-
where w is the weld size and the 1.5 represents the directional strength increase for trans-
Check beam web local crippling versely loaded fillet welds, is:

The resultant force al the centroid of lhe gusset-10-beam interface is greater than d/2 from 2(1.5)~(0.60)Fexx(0.707)w ~ RyFytp
the member end. 11JUs, AlSC Specification Equacion J 10-4 is :ipplicable.
where ~ = Q.75. fn order to comply with the AISC Specification., use$:;= 0.75 instead of

R. 080'!11 +3[ ~ lf:; rir::'J (Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)

~ =0.75.

This expression, which is based on AISC Specificarion Equations 12-4 and J2-5, may be
rearranged to solve for the fillet weld size, w, for the given material strengths (the required
=(0.80)(0.415in.)2f1+3( 40~ ~nJ( 0~ 1 5 in:JJ.SJ
II
strength for ASD is taken to be RyFyll.5). From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l, for
23.1 m. 0.)85 m. ASTM A36 plate material. R1 = 1.3.
x (29,000 ksi)(SO ksi)(0.585 in.)
0.415 in. LRFD ASD
=793 kips
This v~ue ~s not compared to the value of V.,b or V.,b calculated previously, which is based
l - [ RyFy
2{1.5)~(0.60) Fexx {0.707)
I
( w- l QR.,Fy
- 2(1.5)(1.5)(0.60).fE:u (0.707)
I I

II
P p

l
Y -

il on tension in the brace, as crippling is a compression limit state. Compression in the beam
web occurs when the brace is in compression, not when it is in tension, so new Vub and vob {1.3)(36 ksi) j [ (2.00)(1.3)(36 ksi)
= 2(1.5)(1.5)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.7?7)
f~rces need co ~ determined. Because the Vub and Vab forces calculated previously are = 2(1.5)(0.75)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.707) Ip
\ "
Ip

...."~-
~,.
I directly pro~rtional to .the brace force, they can be scaled down based on the r:itio of the
brace force in compression to tl-,e bcace force in tension. The maximum compression force
at the gusset-to-beam interface is calculated as;
=0.100lp =0.700tp
I
For the *-in.-thick gussec plate, the weld size required is:

LRFD ASD w= 0.100(5h in.)

kips)-- 237. kips

V.ub [ 444 ki . [444 Jdps) =0.438 io.
550 ps
.
550 kips
Va11[ 311 kips)= 166 kips( 3 11 kips}
385 kips 385 kips . Use a Ys6in. fillel weld on both sides of the gusset pl:ite to connect the gusset to the beam
=191 kips :: 134 kips
and column.

Therefore: BeanHo-Column Connection

Tue beam-to-column connection must comply with tbe requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6b. For I.his example, Section F2.6b(b), the moment-resisting beani
end connection option, is chosen. Titis example utilizes a moment connection with OF
 BRACED FRAMt;S S.3 SPECIAL CONCE.NTRlCAl l.Y BRACED FRAMES

groo"e welds of the beam nanges and web to the column flange, wluch will be adequate to, Check web local crippling of the column
re~1st a moment corresponding to the expected beam flexural strength multiplied by I.I For a force applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the member end, the avail3blc web
(LRFD) or 1.1/1.5 (ASD). lhcreby meetiog AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(bXi). local crippling ~trengtb of the column is determined 3S follow~. where the length of bearing,
An altcmath"e method of providing a moment connection at lhe beanHo-column connection lb, is taken as the beam nangc thickness:
and meeting AISC Seismic Prcwisions Section .F2.6b(b), which explicitly considers fTam~
rotational forces, is prtsentcd in Example 5.3.12. A connection with a simple beam-to-col-
unm connection meeting AISC Seismic Proiisions Section F2.6b(a) was presented in
farunple 5.3.10. Any of these approaches is ~atisfoctory.
osoi![ 3( ~ J[ '.; r\t;.' 1 (Spec. Eq. JI 0-4) }:

u~ CJP groo,:e welds at lhe beam flanges-t<>-eolUITUl and beam web-to-column connection~. .,I
= (0.80)(0.550 in.)" I+ 3
l0.585 in.)(0.550
_ in. 0.900 io.
in.)uj
12 7
To de1cnn.ine whether continuity plates are required, check whether lhe limit states of web
local yielding, web local crippling, ruid flange loc:il bending of the column are adequate for (29,000 ksi)(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)
the required strength. The required strength mu!;t be detennined. AISC Seismic Provi..sions x 0.550 in
Scc1ion F2.6b(b) requires that lhe conneaion be designed to resist a moment equal to the =397 kips
expected beam flexural strength multiplied b) I. I (LRFD) or I l/ 1.5 (ASD). Tn this case,
the beam web has a CJP groove weld to the column flange and therefore can develop the LRFD ASD
full expected flexural ~trength of the beam web. Therefore, for the local column limit states
of web local yielding and web local crippling, the demand at the column face will be taken Rn 397 kips
~Rn= 0.75(397 kips) -=
as 1hc expected, st:ramhardened strength of the beam flange using a strain-hardening fac n 2.00
tor of I.I: =298 kips < 317 kips n.g. =199 kips< 212 kips n.g.

LRFD ASD
Check flange local bending of the column j
Ruftmitt = 1.1R1 F1 Aft>1igt R,,fl011gt =(1.J I 1.5)Ryf',Ajlong< The available strength of the column due to flange local bending is determined as follows: ::
=1.1(1.1)(50 ksi) =(I.J / 1.5)(1.1)(50 ksi)
(Spec. Eq. 110-1)
x(8.97 in.)(0.585 in.) x(8.97 in.)(0.585 in.) R,, = 6.25F,ttJ
=317 kips ""212 kips =6.25(50 ksiX0.900 in.)2
=253 kips
\
Check web local yielding of the column LRFD ASD \
For a force applied at n distance greater than the depth of the member from the member end, Rn 253 kips I ..
the av:ulnble web Joc.'ll yielding strength of the column )s detennined as follows, where the
length of bearing, Ip, is taken as lhe beaID flange thickness.
!pR,. =0.90(253 ki~) n= i.61 I
= 228 kips< 317 kips n.g. =151 kips< 212 kips n.g. l,
L-~~~~~~~~~~~~..l.._...~~~~~~~~~~~~-'' .
R,. = F,...t..,(5/c.us +lb)
=(50 ksi)(0.550 in.)[5(1.50 in.)+0.585 in.J
(Spec. Eq. 110-2)
Ba.se.d 00 the chec.ks of web Jocol yielding, web local crippling, and flange local bending
the column requires continuity plates. The continuity plates mus~"be desifgnthcd to resisl thb( ..
I
=222 kips difference between the flange force, Ru~tor Rofi=ic and the 1esser o e co1umn we
local yielding, web local crippling, and Oange local bending strengths:
LRFD

R,.
ASD . .--~~~~-LRF~-D~~~~~.-~-=-~~~AS
-:-;::D:--~~~~~1 l
Il
222 kips
=1.00(222 !tips)
Ro= R,,Jbnl~ -R.1n
$R,. -=
n 1.50 ~R,,
R.. = R., Jltmtt -
=222 kips< 317 kips n.g.
=148 lcips<212 kips ll.&- =212 kips-148 kips
.. 317 kips- 222 kips
=95.0 lops =64.o kips I~
L--~~~~-'-~~~~~l

AMU1CV4 lNsTrnrn! "' STED... Cot'IS'TlltlC'TlON

 5-297
5-296 BR.ACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCEN1 RICALl.Y BRACED FRAMES

Using a continuity plate width that closely matches the beam flange width: For the A-in.-thick continuity plate, the required weld size is:
' I
LRFD ASD '
2 2
w = 0.674! w=0.612t
8.97 in. 0.550 in. .
I I ---- 4 2 lm.
=. = 0.674( .4 an.)
1 = 0.672(1.4 in.)
2 2
::: 0_169 in =0. 168 in.
Select 4.50 in. as the plate width. M~e sure that this plate width fits within the column
flange:
Use y16.jn. fillet welds between the continuity plate and the column flange (both sides of the
12.2 in. 0.550 in. . . plate),
- -- -
2 2
=5.83 in.> 4.50 111. o.k.
For the welds between the continuity plate and the column web, a weld size will be chosen
chat is stronger than the available shear strength of the continuity plate contact area with the
The required thickness for the two continuity plates, based on the limit state of tensile yield- web. This design approach meets AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6f(3)(b), although
ing from AJSC Specification Equation 14-1, is: this connection is not required to comply with SMF requirements.

LRFb ASD Deriving the weld size as was done previously for the gusset plate in tension:

<Jl(2 plares)Fybz > R,, (2 plates)Fybr/.Q >Ra LRFD ASD

t>~ ORa l
cp(2)Fyb
t>--
(2)F>b w-
l
60.60F1
- 2<l>{0.60)Fax (0.707)
t 1
l .Q0.60F1
w= 2n(0.60)FEXX(0.707)]c

I
>
95.0 kips
0.9-0(2)(50 ksiX4.50 in.)
>
1.67 (64.0 kips)
(2)(50 ksiX4.50 in.)
~ l 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi) l
2(0.75)(0.60)(70 ksi){0.707) t
2.00(0.60)(50 ksi)
= [2(1.50)(0.60)(70 ksi){0.707) t
1
> 0.235 in.

1:herefore ~-in.-thick continuity plates wiU be used.

> 0.238 in.
:::: 0.674t =0.674t I
For the 'A-in.-thick continuity plate, the weld size required is:

Design the welds between the continuity plates and column w =0.674( A in.)
1

There are several design considerations that could be used to detemline the required weld
size. For the welds between the continuity plates and column, lhe welds will be designed to
be at least as strong as the available strength of the contact area of the continuity plate with
the flange. This design approach meets the exception in AISC Seismic Provisions Section
El.6b(c)(4); although this connection is ~ot required to comply with OMF requirements.
Using the expression for the required weld size to develop a plate in tension discussed pre-
viously for the gusset plate, the fillet welds at the continuity plate to column flange are sized
as follows:
LRFD ASD
= 0.169 in.
Use 16-in. fillet welds between the continuity plate and the column web (both sides of the
plate)_
Check beam web~to-cotumn connection
The beam web is subject to gravity forces from beam shear in addition to forces from th~
brace.
The required shear strength of the beam for the case of tension in the brace is calculated a~
follows. The gravity shears from the beam act in the opposite direction-as ~e brace fore<

w=j 2(1.5)(0.60)
<l>Fy
Fexx {0.707)
j, w= I .QF.
1
2(1.59)0 (0.6)FEXX {0.707)
l
t
with.Sos= 1.0:

=[ 0.90(50 icsj)
2(1.5)(0.75)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.707)
]1 -l 2.00(50 ksi)
2(1.50)(1 .67)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.707)
l,
= 0.674t =0.612t
::
'
S-298 BRACED FRAMES '' 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from V,, 249 kips
vVn =1.00(249 kips) -=
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
= 249 kips > 234 kips o.k.
nv 1.50
=166 kips> 164 ldps o.k.
v# =(0.9-0.2SDs}VD +V,E,M Vo =(0.6-0.14SDS }vo +O.?VEmh
Vo= 0.46(-4.50kips)+166 kips The final design is sho"'n in Figure 5-45.
f
Vu =0.7(-4.50 kips)+237 kips
=234 kips = 164 kips
Example 5.3.12. SCBF Brace-to-Beam/ Column Connection
The required shear strength of the beam for the case of compression in the brace is based on Design-ln Plane Brace Buckling
a brace expected strength of 444 kips (LRFD) and 31 l kips (ASD). As calculated previously
for Vub (LR.FD) and V;,b (ASD):
Given:
Refer to Figure 5-49. Design the brnce..to-beam connection at Joint JT-1 shown schemati-
LRFD ASD cally in Figure 5-49. The brace orientation, connection type, transfer force, and beam shear
_due to gravity loads are shown in Figure 5-50. The conneetion con.figuration shown in
V: ( 444 kips)
ub 550 kips
=237 ki s( 444 kips)
p 550 kips
Vab('311 kips) :::!66 kips(311 kips) Figure 5-51, which makes use of a "hinge plate," allows large inelastic rotations for in-plane I.
385 kips 385 kips brace buckling with small flexural demand on the connection and supporting members. In
= 191 kips =134 kips this configuration, large inelastic rotations are accommodated with the advantage of having
a compact connection (Thornton and Fortney, 2012). This is different from t.he approach
shown in Examples 5.3.10 and 5.3.ll, where the brace is expected to buckle out of the plane
LRFD
.
LRFD Loud Combipation 5 from
ASD

ASD Load Combination 5 from

of the frame. The round HSS brace is ASTM A500 Grade B and the beam and column are
ASTM A992. Use ASTh1 A572 Grade 50 plate material. The bolts are AST!v1 A490-X.
ASCFJSEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 The completed design shown in Figure 5-51 will be verified in this example. r
v., = (l.2+ 0.2SDs }Vo+ VEmlr +0.5VL Va =(l.0+0.14Sos )VD +0.?VEmh From Example 5.3. l l, the e.xpected strengths of the HSS6.875x0.500 brace are:
Vu= 1.4(4.50kips)+191 kips Va= 1.14(4.50 kips)+ 134 kips = 550 kips
+ 0.5(3.00 kips)
= 199 kips
= 139 kips P~rtnwn =444 kips 1
0.3P""PIUSitm = 133 kips (post-buckling strength from AISC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3ii)
l
'
The strength of the beam in shear is, from AlSC Mamwl Table 3-6:

LRFD ASD
W12x96 column

<l>v Vn =295 kips> 234 kips o.k.

v.
_ n = 197 kips> 164 kips o.k.
nv
At the column face, the available shear strength is reduced by the material re.moved for lhe
weld access holes. From Table 1-1 and Table 1-3, weld access bole type B applies to the
W24x68 and the (3) and (4) dimensions are ~ in. sud ~ in., respectively. The available W12J<96 column
W24x68 beam
shear strength is determined from AISC Specification Section G2.

V,, ={(0.6X50 ksi)[23.7 in.-2(0.585 in.+~ in.+'h in.)J}(0.415 in.)

= 249 kips
Fig. 549. Beam-columnjoin1for Example 5.3.12.
 S-301
S-300 BRACED FRAMES S3 SPECIAL CONCc"NTRICALLY BRACED FAAl->1ES

The required strength of the connection froan ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load The required strength of the bracing connection when the brace is in compression at ils post-
Combination 5 (LRFD) and Load Combination 5 (ASD) is based on the horizontal seismiJ buckling strength is:
effect including the over)trcogth factor, E,,,h = Uo'2E (ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.1). Jn thi; i
case, Emh is the expected strength given previously for the brace as stipulated in AIS~ i!
'
LRFD ASD
Seismic Provisio11s Section F2.3. The required strength of the connection when the brace is
P,. = l.OEm1i Pa= 0.1E,...n
in tension is:
=1.0(133 kips) =0.7(133 kips)
LRFD ASD =133 kips =93.1 kips
Pu= l.OEmh Pa =0.1Em1i
=l.0{550 kips) =0.7(550 kips) .-
Solution:

~... I
=550 kips =385 kips From AISC Manual Tables 2-4 and 2-5, the material properties are as follows:
{,
The required strellgth of the bracing connection when the brace is in compression is:

;: LRFD ASD
::-,
...
. PL114'x7Wx2'-3"
P,, =l.OEmh Po =0.1Emh (A572 Gr. 50)
with 1" dia.
=1.0(444 kips) - =0.7(444 kips) A400.X bOlts
in std. holes HSS6.875x0.50-')
= .444 lips :
=311 kips
brace
W12x96"-.
cclumn

Pu = 550 kips (T)

/ 444 kips (C)
:IilllI - P. z 385 kips (T)
311 kips (C) Hinge PLrnx11x4~s
;i, (A572 Gr. 50) slotted onto gusset
!.

v. 19.9 kips (LRFD)

V, 12.8 kllls CASO)

Pll4" (A572 Gr. 50) dovbler W24x68

Hinge reglon plate, one side of web beam
PL~"x7~"x1'-9" (A572 Gr. 50) with
1" dia. A490-X bolts in std. holes

....
'
~~
Note: M90-X bolts are to be pretensioned with slip-critical faying surfaces.

Fig. 5-51. Completed connecrion desigt1for Example 5.3.12.

Fig. 5-50. Bmce coiu1ection 10 be designed for Example 5.3.12.
 J - .JVI,,
BRACED FRAMES "t

ASTM A500 Grade B Hinge Plate

F1 =42 ksi Assume the width of the hinge plntc is limited by the column Oangc width of 12.2 in. Th
F,, =58 ksi liJ:njt is an orchitecturcll consideration to ensure that the connection does not affect lhe fa~J1
or in~I partition width. It is not an engineering requirement.
ASThf A572 Grade 50
F1 =50 ksi
Choose a hinge plate width, bp, of 11.0 in. This protrudes beyond the beam flange widt1
but is less than the column flange width and is sufficient to accommodate the 6.875 in dian
Fu =65 ksi
ctcr HSS brace.
ASTMA992
To size the hinge plate for the lirrut state of tension yielding, where tp is the thickness of th l~
F1 =50 ksi hinge plate:
r'., =65 ksi
(Spec. Eq. J-t-1 ' J::
From AISC Manual Tables 1-1 and 1-13, the geometric properties are as follows:

Brace
HSS 6 .875x0.500
D =6.875 in. r,_. = 0.500 in. A= 9.36 in. 2
The 11.0-in.-wide hinge plnte is well within the maximum allowable Whitmore sectioi.
according 10 AlSC Manual Pan 9, and therefore the entire hinge plate width can be consh
ere.d effective in this limit state.
I
r= 2.21 in.

Beam
W24x68
A ::: 20.1 in. 2 d =23.7 in. lw =0.415 in. 1>1= 8.97 in.
t1= 0.585 in. kdu =1.09 in. z.. = 177 in. 3
,, >OPa
--
Column - F>bP
W12x96 1.67(385 k.ips)
d= 12.7 in. I,.. = 0.550 in. b1= 12.2 in. tr= 0.900 m. 2: 0.90(50ksi}(l1.0 in.) 2: (50 ksiXI 1.0 io.)
k.Jr1 = 1.50 in. k4,, = I 1~o in. Z:r = 147 in.' 2: 1.11 in. 2: 1.17 in.
J
A ISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism anal:)'ses \
\
that must be considered in determining the required strength of beams, columns and con- Use a 1\4-in.-thick hinge plate. \

nections. AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing
connections. For the required compressi~e sirength based on buckling limit states, Section Check hinge plate net section for tensile rupture strength
F2 6c(2) has an additional 1.1 factor (relative to the requirements of Section F2 3) applied Assume the gusset plate thickness is I IA io. and verify this assumption later. The_lunge plat
to the required strength of the connection.
is slotted over the gusset plate with an additional 1/16 in. increase in slot width on either sid
For lhese SCBF connection examples, the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section of the gusset plate. For the hinge plate:
F2.3 will be used for both LRFD and ASD, e~ccpt for the limit state of compression buck-
ling on the Whitmore section, which will use the l.l factor specified in AISC Seismic An= [11.0 in. - PA in. - 2('t16 in.)J(I !A in.)
Provisions Section F2.6c(2). = 12.0 in.2
.l.
Brace-to-Hinge Plate Connection Design =
According to AISC Specification Table 03. l Case I, U LO because the teosfon load i .\
transmitted directly 10 the cross-section elemcnL From AISC Specification Equation J4- , ,_
Example 5.3.10 showed.the full brace.to-gusset connection design for the same size brnce
as used in this exrunple. The calculations for the brace side of the brnce-to-gusset connec-
tion arc not repeated here.
!
AMu!cAN INsTrnm; OF STEEL CotUTRl!CT!Ot<
 5 3 SPFCIAL CONCENTRICAU.Y liRACED FRAMES

LRFD ASD Because KUr < 25, buckling is not 1:cns1dere<l accorJing to AISC Sptcificano11Section14.4.
However, the use <f AISC Ma111111l Table 4-22 will be demonstrated here because the buck.
R,. =~F..~ R,. = F,,~ ling strength of Uic tungc plate is required to check the requirements of Seismic Prol'isio11s
- 0.75(65 ksi)(12.o in. 2 ) n n Section F2.6c(2).

== 585 kips > 550 kips o.k. 65 ksi(l2.0 in. 2 ) From AlSC Ma1111al Table 4-22
2.00
=390 kips> 385 ldps o.k. LR.FD ASD

~r -= 29.6 kJ.i
Hinge Plate-to-HSS Brace Connection Design ., H e

.... The limit sime of shear rupture in the brace wall was used in Example 5.3. LO to determine
the length of tbc brae~ lo-gusset plate connection. Because the brace i;ize in this example is
TI1e available comprei;sive strength of the hinge plate is:
~
!, the same as that us~ in &ample 5.3.10, determination of the weld size and length between
tbe brace and tb.e hinge plate are not repe~ted here. Similarly, the 11:11 bar reinforcement on
LRFD ASD
the brace is kept the ~me as Example 5.3. IO. For the limit :.late of block shear rupture on
P" F.::rAi
)
I;::, the. hinge plate. the lunge plate io this example is thicker ( l'A in.} than the gusset plate Per = 6Fc,1\1 -
n
= -Q -
' (~ in.) m Example 5.3. l 0 and is also a material with n higher yield sLrcngth. Therefore, from = 44.4 ksi(l l.O in.)(l 1A in.)
Example 5.3.10, block shear on the hinge plate wiU be adequa1e and need not be checked.
=29.6 ksi (l J.0 in.)(!~ in.)
= 611 kips
=407 kips
i
~
1
Check hinr;e plate for compression buckling 611 kips> 1.1(444 kips)= 4$8 kips o.k. ..tO? kips> 1.1(31Ikips)=342 kips o.k.
The minimum recommended lunge leng!h for this connection configuration measured
berw~cn th~ end of the brace and the gusset, is 3tp. Refer to Thornton and Fortney (2012)
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) requires 1hat the brace connection accommodate
111 for d1scuss1on on the recommended 3tp hinge length.
the t1exural forces or rotation imposet1 by brace budding. This can be achieved either by
3tp =3(1'.4 in.) option (a) design.mg the connecuon to have an av:iilable flexural ~aength of the expected
brace flexural strength. RyM,,. multiplied by J.I (LRFD) or by 1.1/1.5 (ASD) or option (b)
=3.75 in. providing rotation capacity to accC>mmodate the required rotation. Eumplcs 5.3.8 through
Use 4.00 in. for the hinge length. 5.3.11 used option (b) 10 sab:;fy lhis requiremenr. This brace configuration also satisfies
option (b) becau~e the 31,, length of the hinge plate provides rotation c:ipacity (Thornton and
-
...
~:
..
. ~lodeling the binge plate as foed at one end and free to route a1 the other end, the cffec- Fortney, 2012).
..' uve length facLOr from AISC Specification Commentary Table C-A-7.1 is 1.2. The effective
The hinge ph11e allows the brace 10 buckle in the plane of the gusset plate by means of
length of the hinge plate is:
introducing a perpendicular hinge plate. The connection thus accommodates brace rotation
KL= l 2(4.00 in.) according to AISC Seismic Provi.sions Section F2.6c(3)(b); lbe rcquiremeo1 10 withstand flex-
=4.80 io. ural forces im(Xl-~ by brace buckling according to Section P2.6c{3Xa) is not applicable. Note
that the commentary to this section implies that budiling in the pl;uie of the gusset is fixed-end
The radius of gyration of the hinge pl:11e is: buckling (thus requmng applic:ition of Section F2.6c(3)(a)): in IM cooteXt of this connection,
the hinge plate rakes the place of lhc gusset for purposes of determining end fi:<iry.
r==t.i
t
To ensure that rotation of the hmge plate can occur without damage to olher parts of the
l ~in. assembly, m this example the expec1ed tlexur.U 5trength of the hinge plate is u~ed to deter-
'"=-:Ji2. mine maximum forces on the hinge-pl3te welds. This ensures that the hinge pl:ue-to-gus~ct
welds are sufficient to allow Lhe hinge plate 10 achieve its e.'tpectcd flexural strength mul ti-
:: 0.361in.
plied by I. I.
KL 4.80 in.
Determine the c.'tpected flexural strcnglh of t.bc binge plate (mulriplkd by I I ):
r 0361 in.
=13.3 Mh111~ =l.1R1 FyZh
AM~ 11.ICA>I INSTTl'UT1! OP Sn.a CONSTRIX..'TION
S-306 BRACED FRAMES ~
~.

where The width of the maximum Whitmore section on lhe gusset plate at 30 is:
Ry =1.1 from AJSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l
I,.. =2(26.0in.)(tan30)+PA in.
Zh =plastic section modulus of the hinge plate about the weak axis
=31.3 in.
bpr;
=-- Part of this Whitmore section lies outside of the gusset plate. Approximately 12.0 in. of this
4
width remains in the gusset at the gusset-to-column interface. In order to avoid accounting
=11.0 in.(!IA in.)2 for Whitmore width within the bolted joint, a 12.0 in. width will be used on the column side
4 and 15.0 in. on the beam side. On the beam side, approximately 5.00 in. are in the gusset
=4.30 in.3 and 10.0 in. are in !he beam web (I.be 10.0 in. within the beam web is included in the
Whitm0re section area). Try a l !.4-in.-thick gusset. The Whiunore area is:
M11;,,ge = 1.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(4.30 in.3)
A,..= (12.0 in.+ 5.00 in.)(l'A in.)+ (10.0 in.)(0.415 in.)
= 260 kip-in.
=25.4 in. 2
This moment can be replaced by two equal and opposite forces, F, acting on the welds
between the hinge plate and the brace. From ATSC Specification Equation J4-l, the available tensile strength is:

F= Mhinge LRFD ASD

Ip
P" FyAw
= 260 kip-in. =<PF1 Aw -::::--
1!>P11 Q n
)I;.\ in.
=0.90(50 ksi)(25.4 in.2) 50 ksi(25.4 in.2 ) '
=208 kips
The weld required to carry the force, F, from AISC Manual Equ:uions 8-2a and 8-2b is:
"'1,140 kips> 550 kips ().k. =
1.67
= 760 kips > 385 kips o.k.
I
LRFD ASD
Check shear yielding on the gusset plate
D- F F 11.5
D= From AISC Specification Equation 14-3, the available shear strength due to yielding on th<
2(1.392 kip/in.)/ 2(0.928 kipfm.)J
gusset plate is:
208 kips (208 kips/ 1.5)
= =
_ _ _ _ _+----~A_s_n_ _ _ _ ll.
2(1 .392 kipfm.)(26.0 in.) 2{0.928 kipfm.)(26.0 in.)
l-----LRFD
=2.87 sixteenths < 4 si~teenths o.k: = 2.87 sixteenths < 4 sixteenths o.k.
R,. =<P0.60Fyltp (2)
R.,.::;; 0.60Fyltp(2)
Q Q
=0.60(50 ksi)(26.0in.)(l1A in.)(2)
I
Hinge ~late-to-Gussel Connection Design . = 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi}(26.0 in.) .
I
As shown in Figure 5-50, the hinge plate is slotted over the gusset plate. The hinge plate-
to-gusset contact length is the same as the binge plate-to-brace contact length (26.0 in.);
therefore, the 1A-in. fillet welds would be appropriate. However, accordfog to AISC
x(l1A in.)(2)
= 1,950 kips> 550 kips o.k.
1.50
= l,300 kips> 385 kips o.k. r
Specification Table 12.4, the minimum required weld size is 16 in. based on the l \4 in. thick- ...
ness of the ~inge plate and gusset plate. Therefore, a l 1A-in.-lhiek: gusset plate is adequate.

Use (4) 26-ln.-long, 'li6in. fillet welds at the hinge plate-to-gusset connection. Check buckling of the gusset plate
The gusset buckling length is 5.00 in., and by inspection buckling will not control.
Check tensile yielding of the gusset plate on the Whitmore section
Tension yielding is checked on a section of the gusset plate commonly referred to ns the
Whitmore section." This section is explained in AISC Manual Part 9 (Figure 91) and in
Thornton and Lini (2011).
t
 5-308 BRACED FRAMES .,,, 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRJCALLY 'BRACED FRAMES s..::::
r,;;

Gusset Interface Forces

f I LRFD ASD
(
Use the Uniform Force Method presented in AJSC Manual Part 13. From the geometry of
L FJgurc 5-51:
From AlSC Manual Equation 13-3: From AlSC Manual Equatio n 13-3.
de ec ec
ec=2 Hue =-Pu Hoc=-Po
r r
12.7 in.
:i:--- "'6.35 in. (550 kips) =6.35 in.(385 kips)
.
'"
2
=6.35 in.
38.1 in.
=91.7 kips
38. l in.
"'64.2 kips
~
.
,..
db
eb =- From AISC Manual Equation 13-5: From AISC Maiwal Equation 13-5:
2
23.7 in. a a
=---
2
Hub=-P., ,. Hob =- Po
r
=
11.9 in. 20.6 in. ( _ ki )
= - - - 5 =>0 ps =20.6 in. ( 385 kips)
38.1 in. 38. 1 in.
A OQ . 24.0 in.
" =3. m.+---
2
= 297 kips =208 kips

=15.0 in. From AISC Manual Equation 13-2: From AJSC Manual Equation 13-2:

e =45 Vue =~Pu Vac --~

-Pa
r r
For the force distribution to remain free of moments on the connection interfaces. choose a 15 0
value of a to satisfy the following expression. = in.(550 kips) =15.0 - (38-=> ki ps)
- -in.
38. l in. 38.1 in.
=217 kips = 152 kips
(Ma111~al Eq. 13-1)

a= (P +et-)( tan 45)- ec

From AISC Manual E.quation 13-4: From AJSC Manual Equation 13-4: I
I
= (15.0in.+ 11.9 in.Xl)-6.35 in. el> eb
!
V""= -Pu Vab =-Pa
= 20.6 in. r r II
The required axial and shear forces on the connection due to lbe tensile load on !he brace
=l I.9 in. (550 kips) \
\ - -in.
=11.9 - (38=>_ ki ps)
38.l in. . 38.l in.
are derennined from AISC Manual Equations 13-2 through 13-5. where:
=172 .kips =120 kips ;
2
r"' J(a+ec )2 +(P+eb) (Manual Eq. 13-6) These forces are shown in Figures 5-52a and 5-52b.
=Jc20.6 in. +6.35 in.)2 +(1s.o in.+ 11.9 in.)1 .:.
" =38.1 in. Beam-to-Column Connection
?
..
The beam-to-column con!le(;tion will be designed to satisfy the requirements of AJSC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(b). The following exemplifies the detcnnination of the
I \\
required moment and forces on the connection.
~

I ~.~
I In this cxnmple, lhe required flexural strength is resisted through the entire connection
including the gusset plate. The moment resistance is noc confined co lhe beam-to-coluir
portion of the connection. Alternatively, as shown in Example 5.3.l l, AlSC Seisir '
Provisions Section F2.6b(b) could also be satisfied by provicling a fixed beam-to-colun~
connection.

AMEJOCAN ~STmJT 01' STEEL CONSTRUCTION

 :>-,)lV
BRACED FRAMF.S ~
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALl Y BRACED FRAMES

The required flexural strength is based on r.he lesser of the expected flexural strengths of tl"
column and beam multiplied by 1.1 (LRFD) or 1.1/l.5 (ASD) as required by AISC Seism.
389 kips Provisions Section F2.6b(b):
tti 2.75"
....
1

LRFD ASD

(7k'"'jl~~...
N

;., M" 1 = I:t.lRyFyZ.t M eo/ = l:(L l/l.5)R~F1 Zx

@ ..
.
co q
II)
... :
= 2(1.1)(1.l)(SO ksi)(l47 in.3 ) =2(1.J/ l.5)(1.1)(50 ksi)(l47 in.3 ) I
I
_.
<O

."'
97 kips I
't::::;L-_ _ ___J

Mb~am
= 17,800 kip-in. =11,900 kip-in.
l

@) W.P.
/ 172 kips = J .1R1F1Z., Mbeom = (l.1/l.5)RyFyZx I
20.6"
<O =l.l(l.1)(50ksi)(177 in. 3
) = (1.1/1.5)(1.1)(50 ksi)(l77 in.3) j.
1172 kips = 10,700 kip-in. = 7,140 kip-in . I.

389 kips. I .L- ~

:: 46.0 kips 91 .7 kips

-
...
2972_

J :: :
r - - ~. .----
. .389 kips - --
The lesser of these expected fle,xuraJ strengths is MR= Mbeam = 10,700 kip-in. (LRFD) an
7,140 kip-in. (ASD). The subscript R is used to denote "rotational" forces and momenu;
because this moment is due to fram.e action.Refer to Thornton and Muir (2009) for more
I
172 kips :: :
' . 46.0 kips
discussion. I;
From Figures 5-53a and 5-53b:
Fig. 5-52a. Gusset interface forces due ro brace expected strength (I.RFD).

MR
LRFD
MR
ASD
v
HR=-- HR = - - I
P+eb ~+eo
2.75" 272 kips 10, 700 kip-in. 7,140 kip-in. 1.
385 kips = =
15.0in.+11.9 in. 15.0 in.+ 11.9 in.
= 398 kips I
= 265 kips
1"
272 kips I

VR =HR~ HR~
\.
VR = - -
0. 0.
=398 kips(l5.0 in.) =265 ldps(l5.0.in.)
20.6 in. 20.6 in. j
=290 kips =193 kips ..
~ W.P.
1

r.n
... 1120 klps
These rotational forces due to frame action are shown in Figures 5-54a and 5-5-
Application of moment in the figure is consistent with the angle between the beam and Cl

I ~L .:2~8~ umn closing as the brace goes into tension. In addition to the admissible force distributk
272 kips ::
--- --- :..:
I
32.2 kips 64.2 kips
120 kips 1: :.
'.
,___.- __ ---
...............
272 kips 32.2 kips
due to the brace expected strength shown in Figures 5-52a and 5-52b, and the adro.is~il
force distribution due to frame action shown in Figures 5-54n and 5-54b, an admissible gr...
ity force distribution must also be detennined.

Note that the gravity forces always exist :ind therefore, must be added lO the brace ex pee
Fig. 5-52b. Gusset inrtrfaceforr:es due to brace e.:rpected strength (ASD). strength shown in Figures 5-52a and 5-52b and the rotational forces shown in Figures 5-5
and 5-54b. ....
AMEIUCAN INSlTtunl OP STEL. CorlsTR\JenON

.. AMl!IUCAN lNSTllUll! OP STEJ!L CONSTRUCTION

 5-312 BRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-3 13

AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b requires that the rotational forces c:ilculated from ~,350 kip-in.
tbe., Jesserof the column moment so:ength or the beam moment sirengtb be "considered in
combination with the required strength of the brace connection and beam connection, I 6.35"
~!!duding amplified_dfophragm <;~Hector forces."

. 2.75"

-~-SMR
~

.....
,,
I' 6.35"
~
N
II 398 kips
. - 1
'
I:..
q 290 kips :.
f
(.)

2.75" .
<O

(!)
I,/)

~
I
~!==--------'
Co W.P. 398 kip-;---1
~
290 kips
II
c., 20.6" -I
@)
(!)

290 kips I
~ I 398 kips

&,[ 290 kips Ii 10,700 kip-in.

\......:_../
5,350 kip-ii). ~ 39'8i<lPSI !~ ~ -------~>-)
~=
~!
11
;;;
i. Fig. 5-54a. Rotational force distribwion due to frame action (lRFD).
.,
'-'
o.sM}-J
~.570 kip-in.
Fig. 5-53a. Rotational forces due to frame action, MR. 6.35'

tn ., 2.15

..
,,
~
N
n 265 kips I:..
' .
h
<O
{- 1.::.
I
~ 't::::::::::..-...,.....===----'
&>
..... W.P. 265 kips 1193 kips.
~ 20.6"
@)
IO

~
193 l<ips I 26Skips
Face of column _)"-- -a
- ---i m[ 193 kips ,. 7, 140 kip-in.
'-J
3,570 kip-in. :: 2~11~~~-----~~)

'.
.
Fig. 5-53b. Gusset plate free body diagram due to rotational forces.
Fig. 5-54b. RotaJionalforce distribution due to frame action (ASD).

AMERICAN lNSTTIVre OI' STEEL CONSTRUCTION

 5.3 SPECJAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED f'RAM.l:S 5-31
5-314

Figures 5-55a and 5-55b show the combined brace, rotational, and gravity interface forces Use l-in.-diame1er bolts.
as required by AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b. From AISC Manrwl Table 7-1 I.be available shear strength of l-in.-diameter ASTM A490->
(Group B) bolts in standard holes is:
Gusset-to-Column Single-Plate Connection Design
Figures 5-55a and 5-55b show the interface forces for this connection. Note that shear forces LRFD ASD
from the brace expected strength are additive with shears from the rotational forces, but nor-
mal forces from the brace e:<pected strength are counteracted by rotational forces. This Qrn =49.5 kips/boll rn = 33.0 kips/bolt
n
figure also shows the total axial load on the column, including the axial load above the col-
unm, P,, and P0 .
The angle from the vertical is:
From Figures 5-55a and 5-S5b, the total required s1rengths are:
LRFD ASD
LRFD ASD

V,, = 507 kips V0 =345 kips e= tan- I (306 kips) B= ian- 1(201 kips)

Nu =306 kips N0 = 201 kips _ 31.l 0_s_0_7_ki_p_s_ _ _ _ _ _ _

=__ _.__~--3-4_
=30.2 5_ki_p_s~---~~-~' tl~
R,, =JV]+N: R,, =~V} +N; L

The eccentricity from the centerline of the two rows of bolts to the column face is:
=J(507 kips)2 + (306 kips) 2 2
=J(345 kips) +(201 kips)
2
t.
=592 kips =399 kips .
3.00 in. .
2.75 m.+---= 4.25 in.
2

lPu I Pa
~,570 kip-in.
L
r:
~,350 kip-in.

6.3s I s.3s
I
272 kips
389 kips
2.75"

...,'... /~kips
I ;sokips
2.75"

..
I::: /
, )4,"''
I:...'... / /
I

-Cl [
.
306 kips
.,l... /./ .
201 kips
- 272 kips

' ..
345 kips
l. .

' .
507 kips
t,() I

I
/r ~ !"~
......
118 kips :=?'--=----__J
73 kips 73.0 kips
/ 20.6"

t===ll=:i:::::::Jl!!...!:l--19.9 kips
iJ-i (gravity) 118klps l
'.i===li=:j=l\l!-!:I 12.8 kips
(gravity)
73.0 kips I 473 kips

I
19.9 kips ~
695 kips
10.100 kip-in.
12.8kips1 ~ 7,140kip-ln.

< ~ i;; -- (gravity) I

kip-in.~ 9
~ kl~~ 3,570 kip-in.~
- - :
I: : I -- 32.2 kips 272 k'
5,350
389 kips
___
I
46.0 kips 306 kips l
46.0
272 kips 32.2 kips 201 kips
73.0 kips ...- - - - - - - - - ' 1 2 . 8 kips

IP., +19.9 kips

118 kips ... - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 9 . 9 kips
IPe +12.8 kips

Fig. 5-55b. Combined brace, rotational and gravity forces (ASD ).

Pig. 5-55a. Combined brace, rotational and gravity forces (LRFD).
 5-316 BRAcr;o FRAMES S.3 SPl:Cll\L CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-3! 7

Using AlSC Manual Table 7-7 for an angle of 30" wilh e.t = 4.25 in., n =9, ands = 3 in.: Check gusset net section for shear rupture strength
c - 14.9 Based on the required hole size for a l-in.-di3.meter boll in )ca.ndard h<lle~ frum AISC
Specification Tuble 13.3 and the 1/i6 in. increase required from AISC Specification Section
The available shear strength of the bolt group is: B4.3b, the net area is:
>.'
)
~ LRFD ASD A,,,,= j29.0 in. -9(P/:6 in.+~& in.)j{l'.l.i in.)
=23.6 in. 2
R,. =C$r,.
~ =c(~)
=14.9(49.5 kips/bolt) From AlSC Specification Equation 144, the av:iil~1ble shear rupture strength of the gusset
14.9(33.0 kips/bolt} plate is:
= 738 kips> 592 kips o.k.
=492 kips > 399 kips o.k.

Check gusset gross section for she<ir yielding strength Rn 0.60FwA..v

6>R,, = $0.60F.,:\~, -=
From th!.! geometry 3Jld edge distances shown in Figure 551: n n
=0.75(0.60)(65 ksi)( 23.6 in. 2) 0.60(65 ks1)(2J.6 in_2)
A1 =29.0 in.(1 \4 in.) =690 kips> 507 kips o.k. = 2.00
""36.3 in. 2 =460 kips> 345 kips o.k.

From AJSC Specifica1io11 Equation J4-3, the available shear yielding strength of the gusset
plate IS:
Check gusset net section for tensile rupture strength
LRFD The net tension area is:
ASD
R~ 0.60F1 A1
R,, = $0.60F1A1 -:::
.n n from AISC Specificazion F.quatfon 14-2, \vitb A,.= A..,, the available tensile rupture strength
=1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(36.3 in.2 ) 0.60(50 ksi)(36.3 in. 2 )
is:
= 1,090 kips> 507 kips o.k. - 1.50 LRFD \
ASD
::: 726 kips> 345 kips o.k.
Rnr F..~
cl>Rm =4>F11Ac -=--
n n
Check gusset gross section for tensile yielding strength =0.75(65 ksi)(23.6 in.2) 65 ksi(23.6 in.2)
From ATSC SpecijicclJion Equ:uion 14-1, the available tensile yielding strength of the gusser =l,150 kips> 306 kips o..k. = 2.00
pJate lS"
=767 kips> 201 kips o.k.
LRFD ASD

Rn F1 A1 Check net tension and sheur rupture interaction

'>R,. >= <>F1 A, ;i

n n
=0.90(50ksi){36.3 in. 2 ) LRFD ASD
=so i.:s;_(36.J 10.2 )
= 1,630 kips> 306 kips o.k. 1.67
2
306 lcips ) (507 !cips)
( 1,150 kips + 690 kips
2
201 k.ips) +(345 kips)
( 767 kips
2 2

= 1,090 lcips > 201 kips o.k. 400 kips

=0.611 <LO o.k. = 0.631 < J.0 o.k.
 5- 318 5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTIUCAl.LY ORACED FRAMES S-3"
BR/ICED FRAMES

Check block shear rupture on gusset at gusset-to column interface

LRFD ASD
The failure path shown in figure 5-56 controls lhe block shear .rupture Slrength on !he
gusset pl:ue relative to the shear force. BCC<luse 1he tension stress is nonuniform, similar Rn 924 k.ips
=
to A1SC Specification Conunentary Figure C-J4.2(b), Ubs 0.5. From AISC Speciftca1io11 ~R,, =0.75(924 kips) -=
n 2.00
Section J4.3: = 693 kips > 507 kips o.k..
=462 k.ips > 345 kips
ubs =o.s
Check block shear relative to Lhe normal force on the gussel plale using the failure path
A,,, =[4.75 in. -1.5(l1/i6 in.+ 11\6 in.)j(l ~ in.} shown in Figure 5-56:
=3.83 in.2 Ubs =1.0
Agv =26.0 in.(1 /.t in.}1
An1 =!26.0 in. -8.5(!1116 in.+ Yi6 in.)](1 \ii in.)
=32.5 in. 2
=20.5 in.2
A,,.,= !26.0 in. - 8.5(1V.6in.+1Ji6 in.)](I ~in.) Ap =4.75 in.(11.4 in.)
2
= 20.5 in.
=5.94 in.2
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture relarive lO the shear force on A,,.= [4.75 in.-1.5(!1116 in.+ 1/i6 .in.)l(l1A in.)
the gusset plate is:
=3.83 in.2
(Spec. Eq. J4-5)
R,. = 0.60F,,A,,y + UbsFwA111 !:: 0.60FyAgv +Ub,FuA.11 (Spec. Eq. J4-5)
l.
0.60FuA..v +UbsFuAni =0.60(65 ksi)(20.5 in.2)+0.5(65 ksi)(3.83 in.2)
0.60FuAnv + Ui...FuA.u =0.60(65 ksi)( 3.83fo.2 )+1.0(65 ksi)(20.5 in.2 }
=924 kips
0.60FyA8., +UbsFuA.u =0.60(50 ksi)(32.5 in.2 )+ 0.5(65 ksi)(3.83 in. 2)
=1,480 kips
0.60FyAp +UbsF..A.u =0.60(50 ksi)( 5.94 in.2 )+ 1.0(65 ksi)(20.5 in. 2 )
=1,100 kips
=l,510 kips
=
Therefore, the nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is R,. 924 kips.
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture on the gusset plate is: Therefore, the nominal strength for tbelimit state of block shear rupture is R,. = 1.4_8~ kip~
The available strength for the limit state of bl~k shear rupture on the gusset plate 1s.

LRFD ASD I
L - - - = - = - - - - - t - - - - - - ~~
Rn l,480 kips f
"'R,. =0.75(1,480 kips)
'f
-=
n 2.OO
=1,110 kips> 306 kips o.k. = 740 kips> 201 kips o.k.

Check shear and tension interaction due to block shear

LRFD ASD
2 2 2 2
kips) kips)
l~J 10 ~s
06 ki ) (507 201 kips) +(345
( + 693 kips ( 740 kips 462 kips
= 0.611<1.0 o.k. =0.631<1.0 o.k.
Fig. 5-56. Controlling block shear failure pa1h in gusset plate. '
 IJRAC.:EO HlA.MliS S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICAU.V n~ACl.'0 FRAMES

Check bolt bearing and tearout on the gusset plate Check bolt bearing and tearout on the single plate
The gusset vertical edge distance to the end boll is 2 00 m. at the top nnd 3.00 in. at the bot Assume the single plate is I 'A m. thick- the same as the gusset plate.
tom. The gusset horiz.ontal edge dimension is 1.75 in. The resultant force per bolt., ba~ed on
The bearing and tearout strength limit ~tates are separate.! for clarity m the follo""ing. For
the C value taken from AJSC Manual Table 7-7 previously, is:
SCBF systems. \\here large defomlations are anticipated, il is appropriate to assume that
deformation at the bolt hole is not a design consideration for the seismic lo~ding, and the
LRFD ASD tearout strength is checked at the end bolt using AJSC Specification Equation J3-6b. A!SC
592 ldps
Seismic Prm;isions Secuon 02.2(1) limits the nominal beanng strength to 2.4drFu. therefore
399 kips
ru =
14.9 bolts
ra =14.9 bolts
the available ~ari.ng sucoglh of the single plate is:

= 39.7 kips/bolt = 26.8 kips/bolt

LRFD ASD

TI1e edge distance along the line of action of the boll force may be calculated from the line !!_ _ 2.4dt e.Fu
$rn::; ~2.4dtpFu
of action of the given shear and tension. For simplicity, use a conservative value for the bolt n n
edge distance of 1.75 m. lr this conservative assumption reijuires a thicker gusset plate, the ::;0.75(2.4)(1.00 in.)(1 1,4 in.)(65 ksi) 2.4(1.00 in.)(! 'A in.)(65 ksi)
aforementioned line of action method \l,jll be used ::; 146 kips/bolt> 39.7 kips/bolt o.k. =
2.00

The bearing and tearout strength limit :.tates nre separated for clarity in the following. For -= 97.5 lops/bolt> 26.8 kips/bolt o.k.
-- - SCBF systems, where large defonnations are anticipated, it is appropriate to assume Lhat
deformstion at the boll hole is not a design consideration for the seismic loading, and the The sing.Jc plate has top and bottom edge disrancteS of 1.50 in. and a horizontal edge distance
tearout strength is checked at the end bolt with the 1.75 in. edge dist:mce using AISC of 1.75 in.
Specification Equation J3-6b. AlSC Seismic Prol'isions Section 02.2(1) limits the nominal
be3ring stn:ngth of the gus~et plate to 2.4dtF.,, therefore the 3vaiJable bearing strength is: From AISC Sp<lcificatio11 Equation J3-6b. the available tea.rout strength of the single plate
is:
LRFD ASD

" LRFO ASD

r" 2.4dtpFu
$rn =$2.4dtp Fw -= r,. l.5lcf pfu
n n
\1 =0.75(2.4)(1.00 in.)(l 'A in.)(65 ksi) =2.4(1.00in.)(l1,4 in.){65 ksi)
rn =~l.5lct p.F;,
n- n
r1 =146 kips/bolt> 39.7 kips/bolt o.k. 2.00
=0.75(1.5)[!.50 in.-0.5(l'A6 in.)} {1.5[1.50 in.-0.5(P/i6 in.)jl
x(l 1A in.)(65 ki;i) = x(l'A io.)(65 ksi)
=91 5 kips/bolt > 26.8 k.Jpsfboll o.k.
=88.5 kips/bolt> 39.7 kips/bolt o.k. 2.00
rrom the lefthand side of AISC Specification Equa11on J3-6b, the availo:ible tea.rout strenglh =59.0 kips/bolt> 26.8 kips/bolt o.k.

..
., is:
..
,.

LRFD ASD Check gross and net shear and tension on the single plate
From Figure 5-51, the single plate is 27.0 in. long. From AlSC Specification Equation J4-3,
r~ l.5lctpFi.
+r,. = ~1.5lctpF -=
n n
the available shear yielding strength of the single plate is:

=0.75(1.5)!1.75 in.-0.5(1'116 in.)J . {1.5[1.75 in. - O.S(Jl/1& in.)]} LRFD ASD I

x(l 1A in.)(65 ksi) = x(l~ in.)(65 ksi)
::; 111 kips/bolt> 3?.7 kips/bolt o.k. 2.00 R,, =Q0.60F7 Ap Rn
n
0.60F1 A,,
n '
- 74.'.l kips/bolt> 26.8 kips/bolt o.k. =1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(27 .0 in.) 0.60(50 ksi){27.0 in.)(11/. in.)
x(l 'A in.) = 1.50
= l,010 kips> 507 kips o.k. =675 kips> 345 kips o.k.
5-322 BRACED FRAMES S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMf'!S

From AISC SpecificallOn Equation J4-J, the available tensile yielding strength of the sing.le Check net tension and shear rupture interaction
plate 1s:
ASD

r r
LRFD

Rn=~F1 A1
LRFD

Rn F1 A8
- = --
ASD
( 306 kips
J,030 kips
r( r 507 kjps
+ 617 lops
( 201 kips
686 kips
+ (345 kips
411 kips
n n =0.763<1.0 o.k. =0.790<1.0 o.k.
=0.90(50 ksi)(27.0 io.)(1 ~in.) =50 ksi(27.0 in.}{1 A in.}
1

=1,520 kips> 306 kips o.k. 1.67

=1,010 kips> 201 kips o.k. Single piste-to-column flange weld
From /\!SC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, including the increased strength due to the
The a\'ailable shear rupture strength of the single plate is detennined from AISC Specification load angle given by AlSC Specifi~atio11 Equation J2-5, the required single plate-to-column
Equation J4-4. where: flange weld is:

.4,,. = 127.0 in. -9(11/16 in.+ 'Ao in.)j(l 1..4 in.) LRFD . ASD

= 21.l in.2 Load angle Load angle

LR.FD ASD
a~ tan I ( 306 kips) a=tan-1(20lkips)
---
I
507 kips :3.i5 kips
Rn 0.60F,.A 0 ~
R~ =0.60F.,A,., -= =30.2"
"'-0.75(0.60)(65 ksi)(21.1 in.2 )
n n
=0.60(65 ksi)(21.l in.2)
=3 1.10
Ra
I
D - R.
= 617 kips> 507 kips o.k. 2.00 'fr 2(1.392 kip/in.)(t+0.50sin1..50)(1) D,,,, = 2(0.928 kip/in.)(l + 0.50~inl..5 0)Cl)
=41 J kips> 345 kips o.k.
592 kips 399 kips
=2(0.928 kipfm.)(l .l 8)(27.0 in.}
l
=2(1.392 kip/in.)(1.19)(27.0 in.)
The ;wa1lable tensile rupture strength on the single plate is determined from AJSC
Specification Equation 14-2. with A, =Ani. where =6.62 s1'tteenlhs =6.75 sh:tee.nths I
~

\
I
A.it= A,,,. Use a Yirin. fillet weld.
=21.J in.2
Gusset-to-Beam Interface
LRFD ASD Tue length of the weld is:
R,., F..A,.,
R," = F.,A,., -=-- lb= (a-1.00)(2)
n n
= 0.15(65 ksi)(21.1 in. ) 2 =(20.6 in. -1.00 in.)(2)
= 1,030 kips> 306 kips o.k.
= 65 ksi(21.1 in.2)
2.00
= 39.2 in. I
Tue required strengths at the gusset-to-beam interface from Figures 5-55a and 5-55b are:
= 686 lcips > 201 kips o.k.

1--~~~~~LRFD~~~~~~--t~~~~~~A_s_o~~~~~-f
V., =695 kips Va =473 kips

Nw =118 kips Na=13.0 kips

..
AMUUCAN lHSTITIJTll OF Sna. CONSTRUCTION
1
 Gusset-to-beam weld Check beam web local yielding
From AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, including lhc increased strength due to lhc For the W24x68. the available web local yielding strength 1s determined from Al~(.
load angle. and the 1 25 weld ductility factor di$Cussed in Part 13 of the A ISC Manual. lhe Specification Equation 110-3 for a force apphcd from the mem~r end that is less than th:
required gusset plate to-beam flange weld is: member depth as follows

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

Load angle Load angle R,. F>t..,(2.5/c,:a +lb)

~R~ =~F1 t,.,(2.5kd~s + 111) n"' n
0= lall-1(118 kips} 0 =tan -I ( 73.0 lcips) = J.00(50 ksi){0.415 m.) =- (1/ 1.50)(50 ksi)(OA I 5 in.)
695 kips 473 kips
x[2.5(1.09 in.)+ 39 1 ~ in.] xp.5(1.09 in.)+39 14 in.]
=9.64 "'8.77
= 871 kips > l 18 kips o.k. 581 kips> 73.0 kips o.k.
0
_ 1.2s,Jv,.2 + N; D _ J.2s,,/V} + N]
"" - 2(1.392 kip/in.) . rtq - 2(0.928 k.iplin.)
l I Check beam web local crippling
x x The resultant load on the heam from the gusset plate is applied at ~0.6 in. from the column
( 1.0 + o.sosin . s o)en
1
{1.0 +0.50 sin LS 0 )<I) face. which 1s greater than d/2; therefore, use lhe folio\\ ing equation to detcmline the nom-
""1.25J(695 kips)2.+(118 kips) 2 = i.25J(47J kips)2 +(73.0 kips)2 inal strength due to web local crippling.
2(1 .392 kip/in.){l .03)(39.2 in.) 2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.0J){39.2 in.)
=7.84 si:<teenths = 7.98 si:<teenths (Spec. Eq. JlC-1)

U!>e a 1h-m. fillet weld, 391..4 in. long.

The available ~trcnglh due 10 web local crippling is:

'' Check gusset plate for shear yielding and tension yielding LRFD ASD

~ LRFD ASD =(l/2.00)(0.80)(0.415 in.)2

Shear yielding on gross section, from She.tr yjelding on gross section, from
~R~ =0.75(0.80)(0.415 in.)1 . R,.
n
AJSC Specification Equation J4-3: AJSC Spuijica1ion Equation J4-3: 3(39 A in.)(0.415 in.)'..sl.
1

x I+ 23.7 in. 0.585 in.

xll + 3(39Y. )(0.415 in.)t.51
in.
l 23.7 in. 0.585 in.
V,. _ 0.60F1 A1
V,. =~0.60FyAgv x
/29,000 ksi(50 ksiX0.585 in.) 29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.585 iii.)
n- n 0.415 in. x .
t...., \
=-
=1.00(0.60)(50 k.tj)(l '.4 in.) = 0.60(50 ksi)(I ~ in.)(391A in.) ::; 586 kips> 1 l8 kips o.k.
0.415 in.
=391kips>73.0kips o.k.
x(391A in.) 1.50
=1,470 kips> 695 kips o.k. = 981 kips> 473 kips oJc.

Tension yielding on gross section, from Tension yielding on gross section, from Beam-to-Column Connection
AJSC SpecijicaJion Equation )4-1: Al.SC Specification Equation 14-1: The required strengths from Figures 5-55a and 5-55b are:

R,. FA
~R..=F1 A1 -=--
1 1
n n
= 0.90(50 ksi)(PA in.)(391.4 in.)
_ 50 ksi{I IA in.)(39~ in.)
;,
,." =2,210 kips> 118 kips o.k. - 1.67
i1 = 1,470 kips> 73.0 kips o.k.

.... -- .
~ \
\ ..
 URAC.:F.D FRAMES 5.3 Sl'l!ClAL CONCENTRICAl LY BRACED .FRAMES

Check beam shear strength

LRFD ASD
From AJSC Manual Table 3-6. lhex-x a"<is available shear strcnglh oflhe beam due to she::ir
V,. :::: 118 kips+l9.9 kips Va =73.0 kips+ 12.8 kips yicldmg and shear buckling is:
=138 kips =85.8 kips
LRFD ASD
.V. = 306 kips+ 46.0 kips Na= 201 kips+ 32.2 kips
v.
= 352 kips =233 kips c>Vn =295 kips> 138 kips o.k. ~ =197 kips > 85.8 kips o.k.

Check bolt strength

Check beam tensile yielding strength
The required bolt srrength due to the resultant loading is:
From AJSC Specification Equation D2- I, the 3vailable tensile strength due to yielding is:

LRFD ASD ASD

LRFD
R,, = Jvu +NJ
2
Ra =JVa +NJ
2
~Pn == F1 Ag
Pn
-=--
1 F Ag

=Jens
2
kips) +(352 kipsf =J(85.81Jps) 2
+(233 kips}
2 n n
=0.90(50 ksi)(20.l in.2 ) 50 ksi (20.1 in. 2 )
=378 kips = 248 kips
=905 kips> 352 kips o.k. 1.67

There are 14 ASTht M9Q.X bolts in standard holes as shown in Figure 5-51. From AlSC
=602 kips > 233 kips o.k.
Manual Table 7-1, the available shear strength per boil is:
Check block shear ropture on beam web
LRFD ASD
The limit state of block shear rupture due to the shear load on the beam web is not applica-
r,, ble because lbe remaining bcrun flange will prevent net section rupture However, the limit
r. =4 9 .5 kips/ bolt n =33.o kips/bolt slate of block she.'lt rupture must be checked for the tension load on the beam web as follows.

The angle of the resultant with respect to the vertical is:

I
A,., =[18.0 in.-6(1~6 in.+ Y\6 in.)j(0.415 in.)
LRFD ASD
=4.67 in.2
S= tan- I (352 lcipsJ S= tan-'( 233 laps) A1v =4.75 in.(0.415 in.)(2)
138 kips 85.8 kips
2
=68.6 =3.94 in.
=69.8
.
A.... =(4.75 in.-1.5(l'!t6 in.+ 'A6 in.)j(0.415 in.)(2)
Using AISC ManutJl Table 7-7 with 60, n =7, ex= 4.25 in., ands= 3 in.: I
:::2.54 in.2
C== 11.4 J
(~ec. Eq. J4-5)
LR.FD . ASD
0.60F.,A,,-. + U,.,,FuA..i =0.60(65 ksi)(2.54in.2 )+1 .0(65 ksi)(4.67 in.2)
R,. =C9r,. R,, =Cr" == 403 .kips
n n
= 11.4(49.5 !dps/bolt) 0.60FyAgv +U1>s1';,A,,,:::: 0.60(50 ksi)(3.94 in.2)+ 1 0(65 ksi)(4.67 in.2)
== 11.4(33.0 kips/bolt}
=564 kips > 378 kips o.k. :: 376 kips> 248 kips o.k. =422 kips
 5-328 DRACED FRAMES 5.3 SPECIAL C'ONC'E..'<TRIC.\l.LY ORMT D FRAMf'.'> S-329

,,, Therefore, the nominal block shear rupture strength is 403 !Ops and lhe available block shear Assuming that defonmuion at the boll hole is nol a design consideration, the tearom strength
rupture strenglh is: is checked at the end boll with the I 75 in. edge dist.ancc. The a\ailable tearout M.rength i~

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

,l .
R,, 403 kips l .5F.,U
'~ = - - -
R~ =0.75(403 kips) -=
n 2.00
in = l.5F.,I, t -
n n
=302 kips < 352 kips n.g. = 202 kips < 233 kips n.g. =0.75(1.5)(65 ksi) = (l/2.00)(1.5)(65 ksi)
x!l75 in.-0.5( 1 ~6 in.;] x[l.75 in.-0.5(1 1'i6 in.)J
1
Therefore, a web doubler plate is required. The required thickness of the doubler plate is: x(0.415 io.+ .4 in.) x(0.415 in.+ 'A in.)
=59.3 kipStboll > 33.2 kips/boll o.k.
=39.5 kips/bolt> 21.8 kips/bolt o.k.
LRFD ASD -
As previously discussed, this is a conservative tr~unent of te.arout. If the check failed, the
r=( 352 kips-)(0.415 in.)-0.415 in.
302 kips
t= (
233
kips )(0.4 15 in.)-0.4 15 in.
202 kips
edge distance along the line of action of the bolt force would be evaluated before declaring
lhe design inadequate.
=0.0687 in. =0.0637 in.
Beam-to-column single-plate connection
Use a 1.4in.-thick doubler plate wilh 1A-in. fillet welds.
Determine the require-0 thickness of the 7.50 in. x 21.0 in. single plate connecting the beam
web to lhe column flange. Try a ~" in.-thick plate.
Check bolt bearing and tearout on the beam
The result:int load per bolt based on the C-value taken from A!SC Manual Table 7-7 pre- From AISC Specification Equation 14-3. the available shear yieldfog strength of the plate is:
\'iously. is:
LRFO ASD
LRFD ASD
:~
R. 0.60F7 Agv
~R,. = 0.60F>A,,, -=
., 378 !...ips 248 kips n n
=11.4
r,,
bolts
ra =
11.4 bolts
= 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(21.0 in.)
0.60(50 ksi)(21.0 in.)(~ in.)
x(n in.) =
'.
I =332 kips/boll = 21.8 !Ops/boll 1 50
= 394 kips > l 38 ~ps o.k. =263 kips > 85.8 kips o.k.
The bearing and tearout srrength limit states are separated for clarity in the foJJowing. For
SCBF systems, where large defonn::uions ~ anticipated, it is 3ppropriate to assume that From AISC Specification Equation J4- l, the a-ailable tensile yielding strength of lhe plate is:
....: defonn:uion al lhe bolt hole is not a design consideration. and lhe tearou1 strength is checked
:: al the end bolt with Lhe 1.75 in. edge distance using AlSC Specification Equation J3-6b. LRFD ASD
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.2(1) limits the nominal bearing strenglh IO 2.4dtFu;
Rn F-,A
therefore the available bearing strength of the beam and doubler plnte is:
~R,. =c>F1 A1 -=--
n n
1

LRFD ASD =0.90(50 ksi)(21.0 in.)(% in.) =50 ksi (21.0 in.)(~ in.)
=591 kips> 352 kips o.k. 1.67
lb 2.4d1F,,
$r,. =$2.4dtF,, -= - - - =393 kips > 233 kips o.k.
n n
=0.75(2.4)(1.00 in.)(0.415 in.+~ in.) {2.4(1.00 in ){0.415 in.+\4 in.)}
x(65 ksi)
x(65 k.si} Single plate-to-column flange weld
= 77.8 k:ips/bolt > 33.2 Jcips/bolt o.k. = 2.00 Detenuine the fillet weld size required to connect the single pla1e on the beam to tl:c
=5 J.9 kips/boll > 21.8 .kips/boll o.k. column flange. Using AISC Man11al Equations 8-2a and 8-2b. including the increai;eti
s 330 BRACED FRAMES 5j SPEOALCONCE.NTRICAU.Y BRAC'PD FRAMES

strength due 10 tbc load angle ghen by AISC Specification Equa1ion 125. the required LRFD ASD
single plate-to-column flange weld is determined as follows:
2.4dtF,,
~rn =t2.4dtF., -r,. =- --
LRFD ASD n n
::::: 0.75(2.4 )(1.00 in.)(~ in.}(6.S ksi)
= 2.4(100 in.)(~ in.)(65 ksi)
Resultant load Resultant load =73. I kips/bolt> 33.2 kips/bolt o.k. 2.00
R,, =378 kips Ra = 248 kips
=48.8 kipslbolt > 21.8 kips/bolt o.k.
LooJ angle Load angle
The tearout strength is checked at the end bolt with the 1.75 in. edge distance using the left
0 =Un- I( 352 kips) 9 =Un- I ( 233 kips} side of AISC Spuijica11on Equation J3-6b. The a>.ulable tcarout strength is:
138 kips 85.8 kips
= 68.6 :::;: 69.8
LRFD ASD
Directional srrcngth increase Directional strength increase r,. 1.5/ctF.
rn =~I .SlctF.. -=---
11.0+ 0.50sin 15 e] [1.0+ 0.50sin 1..s a] n n
=0.75(1.5)[1.75 in. -0.5( 11Ji6 in.)] J.5!1.75 in.-0.5{1 1A6 in.)]}
"' [1.0 +0.50sin 15 68.6J =Ii .O+O..S0sin ..s 69.8J
1
x(% in.)(65 ksi) x(~ in.)(65 ksi)
"" l.45 =1.45 = 55.7 kips/boll > 33.2 kips/bolt o.k. = 2.00
=37.1 kips/bolt > 21.8 kips/boll o.k.
LRFD ASD

D = 378 kips D _ 248 kips Check block shear rupture on single plate at beam-to-column interface
rtq 2(21.0 in.){1.392 kip/in.)(1.45) rtq - 2(2l.O in.)(0.928 kip/in.)(1.45)
For the shear force
= 4.46 :;ixtecnths = 4.39 silltc~nths
The nominal block shear rupture strength due 10 shear on the single pls1e is dctennincd as
follows:
Use ~ i6in. fillet weld.
\

Check bolt bearing and tearout on the single plate \

~ =[4.75 in.-l.5{1'1i6 in.+'A, in.)](~ in.)
The resultant load per bolt determined previously is:
. =1.91 in.2

1,. kips/bo~ I ASD Ap ={19.5 in.)('A in.)

= 33.2 " =21.8 kips/ boll = 12.2 in. 2

Am>= [19.5 in. -6.5(11/16 in.+ 1A6 io.)j(~ in.)

The bearing and tearout strength limit states are separ.ited for clarity in the following. For
SCBF systems, where large defonnations are anticipated, it is appropriate to assume that
defonnation at the bolt bole is not a design consideration, and the tearout strength is
=7.62 in.2
r
checked at the end bolt using AJSC Specification Equation J3-6b. Aisc Seismic Provisions Rn:: 0.60F.,A,w + U0sF.,A111 ~ 9.60F1 A1 v t- Ub,F.,A,,, (Spec. Eq. J4-5)
Section 02.2(1) limits the nominal bearing. strength to 2.4dtF.,; therefore the available
bearing strength of the gusset plate is: 0.60F..A..v + Ub,FuA.. 1 =0.60(65 ksi)(7.62 in.2) + 0.5(65 ksi)( 1.91 in.2 )
=359 kips
0.60F1 A1v +UbsF.,A,,1 =0.60(501csi){l2.2 in.2)+0.5(65 ksi )(t.9 1 in. )
2
r
= 428 kips
 J 5- 332 5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICAUY BRACED FRAMES 5-333

Therefore, the nominal block shear rupture strength is 359 kips and the available block shea7. ..
LRFD ASD
rupture strength is: ] ~-

LR.FD ASD
.,.
I ~-
( 352 kips
428 kips
r + ( I 38 kips
269 kips
r ( .r (8 8~ r
233 kips
285 kips
5.
+ 180 kips
ps

!.._ , , Rn= 0.75(359 kips) R,. = 359 kips = 0.940 <1.0 o.k. = 0.896< 1.0 o.k.
= 269 kips > 138 kips o.k.
n 2.00
.. = rno kips> 85.8 kips o.k. Use a Ys-in..thick plate.

For the tension force Check shear rupture on the single plate
The nominal block she.ar rupture strength due to the tension force on lhe single plate is: From AISC Specification Equation J4-4, the available snear rupture strength of the single
plate is:
Uus =1.0
LRFD . . ... ASP
l I Am = [19.5 in. -6.5(Jlli& in.+ lfi6 in.)J(* in.) - ..

____ ___, ~;;J =7.62 in. 2

<PRn =0.75(0.60)(65 ksi) ~ =(112.00)(0.60)(65 ksi) I

xl21.0 in. - 7(l1/\6 in.+ Y\6 in.)]

Agv = 4.75 in.(S/s in.) '
x[21.0 ~. -7(lVi6 in. +iii~ in.)]
;~
.,>
x{Ys in.)
?: = 2.97 in.2 x(% in.)
""240 kips > 138 kips o.k. = 160 kips> 85.8 kips o.k;
Anv =[4.75 in. - l.5(l1116 in.+ \116 in.)J(Y3 in.) '

Jl =l.9lin.2
Check tensile rupture on the single pfate
0.60FuAnv.+ UbsFu1'1n1 =0.60(65 ksi)(l.91 in.2 )+1.0(65 ksi)(7.62 in.2 ) From AISC Specification Equation J4-2,' the available tensile rupture stre~~i:h.of the single
plate is: '
=570 kips
0.60FyAgv + U1>~FuA111 =0.60(50 ksi)( 2.97 in. 2 )+ 1.0(65 ksi)(7.62 in. 2 )
..
LRFD ASD I
=584 kips I

$R11 = 0.75(65 k~) \ Rm;, 65 ksi

Therefore, the nominal block shear rupture strength is 570 kips and the available block shear n
.. x[21.0 in. - 7(1Vi6 in.+ \116 in.)}
rupture strength is: x[i~.O in. -7(1V16iq/ 1/\6 in.)l
x(* in.) .::<(% in.){112,00) "
lRFD ASD =400 kips > 352 kips o.k. = 267 kips> 233 kips o.k.
..
R,, = 0.75(570 kips) Rn 570 kips
-= -
.Q 2.00
=428 kips> 352 kips o.k. Check tensionshear interaction (tensile and shear rupture)
= 285 kips > 233 kips o.k.
LRFD ASD
Check tension-shear interaction (bfock shear rupture)
The interaction of tension and shear based on the block shear rupture limit stare is checked
as follows:
( 352 kips
400 kips
r r
+ ( 138 kips
240 kips
( 233 kips
267 kips
r r +(85.8 kips
160 kips
'

=l.11 :>I.O n.g. =1.05> LO .'n.g. I

A.'AERICN'I lNSTl'lVT6 OF S"rea CONSTRIJCTJON
 5-334 BRACED FRAMES.
\Vith a *in.thick plate:
-,
LRFD ASD
. able and ductile performance of the link under seismic loading. The first of these provisions
i.11(~~ ~n-r::::: 0.771<1.0
11).
o.k. * inJ =o.729 < 1.0
1.05( ~.
. ~ m. .
o.k.
Use a ~-in.-tbick plate.
Note: Shear yielding and tensile yielding limit states should also be checked, but were
assumed to not co_n trol this design.
The final connection design is shown in Figure 5-51.
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (EBF)
Tn eccentrically braced frame (EBF) systems, lateral forces are resisted by a combination of
flexure, s~ear ~nd axial forces in the framing members. An EBF is essentially a hybrid sys-
tem, offenng lateral stiffness approaching that of a concentrically braced frame system and
ductility a~ro~ching that of a moment frame system. The design provisions for EBF s.ys-
~ems are gi\'en m AJSC Seismic Proviswns Section F3 and typical configurations are shown
m AISC Seismic; Provisions Figure C-F3.l. Section F3.1 describes EBF systems as "braced
frames for which ~ne end of each brace intersects a beam at an eccentricity from the inter-
~ectio~ of the centerlines of the beam and an adjacent brace or column, forming a link that
~s, subJect to shear and _flexure." The Ii~ becomes the focal point. in the design and detailing
of an EBP system, as it is intended to be the primary location for the inelastic behavior in
the ~me. The rem~inder of the members and connections are intended to remain essentially
elastic and are requrreg to have sufficient strenglh to withstand forces corresponding to the
expected strength of the link, including strain hardening.
Designers can often fit eccentrically l;>raced frames in locations within the arclritectura!
floor plan where concentrically braced frames cannot be located, due 10 the space limitations
presented by doors a.n~ windows. Additionally, !he system is generally considered to be stiff
enough to efficiently limit nonstructural, drift-related damage, as c-0mparcd to the relatively
flexible ~ature of moment frames. An EBF system may be more complex for design and
construcuon than other common systems. As with all systems, the choice of an EBF as the
lateral system requires balancing lhe needs of lhe builcling owner and architect with the proj
ect budget Co~iderati~n should be given to "first-costs" of the project versus the life-cycle
costs and pot~nt.Jal reparr costs following a major earthquake. First-cost benefits of using an
EBF system wclude a reduction in the seismic base shear force due to !he hjgber R factor
l~an other braced frame systems, which may result in savings in the construction of the
diaphragm and foundation.
While EBF systems ~ombine many concepts of both concentrically braced frames and
moment frames, the technology of eccentricaJly braced frames is relatively new. The system
was first developed in Japan in lhe early 1970s. Research and development in the United
States followed later that decade, continuing through the 1980s, \\ith the first codified
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED F'RAMC.S 5-335
design procedure appearing in the 1988 Uniform Building Code (UBC). As noted previ-
ously, the focal point of the design of an EBF system is the link. The link design procedures
put fonh in the AISC Seismic Provisions are quite C.'\tensive and arc intended to provide reli-
relates to widthto-rhickness limits in SeGtion D1. 1 of the AlSC Seismic Provisions. For EBF
systems, I.he link muse satisfy the width-to-thickness requirements for highly ductile mem-
bers. There is an exception for the flanges of shon, ~hear dominated links with I-shaped
sections. For link lengths less than J.6Mp1Vp the flanges need only satisfy the width-to-
l
tbickness requirements for moderately ductile members. Additional limitations on the web
include a ma:<imum specified yield stress of 50 ksi, and a requirement that the web be a sin-
gle thickness of material. Thus, doubler plates and penetrations are not permitted in the link
zone. The 2010 AJSC Seismic Provisions introduce an allowance for the use of built-up box
section links; however, the use of HSS links is not allowed. I
The nominal shear strenglh of the link. V,,, is calculated as the lesser of the shear yield- I
'j
ing strength of lhe link, Vp. and the shear associated with the flexural yielding strength of
the link, 2Mple. Additional link requirements apply when the required axial strength in the
link exceeds 0.15?1. These reqltiremenL5 limit the nominal shear strength and the link
length in order ro provide for more stable inelastic behavior within the link when axial
forces become large enough to have a significant effect. For specific requirements, the
AISC Seismic Provisions should be consulted.
Another consideration in the design of the link is the link length, e. When related to the
length of the frame, L, it can be shown that as e/L appro:iches z.ero. an EBF system reaches
the stiffness of a concentrically braced frame, while values of ell approaching 1.0 indicate
behavior consistent with moment frames. This concept is illustrated in Figure 5-57. Further
consideration of link length relates to the behavior of the link itself in the inelastic range.
From simple mechanics, it can be demonstrated that when e = 2.0MplVp. the yield condition
is balanced between shear and flexure. For values Jess than l .6Mp!Vp. the link behavior is
generally controlled by shear, whereas for values greater than 2.6Mp1Yp it is controlled by
flexure. For link lengths between l.6Mp/Vp and 2.6Mp/Vp a combination of shear and flex-
ural yielcling occurs. Because shear yieldlpg is much more reliable than fleitural yielding, it
is generally considered advantageous to keep link lengths short enough to be controlled by
sbear. With this in mind, a target value of l.6Mp/Vp is used for the link length, e. To achieve
this, many designers will start the design of the link using a value of l..3Mp1Vp. This allows
some flexibility in changing the link beam size and frame geometry while still maintaining
a fin!ll link length consistent with the l.6Mp1Yp goal.
The AISC Seismic Provisions address the ratio of MpNp in relation to the overall ductil-
ity of the frame by relating the link rotation angle, Yp. to the value of Mp/Vp in a given frame.
Llnk rotation angle is illustrated in AISC Seismic Provisions Figure C.F3.4. The AISC 1
Seismic Provisions note that for e < l .6Mp!Vp the link rotation angle is li~ted to 0.08 rad,
and fore> 2.6Mp1Yp the link rotation angle is limited to 0.02 rad. For values between these
limits, the link rotation angle should be interpolated. This is illustrated in Figwe 5-58.
Additional link design considerotions apply when providing stiffener plates in the link )
zone. The AISC Seismic Provisions specify that links of all lengths require stiffeners at
each end. Additionally. spncing of intermediate stiffeners varies with link length. Note that
when e > 5.0Mp/Vp, no intermediate web stiffeners are required.
L
\ .'
IJ BRACED FRAMES 5.4 l'CC't.'lfl"RlCAl LY BRACED FRAM.l.:.S

When the frame is configured such that the link 1s directly adjacent to a column. there
arc special requirements for the connection between the link :ind the column as required
by AISC Seismic Provuions Section F3.6e. The linkt<>-colurnn connection must be capable
20
of sustaining lhc link rotation an&le as prescribed by the AISC Seismic Prodsions bas.:u
on link length. Additionally. the connection must be 11ble to develop the full value of the
~pccttd link sh~ strength., R., Vn, at such a rotauon angle. Furthennore., the link to column
connection must meet lhe re1)uiremcm.s of moment connections consistent with tbose as pre
scribed under lhe provisions for special moment frames; in other words; 3 qualified or
prequalified connection must be used. The e.~cepcioo to this occurs when the connections are
adeqwtely reinforced ruch lh:'lt beam yielding is forced 10 a lo.:llion away from the face of
the column, and \.\hen !be length of the link is less lhan I 6Mpli'j,. In this case, the link

~
<I)

..,, 12
~

>
16

3 length is defined as the length from the end of the beam remforcing co the end of lhe brace
member. If the link-to-column connection meets these requirements, prcqualification or
qualification of the co~tion is not required. Full-depth suffener plates are st.ill required
:rt the end of the link adjsun1 to the reinforced beam section, however.
AlSC Seismic Proiisions Section F3.4b requires l:uer:.il bracing of both the top and bot-
E tom flanges at the ends of I-shaped links. These braces mus1 be designed to S3ti~fy the
~ strength and stiffne~s requirements of AJSC St~mic Pro~isicms Section D 1 2c for ~pedal
0 8
-~ braces :11 plastic hinge Joc:ttions.
..
::.;:J lii
a;
er
Once tbe design of the link is complete. the remaining r~u1rements address 1he design of
the diagonal brncc and bezm segments away from the link, the connections of the beams to
4
::I the columns, and the ~ttength of 1he columns and 1he column base attachmenl 10 the foun-

.~
dation. Due to the nature of EBF sy~tems, the brace members may be subject to large axial
and flexural forces resulting from the rotations amicipated in the link segment Therefore.
0 the diagonal brace is required to have a combined a.'tial and flexural strength due to seismic
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
loading equaJ to the forces g,enenued by the adjusted link shear strength. The adjusted link
e/L shear strength is defined as the expected shear strength of !he link, RyVn. mulliplied by a fac-
tor to account for strain h.'lrdcning. This strain hardening factor is equal to l .25 for ll.haped
Fig. 5-57. Frame stiffness 1ersus link lengrh (Engelhardt and Popov, 1989). Jinks and 1.4 for buill-up box links. Braces must also satisfy lhe width-to-thickness require-

~l
.,
ments of AISC Seismic Prmisions Section D l. l for moderately ductile members.
The design of the beam outside of the link is similar, bu1 differs slightly from I.be design

- Ya (rad)
requirements for braces. It is also designed for lhe forces due 10 the adjusted shear strength
of the linlc. However, the ~justed :.hear strength of the link 1s allowed to be taken equal to
0.88 times the value used in the design of the braces. This accounts for the increasc-0 mem-

"
.
0.081-----
ber strength realized by having a concrete slab C(lmposite wilh the beam ouuide of the link
and recognizes the fact that limited yielding in the be.am is not likely to be detrimental to
i EBF perfonnance. as lO!lg as stability of the beam is assured. If there is not n concrete slab
~. composite with the beam outside of the link. a strain hardening factor of l.25 &hould be used
(for additional inform.aricn see the Commentary to AlSC Seismic Provisions Scc1ion F3.3).
Additional lateral bracing along the length of the beam, if required, is designed per AISC
Specijicfllion Appendu 6. If I.be beam outside of the link is a differenc section lhan the link.
then it must also sati~fy the width-to-thickness requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
Section DJ. l for moderately ductile members..
;.
:: The connection of the brace 10 the beam is 1equired to me~ the same strength require-
.... ments as the brace member. The AlSC Seimiic Provisions require this conncc1ion to be
: e::: 1.6MPIVP e::: 2.6M"/VP
collSidcred fully restr.lined (FR) if the connection is detailed such that the brace resists an}
Link length, e portion or the link end moment Because it was considered to be overly conserative in pre
f vious editions, the 2010 AlSC Seismic Provisions no longer require that the connection als.'
f Fig. 5-58. Maximum allowed link rotation tJngle versus link l1!llgth. be de.signed for l.IR1 P,. of the br:ice and no longer prohibit the brace connection fror:
5-338 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCENTRJCALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-3.i

extending into I.he link zone. There is a discussion of !hese changes in I.he Commentary to
Sections F3.6c and F3.5b, respectively. Example 5.4.1. EBF S~ory D rift Check
The beam-to-column connection: where a brace connects to both members has design
and. detailing considerations in addition to the preceding requirements for the brace--to '
Given:
beam connection. AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.6b requires that these connections Refer to the EBF elevation shown in Figure 5-59. The applicable building code specifies the
either be a simple connection meeting the requirements of AlSC Specification Section use of ASCEISEI 7 for drift requirements. Determine if the third level of the frame satisfie:
B3.6a with a required rotation of 0.025 rad, or they must be designed as a moment con, the drift requirements.
nection. If the latter is chosen, !he required strength of the connection is equal to the lesser
of the expected beam flexural strength and the sum of the expected flexural strengths of the
column ab-Ove and below the joint.
The columns of the EBF system must satisfy the width-to-thickness requirements of AISC
From an elastic analysis of the strocture usfog an equivalent lateral force analysis, the story
drift between the second and third levels is: . l
o~. = 0.175 in.
Seismic Provisions Section Dl.1 for highly ductile members. Additionally, the columns must
be designed to resist the forces due to the adjusted shear strengths of all links above the level
of the column (as discussed previously for brace design). For columns in frames with three
or more stories of bracing; the adjusted shear strength of the link is allowed to be taken equal
.to 0.88 times the value used in the design of the braces, which recognizes !hat it is unlikely
B c
for all links to be fully strain-hardened at lhe same time.

EBF Design Example Plan and Efevation

30'-0"
l
The following section consists of seven design examples for an EBF system. See Figure
5-59 for me elevation of the EBF. Example 5.4.l checks st0ry drift. Examples 5.4.2 through
Roof
.l
5.45 illustrate. a link design, a beam outside of the link design, a brace design, and a col-
umn design,: respectively. ~xa.mples 5.4.6-and 5.4.7 show. the design of a brace-to-link
fu
N
.
connection and a brace-to-beam/column connection.
From ASCFJSEI 7, the following parameters apply: Seismic Design Category D, R 8, = Fourth
=
.Q.a 2, Cd= 4; le= 1.0, Sos= LO, and p =l.3, Level
'...The total floor area js 9,000 ft2, the perimeter is 390 ft, and the code-specified gravity
loading is as follows: .
fu
N'
t
. PJWor =:= 85 psf
Third
, DtrJOf =68 psf Level
Lftoo,, =80 psf (50 psf reduced) . '.

S =20psf N
.
<D

Curtain wall= 175 lb/ft along building perimeter at every level

Second
The loads given in each design example are from a first-order analysis. Assume the effec- eve!
tive length method of AISC Specification Appe.ndix 7 is used for tbe st.ability design. _
When designing EBP systems, several design iterations are usually required to obtain the
best combination ofcompau'ble frame-member sizes. Optimized designs are often difficult

0
~
.
......
to obtain, due to member local buckling requirements, geometric constraints, th~ resisrapce
of tbe beam o.utside of the link to flexure combined with axial effects, and architectural con- Base
straints that commonly occur throughout the design process. Nonetheless, EBF systems. can
be used to provide ductile and cost-effective solutions for seismic load resistance.
Fig. 5-59. EBF elevation.
 5-340 BRACED FRAM.ES 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAl\iES s .341

Solution: ASThfA36
According to AISC Seismic Provisions S~tion B 1, the design story drift and the story drift Fy = 36 ksi
~ ..' liuUts are ihose ~tipulated by the applicable building code. From ASCEJSEI 7 Table 12.12-1. F. = 58 ksi
the allowable story drift, ~. is 0.025h.u. where hJX is the story height below level x.
ASTMA992
.. 6a =0.025hsx F, = 50 ksi
=0.025(12.5 ft)(l2 in./ft) Fk =65 ksi
=3.75 in. Ry= I.I
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
' ASCE/SEJ 7 defines the design story drift as b., the difference of the deflections at level 2
and level 3 at the centers of mass. The deflection at level x, Ox, is:
W16x77
;'.
..,,
:~ (ASCEJSEI 7 Eq. 12.8-15)
A =2Z.6 in. 2 d= 16.5 in. 1,.. = 0.455 in. b1= 10.3 in.
'I= 0.760 in. kae1= 1% io. k1 = l 1lt6 in. b112t1= 6.77

Therefore, the design story drift at le\'el 3 is:

hit.,.= 31.2 Ix= 1.110 in.
4
Zx= 150 in.l h0 =15.7 in.
ox= 63 Required Strength
Considering the load combinations given in ASCE/SEI 7 that include seismic effects, it was
ii = - - -Cdox2
Cdo.r3
-- detenn.ined that the governing load combination for the link is:
...~
!, le
=Cd (ox3 - o..2) LRFD ASD
le
;~
-
~~
'
=4(0.175 in.) LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
;~
1.0 ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
= 0.700 in.< 3.75 in. o.k. the O.S factor on l permitted in Section
12.4.2.3)

(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + pQE + 0.5L + 0.2S (1.0 + 0.l4SDs)D + H + F + 0.7pQ

Example 5.4.2 EBF Link Design
\
\
Given:
Determine the required shear strength of the link
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-59. Determine the adequacy of anASTM A992 W 16xn
as the link segment for the following loading. The stiffener material is ASTM A36 plate. The The required shear s1rength of tJ1e link is:
.. applicable building cooe specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. From a
..:.
{ ,'
," LRFD ASD
first-order analysis:

Po =7.40 kips PL= 5.30 kips PQE:::: 5.50 kips Vu = (1.2+0.2SDs )Vo +pVae Va =(l.O+O.l4Sos)Vo + VH +VF
Vo= 1.80 kips VL =1.30 kips VQi; = 84.0 kips + 0.5VL +0.2Vs + 0.7pV!ll
Mo= 14.4 kip-ft ML= 9.60 kip-ft MQE= 168 Jcip-ft =IL2+0.2(t.0)](1.so kips) = [l.O + 0.14(1.0))(1.80 kips)
Assume the brace-to-beam connection will be that shown in AJSC Seismic Provisions Figure + 1.3(84.0 k:ips)+0.5(1.30 kips) + 0 kips+O kips .
C-F3.7. The brace will ~ detailed as fixed to the link in order to decrease the flexural + 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(1.3)(84.0 kips)
demand on the beam .outside of the link. Assume the brace will be an ASTM A992 = 78.5 kips
= 112 kips
W10x112. t

Solutio n:
From AJSC Manual Tables 24 and 2-5, and AJSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l, the mate-
rial properties a.re as follows:
. DRACED FRAi'vlES
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAM!i.S
5-342

BL (Spec. Eq. A-8-7)

Determine the required axial and flexural strengths of the link PeJJDry =RM -
C.u
Consider second-order effects =LO 199 kips(J50 in.)
Second-order effects are addressed using AlSC Specification Appendix 8 as follow!l: 0.175 in.
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1) = 171,000 kips

(Spec. Eq. A-8-2) Using AISC Specification Equation A-86: r

I
C,,, LRFD ASD
81 =--o:Jf~l (Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
'
1--'
P,, (X =1.00 ex = 1.60
I l
Since the calculation of B1 requires P,, 8 2 will be calculated first, although r\JSC Bi= _ 1.00(3,680 kips) 82 = l.60(2.600 kips)
1 1
Specijicatio11 Appendix 8, Section 8.1 permits the use of a first-order estimate of P,. 171,000 kips 171,000 kips
1
= i.02 I = i.02
Bz= (Spec. Eq. A-8-6) L-~~~~~~~~~~~~...L-~~~~~~~~~~~~-'
1 -~
o.P.
P, S101)'
:<!I
P-6 effects, approximated through the 82 factor, apply only to axial forces and moments du{
to lateral translation. Thus, the required axial strength of the link including second-order
l
effects is: . ., ' -
Ga/cu/ate Pstory
From the given loading, the total vertical load at the third level is: ASD
LRFD
LRFD ASD P., =(l.2 + 0.2Sos ~ Po+ B2PPQE + 0.5Pz. Pa =(l.0+0.14SDs)Po +Pn +PF
+0.2Ps + 0.7fhpPQs
[1.2+ 0.2(1.0)J
x[68 psf + 2{85 psf)J r0+0.14(LO)J = {1.2+ 0.2(1.0)}(7.40 kips) =!LO+ 0.14(1.0))(7.40 kips)
l'trory = 9, 000 ft
2
+O psf PJtDry =9,000 ft 2
x[68 psf+2{85 psf)} +1.02(1.3)(5.50 kips) + 0 kips+ 0 kips
+ 0.5(2)(50 psf)
+0.2(20 psf)
+ 0 psf + O psf + 0 psf 1 + 0.5(5-30 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips)
= 20.3 kips
+ 0.7(1.02)(1.3)(5.50 kips)
=13.5 kips
x(l kip/1.000 lb)

f
x(l kip/1,000 lb)

.2+ 0.2(1.0)J
+ [175 lb/ft(2)(390 ft)]
I {!t.0+0.14(1.0)J }
+ ll75 lb/ft(2)(390 ft)J
x(l kip/l.000 lb)
Calculate B 1
Conservatively assume Cm= 1.0 and the effective length method is used for stability desigr f:
From Figure 5-59, the link length is 48.0 in. I
x(l kip/1,000 lb) =2,600 kips
=3,680 kips (Spec. Eq. A-8-'.:

The rota! story shear. H, is shown in Figure 5-59 as V3 = 199 kips. From Example 5.4.l, an
elastic analysis determined that

.l =12.5 ft(J2.0 inlft)

the =
first-order interstory drift i~ t:.11 0.175 io.
rt2EJ"
P.1---
t - (K1L)2
(Spec. Eq. A-8-5' t
rc 2 {29.000 ksi)(l,110 in. 4 )
=150 in. =
[ 1.0(48.0 in.) j2
RM "" 1 for bra~ frame systems
=138,000 kips J
I.
 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCENTRJCAJ...LY BRACED FRAMES
11., ,

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

Ct =l.00 ex =1.60 Pc= P1 P. _ !J_

c - 1.5
81= 1.0 ~l 81= 1.0 ~I = 1,130 kips
=1,130 kips
1.00(20.3 k.ips) 1.60( 13.5 kips)
1- 1- 1.5
!o1 138,000 k.ips 138.000 kips = 753 k.ips
=1.00 = 1.00
Pr 20.3 kips Pr 13.5 kips
-=
Since 81 = l.00, the required flexural strength need no1 be amplified to occount for Po Pc 1,130 kips Pc: 753 kips
effects. =0.0180 =0.0179

The required flc.'wral strength of the link including second-order effects is:
\\}th P,IPc: ~ 0.15. the A1SC Sti<mic Provisiom allows the effect of axial force on the link
shear strength to be neglected.
LRFD ASD
i Vp =0.6FyA1w (Provisions Eq. F3-2)
- - --b
... M., =(l .1+0.2SDs) Mo + BzPM<a Ma =(l.0+0.14Sos)Mo +MH +MF
Where A1w for I-shaped link sections is defined as:
+ .0.5Mr +0.2Ms + O.?B1PMQe
=[1.2+ 0.2(1.0)](14.4 kip-ft)
..:~
=[l.0+0.14(1.0)}(14.4 kip-ft) Arw=(d-2t1)t.., (Provisions Eq. F3-4)
" + 1.02(1.3)(168 kip-ft) + 0 kips+ 0 kips
~ =(16.5 in.- 2(0.760 in.)](OA55 in.)
+ 0.5(9.60 k.ip-ft)+0.2(0 kip-ft) + 0.7(1.02)(1.3)(168 kip ft)
=6.82 in.2

ll
\
= 248 k.ip-ft = 172 kip-ft

Second-order effects arc not required to be applied to the required .Jiear strength.
The link shear strength is:

2
VP= 0.6(50 ksi)(6.82 in. )

Width-to-Thickness Umitations =205 kips

According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F35b(l). the stiffened and unstiffcoed ele-

'i
- ments of linls shall comply \\ilh AISC Seismic Proli.sions Section Dl.l for highly ductile
members. There is an exception given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(l) that
allows flanges of I-shaped links with lenglb e ~ l.6Mp1Vp to satisfy the requirements of
Mp =F1 Z (Provisions Eq. F3-8)

modemtely ductile membcn. Determine whether the link length satisfies this limit. =50 lcsi(150 in.3 )

Py= FyA 1 (Provisions Eq. P3-6)

=7,500 l.Jp-in.
=50 ksi(22.6 in.2) 1.6Me _ 1.6(7,500 kip-in.)

=1,130 Jcips Vp - 205 kips

= 58.5 in.
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(2):
Because e =48.0 in. < 58.5 in., link flanges are permincd to comply with the require~enlS
for moderately ducule members. From Table l-3 of this Manual, a W16x77 satisfies the
requirements for modcrutcly ducule link beam nangcs.

Table 1-3 of this Manual also shows that a W16xn satisfies the requirements for o highly
ductile link beam web.
 .. '
-;
Available Shear Strength l A value of the ratio, Vpe/Mp. less than 1.6 indicates that the link behavior will be domi-
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(2) defines the shear strength of the link as the Jesse(: r ~ nated by shear yielding. The corresponding limit on the link rotation angle for this type of
expected link behavior is 0.08 rlld according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.4a.
of that detennined based on the limit states of flexural yielding and shear yielding.
.
For the limit srate of shear yielding AISC Seismic Provisions Equation F3-l defines the
:
I AJSC Seismic Provisions Figure C-F3.4 defines the link rotation angle for this configura- 1
tion as:
shear strength as follows, where VP was previously calculated:

Vn =Vp
=205 kips
where
For the limit state of flexural yielding AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation F3-7 defines the
shear strength as follows, where Mp was previously calculated:

Vn =2Mp AISC Seismic Prol-isions Section F3.3 requires that the inelastic link rotation angle be deter-
e
mined from the inelastic ponion of the design story drift. From Example 5.4.1, the inebstic
_ 2(7,500 kip-in.)
portion of the s tory drift is:
- 48.0in.
=313 kips 6.p=8.t-8.u
Because 205 kips< 313 kips, the limit state of shear yielding from Al SC Seismic Provisions = 0.700 in. -0. 175 in.
Equation F3-2 controls: =0.525 in.

0.525 in.
LRFD ASD
eP =12.s ft(12 in.lft)
9vVn = 0.90(205 kips) ~=
n,. 205 kips/1.67
=0.00350 rad
=185 kips> \1 =112 kips
11 o.k.
= 123 kips> Va = 78.5 kips o.k. 'Yp = 30.0 ft(l~ in./ft)(0.00350 rad)
48.0 m.
=0.0263 rad
Unk Rotation Angle
'Y P < 0.08 rad o.k.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.4a specifies a max.imum link rot:nion angle based on \
the expected behavior of the link. The expected link behavior is detemtined by solving for Note that the plastic story drift could. have been conservatively assumed to equal the
the coefficient in front of Mp/Vp based on the given link length. design story drift (0.700 in.). Using lhe design story drift determined in Example 5.4.1, 'Yp
=0.0350 rad.
Available Compressive Strength
Solving for the coefficient X: Use K= 1.0 for both the x-:c and y-y axis. UseAlSC Manual Table 6-1, where interpolating
between values is appr~ximblale becaubs~ ~~ail
the able co~presfisivaeWstr1e6ng7th7d~tbsnKLotvary4 flit~
early with KL. Tue availa e strengt m axiru compression or x w1 = .
l.
For the link being inves6gated:

~- 205 kips(48.0 in.)

Mp - 7,500 kip-in.
=1.31<1.6
 S-348
.5.4 ECCENTRJCALLY BRACED FRAMES 5- 3<19

. I
LRFD ASD Lateral Bracing Requirements
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.4b requires thafboth flanges at each end of the link be
I
......
; I

p = $~Pn p=:-
Oc braced. Bracing is required to have strength and,.stiffness as specified by AISC Seismic
Pn Provisions Section D l .2c for e:xpe.cted plastic hinge locations. This design uses lateral brac-
= 1.03x10- 3 ::::: J.54xl0" 3 ing of the flanges. From AlSC Seismic Provisions Equations Dl -4a and Dl-4b, the required
lateral brace strength, with Ry= l.J fromAISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l , is:
$cP11 = 97 1 kips > 20.3 kips P.
o.k. Qnc =649 kips> 13.5 kips
LRFD ASD

0.06R7 FyZ Pa= (0.06/1.5)RyF7 Z

Available Flexural Strength P., =
ho ho
From.AISC Manual Table 3-2, Lp = 8.72 ft. Since Lb~ Lp, the limil state of lateral-torsional 3
0.06(1.1)(50 ksi)(150 in. ) = (0.06/1.5)(1.1)(50ksi)(150 in.3)
bu~kling d9es not apply according to AISC Specification Section F2.2. Therefore, the avail- =
able flexural stre_n&th is, from AlSC. Manual Table 3-2: 15.7 in. 15.7 in.

-.;
= 31.5 kips =21.0 kips
____.....,. 11~ LRFD ASD
1~-..J

~l>&Mp =563 kip-ft> 248 kip-ft o.k. n: =

M
374 kip-ft> I 72 kip-ft o.k.
The required brace sciffoess according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section D1.2c(3) is cal-
culated in accordance with AISC Specification Appendix 6 with Cd= 1.0 and with the value
of Mr specified in AISC Seismic Provisions Equation Dl-6 as:

LRFD ASD l
Combined Loading

11 LRFD ASD
Mr =RyFyZ
= 1.1(50 ksi)(150 in. 3
)
Mr =.RyFyZ/L5
= 1.1(50ksi)(150 in.3 )/1.5
P, =20.3 .kips Pr = 13.5 kip~ = 8,250 kip-in. =5,500 kip-in.
~
. ..
L'l.
Pc 971 kips
=0.0209
Pc 649 kips
:: 0.0208 This required flexural strength can be used in AJSC Specification Appendix 6 to detennine

-1f1"1. I i
!'..-
Because Pr/Pc < _o:: the beam-col~'.~n desi~ is controlled by the equation:

2~c +(Z: + ~:Jsi.o (Spec. Eq. Hl-lb)

the requited stiffuess of 1be lateral bracing. Use nodal bracjng aod Equation A-6-8 to calcu-
late 1he required stiffness, where Lb is th~ length of the link, 48 in., as:

LRFD ASD
t:.,
"I f) =.!.( lOMrCd) ~ =n(lOM,CJ)
" br c\l Lblto br Lb ho -
LRFD - '

0.0209 248 kip-ft 0.0208 172 kip-ft

ASD
= _l_(
0.75
10(8,250 kip-in.)(1.0))
(48 in.)(15.7 in.)
=2 .oo( 10(5,500 kip-i.n.)(l .0))
(48 in_.)Q.5.7 in.)
-2-+ 563kip:ft +0=0.45 I --+ +0=0.470
2 374 kip-ft = 1:t6 kip/in. =146 kip/in.
o.451 < ~.o o.k.
- 0.470<1.0 o.k. .
Top and bottom flange bracing will be provided in accordance with AISC Specification
l'be W16x77 is adequate to resist the loads given for the link segment of Beam BM-1. Appendix 6 with the strength and stiffness required by these calculiitions.

AMERICAN lNSTTJVrE OF S-raa.. CONSTRUCnoN AMERICAN lNsnruT!l Of STl!EL CoNSTRVC'TION

 5-350 BRACED F'RAMES({~~
~~~
'.;;
Stiffener Requirements ~ .;}'.t?:--':
AJSC Seismic Pro~isions Section F3.5b(4) requires double-sided, full-depth web stiffener~ "
at each end of.the lmk._The minimum required combined width of the stiffeners is (bi-2t~Y.; .:..
Thus, the rrummum w1dtb of each stiffener is: -: '
;1
5.4 ECCENTRICAU...Y BRACED FRAMES
l,,,;n =lw
=0.455 in.~ '.Ml in.
Therefore, 1,.,;,, = 0.455 in.
The required width of intennediate stiffeners on one side only is:

. :; b1
= 10.3 in.-2(0.455 in.) w,,,;11 =--tw
2
2
103 in. 0 455 .
= 4.70 in. =----
2
. Ill.
The ininimum required thickness is the larger of 0.75tw and~ in.: =4.70 in.

lmi>1 = 0.75tw Full depth 1h in. x 4 3A in. intennediate web stiffeners will be provided within the link seg-
ment., on one side of the web only and at a maximum spacing of 19.4 in. With the link length
""0.75(0.455 in.)
of 48 in. given in Figure 5-59, choose to use two intermediate link stiffenerS with a spacing
=0.341 in. < % in. of 16.0 in. on center.
Therefore, tmm. =3/s in. Note tbat it may be beneficial to also use 1h-in.-thick material for the link end stiffeners in
order to simplify the detailing and fabrication of the link. This simplification wiU be made
Full depth :win. x 4% in. stiffeners will be provided on both sides of the web at each end of
in this example. . .
I.be link segment. . ..
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) also specifies that.the required strength of the fil-
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) also requires full depth intennediate web stiff
ener~ (i1~tennediate stiffeners ~ie stiffeners within the link segment). Because che length of
is
let welds connecting the link stiffeners to the iink web FyAs1 (LRFD) or FyAs111.5 (ASD)
and of the welds connecting the little stiffeners to the link flanges is F;yA~114 (LRFD) or
the link is less than l .6Mp1Vp. the spacing requirements for intermediate web stiffeners .are
FyAsr14(1.5) (ASD), where As1 is the horizontal cross-sectional area of the stiffener. For the
.determined based on the link rotation angle. .
'h in.-thlck stiffener, the cross-sectional area of tlie stiffener is:
For a link rotation angle equal to 0.08 rad, the required spacing is:
Ast = 1h in.(4% in.)
30tw -~ = 30(0.4S5in.)-(1 ~ in.)
6
=2.38 in.2
I
The Commentary to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) suggests that welding in the
= 10.4 in.
k-area of the beam be avoi~ed, To acco~plish this, the stiffener clips will be ~zed to com-
For a link rotation angle equal to 0.02 rad or less, the required spacing is: ply with the requirements of AWS Dl.8 clause 4.1 .l Based on AWS Dl.8 clause 4.1.l, the
clip along the web must extend at least l 1h in. beyond the published k.a,,1 dimension for the
52tw - ~= 52(0.455 ln.)-( 16 ~ in.) rolled shape. This corresponds to a clip length measured from the edge of the stiffener of
at least:
=70.4 ~- :.:
Ph in.+ kae1 -ti:= l'h in.+ 1% in.-0.760 in.
Interpol~ting betw~eri these limits using the calculated link rotation angle ofrp =0.0263 rad,
.the maximum spacmg betwee.n web stiffeners is 19.4 in.
~ron:1 AIS<? Seis"?ic P~ovisions Section F3.Sb(4), with a link depth less than 25 in., the inter-
=2.37 in.
Use a clip length of 2% in. along the web. The length of the stiffener along the web is thus:
r
m~iate s~enei:s are r~uited on one side of the web only. Also, the minimum required L,1 =d-2r1-2(2%in.)
thickness of the rntennechate web stiffuners on one side only is the larger of t,., and% in.
=16.5 in. -2(0.760 in.)- 2(2% in.)
;::: 10.2 in.
,,..-.

AMERICAN lNsmvra OF STIOEL Col-ISTRUCTIO.N

 r 5-352 5.4 ECCENTRICAl l.Y BRACED FRA>,.U;s S-353
r \

From AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the double-sided !iJlet weld required to con- ~ Checking AISC Specijication Table J2.4, with the 1h-io. stiffener plate thickness, the mini-
nect the link stiffeners to the link web is: mum fillet weld size is 16 in.
.I LRFD ASD
Use double-sided ~6-in. fillet welds to connect the link stiffeners to the link flanges.
Note th:ll it may be beneficial to also use double-sided 1.4-in. fillet welds to conned the link
D= F1 A...1 D :::: (FyA.11 )/1.5 stiffeners 10 the link flanges in order co simplify the detailing and fabrication of the link.
2(1.392 kip!in.)(L..,) 2(0.928 kip/in.)(L11)
2
= 36ksi(2.38in. ) _ 136 ksi(2.38 in.2)]/1.5 Example 5.4.3. EBF Beam Outside of the Link Design
2(1.392 k.ip/in.)(10.2 in.) - 2(0.928 kip/in.)(10.2 in.)
Given:
:::: 3.02 sixteenths = 3.02 sixteenths Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-59. Determine the adequacy of the ASTM A992 W16x77
:l link segment selected in Example 5.4.2 as the beam outside of the link for the following
;. I Checking AISC Specificario11 Table J2.4, wi1h the 0.455 in. link web thickness, the mini- loading. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of
mum fillet weld size is 3/i6 in. loads. From a firsc-ordcr analysis:
Use double-sided 1A-in. fillet welds 10 connect the link stiffeners to the link web. PD::::: 1.00 kips Pt= 0.700 kips PQs= 105 kips
Based on AWS Dl.8 clause 4 .1.2, the clip along the flanges must not exceed a distance of Vo= 6.80 kips VL =4.80 kips VQE = 8.70 kips
1h in. beyond the published k detail dimension for the rolled shape. The maximum clip Mo= 17.0 kip-ft Ah= 11.3 kip-ft MQE= 113kip-ft
1
length measured from the edge of the plaie is therefore:
Relevant seismic parameters are given in !he EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
fw )IL JllL 0:455 in: . section.
k1--+n.m.= ;r1610.- +1hm.

ll
2 2 Assume the braces are ASTM A992 W1 Ox112, the colunIDS are W12 wide-flange sections
= 1.34 in. and that the flanges of Beam BM- I are braced at the columns.
Use a 1.00-in. c)jp along the flange to allow the stiffeners to clear the fillets. The width of
the stiffener along the flange is: Solution:
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4 and AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l, the material prop-

w.ir . (bf- ----1.

=IIU1l lw OO m.,
4~ .m.-1.00 in.) erties are as follows:
2

- 1~
ASTMA992
_ . (10.3 io.-0.455 in. 1. m.,
- rmn 00
. JL .
4 ,,. m.-1. 00 m.
J F1 =50 ksi
2 .
Fu ::65 ksi
=min(3.92 in., Jl4 in.) Ry= 1.1
=33A in.
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, !he geometric properties are as follows:
From AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the double-sided fillet weld size required co
connect the link stiffeners to the link flanges is: ' Beam
W16x77
...~ A= 22.6 in. 2 r1 =2.47 in.
LRFD ASD
Brace
D= F1 A,,14 D= (F1 Asr)Al.5(4)j W10x112
2(1.392 kip/in.).(111.11) 2(0.928 kip/in.)(w.11)
ix= 716 in.4
= 136.ksi(2.38in.2 )]/4 _ j36 ksi(2.38 in.Z)j/{1.5(4))
2(1.392 kipfm.)(3=!4 in.) - 2(0.928 kip/in.)(33,4 in.)
= 2.05 sixteenths =2.05 sixteenths
AMERICN'I lNSTI'IV11l Of STI!EI.. CONSTRUCl'ION
 S-354
BRACED~.
... S.4 ECCENTIUCALLY BRACED FRAMES S-3.S5

Required Strength
d As given in Example 5.4.2, the brace-to-beam connection will be detailed as a fixed con-
ACC-Ording 10 AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3, the required strength of the be:lm out nection; therefore, the moment at lhc end of Lhe link will be distributed between the brace
side o'. the li~k is n combination of the factored gravicy forces plus the forces generated b_y and the beam outside of the link. One way to detennine the poJ1ion of this moment resisted
the adjusted hnk shear strength. From Example 5.4.2, the nominal shear strength of 1be lirilc'.! by the beam outside of the link is based on relative member stiffness. Since the modulus of
Vn, was determined to be 205 kips. According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section P3.3, the elasticity is the same for both members, it can be neglected in !he stiffness cakul:itioo.
adjusted link shear strength for an I-shaped section (using Exception (l)(n) from Section Using relative member stiffness to distribute the link end moment, the portion of the moment
F3.3) is: taken by the beam outside of the link (bol) is:

0.88(1.25)RyVn =0.88.(1.25)(1.1)(205 Jcjps)

=248 kips
The geometry of the column, brace, half-beam and half-link is shown in Figure 5-60:
The a.~ial force in the beam outside of the link based on the adjusted shear strenglh of the
link is: 30.0 ft - 4.00 ft
L1>o1 - - - ----
2
p _ 0.88(1.25)RyVnL
F..,. - 2H =13.0 ft
_ 248 kips(30.0 ft) Lb, =Jc12.s ft)2 +(13.o ft) 2
- 2(12.5 ft)
=18.0 ft
=298 kips

The resulting link end moment based on the adjusted shear strength of the link is:
I11o1
--=
L1>o1
1,110 in:*
13.0 ft
r
Miw = 0.88(1.25)RyVne =85.4 in:* I ft
2
= 248 kips(48.0 in.) 716 in.4
=---
2 18.n ft
=5,950 kip-in. =39.8 in.4 /ft
lbol
4
r- 1 85.4 in. /ft
/ bol
----------
t- ~ - 85.4 in. /ft+ 39.8 in. /ft
'-/)() 4 4
0.88(1.l5)RyVn
Lbo1 Lbr
=0.682 f
Using this method, the beam outside of the link is assumed to take 68.2% of the link end
>
-
N
..-
moment. The moment in the beam outside of the link i_s then:

II M..i. = Mbol
::i:::
=0.682MunJi
~of frame
= 0.682(5,950 kip-in.)/(12 in.I ft)

U2=15'-0"
=338 lc:ip-ft

Alternatively, a method based on the calculation of an amplification factor can be used. In

r
this method, the adjusted Link shear strength is divided by the link shear generated by the
Fig. 5-60. Diagram/or E:cample 5.4.J. code-specified eanhquake forcts. The resulting amplification factor is used to amplify tbl!
 5-356 S.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-357
..f
:.

rcrnainjng member end forces generated by the analysis using the code-specified earthquake
LRFD ASD
loading. From Example 5.4.2. the link shear force obtained from a computer analysis using
the code-specified seismic forces was given as: LR.FD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combinatjon 5 from
VQe = 84.0 kips '' ... ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including
the 0.5 factor on L pennitted in Section
ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

'The resulting overstrength factor is: 12.4.3.2)

_0.88(1.25)R (1.0 + 0.14Svs)D + H + F+ 0.1E,,.,.

1 V~ 248 kips
_..;.._..;_,__= (l.2 + 0.2SDs)D + EmJi + 0.5l + 0.2S
V<a 84.0 kips
=2.95 Tue required axial scrength of the beam outside the link is:

; The moment in the beam outside of the link due to the link mechanism based on the LRFD ASD .
t" i expected she:ir strength of the link is:
Pu= {l.2 + 0.2Svs )Po+ PE.,. + 0.5Pi. Pd= (LO+ 0.14SDs )PD+ PH+ Pp
ME...i. =2.95MQe
+ 0.2Ps + 0.7Pe.,..
=2.95(113 kip-ft)
=333 kip-ft =[1.2 + 0.2(1.0)J(t.OO kips) = [1.0 + 0.14(1.0)](1.00 kips)
+310 kips+0.5(0.700 kips) + 0 kips+O kips

I The axial force in the beam outside of tJ1e link due to the link mechanism based on 1he
expected sbear strength of the link is:
+ 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(310 kips)
~JI =312 kips = 218 kips
PE.- =2.95PQ.e
.=2.95(105 kips)
11
.. =310 kips
The required flexural streng1h of the beam outside the link is:

LRFD ASD
The shear in the beam outside of the link due to the link mechanism based on 1he expected
shear strength of the link is: M,, =(l.2+0.2SDS).\.fo +ME""" Md =(l.0+0.14Sos)MD +MH +MF
+ 0.5Mt +0.2Ms +0.7ME""
VE.,. =2.95V<2E =IL2+0.2(l.O)j(l7.0 kip-ft) = [1.0+0.14(1.0))(17.0 kip-ft)

l~
= 2.95(8.70 kips)
+ 333 kip-ft+ 0.5(11.3 kip-ft) I + 0 kip-ft+O kip--ft
= 25.7 kips \

+ 0.2(0 kip-ft) + 0.7(333 kip-ft)

Note that the moments generated by lbe two methods are very similar. Since the beam out- =362 kip--ft = 252 kip-fl
side of the link shear has already been determined, the forces generated using the
: , I
amplification factor method will be used in the calculation of the required strengths. The required shear strenglh of the beam outside the link is:
Considering the load combinations given in ASCE/SEJ 7 that include the amplified sefamic
loads, it was determined that the goveming load combination for the beam outside lhe link, LRFD ASD
=
with 0.0 Q~ Em11, is:
Vu= (1.2+ 0.2Svs )Vv +Ve....,+ 0.5V. V0 =(1.0 +0.14SDs)Vv+VH t- Vp
+0.2Vs + O.?Ve,..
= [l.2+ 0.2(1.0)j{6.80 kips) =[LO +0.14(1.0)](6.80 kips)
+ 25.7 ldps+0.5{4.80 kips) + 0 kips+O kips
i
" + 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(25.7 kips) '
""...
}! = 25.7 kips
=37.6 kips l
 5-358 S.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRA.Jl.1ES S-359

Width-to-Thickness Limitations wbere

Since the beam outside of lbe Jjnk is the same section as the link, no addition:il local buck~ ,
....
Jjog checks are required. i n.2 E(
(Spec. .Eq. A-8-5)
,
.! .I P,1 = ( K1l)2
Unbraced Length
n 2 (29,000ksi)(l.l 10 in. 4 )
As established in Ex:imple 5.4.2, each end of 1he link will be br:iced. A nominal column = !J .0(150 in.)J2
depth of 12 in. will be assumed. Therefore, the unbraced length of the beam outside of 1he
link to the face of the column is: =14,100 kips
!--~- 2 (dc)
2
From AISC Specificatio11 Equation A-8-3:
Lb=
2 LRFD ASD
::: 30.0 ft(12 inlft)-48.0 in. -12.0 in.
2 ex =LOO a = 1.60
=150 in.
l
l.0 LO
81= 81=
l,.;
or l-11.00(312 kips) 1_ [1.60(218 kips)] l'..
14,100 kips 14,lOO kips
Lb= 150 in. /(J2 in./ ft)
=1.02 = l.03
=12.5 ft
According to AISC Specification Equation A--8-1, the B1 factor (P-o effect) need only be
Second-Order Effects applied to the first-order moment with the structure restrained against translation.
From AJSC Specification Appendix 8, the required flexural and axi:ll s1.renglh including sec-
ond-order etfectS are detemlined as follows: LRFD ASD l
"'
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1) Mu= B1 (1.2+0.2Sos)Mo +ME.J, M0 =B1(1.0+0.14SDS)Mo +MH +MF
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2) +Bi (0.5Ml)+ B1 (0.2Ms) +0.1Me,.,,, I~
The multiplier that accounts for P-6 effects, B2, is LO because lhe.iateral load effect is based =1.0211.2+0.2(1.0)](17.0 kip-ft) =i.?3[1.0 + 0.14(1.0)](17 .0 kip-ft)
I

on the adjusted link shear str~ngth. P-D. effects do not increase lhe forces corresponding to +333 kip-ft I + 0 .kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
the fully-yielded, strain-hardened link; ipstead they may be thought of as contributing to the + 1.02(0.5)(11.3 kip-ft) + 0.7(333 kip-ft)
system reaching that state. =253 kip-ft
+ 1.02(0.2)(0 kip-ft)
,
=
Because B2 1.0, the required C<>mpression and flexural strengths will not be amplified to = 363 kip-ft
=
account for P-D. effects. Conservatively use C,,. 1.0 and the effective length method is used
for stability design.

Calculate 8 1
Combined Loading 1
Because the beam outside of the link is the same member as the link, AISC Seismic
l
Pravisio11s Section A3.2 pennits the use of R1 F1 in lieu of Fy when determining lhe :ivail- .;
(Spec. F.q. A-8-3) able strengths of the beam outside of the link.

determine available compressive strength of the W16x77

Use AJSC Specification Section E3 to determine the available compressive strength. Note
'
I
lhat using AJSC Manual tables to determine the available compressive strenglh and multi-
plying this strength by R1 may not give accurate values, as the compressive strength does 1w

AME!UC/\H lNS'l'J1VTll OF Stta. CONSTRUcnON

 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-361

vary linearly with F1 . The applicable critical stress equation can be detennined by I.he ratio LRFD ASD '
of RyF1 1Fe. The elastic buckljng stress, Fe. is:
b."1n = l.1(521 kip-ft) Mn =l.1(347 kip-ft)
(Spec. Eq. E3-4) =573 kip-ft
nb
;.
. ,,
.,,,
= 382 kip-ft .
2
_ 1t (29,000 ksi) Check combined flexure and compression of the W16xn
2
- ( 150 in. )
2.47 in. LRFD ASD
= 77.6 ksi
!lePr
P,.
r P, P,
-= - - -=--
Pt: P,,
_t RyFy _ 1.1(50 ksi) Pc q,cPn
F, - 77.6 ksi :::::
312kips =218 kips
832 kips 553 kips
(! = 0.709
- - ----. rb =0.375 =0.394
;~. Because R1 F1 1Fe S 2.25. the critical stress, Fer. is:

Because ~ ~ 0.2, AISC Specification Equation Hl-la applies.

Fer =[0.658!!Lr]
P. R Fy 1 (Spec. Eq. E3-2)

Ill =0.658 n.6 m

J.1(50 ksi) I
(1.1)(50 ksi)
P,
-+-8(Mx lO
- - + - <.
Pc 9 Mex Mey
Mry) (Spec. Eq. HJ-la)

=40.9 ksi LRFD ASD

"~:
...
l,. The available compressive strength is I.hen decermined from AISC Specification Equation P, 8( Mr.r. M,., ) ilcPr 8( QbMrx Q bMry)
- - + - -- - + - -

.,~l
- E3-l: 9cPn + 9 bMIU

!(9
+ QbMny P,. 9 Mru; M,.,

o.394+!(253 ~p~ft +o)

l
0.375 + 363 kip-ft +0)
I
LRFD ASD \
9 382 kip-ft
573 kip-ft I

P,. FaA = 0.983<1.0 o.k.

=~cFcrA1 1
-=-- =0.938<1.0 o.k.
l
cPn
!
nc Oc
>
'
=0.90(40.9 ksi)(22.6 in.2 ) = (40.9 ksi)(22.6 in. 2 }
:.
= 832 kips Available Shear Strength
1.67
From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shear strength is:
.- = 553 kips .. ,
LRFD ASD
Determine available flexural strength of the W16xn .
= = QvVn = 225 kips > 37 .6 kips o.k. ~ =150 kips> 25.7 kips o.k.
From AlSC Manual Table 3-2, for a W16x77, Lp 8.72 ft and 4 27 .8 ft. 1lmefore, with nv
Cb= 1.0 and 4 =
12.5 ft (Lp < 4 ~ 4), lateral-torsional buck.ling applies. Using AISC
Manual Table 3-10 and adjusting by R1 , the available flexural streaglh is:
The W16x77 is adequate to resist the loads given for the beam outside of the link seg1w:
,'~ of Beam BM- 1. Additional Oange bracing is not required.
 5:4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-363
5-362

M ,.,,, = 3.36MQE
l
Example 5.4.4. EBF Brac_e Design == 3.36(54.5 kip-ft)

Given:
=183 kip:ft
I
Refer ro Brace BR-1 in Figure 5-59. Select an ASTM A992 wide-flange section to resist tti~ The axjal force in the brace due to the link mechanism is:
following loads. 'J1le applicable building code specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calcula.i
tion of loads. From a fi.rsc-order analysis: PE..i. = 3.36Pas

= 3.36(136 kips)
Po= 11.8 kips PL= 8.30 kips PQ 8 = 136 kips
=457 kips
Vo= 0.200 kips VL =0.120 kips VQE =J.Q2 kipS
Mo= 3.20 kip-ft l>h = 2.20 kip-ft MQE =54.5 kip-ft The shear in the brace due to the link mechanism is:
_R elevant seismic parameters are given in the EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation VE..,,. =3.36VQ
section.
= 3.36(3.02 kips)
Assume that the link segment and beam outside of the link segments are those selected in =10.1 kips
Examples 5.4.2 and 5.4.~, and lh~t the column-end of the brace is pinned and braced against
translation for both the x-x and y-y axes. Considering the load combinations given in ASCE/SEI 7 that include the amplified seis-
mic load, with .Q0 QE = Emh it was determined that the governing load combination for the
l:
Solution: brace is:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4 and AISC Seismic Provisio11s Table A3. l, the material prop-
erties are as follows: LRFD ASD t
.)

ASTMA992 LRFD Load Combin~tion 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
Fy =50ksi
the 0.5 factor on L permitted in Section
Fu= 65 ksi c
12.4.3.2) .. -
R1 -= 1.1
(1.0 + 0.14SDs)D + H + F + 0.1EmJ1 I
(1.2 + 0.2SDs)D + Emh+ O,SL + 0 .2S .
I
Required Strengths
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3, the required strength of the brace is a The required axial strength of the brace.,is:

'_+-----A~s_n_____~Ji
combination of the factpred gravity forces plus the forces generated by the adjusted link
.shear strength, using the load combinations that include the amplified seismic load. Fro~
1-------LRFD
______
Example 5.4.2, the noininal shear strength of the link, Vm is 205 kips.
Pu::::(l.2+0.2Svs)PD+PE..i.+0.5PL Pa=(1.0+0.14Sos)Po+PH+Pp I ~.
l.25R1Vn = 1.25(1.1)(205 kips) + 0.2Ps + 0.7PE-1i f
=282kips =[l.2+0.2(1.0)](11.8 kips) ;[i.o+0.14(1.0)j(ll.8 klps) 1 -
Using the overstrength factor method described in Example 5.4.3 w!th the link s4ear force, + 457 kips+ 0.5(8.30 kips) + 0 kips+ 0 kips j::
VQ given in Example.5.4.2, che overstrength factor is: +0.2(0kips) +0.7{457kips)

l.25RyV,. =282 kips L-~=-47_s_ki_p_s~~~~~~~~--l~-~-3_3_3_ki_p_s~~~~~-'--~~-I I

YQs 84.0 kips
=3.36

TI1e moment in the brace due to the link mechanism is:

AMEruCAN !Nsmunl.OF Srea CONSTRUCTION

 5-364 DR.ACED FR.AMES 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-36!.'
,'
The required flexural strength of the brace is: Note that the unbraced length is based on the work point-to-work point dist.1nce. Shorter
lengths may be used provided lhe lateral support is adequate at each end of the assumed
LRFD ASD unbraced length.

M., = (1.2+0.2Sos )Mo +Me.,... +0.SML Ma = (1.0+0.l4Sos )Mo +MH +Mp Second-Order Effects
+0.2Ms +0.1Me.,,. Second-order effects are addressed using AJSC Sptcificarion Appendix 8. Since the lateral
= IL2 +0.2(1.0)j(3.20 kip-ft) =[L0+0.14(1.0)J(3.20 kip-ft) load effect is based on the adju~ted link shear strength, B2 = 1.0. P-tl dfects do not increase
the forces corresponding to the fully yielded, strain-hardened link; instead they may be
+ 183 kip-ft+ 0.5(2.20 kip-ft) + 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
thought of as contributing to the system reaching that state.
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft) + 0.7(183 kip-fr)
=189 kip-ft = 132 kip-ft =
Because 8 2 1.0. the required compressive and flexural strengths will not be amplified to
' account for P-~ effects. The effective length method is used for stability design.
"'/,
'$;

I!:' The required shear strength of the brace is:

Calculate a,
..
~
LRFD ASD (Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
- -----< :$::)
'* v;, =(1.2+0.2S.os)Vo +VE.,. +0.5Vi v., =(l.O+O.l4Sos)Vo +Vu+ VF
+ 0.2Vs + 0.7Ve.,,. where
=ll.2+0.2(1.0))(0.200 kips) -:: : (LO+ 0.14(1.0)](0.200 kips)
rr.2Et (Sp'e c. Eq. A-8-5)
+10.l .ldps+0.5(0.120 kips) + 0 kips+O kips Pe1 = (K1L)2
+ 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(10.1 kips)
n2 (29,000 ksi)(716 in.4 )
=10.4 kips =7.30 kips = 2
lt.0(216 in.)J
As assumed in Examples 5.4.2 and 5.4.3, uy a W1 Ox112 for the brace. = 4,390 kips

From AISC Manual Table 1-1. the geometric properties are as follows: 'Where there is no transverse loading oo the brace, Cm is determined from AISC Specification
Equation A-8-t For both LRFD and ASD:
A= 32.9 in. 2 t,., = 0.755 in.
fj
d= 11.4 in.

l ,. l
br:::.10.4 in. 11= l .25 in. Ix= 716 in.4 Cri =0.6-0.4(M1/M2) (Spec. Eq. A-8-4)
'
=0.6-0.4(0)
Width-to-Thickness Umitations
5.
=0.6
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5a, the stiffened and unstiffened elements
J:I of EBF braces shall comply with the requirements of Section Dl.l for moderately ductile Therefore:
members. From Table 1-3 of this Manual, the W10x112 satisfies these limits for EBF
~~
... braces. LRFD ASD
:~
,.
-:- l
a ~ 1.00 Ct = l.60
Determine unbraced length

Lb= J(l2.5 ft)2 +(13.0 ft) 2

=18.0 ft
B1 =
1
_l 0.6
l.00(478 kips) l
4,390 kips l
~ l.O 81= 0.6
1-[1.60(333 kips)
4,390 kips
l
~LO

I
i'
1.
>
{
or =0.673 =0.683 I
L,, ::::(18.0 ft){l2 iolft)
=216 in.
Bcc3use 81 <Luse 81 = 1.0. I. The W10x 11 2 is adequa1e to re.~ist lhe loads given for Br:ice BR-1.
l
Since 81 = 82"' 1.0. the required tle.xural strength calculaled previously need noL be ampli-
fied to account for P-o or P-t::. effects. Example 5.4.5. EBF Column Design

Combined Loading Given:

Using AISC Manual Table 6-1 for combined ioading with KLy =Lt>x =18.0 ft: Refer to Column CL- I in Figure 5-59 Sclcet an ASTivt A992 wide-flange section to resis1
the followmg loading bc~-ccn lhc base :uid ~ond level. The applicable bu1lding code spec-
ifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculauon of load!!. From a first-order analysis:
LRFD ASD
Po= 151 kips P1.=46 0 kips PQr= 172 kips
p =1.09x10-3 kips p = J.63x 10- 3 kips- 1 Mm.= 15.0 kip-ft =9 00 kip-ft
,>,.f u .~le_= O.kip-ft

Mo, = l0.0 kip-ft M 1.y =6.00 kip-ft Mg,.,,, = 0 1tip-ft

b_, = 1.12 x io-3 (kip-ftf
1
b_,:::: 2.59x10- ] (kip-ftf1
Relevant seisrrtlc parame1crs arc given in 1he EBF Design Ex.ample Plan and Eleva1io1
secrion.
LRFD ASD
Assume that the ends of I.he column arc pinned and braced against 1.ranslation for botli the
P, P, x-x and y-y axes and that the beam at the third level and brace between the second and 1hir
-=pP, -=pPr
Pc Pc levels are as designed 10 Examples 5.4.2, 5.4.3 and 5.4.4.
= l.09 x10-3 (47S kips) = 1.63x!O 3 (333 lcips)
Solution:
=0.521 =0.543
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4 and AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l, the material prop-
erties are as follows:
Because ~ ~ 0.2, AISC Specification Equstion HI - la spplies:
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
-+- 8(M"
P, -- +--L.
M,..,) <LO
Pc 9 M,, .'1,1
(Spec. Eq. Ill-13) F. =65 ks i
R,= 1.1
Or, in terms of AISC Manual Equstion 6-1:
Required Strength
LRFD ASD Using the load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7 1hat include the amplified seismic load. wit
!l,,QE = Em11, it was detcnnined that the governing load combination for the column ,
pP,+b.rMn +b1 M,, pP, +b.rMrx + b1 Mry compres~ion is
3 1 1
0.521+1.72x 10- (k.ip-ftf (189 kip-ft) 0.543+ 2.59x10-3 (ldp-fif (132 kip-ft)
ASD
+O +O
=0.846 $ l .O o.k. =0.885~ 1.0 o.k. I.RFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Lood Combination 5 from I

ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including

the 0.5 factor on l pennitted in Section
12.4.3.2)
ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
l
Available Shear Strength
From AlSC Manual Thble 3-6:
I
LRFD ASD
(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + E,,.,. + 0.5L + 0.2S' ( l.0 +0.14Sos)D + H + F+ 0.1Em1i
l
,,.v,, =258 Jtips > l0.4 kips o.k. 2- =172 kips> 7.30 kips o.k.
n.
 ' I
)

!. .
And the goveming load combination for the column in rension i~: LRFD ASD
-
LRFD ASD . M .... = (1.2+0 2Sos) \f 0 +ME..,. M, (l.0+0.14Sos)MD + ,\.fH + ,\fI
+0.5Mit +0.2Ms +0.1Me_
LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCEISEI 7 Sectfon 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEJ 7 Section J2.4.3.2 =ll.2+0.2(1 0))(15.0 kip-ft) =p.o + o.14(LO)J(1s.o k:ip-fl)
+0 kip-ft+ 0.5(9.00 kip-ft) + 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
(0.9- 0.2Sos)D + E..,,. + l.6H (0.6- 0.14Sru)D + 0.1EmJr +Ii
+ 0.2(0 kip-fl) + 0.7(0 kip-ft)

' AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3 requires the column to have Ille strength to resist the =25.5 kip-ft - 17.l kip-fl
: '
forces generated by lhc sum of the adjusted link shear sirengths of the Unks above the level
i\f-r =(1.2+ 0.2Sos )Mo+.\!.,... M,_., = (l .0+0. 14Sru)Mo +Mn +MF
of the column top in 3Jd1tion to the fac1ored gra\ity forces. From faample 5.4.2. the nom-
..;: inaJ shear strength of the hnk at the third le'.-el is 205 kips. By calculations not shown here,
it was determined that the sum of the nominal shear strengths of the links at the fourth level
+0.5Mty ... 0.2.\-fs
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)j(lO.O kip-ft)
+0.7;\.fE...,
11 0+0.14(1.0)](10.0 kip ft)
..... and the roof is 318 kips. There is also a small axial load due to the shear from the beam out- + 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
+ 0 kip-ft+ 0.5(6.0 kip-ft)
side of the link at level 2. It is neglected in the following calculation due to its negligible
effect on the result ~rcfore, accounting for the exception allowed in AISC Seismic + 0.2(0 kJp-ft} + 0.7(0 kip-ft}
:.
~ = 11.4 !Up-ft
Provisions Section F3.3( l Xb), lhe sum of che adjusted link yield ~trcngths of the links at the = 17.0 kip-ft
- -- :;:J
third level, foui'th level :ind roof is:
Using the governing load combination for the column in tension, the required axial tensile
l~
"
0.88(l.25)R1 LV,, = 0.88(1.25)(1.1)(318 kips+ 205 kips)
- 633 kips
strength of the column is:

LRFD ASD
Usmg the govemiug looJ combination for the column in compression. the required axial
:t" l compressive strength of the column is:
P,. = (0.9-0.2Sos) Po+ PE... + l.6P11
=(0.9-0.2(1.0)](151 kips)
Pa= (0.6-0.14Sos)Pv +0.?PE.,. +PH
=I0.6-o.14<1.o>JOs1 kips)
LRFD ASD

!~
+(-633 kips)+ t.6(0 kips) + 0.7(-633 k.ips)+ 0 kips
P., ={1.2+0.2Sos )Po+ PE,.,.+ 0.5Pt Pa= (1.0+ 0.14Sos)Pv + P11 +Pp =-527 kips =-374 kips
.',

+0.2Ps +0.7%,.. \

=ll.2+ 0.2(1.0)J(l5 I kips) = p.o +0.14(1.0)](151 kips) The required flexural strength of the column simult:mcous with the rocial tension is:
+ 633 kips+ 0.5(46.0 kips) r 0 kips+ 0 kips
LR.FD ASD
+ 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(633 k.ips)
=867 kips - 615 kips M.... =(0.9-0.2Sos).W0x +M4 M.u =(0.6-0.14Sns)Mo.r +0.1Mt-
+ 1.6MH +MH
The required flexural strength of the column simultaneous .with the o.x.ial compress.ion is:
=10.9- 0.20 .0>](15.o kip-ft) ={0.6-0.140.0))(15.0 kip-ft)
. + 0 kip-ft .. 1.6(0 ki~ft) + 0.7(0 ki~ft)+O kip-ft
= 10.5 kip-ft =6.90 kip-ft .
>-JIU ,BRACEO 'FRAMES.

.~~
1t2El; (Spec. Eq. A-8-5)
LRFD ASD
Pds =(KiL)2
~.
Muy = (0.9-0.2Sos)MDy +ME..., May = (0.6-0.14Sru)MDy +0.7 ME1"17 '~ 2
rt (29,000 ksi)(833 in.
4
)
.~
+l.6M11 +M11

= [i.0(14.0 ft)(12 inJft)f
= [0.9- 0.2(1.0)J(I0.0 kip-ft) = (0.6-0.14(1 .0}](10.0 kip-ft)
=8,450 kips
+ 0kip-ft+1.6(0 kip-fl) + 0.7(0 kip-ft)+O kip-ft
=7 .00 lcip-ft =4.60 kip-ft ly
P.11 = P~is -
Ix

~n: )
The load combination that will govern the design of the column is chat for compression. The
resulting required strengths are: ' = 8,450 kips(270
833 in.

=2,740 kips
LRFD ASD

Pu = 867 kips Pa = 615 kips

The columns are assumed 10 be pinned at the base, so Mi in AlSC Specification Equation
A-8-4 is zero. Because the column is not subject to 1.ransvcrse (perpendicular to the axis of
the member) loading, Cm is detennined for both LRFD and ASD as follows:
l .
Mux = 25.5 kip-ft Max= 17.l kip-ft
Cm =0.6-0A(M1/M2) (Spec. F.,q. A-8-4)
M,.y = 17.0 kip-ft May = 11.4 kip-ft
::: 0.6-0.4(0)
Try a W12x96. :::0.6

From A1SC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:

A =28.2 in.2 d =12.7 in. lw= 0.550 in. 1f =0.900 in. j::
(Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
Ix= 833 in. 4
11 =270 in. 4
bJl21f= 6.76 hit..,= 17.7

Width-to-Thickness Umitations Therefore: 1.~

According to ATSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5a, the column must comply with the
LRFD ASD
requirements of Section D 1.1 for highly ductile members. From Table 1-3 of chis Manual; \
I
these requirements are satisfied for a W12x96 column (both flanges and web).
Cl =1.00 Cl = 1.60

Consider second-order effects 0.6 > 1:0 0.6 . ::!: LO

B1x =
From AlSC Specification Appendix 8, the required flexural and axfal strength including sec-
ond-order effects are determfoed as follows:
B1x =
l-
1.00(867 kips)
8,450 kips
1-
1.60(615 kips)
8,450 kips I
.. (Spec. Eq. A-8-1) =0.669

0.6 ~ 1.0
=0.679
0.6 l0
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2) Bi,= Bty= 1.60(615 kips)::!: ..

=
Since !he lateral load effect is based on the adjusted link shear strength, B2 1.0. P-6 effects
do not increase the forces corresponwng to the fully yielded. strain-hardened link; instead
l-
1.00(867 kips)
2,740 kips
~-

=0.936
2,740kips I
they may be thought of ~s contributing to the system reaching that state.
=0.878
Because B2 = I .0, the required compressive and flexural strengths will not be amplified to Because the calcuJated Bix and Biy ru:e less than 1.0, B1x= B1y =1.0, and there is no need to
account for P-A effects. Determine B1 as follows from AISC Specification Appendix 8. The
effective length method is used for stability design.
amplify the .required flexural strengths. .J'
 S.4 ECCE.NTRlCALl..Y BRACED FRAMES 5 373
S-372

Combined Loading Solution:

r. Using AlSC Manual Table 6-1 for combined loading wi1h 4y = 4x = 14 fl: From AISC .\fm111al Table 2~5. the material prorenies are as follows:
i:
~:.1. .' ASTMA36
LRFD ASD j' F1 =36 ksi
p =0.978xl0-3 kips-1 p ::: 1.47X10- 3 kips-I Fu =58 ksi
lj

bx= I .67 x I 0-3{kip-fl f

1
bx= 2.50x 10- 3 {kip-ftf
1
. From AISC Manual Table J-1 lhe geometric properties are as foUows:

Brace
by= 3.s1x10- 3 (kip-ft r 1
b1 =5.28 x I 0-3 {kip-ftr' W10x112
A= 32.9 in. 2 d = 11.4 in. bi= 10.4 in. lf = 1.25 in.
LRFD ASD /T:::o7J6in. 4
kJ,s =1.75 in.
P, P, Beam
-=pPr - ==pP, W16x77
P,. Pc
fJ =0.760 in.
-----~:~ d= 16.5 in. lw= 0.455 in. bt = 10.3 in.
.... =0.978 x 10-3 (867 kips) = 1.47x10-3 (615 kips)
kus = 1.16 in.
=0.848 :::: 0.904

Determine the brace connection forces

P.
Because ~ ~ 0.2,AISC Specification Equation Hl-Ia applies: According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3. brace connections must consider the
forces generated by the adjusted link shear strength. From Example 5.4.4 for the design of
the brace, the required strengths of the brace ba.~ on the adjusted link shear strength are:
Pr
-+- - +M
-8(M"'
ry )<1.0 (Spec. Eq. HI-l a)
Pc 9 Mex Mey ASD
LRFD
Or, in terms of AlSC Mo.nual Equation 6-1: Pa = 333 kips
P., =478 kips

LRFD ASD v,. = 10.4 kips Va =7.30 kips

I
pP, +bxMrx + byMry S 1.0 pP, + bxMrx +b1 Mry S 1.0 Mu= 189 kip-ft Ma= 132 kip-ft
1 1
0.848+1.67x10-3 (kip-ftf (25.5 kip-ft) o.904+2.sox10-3 (kip-ftr (11.1 kip-ft)
1 1
+3.51x10-3 (kip-ftf (17.0 kip-ft) +5.28x10-3 (kip-ftf (11.4 kip-ft) Determine the brace flange force
Assuming the axial force is resisted entirely by the flanges, the force in each flange due to
= 0.950 < 1.0 o.k. =LOOS 1.0 o.k.
axfal load is:
The W12x96 is adequate to resist the loads given for Column CL-1 between the base and ASD
LRFD
second level.
P., Pa
P1a=- Pfo = -
2 2
;; j Example 5.4.6. EBF Brace-to-Link Connection {)esign
478 kips 33~ kips
=
. Given: 2 2
Refer to Joint JT-1 in Figure 5-59. Design tbe connec(ion between Brace BR-1 and Beam =239 kips = 167 kips

I BM-l assuming the brace is oriented with the web in Lhe plane of I.be frame. Use ASTM A36
material for all plate material and 70-ksi electrodes for all welds. Assume 1he Hnk, beam out-
side of the link, and brace are as designed in Examples 5.4.2, 5.4.3 and 5.4.4, respectively.
 5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FR.AMES S-375

Assuming the entire moment will be takeo by the flanges. the force in each flange due to the
moment is: LRFD ASD

LRFD ASD Rn 845 kips

Rn =0.75(845 kips) -=
n 2.00
Mu
Pf!=--
Ma
Pg=--
=634 kips> Pu/ =462 kips o.k. =423 kips> Pa/ =323 kips o.k.
~-11 d-11
,,,i.
= 189 kip-ft(l2 in./ft) 132 kip-ft{l2 inJft)
11.4 in. -1.25 in.
= 11.4 in. -1.25 in. Check concentrated forces at brace flange connection
=223 kips =156 kips The venical component of the flange force is:

The maximum resultant force in each flange is:

LRFD ASD

LRFD ASD
v. =P.
uf Mf
( 12.5
18.0 ft
ft) V, -::P. (12.5
a/ of 18.0 ft
ft)
=P1a +Pff ft) s( ft)
12 5
P.,f
= 239 kips+ 223 kips
= 462 kips
..
P.v = Pta +Pg
=167kips+156 kips
=323 kips
=4Q2 ki ps(l2.5
=321 kips.
18.0 ft
= 323 ki

=224 '9ps

p 18.0ft
;
Ii
Because the concentrated force is applied at a distance greater than d, the beam depth, from
Determine the brace web force the beam end; the. beam web local yielding srrengih_at the brace flange connection is:
It will be assumed that the entire shear force will be taken by the web.
R,. = Fywlw(5kcu +lb) (Spec. Eq. Jl0-2)
LRFD ASD = {50 ksi)(0.455 in.)!5(1.16in.)+1.25 in.]
).
"
Vw = Vu V..,= Va
= 160 kips
= 10.4 kips = 7.30 kips
I.RFD ASb
-.. - -

'\ R,, 160 kips

Brace Flange Connection <9Rn = l.00(160 kips) -=
I
n 1.50
From faample 5.4.2, because the brace. was designed to resist a portion of the link end = 160 kips < Viif = 321 k.ip~ n..g. :::::)07 kips< Va/= 224 kips n.g.
moment, AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.6c requires that this connection be designed
as fully restrained. Use a fully welded connection.
Because the concentrated force is appplied at a distance greater than or equal to. d/2 from 1
Try a complete-joint-penetration (CJP) groove weld to connect the brace flanges to the beam the beam end. the beam web locitl crippling strength at the brace flange connection is:
flange.

From AlSC Specification Table J2.5, the strength of the CJP groove weld in tension is based
on the strength of the base material. The tensile rupture strength of each brace flange, wit.h
R. =0.801! 1+3(~ l[:; r)t::'' (Spec. Eq. JI0-4) ~:i
:
A.. =A8 , is:

(Spec. Eq. 14-2)

= co.so)(0.455 in.)'211+ 3(1.
25
~)( o.4 ~-)I.SJ
55
16.5 m. 0.760 m.
R,. =FuA.
=F.,b111 x ,______ .___
29,000 ksi(50 .........._ _in.)
ksi)(0.760 _
= 65 ksi(l0.4 in.)(1.25 in.) 0.455 in.
= 845 k.ips =285 kips ,
 5-376 5.4 ECCENTRICALLYBRACE'.D FRAMES 5--377

strength of the stiffeners is the difference between the venical component of lbe f1.ange
f: I LRFD ASD
force, Vuf or Vaj, and the available strength of the beam web due to web, local yielding.
!'.(;.. '

$Rn= 0.75(285 kips)

R,, 285 kips
-= ..
n 2.00 Size beam web stiffeners
=214 kips< vzif..=321 kips n.g. k 143 kips< Vaf = 22A kips n.g. Using one stiffener on each side of the beam web, the portion of the vertical component of
the brace flange force to be resisted by e:ich stiffener is:
The flange local bending strength is:
LRPD ASD
Rn =6.25F)1t} (Spec. Eq. 110~1)

=6.25(50 ksi)(0.760 in.)2

Ps =
Vu1 -<PR,,
Ps-
_Va1-(~)
= 181 kips 2 2
I
321 kips - 160 kips = 224 kips -107 kips
LRFD ASD
= 2 2
=80.5 kips = 58.5 kips
-.-
Rn 18lkips
$Rn= 0.90(181 kips) -= - - -
n l.67 For convenience, use the same stiffener geometry as used in Example 5.4.2 for the link
=163 kips< Vut = 321 kips n.g. =108 kips< Vaf =224 kips n.g. stiffeners. Try a 4%-in. stiffener width with l in. x 2~ in. comer clips. From Example
5.4.2, aceounting for the comer clips, the length of stiffener in contact with the flange is
Beam web stiffe~c~s.are ;equi~ed adjacen~ to the brace flanges as shown in figure 5-61. nie ws1 =VA in. and the length of stiffener in contact with the web is L,1 = 10.2 in. The stiff-
controlling limit state for concentrated loading is bea~ weh local .yielding, at;d the require.d ener rhickness necessary to develop the required strength, based on the limit state of tensile
yielding from Al.SC Specification Equation J4-l, is:
Full depth
PL %"x4%" (A36) LRFD ASD
>~
' . W16x77.beam \ each side of web
Rn
:~ Rn ;::p, ;::p,
:: n

J
>
.,.9
,.

~!
~Fywntmin ;::: P, '\
Fywntmin > R
n ,
---=---ct_ link P, tmin ;<: QP,
tmin ; ? : - - -
<j>FyWs1 Fywsr
",.~
....,
.... J 80.5 kips ;::: 1.67(58.5 kips)
.;
~;
;:::
0.90(36 ksi)(33,~ io.) 36 ksi(33A in.)
~0.663 in. ;::: 0.724 in.
PL %"x4"x0'..fi!!.---->~
(A36) with bolts
Note that one flange of each brace frames into the beam at the end of the link segment. In
as required for
erection loads Example 5.4.2, the AISC Seismic Provisions requirements resulted in a s in. minimum
thickness for the stiffeners at the end of the link.

Use 3,4 in. x 41 in. full-depth stiffeners on each side of the beam at the locations where a
w1ox112 brace brace flange intersects the beam flange. These will replace the link end stiffeners designe.
in Example 5.4.2.
Fig. S-61. Connection as designed in E.romple S.4.6.
5-378 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES s

Design stiffener welds

Using the increased strength allowed for transversely loaded fillet welds according to AISC! I '
Example 5.4.7. EBF Brace-to-Beam/ Column Connection
Design
l,
=
Specijicaticn Equation 12-5, (I .0 + 0.50 sin 1s 9) ( 1.0 + 0.50 sin 13 90) = 1.5, the minimum f
double-sided fillet weld size required to tran:.fer lhe required stiffener load from the beam 1 ~
Given:
.. ' -~;n
flange to the stiffener is: '
. Refer to Joint JT2 in Figure 5-59. Design lhe connection between brace, beam and colum1
Use ASTM A572 Grnde 50 for all plate material and 70-ksi electrodes for all welds. U.
LRFD ASD

Dm;,.=
Ps
Dmin =2(1.5)(0.928Ps kipfm.)w,
AS-A325-N bolts. Assume that the beam is as designed in Example 5.4.3, the brace sizt!
is !he same as that determined in Example 5.4.4 and the column is as designed in E.xamp'
5.4.5. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calculation of load .
I
2(1.5)(1.392 kip/in.)wst 1

80.5 kips 58.5 kips Relevant seismic paramecers are given in the EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
=2(1.5)(1 .392 Jcip/in.){3% in.) =2(1.5)(0.928 kiplin.)(3~ in.) seccion.
=5.14 sixteenths =5.60 si.xteembs The brace will be connected to the beam-to-column joint through a gusset plate. The co: ,
nection of the brace to the gusset plate will consist of WT sections with flanges bolted co
The minimum double-sided fillet weld size required to transfer the stiffener force to the each side of the brace web and gusset plate. The gusset plate and beam will be connectt 1
web is: to the column using a bolted end piste. Figure 5-62 is a sch~matic drawing showing the rt ..
evant forces on the conne<:tfon. This is not a realistic drawing of the connection and show:-. .
LRFD ASD only minimal detail.

. Ps
D,..;,,
2(1.392 kip/in.)L11
D,,,;n =2(0.928 l'skip/in.)L., S olut ion:
From AISC Ma1111al Tables 2-4 and 2-5. the material properties are as follows:
80.5 kips 58.5 kips
::::
2(1.392 kipfm.)(10.2 in.) =2(0.928 kip!m.)_(10.2 in.)
= 2.83 sixteenths =3.09 sixteenths
Note that per AISC Specification Table J2.4, lhe minimum stiffener-to-web weld is Vi6 in.
based on the thinner part joined, tw =0.455 in. The minimum stiffener-to-flange weld is
l
1A in. based on the ~-in. stiffener, which is the thinner p:u1 joined.

Use double-sided ~-in. fillet welds to connect the stiffener to the beam flanges and double-
sided ~-in. fillet welds to connect the stiffener to lhe beam web.

Design the brace web connection

Po= 1.30 kips .v----1-1-- e = 46.1
PL= 1.00 kips

Use a% in. x 4 in. x 0 fl 6 in. single-plate connection with 16-in. fillet welds to connect the
P0 ,= 105 kips
L
7i-
brace to the beam. This connection will be adequate for the small required shear strenglb. 70.0 kips
The final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 5-61. ..

V0 =4 .10 kips W.P.

VL =3.00 kips
v0 .= ...S.70 kips
).
Fig. 5-62. Connection forces for E.:cample 5.4.7.

...I
 S.:.380 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACH> f'RAMfS 5-3!1 1

ASTM A572 Grade 50

I LRFD ASD
F1 -50 ksi
..!;., Fu= 65 ksi LRFD Load Combina1ion 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4 3 2 (including ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4 .3.2
ASTMA992 lhe 0.5 factor on L pennitted in Section
F1 =50 ksi 12A.3.2)
F., = 65 ksi
(I .2 + 0.2Sos)D + E,,.~ + 0.5L + 0.2S (1.0 +O.l4S.os)D + H + F +0.1Em>t
From AJSC Manual Table l l, the geometric properties are as follows:
~ The governing seismic load case causes compression in !he brace. Assume lhe connection
: Beam outside of the link
forces are as shown in Figure 5-62.
W16xn
,
.'\ =22.6 in.= d= 16.5 in. 1..., = 0.455 io. bt= 10.3 in.
.,
7
,. Determine the load from the beam outside of the link
1j =0.760 in. kdu = 1.16 in. T= J3'A in. (considered in both Conditions 1 and 2)
Brace The adjusted link yield strength used m 1be design of the beam outside of the link was
W10x112 allowed to be reduced by 0.88 according to faception (l)(a) in AISC Seismic Provisions
Section F3.3. This reduction is not allowed for connec1ions. From Example 5.4.4, lhe over-
A = 32.9 in.1 d = 11.-1 in. lw =0.755 in. strength factor for the link at the third level is 3.36. The factored forces ut the connection
'J =l.25 in. T= 71h in.
due 10 the beam outside of the link are:
Column
W12x96 LRFD ASD
A -28.2 in. 2 d= 12.7 in. = 0.550 in. ti=0.900 in. P., =(1.2+ 0.2SDs)PD +Pr... + 0.5P1.
1,.
P0 =( l.0+0.14Sos)Po +Pn +PF
ken =1.50 in. +0.2Ps +0.1PE.,,.
In order 10 envelope t.he design, 1wo condi1ions should be examined. Forces from bolh con = !I.2 + 0.2(1.0)j( l.30 kips) =!LO+ 0.14(1.0))(1.30 kips)
ditions are shown in Figure 5-62. + 0 kips + 0 kips
+ 3.36(105 kips)+0.5( 1 00 kips)
Condi lion 1: The brace force required 10 develop the adjusted link yield sirength al tbe + 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(3.36)(105 kips)

~-1
fourth level must be transferred through 1he connection and in10 t.he column
and beam oulSide of the link. The :idditional collector force required to
=355 kips =248 kips
I
~ de~elop lhe adjusled link yield strength at the third level must be transferred
from the collector element through the beam-to-column connection. This col- LRFD ASD
.: lector force need not C.'(ceed tbat de1errnined using the amplified seismic I03d.
The shear in I.be beam outside of me link must be transferred in10 the column. v., = ( l.2+0.2Sos)Vo +Ve""+ 0.5V1. v.. =(1.0+0.14SDs)VD+Vu+VF
+0.2Vs +0.1Vs,..
Condition 2: The amplified collector force must be transferred into I.he be:im ourside of I.be
link. The adclitional brace force required to develop the adjus1ed link yield "'[l.2+0.2(1.0)](4.IO kips) =[LO+ 0.14(1.0))(4.10 kips)
strength :it the third level must be transferred through the conneclion and into + 3.36(8.70 kips)+0.5(3.00 kips) +Okips+O kips
the column and beam ouiside of lhe link. The brace force need not exceed 1hat + 0.7(3.36)(8.70 kips)
+ 0.2(0 kips)
required to develop the adjusted link yield strength ,at the fourth level. 1l1e
.~: shear in lhe beam outside of \he link must be ttan~ferrcd into lhe column. =36.5 kips =25.1 kips
.
:;
Required Strength
Determine the load from the brace (Condition 1)
The govemjng load rombinstion, with !l,,Qe = Em1r. is: AISC S~ismic Provisions Section F3.3 requires thst the brace connections have sufficiC'
srrength to develop the adjusled link yield srrength. Use the overstrength factor mell.
described in Example 5.4.3 and assume that the oversuenglh factor is 3.36, the same as L),
 5-382 BR.ACED F'RAMES 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S-383

used in Example 5.4.4 for the design of the brace. The required strengths of the connect.io!li
from the brace, based on the forces shown in Figure 5-62, are: LRFD ASD

LRFD
Q 0 Pa.t = 2.0(70.0 kips) 0.7Q 0 Pa.t =0.7(2.0)(70.0 kips)
ASD
=140 kips 798.0 kips
Pu= (I.2+ 0.2SDs )Po+ %..1+0.5P1, Pa= (l.0+0.14Sos )fb +PH+ Pp ..
+0.2Ps + 0 .7 PE.,. To achieve equilibrium at the joint, the force from I.he brace must be adjusted accordingly.
=IL2+ 0.2(1.0))(12.3 kips) =[l.0+0.14(1.0)](12.3 lcips) The net horizontal force due to the coJlector force and the axial force in the beam oucside of
the link is:
+3.36(105 kips)+0.5(8.70 kips) + 0 kips+O kips .

+ 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(3.36)(105 kips) LRFD ASD

::: 374 kips =261 kips Fh ::::: 140 kips - 355 kips Fh = 98.0- 248 kips [.

=-215kips =-150 kips

(
LRFD ASD

V., = (1.2 + 0.2SDs) Vo+ VE~..1 + 0.5VL Thus, the force from the brace to achieve equilibrium is:
V., = (1.0+0.14SDs)Vn + \IH +VF
+0.2Vs + 0.7VE..A
LRFD ASD
=IL2 + 0.2(1.0)J(0.200 kips) :::: [1.0 +0.14(1.0))(0.200 kips)
+3.36(2.30 kips)+ 0.5(0.100 kips)
+ 0.2(0 kips)
+ 0 kips + 0 kips
P. = 215 kips. [J0 3 J' +(12.5 ft)'] Pa= 150 kips . [Jen ft)'+ c12.s ft)'] L
.:
+ 0.7(3.36)(2.30 kips) u l3 ft 13 ft
=8.06 kips =5.64 kips
=298 kips = 208 kips

The resulting collector force in Condition 1 is what is needed to achieve horizontal equilib-
rium. Ignoring the small contribution to borizontal forces from the brace shear, the collector
force in Conrution 1 is:
LRFD
Force diagrams for Conditions 1 and 2 are shown in Figure 5-63. For the purposes of this
example, these forces will be assumed to be e}ualhbut oppos~te tbeor.thedco~rutiod~ oftht~e brace 1.,:
in tension. This is a conservative assumption 1or t e connection mg es1gne 111 1s exam~ f
pie. However, this may not be a conservative assumption fo,r all .c onnection geometries and
ASD loading coi:iditious.

374 kip[ ~(13 ft) 13

2
ft
+(12.5 ft) 2
l 261 "'"'[ 13 ft
~(13 ft)2 +(12.5 ft)2
l Determine the required strength of the brace--togusset connection (Condition 1)
Using the required strength of the brace'(Condition 1), ~e resultant force on the connec
tion is:
~.:.'.
- 355 kips+ Pdrag = 0 -248 kips+ Parag = 0
l.
Therefore: Therefore: LRFD ASD
Pdrag =355 kips - 374 kips Pdrag = 248 kips- 261 kips
Ru =JPJ+vJ R,, =JPJ+VJ
[ 13 ft 1 [ 13ft ]
x :;Jo 3 ft.)2+ 02.5 ft)2 x Jo 3 tt)
2
+ 02.s ttf ::: ~(374 kips ) + (8.06 kips )
2 2
. = ~(261 k:ips)2 +(5.64 kips)2
=85.4 .lcips =59.9 kips =374 kips - = 261 kips

Determine the load from the brace (Condition 2) =

Because this is greater than P,. 298 kips (LRFD) and Pa = 208 kips (ASD) calculated pre-
viously for Conrution 2, use Condjtion 1 values.
Petermine the coUector force based on th.e amplified seismic load. The amplified collector
force is:

AMERICAN lNSTm1J:1! OP Sraa CONSTRUCTION

 5-384 :BRACEPFRAMES ~. 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY :BRACED FRAMES 5-385
' ..
~,
}'ffJ.
:...,, I
"(
l w'
374 kips 8.06 k'rp s
..!;
261 kips 5.64 k'ps
.I ...
'
!
"'.:0 ..
I
X 13
~12.5 x~2,
\
:: r
,"
t 36.5 kips I '"' ll 25.1 kips I ,,., l
,..
~
.."
355 k;ps ---t-4----- 85.4 kips
.... y'
248 k;ps --+-4'----- 59.9 kips

;~ I
;~~
.t
t .. ~;

Condition 1 Condition 1 .. .': ..

(~
36.5 kips I "' ' ~ 25.1 kips u JI
1
~ I
~- 355 kips---+ 4.--~-- 140 kips
248 kips :__f 4 - - -- Yr:: II.,...;~
98.0 kips

lL
~;
t:
f: . t t
r:: Condition 2 Condition 2
:~:
"
' (a) Si;:hematic of LRFD force diagram for Example 5.4. 7 (b) Schemaric of ASD force diagram for faa.mp/e 5.4. 7

>'
Fig. 5-63.. Schematic force diagrams for Example 5.4:7. Fig. 5-63. Schematic force diagrams for Example 5.4.7.(cominued)
~:
g

AMERICAN INsnrvm.oF STEa CONSTRVC'nON A.MEJUCAN !NS11l"UTE OF Stsa CoNSTRUCOON

 5-386
BRACED FRAMES f, 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES 5-387

Connection Design
LRFD ASD
Determine the required number of bolts
Using AISC Manual Table 7-1, the minimum number of 1-in.-cliameter ASTM A325-N bolts r,. = 85.9 kips/in.(~ in.) !"!!. = 57.3 kip/in.(~ in.)
in double shear required co develop the required strength is: =64.4 kips n
=43.0 kips .
LRFD ASD
Therefore, the total available bearing strength of the gusset plate is:
Ru
nm;;,=- Ra
n. = - -
cprn nun r" In LRFD ASD
374 ldps 261 kips
= =
63.6 kips/bolt
I
42.4 kips/bolt R,. =6{84.8 kips)+ 2(64.4 kips) R,.
n
=6{56.7 kips)+2(43.0 kips)
= 5.88 bolts =6.16 bolts =638 kips > 374 kips o.k. =426 kips> 261 kips o.k.
Try eight bolts in standard holes wich 3-in. spacing and 2-in. edge distance as shown in
Figure 5-64. Check block shear strength of gusset plate
Assume tbac the brace force Pu (LRFD) or Pa (ASD) can act as a censile force and check t~e
}.
Check bearing strength of gusset plate block shear rupture strength using AISC Specification Equ~tion 14-5. A~ assumed ~re:1-
Try an initial gusset plate thickness of 3,4 in. Using AISC Manual Table 7-4 for I -in.- ously, use bolt spacing of 3.00 in. aud edge distance o~ 2.~0 1~. The gage 1s equal to 3 Y.i in.
diameter bolts in standard holes and ASTM A572 Grade 50 plate material, the available and from AISC Specification Table 13.3, the bolt hole is 1 ili6 m.
bearing strength of the plate at each of che interior bolts is:
Ubs =1.0
l.
LRFD =2[2.00 in.+ 3(3.00 in.)](3A in.)
=113 kipfm.(3,~ in.)
ASD Agv

=16.5 in.2
t
<Prn ~ =75.6 kip/in.('A in.)
=84.8 kips
=56.7 kips
Using AISC Manual Table 7-5 for 1-in.-diameter boHs in standard holes wilh 2-in. edge dis-
A"" ::: 16.5 in.2 -2(31/i)(!l/16in.+1/J6 in.)(~ in.)
= 10.6 in.2
t
=3 h '\
tance, the available bearing strength of th~ plate at each of the edge bolts is: Agr 1 in.(3A in.) '
= 2.63 in.2

A"' = 2.63 in. 2 -(1~6 in.+ Yi6 in.)(~ in.)

=1.79 in.2 l
'

F,,A111 =65 ksi{t.79 in.2)

=116 kips

0.60F.,A,,,, =0.60(65 ksi)(l0.6 in.2 )

=413 kips

0.60F1 Aiv = 0.60(50 .ksi)(l 6.5 in. 2 )

=495 kips
Fig. 5-64. Initial bolt conjig11ro1ion.

AMl!RICAN lJ.ISTT!lJTB 01' ST!'.!a COHS'ffiUCTION

 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES S-389
5--388

Because 0.60F11 A11v < 0.60FyAgv, from AISC Specification Equation J4-5: L,., = 31/2 in.+ 2(3)(3 in.)tan30
-..! = 13.9 in.
LRFD ASD
The average unbraced length of the gusset plate, using the dimensions given in Figure
Rn (0.6F.,A11v + u1>sF11An1) 5-65, is:
$Rn =(0.60FuA.i + UbsF.,A,,,) -=
n n
"' =0.75[413 kips+ (l.0)(116 kips)] = [413l<lps+t.0(]16.kips)]
10* in.+5 1h in.+rn in.
L=--------
=397 kips> 374 kips o.k. 3
2.00
=6.04 in.
' = 265 kips > 261 kips o.k.
" Continuing with the assumed ~ in. thickness, the radius of gyration of the gusset plate is:

See Figure 5-65 for initial connection geometry.

l
r= Jfi
Check compre~ion buckling strength of the gusset
3A in.
I
As can be seen in Figure 5-65, the width of the Whitmore section is: = .Jfi
..i~ = 0.217 in.

Using a column effective Jenglh fa~tor of 0.65 from AlSC Specification Commentary Table
<t brace C-A-7.1:

KL 0.65(6.04 in.)
- =
r 0.217 in.

11
,.
=18.1
With KL/r ~ 25, AlSC Specification Section J4.4(a) applies and Fer = F1 . The design
strength of the gusset is determined as follows:

~ (Spec. Eq. J4-6)

.
brace .
~
Pn =Fc,Ag
::::: SO ksi(l3.9 in.)(-'.A in.) I
I/)
I =521 kips \
;...

LRFD ASD
:= R,. 521 kips
Pn = 0.90(521 kips) -=
n 1.67
1'-10" = 469 kips> 374 kips o.lc.
=312 kips> 261 kips o.k.

Use a 3,4-in.-thick gusset plate.

Select trial connection between gusset and brace

..."
~-
W12x96
Use a pair of bolted \VT-sections to connect the brace to the gusset plate. The flange width
W16x77 column
beam of the WT-sections must be less than or equal to the Tdimension of the W1 Ox112 brace
(T =7 h 1 in.). Try (2) WT8x28.5.

Fig. 5-65. Initial connection geometry for Exampl~ 5.4. 7.

AMERICJ.N WS1TJV111 OP Sl'EL CONSTitUcnON
5-390 BRACED FRAMEs 5.4 ECCENTRICA.UY BRACED FRAMES 5-391 I
From AISC Manual Table 1-8, the geometric properties of a Wf8x28.5 are: "' =UAn S 0.85A1
A=< 8.39 in. 2
d= 8.22 in. b1=7.12 in. 9" = 0.715 in. = 0.784( l.3.6'in. 2 ) s 0.85(2)(8.39 in. 2 )
fw:::: 0.430 in. ry =1.60 in. y = 1.94 in. =10.7 in.2 ~14.3 in.
2

bi= 7.12 in.< Tbroa:::: 7 1h in. o.k. =10.7 in.2

Check tensile yielding strength of WT~sections The tensile rupture streng1b of the two WT-sections is:
(for the required strength of the brace considered as a tension force) (Spec. Eq. J+2)
R,.=F.,~
From AISC Specification Equation 14-1, the tensile yielding strength of the two WT-
sections is: =65 ksi(l0.1 in. 2
)

=696 kips
Rn =FyAg (Spec. Eq. J4-l)
I"
= 50 ksi(2)(8.39 in. 2 ) LRFD ASD
= 839 kips Rn 696 kips
~Rn= 0.75(696 kips) - =
n 2.00
LRFD ASD =522 kips> 374 kips o.k.
= 348 kips> 261 kips o.k.
R,, 839 kips ~.
~Rn = 0.90(839 kips) -=
Q 1.67
= 755 kips> 374 kips o.k. Check compressive strength of the WT-sections
= 502 kips> 261 kips o.k.
Tue unbraced length of each WT is 5 1h in., measured from the last bolt on the brace to the
first bolt on the gusset plate, as shown in Figure 5-65. The effective slenderness rati? is: 1~:
Check tensile rupture strength of the WT-sections
KL 0.65(5'h in.)
- = - -- --'-
Assume that all bolts will be 1-in.-diameter A325-N bolts. The net area of the two WT-
sections is:
r, 1.60 in.
=2.23
A,,= 2(A8 -2dhff) Wilh KL/r S 25, AJSC Specification Section J4.4(a) applies and Fer= Fy. The nominal com-
=218.39 in. 2
-2(JIJ\6 in.+ IJ\6 in.)(0.715 in.)j ' is:
pressive strength of the two WT-section~

= 13.6 in.2 P,, = FyAg (Spec. Eq. J+6)

Because the WT webs are not connected to the brace, an effective area of the WT-sections
=50 ksi(2)(8.39 in.2)
needs to be detennined. From AISC Specification Table D3. l with x::::
y for the WT-section, =839 kips
the shear lag factor is:
LRFD ASD .
u =1--x P 839 kips
'P" =0.90(839 kips)
11
1 -=
n l.67
= 1-1.94 in. = 755 kips> 374 kips o.k.
= 502 kips > 261 kips o.k.
3(3 in.)
= 0.784
Check bearing strength of the WT-sections
Because the specified minimum tensile strength o f the WT-sections is equal to the specified I'
minimum tensile strenglh of the gusset plate and the sum of the WT flange thicknesses is
greater than the gusset plate thickness, the bearing strength of the WT~sections is adequate. '

AMERICAN l.HSTIT\TTll OP STEEL CoNSTIUJC'TlON

:r 5-392 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCE.'ITRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
4'
Check block shear rupture strength of the WT-sections From AISC Specification Table 03.1, Case 2:
Because the specified minimum tensile strength of the WT-sections js equal to the specified .
minimum tensile strength of the gusset plate and the shear and tensile areas of the WT u =1--x
flanges in block shear are each greater than the corresponding gusset areas, the block shear l
rupture scrength of the \VT-sections is adequate. =1-~
~ .. 9.00 in.
Use (2) Wf8X28.5 co connect the brace web 10 the gusset plate. =0.767
Use (8) 1-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes to connect the WT-sections to A,.= UA,,
the gusset plate. Use a 3-in. spacing, 2-in. edge distance and 3'h-in. gage for the bolts.
~ =0.767(31.2 in.
2
)

Check bearing strength at bolt holes in the brace web 2

=23.9 in.
:I
-:.
Because the specified minimum tensile strength of the brace is equal to the specified mini-
mum tensile strength of the gusset place and the brace web thickness is grea1er than the Pn = FuAr (Spec. Eq. 02-2)
gusset plate thickness. the bearing strength of the brace web is adequate. =65 ksi(23.9 in.2)
"
ib
... Check block shear rupture strength of the brace web
= 1,550 kips

Because the material strength of the brace is e.qual to the material strength of the gusset plate
and the brace web thickness is greater than the gusset plate thickness, the block shear rup-
LRFD ASD I
ture strength of the brace web is adequate. Pn 1,550 kips
Pn =0.75(1,550 kips) -=
n 2.00
Check tensile rupture strength of the brace
= 1,160 kips> 374 kips o.k. =775 kips> 261 kips o.k.
I
it'
~
The iiei area of the brace is:

A,,= A8 - 2(d,, + 1/16 in.)t,..

Use (8) 1-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes to connect the \VT-sections to
the brace web. Use a 3-in. spacing, 2-in. edge distance and 31h-in. gage for the bolts.

~;,
=32.9 in.2 - 2(Jl/i6 in.+ 1/i6 in.)(0.755 in.)
'" Determine gusset-to-beam and column connection interface forces
::: 31.2 iu.2

!)....I
The forces at the gusset-to-beam and gusset-to-column interfaces are detennined using the
/ To detennine lhe connection eccentricity for shear lag in a W-sbape connected by the web geometry shown in Figure 5-65 and tli~ Uniform Force Method. It will be assumed th:u a
::; only, AISC Specification Commentary Figure C-03.1 reconunends !hat half of the flange 1-in. clip in the comer of the gusset will be necessary to clear a fillet weld on the top flange
and a portion of the web be treated as angle. an of the beam, and a ~-in.-thick bolted end-plate will be used to connect the gusset and beam
to the column.
Conservatively ignoring the fillets, the distance from the web centerline to the centroid of
the effective section is: eb=8.25 in. ec =6.35 in. 0=46.1

a= Yi(22.0 in.-1 in.-* in.)+l in.+% in.

= 11.8 in.

~ =lh(l7.5 in.-1 in.)+ Un.

=9.25 in.

Using~=~.
ex=(~ +13)tan0-ec (from Manual Eq. 12-
0
=(8.25 jn. +9.25 in.)tan46.J -6.35 in.
=11.8 in.
5-394 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

Because <i = a, there is no moment at the beam or column interface.

r =J(o.+ec )2 + (13 +eb ) 2 (Manual Eq. 13-6)

:::)(1 1.8 in.+ 6.35 in.)2 + (9.25 in.+ 8.25 in}

=25.2 in.

The forces on the gusset-to-beam and gusset-to-column interface are:

LRFD ASD

From AISC Manual Equation 13-4: From AISC Manual Equation 13-4:
l:
eb eb + 9 4.2kips
Vkb =-P., Vab =-Pa
r r 137 kips
8 25 8 25
= '.n.(374 kips)
25.2 ill.
= in.(261 kips)
25.2in. I.
= 122 kips =85.4 kips
+175kips
From AISC Manual Equation 13-2: From AISC Manual Equation 13-2: 122 kips

13
Vue =-P.,
r
Vac =~Po
r
(a) Connection interface forces for Example 5.4.7 (LRFD)

9 25 9
= '." {374 kips) = 25 in. (261 kips)
25.2m. 25.2in.
== 137 kips =95.8 bps

From AISC Manual Equation 13-5: From AISC Manual Equation 13-5:

a ' a
Hut> =-P,; Hab =-Po
r r
=1.1.8 in. (374 lcips) =~(261ki
25.2 in. p
s)
25.2in.
=175 kips =122 kips r
1.
From AISC Manual Equation 13-3: From AISC Manual Equation 13-3: +65.Skips
e,, ec 95.8 kips
Huc=-Pu Hoc =-P0
r r
6 35
= ~(261 kips)
= in. (374 kips) 6 35
25.2 in. 25.2m..
+122klps
= 94.2 kips =65.8 kips
85.4 kips
The connection interface forces are shown in Figure 5-66. It should be noted that lbe forces (b) ConMction interface forces for Example 5.4.7 {ASDJ
are for the brace in compression. For the purposes of this example, equal and opposite forces
have been assumed for the brace in tension. Fig. 5--06. Cor1J1ection interface forces for Example 5.4. 7.
 5-396 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCEN1RlCALLY BRACED fRAMES

Design the weld at the gusset-to-beam interface

~ LRFD ASD
....,,' Assuming a ~-m.-thick eod-pla1c :i.nd 1-in. comer clip, the length of the weld connecting
. . ... the gusset plate 10 the beam flange is:
0 =tan - i(V~b)
- -1( Hob
0 = t3Jl VIiii)
-
l.., =22.0 in. - I in. - ~ in. fi;J>

=20.4 in. 1 (l22kips) (85.4 kips)

_1
=l3n 175 kips
=tan
122 kips
The s1resses al lhe gussel-t<>-beam interface arc:
=34.9 = 35.0
LRFD ASD
,\lSC Specification Section J2A allows an increase in !he available strength of fillet weld'
f,,.,=H"" Hab when the angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis. Using AISC Manuc. '
I,., fov=- Equations 82a and 8-2b in conjunction with AJSC Specification Equation 12-5. the requireo
I..,
_ 175 kips = 122 kips filler weld !'i7c for two lines of weld is:
20.4 in. 20.4 m.
,,' = 8.58 kip/in. = 5.98 kiprw.
LRFD ASD I
"
----. ~::::J
Vw1> 13.1 kipfm. 9.13 kip/in.
Vab Dm;,,=
.fua=- D,.,,, = 2(0.928 kip/in.)
I., loo=-
/,.,
2(1.392 kip/in.) i
= 122 kips 85.4 kips x( I .0+0.50sin 15
34.9) x(1.0 + 0.50sin 1
j 35.0)
20.4 in. 20.4 in. = 3.87 sixtet>nths .... 4.04 sixteenths
= 5.98 kip/in. ::: 4.19 kip/in.
From AJSC Specification Table 12.4, the minimum weld size is A in.
J,,, = J1;., +I~ far= Jf;,, +/}a
Use double sided Yi<>-in. fillet welds to connect the gusset plate to the beam.
=J(8.58 kiplin.)2 + (5.98 kiplin.)2 = J(5.98 kiplin.}2 +(4.19 lcipfin.)2
= 10.5 kip/in. = 7.30 kip/in. Check gusset rupture at weld
The shear rupture strength of the gusset is:
\
Multiplying by the weld ductility factor of 1.25 discussed in Pan 13 of the AISC Mon11al,
the required strength per inch of weld is: Rn =0.60F.,A,,. (Spec. Eq. J4.
=0.60(65 ksi)('A in.)
LRFD ASD = 29 .3 kiplin.

fur= 1.25{10.5 kip/in.) for= 1.25(7.30 kip/in.} LRFD ASD

= 13.l kipflll. =9.13 kip/in. R" 29.3 kipfm.
R,, =0.75(29.3 k:ipfm.)
h.:l 1
The resultant load angle with respect to the JongjtudinaJ ax.is of the weld group is: = 22.0 kip/in.> 13.l kip/in. o.k.
-=--~-
n 2.00
I~ =14.7 kip/in.> 9. 13 lcipfm. o.k.

$
< Check yielding of the gusset
;
;.: The sberu- yielding ~trength of the gusset plate is:

...,. R,. =0.6F1 Ar (Spec. Eq.;

:~ -0.6F1 d..,
5-398 BRACED FRA..\fES I.. 5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES 5"-39

~ Design the weld between the gusset and the end plate
R,,/l...,::: 0.6(50 .ksi)(3A in.)
fTom Figure 5-65, the length of weld is L7.5 in. Subtracting the 1-in. clip in the gu~set plate,
=22.5 kip/in. the length of weld is 16.5 in. The forces on the gusset per unit length arc:

LRFD ASD
LR.FD ASD
<!>Rn =1.00(22.5 kip/jn.) R,,
-=
n
22.5 kip/in.
Vue .. fav=-
VM
1.50 fuv=- lw
= 22.5 kip/in.> 13.1 ldp/in. o.k. I....,
.. ..
= 15.0 kipfID. > 9.13 kip/in.
.
o.k.
95.8 kips
.
137 kips
16.5 in.
-
16.5 in.
Check beam web local yielding = 8.30 kip/in. =5.81 kip/in.
With the 'centrold of the compressive force applied less than d (the beam depth) from the !
HM<: f;. _Hae
member end, and lb is the length of bearing, the web local yielding available strength is !110=-
l..,
aa -
l..,.
detennined as follows:
=94.2 kips :::::.
65.8.kips

R,. =Fy.,.,,t!V(2.5kdes +lb) (Spec. Eq. Jt0-3) 16.5 in. 16.5 in.
=5.71 k:ip/in. ::::3.99 kip/in. I
=50 ksi(0.4S5 in.)[2.5(1.16 in.)+ 20.4 in.J
=530 kips
fur= )fJv + JJa for =Jf ;.,, +/!, ...
LRFD ASD 2
=J(5.Sl kip/io.)2 +(3.99 kiplin.)2 t
= J(8.30 k.ip/in.)2 +(5.71 kip/in.)
l
.;.

- =10.1 lcipfm. = 7.05 kip/in.

$R11 =1.00(530 kips)
= 530 kips > Vuq =122 kips o.k.
R 11
-:;;;;
Q
530 kips
1.50
= 353 kips> Vab =85.4 kips o.k. Multiplying by the weld ductility factor of 1.25 discussed in Part 13 of the AISC Manual,
the required strength per inch of weld is:
t
Check beam web local crippling LRFD ASD
With the centroid of rhe compressive force applied greater than d/2 .from the beam end. the
f..,. = 1.25(10.l kip/in.) I
I
far= 1.25(7.05 kip/in.)
web local crippling available strength is detennined as follows:
= 12. 6 lcip/in. =8.81 kip/in.
R, = oso.; l+ ,r~ tJ r::' (Spec. Eq. Jt0-4) The load angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the weld group is:

~-----L-RFD-.------...------;~-S-D-----~I I
20
= (0.80)(0.455 in.)2[1+3( .4 ~)( .4 ~Ju]
0 55
16.5 m. 0.760 m..
29,000(50 ksi)(0.760 in.)
0.455 in. !
=701 kips
0= tafl~l (#oc).
LRFD ASD (94.2 kips) =tan- I
. Voe .
(65.8 kips) IJ;
=tan-1
95.8 kips
$R,. =0.75(701 kips) R.. 701 kips . =34.5
137 kips
=34.5 l
n 2.00
::::: 526 kips> vub =122 kips o.k.
= 351 kips > Vob =85.4 kips o.k.
AISC Specification Sectfon 12.4 allows an increase in the available strength of fillet welu
when the angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis. Us.ing AISC Manur
:.
 11 J

-
7 .>40J
BRACED FRAMES ' 5..1 ECCENTRJCALLY BRACED FRAMES

f Equations 8-2a and 8-2b in conjunction with AJSC Specification Equation 125, lhe required The minimum double-sided fillet weld size required to develop the vertical force through the
~ fillet weld size for two lines of weld is: beam web T -dimension is:
s..
LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

D . = 12.6 kip/in. D . _ 8.81 kip/in. 159 kips D "?:. l ll kips

- 2(1.392 kipfm.) r - -12(0.928 kiplio.) D~
2(1.392 kiplin.)(13\4 in.) 2(0.928 kip/in.){J3 1A in.)
x{t.0+0.50sinu 34.5) =4.31 si.x~nths :::: 4.51 sixteenths
x(t.o+ 0.50sinu 34.5)
= 3.73 si.xteenlhs = 3.91 sixteenths
A o/i11-in. weld size is the minimum required by AISC Specification Table J2.4 for the
W16xn web and %-in.-lhick gusset plate.
From AISC Specification Table 12.4, the minimum weld size is 'A in. Therefore, a doubl~
sided IA-in. fillet weld js required at the gusset-to-end plate connection. Use a !Gin. double-sided fillet weld to connect the beam web to I.he end plate. Also use a
~6-in. double-sided fillet weld to connect the gusset to the end plate.
For ease of fabrication, use the maximum required weld size of che gusseHoend plate con-
nection and the beam-to-end plate connection.
Check beam web rupture strength at weld
The shear rupture strength of the beam web is:
Check gusset rupture at gusset-to-end plate weld
1:1 Use the gusset shear rupture strength previously determined for the gusse t-to-beam Rn ""0.60FuA..v (Spec. Eq. J4-4)
s.~II interface.
=0.60(65 ksi)(0.455 in.){13 A in.)
1

=235 kips
LRFD ASD

R., =22.5 kip/in.> 12.6 kip/in. o.k. ~ = 14.7 kip/in.> 8.81 kip/in. o.k.
LRFD ASD
.. I I

$Rn =0.75(235 kips)

Rn= 235 kips .
n 2.00
=176 kips> 159 kips o.k.
::::: 118 kips > 111 kips o..k.
Check yielding of the gusset at gusset-to-end plate
u~e the gusset shear yielding strength previously determined for the gusset-to-beam '

interface.
Design the weld between the beam flanges and the end plate
LRFD The horizontal force com'ponent is the m:Wmum of tbe following three load conditions~
ASD
~i 1. The amplified collector force from Figure 5-63 (Conditipn I).
l
-:l
<f>Rn =22.5 lcipfm. > 12.6 Jcip/jn. o.k. ~ =15.0 kip/in. > 8.81 kip/in. o.k.
LRFD ASD

Design the weld between the beam and the end plate
HJ) =85.4 kips
Frorn Figures 5-63 and 5-66, lhe vertical force component at the beam-to-end plate inter
face is: 2. The axial force in the beam outside the link corresponding to 1.25RyVn - H 0 , where

LRF.D
. ASD
lhe force in lhe beam outside the link corresponding to l.25RyVn is shown in Figur~
5-63.

Vub + vub<am =122 lcips + 36.5 kips Vob+Va1>eam =85.4 k.ips+25.1 kips LRFD ASD
=159 kips = 111 kips
H,, =355 kips-175 kips Ha =248 kips-122 kips
=180 kips =126 kips I
 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 r:CCENTIUCAJ..LY BIV\CED FRM'1ES

3. Hue or lfuc: The hori.wntal component at the gusscf.lo-colurnn rntcrface from the Design end-plate bolts
Uniform Force Method, calculated previously for Condition l. Try seven rows of two 1-in.-diameter ASTM A32S-N bolts at 3 51h-io. gage. Use four bolls
adjacent to each beam flange and an additional three b.,-,hs on each side of the gusset platr
LRFD ASO as shown in Figwc 5-67. Assuming the total shear is shared equally among all bolts (refer
to Figure 5-63), the required shear force per boll is:
Hu= 94.2 kips
LRFD ASD
Therefore, the required horizontal strength of the beam-to--column connection is H., I80 =
=
ldps and H,, 126 kips. as provided by the second condition. Assuming that the horizontal
force is transferred by the be4lm flanges, the force in each flruige is: n1> n1>

137 kips+l22 kips-36.5 kip~ 95.8 kips+ 85.4 kips - 25. 1 kips
I.RFD ASD
=
14 bolts
= 14 bolts
=15.9 kips/bolt =I I .2 kips/bolt
Ra
if:::::
180 kips Rat = 126 kips
2 2
= 90.0 kips =63.0 kips
Using the full beam flange width and the direcrional strength increase for a transversely
ct, brace
loaded fillet weld. the minimum required single-sided fillet weld size to develop the tlange
force is:

LRFD ASD

90.0 kips 63.0 kips

D~ D~
1.5(1.392 iciplin.)(L0.3 in.) 1.5(0.928 kiplin.)(10.3 in.)
=4.18 sixteenths = 4.39 sixteenths
brace
A ~-i n. weld size is the minimum required by AJSC Specification Table J2.4 for the thinner
part joined-the 'ti-in. end plate.

Use single-sided ~6-in. fillet welds to C?nnect the be3m flanges to the end plate.

Check beam flange rupture at weld

1-10
The tension rupture strength of the beam flange is:

Rn= FMA, (Spec. Eq. 14-2)

=FMbflf
= 65 ksi(0.760 in.)(10.3 in.)
W12x96
=509 lc.ips column
w1sxn
beam
LR.fD ASD

R,, = 509 kips

~Rn= 0.75(509 kips)
n 2.00
= 382 kips > 90.0 kips o.k.
= 255 kips> 63.0 kips o.k. Fig. 5-67. End-plate geometry for Example 5.4.7.
 ..
If ~~
BRACED FRMIE.S S.4 ECCENTRICAU. Y BRACRJ) FRAMES

I From AISC Specification Table J 3.2 for Group A bolts with the threads not excluded, ASD
LRFD
~
~ =
F,,, = 90 lsi and FlfV 54 ksi. From AISC Manual T:ible 7-1, the area of a l -in.-diameter
1 ~
~.
bolt 1s 0.785 in. 2 Based on the required shear force per bolt, the nominal tensile strength ISO kips 126 kip~
of each bolt subject to combined tension and shear rupture, from AISC Specification r. - - - - r"'=--
~I - 8 bo)ts 8 bolts
It;lL Equation J3-3, is: =22.5 kips/bolt = 15.8 kips/bolt I
~. LRFD ASD
< r.:i =4U kips o.k.
7
< ~1
n
- 27 .2 kips o.k.
I
I

.;-
~
~

F;, =J 3F111 - Fru Irv $Fru F.'

,., OF111
=1.3F"' ---Irv $ F,,,
I
~F,.v When the brace is in tension. a tensile force is transmitted across the gussel to column inter-
~' Fn
face. Assuming the four rows of bolts adjacent to the gusset plate transfer the tensile load,
I l; JN =!:::!. (. _ fa
,,.- Al> the required ten~ile force per boh is:
~.
J!
I . Ab
=15.9 kips/bolt

l) .2 kips/boll
0.185 in.2 - 0.785 in.2
LRFD ASD
!
t; =20.3 ksi =14.3 ksi [JM<
::a r.,, = -
:... n
F;, " l.3(90 ksi) F,;, ; 1.3(90 ksi) 94.2 kips _ 65.8 kjps
,.;. ~ = 8 bolts - 8 bolts
- 90 ksi (20.3 ksi) 2.00(90 ksi)
04 _3 ksi) =11 .8 kipqj)olt =8.23 kip!'Jbolt
,.;: 0.75(54 ksi) 54 ksi
t <'
=71.9 hi $ 90 ksi = 69.3 ksi s 90 ksi
< r;,,1n =27.2 kips o.k.
< r/, =42.3 kips
1 o.k.
Use F,;, ~ 71.9 ksi. Use F.:, = 69.3 ksi .
...... t
111
Select end-plate thickness
Part 9 of the AISC Manual will be used to account for lhe effects of prying :iction on the
..~
The available tensile strength of each bolt is, from AlSC Specification Equation J3-2:
=i
!
bolts. Since the bolts are used to resist combined shear and tension, the available tensile
-, s trength per bolt used in the prying action calculations will be taken as calculated previously.
LRFD ASD
.... - . Tnr '
F,:,Ao
with a reduction to include tlle effects of shear streSs .

f:.. -:&--
.. I
~r,., - ~F.:,Ao The two locations that need to be investigated for prying :iction :\re at the bolls adjacent to
I n n the gusset plate and the bolts adjacent to each beam flange. The controlling condition for
=0.75(7 1.9 ksj)(0.785 in.2) = (69.3 ksi)(0.785 in . 2 ) prying action in tllis case is for the bolts adjacent to the beam flanges when the brace is in
H. =42.3 kips 2.00 compress.ion. Using lhe dimensions shown in Figure 5-67, ao 11-in. end-plate width, and
& smn<Wd boles in lhe end plate, determine the spplicable p:u;uneters for the bolts through lhc
~ =27.2 kips
end pis.Le:
,... When tl1e brace is in compression, a tensile force is transmitted across lhe beam-to-column
.
;;
~4
interface. Assuming the four bolts adjacent to each beam flange transfer the tensile load. the
b = S'hin.-'A in.
2
required tensiJe force per bolt is:
= 2.38 in.

~
1:
b'=b- d&
2
2 38 .tn. -LOO
.... --2-in.

=1.88 in.
 5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
DRACEP FRAMES

LRFD ASD
11.0 in.-5~ in.
a=
2 4r"'b' [ !l4r41 b'
=2.75 in. t1nm = lttrin = pF., (1+ &t')
$pF., (1+00')

a'=a+ ~ ~(l.25b+ d;) (Maual Eq. 9 -27) 4(17.8 kjps}( l.88 in.) = / 1.67(4)(12.5 kips}(l.88 in.)
=
{.90(4.32 in.)(65 ksi)} 4.32 in.(65 ksi)lt + o.754 (1.0)J
= 2 .75 10.+
LOO in. <
_ l .25(2.38 m.
) + l .OO in. \ x{l + 0.754( 1.0)] =0.565 in.
2 2
= 3.25 in.!> 3.48 ::;0.550 in.

Use a =3.25 in.

Try a 'h-in.-thick end plate.
The 1riburazy length, p, as shown in AISC Manual Figure 9-4, for the bollS adjacent to the
flanges will be limited by b. For the lower flange, edge distance will also affect the tributary Check bearing strength of end plate
length for the bottom bolls. The average value for pat the lower flange is: From AISC Manual Table 7-4, the minimum spacing required to achieve full bearin '
strength for 1-in.-diameter bolts is 3Yi6 in. Using.1he small~st bolt spacing on t~e cn_d pl l:
2(2.38 in.)+2.38 in.+I.5 in.
p= (4'h in.) and ASTM A572 Grade 50 plate, the available be.anng strength at each mtenor b ,
2 is (given in the row noted as s ~ S/111/ ): "
= 4.32 in.

d'= 11116 in. '-------L_RFD A_so_ __ _ __ I;

_ _ _ _ _ _-+-______
d'
0 = 1- - (Maual Eq. 9-24) r11 =117 kipfm.(* in.) ~ = 78.0 kip/in.(% in.)
p
=1_ Jl.116 in.
= 73.1 Jcips > 15.9 kips/bolt = 48.8 kips > 11.2 kips/bolt f:
4.32 in.
=0.754 Conservatively using AISC Manual Table 7-5 with an edge distance equal to I \4 in ..
available bearing strength at each edge bolt is:
b'
p =- (Maual Eq. 9-26)
a' LRFD ASD
1.88 in.
=--
3.25 in. r11 = 42.0 kipfm.(* in.) ~ =28.0 kip/in.(% in.)
=0.578 = 26.3 kips> 15.9 kips/bolt =17 .5 kips> 1l.2 kips/bolt
From AJSC Manual Equation 9-25:

LRFD ASD
Because the available strength of each boll is greater than the required shear strength pc.":
bolt, the bearing strength of the end plate is adequate. ...
' ~,
~= !(
P rut
$r,;, - 1) ~ =_l_(~-1)
P Or 0,
Check bearing strength of column flange
I",:

Since the column flange thickness is greater than the end-plate thicknes~ and the end pfr I.
I ( 42.3 lcips
i) 1 ( 27.2 kips
1) and column have the same specified minimum censile strength, the bearing strength of f.
=0.578 17.8 kips. = 0.578 12.5 kips column flange is adequate. :
=2.38 =2.03 Use seven rows of two 1-in.di:.uneter ASTM A325-N bolts at a Slh in. gage. Use four be'
adjacent to e:icb beam flange and an additional ch.rec bolrs on each side of the gusset p
Because ~ > 1, a: =1.0. The minimum required end-plate thickness is, from AlSC Manual as shown in Figure 5-68. .1
Equation 9-23:
A.'JEIUCAN 1"'smVrn OF STEEL C ONSTI\UCltON
 .......-,vu v
': ~~' 5.4 E<X.:cNTl<.IL'ALLY u.KAu:.u t-KAM.t:;)
'~

Check shear yielding strength of the end plate

LRFD ASD
111e available shear yielding strength of the end plate is determined as follows:
Rn 37.!'i kip/in.
Rn =2(0.60)FyAgv (from Spec. Eq. J4-3) Rn = 1.00(37.5 kip/in.) -=
n 1.50
=37 .5 Jcipfm. ::: 25.0 kip/in.
Rnll =2(0.60)F)'t
= 2(0.60)(50 ksi)(Ys in.)
This is greater than the required strength at both the beam and gusset connections to the em~
=37.5 kip/in. plate. Therefore, the available end plate shear yielding strength is adequate.

Check end plate rupture at beam web weld

(16) 1" dia. A32S...N WT8x28.5 A992 each Th~ available shear ruprure strength of the end plate at the beam web weld is detennin~
....., bolts in std. holes side of brace web
as follows:
@3Wgage
..
..."
,'
R,.. = 2{0.60) Fu An (from Spec. Eq. 14-4)

= 2(0.60)FuT1>tamt
= 2(0.60)(65 ksi)(l3 1A in.)(~ in.)
=646 kips
i:I
f.. J
.,
W10x112
brace
LRFD ASD
R., 646kips
R1t =0.75(646 kips) -=
n 2.00
=485 kips =323 kips

PL~ > Vub + V~ =159 kips o.k. > Vab + V<>beam = 111 kips o.k.
(A572 Gr. 50)

Check end-plate rupture at beam flange weld

The tensile rupture strength of the end plate at each beam flange weld is:

R1t =FuA.: (fiom Spec. Eq. J4.;

=F..,tb1
= 65 ksi(* in.)(I0.3 in.)
= 418 kips
W12x96
W16x77 column
beam LRFD ASD i
!----------------!---------------,
R,. 418 kips
'
(14) 1"dia.A325-N
~R,. = 0.75(418 kips) -=
bolts .@ 517" gage n . 2.00
icorumn = 314 kips > 90.0 kips o.k. o.k.
PL %"x11 "X3'-2" = 209 kips > 63.0 kips
(A572 Gr. 50)

Fig. 5-68. Connection designed in Example 5.4.7.

 5-410 BRACED FRAMES 5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES ~,

Check end-plate shear rupture at bolt line This available strength can conservatively be applied to check concentrated forces from ti
The total height of the end plate is 38.0 in., as shown in Figure 5-68. The available shear gusset plate, since 1his gusset has.a longer beating length.
rupture strength of the end plate at the bolt li.ne is detennined as follows:
LRFD ASD .. I
A,.= 2(% in.)[38.0 in. - 7(1Yi6in.+ 1/\6 in.)]
t R11
>Hoc o.k.
=37.7 in.2 ' o.k.
0
R,, ::::: 0.60FuAn (Spec. Eq. 14-4)

=0.60(65 ksi)(37.7 in.

2
) Check column web local crippling . ,..
With the centroid of the compressive force applied greater than d/2 from the column e1
=1,470 kips where d is the column depth, the column web local crippling available strength adjacent !

LRFD ASD each beam flan,ge is determi~:d as fo~lows: ~~

~R,, =
Rn = l,470 kips (lt>)(tw). JEF,...,t1 (Spec. Eq. JlO--"
0.75(1,470 kips)
Q 2.00
2
Rn ::=0.80tw 1+3 d CJ -,,.,-
=1,100 kips =735 kips
in.)(0.550 in.)i.s] Iii
= 0.80(0.550 in. )2l1+3 (0.760
12.7 in. 0.900 in.
29,000 ksi(50)(0.9.00 in.)
0.550 in.
The total required shear strength of the end plate is:
=405kips
LRFD ASD
.. LRFD ASD
Vu =V,,c + Vub - Vubeotn Va = Vac + Vab - Vat>cam
=137 kips+ 122 kips -
=223
..
kips
36.5 kips =
95.8 kips+ 85.4 kips- 25.l kips
= 156 kips .
~Rn= 0.75(405 kips)
=304 kips> 90.0 kips oJt.
R,. 405 kips
-=
Q 2.00
o.k.
t
= 203 kips> 63.0 kips
1,100 kips >223 kips o.k. 735 kips> 156 kips o.k. 1''1

This available strength can conservatively be applied t6 check concentrated forces from
Use a % in. x 11 in. end plate. gusset plate, since this gusset has a-l~nger bearing length. .

Check.column web local yielding .

The centroid of the compressive force is applied at a distance greater than the column
OOD
~-----------+-------------:-
\ I ASD t ..
depth, d. Therefore, adjacent to each beam flange, the column web local yielding available > H~ oJ<. . ~ > H~ o.!L ' I.
strength, with Zt> taken as the beam flange thickness, is detemlined as follows: I ljR.

R,, = Fywtw(Skt1t$+lt>) (Spec. Eq. Il0-2)

Check prying action on column flange
=(50 ksi)(0.550 in.)[5(1.50 in.)+ 0.760 in.] Tue prying action model found in theAISC Manual c~
be.used to deteonine roinii: th~
column flange thickness required to prevent flexural yielding of the flange. This flanf,... . ,;
t
=227 kips
.. thicker than the end plale, which was previously determined to have adequate thickness .
LRFD ASD
Therefore:
h
R,. 227 kips fJ= 0.900 in. o.k.
J'
~R,, =1.00(227 kips) -=
Q l.50
=227 kips > 90.0 kips o.k. = 151 kips> 63.0 kips o.k.
 l,,, l 5-412 BRACED FRAMES 5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES

Check column web panel zone shear 2

db::: 0 _892('n in..) 50 ksi(5.43 in.) f(2.38 in.) + 2 ]
.\ I
.
! I
The maximum shear in the column is equal to the gusset-to-column force, Hue (LRFD) or
J20 ksi(2.38 in.) (38.0 in)2
... . :. Hae (ASD). Using lhe required axial compressive strength of the column based on I.he sum
of !be strain-hardened expected yield strengths of the liol-s ac the third and fourth le\efs as =0.769 in.
( =
determined in Example 5.4.5, Pr= 867 kips (LRFD) or P, 615 kips (ASD).
The 1-in.-d.iameter bolts use.<! satisfy this minimum bolt diameter.
'::
~
LRFD ASD The final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 568.
P, 867 kips P, 615 kips
- = - =
Pc 50 ksi(28.2 in.2) Pc 0.60(50 ksi)(28.2 in.2) 5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES (BRBF)
=0.615 =0.727 Buckling-restrained braced frame (BRBF) systems are a special class of concentrically
braced frames addressed in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4. Like other concentrically
braced frames, BRBF systems resist laceral forces and displacements primarily through the
Fro~ AISC S~ecificaJi.on Section Jl0.6 wilh ~ > 0.4: axial sttcngth and stiffness of the brace members. The centerlines of BRBP framing mem-
bers which meet at a common joint (braces, columns and beams) coincide or nearly
------.ti:? Rn =0.60Fydctw[l.4- ~) (Spec. Eq. Jl()..10)
coincide, forming a vertical truss capable of being derailed to minimize the effects of flex-
ure. BRBP systems have more ductility and energy dissipation capability than other types of
concentrically braced frames [?ecause overall buckling of the buckling-restrained brace
LRFD (BRB) is preclude.d at forces and, deformations corresponding to the design story drift.
ASD
Buckling-resrrained braces are characterized by their ability to yield in compression as
well as in tension. This is accomplished by separating the actions ofresisring ax.ial loads an-J
$Rn= 0.90(0.60)(5Q.ksi)(l2.7 in.) ~ = 0.60(50 k.si)(l2.7 in.) resiscing global buckling. AISC Seismic; Provisions Commentary Figure C-F4. l illustrates
x(0.550 in.)(1.4- 0.615) the components of a BRB. Global buckling of the brace is resisted by the BRB casing, which
x(0.550 ui.)(1.4 -0.727)11.67
is typically a square or round HSS section, and can be sized as needed for th.is requirement.
=148 kips> 94.2 kips o.k. = 8-t.4 kips > 65.8 kips o.k. Axial te11sion and compression loads in the brace are resisted by the BR:B core which con
sists of a shaped plate, in either a flat or crocifonn section, sized as required by the AISC
Seismic Provisions. Because both the casing and I.be core are sized independently, che brae<
Check rotational ductility of the beam-to-column connection strength can be fine-tuned, eliminating much of the overstrength that other braced frame sys-
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.6b includes requirements for beam-to-column connec- tems impart to I.be structure.
~1
~-
tio~ a~ the location of a brace connection. This example uses option (a), a simple connection Because buckling of the BRB c~re is restrained to very small amplitudes, I.be core
, whi~ ts capable of providing the reqired rotation. The method for determining rotational achieves the same, or greater, strength in compression as in tension. This behavior is
du~ty of a tee stub connection presented by Thomron (1997) will be used. This is :i gen repeatable throughout multiple loading cycles without the occurrence of brace bucklin~
eralized fonn of the rot11tional ductility check fot a tee stub connection found in Part 9 of !he (and the consequent degradation associated with it), dissi pating high levels of energy
A!SC Manual. Thornton (1997) presents the minimum bolt dfameter, db, required to develop and resulting in a highly ductile system. This uniform. predictable behavior eJ.im.lnates the
the si-?1ple beam end rotation as: lateral-force-distribution req.irement that exists for SCBF systems (AlSC Seismi,
Provisions Section F2.4a) where the percentage of braces in a given line that 'm ay be in ten-

dt> =0.8921 F-,s[b

Fib L2
2
+2) sion at one time is limited.
Buckling-restrained braced frame systems tend to be cost-competitive and often mor~
economical than SMF, EBF and SCBF systems in terms of material, fabrication and erec-
where tion costs. Similar to SCBF systems, BRBF systems may have reduced flex.ibHity in
t =end-plate thickness =~ in. floor-pl:in Lilyout, space planning, and electrical and mechanical routing as a result of tht-
F, = specified rnirlimum yield stress of the end plate = 50 .ksi prescncc of braces. In certain circumst3Jlces, however, the frames arc exposed and featun
=
P, =tensile strength of the bolt 120 ksi in the architecture of the building.
=
s bolt spacing= 38 in./7 rows= 5.43 in. (average) AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Section F4.5a requires that btlam and column members
b = 2.38 in., as previously dete1mined for prying action BRBF systems satisfy the requirements for highly ductile me~bers. Section F4.6c ~!
L = depth of connection element= 38 in. requires that BRB connections be designed for 1.1 times the adjusted brace sttcng:'
 5-414 BRACED FRAMES
compression to ensure that they can withstand the maximum forces that the braces can
deliver, including the effec!S of s1rain-harderung beyond the degree corresponding to lhe cal-
culated drift. These requirements are intended ro re.suit in a system wilh braces that maintain
a high level of ductility and hysteretic damping when subjected to severe seismic forces
while ensuring that the connecting elements remain essentially elastic allowing the BRB to
be the energy dissipating member in the system.
V-type and inverted V-type BRBF systems are required to meet the additional cri1eria
given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.4a. These requirements include:
(1) B~~. connections and _their supporting members must be designed for gravity dead
and live loads, assuming the bracing proVides no 'support.
(2) Beams intersected by braces must be designed for the vertical and horizontal u.nbal-
anced loads resulting fro.m the effects of adjusted grace strengths in compre~siom and
tension.
(3) Beams must be continuous between columns.
(4) Beams must be braced to satisfy the requirements fo( moder.u.ely ductile mernbers in
accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions Section D l .2(a).
Because the adjusted brace compression and tension forces are nearly equal, the verticai
unbalanced load on the beam is minimal. The available compressive strength of the BRB is
greater than the available ten~ile strength by an amount equal io (~ - 1) times the adjusted
brace strength; where ~ is the compression strength adjustmenr factor d1scussed in AJSC
Sei~mic Provisio{1s Secti.o n F4.2. The vertical cgmponent of this difference in force is the
Un.b alanced foad tbat will be developed. Brace configurations tbatutilize a two-story X-con-
figurari9n may tiii've even lower vnbalanced forces at the beam.
Coli.lmns in BRBF systems, like beams, are required to meet the requirements for h:ighly
ductile members. Accordiflg to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.6d, column splices are
requi,red to develop at least 50% of the lesser available flexural strength of the connected
members and to have a reqmred. shear strength equal to LMpcfHc (LRFD) or LMpcf(l.5Hc)
(ASD). This requirement is identical to that for SCBF systems and is intended to account
for the possibility of the columns sharing some of the lateral force demand through frame
action -as lhe brace elements deform inelastically, deflecting the frames beyond what elastic
calculations might predict. . used by different manufacturers.
Buckling-restrained braces are required to be deSigned based upon results from qualify-
ing cyclic tests in accordance with the requirements of AISC Sei.rmic Provisions Sei;tion K3.
Qualifying tests must consist of at least two successful cyclic tests. One of these tests must
be a suba.sSemblage test that 1ncludes rotational demandi at the ends of the BRB. The sec-
ond test may be either a UDiaxial test or a subassemblage test. Qualifying tests may be done
specifically for a project or may consist of previous tests documented elsewhere. Contract
documents should include requirements for testing of tl:ie braces ronforming to the AISC
.
Seismic ProvisiOns. .'Tiris reqliirement demonstrates to the contractor that this is a specialty
' the manufacturer to set the brace area provided to adjust for the measured yield stress of
item an~ cannot simply be fabricated by a typical steel contra<-:tor, but must be procured by
a company that has conducted the necessary testing lO qualify the braces. Testing of each
brace type is required to confirm !hat the brace design concept meets the requirements ro be
considered a buckljng-restrained brace. It is also performed to determine the load ranges
acceptable for a g~ven brace design:
In most systems, member sizes are selected from a labJe of discrete values. Io this way lhe
yielding members are selected to meet the minimum strength requirements, and material
AM!:l\JCAN lNsTITUTS OF S-rea Col"STRUCTION
T' 5.5 BUCKUNG-RE.STRAlNEO BRACED FRAMES
variability is addressed through use of the Ry factor for the design of conneelions and adj
cent members.
Buckling-restrained braces, however, are manufactured to match the project requiremeri
I
and the yielding area can be precisely de.fined. The details of the br:ice design, such as tJ.,
area andtenglh of the yielding zone, can be runed considering the yield stress of the core
ma1erial. However, during the design phase the yield stress of the core material is not .knov I
precisely, although an acceptable range ma::r be specified. This range should be st1fficieni
wide 10 perm:i1 a reasonable procurement process for brace manufacturers. The ;:<1nge of
to 46 ksi is the de facto industry standard; typically the engineer defines this range by spe
ifying the minimum and maximum core material yield stress (Fymin and Fymax)- Complian
with these limits is verified by the brace manufacturer through coupon tests of the materi
to be used in cbe fabrication of the brace. The engineer may account for this material vari-
ability in one of two ways: the area-based or the strength-based approach.
The area-based approach is the more common approach for designing BRBF systems. :::
l
the area-based approach, the engineer defines the core area; the brace strength is define
by the core area and yield stress. The engineer uses the lower bound yield stress, Fy mi,, f,
choosing the core area of the brace. Once this area is established, the upper bound yi t J.
stress, Fym<m is used to determine the adjusted brace strength for design of connections a;
adjacent frame members (factoring up as required ro address strain hardening and cor.
pression overstrength). Brace core areas may be defined precisely, although there 1
typicatly little benefit in precision beyond the nearest IA. in.2 In the area-based approach, t
brace stiffness used in the analysis is. e~tablished by the engineer based on the area deic
mined from Fymit1 and adjusted upward,by the applicable,factor (which accounts for th:.
nonpJismatic configuration of the brae~ and is normally ~upplied by the ~race m~nufr Ir:
turer). With an area-based approach, stiffness can be specified on the design drawmgs
terms of brace core area and adjustment factor. In the area-based approach there is a nc,
essary variability in strength resulting from the range of core material yield stren['
allowed. While it is theoretically possible to spedfy precisely the stiffness required, ii
I
nonetheless preferable to allow a reasonable tolerance' (typically 10% or less) in order . :
pennit the manufacturer to adjust thi; details of the brace to control brace core strain, pro-
vide optimal brace-end conditions, ail? to allow for the differing details and proportion \ I
. .
Tue second option for accounting for material variability is the strength-based approach,
In this method the engineer defines the required strength of the brace. (Engineers using tr '
approach should be explicit as to whether they are defining the available stn~ngth, <j>P1sc llJ
Py,JQ, or the nominal strength, Pysc) The engineer should spe~ify an acceptable range (e._
for LRFD, ~Pysc = 500 kips+ 25 kips/- 0 kips) and should use the upper bound for desi.
of connections and adjacent members (factoring up _as de~~ribed previo~sl>: to account. - j
strain hardening and compression overstrength). ThJS 25 Kips tolerance is roughly equ1
Jent to the ~.; in.l tolerance recommended for the area-based approach. Tili.s method allc
core material so that Pysc is obtained as the yield capacity of the brace. If Pysc is establisl J
using yield stress determined from a coupon test, the Ry factor is not applied. Brace stiffo
js estimated in the design based on the area from an assumed yield stress in the middle 1
the specified range and the applicable adjustment factor as described previously. Wit,.
strength-based approach, sliffness must be specified explicitly (in kip/in.) on the der
drawings with a specified tolerance. Tb.is 1olerance is typica.lly 10%. That range, bowe
AMERJCAN lNS11TUTB OF STE.EL CONSTRUcnOI"
 .'r 5-416 DRACEO FRAMES

is insufficient to cover both' the adjustments implied by the range of core yield stress
5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES

I
( 10%) and the differing details and proportioning used by different manufacturers. Thus Table 5-4 1
\. ..' for material stress at lhe extremes of the permitted range, lhe manufacturer may need to
Summary of Variability in the Area-Based iI
make adjustments in the core length (along with other derails such as the core area outside I
I
i lhe yieldin g zone) in order 10 maintain stiffness in the specified range of I 0%. The details and Strength-Based Approaches I
I
I,
l so configured must comply with the range of lhe brace tests. (For example. core strains
must be calculated using the detailed core length and compared to values in the tests.) Such Method Strength Valiability Stiffness variability
I
adjustments in the brace details would not be necessary if the specified range were
increased to 20%, but this is not typical practice. In the strength-based approach, there-
Area-based
appcoach
Implicit, 48 ksi/38 ksl -
1.2 (+20%/--0%)
Engine!:rspecified,
typicatty :!:1()% I
'
fore, the material variability becomes a variability in stiffness and may also limit the
Strength-based Engineer-specified, typically s 5% Engineer-specified,
applicabili ty of tests to a smaller range. Ths is a consequence Of the overall variability I
approach (+5%/-0%) lypicalty 10%
,," implied by the tolerances commonly used in this method. While it is theoretically possible ..)

H to specify precisely the strength required in the strength-based approach, it is nonetheless

!~: preferable to allow a reasonable tolerance (rypically 25 kips) in order to permit the manu- As buckling-restrained braces are typically provided by a specialty manufacturer who
facturer to use ~-in. dimensions; precision beyond this is not warranted given the methods designs the details of the brace (such as sizing the casing, determining the details of the tr:m-

-'..d
:~
<
used lo establish yield stress.
Table 5-4 s ummarizes how the area-based and strength-based approaches address the
sitions between yielding and nonyielding zones, etc.), the design proce;;s may be slightly
different from that of other systems in that it idea~y involves input from brace manufacru::-
ers during the design process.
effect of material variability on the strength and Stiffness of buckling-restrained braces.
It should be noted that both the elastic stiffness and the first yield strength (both neces- The manufacturer typically proposes certain details of lhe brace connection. It is ofte-:
sary properties for use in code-based seismic design) are transient propertjes in lhe actual comenient for the engineer to delegate certain parts of the connection design to the manu-
seismic response of systems; these properties change significantly as drifts exceed the drift facturer, such as the connection of the brace to !he gusset plate. Tue engineer must explicitl y
corresponding to first yield. Designers should not perform bounding analyses or otherwise identify :my such delegated design, and review !he corresponding calculations with the brace
place undue emphasis on the effects of variability beyond accounting for maximum brace submittal.
forces in the design of connections, beams and columns. Such variability in stiffness is r ou- The following design process illus~tes the inferactioa-betw,een the engineer of recorr~
tinely (and ju~tly) neglected in the seismic desigi.J. of many systems and is minimal in the ('EOR) and the manufacrurer.
context of the use of elastic methods to represent inelastic response.
I. Preliminary design phase.
Brace strength is_ controlled by brace core area, but the use of this core area in the struc-
(a) EOR determines base shear, frame layout, etc.
tural model without any adjustment will not correctly capture the stiffness of the brace.
(b} EOR sizes braces (required core :trea or required strength).
Overall brace stiffness includes contnoutions from not only the yielding core, but also from
(c) EOR assumes brace stiffness factors, KF, and overstreogth factors, p and ro. (
~-1
the nonyielding portions of the brace and connection materials. This stiffness is usually cap-
tured in the model through the use of a stiffness modification factor, K.F. The modeled brace preliminary consultation with the manufacturer may be helpful at this stage.)
'
~ (d) EOR sizes beams and columns.
stiffness would then be represented by the following equation:
(e) EOR checks drift.
!
(5-1) (f) EOR estimates brace deformations.
'
,
~
2. Consulration with manufacrurer(s). EOR consults with manufacturer for:
.,... where Ase is the steel core area, Eis the modulus of elasticity, and L,.p.,p is the work point- (a) Sufficient applicable testing for
the brace sizes proposed
:~
to-work point distance along .the axis of the brace. The modeled brace stiffness can also be (b) Stiffness of braces or stiffness factors; KF, used in the EOR's analysis
..;,, represented as a sprin.g with a defined stiffness, Km<><J~I (c) Overstrength factors ~ and (I) used in the EOR's design of beams and columns.
., The siitfuess fa~tor or modeled brace stiffness is unique to each brace manufacturers'
design, although it may be similar between manufacturers. le is also dependent on brace 3. Design iteration. EOR reanalyzes (as required by change in member size or change :
strength, bay geometry and connection details. The design engineer wj1J need lo assume an stiffness factors, etc.).
J
initial value for this. factor for early estimation of required brace strength and preliminary (a) EOR finalizes br.lcc sizes, benm and column sizes, brace stiffness factors and b:~
beam. and column sizes and will send this information to a brace manufacturer for early defonnations.
coordination to obtain the recommended stiffness modification factors for the braces. If (b) EOR consults wit.b the brace manufacturer if the brace sizes or defonnation ,
brace strengths are adjusted, final values should also be con.finned with the manufacturer substantially different than the preJjmi.nary design.
prior to finalizing contract documents.
 5-418
~ I.
BRACED FRAMES S.S BUCKLING-RESTRA1NED .BRACED FRAMES

4. Specification. EOR specifies: stability design. AISC Specification Appendix 8 will be applied to apprdx.imate a secood-
(a) Required brace sizes (C-Ore area or required strength), with tolerance order analysis. j
(b}'Miniriium and maximum core material yield stress
(c) Overstrepgth factors ~and <iJ. ,
Example 5.5.1. BRBF Brace Design
(d) .Brace stiffness (or stiffness factors), with tolerance
(e) Required brace axial defonnation and connection rotation
Given: I::
(f) Testing per the AlSC Seismic ProvisUin.s Refer to Brace BRB-1 in Figure 5-70. Frame configuratjons and preliminary loads have been
(g) Connection design or portions thereof delegated 10 the brace manufacturer sent tu a BRB manufacturer and the elastic stiffness of the brae~ ~ave been found to ' -I
5. Brace submittal. 1.5 times higher than the stiffness of the yielding t;ote area alone, if lt were extended frc
work point to work point (KF =Kaciua1IKc1>re =1.28). These stiffness factors may be used ' :
(a) "':Manufacturer submits:
derenni.ne the horizomal load distribution on each story. Design a buckling-restrained brat:.:
i. Brace shop drawings
ii. Supporting documentation
to resist the resulting axial loading, PQ. = 113 kips. The appl~cable building code specifies t L;
use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Secti 1:
(a) Justifying appUcable tests (in tem1s of brace size, strain at rhe specified F4.3, buckling-restrained braces should ~ot ~ considered as resisting gravity forces.
displacements) .
(b) Ov~rstrength factors, P and w (based on specffied displacements) USing the area-based approach described previously~ allow for material variability of 42 J
4 ksi.
I :
(c) Brace stiffness ~lculations
(d), Connecti_on design~ where delegated to brace manufacturer Fysc min = 38 ksi Fysc "!"" = 46 ksi
(b) Test reports.for sbmitt,ed brace types and s4.es ., ..
(c) EOR verifies compliance. with specification
From an elastic analysis, the first-order interstory drift is /).H =0.223 in.

BRBF Design Example Plan and Elevation-

2 3 4 5 1
The following examples illustrate the design of a BRBF based on AISC Seismic Provisions
30-0 30'-0" 30-o 30'-0" ---...
Section F4. The plan and elevation are shown in Figure 5-69 and Figure 5-70.
The lateral forces shown in Figure 5-70 are the seismic forces from an equivalent lateral
'ill-:! f;J
force procedure of ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.8 and apply to the entire frame.
The code-specified gravity loading is as follows: .

Dfloor =85 psf

Dn:x>f
Lfowr
S
=68 psf
=80 psf (50 psf reduced)
=20 psf
Curtain wall= I 75 lb/ft along building perimeter at every level

The applicable build4ig code specifies. the use of ASCEJSEI 7 .for calculation of loads.
~~~------~~~~:I?l~~~~~~m , I
j,
t

From, ASC~SEI .7, the Seismic Design Category is D, p =

= 1.3, fe 1.0, Svs= 1.0, and
Cd=5.0.
The v~cal seismic load effect, Ev, according to ASCEJSEI 7 is:

0.2SvsD = 0.2(1.0)D (ASCFJSEI 7 Eq. 12.4-4)

=0.2D .

Assume that the ends of the diagopal braces are pinned and braced against translation for
both the x-x and y-y axes. Th.e loads given for each exarople are from a first-order analysis.
BRBF investigated in Part 5.5
For elevatlon see Figure 5-70.
SMF investigated in Part 4.
For elevation, see Figure 4-8. J
Assume that the effective length method of AISC Specificnrum Appendix 7 is used for the Fi~; 5-69., Floor plan/or BRBF Examples,
 5--420
BRACED FRAME3 5.5 l>UCKLlNG-RESTRAJNED BRACED FRAMES 5-421

Assume that the ends of the brace are pinned and braced against rranslatjon for bolh the The required compressive and tensile strengths of the brace are:
'
~ x-x and y-y a;ces.
~ I
" LRFD ASD
Solution:
f
The governing load combiualions in ASCE/SEI 7 including seisrruc effec1s are: .] Pu =Tu Pa =Ta
'
''
'
~. =pPa,. =0.1pPQe
~RFD ASD =1.3(113 kips) =0.7(1.3)(113 kips)
LRFD Load C<imbinations 5 and 6 from ASD Load Combinations 5 and 8 from
= 147 kips =J03 kips
ASCPJSEI 7 Sectfon 12.4.2.3 (including ASCPJSEI 7 Section 12..4.2.3
the 0.5 factor on L pennitted in Section
12.4.2.3J Required Strength

( 1.2 + 0.2SDS)D + pQ~ + 0.5l + 0.2S (1.0 + 0.14SDs)D + H + F + 0.1pQE Consider second-order effects
AJSC Specification Appendix 8 is used 10 address second-order effects. The required sec-
(0.9- 0.2SDs)D + PQE + l.6H (0.6 - 0.I4SDs)D + 0.1pQE + H ond-order a.tial strength is:
(Spec. Eq. A-~-2)

For the calculation of Bz:

&- i!I (Spec. Eq. A-86)

_ CJ.P,,r>ry
1

~..' J .
P4,,cry

To determine Ps10,,., use an area of 9.000 ft2 on each floor and the swtade gravity loads given
in the BRBF Design faample Plan and Elevation section. Use load combinations that
...,. ~
~: include seismic effects.
~;
~
'
..
LRFD ASD
Colu.mn splice 48"
[1.2 +0.2(1.0)l ..
I
above finished floor I, r0+0.14(!.0)j
i
(typ.)
x[68 psf + 3(~5 psf)J PS1ory =9,000 ft 2
x[68 psf +_3_(85 psf)J
i
P~=9,000 ft 2 +O psf + 0 psf + 0 psf + 0 psf 1I I

+ 0.5(3)(50 psf) . x(l lcip/1,000 lb) . !

+ 0.2(20 psf) r0+0.14(1.0)j
- ..
x(l kip/1,000 lb)
r2+02(1.0)j .
+ x{175 lb/ft(4){390 ft}]
' X(l kip/1,000 lb) 1 ' I
+ x(175 lb/ft(4)(390 ft)] =3,630 kips ,
. I
. x (l k:ipll,000 lb)
= 5,160 kips
1
The total story shear, H, with two bays of bracing in the direction under consideration wh
each braced frame is designed to resist the seismic loads shown in Figure 5-70, is determ.
in the following. From an elastic analysis, the fiISt-order interstory drift is An= 0.223 i.u.
Fig. 5-70. Frame elevation for BRBF examples.
AASJUCAN ~smvra OF S'l'l>& C~S'l"lcVCTI<>N
 5-422 S.S BUCKUNG-RFSrRAINED SRJ\O n FRAMES

II = 2(54.0 kips+ 49.0 kips+ 32.0 kips+ I 6.0 kips) .

LRFD ASD
= 302 kips '
P. nP.
Ai.:..,.,,=---
l =14.0 ft .'\,c """ :;: F,
)'JC "")l Fy~"""
R,, =l.O for braced frames =
150 kips = 1.67(106 kips)
0 .90(38 ksi} 38 ksi
Hl
P,ll<lf'Y =RJ.t-
oH (Spec. Eq. A-8-7) = 4.39 in.2 = 4.66 in.2
=l.O 302 kips(l4.0 ft) In design practice, either LRFD or ASD de~ign should be used consistently. The two meth-
0.223 in.{l ft/12 io.)
ods give slightly different r~ulls here. In order not to show two separate designs. lhe LRFD
=228,000 kips result will be used.
Using AlSC Spwfication Equation A-8-6: Try a BRB with a core nrea, AK, of 4.50 in.1

Note that while BRB manufacture.rs cun fabricate a BRB with the accuracy to which the core
LRFD ASD
can be cut (generally 118 in. in width) it is common to round the required core area up to
ex = 1.00 Ct = 1.60 standard increments. Generally. it is good practice to specify core areas in 0.25 in. 2 incre-
ments for 0 in.2 <Ase :S 5.00 in.~. in 0.50 in. 2 increments for 5.00 in.2 <A,... :S 10.0 ill.:, in
I increments of LOO in. 2 for JO.O in. 2 <Ase :S 20.0 in.2, and in 2.00 in. 2 increments for Ase>
B2 =I- a.Psro7
P,!JU>ry
~ I B2 =
I
I- O.Psro2
;:;:: J
20.0 in, 2 (or mnin1aining increment amounts in the range of 5% to I0% of the total amoun1)
When specifying BRB area greater than required. the EOR must account for the increased
I;
Peno7
I I demand that I.be specified area will place on I.he structure, because the beams and columns
= =
;:r::~~: ::1::~::: :::g:j;:;::eb~:t
0

~eldinl
I- 1.00(5,160 kips) 1.60(3,630 ldps)
1
228,000 kips 228,000 ldps ::t:g:.tensile or compression ':
= 1.02 =1.03 . is:

Considering second-order effects, the required compressive and tensile sueng1hs of the 9Pn mu. =QF)sc """Ase (Spec. Eq. D2- I
brace are: 2
=0.90(38 ksi}(4.50 in. )
= 154 kips < 150 lups o.k.
LRFD ASD
Verify with the brace manufacturer that the stiffness factor KF = 1.28 is acceptable for
P11 =T,. P,, =Ta 4.50 in. 2 brace of this length. The remainder of the brace design is pe.rfonned by the BRB
= 1.02(147 kips) =1.03(103 kips) p
manufacturer. Overstrcngtb factors, and (J), along wirb the maximum defom.ialion capa
=150 lcips =106 kips bility of rhe brace, must be provided by the brace manufacturer in order 10 design th 1
columns and beams of I.he BRBF and to detcnnine the BRB applicability to the design.
Determination of the brace area required 10 res.ist the required brnce strenglh must use the The final pan of the brace design is establishing the expected deformation of the brace an 1:
minimum yield of I.he e<>re material, F>sc mm For I.he limit stn1e of tensile or compressive using this deformation to detemline forces that the brace imposes on the columns, beam
yielding, set the required strength equal to AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation F4-l and and connections. AJSC Stismic Provisions S:tion F4.2 requires considerntion of defonna-
solve for A..., min:
tions at the greater of 2% drift or two times the design story drift. ).

The design story drift is defined in the AlSC Seismic Provisions Glossary as the calculate
story drift including the effect of expected inelastic ac1ion. As given, the firstrorder inter-
story drift is liH = 0.223 in Thi! drift docs not include the redundancy factor, p. Nole th:-' I
..
 5-424
' ..-\; .
BRACED FRAMES 5.5 BUCJ<l.INO-RESTRAlNEO BRACED FRAMES 5-425

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.3.4.1 perm.its p to be taken equal to I for drift calculations. The Determination of lhe strain and the yield length is typically performed by the brace manu-
L design story drift including inelastic action is:

A= Cdb.H
1
I
I
facturer and is shown here for illustrative purposes only.

Consulting with the brace manufacturer, the ~ and ro factor~ corresponding to this level of
le (ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8- 15)
strain are determined 10 be:
i;
... =5.0(0.223 in.)
. 1.0 co= 1.36
' =1.12 in. ~ =1.1
i
,.:, . Twice the story drift including inelastic action is: Alternatively, according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.3 and ASCE/SEI 7
(I
Chapter 16, brace deformation is pennltted to be deicnnfoed from a nonlinear analysis
2A = 2(i.J2 in.)
in lieu of the expected deformation requirements in AISC Seismic Provisions Section
=2.24 in. :
F4.2 illustrated here.
~
2% drift corresponds to a deflection of:
i! Example 5.5.2. BRBF Column Design
---.. $'t;-::i !::>. =0.02H
=0.02(14.0 ft) Given:
=0.280 ft Refer to Column CL-1 in the frnme shown in Figure 570. Select an ASTM A992 wide
flange section to resist the following axial loading between lhe base and the second level
!::>. =0.280 ft ( 12 in.II ft) The applicable building code, specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calcul:ition of loads.
=: 3.36 in.
~11
PD= 147 kips PL= 60.0 kips Ps = 7 .00 kips
In this case, 2% drift governs. The brace spans 14.0 ft vertically and 12.5 ft horiz.ontally. The
> Relevant seismic parameters are given in the BRBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
brace deformation can be calculated to be:
Section.

D.b, =[J(14.0 ft) 2 +(12.5 ft+0.280 ft)2 -J(l4.0 ft) 2 +(12.5 ft) 2 J(l2 in.fl It) The brace core areas are as indicated in Figure 5-71 (BR.B X.X indicates a brace with a core
area of X.X in.') AJlow for BRB core material variability of 42 ksi 4 ksi (Fysc min = 38 ksi.
= 2.25 in.
=
F}-sc nuu 46 ksi). The brace manufacturer bas provided the given oversttength factors. From
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.2~ the factor Ry need not be _applied if P)sc(= F1$c:) i!'
Consulting with the brace manufacturer, the yield length for this brace is determined to be
70% of the work-point length. determined from a coupon test, as is \ he ca'se here. Therefore, Ry wiU not be shown in the
examples in Section 5.5.
..L., "?.o.n
(() = 1.36 ~ = 1.1
==o.1J(14.o n)2+(12.s ft)2 (1.2 m.11 ft)
=158 in. Solution:
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
The strain is. therefore:
ASTMA992
6br F-, = 50 ksi
e=-
(, L., =
F,, 65 ksi
>
..
\ 2.25 in.
=---
158 in.
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.3, the required strength of columns dl
lo the applied seismic load, P.,, is based on the adjusted strengths of the braces i:i
= 1.42% frame, where adjusted strength is defined in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.2a. Use t'"
specified Ase and Fymax to determine the brace forces in the design of the column to aeco1~

~: AMERICAJ'f JJ.IS1TIVT6 OF S'rm. CoNSTIUJCTlON

 BRACED FRAMES 5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES 5-42.

I.
for material variability. Starting at the lower braces, the adjusted brace strengths for the 'The a.xia.I compressive force, PE,,.,., is then determined from the force diagrain of the column,
braces contributing to the load on Column CL-1 in compression are: as shown in Figure 5-72.

!3coPysc max2=l3coA.sc2 Fysc ma.:c - '.J 'The vertical force on the column fron~ the braces' adjusted strength is:

=1.1(1.36)(3.75 in.2 )(46 ksi) } )<llPy;cma.:csin0 =(258 kips+ 2p6kips+103 kips)(sin45)

=258 kips f.
=401 kips (

~roPysc max3 =13<UAsc3Fysc max
= l.1~1.36)(3.o~in. )(46 ksi)
=.206 kips ,
~ffiPysc max4 = 13roAsc4 Fysc max
= 1.1 (l.36)(1.50 in.2 J(~6 ksi)
= 103 kips
The vertical component of the force from the tension brace on the beam will be I
Pysc max sin 0 and the vertical component of the force from the compression brace on ~:
2
the beam will be ro!3Py.rc max sin 0. The net sum of these forces, whjch act in opposite .,
=
directions, is wBPysc ma.:c sin El - roPysc max sin El Cl3- l) roPysc max sin El, with half of this
force reacting at each end of the beam. Thus the force due to beam shears resulting frorc
unbalanced brace-induced vertical forces is:

Yi(~ -1 )(J)P,_max 4sin0, t ~(j3-1)wPysc-maxJ>1nS4

. '<

~ T / ~
.; ..

.
'~ ~ . !
..

1~
. .;:
12-e ~p~,
1 1 Yi<P-1 )P>-.c-mex3 sin03 YiH~ - 1~roPyso-max3sinOa
Roof

co
/ ~
~
.l
<O
><

PP~~,
,~
....
N 0

~ Yil> -1}Py~in0 2 ~(13 - 1 )roP ysc.max2sin02 ;:

1 ;;_
Fourth ..
Level

/ \ ~
.".

~
....~
~P,_,0,
,~
...~

Third
}'2(13 -1 )o>P~-mllltisin01 ~(13 - 1)~P~xiSinO..
Level

/ ~
:;.

~
N

Secood
~roP~ 1
j3roP~~rl ~
Level
'
..,.-b ~ Fig. 5-72. BRBF cp/umn forces for _Example 5.5.2.
~.;l'

Base

Fig. 5-71. Frame elevation for BRBF examples with member sizes.

AMmlJCAN lNSJTIVT2 OP Sms., CONSTkllCTlON AMERICAN I Nsrrnm; OF Sn;a CONSTRUCTION

 f
I 5-428 5.5 Ot:C KUNG-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES
10 ..

L 'h(JJ-l)CllP~...,... sin9 = 'h(~ - l}roF;x-.. L, A.., ~in0 Using the load combinations in A SCEJSEJ 7 th:11 include the amplified seism.1c load. v.h.rre
l. ll the 1.unphficd seismic load is ~ubsliluted \\-ith the analysis described in AlSC Seisiic
='h(l.1 -1)(1.36)(46 ksi) Provisions Section F4.3, the required compresshe force in lhe column is:
(1.so in.2 )(sin45.0)
+(3.00 in. 2 )(i:in45.0)
. LR.FD ASD '

x LRfD Load Combination 5 from ASD Lo3d Combination S from

+(3.75 in. 2 )(sin45.0) ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including ASCE/SEI 7Se.:tion 12.4.3.2
.
the 0.5 factor on L pennitted in Section
.
+(4.50 in.2 )(sin48.2)
::-. 12.4.3.2)
= 28.7 kips
P11 =(l .2 + 0.2SDs )PD+ Pe.+ O.SPL_ P{j =(l.0+0.J4SDS)Po +Pt1 +Pp
Sec Example 5.5.3 for calculation of vertical unbalanced forces from 1he braces on the + 0.2Ps + 0.1Pe""
beam. I
={12+0.2(1.0)j(l47 kips)+372 kips =1.14(147 kips)+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
The rota! axial rompression in the column due to the braces is: + 0.5(60.0 kips)+ 0.2(700 kips) + 0_7(372 kips)
!
i,,..J
- -= 609 kips =428 kips
' f>F....,. =401kips-28.7 kips
= 372 kips
The required a:<ial tensile strength of the column 1:;:
S1an1ng at lhe lower braces. the adjusted brace ~lrcnglhs for the braces contributing 10 the
lo:>.d on Column CL-I in lcn~ion :>.re: LR.FD ASD
-
LRFD Load Combmation 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
2 ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12A.3.2 ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
=1.36(3.75 in. )(46 ksi)
=235 kips Pu-. (0.9-0.2Sos )PD+ Pe... -+ l.6PH Po =(0.6-0. l4Svs)Pv t-0.7PeM\ +Pu
=[0.9-0-2(1.0)](147 kips) =[0.6-0.14(1.0))(147 kips)
+(-394kips)+1.6(0 kips) + 0.7(-394 kips)-+ 0 kips
=l.36(3.00 in.2 )(46 ksi) ::: -29 1 kips =-208 kips
= 188 kips '
<i>Pyzc mox4 =OlA1c'4F.>1c lllDA
Consider second-order effects
1 =1.36(1.50 in.2 )C46 ksi) Because the seismic component of the beam required strength comes from the mechanism
,l analysis of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.3 and is based on the expected strengths of
!; =93.8 kips
the braces, P-tl effects need not be e-0nsjdeml and 8 2 from AISC Specification Appeodh
. The force doe to the adjusted brace strength is: need not be applied. P-t. effect.S llo not ~ the forces ~ponding to the expcclet.
brace strengths in compression and lenSiQJl; instead, Ibey may be thought of as contributin;~
..
.,
" LCl>~scmar sin9 =(235 kips+ 188 kips+ 93.8 .lcips)(sin45) to the system reaching that state. P-S effeels do apply; but because the column does 001 haw
moments, there is no need co calculate 8 1 factors.
= 365 k:ips
Try a W10x68.
:
From lbe calculktion for !he c-0lumn in compression, the force on the column due to brnce-
induced beam shear Is 28.7 kips. From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
The tocal axial iension in I.be column due to the braces is: A"" 19.9 in.2 d"' 10.4 in. 1.,.::: 0.470 in. l>f = 10.l in.
Te.,.::: 365 kips+ 28.7 kips 1f =0.770 in. rx::: 4.44 in. r1 =2.59 in. Z. = 85.3 in. 3
c 394 kips Sx "'75.7 in.3 hit,.,-= 16.7 b112fJ= 6.58
 5.5 13UCKLlNGRESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES
5-430

Vo= l l.2 kips Vt= 8.50 kips Mo= 120 ki(>'"ft

Width-to-Thickness Limitations
According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.5a, the stiffened and unstitTencd e!Cmeni~ The brace core areas are as indicated on Figure 5- 71. (BRB X.X indicates a brace with a C
of columns must comply with the width-t<H.hickness limits for highly ductile members area of X.X in.2) Allow for BRB co.re material variability of 42 ksi 4 ksi (Fy;c min= 38 ~
given in AISC Seismic Provisions Table D l. l. Fysc max= 46 ksi). The brace manufacrurer has provided the given oversrrength factors:
From Table 1-3 in th.is Manual, the W10x68 satisfies the width-to-thickness requirements (I):::: 1.36 ~=I.I
for a BRBF column.
\ Solution:
Available Compressive Strength From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, lhe material properties are:
From AISC Specification Section Cl.2 and Appendix 7, Sectjon 7.2.I, the effective length
ASTMA992
method is limited to conditions in which lhe strucrure supports gravity loads primarily
through nominally vertical columns, walls or frames and the ratio of maximum second-order F1 =50 ksi
drift to maximum first-order drift in all stories is equal to or less than 1.5. Assume both con-
=
ditions are met for BRBF systems. K LOfor both the x-x and y-y axes. Since the unbraced
Fu"" 65 ksi t
Use the specified A:c and Fysc ma< to determine the brace forces in the design of the beam 1
length is the same for boih axes, use the least radius of gyration. From AISC Manual Table
account for material variability.
=
4-1, the available compressive strength for a W1 Ox68 with KL 14 fl is:

Required Strength
LRFD ASD
betermire the adjusted brace strength
. of the tensipn
,Brace BRB-1
..
~:::: 438 kips> 428 kips
: ' . ;

4>cP,, : : : 658 kips > 609 kips o.k. o.k.

f.1.c
(l)i\,cF1scmox =1.36(4.50 io.2 )(46 ksi)
=282 kips
Available Tensile Strength
From AJSC Manual Table 5-1, the av:UJable strength of the W1 Ox68 column in a:<ial ten- Determine the adjusted brace strength of the compression Brace BRB-1 t.
sion for yielding on the gross section is:

LRFD ASD
~roAscFyscmax = l.l(l.36)(4.50 in.2 )(46 ksi)
=310kips
l
91Pn =896 kips> 291 kips o.k.. P,, = 596 ldps > 208 kips
n,
o.k.
Determine the unbalanced vertical load on the beam
The difference between the vertical components of the brace forces is:
Use a W1 Ox68 for Column CL-L Verify with 1he BRB manufacturer that the stiffness and
overstrength factors are still applicable for the final bay geometry. Verify that the ratio of P1 ={310 kips-282 kips)(sin 48.2)
second-order drift to first-order driftjs less than or equal to 1.5. =20.9 kips
Consequently, there is a 20.9-kip force acting upward on the beam.
Example 5.5.3. BRBF Beam Design
t ' .. Determine the shear and moment in the beam due to the brace analysis
Given:
Assuming a simply supported beam:
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-70. Select a ooocoroposite ASTM A992 wide-flange sec-
tion (the beam may ~constructed as a composite member, but for simplicity it is designed -Py
as a noncomposite beam). Assume that lbe bottom flange of the beam is latera.lly hr.iced at =-
2
its qunrter points. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calcu- -20.9 kips
lation of loi!ds. Relevant seismic parameters were given in the BRBF Design Example Plan = 2
and Elevation section. The gravity sb~ and moments on the beam are:
=-10.5 kips
 5-432
...r BRACED FRAMES
~
5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES S-433

1
,\lfe,.,.=--
-P L .. LRFD ' ASD
4
:. I -20.9 kips(25.0 ft) ii
LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from

=-13 1 kip-ft
4
.. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

M., =(12+0.2Sos)Mo+ME..i, +0.5ML Ma= (1.0+0.l4Sos )Mo+ MH +MF

Determine the axial force in the beam +0.2Ms +0.1ME"".
The horizontal components of the _brace forces are: =1.4(120 kip-ft)+(-131 k.ip-ft) = 1.14(120 kip-ft)+O kip-ft
+ 0.5(100 kip-ft)+ 0.2(0 kip-ft) + 0 kipft+0.7(-131 kip-ft)
Prx =282 kips( cos 48.2)
= 188 kips
=87 .0 kip-ft =45.l kip-ft

Per= 310 kips( cos 48.2) This required flexural strength is concurrent with the following required axial strength:
=207 kips
LRFD ASD
These forces are delivered to the brace through axial forces in the beam-tension in the seg-
ment of lhe beam on one side of the midspan connection (braces-to-beam) and compression LRFD Load Combination 5 from ASD Load Combination 5 from
in tbe olher segment. The distribution of the toral horizontal force between tension and com- ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
f!~ pression depends oi;i the load path and .tributary mass. Forces from collectors on each side I
of the frame may differ significantly based on the collector length and tributary width. The
Pu =(l.2+0.2Sos)Po +PE,.. +0.5PL P,, =(1.0+0.l4SDS)Po+~1 t-P1.- !
'
O,
method presented for SCBF provides guidance. +0.2Ps + 0.1PE... l

=1..t(O kips)+ 198 kips =1.14(0 kips)+O kips+O kips

f1
'
In this example, with a symmetrical brace configuration and symmetrical colJe.ctor condi-
tions, the horizontal force may be assumed to be distributed evenly between the two
segments of ~? ~.eam.
+ 0.5(0 kips)+ 0.2{0 kips)
::::198 kips
+ 0.7(198 kips}
=139 kips
R Pzx +Per '
E..i,::: 2 The required flexuml strength according. to the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F4.3 is also determined as/ollows:
=__ .:..___
188 kips+ _,_
207 kips
2 . !
LRFD ASD
=198 kips I
I

LRFD Load Combination 7 from. ASD Load Combination 8 from

.
.,
~
BR.BF beams and columns must be designed to resist all gravity loads. Using the load com-
binations in ASCE/SEI 7 that include the anlplified seismic load, where the amplified
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
seismic load is substituted with the analysis described in AISC Seismic Pro~isions Section M. =(0.9-0.2SDS}Mo+ME.,.
'' F4.3, the required flexural strength of Beam BM-1 is:
+1.6MH
Mo =(0.6-0.14Sos)Mo +0.1MM
+MH !
=0.7(120 kip-ft)+(-l31.kip-ft)+O =0.46(120 kip-ft)
=-47.0 kip-ft
' . + 0.7(-131 kip-ft)+O
= - 36.5 kip-ft

l l
5-434 BRACED FR.AM.ES 5.5 BUCK.Ll.NvK.,t;) \KAIN ti.I .Ul'V\\...CLJ rlV\;Vtc..)

.
This required flexural s1reng1h is concurrent with the following required axial sttenglh: LRFD ASD
_.l

LRFD ASD LRFD Load Combination 2 from ASD Load Combination 2 from
'
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 2.3.2 ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 2.4.1
LRFD Load Combination 7 from ASD Load Combination 8 from
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 ASCE/SET 7 Seccion 12.4.3.2 V., =l.2Vo + 1.6VL + 0.5(VL, or Vs or VR) V0 =VD+VL

Pu= (0.9-0.2SDs )PD+ Pe,..+ l.6P11 =(0.6-0.14Sos )Pv + 0.7 Pe,.,, +PH =1.2(11.2 kips)+ 1.6(8.50 kips) =11.2 kips+ 8.50 kips -
P,, =l9.7 kips
= 0.7(0kips)+198 k.ips+O kips =0.46(0 kips)+0.7(198 kips) +(O kip-ft)
'
= 198 kips + 0 kips =27.0 kips
=139 lcips
Try a W16x50.

It is wonb noting lb at the unbalanced load resulting from the adjusted brace strength in ten-
sion and compression imparts an upward point load on the beam, acting in opposition 10
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows: l:
f
gravity forces. This is true regardless of the direction of eanhquake loading for an inverted- .4 = 14.7 in.2 d= 16.3 in.. r... =0.380 in . b1 = 7.07 in.
c1 =0.630 in. k,u1 =1.03 in. b112fJ= 5.61 hit,.,= 37.4

I
V brace configuration, because the adjusted brace strength in compression is higher than the :~
adjusted brace stTenglh in tension. Ix= 659 io. 4
=
Sx 81 .0 in.3 rx= 6.68 in. Z; = 92.0 in.3 .
v

ly = 37.2 in.' r1 =1.59 in. h0 =15.7 in. J =J .5'.~. in. 4

Because the moment due 10 sejsmic forces counteracts the moment due to gravity load, it is
important to also consider load combinations that do not include the seismic load. The C,,. = 2,270 in.6
required flexural strength of the beam for the governing load combination that does not
include seismic load is: Width-to-Thickness Umitatioris
According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.5a, beam members must satisfy the
LRFD ASD requirements for highly ductile members stipulated in f\.ISC Seismic Proiisions Table DI. I t;
LRFD Load Combination 2 from ASD Load Combination 2 from From Table 1-3 of this Manual, a W16x50 satisfies the ductility requirements for beams in
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 2.3.2 . . - ASCFJSEI 7 Section 2.4. l BRBF systems.
- .
M. = l.2Mv + 1.6ML M.=MD+Mi Available Flexural Strength (negative flexure)
+0.5(Mi.. orM~ or MR) =120kip-ft+100 kip-ft
=1.2(120 kip-ft)+l.6{100kip-ft) =220 kip-ft
For negative flexure (bottom flange in compression), consider the bottom flange of the beam
to be laterally braced at _qu~er points. 1
I
+ 0.5(0 kip--ft)
L,, =25.0 ft
= 304 k.ip--ft 4
=6.25 ft
Because dead and Jive loads do not result in axial forces in the beam, there is no axial load
From AISC Manual Table 3-2, for a W16x50:

t
acting concurrently with this moment.

The required shear strength of the beam is shown in lbe following calculation. By inspec- Lp =5.62 ft Lr:::: 17.2 ft . . .
tion, because the unbalanced load from the braces always acts upward on the beam, tbe Therefore, lp < L11 ~ Lr, and lateral-torsional buck.hog applies. Conservauvely use C11 =l.(J..
seismic component of the requi.red shear strength will always counteract the gravity shears. From AISC Manual Table 3-10, the available flexural strength (negative flexure) is:
Therefore, the governing load combination is one that does not mclude seismic effects:
LRFD ASD l:
~9-,,M-,.-=-33_S_k:i-.p--ft_>_l-4-7.-0-ki-.p--ft_l_o-.k.-r-~-:-==_2_2_5_ki_.p-_ft_>_l--3-6-.5-ki-.p---ft-1-o-.k.- JI
L_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.L-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~

AMERICAN lNS1'l1V11i OF S1"SE1. CoNSTJUJC'DON

AMERICAN lJ.>SlITUT6 OF STW.. CONST!l\JCTION
 I 5.5 BUCKLING RESTRAINED BRACED fRA.1>,'IES 5--1.
BRACE.O FRAMES
I

l:
Available Flexural Strength (positive flexure) LRFD ASD
For posjtive flexure (top flange in compression), the beam can be considered fully braced by
::-
the slab. and therefore the limit state oflateral-torsiooal buckling docs not apply. From AJSC
Manual Thble 3-6, the available flexural strength of a W16x50 is: ~br =i(8~) ~br =n( 8~)
I
LRFD I l 8(198 kips) 1 =2. 8(139 kips)
001 (12.5 ft)(12 in./ft)
I
' ~

~i,M,. =bMp
Mn M"
-=-
n,, n,,
ASD
=0.75 (12.5 ft)(12 in./ft)

;; 14.1 kip/in. =14.8 kip/in.

=345 k.ip-ft > 304 kip-ft o.k.
=230 kip-ft> 220 kip-ft o.k. The minimum BRB axial strength is:

,> LRFD ASD !

Available Compressive Strength
~:,,
As explained in Part 8 for collecto~. torsional buckling is considered because the torsional
unbraced length 1s not the same as the minor-axis De'<ural buckling unbraced length.
6Pn =~F>teno,.AA.
)
Because the top flange is constrained by the slab, the applicable torsional limit slate is con- =0.90(38 ksi)(4.50 m.2 ) _ 38 ksi( 4.50 in. 2 )
- - -- l r strained-axis Oexurnl-torsional buck.ling, as discussed in Part 8 of this .Manual. The design = 154 kips> 1.98 kips - 1.67
~~
compressive strength of lhe beam is the lowest value obtained based on the limit stales of
flexural buckling :ind torsional buckliDg. =102!Ops>1.39 kips
To determine lhe unbraced length for flexural buckling about the x-x axjs, it is necessary to
The elastic stiffne~s of the BRB adjusted by the ang.le of inclination. '"here KF = KocllWl
verify whelher the BRB provide a brace.d point for the beam al midspan.
=
KC<'rw l .28 as gi\'en in Example is: 5.5. I,
i.....ll For this puipose, assume first that the beam buckles and its midpoint moves upwards.
Displacement compatibility will cause an increase in the demand on the BRB resisting ten-
sion due to lateral forces, while the load in the BRB resisting compression wilJ be reduced.
J3.,.., =(KF)( i" )sin0
Conversely, if the beam buckles and the mid1'oint moves downwards, lhe BRB in compres-
29,000 ksi(4.50 in.2) ( )
sion will experience a load increase while the BRB in tension will be relieved of some of its =l.28 sin48.2
original load. lo both cases the BRB that is relieved of load will rebound along the path of 18.8 ft{l2 in./ft)
1
its elastic stiffness. =552 kip/in. 'I
If the strength and stiffness of the unloaded BR.B in e;icb of the 3forementioned cases meet Nodal brncing requirements are met; tbcrcfurc, for the beam, KLi =12.5 ft.
lhe requirements of AlSC Specificarion Appeodut 6. Section 6.2.2., then the beam can be
considered to be braced by the BRB at midspan. From AJSC Specification Equation A-6-3, For flexural buckling about the y-y axis, lbc sfab braces the beam continuously, so KL,= 0 ft.
the requjred sircnglb of nodal bracing is:
For constrained-axis flc.~ural-torsional buckling. the unbraced length is the distance between
bottom-flange braces, i.e., Kl-z = 6.25 0.
I.RFD ASD
Pri>=O.OIP,. Prb = O.OJP., KLx 1.0(12.5 ft)(l2 in./ft)
--=
=0.01(198 kips) =0.01(139 kips) rx 6.68 in.
=1.98 ki~ :::: 1.39 kips = 22.5

KL, 1.0(0 ft)(l2 inJft)

If the braces act as a braced point, the required stiffness of nodal br.tcing, from AlSC
=
Specification Equation A-6-4 with L,, 12.5 ft, is:
-;;= 1.59 in.
=O

A.'dElllCAN INsmvre OP Sn.a CoNSTRvcn<>N

 5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED f'RA!vfES

KL; = 1.0(6.25 f1){12 inJft)

r,
=47.2
l.59 in. F.
'
2
=!7t !Cw+fy(d/
2
2)
(K:L)
2
j+GJ]I I
2
I,, +11 +(d/ 2) A1
l (83)

From AlSC Manual Table l-1 and AISC Specification Table B4.l, I.he web is slender for
I 6
. 4)1
2
in:'2 (16.3
!
n2{29 000 ksi)l2..270 in. +37.2 in./2) ] (
=
compression with Fy 50 Jcsi. Therefore, rhe reduction factor for slender stiffened elements.' = - ' + 11,200 ksi 1.52 tn.
Qa, must be detennined. Fust, determine the governing limit state. 0.o(6.25 ft)(12 in./ft)J
Determine the critic81 buckling strength for flexural buckling
about the x-x axis, assuming Q 1= x[ 659 in.'+ 37.2 in.' +;16.3 in./2)1 (14. 1 in.')I
The elastic buckling stress is:
=154 ksi
(Spec. Eq. E3-4) The value of F,, before locnl buckling effects are considered is detennined as foUows:
1

F1 50 ksi
~ = 154 ksi
- n 2 (29,000 ksi}
- (22.5)2 = 0.325
=565 ksi
The value of Fer before local buck.ling effects are considered is detemuned as follows:
Because 0.325 < 2.25, use AISC Specification Equation E3-2 to determine the critical buck-
ling stress. l
F1
F,
= 50 ksi
565 ksi
(Sp. Eq. E32' I
= 0.0885

Because 0.0885 < 2.25, use AISC Specification Equation E3-2 to determine the critical
.so ksi.
=[0.6581~ ksi l
50 ks1

buckling stress.
= 43.6 Ksi
Because Fe~ is.lower for cons~ed-ax\s fle.'tural-Lorsional buckling, this limit state govern-.;
(Spec. .Eq. E3-2) over major ax1s flexural buckling.
1

=[ 0.658S6$
.50 ksi
kli l
50 ksi
Determine the reduction factor, Q, for slender elements
To determine the reduction factor, Q. use.AJSC Specification Section E7.2;witb/=Fer an
the minimum Fer from the two preceding limit st.ates. The reduced effective width of tl
I
l;:
= 48.2 ks:i slender web is detennined as follows:

Determine the critical buckling strength for constrained-axis

flexuraf-t9rslonal buckfing, assuming Q 1 =
b=h
=d-2ki1u I.
"
For the. limit srotc of constrained-axis flexural-torsional buckling, lbe unbraced li:ngth is =16.3 in.-2(1.03 in.}
6.25 ft and the top ~ge of the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab as =14.2 in.
described in Pnrt 8 of lhis Mnnual.
 BRACED FRAM[)$ 5.5 Bl!Cl<l ING RESTRAINED DIV\CED FRAMES S-4-JI
~ ..
f =Fer
-= 43.6 ksi I.RFD ASD

Mn: 87.0 kip-ft Mrx -15. l kip-ft

=i.92,/f[1-cm~Jsb
-o:: --=
b, (Spec. Eq. E7-17) Ma 345 kip-ft Ma 230 kip-ft
:0.252 =0.196
= 1. 92(0.380 in.) /29.000 ksi /i- 0.34 29.000 ksi I
v 43.6 ksi 37.4 43.6 ksi For negati\'e moments (bottom flange in compreso:ion) due to .;eismic effects:
...
~~
= 14.4 in.
''...
Because b, > b, use b, = 14.2 in.
LRFD ASD I
Mn 47.0 kip-ft Mn; 36.5 kip-ft
=
Since b, h, there is no need to calculate the reduction factor and Fer is the minimum - = - ----'-- --=
f.: Ma 338 kip-ft Ma 225 kip-fl
....'
r. calculated for the two preceding limit states. Constrained-axis flexuraJ-ton;ional buckling
governs . =0.139 =0.162

Therefore, from AlSC SpectjicaJion Equation E3-I, the available compressive strength of a Use the positive tle.~ure values for interaction.
W16x50 is:

LRFD ASD
LR.FD ASD
8 8
0.343 +-(0.252+0);::: 0.567 0.362+. (0.196+0) = 0.536
+cP,. = 0.90(43.6 ksi)( l..S.7 in 2) Pn 43.6ksi(l4.7in.2 ) 9 9
-=
,.,,
.:
~I
=577 kips
0.:- 1.67
=384 kips
0.567<1.0 o.k. 0.536 < LO o.k.

i..
Available Shear Strength
Combined Loading From AISC Manual Table 3-2, th&available shear strength of lhe W16x50 is:

LRFD ASO LRFD ASD

,.. l
t.
;:
P,
-=
Pc
198 Jcips
577 kips
P, = 139 kips
Pc 384 kips
~. V,. =186 kips > 27 .0 kips o.lc.
\

~ =124 kjps > 19.7 lcips

nv
o.k.
(?
=0.343 = 0.362
.,J - Use a W16x50 for Beam BM-1. Verify with the BRB manufacturer that the stiffness and
:i.. Because P,IP, ~ 0.2, the beam-column design is contr0lled by the equation: overstrcngth factors are still valid with the final bay geometry.
!'

P,
-+-
Pc 9 M 0
8(M,, M,,)
- - + - S 1.0
Mey (Spec. Eq. Hl-la)
Beam Bracing Requirements
From ATSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.4a(2), beams in V- wd invened V-braced frames
should be braced to satisfy the requirements for moderately ductile members in Section
Note that the maximum moment results from a load combination I.hat does not include seis- Dl.2(a). AJSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2a(3) requires thal beam bracing in moder-
mic effects. This mornenl is not concurrent with axial force in the beam, because the ax.iaJ 31ely ductile members have a maximwn spacing o f:
force is from seismic effeclS. Therefore, the maximum moment need no1 be considered in
I.he combined loading check. lb= O. I 7r1 E/F1 (Provisions Eq. D 1-~

Oetcnnine the moment ratio. For positive moments (lop flange in compression) due to sejs- =0. 17(1.59 in.)(29,000 ksi/50 ksi)
11
,. I mic crrects: =157 in.
1

I
5--442 BRACED FRAMES 5.6 NONBlJILDtNG STRUCTURES: A SPECIAL CASE

Lb= 157 in.(l ft/12 in.) 5.6 NONBUILDING STRUCTURES: A SPECIAL CASE
=13.1 ft Typical building structures have both in-plane and out-of-plane support at lhe location <
The bracing of the bottom flange at the quarter points of the beam (6.25 ft) satisfies th.is bracing connections to columns. Jn nonbuilding structures, however, it is common to ha '
requirement. multistory planar braced frames with in-plane support but no out-of-phlne support at inter-
mediate locations where braces connect to 1he column. The AISC Seismic Provisi01
Beam bracing requirements are given in AlSC Specifica1ion Appendix 6. The required classifies this configuration as K-bracing due to the lack of out-of-plane support. Altboug
strength of lateral nodal bracing is: K-bracing is not pennined for systems in the AISC Seismic Provisions, the steel ordinary
(Spec. Eq. A-6-7)
=
concentrically braced frame designed to satisfy the AlSC Specification (using R l 1h per
ASCE/SEI 7 Table 15.4-1) is pennitted.
where
=
h0 15.7 in.
Cd= 1.0

From Al SC Seismic Provisions Equation D1-1 , the required flexural strength to be used in
AISC Specificacion Appendix 6 equations is:

LRFD ASD

M, =R1F1 Z M, =RyF_.Z/1.5
=1.1(50 ksi)(92.0 in.3 ) =1.1(50 k-si)(92.0 in.3 )tJ.5
=5,060 kip-in. ~

=3.370 kip-in.
From AlSC Specification Equation A--0-7, the required brace strengch is:

LRFD ASD

Pfb =0.02M,C4 I h P,b = 0.02M,Cdlho

1
0
..
=0.02(5,060 kip-in.)( 1.0)/15.7 in. = 0.02(3,370 lcip-io.)(I .0)/15.7 in.
'I
= 6.45 kips = 4.29 kips
1
..~
From AJSC Sp.ecification Equation A-6-8, the required brace stiffness is:

LRFD ASD
,.
..
p = .!.( lOM,Cd) J3 =(IOM,Cd)
br ~ 4ho
4 h,,.
_ 1 [ . 10(5,060 k:ip-in.)(1.0) l
br

=2.00[ 10(3,370 lcip-in.)(1.0) l t.

'"
- o.75 (6.25 ft.Xt2 ioJft)(l5.7 in.) (6.25 ftX12 in./ft)(l5.7 in.)
=57.3 kip/in. - ::: 57 .2 kip/in. 1
i~~

Provide top and bottom flange beam bracing with these minimum strengths and stiffnesses
at quaner points of the beam. Ii:
...
Al.WUCAN lNS1IIVIE OF S'tliEL CO.NS11\UCTION
 ....... !J

l l BRACED Flv\MF.S PART S RFFERF.NCf,5

f
~ ... '

PART 5 REFERENCES Thornton, WA. (1996), "The Effect of Eccentricity on Brace-to-Gusset Angle~ ...
Engineering Jo11mal, AISC. Vol 33. No. 4, 4th Quarter, pp. 123-128.
Ashaneh-Asl, A. (1998), "Seism.ic Behavior 31ld De.sign of Gusset Plates for Braced
Frames;' Steel 1ips, Strucrural Steel Education Council, Moraga, CA. Thornton, W.A. (1997), "Strength and Ductility Requirements for Simple She:ir
Connections With Shear and Axial Load:' NarioM.l Steel Construction Co11fcrenrt
AJSC (2011). Design Examples, VJ 4.0, American Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago: Proceedings, AISC, Chicago, IL
IL, ~v.aisc.org.
Thomlon, W.A. and Muir, L.S. (2009), "Design of Vertical Bracing Connc<:tions for High
Dowswell, B. (2006), ''Effective Length Factors for Gusse1 Plate Buckling," Engineering Seismic Drift," National Sreel Construction Conference Proceedings, AlSC, Chicago, U...
Journal, AlSC, Vol. 43, No. 2, 2nd Quarter, pp. 91-101.
Thornton, W.A. 3.Dd Fortney, P. (2012), "Satisfying Inelastic Rolation RequirementS for In-
Dowswell, B. (2012), "Effective Length Facto~ for Gu~set Plates in Che\'t'on BrawJ Plane Critical Axis Brace Buckling for High-Seismic Design," Engineering Journal,
"
Frames.~ Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol 49, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 115-117. AISC, Vol. 49, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 99-108.
El-Tayem, A. and Goel, S. (1986), Effective Length Factor for the Design of X-bracing Thornton, W.A. and Lini, C. (2011), "How to Use I.he Wh.itrnore }.lelhod for Tension and
Systems,~ E11gi11eering Journal. AISC, Vol. 23, No. l. lst Quarter, pp. 41-45. Compression Strength Checks," .'>fodem Steel Cons1ructio11, July.
Engelhardi. MD. and Popov, E.P. (1989), Behavior of Long Links in Eccentrically Braced
l
Frames," UCBIEERC - 89!01, Earthquake Engineering Research Center, University of
l~
.. California, Berkeley. CA .
Gross, J.L (1990), "E.xperiment3l Study of Gus~e1ed Connections," Engineering Jounu1l,
AJSC, Vol. 27, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 89-97.

Hewiu. C.~l. and Thornton, W.A. (2004), "Rationale Behind and Proper Applicalion of lhc
DuctiHly Factor for Bracing Connections Subjected lO She:1r :ind Transver:oe Lo:iJing,"
Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol. 41. No. I, Isl Quarter, pp. 3-6.
Kotulka, B.A. (2007), "Analysis for a Design Guide on Gusset Plates Used in Special
Concen1rically Braced Frames," M.S. Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering,
University of Washington, SC<lule, WA.

Lehman, D..E, Roeder, C.W., Hennan, D., Johnson S. and Kotulka, B. (2008), "Jmproved
Seismic Performance of Gusset Plate Connections," Jounwl of Scmctural Engineering,
Vol. 134, No. 6, pp. 890-901. 'I

~
Nair, S. (1997), "Practical Application of.Energy Methods 10 Structural Stability Problems."
Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol. 34. No. 4. 4lh Quarter, pp. 126-134.
Picard, A. and Beaulieu, 0. ( I 987), "Design of Diagonal Cross Bracings Part I: Theorelicsl
Study." Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol. 24, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 122-126.

Richard, RM. (1986), "Analysis of Large Bracing Connection Designs for Heavy
ConStruction. National Steel Con.rrruction Conference P1oceedings, AISC, pp. 31.1-
3 1.24, Chicago, IL.

Roeder, C. W., Lumpkin, EJ. and Lehman, D.E. (2011 ), "A Balanced Design Procedure for
,,
)
, Special Concentrically Braced Frame Connections," Jo11mal of Omstructional Steel.
I. Research, VoL 67, pp. 1,760-1,772.
SEAOC (2006), fBC S1ructural/Seim1ic Design Manual, Structurnl Engineers Association
of California. S:icramento, CA
Thornton, WA. (199 1), "On lhe Analysis and Design of Brocing Coooections," Na1iorn1/
Steel Construction Conference Procudings, AJSC, pp. 26.1-26.33, Chicago, IL
 \
-~-
'
... ...
PART6
I ' ~
-,_
. :
COMP.OSITE .MOMENT. FRAMES
,.
I'
! ' ~ 6.1 SCOPE .............. . ........ : ................. . .......... : : ..... 6-2
. . .i ... -.. : 6.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES (C-OMF) . 6- 1
: n
Overview of Applicabl: ~esign Provisions ....... : ..... . ....... . ..... ... . 6-
6.3 COMPOSITE INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES (C-IMF) ............. 6-
.: ~ ' ':.
Overview of Applicable Design ~~visions ..... ..... . .. . . .. _. . . : ... ..... .. 6- ,..
6.4 COMPOSITE SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (C-SMF) ... ...... .. .. . .. .. ... 6-

6.5 ::;:::::~~s:;;:~~~;~~ : ;: 6 I
{C-PIUvIF) ........-.-.. , ....... " . .... . ........................ -' ..... 6-11
.
Overvi.e{v of Applicable Desi~l>rovisions , . :: -~:. :: ..... .. .... : . : ....... 6-P j
6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN '.. . d
~ .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "' . . . . , .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
: . . ~ .. .
6-.
Reinforced Concrete Column-to-Steel Beam Connections ......... , .... . .. . 6-1 -
Round Filled Composiie Colum.1Ho~Steel Beam Connections . . .. . . . ........ 6- j
Rectangular FiUed Comp;site.Column-to-Steel Be_am Connections ......... : 6-'.
PART 6 REFERENCES .-.......... ,,, ... . . .. . .. . ... " ... . .... .... : .. . ..... 6-::.

l;
.. :: { .
I \ .

, J.
;;. ...
t

l.
.1

.,.

"I ,.
AMERICAN lN$mVrE Of STE!?L CoNSTRUCTION
 COMPOSrrE MOMENT FRAMES 6.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT lRAMES (C OMF,I

6.1 SCOPE .. Table 6-1

The following 1ypes of composite moment fulmes are addressed in this Part: compo:<.lle
ordinary moment frames, composite imennediate momenr frames, composite special
Simplified Overview of Provisions
moment frames, and composite partially restrained moment frameq, The AISC Sti.smic for C-OMF Systems
Provision-1 and other design considerations summarized in lhi~ Part apply to lhe design of
the members and conntions in composite moment frames that require seismic detailing. Note In Over.iew Item Referenced Standards'
AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections Al and B2 state that systems with reinforced concrete
1 Materials Se/$mic Prov. Sects.~. I ,
elementS that must be designed according to ACI 318 should be designed only by lhe load A3.4 &A3.5
f.
.::
and resistan~ factor design (LRFD) method because AO 318 does not addre~s allowable
strength design (ASD) . 2 Struc;tsrat d8sigll drawings and speciflcations Seismic Prov. Sects. M 1,
A42 &M.3

3 Loads 2lld toed comblations StiSmie Prov. Sect 82 I

6.2. COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT Seismic Prov. Seel 83.l
4 Required s1reng'Jl for structural memoors and connections
FRAMES (C-OMF)
5 S1ructlnl anal'jSls Seismic Prov. Ch. C
- Compoime ordinary moment frame (C-OMF) systems consist of: (i) composite or reinforced
concrete columns; (ii) structural steel. concrete-encased composite, or composite beams;
(a) Elastic strlfneu or concrete/composite membefs Commentary to Seismic
Prov. Ch. C
and (iii) fully restrained connections. C-OMF systems a.re designed and detailed according
6 ColutM membeB AC! 318 (excl Cll. 21)
10 AISC Seismic Provisions Section GI. They MC expected 10 provide minimal inelastic
deformation capaci1y in !heir members and connections. 7 Beam memOOl's -
ASCfJSEI 7 permits lhe use of C-OMF systems in Seismic Design Categories A and B 8 Beam-toCCllumn coonectloos Seismic Prov. Seel 02
only, as is the case for ordinary reinforced concrete moment frames. The u~e of C-OMF sys-
9 Column sprees Seismic Prov. Seel 02.5
tems is limited because they can potentially invoh e the use of reinforced concrete columns
or beams that are not designed or derailed to meet the seismic requfrementS of ACJ 318 10 Column ba$eS Seismic Prov. Sect. 02.6
Chapter 21. 11 Steel ~ stlJd anchofs oc ,;,-elded relnforciog Seismic Prov. Sect. 02 .S
Because C-OMF systems are limited ro Seismic Design C:uegories A and B, they are bar anchors
expected 10 withstand minimal inelastic drift through inelastic behavior of the composite 12 Com~te slab diaphragms Seismic Prov. Sect. 01 .5
beams, columns and panel zones. As a result, there are no requirements for: (i) ~tructural
'The 11fereoce1 ~ llsted ift .. ~to Ille~~
analysis; (ii) sysrcm configuration; and (iii) designing steel or compos11e members other
., tl1an those given in the AISC Specification and the applicable building code. There are no \

.. additional requirements for designing reinforced concrete members besides those provided
in ACI 318, excluding Chapter 21.
used 10 the members and connections of seismic force resisting syi.tems is
~ selected to meet the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a. For
,. Overview of Applicable Design Provisions
C-OMF systems. rhcre are no welds desigruued as demand critical welds.
:
An O\'erview of the applicable provisions of the AISC Seismic Provisions for the design Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-OMF syslems arc ro m~t
of C-OMP systems follows and is presented in a simplified fonnal i n Table 6-1. All lhe requirements of AlSC Seismic Pro1iSio11s Sections A4. l, A4.2 and A4.3.
requiremenrs of the AlSC Specifi.ca1ion apply, unless stated otherwise in the AISC Seismic
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code arc to be
ProYision.v.
followed 3S indicared in AISC Seismic ProYisions Section B2. C-OMF systems
No1e I. The structural sreel material used for C-OMF systems is limited by the require- including reinforced concrete components are to be designed using load nnd resii:t-
ments of AISC Seismic Prol'isions Section A3.l wllh the cxccprfon that 1he ance fac;ror design (LRFD) because allowable strength design (ASD) is not
specified minimum yield stress of rhe steel for members in which inelastic addressed in ACI 318.
behavior is expected is not to exceed 55 ksi. Thfa specified minimum yield srress Note 4. The required strength for s tructural members and connections is de1crmineJ
can be exceeded when the suitability of the material is derennined by resting or according to AISC Seismic ProYision.s Section B3. I .
01her rational cri1eria. The concre1e and srecl rcinforccmenr is selec1ed to satisfy Note S. Strucrurnl analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be perfonncJ ;~
the requirements of AJSC Seismic ProvisioM Section A3.5. The weld filler metal accordance with the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
..:-
'
 COMPOSl'TE MOMENT FRAMES'.~ 1~
,~: ;~ I
h~.
(a) Fo.r elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes the effects o{ :;l;
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concrete ~~{
be:im 3J!d coltJmn members, conerete-encased and concrete-filled membeclJ :.p~
[
i
and steel.be~~ ';i~ _com(l9.~ite,slabs are provided in the Commentary to tli~ r_~
AJSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite rnembet
properties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of significant yielding m
the members.
Note 6. Columns of C-OMF systems are designed in accordance with AJSC Specification
Chapter I or ACI 318 (excluding Chapter 21).
Nore 7. Bemns of COMF systems are designed in accordance with I.be AJSC Specification.
Note 8. The beam-to-column connections are designed in accordance with the AISC
Specification and AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.
Note 9. Column splices are de$igned in accordance with the AISC Specification and AISC
Seismic Provisions Section 02.5. , the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections !-4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Note 10. Column bases are designed in acpordan<;e with the AISC Specification and AlSC
Seismic Provisions Section D2.6.
Note 11. Steel headed stud anchors and welded reinforcing bar anchors are designed id
accordance with the AJSC Specifica'ticm and AJSC Seismic Provisions Section
02.8.
Note 12. Composite slab diaphragms are to satisfy the requirements of A1SC Seismic
Provisions Section Dl.5.
6.3 COMPOSITE INTERMEDIATE MOMENT
FRAMES (C~l"'JF)
Composite intermediate moment frame (C-IMF) systems consist of: (i) composite or rein-
forced concrete columns; (ii) Structural steel, concrete-encased or composite beams; and {iii)
fully restrained connections. C-IMF systems are designed and detailed according to AISC
Seismic Provisions Section G2. ASCFJSEI 7 limits the use of C-Th1F systems to Seismic
Design Categories A, B and C. The provisions for C-IMF systems as well as the associated
are
R and Cd values in ASCE/SEI 7
IMF systems.
comparable to those required for reinforced concrete
C-IMF systems are expected to proviae limited inelastic deformation capacity through
flexural yielding of the C-IMP beams and columns and shear yielding of the column panel
zones. The inelastic drift capability of C-IMF systems is permitted to be obtained from
inelastic defonnations of beams, columns and panel zones. The C-IMF system connection
is based on a tested design with a qualifying story drift.angle of 0.02 rad.
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions
An overview of the applicable provisions of the AISC Seismic Provisions for the design
of C-IMF systems follows and is presented in a simplified format in Table 6-2. All require-
ments of the AISC Specification apply, unl~ss stated otherwise in the AISC Seismic
Provisions.
6.3 COMPOSITE INTERMEDIATE MOMENT fRAMBS (C-lMF)
Note l. The structural steel material used for C-IMF. systems is limited by the require-
ments of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.1 with the exception that tl
specified minimum yield stress of tbe steel for .members in. which inelastic beha
I
ior is expected is not to exceed 50 ksi. This specified minimum yield stress can
be exceeded when the s'"uitability of the material is detennined by testing or other
rational criteria. Expected material strength is discussed in _AISC Seism
Provisions Section A3.2 and values of R1 and R1 required to calculate the expect
yield and tensile strength of steel are provided in AISC Seismic Provisions Table
A3.1. The concrete and steel reinforcement is selected to satisfy the requiremer
of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler metal used in the me1
bers and connections of seismic force resisting systems is selected to meet t111..
requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a. For C-IMF systt!ms,
there are no welds designated as demand critical welds. .
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-IMF systems are to me ~
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are
be followed as' indicated in AISC Seismic Provision; Section B2. C-IMF s~
tems includJng reinforced concrete ~~IT1ponents are t~ be designed using loa
and r~sistance fa~tor deslgn (LRFD) because allowable strength design (ASfl 1
is not addressed m ACI 318. . .
. J
Note 4. The general provisions for the required strength for strUctural members and co
nections is determined according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section B3.1. T
required strength of columns is detennined according to AlSC Seismic Provisit j
Section Dl.4a. . ..,
Note5. Structural analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed
accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
;
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members mcludes the effecL<
I
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concn..
beam and column memqers.,_ concrete-~nc~d an~ concrete-filled memb~~ I
and steel beams with composite slabs are provided m the Commentary to A
Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite member pror
Note 6. As
ties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of sificant yielding in t'
members.
stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section
.
G2.5a,
.
steel and
compo
I
columns of C-Ilvf.F systems arc required to meet the moderately ductile memb
requirementS of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section DLl.
(a) Encased composite c9lumns must s~tisfy the. requireme~ts of AISC Seis
I
Provisions Section Dl.4b(l). The width-to-thickness r;attos of steel comp1 ..
sion elements must not exceed the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, '4.J, fror
. AJSC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1. . . I
(b) Filled composite columns must satisfy the requirements of AlSC; Se1~ J ,
Provisions Section D l.4c. The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compress'
elements must not exceed the limiting width-to-thicknessratios, A.,,.d. f 1
AlSC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1.
(c) Concrete columns roust satisfy the requirements of AC! 31s S~tio~ 21.3.
~ INsmvre of STEL CONSTRUCTION
 COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMES 6.-4 COMl'OSITB SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES <C-SMF) 6 7

I' \
~ ~
Note 7 As stipulatedin A1SC Seismic Prol'i..~i,ms SC(;tion G2.5a, ste~J and compo~Jte
Table 6-2 : beam.~ of CI.MF systems are required to meet lhe mt'dcrately Juctile memb.:r
}: .. Simplified Overview of Provisions reqwremcnts of AJSC Seismic Pro1 ision.r SecCJon D 1.1.

for C-IMF Systems (a) The \\ idth-to-lhickncss ratios of steel compression clements arc not to e:i:cc.::d
the limJling width-to-thickness ratios, A,,,i1, from AISC Seismic Provisions
Note In Overview Item . Referenced Standard$j Table 01.1.
(b) The lateral bracing for beams is to be designed according to the requirements
1 Steel and concrete materials Seismic Prov. Sects. A3.1,
A3.2', A3.4 &A3.S llf AISC Seismic Provisions Secuon DI .2a.

2 Structural design drawings and specificalJOn Seismic Prov. Sects. M. l , (c) Special bracing at plastic binge IOC3tions required by AISC Seismic Provisions
A4.2&A43 Section G2..ta mu~t meet the requiremenlS of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
Dl.2c.
3 loads and load combinaw-.s Seismic ,"tov. Sect 82
4 Required 6trenglh fOI' stnWal members and
.
Note 8. Beam-to-<:olumn connections are to be Jesigncd according to AJSC Seismic
SelSITlic Prov. Sects. 83.1
comec'.ielns &01.43 Pro1isio11s Sections D2 :md G2.6.
5 Structutal analysis Seismic Prov. Ch C (a) The perfonnance requirements for beam-to-column co1ulections are gi\cn in
AlSC Seismic Prcrdsions Section G2.6b.
(a) E~ $1Tffness of concrete/comPoSite members Commeo!aly to Sel$/TllC
Prov. Ch. C (b) The methodology for coofonn:ince dcmonsLCation is given in AISC' Seismic
6 Moderate!'/ ductile column members Seismic Prov. Sects. O1.1 Provisions Se-ction G2.6c.
& G2.5a (c) The required shear strength for cllnncctioos is based on AlSC Seismic
(a) Encatcd COmPoSrte columns Se1Smic Prov. Sect. Pro\ isrons Section G2.6d.
01.4b(1) & Table 011 Note 9. Connection diaphragm plates and continuit) plates are designed according to the
(b) ,, Filled composite columns Se1Smic Prov. Sect. 01.4c requirements of AISC Seismic Prol-tsions Section G2.6e.
&Table 01 I
Note 10. Column i>phccs .lte designed according 10 the requirements of AJSC Seismic
' {c) Reinlorced concrete COiumns ACI 318 Seel 21 3 Provisions Sections 02.5 and G2.6f.
~

7 Moderately ducille beam members I

Seismic Pr<J'I. Sects Note 11. Column bases are to satisfy lhe requirements of AISC Stismic Provisions Section
01.1 & G2.5a 02.6.
(a) Lifllltiog width-to-thiclule$S ratios Seismic Prov. Table 01.1
Note 12. Steel headed stuJ anchors or welded reinforcing bar anchors are designed to meet
(b) Lateral bracing ot moderately ductile beam members SeiSmic Prov. ~L 01 2a lhe requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section 02.8.
>
~
I (c) l.a1eral bracing at plastie hinge locationS Seismic Prov. Secis. 01 2c
&G2.4a
Note 13. Composite slab diaphragms ore to S.ltisfy the requirements of AlSC Seismic
l: Provisions Section 01.S.
8 Beamlo-column connections 5eismic Prov. Sects. 02
&G2.6
(a) Beam-to-column conneciioo perlormance requirements Seismic Prov. Seel G2.6b 6.4 COMPOSITE SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (C-SMF)
(b) Beam-llKolumn conformance dtmoostrallon Seismic Prov. Sect G2.Sc: Composite special moment frame (C-SMF) systerru consL~t of: {i) composite or reinforced

~
(C) Beam-to-<:Olumn requlftd shear strength Seismic Prov. Sect G2.6d ' concrete columns; (ii) structural steel~ concrete-encased composite, or composite beams;
and (iii) fully restrained connections. C-SMF systems arc designed and detailed according
I
'..
:,
9
10
Connection diaphragm plates and continuity plates
Cdumn gpices
Seismic Prov. Sect G2.6e
Seismic PrCJIK Sects. 02. 5
j to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section G3. ASCFJSEl 7 pennilS C-SMF systems in any seis-
mic design ~ategory but they are primarily intended for use in Seismic Design Categories D,
& 62.61 t
.....
E and F. Design and det:liling provisions for C-SMF systems are compMable to those
11 CollJIM bases Seismic Prov. Sect. 02.6 required for steel and reinforced concrete SMF systems.
;-
12 Steet'headed ~tud anc.hOfs or welded reinforcing Seismic Prov. Sect 02.8 j C-SMF systems are generally expected to experience significant inelastic dcfonnaifons
bar anchof during a large seisrruc event It is expected thllt most of lhe inelastic deformation will take
13 Compo$4te 5lab diaphragms Seismic Prov. Sect. 01.5
f pl:ice as rotation in beam "hinges" with limited inelastic defom1ntion in the panel zone o f
the column. The bc:im 1o-column connections for these systems arc required 10 be qu3.IJ-
"The rNtnced ~ lll:led 1111 In lldd~.JOn IO !ht NS/:. ~
I fied based on tests that demonstrate that the connection can sustain a story drift angle of at

I AMDUCAN INS'TlTIJTE Of' Stm. CONS'Til.IJCTIOl>I

6-8 COMPOSITE MOr. tENT FRAMES 6.4 COMPOSfrE SPECIAL MOl\11.ENT FR.AMES (CSMF)

least 0.04 rad based on the loading protocol specified jn AISC Seismic Provisions Chaplet '
K. The connection configuration and design procedures are based on the results of these Table 6-3
qualifying 1ests. Simplified Overview of Provisions l.
Other provisions are intended to limit or prevent excessive panel wne disiortion, failure
of connectivity plates or diaphragms, column hinging, and local buckling tha1 may lead to for C-SMF Systems
inadequate system performance in spite of good connection performance.
Note In Overview Item Referenced Standards'

Overview of Applicable DE;?sign Provisions 1 Materials Seismic Prov. Sects. f.J.1,

A3.2, f.J.4 & A3.5
An overview of the AISC Seismic Provisions for the design of C-SMF systems follows and 2 Slnlctural design drawings and specificatlon Seismie Prov. Sects. A4 .1,
is presented in a simplified format in Table 6-3. All requirements of the AISC Specijica1ion A4.2 &A4.3
apply._ unless stated otherwise in 1be AISC Seismic Provisions. 3 Loads and load Clllllbinations Seismic Prov. Sect. 82
Required strength tor structural members
Nore 1. The stnictural steel material used for the C-SMF systems is limited by 1he
4
and connections
Seismic Prov. Sects. 83.1
& D1.4a
!
requirements of AISC Specification Section A3. I and AJSC Seismic Pro1isio11s
Section A3. l with the exception that the specified minimum yield stress of the
s Structural analysis
,
Seismic Prov. Ch. C

steel for members in which inelastic behavior is expec1ed is not to exceed 50 ksi, (a) Bastic stiffness.of CQOCrete/composlte members Commentary to Seismic
Prov. Ch. c
as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3. l. This specified minimum ~

yield stress can be exceeded when lhe suitability of the material is determined by 6 Highly cluctlle column members Seismic Prov. Sects. 01 .1
& G3.5a
testing or other rational criteria. For columns in C-SMF systems, the specified
minimum yield stress is not to exceed 65 ksi. Expected material strength is dis- (a) Encased composite columns Seismic Prov. Sect.
01 .4b(2) & Table 01.1
cussed in AlSC Seismic Provisions Se~tion A3.2 and values of Ry and R, required
to calculate the expected yield and tensile strength qf steel are provided in AISC (b} Filled composite columns . - Seismic Prov. Sect. 01.4c
&Table 01.1
Seismic Provisions Table A3.l. This specified minimum yield stress can be
exceeded when the suitability of the material is determined by testing or other (c} Reinforced concrete columns AC! 318 Seel. 21.6
rational criteria. The concrete and steel reinforcement is selected to meet lhe . 7 Highly ductile beam members Seisn1ic Prov. Sects. 01 .1
requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler metal &G3.5a
used in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is
selected to meet the requirements of AISC SeiSmic Provisions Section A3.4a.
Filler metals used in welds designated ss demand critical welds in AISC Seismic
(a}
(b)
Widthl<Hhickness ratios of highly ductile members.
Lateral bracing of highly ductile beam members
Seismic Prov. Table 01.1
Seismic Prov. Sect. 01 .2b
l
Provisions Section G3.6a are ex~~ted to meet the requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section A3.4b.
(c)
I
.
Lateral bracing at plastic hinge localions Seismic Prov. Sects. 01 .2c
&G3.4b
1.
8 Prol)ortionilg of columns and beams at joints Seismic Prov. Seel G3.4a
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-SMF systems are to meet 9 Beam-to-column connections Ssmic Prov. Sect GJ.6
of AISC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
.the requirements
, ~ (a) Demand critical welds Seismic Prov. Seel G3.6a
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are to be (b) Beamto-column connection perfonnance requirements Seismic Prov. Sect. G3.6b
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2. C-SMF systems (c) Beam-to-column confonnance demonstralion Seismic Prov. Sect. G3.6c
including reinforced concrete components roust be designed using load and resist-
(cl) Beam-to-column required shear strength Seismic Prov. Sect G3.6d
ance factor design (LRFD) because allowable strength design (ASD) is tJOt
addressed inACI 318. 10 Connection diaphragm plates and conUnuity plates SeiSmlc Prov. Sect G3.6e
\
11 Column Splicas Sei$mlc Prov. Sects. 02.s
Note 4. The required strenglh for structural members aod connections is deteml.ined
&G3.6f
according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section B3.I. The required strength of
columns is d~tennined according to AISC Seismic Provision~ Section DJ .4a.
12 - Column bases Seismic Prov. Sect. 02.6
13 Steel headed stud an<:hors or welded reinforcing Seismic Prov. Sect. 02.8
Note 5. Structural analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in
bar ancllO<
accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
14 Composite $lab diaphragms Seismic Prov. Sect 01 .5
The referenced sbndards Isled ... In adclUon IO lllt AISC Spoa1fcll/ion.
I
I AMElUC:AN WSTTTVrS OF STEEL CO!OSTRUCTION
 6-10
COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMES.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes the effects of
cracked sections. AdditionaJ gwdeljnes for estimating the stiffness of concrete
beam and column members, concrete-encased and concrete-filled members,
and steel beams with composite slabs are provi<!,ed in the Commentary to AISC
Seismic Provisions Chapter C. The~e concrete and composite member proper-
ties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of significant yielding in the
members.
Note 6. As stipula,ted in AISC Seismic Provisions Section G3.5a, composite columns of
C-SMF ~ystems are required to meet the highly ductile member requirements of
::. AISC Seismic Provisions Section D l .1.
(~) Encased composite columns must satisfy the requirements of AJSC Seismic
Provisions Section DJ.4b(2). The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compres~
sion elements must not exCU<i the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, 4.-J, from
AISC Seismic Prciisions Table DI. 1.
(b) Filled composite columns must satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
_ _____, "L.., Provisions Section Dl.4<:. The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compression
1_,
'. :.
elements must not exceed the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, AJid, from
AISC .Seismic Provisions Table D 1. l.
,_(c) Concrei~ columns must satisfy the requirements of AC! 318 Section 21,6.
Note 7., ~stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section G3.5a, beams of C-SMF systems
;'lfe required to meet the highly ductile member requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section D 1.1.
Ill
-
(a) Th_e width-to-thickness ratios of steel compression elements must not exceed
the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, AJuJ, from AISC Seismic Provisions
Table Dl.l.
: (b) Tile' lateral bracing for beams is designed according to the r~l!iremeots of
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b.
(c) Special bracing at plastic hinge locations required by AISC Seismic Provisions
Section G3.4b must meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
DJ..2c.
Note 8~ Colums and beams of C-SMF systems are proportioned to meet the strong-col-
umn weak-beam requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section G3.4a.
Note 9. Beam-t~oJurnn connections are designed according to AISC Seismic Provisions
Section G3.6.
(a) Welds designated as demand critical are stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions
' Section G3.~a.
(b) The perfonnance requirements for beam-to-column connections are given in
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section G3.6b.
..
;-:. I (c) The methodology fur conformance demonstration is based on AISC Seismic
Provisio11s'Seclion G3.6c.
(d) The required shear strength for connections is based on AISC Seismic
Provisio11s Section G3.6d.
~ 6.5 COMPOSITE PARTIALLY RESTRA.tNED MOMENT FRAMES (C-PRMF) 6-11
' Note 10. Connection diaphragm plates and continuity plates are designed according
requirements of AISC Seismic Pr0\isio11s Section G3.6e.
10 the
Note 11. Column splices are designed according 10 the requirements of AlSC Seismic
Provisions Sections 02.5 and G3.6f.
Note 12. ColW1Ul bases are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
D2.6.
Note 13. Steel headed stud anchors or welded reinforcing bar anchors are de,signed to meet
. the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section 02.8. '
Note 14. Composite slab diaphragms are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
Prorisions Section Dl.5.
6.5 COMPOSITE PARTIALLY RESTRAINED
MOMENT FRAMES (C-PRMF)
Composite partially restrained moment frame (C-PRMF) syscems consist of structural steel
columns and composite beams that are connected with partially rcsrrained moment connec-
tions. C-PRMF systems are designed and detailed accordfog to AJSC Seismic Provisions
Section 04.
C-PRMF systems resist lateral forces and displacements through the flexural and shear
strengths of the beams and columnssimil!U' to other moment frame systems. The primary
difference between C-PRMF systems and the other moment frame systems is that the beam-
to-column connections in C-PRMF are .not designed for the full flexural strenglh of the
beam. Consequently, hinging is. forced to occ.u r in lhe partially restrained composite con-
nections (PRCC) rather than the beam ends and column panel zone. The beams and columns
in a properly designed C-PRMF will typically remain elastic with low ductility demands
with the exception of expected hinging at the base of the columns.
.. The design of a C.PRMF is different.from the .design of a more traditional steel moment
frame in three important ways. First,. PR;CC are not designed to be stronger than the beam it
is connecting. Consequently, the lateral ~~ystem typically will hinge. within the connections
and not within the associated' beams or columns. Second, because the connections are nei-
ther pinned nor fixed, their stiffness must be accounted for in the frame analysis. Third,
because the connections are weaker than folly restrained moi;ient corwecrions, the lateral
force resisting system requires more frames with more connections, resulting _in a highly
redundant system.
Tue work that fonns the basi_s of many of the recommendations for the C-PRMF has been
summarized in Partially Restrained Composite Connections, Design Guide 8 (Leon et aJ.,
1996) and ASCE (1998). The type of CPRMF system envisioned under the current AISC
Seismic Provisions is one using bare steel W-shape columns and'composite steel beam fram-
ing. Most research addressing C.PRMF systems bas investigated systems with a reinforced
composite slab, a double-angle bolted web connection, and a bolted sear angle.
With the magnirudc of the seismic response modification coefficient., R, between those
of the f.}..lF and SMP systems, the C-PRMF system is expected to experience significau
inelastic behavior during a seismic event and the PRCC must be capable of providing St3bk
a
moment-rotation behavior up 10 o'. 02. rad. The PRCC must also e..'\bibit moment Streng.:.
 6.5 COMPOSITE PARTIALLY RESTRAINED MOMENT FRAMES (C-PRJ..IF) 6
6-12 COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMES

of at least 50% of the nominal flexural sirength of lhe steel beam at a connection rotation of Provisions Chapter C. These composite member properties reflect the effecfr
0.02 rad. The AJSC Stismic Provisions do not provide an upper bound on lhe characteri~tic stiffness at the onset of significant yielding in I.he members.
connection moment strength; however, 100% of the nominal plastic flaxural strength of the Note 6. As stipulated in AISC Seismic l'rovision.s Section G4.5a, colwnns of C-PRMF sy
bare steel beam is recommended. terns are required to meet the highly ductile member requirements of AISC Seisr11
The design concept of "strong column-weak beam" is not specifically required by th~ ProvisiQns Section D l.J.
AJSC Stismic Provisions for C-PRMF systems; however, it is recommended for C-l?R.f\.1F Note 7. As stipulated in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section G4.5b, beams of C-PRMF sy
systems in Seismic Provisions Commentary Section G4.4. Similar to the special moment terns are required to meet the highly ductile member requfremen1s of AISC Sei:sm ..
frame, this provision is not intended 10 eliminate aJl yielding in the columns. Rather, it is Provisions Section D1.1.
intended to result in framing systems that have disuibu1ed inelasticity in large seismic events I:
(a) The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compression elements must not exce1 I::
and diS<:ourage story mechanisms.
I the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, 'Nut. from AISC Seismic Provisions Tab :
Dl.l.
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions (b) The lateral bracing for beams is designed according to the requirements
An overview of lhe AISC Seismic Provisions requirements for the design of C-PRMF sys- AlSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b.
rems follows and is presented graphically in Figure 6-1 and in a simplified format in Table (c) A solid slab is to be provided as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Sectk
6-4. All requirements of the AISC Specification apply, unless stated otherwise in the AISC
Seismic Provi.sio11s. ~fu
Note 8. Beam-to-column connections are designed according to AlSC Seismic Provisic
I
Note l. The structural steel material used for the C.PRMF systems is limited by the Sect.ions D2 and G4.6. Specifically, steel reinforcement must be designed to sa,
requirements of AISC Specification Section A3.l and AJSC Seismic Provisions isfy tbe requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.7(5).
Section A3.l with the exception that the specified minimum yield stress of the Note9. Column splices are to satisfy the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisic
steel for members in which inelastic behavior is expected is not to exceed 50 ksi, Sections 02.5, G4.6a(l) and G4.6f.
as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.l. This spe~ified minimum Note 10. Co!Umn bases are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
yield stress can be exceeded when the suitability of the material is determined by
testing or other rational criteria. Expected material strength is discussed in AISC
02.6. l:
Seismic Provisions Section A3.2 and values of R., and R, required to calculate I.he
expected yield and tensile strength of steel are provided in AlSC Seismic
Provision.s Table A3.l. The concrete and steel reinforcement is selected to meet the
requirements of ATSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler metal used
in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is selected 10
meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a. Welds desig-
nated as demand critical welds in AISC Seismic Provisions Section G4.6a are
expected to meet the requrrements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4b.
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-PRMF systems are to meet
the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by lbe applicable building code are to be
followed as indicated in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section B2.
Note 4. The required strength for structural members and connections is detennined
according lo AJSC Seismic, Provisions Section B3.l. The required strength of
i columns is determined according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section DJ .4a.

~ Note5. StructuraJ analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in

accordance with the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C :ind
Section G4.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composile members includes rhe effects of
cracked sections. Additional guMelines for estimating the stiffness of :.1ecl
beams with composite slabs are provided in the commentruy to AISC Seismic Fig. 61. Notes key for Table 6-4 for C-PRMF systems.

A.'ID!.ICAl'I lNSTtTUTll 01' STEEL CONSTJWCTJON

I
6-1 5
ii 6-14 6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN

"
-~~

' Reinforced Concrete Column-to-Steel

~ I Table 6-4 Beam Connections
?
Notes to Figure 6-1: C-PRMF Systems
I
./

I
' .!_..
,, ; ;
During the 1980s and 1990s, more than 400 RCS connections were tested in Japan and _36
in !he UnHed States (Deierlein and Noguchi, 2004). Through the U.S.-Japan Cooperattve
Note In Note in AISC Se/$/TllC Research Program, 56 more connection subassemblics were tested to fill knowledge gaps for
ttem
Ag. 6-1 Overview Provfs/ons Reference certain connection con.figur3tions and force-cransfer mechanisms (U.S.-Japan, 1983).
- 1 Matelials Sects.AJ.1, A3.2, A3.4 Examples of the wide variety of RCS connection details tested in Japan and the U.S. are
&A3.5 shown in Figures 6-2a and 6-2b, which are raken from Deierlein and Noguchi (2004).
- 2 Structural design drawing$ and specification Sects.A4.1,A4.2 &M.3
- 3 Loads and load combinations SectB2
- 4 Required and available strength for structural
members and connections
Sects. B3.1 & D1.4a Long. Reinf. Long. Reinf.

- 5 Structural analysis Chapter C, Seel. G4.3

A (a) Composite member stiffness Comm. to Ch. C
a
_ _ ___, ib B 6 Highly ducble column members Sects. 01.1 & G4' 5a
!~
c 7 Beam members Sects. 01.1 &G4.5b
(a} WldtlHo-thickness ratios of highly
ductile members
- Table 01.1 Hoops
Face Bearing Plates (FBP)
Steel Beam
G (b) Lateral bracing of highly ductile beam members Seel 01.2b (1) Cover Plate Type (2} Face Bearing Plate Type
D (c) Sol!d slab zone Sect G4.5b Rib Plate
F, I, J 8 Beamlocolumn connections 6nduding Sects. 02 & G4.6
composite partially restrained connections)
B: 9 Column splices Sects. 02.5, G4.6a(1)

"~
&G4.6f
!;
"' B 10 Column bases Sect. 02.6
"" E 11 Steel headed stud oochors Seel 02.8
' - - - - Hoops
H 12 Composite slab diaphragm Sect Ot.5 Steel. 8_eam FBP Band Plates Stiffeners
(3) Extended Face Bearing Plate Type (4) Steel Band Type

Note l l. Steel headed stud anchors are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section D2.8.
Note 12. Composite slab diaphragms are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section Dl.5.

6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN

Hoops Hoops
Unlilce steel moment resisting frames, were currently are no prequalified connections avail- Steel Beam Confinement Plates Steel Beam FBP
able for use in composite moment resisting frames. Therefore, the following sum.marii.es (5) Cross Anchoring Plate Type (6)'Headed Stud Type
the results of testing and evaluation of selected types of connections for composite moment
resisting frames. The discussion focuses on reinforced concrete column-to-steel beam Fig. 6-2o. &Ampk details 1 1hro11gh 6 of reinforced concrete columnto-steel beam
connections (RCS), round filled composite column-to-steel beam connections, and rectan- connections te.sttd in the U.S. and Japan (from Deierlein and Noguch~ 2004).
gular filled composite column-to-steel beam connections. Reprinted wi1h permission from ASCE:.

AMER.ICAN l:NST1TVT6 OF STEJ!L CoNSTRVCTION

<H6 COMPOSITE MOMEITT FRAMES t~ ?"' 6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN 6-1
~~
~~
In Figures 6-2a and 6-2b, details 1 through 7 are.through-beam type connections where ~~
the beam is continuous through the joint. By not interrupting (splicing) the be.am at lbe poi,nt r -
Table 6-5
of maximum moment at the column face, the through-beam details provide the ductility th~
is generally desirable in conventional steel construction. Details 8 through 11 are througli Summary of Reinforced Concrete
column type connections where the beam flanges are interrupted to minimize the impact on
the column reinforcing bar arrangement and to facilitate concrere placement in the joint
Column-to-Steel Beam Connection Tests
Detail 12 is an example of a hybrid detail, combining conventional reinforced concrete con-
cepts by encasing the steel beam ends connecting to the concrete column. OrganlutiOn References
Til.rOugh-bcam-type connections have been the preferred derail in the U.S., however, both
types have be.en used in Japan. The primary differences between the detaiJs in Figures 6-2a

Building Contractors
Society
six tllree:-Oi~ensional, through-column joints Nishiyama e1 al.
(1998, 2000) il,
Vertical Sti ener Kuramoto and Nishiyama
Transverse (2004) (
Stiffeners
Chi~a Univ. siX planal: through-beam joints Kuramoto,and Noguchi
(1997)
I
Noguchi and Kim j;
five planar !hrough-column jolnts
(1997, 1998) i.:
Osaka lnsl of six planar through-beam joints, investigation of Baba and Nislliinura
~~
Steel Beam
I
FBP
Hoops
Techno!Ogy specific internal force transfer mechanisms
15 ttu:cugh-beam joints (nine exterior configura~ons,
(2000)"
ParraMontesinos et al. t'
Univ. of Michigan
{7) B~arin.Q _Steel Column Type _(8) Transverse Stiffener Type four ~ittl comp0site slab, and h\10 poSt.-eaithquake '(2opoa,
2000b, 2001 a,
l
repairs) zocn t>; 2003)
Liang and Parra- l;:
'-
~ ' Montesinos (2004) -

Texas A & M siX lllree-dlmensional 1hrough-beam joints, Bugeja et at (1999, 2000)

_, .with composite slab- . Bracci etal. (1999)
Esche et al. (1999) 11.'
U.C. San Diego two planar t~ of steel beams to compo$ite Chou and Uang (2002)
column with redui:,ed beam sections
Steel B~am-J - Cornell Univ. 19 thraughbeam jbints Kanno arid Deierlein
(1993, 1997)
(9). Inner Diaphragm Type
Long. Reinf. UniV. of Texas 17 ltrrollgh-beam Joints Sheikh et al. (1989)
Deierlein et al. (1989)

ffom DEie!IM and tloguctri (2004). Reprinted Wilh pennission from ASCE. J.
' ..
I.

and 6-2b lie in att~c~ents vario~s

of stiffener plates, and covetipl~tes bearin~ plat~s.
whi l:.
act together with reinforcing bars to t:ffect force transfer between the steel and concrete. .:
A sununary of test results avaiJa~le in lhe literature is presented in Table 6-5. The test
PC Bolts
Steel Beam End Plate artial SRC Beam specimens were approxun:itely on~-half to two-thirds of full scale, with typical reinforc J
(11) PC Bolt Type (12) Partial SRC Beam Type concrete column sizes ranging from 10 to 18 in. deep. The tests were generally conduct.
under cyclic loading, and several of the tests included axfal loading of the reinforced coo~
Fig. 6-2b. Example ckcails. 7 rhrough J2 of reinforced concrere columnco-sreel beam crete columns to represent gravity loading and eartbquake--induced overturning. The typk"'l
connections tested in the U.S. and Japan (from Deierlein and Noguchi, 2004). yield strength of the steel beams was 50 ksi,. and lhe con~~te comp:e~sive s~r~ngth wa~
Reprinted with pennission from ASCE. ksi minimum. Most connection test assemblies were designed to fSJ.1 m tbe JOiot to all,
 6-18
COMPOSITP MOMFNT FRAMES
study of the inrcmal force tran5fer mechanisms. This is counter to de~ign practice. u. here the'
, Joints arc t)pically designed to be :.trooger th:1.11 the beams. This should be kept in mind
:
wl1en reviewing test results from literature.
OveraJJ, the tests show that, when properly detailed to mobilize in1ema1 force transfet
,... mechanisms. RCS connections provide reliable strength and ductility for seismic design. /II.
! limited suite of details (face bearing plates, vertical joint reinforcement, web doubler plates,
"' etc.) have been tested and shown to enhance sliffness antl strength of the connection.
Other det:1.tls adjusted 10 suit design and fabrication that provide similar levels of confine-
ment and force transfer nuy be suitable but would need engineering evaluation.
Models to calcuJate lhe stiffness and strength of RCS joinls have been synthesized imo
guidelines (ASCE, 1994). TI1e ASCE guidelines have been validated for seismic design
using lhe tests noted in Table 6-5. Several proposals have been made to improve them
?
(e.g., Parra-Montesinos and Wight, 2001a; Parra-Montesinos et al .. 2001; Kuramoto and
...~:... Nishiyama, 2004). In particular. through-beam type connections eliminate the need for field
weldfog of the beam flanges and are generally not susceptible 10 rupture behavior. Tests
have sho"-n 1hat, of the many possjble ways of strengthening the joint, face be3ring plaies
and steel band pl3tC;S auachcd to the beam are very effective for both mobilizing the joint
shear strength of reinforced concrete:.: and providing confinement to lhe concrete. Further
information on design methods and equations for these composite connections is available
in published guideUnes, e.g. Niiliiyama et al. (1990) and l>arra-Montesinos and Wight
t200Ja).
1..iang and Parra~.Mont~inos (2004) have demonstrated the experimental beha11ior of
the~e connections by te:.ting two interior :md tWt'l exterior RCS subas:1cmblics under cyclic
load reversals. The test specimens included reinforced concrete columns o r RCS columns
and composite beams with the steel beam running continuously through the columns and a
reinforced concre1.e ~fab cast upon metal decks supported by the sleel beams. Strong col-
umn-weak beam design philosophy was implemented by designing the interior ~pecimens
to have a column-to-beam moment strength ratio of 1.3, and the exterior spe<:imens to have
a ratio of 2.2. Figure 6-3 shows the cwo types of composite joint details used for the interior
and exterior RCS connection subassemblies.
As shown in Figure 6-3(a). one of the details consisted of overlapping U -sbaped stirrups
...... passing through h<?les drilJed in the beam web. For this detail, the transverse beam was
"
,.
'
t tic behavior, but the flexural strength of these connections deteriorsted early in the imposed
(bl RCS joint With $teel bond pla1tl
Fig. 6-3. RCS connection.J tested by Liang mu/ Parra-Monusinos (2004) and
thmon.stroted ro achiew 0.04 rad intl.'rstory drift.
(i.6 CONNl.:CTION DESIGN 6-19
assumed to frame in to the main beam some d.htancc away from the connection. Al~o c 1 osel~
spaced stirrups were placed in 1hc column regions directly above and below the Mccl be.;ims
to provide confinement to regio11s susceptible to beating f:ulure and to mobilize concre11:
regions outside the width of the steel beam flanges.
,
The second detail shown in Figure 6-3(b) features :.tecl band plates wrapping around '
the column regkins just above and below the steel be3ffis. The U-shaped stirrups that pass
through the steel web panel were eliminated because of the confinement provided by th.e
~ted band plates. This funber aJJO\l.S transverse beams to frame into the main beam !lt the
conoecl:lon region. In order to pre\ent outward buckling of longitudinal bars 1hrougb the
joint region, ~mall ties that do not penetrate the steel web panel v.ere provided over the
joint depth.
E."tperimental results indicated excellent performance and only moderate damage in the
connecMnS. Plastic hinges fonned m the beam regions adjacent 10 the connections and dis-
sipated energy under cyclic loading to achieve story drift angles greater than 0.04 rad, which
is requiretl for C-SMF S}Stems.
Round Filled Composite Column-to-Steel
Beam Connections
The behavior of different cypes of round filled column-10-~tccl beam connections for com-
posite frames has been investigated in the U.S. (Aziz.inamini and Schneider, 2004). Six
different types of comp<>site connccoons \\ere t~1ed; these te~t configurations :lfc pre~ented
m Figure 6-4
Each tested connection consisted of a round filled composite column conncc1cJ to an
ASTM A992 W14x38 beam. The composite column was an ASTM A500 Grade B round
hollow slnJclural section (HSS) that was 14 in. in diameter, 0.25 in. thick. and filleJ with/~
= 5 ksi concrete. The test setup conmted of an exterior .;ubasscmbly (girder on only one side
of 1be column) thal was subjected to cyclic deformations on the tip of the cantilever girder
at a distance of 9 ft from the face of the column. The cyclic deformation history followed
ATC-24 (ATC, 1992) guidelin~.
When the steel beam is welded directly to the round HSS of lhc comp<>siie column, as
shown in connection type J, large distortions of the HSS wnlls occurred. and the connection
was susccpuble to weld, flange or HSS wall rupture. This type of connection had a rotation
capacity less than 0.02 rad and is acceptable only for C-OMP systems. Connection types ll
and m, with external diaphragm anJ continuous web details, rcspecti\ely, bad better ineJas..
deformation history after reaching a roUltion capacity of 0.02 rad, which is not acceptable
for C..St.iF systems.
Connection type IV was similar to type I with the addition of four No. 6 rebars that were
welded to tho girder 11:\nges and a11Chored into the concrete infil! of the composite column.
The behavior of this connection was better. but lberc was some local te3ring of the st~I HSS
at a rotauon of 0.03 rad. and rupru~ of the deformed bars :u a rotation of 0.037 5 rad. As a
resuJt, this connection type is ruso not acceptable for C-SMF systclllS. Connection type V
with the girder flange through the comp<>site column bad rupture failures :u the flange welc!s
and is not recommended for any of the systems.
Connection type VI. the through be<lm-type design, had excellen1 cyclic behavior ari.!
d~veloped 0.04 rad rotation. Th.is is the only connection 1ype ncceptable for C-SM P system~.
 6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN

Connection types Il, ill and IV are acceptable for C-lMF systems where !he required rota,
tion capacity is 0.02 rad. Table 6-6
,1
. Elremaily and Azizioamini (2000) conducted additional research to develop desjgn guide:
Imes for through-beam-type connections for systems with round filled composite columnst
Matrix of Specimens Tested I
They c~nducted seven two-thirds sc.ale tests on connection systems consisting of a round
(Ricles et al., 2004)
compoSJte column and a steel beam passing through the column representing an interior Connection Detail
Specimen
.i:
I lntel'iOr dlaphragms (lour-sided CJP weld), weak beam

i
2
1R
lnteflor Cfiaphragms (t!Jree-slded CJP weld), weak lleam
krterior dlaplvagms (four-sided CJP weld), weak panel zone I
' !
2R lntenor diaphragms {lhreeslcled CJP weld), weak panel rone
3 Extende<l tee, weak beam
3R Extended tee with taper, \veak beam
4 Bolted split-tee connectlon with shear tab, weak beam
.
5 aOited split-tee connection witllout shear tab, weak beam 1

. .J
6
7
~lded splittee connection withou~shear tab, weak beam
Wclded splft-tee con~ection without shear t~~ weak beam L
l\ejlMled with permission rrom A.See.

subassembly. The specimens were designed to investigate different possible failure mode
and develop connection strength equations. The maio test variables were the column-I
beam flexural slreogth ratio (moment ratio) and the type of weld used to attach the beam 1
the HSS. The ASTM ASOO Grade B sreel HSS varied from 12 to 16 in. in diameter wjth 0.1:
in. wall thickness, and the ASTM A992 steel beams varied from W16x31 to W18x50.

Rectangular Filled Composite Column-to-Steel

Beam Connections I

~Ill: ~WM> ~ii'~ --

"l .

~M Er:tblded Ol/omdBM~
\

Extensive research has been conducted in Japan to study the behavior of moment conm
tioos between filled composite columns and wide flange beams under seismic loadiP
I
. ,. conditions (Ricles et ii., 2004). Research on welded beam-to-filled composite col11r
connections having interior or exterior diaphragms has shQwn that these elements
susceptible to buckling or shear yielding of the steel HSS within the panel zone of 1 J.:
' connection. 0

Rides et aL (2004) conducted (ull-scale tests representative of the interior subassembl; -

in the middle to upper floors of moment frames with six to 12 stories. A ~otal of 10 full-sc J
tests were conducted. Each test specimen consisted of two W24x62 beam sections mv
from ASTM A36 steel attached to an HSS16x16x'h rectangular filled column made from
ASTM A500 Grade B steel and filled with concr~te wi~ a measured compressive slren 1
@f'"""~=-
,,.,. .. I -I
of 7 to 8.5 ksi. Tue test specimens are as defined in Table 6-6.

~ \I': ~ Rltttflll ~ inal plastic moment strength of lhe beam. The details of lhese connections are showo
I
Specimens 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 in lhiS rest were designed us.ing the strong column-we::.
beam principle, where the connection elements were designed to resist I.50 limes lhe non

Fig. 6-4. Round.filled composite column-10-sreel beam connection test ccnjigurations Figure 6-5 and described as follows:
(Azizinamini and Schneider; 2()()4). Reprinted with ptmnissionfrom ASCE.
 6-22 6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN

Figure 6-5(a) shows the detail of connection specimens I and 2 tha1 consisted of int~ penetration groove weld on the nonh side adjacent to the panel zone (i.e., web of HSS)
rior diaphra~ms and welded details for the filled composite column-io-steel ~ was omitted.
connection. The only difference: between the two specimens was that lbe intmo~ Specimen 3 had an cxteoded-1ec moment connection detail as shown in Figure 6-S(b).
diaphragms of specime.n 2 were welded o~ only lhree sides. The comple1e-join1-, As sho,rn, the extended tee was an ST7.5x25 section th.at was attached to the beam
I ., flanges and column by complete-joint-penetration groove welds.
.... I i
I
11mmDl1.x114 mm
SMar Stud (typ.) 1
I;
I
I
'

Ll W24X62
Sfru'C;fural '
Tut>. 44>6x408x12
i
0
\;. Umm Ola. x 114 mm
Sh.ar Stud (typ.)
44mm

Q ~ Section AA
Tep & &ttom Dfeplttagml
(Full P~ ~ omfttltd
3&1mm

011 Hortll Side ror Spec, 2) 3srruuJ L-lJ 7tmm

11 (a) Details of specimens J and 2 in Table 6-6
4@ 67mm
Section A-A

~
(c) Derails of specimens 4 and 5 in Table 6,6 t .- .

Structural
Tube "6x406ltf 2

-
16mmDia.x114 mm
E71T-8 Shew Stud (typ.)
I ~~-,
!
!~
12mm

~
,, I W24xS2

.. t
381mm
t
260 E7018, 'l'jp.
I ~1am"J I
Section A-A Sectfon A-A
(b) Details of spromen 3 ;,, Table 6-6 (d) Details of speci~ns 6 and 7 in Table 6-6

Fig. 6 -5. Detai/,s of rectangular filled composite column-ro-steel beam connection Fig. 6-5 (conr'd). DerailJ (Jf rectangular jiUed composite colwnn-co-steel beam co11Mcrio11
(Ricles er al., 2004). Reprirsled w ith penni.ssion from ASCE. res red by Ricles et al. (2004 ). Reprinted with pennission from ASCE.
 6.6 CONNL~L' I !UN Ut.:511..JN
6-24 COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMEs

Specimens 4, 5, 6 and 7 had split-tee moment connection details as shown in Figure

6-5(c) and (d). The split-tee connections were designed to activate a diagonal con-
crete compression strut wilhin the connection's panel zone under the action of ~ GOO

overturning moment. This was achieved by the use of ASTM A490 bolts to develop i~..L-~~..t-.1-1<1+++4~-W-.f-1-.,_~__,
a horizontal tension force through the joint. These bolts were passed through lhe
column with tbe use of PVC conduits placed prior to casting concrete and tensioned
after curing of the concrete. The split-rec detail was designed to avoid prying action
(c)~4
in the ASTM A490 bolts.
In specimens 4 and 5 the stem of the tees were attached to the beam flanges using n-
io.-diameter ASTM A325 bolts with 1h-fo. oversiwi bolt holes, whereas in specimens
6 and 7 a 'll:in. fillet weld was used. The structural tees in all specimens were cut
from a W24x146 section of ASTM A572 Grade 50 steel chat bad a measured yjeld
strength of 49.6 ksi.
Specimen 1 achieved a maximum story drift of about 0.04 rad when a rupture irritiatt.-d
at the fusion line of the beam flange and the weld. Prior to rupture, the beams de,elopcd
appreciable yielding in the flanges and web. This type of connectjoo detail is not accept
able for C-SMP systems, but it can be used for C-IMF systems thal require only 0.02 rad
(h) SpeG 7
story drift angle.
Specimen 3 developed a rupture in lhe beam tension flange, adjacent to an extended tee
1 ~.c .o.o4 -o.u -0.02
at lhe end of the connection during the first half cycle of 0.03 rad story drift. An ex:unina
tion of the beam flange in the ruprured area revealed that the material had necked at the
Pl~~-~n
o 0.01
p*-
o.04 o.c. o.oa
l
~

crack, indicating that a significant amount of strain had develoJ?.ed. This type of connection fig. 6-6. .\1omenr-plastic beam rotation behavior of tested split tee moment connecrions
detail is not acceprable for CS~fF systems, but it can be used for C-1).fF systems that (Ric/es et al., 2004). Reprinted with permissionfromASCE.
require only 0.02 rad of imemory drift.
Specimens 4, 5, 6 and 7 developed sigrrificant yielding al the base of tee stem during cbe
inelastic displacemem cycles during the test. These specimens also developed full plastic
flexural hinges in the beams at the end of the connection, where pronounced flange and web 0.08
yieliling occurred and was followed by local flange and web buckling. Each test was stopped
0.07 [ f2I Seam eJ CoMnn 0 P~nol Zor.o II Conncdon
after a story drift of 0.06 rad was iml>osed to the top of the colunm of these specimens.
Figure 6-6 shows lhe moment-plastic rotation behavior of these connections. All of these ~ 0.08
I
.
connection details are acceptable for C-$MF systems !hat require 0.04 rad of interstory drift
As shown in Figure 6-6, pinching occurred in the cyclic behavior of specimen 4 due to
.g.
~ 0.06 MCE l
the bolt hole elongation and resulting slippage between tbe beam and the connection under
"C
Q
o.o, - _\__
cyclic loading. At the end of the test. a .!let section rupture QCCUrted in the flange bolt line,
leading to deterioration in strength. The welding of the washer plates in specimen 5 and tee E
!
0.03 J
stems to the beam flanges in specimens 6 and 7 served to reinforce the bearing strength and
increase the net area in the beam flanges. This avoided hole elongation and subsequent prob-
lems from developing.
Figure 6-7 shows the inelastic story drift capacity of tested specimens, and the required
i 0.02
0.01

inelastic story drift for design basis and maximum considered earthquakes. As shown, the 0.00
1 1R tR 3 3R 4
split-tee moment connections (specimens 4 through 7) have acceptable behavior for use with
C-SMF systems. The rMuired story drifts were calculated by conducting nonlinear time his-
&pectmen
..
J
I
tory nnaJysis of several CFf moment resisting frames, subjecting them each to several Fig. 6-7. Inelastic story drift capacity of connection ttst speci~ns (Ricles et al., 2004).
ground motion records. Reprinud wilh permission from ASCE.
The panel zone shear strength of the spUt-tee moment connections can be estimated using
the Kanntani et al. (1991) model developed based on I.he Japanese test results. Detailed J
seismic design gwdelines for the split-tee moment connections are included in Peng (200 l).
AMERICAN INS1TTl111! OF STEEL CONSTROC110N
 ~. l
6-26 COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMES
\
PART 6 REFERENCES
ASCE (1994), 'Guidelines for Design of Joints becw~n Steel Beams and Reinforced
Concrete ColllJ11lls; ASCE Task Commiuee on Design Criteria for Composite Structure{
in Steel and Coocrete, Journal of Strucrural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 20, No. 8, pp.
2,330-2,357.
ASCE ( 1998), "Design Guide for Panially Restrained Composite Connections," ASCE Task
Committee on Design Criteria for Composite Structures in Steel and Concrete, Journal of
Strucrural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 124, No. 10, pp. l,009-1, 114.
ATC (1992), "Guidelines for Cyclic Seismic Testing of Components of Steel Structures,"
ATC-24, Applied Technology Council, Redwood City, CA.
Azizinarnini, A. and Schneider, S.P. (2004), "Moment Connections to Circular Concrece-
Filled Steet Tube Columns," Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 130, No. 2,
pp. 213-222.
.,
!: Baba, N. and Nishimura, Y. (2000), "Stress Transfer on Through Beam Type Steel Beaui~
----~ ~;;:i
Reinforced Concrete Column Joints," Proceedings of the 6th ASCCS lnremarional
Conference on Sreel-Concrere Composite Srructu,res, Y. Xiao and S. Mahin, eds., pp.
753-760.
Bracci, J.M., Moore, W.P., Jr. and Bugeja, .M.N. (1999). "Seismic Design and
Construccability of RCS Special Moment Frames: Jounuil of Stmctura/ Engineering,
Vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 385-392.
Bugeja, M., Bracci, J.M. and Moore, WP. (1999), "Seismic Behavior of Composite Moment
Resisting Frame Systems," Technical Report No. CBDC-99..()J, Dept. of Civil Engineering,
Texas A&M University.
Bugeja, M., Bracci, J.M. and Moore, W.P. (2000), "Seismic Behavior of Composite RCS
Frame Systems," Journal of Srmctural Engineering, Vol. 126, No. 4, pp. 429-436.
Chou, C.C. and Uang, C.M. (2002), "Cyclic Performance of a Type of Steel Beam to SteeJ-
Encased Reinforced Concrete Column Moment Connection," Journal of Consrructional
Steel Researfh,, ,Vol. 58, No. 5- 8, pp: 637-663.
Deierlein, G.G., Sheikh, T.M., Yura, JA. and Jirsa, J.0. (1989), "Beam-Coltunn Moment
Connections for Composite Frame.s: Pan 2," Journal of Structural Engineering, VoJ. 115,
No. 11, pp. 2,877-2,896. . Proceedu1gs, ASCE Structures Congress XV. ASCE, Reston, VA, pp. 726-730.
Deierlein, G.G. and Noguchi, H. (2004), "Overview ofU.S.-fapan Research on the Seismic
Design of Composite Reinforced Concrete and Steel Moment Frame Structures," journal
of Structural- Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 130,. No. 2, February, pp. 361-367.
Elremaily, A. and Azizinamini, A. (2000), "faperimental Behavior of Steel Beam to CFf
Column Connections: Journal of Construccional Sreel Rtsearr:h. Vol. 57, No. JO, pp.
1,099-J ,119.
Esche, C.D., Bracci, J.M. and Moote, W.P. (1999), "Joint Strength in RCS Fram.es;
Technical Report No. CBDC-99-02, Department of Civil Engiueering, Texas A&M
University.
PART 6 REFFRJ:!NCES
6-27
Kanatani, H. Tabuchi, !111., l<amba, T., Hsiaolien, J. and Ishikawa, M. (1991), "A Study on
Concrete Filled RHS Column to H-Bcam Connections Fabricated with HT Bolts in Rigid
Frames; Proceedings. Composite Consrruction in Steel and Concrete Conference,
Henniker, NH, pp. 614-635.
Kanno, R. and Deierlein, G.G. (1993), "Strength, Deformation, Seismic Resistanc~ of Joints
Between Steel Beams and Reinforced Concrete Columns," Structural Engineering Report
No. 93-6, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY.
Kanno, R. and Deierlein. G.G. (1997), Seismic Behavior of Composite (RCS) Beam-
Column Joint Subassemblies," Composite Construction in Steel and Concrete I/I, ASCE,
New York, pp. 236-249.
Kuramoto, H. and Nishiyama, I. (2004), "Seismic Performance and Stress Transferring
Mechanism o f Through-Column-Type Joints for Composite Reinforced Concrete and
Steel Frames," SP 196-6, ACl, Farmington Hills, MT, pp. 109-123.
-----
Kuramoto, H. and Noguchi, H. (1997), "An Overview of fapanese Research on RCS
Systems," Proceedings, ASCE Strucrures Cfngress XV, ASCE, Res1on, VA, pp. 7 I6-720.
Leon. R., Hoffman, J. and Staeger, T. (1996), Partially Restrained Composite Connections,
Design Guide 8, AISC, Chicago, 11.. ,
Liang, X. and Parra-Montesinos, G. (2004), "Seismic Behavior of RCS Beam-Column-Slab
Subassemblies and Frame Systems," Journal of Structural Engi11eering, ASCE, Vol. 130,
No. 2, pp. 310-319.
Nishiyama, I., Hasegawa, T. and Yamanouchi, H. (1990), "Strength and Deformation
Capacity of Reinforced Concrete Column to Steel Beam Joint Panels," Building Research
Institute Report 71, Ministry of Construction, Tsulruba, Japan.
Nishiyama, I. It:idani, H. and Suginiro, K.. (1998), "Bidirectional Seismic Response of
Reinforced Concrete Column and Structural Steel Beam Subassemblies;' Proceedings,
Structural Engineers l\~rld Congres_s, ASCE, Paper Ref. T/77-2, Reston, VA.
Nishiyama, I., Kuramoto, H., Itadani, H. and Sugihiro, K. (2000), "Biilirectiooal Behavior
of Interior, Exterior and Comer Joints of RCS System," Proceedings, 12 WCEE, Paper
No. 1911/6/A.
.Noguchi, H. and Kim, K. (1997), "Analysis of Beam-Column Joints in Hybrid Structures,"
Noguchi, H. and Kim, K. ( l 998), "Shear Strength of Beam-to-Column Connections in RCS
System," Proceedings, Structural Engineers World Congress, ASCE, Reston, VA, Paper
Ref. Tl77-3.
Parra-Montesinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (2000a), "Seismic Behavior, Strength, and Retrofit of
Exterior RC Column-to Steel Beam Connections,'' UMCEE 00-09, Department of Civil
and Environmental Engineering, University of Michigan.
P3ITaMontesinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (2000b), "Seismic Response of Exterior RC Coh.unn-
to-Steel Beam Connections," Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 126. No. W,
pp. I,! 13- 1,12L
Parra-Montesinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (2001a), "Modeling Shear Behavior of Hybrid RCS
Beam-Column Connections." Journal ofStructural Engineering, Vol. 127, No. 1, pp. 3-1 I.
Parra-Mon1esinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (200Jb}, "Seismic Repair of Hybrid RCS Beam-
Column Connections," AC! Stn1ctural Journal, Vol. 98, No. 5, pp. 762-770.
Parra-Montesinos, G., Liang, X. and Wight. J.K. (2003). "Towards Deformation-Based
Capacity Design of RCS Beam-Column Connections," Engineering Structures, Vol. 25,
No. 5, pp. 681-690. .
Peng, S.W. (2001), "Full Scale Testing of Seismically Resistant Moment Connections for
Concrete Filled Tube Column to WP Beam Hybrid Systems," Composite and Hybrid
Structu~s: Proceedings of the Sixth ASCCS International Conference on Steel-Concrete
Composite Structures, Vol. I.
Ricles J., Peng, S. and Lu, L. (2004), "Seismic Behavior of Composite Concrete Filled Steel
Tube Column-Wide Flange Beam Moment Connections," Journal of Structural
Engineering, ASCE, Vol. J 30, No. 2, pp. 223-243.
-
Sheikh, T.M., Deierlein, G.G., Yura, 1.A. and Jirsa, J.O. (1989), "Beam-Column Moment
Connections for Composite Frames: Part 1," Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE,
Vol. 115, No. 11 , pp. 2,858-2,876.
U.S.-Japan (1983), "U.S.-Japan Cooperative Research Program: Construction of the Full
Scale Reinforced Concrete Test Structure," Technical Report UMEE 83R2, Department of
Engineering, Universicy of Michigan, AugusL 1
..
I
PART7
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND
SHEAR WALLS
7.1 SCOPE . .. ....... . ........ . ................... . ............... .... 7-3
7.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY BRACED FRA..\1ES (C-OBF) ........ .... ...... 7-3
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ............................... 7-3
7.3 COMPOSITE SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
(C-SCBF) .......................... .. ............................ 7-5
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ............................... 7-5
7.4 COMPOSITE ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (C-EBF) .... .. ....... 7-7 ]
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ........... .. ......... .. ..... . . 7-7
7.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS ..................... . ......... : ....... 7-JO
General System Behavior ........ .... .... . ........... . ...... . . . . : .... 7-10
Shear Wall Coupling .... .............. ....... ....... ...... . ...... 7- 10
Degree of Coupling ............................ ... ........ . . ..... 7- 11 t.
Steel Coupling Beam Design ............................... . ...... 7- 11 ,
Beam Embcdment Length (Connection) .............................. 7- 14
Detailing Requirements in the Embedded Region .. .. .................. 7-14
Wall Oversuength .................. . .............. . ...... . ...... 7-15
Composite Ordinary Shes.r Walls (O?SW} .............................. 7-l6
Overview of Applicable Design ftovisions .................. .... ..... 7-16
Steel Coupling Beam Design ......................... : . ... ....... . 7-19
l
Beam Embcdment Length . .... ................................... 7-19
Composite Coupling Beams ............... .-:-. ..................... 7-19
Expected Plastic Moment . .............. ... .................... . 7-19
Shear Strength ............................................... 7-21
Embcdmcnt Length ... ..... .. . . .... ........ ... ..... .... . .. .... 7-21
E~amplc 7.5. l. C-OSW Slee! Coupling Beam Design .......... .. ....... 7-21
Example 7.5.2. C-OSW Composite Coupling Beam Oesi&n .. ...... : ..... 7-30
Composite Special Shear Walls (CSSW) ............................... 7-36
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ........ . .................. 7-36
Steel Coupling Bemt Design ..................................... 7-39
AMl?Jl.ICAl'I INs'!nVre 01' STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION

Wall Overstrength ............... ; ................................ 7-40
1(
~
S:
I Beam Embedmenr Length ..................... ............. ....... 7-4Q
::< ............. :.. .... .... 7-40
Intenniatc Web Stiffeners '. ....... : .'..
Face Bearing Plates ................... : .......................... 7-4l
Stiffeners within the Embedded Region ......... . ..... : .............. 7-41
Vertical Transfer Bars ................................ . ..... . ..... 7-4 I
Example 7.5.3. C-SSW Steel Coupling Beam D~ign ................... 7-41
7.6 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION ...................................... 7-51
DESIGN TABLES ..... .......... ......... : ...... ...... ... ...... ... 7-~~
Table 7-IOA. Plastic Capaci.ties for Rectangular Encased W-Shapes
Bene About the XX Axis ................................... . .... . ... 7-52
Table 7-1 OB. Plastic Capacities for Rectangular Encased W-Shapes
Bene About the Y-Y Axis ". ..... ... : ........................ .... ....... 7-53
Table 7-1 l A. Plastic Capacities for Composite Filled HSS
Bent Abour Either Axis ..................................... . ........ 7-54
Table 7-1 IB. Plastic Catyacities for Composite. Filled Round HSS
Bent About Any Axis ................ .... ........................... 7-55
PART 7 REFERENCES .................................................. 7-56
. :
, requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld fiUer metal used
'
,.
7.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY il!V\<.:~I) t-.KAM~
7.1 SCOPE
The following types of composite braced frame and shear wall syscero~ are' addressed in
th.is Part: composite ordinary braced frames, coml>osite special concentrically braced
frames, composite eccentrically braced frames, composite ordinary shear walls, and com-
posite special shear walls. The AlSC Seismic Provisions and other design considerations
summarized in this Part apply to the design of the members and connections in composite
braced frame and shear wall systems that require seismic detailing. Where these sysiems
utilize reinforced concrete elements. these elements are to be designed in accordance with
ACI 318. Reinforced concrete elements are pemtitted tO be used in Section Hl (C-OBF),
Section H4 (C-OSW), and Section H5 (C-SSW). However, the requirements of ACI 318
Chapter 21 are applicable only in the design of the reinforced concrete walls used in
Section HS (C-SSW). AISC Seismic Provisions Sections Al and B2 state that systems with
reinforced concrete elemenlS that must be designed according to ACI 318 should be
designed only by the load and resistance factor design' (tRFD) method because ACI 318
does not :iddress allowable strength design (ASD). The design e,i:amples in this Part are
limited to the LRFD method since in each example there is a concrece elemem that must
be designed according to ACI 318.
7.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY BRACEP_FRAMES (C- OBF)
Composite ordinary braced frame (C-OBF) syscems consist of structural steel, composite or
reinforced concrete columns; stro~tural S!~l o_r composit~ ~llms; and structural steel or filled
composite brace members, provided at least one element is either cQmposite or reinforced
concrete. Concentrically connected members are required; howeve'r, .eccentricities less than
the beam depth are permine.d if accounted for in the. member design: C-OBF systems are
~igned and detaile:d a_ccording to AJSC Seismic Provi!ions Section Hl. They are expected
to provide minimal inelastic deformation capacity in the membe~ and connections.
Overview of Applicable D esign Provisions
An oveiview of the AISC Seismic Provisions applicable for design of C-OBF systems fol-
lows and is presented in a simplified format in Table 7-1.
Note 1. The stnictural steel material used for C-OaF systems is limited by the requirements
of AISC St!,ismic Provisions Section A3. l, where the specified minimum yield stress
is not to exceed 55 ksi for mernbe~ in which foelastic behavior is expected. These
specified minimum yield stresses can be exceeded when the suitability of the mate-
rial is determined by testing or other rational criteria. For columns in C-OBF
systems, the specified minimum yield stress i!i not to e.'<ceed 65 ksi. The concrete
and steel reinforcing materials used in composit~ components are to satisfy lhe
in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is selected tC'
meet the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a.
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-OBF systems are to meet
lile requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Sections A.4.1, A4.2 and A4.3.
7-4 COMPOSITE 'BRACED FRA.\.iES AND SHEAR WALLS 7.3 COMPOSITE SPECIAL CONCENTIUCALLY BRACED FRAMES
7-:

i Note 6. Columns of C-OBF systems are designed in accordance with the AISC
Table 7-1 Specijicarion or ACl 318 (excluding Chapter 21).
Simplified Overview of Provisions i Note 7. Beams of C-OBP systems are designed in accordance with the AISC Specifica1i.on.

for C-OBF Systems "' Note 8. Diagonal braces of C-OBF systems are designed in accordance with the AlSC '
;i
Specification.
J
Note 9. Connections are designed in accordance with the AISC Specification and AlSC
l Note Item Referenced Standard'*
Sei.rmic Provisions Section 02.7.
i
. 1 Steel end concrete nia~rials Seismic Prov. Sects. A.3.1.
A3.4&A3.5
Note 10. Splic~.s in stnJ.ctural steel or composite columns are designed in accordance with
the AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.S.
2 OesJgn drawings and specifications Seismic Prov. Sects. M .1, Note 11. Column bases are designed in accord_ance with the AISC Specification and AISC {
A4.2&A4.3 Seismic Provisions Section 02.6. ..
3 Loads and load combinations Seismic Prov. Sect. 82
Discussion
4

5
Required strength for members and connections
Structural anafy-sis
Seismic Prov. Seel 83.1
ASCEISEI 7 permits the use of COBF systems in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C
f'
Seismic Prov. Ch. C
only. This is in contrast to steel on:linary concentricaJly braced frame (OCBF) systems that
S(a) Bastic stiffness of concrete/composite members Seismic Prov. Ch. C.
See Seismic Prov. are also pennitted in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F with height limitations and roof f:
Commentary to< load restric1ions for Seismic Design Category F.
discussion. Because C-OBF systems are limited co Seismic Design Categories A, B and C, tl1ey are
6 . Column member$ '.-
,
\

.. ' AC1 318 (exci. Ch. 21} expected to withstand minimal inelastic drift through inelastic behavior of composite beams t
columns or braces. There are no additional requirements for designing reinforced concrdt
7 Beam members None
columns beyond those provided in ACJ 318, excluding Chapter 21.
8 Brace members None
9 . COOnectiOflS ' Seismic Prov. Sect. 02. 7 7.3 COMPOSITE SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED Jj
10 Column spnces Seismic Prov. Sect 02.5 FRAMES (C~SCBF} .:.
11 Column bases
'The rererenced standard$ are in addliion to lhe requirements of the AISC ~!in
Seismic Prov. S5Ct. 02.6
Composite special concentricaJJy braced frame (C-SCBF) systems consist of either encase1
or filled composite columns; structural steel or composite beams; and structural steel o
l
filled composite brac.e members. Concentrically connected members are required; however,
members connected with an eccentrid\y less than the depth of the beam are permitted pro-

Note3. Loads and lo~d ~ombination~ as defined by the applicable building code are to be
~ollow~d as. md1cated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2. C-OBF systems
mcluding reinforced concrete components are to be designed using LRFD because
ASD is not addressed in ACI 318.
Notc4. The required strength for structural members and connections is determined
according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section B3. L
Note5. Structuial analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in
accordance ~ith lhe r:equire~eots of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
(a) For el ~tic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes I.he effects of
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating I.he stiffness of concrete
beam and column members, concrete-encased and concrete-filled members
and sted .be~ wi~ composite slabs are provided in the Commenuuy to th~
AISC ~eism1c Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composiie member
propernes reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of Siinifi cam vielding in
the members.
vided the eccentricity is included in the 'analysis. C-SCBF systems are designed and detaile t
according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section H2. They are expected to provide signjf1car
inelastic deformation capacity primarily through brace buckling in ~ompression and yiel<l-
ing in tension.
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions
An overview of the AISC Seismic Provisions requirements appli<::able for design of C
SCBF systems follows and is presented in a simplified format in Table 7-2.
l
?. :
Note 1. The structural steel material used for C-SCBF systems is Hmited by the require-
ments of the AlSC Stismic Provisions Section A3. l, where the specified mi.nimu i
yield stress is not to exceed SO ksi for members in which inelastic behavior
expected. This specified minimum yield stress can be CJtcecded when the suitabil
icy of the material is determined by testing or other rational criteria. For columr t
in C-SCBF systems, the specified minimum yield stress is oot to exceed 65 k

AMEIUCAN lNS1JlVI13 OF S1"E!!L CoNSTRVCtlOl'I

1.
 7-7
7-6 COMPOSITE BRACED FR.A.'AJ',S AND SJ !EAR WAu.:li , 7.4 COMPOSITE ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

,.. beam and column members, concrete-encased :1t1d concrete-filled members, and
Table 7-2 steel beams with composite slabs are provided in the Commentary to the A ISC
Simplified Overview of Provisions :.. Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite member proper-
_,, i ties reflect the effective stiffoes.s at t.he onset of significant yielding in the
for C-SCBF Systems members.
.. AISC Seismic ProYislon!I
Note 6. Columns of C-SCBF systems are designed in accordance with AISC Specification
Note Item Chapter I and lhe requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H2.5a.
Reference
.. Composite columns are required to satisfy the highly ductile member requirements
1 Steel and conerete materials Sects. A3.1 & A3.5 of AISC Seismic Provisions Section D l. l .

2 Oe$ign drawings and specifications Sects. A4.1, A4.2 & M.3

. Note 7. Beams of C-SCBF systems are designed in accordance with the AISC
Specificarion and the requirements of ATSC Seismic Provisions Section H2.5a.
3 Loads and load combinations Sect 82 Composite beams are requireJ to satisfy the moderately ductile member requfre-
.:l. ments of AISC Seismic Proiisions Section D l. l .
..
:~
~
4 Required streng1h for members
ReQuired streng1h tor connections
Sects. 83.1 , H2.3 & H2.S
Sects. H2.3 & H2.6 Note 8. Diagonal braces of C-SC.BF systems are designed in accordance with AISC
Structural analysis
., Seismic Provisions Section H2.5a and b. The radius of gyration for filled compos-
5 Ch. C &Sect. H2.3
...
',,
ite braces is taken as that of the steel section alone .
5(a) Elastic s1iffness ol concrete/composite members Commentary to Seismic Note 9. Connections are designed in accordance with the J\1SC Specification and AISC
---~~~:J
' Pr(J'f. Cit C
.
Seismic Pro11isions Sections D2 and H2.6.
6 Column members Sects. 01.1 & H2.5a Note lO. Column splices are designed in accor<!:mce with AlSC Seismic Provisions Sections
7 Beam members Sects. 01.1 &H2.5a G2.6f and H2.6d.
Note 11. Column bases are designed in ;1ccordance with the AISC Specification and AISC
8 Brace members Sects. H2.5a & H2.Sb
Seismic Provisions Section 02.6.
9 Connections Secis. 02 & H2.6 Note 12. Delll3nd critical welds are designed in accordance with AISC Seismic Provis:~
10 Column splices Sects. G2.61 & H2.6d Sections A3.4b, H2.6a and 12.3.
11 Column bases Sect. 02.6
12 Demand critX:al welds Sects. A3.4b, H2.6a &12.3
Discussion
'The referenced st.ridards are in additioo to tJle requirements of the AlSC Specllic;ition. ASCEJSEI 7 permits the use of C -SCBF systems in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C
witbout height limitations and in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F with height limita-
tions. These limitations are lbe same as those applied to steel concentrically braced frame
systems. Tb.is system is expected to resist inelastic drift through inelastic behavior of com
posite beams, columns and braces.
The concrete and steel reinfbrcing materials used in composite components are to
satisfy the requirements of AJSC Seismic Pro~isions Section A3.5. The weld filler
melal used in lhe members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is 7.4. COMPOSITE ECCENTRICALLY BRACED fRAM.~S
sele<:led to meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisio11S Section A3.4a.
{C-EBF)
Nace 2. The structural design drawings and spec.ifications for C-SCBF systems are to sat-
isfy the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3. Composite eccentrically broced frame (C-EBF) systems consist of encased or filled com-
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are to be posite columns; strocturaJ steel or composite beams; structural steel links; and strUctur:!l
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2. steel or filled composite broces. C-EBF systems are designed and detailed in accordanc{
Note 4. The required strength for structul)l.I members and connections is detennined with AISC Seismic Provisions Section H3. They are expected to provide significant inelas-
according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections B3.l, H2.3, H2.5 and H2.6. tic deformation capacity primarily through shear or flexural yielding in the links.
Note 5. Structural analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in
accordance with the requirements in AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C and Overview of Applicable Design Pr~visions
Section H2.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes the effects o f An oYerview of the AISC Seismic ProviJions requirements applicable for design of C -f.
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concrete systems follows and is presented i:n simplified format in Thble 7-3.
7- 8 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAM~ND SHE.AR WALLS 7.4 COMPOSITE ECCEN'TRICALLY DRACED FRAM.ES

Table 7-3
Simplified Overview of Provisions
for C-EBF Systems
AISC Se/$mlc Prov;sions
Note !rem Rtrerence

1 Steel and cof'lCfete materials Sects. A3.1 &A3.5

2 Design drawings and spedfications Sects.M.1,M.2 &M.3
3 .Loads and load combinations Sect. 82
4 Required strength for membel1; Sects. 83.1 & H3.5
Required strength for cor.nections Sects. 83.1 & H3.6
5 structural analysis Ch.C
S(a) Elastic stiffness of concrete/romposlte members Commentary to Seismic
Prov. Ch. C
6 Additional analy~is _
and system requirements Sect. H3.4
7 Column members Sect. H3.5
8 Beam members Sect. H3.5
9 Braces . Sect. H3.5
10 C-Onnectlons Sect. H3.6
11 Column splices Sects. 02.5 & H3.6
12 Column bases Sect. 02.6
13 Protected zones Sects. 01.3 & H3.5
,.
14 Demand critical welds Sects. A3.4b, H3.6 & 12.3
'The referenced standan!s an in tdclition to the requiremenls of 1he AJSt Spedficatkn

Note 1. The structural steel material used for C-EBF systems is limited by the require--
ments of AISC Seismic ProvisWns Section A3.l where the specified minimum
yield stress of the steel is not to e..~ceed 50 ksj for members in which inelastic
behavior is expected. This. sped.lied minjmum yield stress can be exceeded when
the suita9ility of the material i.s determined by testing or other rational criteria. For
columns o.f C-EBF, tl1e specified minimum yield stress is not to exceed 65 ksi. The
concrete and steel reinforcing materials used in composite components should sat-
isfy tbe requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler
metal used in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is ASCE/SEI 7 permits lhe use of composite eccentrically braced frame systems in Seismit:
selected to nieet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4s. Design Categories A, B and C without height limitations and Seismic Design Categories D,
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-EBF systems arc to satisfy E and F with height limitations. This system is CJtpected to re.sist inelastic drift through
the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.1, A4.2 and A4.3. inelastic behavior of sttuctural steel links.
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are to be
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2.

AMl!JuCAN lNS1't'J'1.TJ'E Of STI$L CONSTRUCTION

 7- JO COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS
~. .,
r 1.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WAU.S 7- Jl

) 7.5. COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS

Degree of Coupling
l I
I General System Behavior
"' The efficiency of c.oupled wall systems is generally measured by the degree .to w~cb the
Composite shear wall systems are addressed in AISC . Seismic Previsions Sections H4, coupling action participates in the overall overturning res.istance to lateral load.s. !his meas-
H5 and H6. The composite shear walls addressed are those that include Steel or composite urement is referred to as the degree of coupling. Con.sider a wall system ~rular 10 that
!~ shown in Figure 7-1. If the system has no couplingJ~eams. the degree of coup,ling would. be
t. boundary elements and/or sreel or composite coupling beams and walls consisting of steel
pJate encased in concrete. Since all co~posite shear waU systems incorporate a reinforced zero. As the fle.xural and shear stiffness of coupling beruns increase, the degree of coupling
,, increases. TI1e d~gi:ee-of coupling is meas~red as the ratio of overturning resist;mce d~e to
r
~
t:
l concrete waU that will be designed according 10 ACI 318, rhe discussion and examples lbat
follow will only co~sider design by LRFD. lhe coupling effect to the total qvei-tuming resistance, as shown in Equaci.on. 7: ~. In Figure
c
7-1, and Tare the accumulation Qf beam shears over the height of the building m the~c9~
Shear Wall Coupling pression and tension waUs, r~spectively. -.
{!
(;
):
~~:-
The benefits of coupl~ng shear walls are well recognized and understo'od. The coupitng Degree of coupling= . Mcpl ' (7-1)
beams provide transfer of vertical forces between adjacent walls, which c reate a frame-like Mcpl +(Mi+ MiJ
coupling actioii that resists a portion of the totiil overturning moment induced by the seis- J
.,{~ The degree of coupling can be measured at any stage of loading and at any floor le".el.
mic action. Figure 7-1 shows the overturning resisting mechanisms formed in a coupled
:$ However, it is generally measured at the base of the building and at the stage of loading
:~, system. The tot.ill overturning resistance is a combination of the flexural resistance of'the
individuai' wall piers (M1 and M1), an(J the resistance provided by the coupling action where mechanisms have fonned in the coupling beams. Designers should be aware that the
(Mc!X =TL or Cl). degree of coupling has an impact on the total lateral stiffness, wall pier. r~ui~ed strength,

,,Ii~ ' The coupling beam action has three desirable effects: ( 1) the required flexural sirength of
the wall piers is reduced; (2) steel and composil~ coupling beams dissipate energy; and
and economy of construction among other things. Compromises between bu1ldrng perform-
ance and construction costs must be made.
(3) lateral stiffness of the coupled system is greater than the sum of the individual wall piers. The degree of coupling also has an impact on the total wall p ier axial forces. As the

11 When the beams are proportioned properly, beam yielding over the height of the build-
a
ing can occur, providing desirable distribution of energy dissipation over the height of
the building. A coinprehensive discussion of coupled wall system behavior is presented in
degree of coupJjng increases, the wall pi~r required moment ~trength d~qe~e. However,
the wall pier axial forces simultaneous_Jy increase as tlie degree of co~1pling incr~a~es~ Most
model codes have upper limits. on. the required axial strength of reinforced co.~sret~~vall
Recommendari.on for Seismic Design of Hybrid Coupled Wall Syscems (El-Tawil et al., piers. \Vhen rhe wall pier required axial stre~gth e~ceeds prescri~e<l limits, ~,e?~~ing $~
:.
i 2009). . .. - . degree of coupliJ1g can help to reduce the requlfed axial strength. It is worth notrng that ~ost
:;
.; ~ model codes limit the wall pier required axial strength to some percentage of the nonunal
axial strength of the wall pier. This limit is intended to keep the required axial streng~ at
.. . ..
;~
:~ l Lateral load or below the balanced point of the .a )\ial-moment interaction surface of the wall pier.
Considering that the balanced point location is sensitive ~o wall pi~r cress-sectional geoi_ne-
try and reinforcing layout and ratio, the required axial strength should be evaluated agai~st
the axial load component of the balanced poip.t in addition to some percentage of the ax1~
~
!~ load strength. Further discussion of axial strengih limits on wall piers in coupled systems JS
:~
~~' presented in Re.commeruiaticn for Seismic Design of Hybrid Coupled Wall Systems (El-
Tawil et al., 2009).
,,
1:
~~ Steel Coupling Beam Design
.:::
Steel coupling beams are designed in a manner similar to shear I.i.nkS in an eccentrically
~ I braced frame. Cross-sectional proportioning is. depende\'.it ~n the desired performance of the
B
., beams. flexure-<.:ritical beams will have cross-sectional properties that e~~ure inelastic
~" t
deformations are resisted through flexural yieldiog. Shear-critical beams will have cross-
sectional properties that ensure inelastic deformations are resisted thro\lgh shear yielding.
.. AISC Seismic Provisio11s Sections H4 and H5 pennit either shear-critical or flexurc-
~~ critical coupling beams. Shear-critical and flexure-critical coupling beams h~ve lengths (~!; .
Fig. 7-1. Ovenuming mechanisms ill a coupled wall system.
than or equal to 1.6MpNp or greater than or equal to 2.6MpNp. respectively. Coupling

.. r~:

A.\f15RJCAN lf'IS1Tl1JTE OP S'ra;L CONST'RUCTION

AMEIUCAN lNS'tn'UTE OF STEEL CONSTRUcnON
7-12 COMl'OSJTE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS 7.S COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS 7- 13

be<lms with lengths between these two lengths are considered 10 yield in shear and flexur& Using Equation 7. 3 for a shear-critical coupling beam and substituting Equations 7-5 and
(refer to the commentary to Section F3.5b(4) of the AISC S~ismic Provisions for further dis- 7-6 gives the relationship between the required plastic section modulus, Z... and length of the
cussion). With these relationships between coupling beam length and M1 1v,, the
cross-sectional properties of the beam can be determined and evaluated depending on the
bc3Ill, L, as~uming a homogeneous member. as follows: I
type of yielding (shear or flexure) desired by the designer. ;, l.6Mp l.6F1 Zx l.6Zx (7-7)
L'S.--= =--
Built-up I-shapcsor W-shapes may be used to achieve the desired cross-sectfonal pro~ Vp 0.6F1 A,., 0.6Aw
ertie$. Although rolled shapes are generally more economical, l>uilt-up shapes provide more
fleXibility for prOJ;>Ortioning cross sections to satisfy design requirements. Flanges and webs Solving Equation 7. 7 for the required plastic section modulus yields, for a shear-critical
of the: beams must satisfy seismic ductility requirements regardless of whether built-up di coupling beam:
rolled shapes are used. Coupling beams in ordinary systems are required to be moderately
ductile. Coupling beams in special systems are required to be highly ductile. z >I.A.., (7-8)
x - 2.67
The required shear strength of a coupling beam is the shear corresponding to the required
flexural strength, assuming the required flexural strength acrs as equal moments at the ends For an ordinary system. the area of the web is calculaccd as A.., = dt,.. Therefore, for a
of the beam bending in reverse curvature, as shown in Equation 7-2. shear-critical beam in an ordinary system:

(7-2) z >Ult,., (7-9)

.:t - 2.67

where where
L ~ lepgth of beam =
d depth of beam
Mu= jequired flexural strength t,.. = thickness of beam web
Vu =required shear strength For a special system, the area of the web is calculated as Aiw =(d-2y) 1...,. Therefore, for
~~ discussed previously, steel coupling beams are treated similar tO steel links in eccen- a shear-critical beam in a special system:
trically braced frame systems. For a given beam~ a relationship between the beam length,
L(d-2t1)t,., (7-10)
plastic section modulus, and web area can be written using the relationship between length, Z:r ~ 2.67
plistic frex~~ strength, and shear strength. Thus, for a shear-critical coupling beam:
where
L-.;l.6Mp (73) 11 "" thickness of beam flange
- Yp
Using Equation 7-4 for a flexure-critic~ coupling beam and substituting Equations 7-5
and for a flexure-critical coupling beam: and 7-6 gives the relationship between the.required plastic section modulus and length of
the beam. assuming a homogeneous member, as follows:
(7-4)
2.6Mp 1 2.6F Zx 2.62.:r (7-11)
L>---=-......<..-
- V, 0.6F1 A.., 0.6A,..
For an ordinary system, according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4.Sb, the shear
strength of the beam is calculated using AISC Specification Chapter G where the area of the Solving Equation 7-11 for the required plastic section modulus yields, for a Oexure-
web is calculated as dr..,. For a special system, according to AISC Seismic Provisions Se.ction critical coupling beam:
H5.5c, the shear strength of the beam is calculated according to AISC Seismic Provisions
Equation B-2. Note tbat there is tyP,icauy little, if any, axial load demand on a coupling (7-12)
beam. Therefore, the area of the web is calculated as (d-211)1.... The plastic flex.ural strength
and shear strength of the beam are given as: For an ordinary system, the area oflhe web is calculated as A.,,,=dt,... Therefore, for a flex
(7-5) ure-critic:il beam in an ordinary system:

(7-6) (7- L3)

AMIWCAN lNsTmrre OF STSa Cotm11ucnoN AMERJCAN lNsTrTvnl OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION

 ~
">.:
~
..
I 7- 14 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS 7.5 COMPOSJTE SHEAR WALLS 7- 15

=(d- 2y)t,.,. Therefore, for

:l
L.
For a speciaJ sys1em, the area of the web is calculated as Aiw
a flexure-critical beam in a special system:
the Manual, further discussion of detailing requirements is provided in the Commentary to
AJSC Seismic Provisums Sections H4 and H5.
Face bearing plates (link stiffeners) are provided on both sides of the beam web, and
located at the face of the wall pier. These plates should meet the requirements of stiffeners
(7-14)
in links at the diagonal brace ends in an EBF as required in AISC Seismic ProvisionsSection
F3.5b(4).
Using a model of three rectangles for an I-shaped coupling beam. the plastic section mod- The web of the beam. over the clear span, must be supported with web stiffeners meeting
ulus can be taken as: the requirements for intermediate link stiffeners in Section F3.5b(4). From AJSC Seismic
t
,, I
Provisions Section H5.5c, the beams in special systems are to have inelastic deformation
I:; capacities equal to 0.08 rad. Smaller rotations are pennitted if justified by a rational analy-
(7-15)
sis of the inelastic defonnations expected under design story drift.
"
..!~,
where Wall Overstrength
,_.- bf= width of beam flange
The beam required shear and flexural strengths delivered to the wall piers as an ax.ial force
::.: Equations 7-9, 7-10, 7-13, 7-14 and 7-15 can then be used to establish the cross-sectional and moment, respectively, mus t be accounted for in the design axial and flexural demands
-----~:...-, dimensions of the beam. on the wall piers. In ordinary systems, lhe required axial strength from the coupling action
Maldng further assumptions regarding beam depth, flange size or web size, the remain- is based on an accumulation of expected beam shear strengths (i.e.i LVn)- ln special systen;is,
ing cross-sectional dimensions can be calculated. For example, assuming a beam depth, d, the expected beam shear strength must be amplified by a factor of 1.1 to account for strain
a Oange thickness, fJ, and web thickness, 1,.., the required flange width, bf, can be calculated. hardening [i.e. 2:(1.lVn)J. These amplified axial loads are generally referred to as wall over-
There are other considerations to address in the detailing of the coupling beam. The embed- strength.
ment length into the wall pier, intermediate web stiffeners, face bearing plates, and The proportioning of beam shear strengths can ha,e a significant impact on the required
connection detailing all also need to be determined. These considerations vary depending a,~ial strength of the wall piers. To minimize. the waJl overstrcngth, beam sizes can be
on the type of system (i.e., ordinary or special systems), and are discussed in separate sec- grouped over the height of the building to minimize the ratio of nominal beam shear strength
tions of this Part of the Manual. to required beam shear strength at each floor.lev~. Figure 7-2(a) shm~s a representative plot
of che beam required shear strengths over the tieight of the building when the same coupling
~
.,...
~:.
~.
Beam Embedment Length (Connection) beam size is used over the entire height of the structure. When the same beam size is used,
the beam size is proportioned based on the maximum required beam shear strength. Beam
The required beam embedment length is detemlined based on the expected shear strength of
the coupling beams. The AlSC Seismic Provisions require the embedded length to be me:is
.. ured from pie location of the first reinforcement layer of the confining reinforcement steel
t: 1
(~
in the boundary element of the wali. The expected shear strength of the beam is detennined
using a fonn of Equation 7-2, where the expected plaslic flexural strength of the bea.ni,
1 i---.;:z;~~'7)7,:~~~)?,i
RyMp. is substituted for Mu. This is the sta~c shear associated with a required flexw:al ~
strength equal to the expected plastic flexural strength of the beam. For special systems, the
shear calculated based on the expected plastic flexural strength must be amplified by a fac-
tor of 1.1 when computing embedment length, as required by AISC Seismic Provisions
Section H5.5c. This is to account for strain hardening.
The embedment length can be determined th.r ough AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation
H4-2 or H4-2M. The coupling beam clear span is identified as g in Equation H4-2.

..... Detailing Requirements in the Embedded Region

For ordinary seismic force resisting systems, there are no special detailiog requirements in Beam shear
the embedded region. For special systems, the embedded region must be detailed to provide
(a) (b)
resistance against connection strength and stiffness degradation. and to ensure proper distri-
bution of bearing stresses within the embedded region. Face bearing plates, web stiffeners, Fig. 7-2. Beam shears/or (41) same size beam over the entire height
and vertical transfer bars are required. In addition ro the discussion presented in !his Part of and (b) three groups of different sizes.
....
7-16 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEA.R WALLS
strenglhs at all other floors, other than the floor corresponding to maximum required
strength, will be relatively stronger lhan required. This effect is amplified in the upper and
lower floors. In Figure 7-2(a), the hatched region bounded by the nominal streogch and
required strength is a gr.iphical representation of the magnitude of the wall overstreogth
required. At the floor level of maximum required strength, the design strength-to-required
strength ratio approaches one, wilh that ratio increasing at floors above or below that floor.
Even at the floor level of maximum required strength, some deg.rec of overstrength will exist
when the shear strength resistance factor, 9'. is less than 1.00.
When wall overstrengtb is based on e.,"l'.pecr.ed beam shear strengths, wall overstrengtl1
requirements increase further. Although proportioning a system in this manner is advanta
geous for drift-controlled systems, it represents tho worst case for wall overstrength
requirements. Considering that coupled systems rarely are drift-controlled. proportioning
be.un sizes by groups over the heigh1 of the building will reduce 1he wall overstrength
required for the wall piers without compromising drift limits.
Figure 7-2(b) represents beam required shear strengths and available strengths varied over
the height of the building. In the representation shown in figure 7-2(b), three groups of dif-
ferent size beams are used. This type of proportioning alters the distribution of required
shear strength over the height as a result of the varying beam stiffness and reduces the aesign
strength-to-required strength ratios at each of the floor levels relative to the case where the
same beam size is used over the entire heigbL Th.is type of proportioning is referred to as
tuning the beam shear strengths. The extent of tuning performed is up to the designer based
on the level of efficiency desired. Further information regarding runing and wall over-
strength can be found in Fortne)' et al. (2008) and Harries :md McNeice (2006).
Composite Ordinary Shear Walls (C-OSW)
Composite ordinary shear wall (C-OSW) systems are d~igned in accordance with AISC
Seismic Provisions Section H4.
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions
An overview of the AlSC Seismic P~ions requiremerus for the design of C-OSW sys-
tems follows. Figure 7-3 illustrates an embe-Oded steel coupling beam in an ordinary system.
Areas of the figure are labeled to identify peninent design considerations that correspond to
the "Notes in figure 7-3" listed in Table 7-4. Table 7-4 also provides a simplified overv1ew
of the design requirements that follow.
Note l. The structural steel material used for C-OSW systems is limited by the require
ments of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.l, where the specified minimum
yield stress of the steel for members in which inelastic behavior is C)tpected is oot
co e."(eeed 55 ksi. These specified minimum yield stresses can be e..'\ceeded when lhe
scitability of the material is determined by testing or other rational criteria. The
weld filler rnctaJ used in the members ;:ind connections of the seismic force resist
ing system is s~lected to meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Proyisions Section
A3.4a. The concrete and steel reinforcing mat.erials used in composite component<>
should satisfy the requiremen~ of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5.
Note 2. The structurnl design drawings :10d specifications for C-OSW systems are to mw,,
the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.1, A4.2 and A4.3.
1.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WAU.S 7-17
I
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as delioed by the applic:ibJc building code are to be
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provi.rions Section 82.
Note 4. The required strength for structural members and connections is dctennincd
according 10 AISC Seismic Provisions Seccfons B3.1 and H4.5.
Noce 5. Structural analysis for the appropriace load combinations is Lo be perfooned in
accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C and
Section H4.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composice members includes the effects of
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concrete
beam and column members. concrete-encased and concrete-filled members, I'
and steel beams with composite sJabs are provided in lhe Commemary to lhe
AJSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite member
properties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of .significant yielding in
the members.
l.
Note 6. System requirements are as given in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.4.
Note 7. Boundary members of C-OSW systems are designed in accordance with the AlSC
Specification and AISC Seismic Pro~isions Section H4.5a.
Note 8. Coupling beams of C-OSW systems are designed in accordance with the AISC
Specification and AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b. Structural steel links
must satisfy the requiremem for moderately ductile members.
(a) J'he beam flange must meet the width-to-thickness requirements for a moder-
ately ductile element giveo in AISC Seismic Pr<lllisions Table D l. I.
lb) The beam web musl meet the v:idth-to-th.ickncss requirements for a moder-
ately ductile cle~ent given in AISC Seismic Provisions Table Dl.J.
Face of wall
A Cf.beam
B
4
<I
c
D E
Fig. 7-3. lllusiration of1U1 embedded sreel coupling beam for a C~OSW system.
Nares are keyed to Thble 74.
 7- 18
'.
t COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAU.S 75 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS 7- 19

Steel Coupling Beam Design

Table 7-4
Notes in Figure 7-3 and Simplified . ' The steel coupung beams used in C-OSW systems do not require special detailing. The
proportioning of the beam cross sections over the height of the building need only satisfy
Overview of C-OSW Requirements the requfred shear and moment strengths determined from a linear elastic analysis (e.g.,
equivalent lateral force analysis). Flexural and shear strengths are determined using AlSC
Note in Note in Refefenced Specification Chapters F and G. However, AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4 requires
Flg. 7.3
Item standard
Overview
the beam-to-waU connection to transfer the expected beam shear strength. Therefore, it is
ldvantageous to consider grouping beam strengths over the height of the building in an
- 1 Mater1als Seismic Prov. Sects. AJ. J,
effort to minimize the required embedment lengths at each level.
A3.2, A3.4a & A3.5

- 2 Structural design drawings and specificatio(ls Seismic Prov. Sects. M.1,

- 3
Loads and load combinations
A4.2&M.3
Flanges and webs must satisfy the ductility requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions
Section D1.1 for moder!ltely ductile members. For these checks, the value of Ca in Table D1. l
can be taken as zero because these coupling benms have litlle or no required axial strength.
Seismic Prov. Sect. 82

- 4 Required strength for structural members Seismic Prov. Sects. 83.1 Beam Embedment Length
..
. and cormections & H4.S
The required length of the beam embedded into the wall pier is determined using AISC
i::J
... - 5 Structural analysis Seismic Prov. Cli. C&
Seismic Pr(]Visions Equation H4-2 or B4-2M. The Vn teon in this equation is the expe.cted
Sect. H4.3
beam shear strength. In this equation, the tenn g is the clear span of the coupling beam.
- 5(a) Composite member stiffness Seismic Prov. Comm. to
However, the acrual embedment length is measured from the first line of boundary element
Ch.C
wall reinforcement. So. the actual embedment length of the beam, from the face of the wall,
- 6 System requrrements Seismic Prov. Sect H4.4
is the length calculated using Equation H4-2 plus 1be concrete cover of the boundary ele-
- Boundary members Seismic Prov. Sect H4.5a

~1 1
7 mem reinforcement as illustrated in Figure 7-4.
- 8 Coupling beams Selsmfc Prov. Sect H4.5b
Composite Coupling Beams
A S{a) Beam flange local buckling Seismic Prov. Sect
H4.5b(1)(1) &Table 01.1 Expected Plastic Moment
8 S(b) Web local bLickling Seismic Prov. Sect.
H4.5b(1Xl) & Table 01.1 AJSC Specification Section 13.3(c) permits the use of the plastic stress distribution or strain-
compatibility methods for determination of tlexural strength on the composite section when
c 8(c) calculated embedment length Seismic Pr(JV, Sect
H4.5b(l )(3)
D Total embedment length
E Beam cJearspan, t0< calculation ol reinforcement Boundary
embe<lment (clef.nition of g) steel
- 9 Reinforced concrete walls ACl 318 Sect. 11.9 & Face or wall
Cit 14 4 ~beam

F - wan pier axial load due to coupring actioo Undefined in lt.e SeiSmiC
PrrwisJons. Sa! this Part al
tile Manual for guidance.
'The refereoced stan<!ards ate In addition to the requirements ot the AISC Specific8tiotl.

Outer layer of
(c) The embedment length is determined from AISC Seismic Provisions Equation confining
relnfOf'cement
H4-2 or H4-2M, and is considered to begin inside the outer layer of confining Note: Horizontal
j; L. Concrete cover
reinforcement in the wall boundary layer. wall reinforcement
~; 'f2
...
'. Note 9. Reinforced concrete walls ore designed in accordance with ACI 318 Section 11.9 not shown Total embedment length

and Chapter 14.

Fig. 7-4. Total embedmenr length of beam.
j:
r:
r: A/.tEJIJCAN 1.NSTTIV11! OP Sn:E.. CONSTl\\JC110.'(
 7-20 COMPOSTTE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEARWALLs l' 7J COMPOSITE SHl:.AR WALLS 7-21

steel ~c~ors are provided. At the expected plastic moment strength of a composite coupling cf the structural steel coincide with the elevation of the upper and lower reinforrement,
beam, it 1s reasonable to assume that the concrete in tension has cracked. To calculate plas- respectively. an emirely new set of geometries exists. Additional configurations are possi- I
tic moment strength, the location of the plastic neu tral axis of the cracked section must ble, depending on the placement of the steel member and the reinforcing. j:
be determined. Depending on the p0sition within the cross section of the constituent ele- Figure 7-5 shows three possibilities for the location of the plastic neutral axis in a cross
ments there are many different locations of the plastic neutral axis that can be conceived section where the structural steel does not extend into the elevations of the steel reinforce-
when detennining the internal forces acting on the section. For example, assume that the menL For Case I, the plastic neutral axis is above the top of the steel shape. Although it is
structural steel section does not extend up to the top layer or below the bottom layer of lon- possible, it is unlikely that the reinforcing steel in thjs region would be below the plastic
gitudinal reinforcement as shown in Figure 7-5. lf the centroids of the top and bottom flange neutral ax.is, so that possible arrangement is not illustrated. For Cases 2 and 3, the plastic
neutral axis e:i:tends imo the structural section.
Regardless of the position of the elements, the plastic moment strength can be deter-
o.asrcr G mined using either the plastic s tress distribution method or the strain compatibility method
of AJSC Specification Section 13, as appropriate. The challenge is in determimng the loca-
..:. PNA 21.0H.-W ~ tion of the plil~tic neutral axis. One approach would be to use the equations for pure
"ti
bending given for composite beam-columns in Tables 7-IOA, 7- JOB, 7-llA and 7-1 lB in
i--- this Part of the Manual.
Tb

. 'T';
Shear Strength

Concrete Forces The limiting expected shear strength of a composite coupling beam is calculated using A ISC
stress Seismic Provisions Equations H44 or H4-4M and js based on the expected strength of the
steel shape. The total expected shear strength is the sum of the resistances provided by
Case 1: Plastic Netral Axis a bove Steel Shape the strucrural steel section, the concrete, and the transverse reinforcement. Of the three
material contributions to the total shear resistance of the beam, expected material strength is
considered only for the structural steel.
From the ACI 318 requirements for shear reinforcement, the size and spacing of trans-
verse reinforcement depends on the ma&Ttitude of shear stress being resisted. However,
regardless of the magnitude of shear stress, at least the minimum shear reinforcement
,: requirements must be provided. The Commentary toAISC Seismic Provisions Sections H4.2
and H5.2 provides funher cliscussion on this topic.

Embedment Length
Concrete
stress As with steel coupling beams, the embedment length of the steel section of the composite
Case 2: Plaptic Neutral Axis in Flange beam is considered to begin within the outer layer of confining reinforcement. Similar
to steel coupling beams, the embedment length is determined through ATSC Seismic
Provisions Equation H4-2. but is based on the nominal shear strength defined by Equation
ll4-3. As discussed previously, it is permitted co have a composite beam detailed to be
PNA shear- or flexure-critical.

Example 7.5.1. C-OSW Steel Coupling Beam Design

Given:
Concrete Forces The siJ.:th floor core plan of a 15-story core wall system is shown in Figure 7-6. The com-
stress ~ite ordinary shear wall system is coupled with steel coupling beams. Coupling beam
sizes are grouped such that different beam sizes are used at floor levels 1-5, 6-10, and
Case 3: Plastic Neutral Axis in Web

Fig. 7-5. Possible internal forces based on the plastic stress distribwion.
~-
11-15. Table 7. 5 tabulates the maximum LRFD beam required shear strength for each group
Of beams. A modal response spectrum analysis procedure according lo ASCE/SEI 7 was
t
....

AMERICAN .INSTITIJTS OF STEtil.. CONSTllUCllOl'I AMERICAN I NSTl1Vll! OF STEEL CoNSTRUcnON

.. I ,
t.., l 7-22 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS 7.5 COMPOSITE SHE.AR WAUS 7-23

used to detennjne the seismic loading, wbkb was theu combined with gravity loads using
the basic seismic load combinations of ASCEISEl 7 Section I 2.4.23 (not using the ampli Table 7-5
fied seismic load). The analysis meets AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4.3 requirements;
" I) uncracked elJcctive stiffness ralues were used, and 2) flexibility of the connea:ion
LRFD Beam Required Shear Strength
between coupling beams and wall piers was taken into account. Second order effects were
also considered in the ruialysis.
FlOOf Level v. kips
11-15 295
From ASCEJSEI 7, lhe following parameters apply: R = 5, Cd= 4.5, ~::: 2.5, Seismic
6-10 486
Design Category C, and le = 1.0.
1-5 380
The compressive strength of the wall pier concrete is 8 ksi, the steel reinforcement is ASTh1
Grade 60. and the steel beams are built-up I-shapes of ASTM A572 G.ttide 50 plate material.
The clear cover from foce of wall co boundary reinforcement is 0.750 in. The maximum
beam depth permined is 30.0 in. Assume a maximum rotation of 0.08 rad and no a.."tfaJ load Table 7-6
in the coupling beam.
Expected Beam Shear Strengths, Vn
Perform the following:
FlOO' Level Vn. kips
1. Specify lhe cross-sectional dimensions of the coupling beruns on levels 6-10 assum-
ing that lhe beam will be shear-critical. 11-15 325
2. For the beam sized in Part l of this problem, compute the required embedmenl length 6-10 To be detennined
of lhe beam into the wall pier.
1- 5 429
3. Given tbe LR.FD beam required s:ar strengths over !he height of ~e building provided
in Table 7-5, determine the LRFD required axial s1rength al tb.e base of !he wnll piers
due to coupling action only.
Solution:

Part 1: Coupling Beam Design

From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
AS'Thl A572 Grade 50
Fy =50 ksi
Stiffener F.,=65 ksi
!IHllll Ill HJ plate
(typ.)
. A Local Buckling
~
en
...- For a C-OSW system, the flanges and webs of the steel coupling beam are to satisfy the
;,,
requirements for moderately ductile members. Referring 10TableD1 .1 of the AlSC Seismic
t
Prvvisions, the limiting widrh-to-thickness ratio for a built-up member is given.
lllHI ..
From AISC Seismic Pl'()Vision.s TabJe Dl.l, the limiting widLb-to-lhickness ratio for the
12'-0" j .. Oanges of the beam is:

(a) (b) b
-$/. d
f '"
Fig. 7-6. (a) Core planar six1hjloor and (b) Section A-A-beam cross section.
;, .. ;
,,. ~ii
:: -l 1
7-24 COMPOSJTE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS 75 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS 7-2.5

Determine Lhe required nange thickness to satisfy flange local buckling based on the litnir-
fK
'Arru1 =0.38
vF; iog width-10-thick.ness ratio derermincd previously.

= _ 29,000 ksi
0 38 ~ ~9.15
50 ksi t
= 9.15 b b1
-=-
2t1
The limiting width-lo-thickness rario for the beam web is also detemtined from Table DL l
as follows: "'9.15
> 15.0 in.= 0 820 .
11
- 2(9.15) '"

Because there is no axial load on the beam, P,. =O; therefore, C0 = 0. Assume y = 1.00 in.

Knowing the depth (d = 30.0 in.) and flange thickness (lj =1.00 in.) of the cross section, the
Ama=3.76 ([(l-2.75C,,) value, d - 2lj. can be calculated.
'JF,
d-2c1 ==30.0 in. -2(1.00 in.)
=3 .76 29,000 ksi (l-O)
= 28.0 in.
50 ksi
=90.6 Using rbe trial values for the flsnge and web dimensions, the thickness of the web can be
determined. The thickness required to satisfy the link length equation is used to compute the
Link Length Requirement required 1hickness and A..,= dt,., :iccording to AISC Specification Section G2. Solving for c,,.:
The problem stAtement requires a chord rotation of O.OS rad and a shear-critical coupling
l
beam. Using Equations 7-9 and 7-15: c,., ( d-21 ) Ult..,
b1t1(d-t1 )+ I =--
4 2.67
> Ldt...,
- 2.67 (15 .o m.
)(J .00 rn.
)(30.0 in. _ 1.00 rn. t..., (28.0 jn.)2 _ 72.0 in.(30.0 in.)r;
. ) +---------
4 2.67
.l
I,.. ::: 0. 710 in.

Use 1,., = 0.625 in.

Assume the beam depth, d, is the ma.'timum permitted of 30.0 in. The maximum flange
width that can fit within the steel reinforcement in the wall piers is (assuming No. 8 bori The following trial section dimensions can be used to check the requirements.for the design
zontal and vertical reinforcing bars): of the beam.

b1::: 15.0 in. 11 = l.00 in. A =47.5 in. 2

d=30.0 in. lw = 0.625 in. 11 =563 in:'
= 24.0 in. - 2(0.75 in.)- 2(1.00 in.)-2(1.00 in.) I '

'1=3.44 in.
=18.5 in.
Check web local buckling
where
c~ = concrete cov~r h
-$90.6
db,v =diameter of vertical reinforcement bar I
db,h =dfameter of horizontal reinforcement bar
h 28.0 in.
Use b1= 15.0 in. 0.625 in.
==44.8 <90.6 o.k.
AMEIUCAN lNsJTnml OP S1EllL Cot<STRUCllON
 7-26 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES ANO SHEAR Wi;us 7.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WAU.S 7-27
1
,.. t
Check flange local buckling l .,., ')".-~ i Aexural Strength
,, 1:- . ~--1
The required flexural strength at levels 6-10, from Equation 7-2 wilh v,, from Table 7-5, is:
~$9.15 ./
t
Mu= V.,L
f!._ .!!i_ 2
- 2t1 =486 kips(72.0 in.)
2
15.0 in.
= 2(1.00 in.)
=17,500 kip-in.

=7.50<9.15 o.k. Because !he shape is compact according to the AJSC Specijicorion, determine whether the
limit state ot lateral-torsional buckling applies.

Maximum Unk Length

Lp = l .76r1 [f (Spec. Eq. F2-5)
For a shear-critical beam in an ordinat)' system. the maximum link lcnglh is determined 'J.F_~
from Equation 1-3 as follows:
29.000 ksi
"'1.76(3.44 in.)-- --
S l.6Mp 50 ksi
L (7-3)
Vp "'146 in.
l.6Mp _ l.6F7 Zi Because 72 in. < 146 in., lateral-torsional buckling does not apply, and the:. design flexural
Vp - 0.6FyA1,,. strenglb based on flexural yielding is detenn.ined in acco.rdru1ce with AJSC Specification
Section F2.l:
where
$Mn=tVMp
)2
t,.. ( d - 2t1
Z;,: = b1t1 ( d-c1 ) +-'----';..:._ (7-15) =0.90(27,900 lcip-in.)
4 =25,100 kip-in.
2
= (15.0 in.)(1.00 in.)(30.0 in. - 1.00 in.)+ 0 625 ia.( S.O in.)2 25,100kip-in.>17,500 kip-in. o.k.
4
1
=558 in.
Shear Strength

1:~
Mp= F1 Zx (7-5) The available shear strength frorn AlSC SpecijicaJio11 Section 02 is determined as follows.
= 50 k.si(558 in.3)
For a built-up member:
=27,900 kip-in. ' I'
~::::0.90
VP :::: 0.6F1 A,,,, (7-6)
...
=0.6(50 ksiX30.0 in.X0.625 in.) For a beam without stiffeners, k.., =5, and
=563 kips

Therefore:
uotE =uo
Fy
5(29,000 ksi)
50 ksi
=59.2 > 44.8
......" L $ 1.6(27,900 kip-in.)
\

,... 563 k:ips Therefore:

: S79.3 in.
(Spec. Eq. 02-3)
72.0 in. S 79.3 in. o.k .

The given link length of 6 ft meets this rcqui.remenl.

7-28 COMPOSJTE .GRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAU.S 7.5 CO!'v!POSI fE SHEAR WAU..S 7- 29

lbe available shear strength is: Use Vn = 619 kips.

(from Spec. Eq. G2-1) Detenn.ine the cmbcdmcm length by solving for L. in Equation H4-2:
<PvV,. = ~v0.6FyAwCv
=0.90(0.6)(50 ksi)(0.625 in.)(30.0 in.)(1.0) )o.66 0.58- (0.22)(0.65)1
24 0 in
=506 kips> 486 kips o.k. 619 = l.54.J8 ksi ( .
15.0 JO.
(0.65)(15.0 in.)L.
0.88+ -
72.0
. 2L,
Part 2: Beam Embedment Length 619= 25.3L.
From Prut l of this solution, Vn =563 kips and M.,. =27,900 kip-in. 0.88+ 36.0
L.
From AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b(l )(3):
L. = 42.3 in.

(Provision.s Eq. H+2)

The toral embcdment length, from the face of the wall, is: \.:
L.+Cc =42.3 in.+0.750 in.
=43. 1 in.
where
Therefore, each end of the beam will be embedded a minimum of 44.0 in. from the face of
b,.,=24 in. the wall.
fJ =8 ksi
~l =0.65 from ACI 318 Section 10.2.7.3 Part 3: Wall Pier Required Axial Strength
g =L=72.0in. AISC Seismic Proi:isions Section H4.5b(1)(4) requires that vertical wall reinforcement with
a no~inal strength equal to the expected shear strength. Vn, of the steel coupling beam be
In AISC Seismic Provisions Equation H4-2, g could be replaced with 8eff an effective clear
provided over the embedded length of the coupling beam. The axial load resultin<> from the
span to account for spalling at the face of che walJ, but this is not required by the AISC
coupling action on the base wall piers is the ac~umulation of the expected i:am shear
Seismic Provisions and will have very fatle impact on lhe final design. This would require
strengths over the height of the building.
the clear span to be increased by the concrete cover over the first reinforcing bar at each side.
For the given core wall system, two coupling beams frame into each shear wall.
The expected shear strength of the steel coupling beam is:
~ased on the nominal shear strengths given in, Table 7-6, the required wall pier axial strength
(Provisions Eq. H4-l) 1s determined as follows. \

Expected beam shear strength at levels 11-15, from Table 7-6:

From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l, for ASTM A572 Grade 50 material:
(V,. )11_ 15 =(325 kips/floor/beam)
Ry= 1.1
(l::V,. )1 1-1s =(5 floors)(325 k.ips/floor/beam}(2 beams)
V,. =2R1 Mp =3,250 kips
g
=2(1.1)(27,900 kip-in.) Expected beam shear strengths at levels 6-10 from previous calculations:
72.0 in,
(Vn.)6-io =(619 kips/floor/beam)
=853 kips

V,. =R1 Vp
',I
(.tV,, )6--10 =(5 floors)(6 I 9 kips/floor/beam)(2 beams)
= 6,190 kips
I~
=1.1(563 kips)
=619 kips I
..
 LI 7-3-0 COMPOSITE BR.ACFO FRAMES AND SHEARWA!LS

Expected beam shear strength at levels 1-5, from Table 7-6:

75COMPOSITESHFAR WAI IS 7 - ll

AST\1 A992 material is used for the structural i.recl. ASTM \615 Grade 60 matenal i.; used
fOf all steel reinforcement, :ind the concrete compre~sivc \lrength 1s 4 ksi.
.. (V" )1_5 = ( 429 k1ps/Ooor/beam)
1 Specify the required spacing of the transverse rcinforcemenL
(LV,,)1_ 5 =(5 floors)(429 kips/floor/beam)(2 beams) 2. Calculate the expected plastic moment strength of the composite beam.
~
..
,
,
= 4. 290 kips 3. Calculate the required cmbedmenl length of the structural i.tcel seccion into the \\all
~ pier. Assurne !he sp~m length of the beam ~ 5.00 ft between wall faces .
The total axial load effect due to coupling below level 1 is:
Solutio n:
P~. wall, coupling= 3,250 kips t-6, 190 kips+4,290 kips From AISC Manual Table 2-4, lhe material properties are as follows:
= 13,700 kips
ASTMA992
The required axial strength of the wall piers in upper floors is calculated in a similar Fy = 50 ksi
manner. Jn such a case, the total axial load due to coupling, al a given floor level, is an F. = 65 ks1
accumulation of ~e beam shear strengths for the beam at the floor being considrrcd 3Jld
beams above. From AISC Manual Table 1- 1. the geometric propenies .ire a:. follow~:

W14x53
Exampfe 7 .5.2. C-OSW Composite Coupling Beam Design d:::: 13.9 in. r11 = 0.370 in. bt =S.06 in. If =0.660 in.
3
Z= 87.1 in.
Given:
A composite coupling beam is used to couple the 16-in. thick shear walls of a com~1tc Part 1: Specify Transverse Reinforcement Spacing
ordinary shear wall system. A cross section of the coupling beam is shown in Figure 7-7. A
.\ccorc.ling to AISC Specifica1io11 Section 14. l, the sh~ar ~trcngth of the composite beam can
mod:il response spectrum analysis procedure according to 1\SCE/SEl 7 was used 10 deter
lit 13ken as the sum of that contributed by the steel ~ape and that comnbuted by the rein
nune the seism.ic looding. ''hich was then combined with gravity loads using the basic
forcing. with= 0.75. With the required shear strength gl\en :is 232 kips, the nominal shear
seismic load combinations of ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (not using the amplified seisJnJc
strength of the composite coupling beam must be .11 le~t the following:
load). The analysis meets AISC Seismic Previsions Section 114.3 requirements: I) uncrackcd
effective stiffness values were used, and 2) flexibility of the connection between coupling
v,.~--=30
11 232 9 k'l pS
beams and wall piers was taken into account. Second-order effeccs were also considered in 0.75

..:~ - the analysis. The LRFD required shear and flexural strengths are:

Vu =232 kips
For the rolled steel :.hape with
ltrength of the steel is:
Ii/ r.., ~ 2.24.JE/ Fy c. =1.0; therefore, the nominal shear
' M11 = 6.960 kip-in.
V,s1u1=0.6F.A,.C, (S~c. Eq. G2-I)
= 0.6(50 ksi)(J 3.9 in.)(0.370 in.)(1.0)
Comer bal'$, #8 =154 kips
The rei nforcing steel must provide the following nominal shear stteogrh:
W1 4x53

Stirrups,#5 v... Jr ~ 309 kips - 154 kips= 155 kips

For No. 5 stirrups, the maximum spacing can be clctem1incd usi ng:
~:
""
''
V,.,,, =A,f,.d (AO 318 Eq. 1 l -15)
1
16.0"
Therefore, solving for s, the required stirrup spacing is:

Fig. 7.7, Composi1e coupling beam su11on.

..
7-32 COMPOSJTI.: BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAilS 7.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WAL.LS 7- 33

Avhd
s=--
=
ASThf A992: R>F1 1.1(50 ksi) 55 ksi =
V,.,,, ASTM A615: R}F1 = 1.25(60 ksi) =75 ksi
2(0.31 in.2)(60 ksi)(J 7 .5 in.) 4-k..~i concrete: 1.50/c' =I 50(4 ksi) = 6 ksi
=

=4.23 in.
154 kips
.. From Table 7- lOA, ai;~uming that the plastic neutral axis is io the flange, the variable hn c:m
be determined. This is 1he distance from the centroid of the section to the location of the
plastic neutral axis. Th\ls: I
Maximum Transverse Spacing Requirements
The maximum spacing of the transverse reinforcement is determined from ACl 318 Se<:tion
0.85//(Ac +As - db1 )-2F1 (As -db1)
l 1.4.5.l and solving for sin lhe equations for Aw. m1,, ghen in Section l l.4.6.3. With the con- hn = 2[0.S5/:(h1 -bi)+ 2F1 b1]
crete strength taken in psi for use in ACJ 318 equ:uions:
Note there is no term for the reinforcing s1eel because there is no reinforcing steel at the
d_l7.5in. _ . midpoint of the section. Determine the area of the steel shape using the same geometry used
- - - 875
. In.
2 2 in the derivation of the equations, which is the model of three rectangles.
24 in.
2
..\1 =2(8.06 in.)(0.660 in.)+!J 3.9 io. - 2(0.660 in.))(0.370 in.)
smax $min AvFy = 2(0.31 in. )(60,000 psi)= _ in.
46 5 =15.3 in.2
50b,,, 50(16.0 in.)
AvFy
2
:::: 2(0.3 l in. )(60,000 psi) =49 _0 in. The area of the concrete is:
0.75fjlb,., 0.75-/4,000 psi(l6.0 in.)
Ac= 16.0 in.(20.0 in.)-15.3 in.2 -4(0.79 io.2)
Therefo~. the maximum spa_cing is 8.75 in. =302 in.2
The spacing requirements based on shear strength were determined as 4.23 in. Thus. use Thus:
No. 5 closed stirrups at 4.00 in. on-center spacing.
0.85(6 ksi)l302 in. 2 +15.3 in.2-13.9 in.(8.06 in.)]- 2(55 ksi)
Part 2: Expected Flexural Strength of Composite Beam
x[l5.3 in.2 -..13.9 in.(8.06 in.)]
h,, =~~~---!.-~--~--'-~--'-~---,....-
It may take several iterations to identify the case (see Figure 7-5) that applies to the cross 2[0.85(6 ksi)(J 6.0 in. - 8.06 in.)+ 2(55 k si)(8.06 in.)}
section in any given problem. For lhis problem il is assumed that the plastic neutral axis is
in the flange of the steel shape-Case 2 in Figure 7-5. The plastic flexural strength may be =6.30 in.
determined by application of equjJjbrium principles or by the equations provided for pure Because this dimension is greater than the distance from the cenler of the section to the under
bending of encased composite beani-columns given in Table 7- lOA of this Part of !he side of lhe flange and Jess lban haJf of the steel beam depth, the assumpti?" that the plastic
Manual (Geschwindner, 2010). Because these equations :ire somewhat more straigbtfoc neutral axis is in the flange is correct.
ward, they will be illusu-ated here.
Using the series of equatfons given in Table 7- lOA in this Part of the ManuaJ for Point B,
AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b(2) requires lhe use of the expected strength of
the steel shape, the reinforcing steel, and the concrete. As for other expected streoglh calcu-
. for h,. within the flange, and Point D:

Ry= 1.25 for ASTM A615 reinforcing steel.

=
lations, AISC Seismic Provision.s Table A3.l gives R1 1.1 for ASTM A992 steel and

The User Note in .AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.2 states that to dete.nnine the
expected strength of reinforced concrete, reference should be made to Seismic
I
)
::
Zsn =Z, -bf (%-Jin)(i+hn)
. an. 3 -806'
=871' . m. (
13 9
in.
2
6.30in.)(
13 9
in.+6.30in.)
2
Rehabilitation of 5.xisring Buildings. ASCE/SEI 41-06 (ASCE, 2006). The expected =17.7 in.3
strength can be determined by applying lhe factor provided in ASCEJSEI 41-06 Table 6-4
for concrete compressive strength, where a value of 1.50 is given. Thus, the expected yi~
strengths used in determining the expected plastic flexural strength are:
t
AMERICAN L~ OF Sn:a CO>ISTllucnON

I
 7-34 COMl'OSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAUS 7.5 COMPOSrTE SllEAR WALLS 7-15

~'

7...:,.=h1~-z,,. The clear span, g, for l.hjs composite coupling beam is 5.00 fl.
=16.0 in.(6.30 in.) 2
-17.7 in. 3 The expected shear slrength, V11,W11p lS determined from AISC Seismic ProvisioJts Equation
=6 17in.3 H4~3 as follows:
2Mp, exp
.. Z, =(Au-A,,,)(h;-c) V. comp =
g
5 Vcomp (Provisions Eq. H4-3)

2(654 kjp-fl)
f =[4(0.79 in.2)-o in.2 ]( 20 ~ in. -2.5 in.) 5.00 fl
!. = 262 kips< Vcomp
.. =23.7 io. 3
where
:::.; h1h~
~
Zc =- - -z, - z, Vc.,,,,p
r;;
=R1 Vp + (0.0632-.jfcb ..-cdc +
A3F..,,,.d, )
~ (from Provisions Eq. H~)
: 4
= 1.6.0 in.{20.0 in.)2 _ 8 . _2 .
7 1 in.3 3. 7 in. 3 =1.1(0.6)(50 ksi)(l 3.9 in.)(0.370 in.)
4
~\:::J
~! =l,490 in.3 + 0.0632J4 ksi (16.0 in.){! 7 .5 in.)

2(0.31 in. 2 )(60 ksi)(l7.5 in.)

+-'-~~~...;._~....:..;~~-'-

Mo = ZsFy + Z7 Fyr + Zc (0.85/:) 4.00 in.

:~ 2
'
.;.
~::
=368 kips
3
=87 .1 in. 3 (55 ksi) + 23. 7 in.3(75 ksi) + 1490 in. [0.85(6 ksi)] Therefore, V11,comp =262 kips.
2
,,,.~1
,",... l =10.400 kip-in. Note thrit the equation used here for Vromp includes a conversion factor so that/~ can be
applied in ksi units.
Ms = Mo-Zrn F1 - Zen (0.85/:)
2 The cmbedmem length can then be determined from AJSC Seismic Provisions Equation
i" =10,400 kip-in.-17.7 in .(55 ksi) 617
2
3
in. [0.85(6 ksi)]
H4-2 as follows:

0 66
=7,850 kip-in. 262:::: 1.54J4 ksi ( 16 0 in.) . (0.85)(8.06 in.)
~:- 8.06 in.
~=l
~..
Thus:
L. 0.58-0.22(0.85)
x _ + 60.0 in.
M p,up = 7,850 kip-in.1{12 in./ft) 0 88
~,,
l:
= 654 kip-ft
262- 13.04
24
...:
0.88+ 30.0
(
Part 3: Beam Embedment Length 4
~~:
.:,
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b(l)(3), modified according to Secrion Le =35.0 in.
- H4.5b(2)(2):
The total embedded lenglh from the face of the wall is:
'...' b, )0.66 0.58-0.2213'11
L. 1-Cc =3S.0 in.+ 0.75 in.
~: Vn, comp = 1.54.fjf(2 J}ib;l, 0.88+-L (Provisions Eq. H4-2)
~- .b1 24 =35.8 in.

~ f/=4 ksi Each end of the beam will be embedded a minimum of 36 in. beyond lhe face of the wall.
'
:: p, =0.85

",;
!\
. ~:

I
 7-36 COMPOSJT.e BRACED FRAMES AND SRF.AR WAJ..1.S
Composite Special Shear Walls (C-SSW)
Composite special shear wall (C-SSW) systems are designed in accordance with AJSC
Seismic Provisions HS. C-SSW systems are reinforced concrete walls composite wuh
I
structural steel, including steel or composite boundary members and steel or composite
coupling beams.
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions
An overview of the AJSC Seismic Provisions and ACT 318 requirements for lhe design of C
SSW systems follows. Figure 7-8 illustrates an embedded steel coupling beam in a
composite special shear wall system. Areas of I.he figure are labeled to identify pertinent
design considerations. Table 7-7 identifies specific requirements of the AISC Seismic
Provisions that correspond to lhe areas labeled in the figure and pro,ides a simplified sum-
mary of the design requirements.
Note 1. The structural steel material used for C-SSW systems is limited by the require-
ments of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3. l, where the specified minimum
yield stress of lhe sreel is not to exceed 50 ksi for members in which inelastic
behavior is expecred. This specified mjnimum yield stress can be exceeded when
the suitability of the material is determined by testing or oilier rational criteria.
The weld filler metal used in the members and connecrions of the seismic !force
resisting system is selected to meet lhe requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions
Section A3.4a. The concrete and steel reinforcing materials used in composite
components should satisfy the requirements of ATSC Seismic Provisions Swion
A3.5.
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-SS\V systems are to meet
the requiremenrs of AISC Seismic Proiisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are to be
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2.
Note 4. The required strength for structural members and connections is determined
according to AISC Seismic Provisions Sections B3. l and HS.5.
Note 5. Structural analysis for the l\ppropriate load combinations is to be performed in
accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C and
Section HS.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members shall include the
effects of cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of
concrete beam and column members, concrete-encased and concrete-filled
members, and steel ~earns with composite slabs are provid~d in the
Commentary to the AlSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and
composite member properties reflect 1he effective stiffness at the onset of
significant yielding in the members.
Note 6. System requirements are as given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5.4.
Note 7. Boundary members ofC-SSW systems are designed in accordance with theAJSC
Specification and AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5b.
Note 8. Steel coupling beams of C-SSW systems are designed in accordance with the A.ISC
Specification and AISC Seismic Provisions Secrions HS.Sa, H5.5c and H5.5<L
Strucllll'3l steel I.inks must satisfy the requirements for highly ductile membetS
..
7J COMPOSITE SHr~ WAL.LS 7- 37
(a) As s tipulated in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c by reference to
Section F3.5b, for I-shaped beams, with link lengths ~ 1.6,\lfp/Vp. the steel
beam flange may meet the width-to-thickness requirements for a moderately 1.
ductile element given in AISC Seismic Pro,isio11s Table Dl.l; otherwise the
requirements for highly ductile elements must be met.
(b) As stipulated in AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Section H5.5c, the steel beam web
must meet the width-to-lhick11ess requirements for a highly ductile element
given in AISC Seismic Provisions Table DI. J.
(c) As stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Seciion HS.5c by reference to
Section F3.5b, for links made of built-up cross sections. complete-joint-penc
tration groo,e welds are used to connect the web to the flanges.
(d) Intermediate web stiffeners are designed in accordance with AISC Seismic
Proi:ision.r Sections H5.5a by reference to Section F3.5b(4), and Section
H5.5c. which also references Section H4.5b.
(e) Face bearing plates are designed in accordance with AlSC Seismic Prodsions
Sections H5.5c and F3.5b by reference.
(f) Vertical transfer bars are designed in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisio11s
Sect.ion HS.5c.
(g) The embcdment length is detennined from AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Equation
H4-2 or H4-2M with modifications given in Section H5.5c and is considered
to begin inside the first layer of confining reinforcement in rhe wall boundary
\
layer.
(h) The link length is detennined in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions
Section H5.5c, by reference to Sections F3.5b and H4.5b.
Face of wall
K
G
Outer layer of
boundary steel
H
J
Fig. 7-8. Notes key for AISC Seismic Provisions design requiremems
for a coupling beam in a C-SSW system (see Table 7-7).
 -,,.m....
7-38 COMPOSITE BRACED ~"iES AND SHEAR WAU.S i~ ""' 7j COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS 1 )9

:. J
F:ti.1
I
:I Table 7~7 .~ Table 7-7 (continued)
,,, Notes in Figure 7-8 and Overview of ~ Notes in Figure 7-8 and Overview of
Requirements for C-SSW Systems Requirements for C-SSW Systems
Note in Note In Referenced llote in Note In Referenced
item Item
Fig. 78 Summary Standard Fig. 7-8 Summary Standard

- 1 Materials Seismic Prov. Sects. A3. t, J 8(h} Clear span of beam:

A3.4 &A3.5 link length Seismic Prov. Sect.
F3.5b(3)
- 2 Structural design drawings and specifications Seismic Prov. Sects. A4.1, For calculation of embedmem (definition of fh Seismic Prov. Sect.
A4.2 &A4.3 H4.5b(1)
- 3 load and load combinations Seismic Prov. Seel 82
K - Stilfener welds Seismic Prov. Sect.
- 4 .Required strength for structural ~mbers Selsmlc Prov. Sects. 83.1 F3.5b(4)
and connecti-Ons & HS.5
l - Wall pier axial load Clue to coupling action SelsnliC Prov. Seel. HS.Sc
- 5 Structural analysis Seismic Prov. Seel HS.3
- 9 Composite coupling beams Seismic Prov. Sect H5.5d
- S(a) Elastic stiffness of concrete/composite Seismic Prov. Comm.
- 10 Demand critical welds Seismic Prov. Sect. H5.6a
members to Ch.C
- 11 Column spfices Seismic Prov. Sect. H5.6b
- 6 System requirements Seismic Prov. Sect HS.4
- 12 Reinforced concrete walls ACI 318 Sect. 11.9. Ch. 14
- 7 Boundary members Seismic Prov. Sect. HS.Sb & Sect 21.9
- 8 S1eel coupnng beams Seismic Prov. Secls. H5.5a 'The relerenceel $.dards llJ'e in addition 10 the AlSC Specification.
& HS.Sc

A 8(a) Beam flange local buckling Seismic Prov. Sects. HS.Sc,

F3.Sb(1) (Exception)
& Table 01.1
Note 9. Composite coupling beams are designed in nccordance with AISC Seismic
B 8(b) Web local flucl<ling Seismic Prov. Seel HS.SC Provisions Section H5.5d.
&Table 01.1 Note 10. Demand critical welds are required as defined in AISC Seismic Provisions Section
c 8{c) Flange-web weld (built-up I-shape) Seismic Prov. sect. HS.6a.
F3.5b(1} Note JI. Column splices are de.~igned in nccordance with the AISC Specificarion and AISC
0 8(d} Intermediate \Yeb stiffeners Seismic F'rov. sects. Seismic Provisions Section H5.6b.
F3.5b(4), H4.Sb & HS.Sc Note 12. Reinforced concrete walls are designed in accordnnce with ACI 318 Section 11.9
and Chapter 14, in addition to Section 21.9.
E 8(e) Face bearing plates Seismk Prov. Sects.
F3.5b(4) & HS.Sc
F 8(~ Vertical transfer bars Seismic Prov. Seel HS.Sc Steel Coupling Beam Design
G localion of end vertical transfer bar and Seismic Prov. Seel HS.Sc The steel coupling be.ams used in C-SSW systems require special detailing as outlined in
stiffener AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5.Sc. The propo1tions of the beam cross sections must
H 8(g) Embedment lenglh: meet the requirements of Sections H4.5b nnd F3.5 where the coupling beam is treated as a
caJculated embed length Seismic Prov. Seel link in an eccentrically braced fr:\me. The anticipated roLational demand of the beams in spe-
H4.Sb(1)(3) cial systems is equal to or larger than 0.08 rad.
Magnitude or shear used lo calculate Seismic Prov. Seel.
embed length Seel HS.Sc Moment and shear strength is determined using AISC Specification Ch:ip1ers r and G.
I Total embedment length Seismic Prov. Sect. The requirements of AJSC Semnic Provisions Section HS stipulate the transfer of the
H4.5b(1)(3)
ex~cted beam shear strength, amplified by a factor of I. l, to the wall piers. Therefore,

AMEIUCAC'I INSTITVT OJ' Sn:a CONSTRUCOON

7-40 COMPOSITE BRACED !-'RAM.ES AND SHEAR WALLS 7j COMPOSITE SHEAR WAL.LS 7-.JJ

it is advantageous to consider grouping beam strengths over the height of the building in
an effort to reduce the wall overstrength requiremenras was discussed for C-OSW sys-
tems. , , ,
Flange and web: width-to-thickness ratios ~ust satisfy the requirements of AISC Sei..rmic
Provisions Section Dl.I for highly ductiJe members.
: ....
Wall Overstrength
From AISC Seismic Provisions H5.4(2), lhe expected shear strength of the coupling beams
amplified by a factor of 1.1, must be considered as the shear required to be transferred to th~
wall piers; fo_add~tio_n, when computing the required embedment length for steel coupling
beams, the Vn calculated using Equation H4- l must be amplified by l. J as indicated in AISC
Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c.
Face Bearing Plates
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section HS.Sc, face hearing plates (link stiffeners) are pro-
vided on both sides of the beam web and located at the face of the wall pier. These plates I:.
should meet the requirements of stiffeners in links at "the diagonal br:1ce ends" as required
in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4). Figure 7-9 illustrales the placement of face
bearing plates.
Stiffeners within the Embedded Region
Although not specifically required by the AISC Seismic Provisions, stiffeners on both sides
of the web, aligned with the outennost pair of vertical transfer bars, provide significantly
higher cotmection ductility than when these stiffeners are not present. The same size stiff-
ener specified for the face bearing plate should be used and placed as shown in Figure 7-9.
TI1e AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Section H5 discusses this further.

Beam Embedment Length

The length of the steel coupling b~ embedded into the wall pier is computed using AISC
Seismic Provisions Equation H4-2. The Vn tenn in this equation is the same expected beam
shear strength used to determine wall overstrength for the C-SSW system. In this equation,
the term g is the clear. span of the beam. However, the embedmem length, Le. is measured
from the .o uter layer of boundary element wall reinforcement. Thus, the embedment length
.of the beam, from the face of the wall, is che length calculated using Equation H4-2 plus the
concrete cover o~ the boundary element reinforcement as illustrated in Figure 7-9.
Vertical Transfer Bars
In C-SSW systems, reinforcing bars are attached to the flanges within the embedded region
to improve the ductility and general hysteretic behavior of the connection region. The
requirements for size <md development of the transfer bars are specified in AlSC Seismic
Provisions Section H5.5c. Figure 7-9 illustrates the placement of these bars. A minimum of
two bars are required on eachllangein each embed region.At a minimum, one pair is placed
near the face of the waJJ to coincide wich the wall boundary steel, and one pair is placed near
the end of the embed region no less than one-half the depth of the beam from the end.

Intermediate Web Stiffeners
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section HS.5c, web stiffeners musr meet the requirements
for intennediate link stiffeners given in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4).
The AISC Seismic Provisions permit the attachment and development of these bars to be
done mechanically. When mechanical devices are not used, weldable grade reinforcing
bars (e.g., ASTM A706) may be welded directly to the flanges of che beam, and the devel-
opment length is computed using the provisions of ACI 318 for the development length of
straight reinforcement bars in tension. It should be noted that, depending on the diameter
of the reinforcing bar used, I.he development length might be significant. Where geommy

I'
Vertical transfer is tight, mechanical anchorage will reduce the space required for these bars.
bar (fyp.)
:.
stiffener same as Cf.beam Example 7 .5.3. C-SSW Steel Coupling Beam Design

l
face bearing plate;
both sides of web Given:
,,.
:., .. The sixth floor core plan of a 15-story core wall system is shown in Figure 7-10. The com-
posite special shear wall system includes steel coupling beams. Table 7-8 tabuJates the
: ,!. LRFD required shear strengths and Table 7-9 tabulates the nominal beam shear strengths
-, -~ over the height of the building. At the sixth floor level, the LRFD required shear and
moment strengths (determined using the equivalent lateral force procedure) on the coupLing
>d/2 beams are 795 kips and 2,390 kip-ft, respectively. There is no axial load on the.beams. The
t-----L.=-----1-1~Concrete cover
Aligned With outer
layer of wall =
applicable ASCE/SEI 7 parameters are: R = 6, C4 ::: 5, Q 0 2.5, Seismic Design Category );:
>

Total embedment length

boundary steel =
C, and J,, LO.

The compressive strength of the wall pier concrete is 8 ksi, the steel reinforcement is
Fig. 7-9. Placement of vertical transfer bars and face bearing plaies. ASTM A61S Grade 60, and the steel beams a.re built-up I-shapes of ASThi A572 Grade 50

i
 7-42 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMFS AJ'l.'D SHE.AR WAU.S 1 .n
7.5 COMPOSITE .Sl!EAR WALLS

pla1e material. The sllffener material is also ASTM A572 Grade 50 plate. The beam chord
roration demands are expected to be equal to or greater thal\ 0.08 rad. The clear cover from Table 7-8
the face of I.be wall to the reinforcement is 0.75 in. The coupling beam <limensions arc
given in Figure 7-IO(b). LRFD Beam Required Shear Strengths
Perform the following for the coupling beam at lhe sixth floor: Floor Level Vu, kips

I. Cbeck the width-to-thickness rcquircmenL<1 for the flanges and web of the C-OUpling 11-15 340
beam gh'en in Figure 7-IOl.b). 6-10 795
2. Determine if the clear ~pan length of tJ:ie beam is sufficient gjven the expected chord
1-5 318
rotation demands.
3. Determine the size and spacing of the web stiffeners over the clear span region of 11Jc
beam.
4. Compute lbe required embedment length of the beam into the wall pier. Table 7-9
5. Specify the diameter, quantity and location of Yect.ical transfer bars needed at lhc
flanges within the embedded regions of the beam.
Nominal Beam Shear Strengths, Vn ~
6. Detail the fai;e bearing plates required at the face of the wall and ~liffcncr near the end Floor Lewi V,, kips
of the embedded regfon.
7. Given the LRFD beam required shenr strengths over the height of the buifding pro- 11-15 404
vided in Table 7-8, detennine the LRfD required axial strength at the base of the wall 6-10 To be determined
piers due to coupling action.
1-5 462
Solution:
The geometric properties of lhe buih-up .)Ct:tion are:
tl l From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
ASThi A572 Grade 50 A= 91.5 in.
11= 2.00 in.
1
d=26 in.
ry= 3.87 in.
1.,. = J.25 in.
Zx=9J9 in. 3
br= 16.o in.
..
t.f

Fl= 50 ksi
F,, =65 ksi
Pan 1: Local Buclding
Check member ductility

il... From AISC S~isn11c Prr:Jl'isioll.S Table DI. I, the limiting ""idth-to-lhickness ratio for the
Oanges of a highly ducule member is:

' IHllll m 111 Stiffener

.- plate
(typ.)

=o.3o II
~F,
:: _ 29, 000 ksi
0 30
fllltl 50 ksi
.,
"
12'-0 J Transfer~
bar (typ.)
----
::7.22

{a) (b)

Fig. 7-10. (a) Core plan and (b) Stction A-A-beam cross stctiDIL ' .irr
.1i'.~
7-44 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAM~S AND SHEAR WALLS . 1.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS 7-4S

from AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(2). noting that the area of the web in the beam
!?_ =.!!.L =
of a special system is calculated as A1w (d-211)1.,.:
2t1
16.0 in. VP= 0.6P,AJ,.. (Provisioru Eq. F3-2)
=----
2(2.00 in.) =0.6(50 ksi)(22.0 in.)(1.25 in.)
=4.00<7.22 o.k. =825 kips

From AJSC Seismic Provisions Table D LI, rhe limiting widt!Ho-thickness ratio for the web For a shear-critical beam in a special system, Equation 7-3 can be used to check the length
of a highly ductile member is: of the beam:

l.6Mp
~::; 2.45 fI(l-0.93C,,) l5--
vp
' yiy
1.6(3,830 kip-fl)
"" 2 .45 29.000 ksi {l -O) =
825 kips
50 ksi
=7.43 ft
::::59.0
L= 6.00 ft< 7.43 ft o.k.
h 22.0 in.
-=~--
t l.25 in.
Part 3; Size and Spacing of Web Stiffeners
::::17.6<59.0 o.k. 1
f
AISC Seismic Provisiolls Section F3.5b(4) addresses provisions for stiffener thickness and ;
This member also meets the compact limils according 10 AlSC Specification Table B4. lb. spacing requjrements as well as requirements for one- or two-sided stiffeners. Since the
length of the beam is Jess than l.6Mp/Vp. and the e,"'(pec1ed chord rotation is greater than or
Part 2: Beam Length equal lo 0.08 rad, part (a) of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b{4) is used to detennine
the stiffener requirements.
Determine whether lhe limit state of lateral-torsional buckling applies. Because the beiun is
comp5ct, according to AlSC Specification Section F2. Equation F2-5 gives the ma.icimum Stiffener Spacing
unbraced length pennined for the beam to reach lbe plastic moment. Thus:
d
s530t..,--
Lp = i.16r1 II 5
vF; :::: 30(1.25 in.)- 26.0 in.
29 000 5
=(1 ft/12 in.)(1.76)(3.87 in.) ksi ==32.3 in.
50 ksi
::: 13.7 ft Because the depth of the beam is 26 in. ~ 25.0 in.), stiffeners are required on both sides of
4 =6.00 fl the web.

6.00fi<13.7 ft; therefore, 1he limit state of lateral-torsfonal buckling does not apply Stiffener Thickness
and yielding controls.

From AISC Specification Section P2.l. the nominal flexural strength is:
>
' - ma.x
{r,.. =1.25 in. 1.
*in.
Mn= Mp= Fyl,x (Spec. Eq. F2-l)
~e 11 = 1.25 in.
_____:3 ),.
= (50 ksi)(919in.
~-...:....;

12 inJft
=3,830 kip-fi
1..
 j COMPOSITE BRACED FRAM.ES AND SHEAR WAU.S 7J COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS 7-t7

Single Stiffener Width Provide l.25-in. x 6.75-in. full depth stiffeners on each side of the web spaced no farther
I ~ apart than 32 in. See Figure 7- 1 I for final beam detailing.
b1
b,:2::2-'"'
Part 4: Beam Embedment Length
16.0 in. . from AlSC Seismic Prodsions Section H4.5b( I)(3). Le is detennined from:
=----. 1 25 ID.
2
"
=6.75 in.
(Provisions Eq. H4-2)
Sriffener-to-Flange Weld
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4), the required strength of lhe stiff- where
ener-10-flange weld is decermined as follows:
J:= 8 ksi
l> "'~ FyAsr ~1=0.65 from ACI 318 Section 10.2.7.3
,.., 4 .
g =L=12.0 in.
;. (50 ksi)(l.25 in.)(6.75 in.)
'
b.,. 4 The expected she:ir strength of the steel coupling beam is:
=105 kips
~I Assuming a I-in. comer clip, the weld size is determined from AISCManual Equation &-Za (f>rovisio11.s Eq. H4- l)
ll
,,. as follows:
Ry= l. l (from AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l)
~w =(J .392 kip/in.)DL
ill
.~
105 kips= (1.392 kip/in.)D(5.75 in.)(2) vn = 2(1. 1)(3,830 kip-ft)(l 2 in./ft)
72.0 in.
D =6.56 sixteenths = l.~00 kips
~\I
~:I
~,
Use Yi6-in. fillet weld on both sides of the stiffener. v. = R1 VP
Stiffener-to-Web Weld =1.1(0.6)(50 ksi)(22.0 in.)(I. 25 in.)
:: l.1(825 kips)
According lo AJSC Seismic Provi"sions Section F3.5b(4), the required strength of I.he stiff-
ener-lo-web weld is detennined as follows: =908 kjps

Ruw :1: F,Asr Use Y-i =908 kips

=(50 ksi)(l .25 in.)(6. 75 in.) As a C-SSW system, in accordance with AISC Seismi"c Provisions Section H5.5c, the
=422 kips expected shear strength of lhe beam for which embedment length is calculated must be
increa..~ by a factor of l.l to account for strain hardening. Therefore:
Assuming a 1-in. x 1-in. comer clip at the flange-to-web comer of the stiffener, the ":e.Jd
size is detennined from AJSC Manual Equation 8-2a as follows: v. == 1.1(908 kips)
==999 kips
R1'W . =(1.392 kip/in.)DL
422 kips = (1.392 .k ip/in. )0(20.0 in.)(2) ... and AJSC Seismic Provisions Equation H4-2 gives:

D =7.58 sixteenths
h

!! Use !h-in. fillet welds on both sides of the stiffener.

i.
(,

i.
..
I'
7-48 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMF.S ANO SHEAR WAU.s 7J COMPOSlle SHEAR WALLS 7-49

24 0 . )0.66 10.58- 0.22(0.65) Note that the transfer bars must be developed in a manner consistent with AISC Seismic
_ +~
999 kips=J.54J8 ksi ( '.n.
16.0 m.
(0.65)(16.0 in.)4
0 88 24
frtJ\is1oru Section H5.5c. Also no1e th:H AISC Seismic Provisions Equation H5-2 provides
an upper limit on Aib Assume the longitudinal wall reinforcemen1 ratio is 0.0025. Therefore,
25.94 ihe area of longitudinal wall reinforcement along the emb<!dmcnt length is:
=o.ss+ 36.o A, = 0.0025b,.cl~
Le
4 =57.9 in. =0.0025(24.0 in){60.0 in.}
=3.60 in. 2
The total embe<l;g_ed length from the face of the wall is:
UseAJSC Seismic Provisions Equation HS-2 10 check the limit on A1b
4 +Cc =57.9 in.+0.75 in.
=58.7 in. 0.08L,b.., - As= 0.08(60.0 in.)(24.0 in.}-3.60 in. 2

Each end of the beam wm be embedded a mjnimum of 60 in. beyond the face of th~ wall. = 112 in.'

Part 5: Vertical Transfer Bars
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c, the required cross-sectional area of verti
cal lransfer reinforcement, attached to the top and bottom Oanges of the beam is
determined using Equation H5-l. As calculated previously, the embedment length is 60.0
in. Jess the cover on the reinforcing. Here the embedment length will conser vatively be
taken as 60.0 in.
(Provisions Eq. H5-l)
The pro,idcd A,b is 4.00 in.= [(4) No. 9 bars mechanically attached to the flanges) or 4.34
in.2 if (7) No. 5 U-shaped hairpins are provided. Either of these values is well below the limit
of 112 in. 2
Part 6: Face Bearing Plates
AJSC Seismic Pro1isio11s Se.ction H5.5c, requires bearing plates at the face of the wall pier.
These face bearing plates must meet the detailing requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
Section F3.5b(4). and must be placed on both sides of the web regardless of beam depth
..
according to Section H5.5c.

A > 0.03(8 ksi)(60.0 in.)(16.0 in.)

rb - 60 ksi

= 3.84 in. 2 rn stiffener plate; full

depth, both sides of web
From requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c, Arb is the area of vertical
transfer reinforcement required at the top and bottom flanges in each region of the embed
ded length. Assuming four bars will 'be used in each of the fow- required locations,

2
A, - "84.
-' m. '
eq- 4 1 stiffener plate;
72" 60" full depth, both
=0.960 in.2 t Jocation t..+ Cc sides of web
Note: The left end is deta~.ed the same as the right end.
Thus, provide (4) No. 9 vertkal transfer bars on each flange at each of the four regions of
the embedroent length. See Figure 7-11 for de1ails of transfer bar arr.mgemenlS. ~N

Another option is to use alternating U-shaped hairpins (see AISC Seismic ProvisionS Fig~~
C-HS-3). The hairpins extending above (or below) the flange need to provide A 1b = 3.84 JJJ. PL1 ~x6'.4"x1'-10"
Limit the bar size to No. 5 in order to ensure reasonable bend radii U-shaped hairpins 113~-t with 1x1 corner clip
two legs, and the area of a No. 5 bar is 0.31 in.1 Therefore: (A572 Gr. 50)

N (number of No. 5 hair pins)= {3.84 in. 212)/0.31 in.2 =6.19; therefore use 7
Fig. 7-1 J. Steel coupling beam detail for Example 7.5.3. ~ ..J
~

A.\.IEIUCAN JNSTITVlll OF STEEi. CONSTRUCTION

~. l 7 5-0 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMJ:.S ANO SHEAR WAU..s 7 6 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION 7-51

The foce bearing plate is located at the beam-wall interface, and therefore ~hould sathfy the Amplified shear~ at lc\el~ 6- 10:
requiremen<s for the "end of 11. link:
=999 kip<JOoor/beam
Suffrners are rcquued at two locations: one pair at the beam-wall interface and one pair at
the location of vertical transfer bars nearest the end of the embedded region. L( I. IR. \',, Ji.. tt) ::: (5 noors)(999 kips/Ooor/beam)(2 beams)
=9,990 kips
Stiffeners in the embedded region and at the beam-wall interface must be two-sided
stiffeners.
Amplified i;hears at !e"<eb I S.
Suffc:ner Th.ick.ness
= 1.1(462 kips)
J. 0.751,. ==(0.75)(1.25 in.) =0.938 in.
(l.IVn)M
= 508 kip~floor/beam
Is~ max {
~in. L(J.1 Vn ) 1_ 5 = (5 floors)(508 lips/lloor/beam}(2 beams)

Stiffener Width =5.080 kips

The total a,"(ial load effect due to coupling is:

bJ, combined~ bf - 2t,..
= 16.0 in.-2(1.25 in.) P.....,11.<oup/ing =4,440 kips+9.990 k1ps+5,080 kips
=lJ.5 in. = l 9,500 kips
Provide 1 in. x 6.75 in. full depth stiffeners on each side of the web at the beam-wall inter- Thus. the 19,500 kjps will be :idded to the force in the wall due to other loads.
face and at the location of the vertical tranSfer bars nearest the end of the embedded region.
See Figure 7I l for final beam detailing. The final coupling beam w11J1 transfer bars tmd stiffeners is sbm.vn in Figure 7-1 I.

r11
''
Part 7: Wall Pier Axial Load 7.6 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION
As di~cussed in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c, the embedded regions of the beams
mu~t iransfer UV,, of beam shear strength in a composite special shear wall system. This Design Tables 7- IOA, 7-1 OB, 7-11 A and 7-1 IB present equations applicable to !he design
expected shear strength, increased to account for strain hardening, must be accounted for in of members subject to combmcd comprcs.;;ion anJ bending (Gescbwindner, 2010). The
the calculated waU pier required axial strengths. The required axfal strength resulting from nominal axial and flexural strengths are given for rectangular encased W-shapes bent about

..
=~
.,
- the coupling action on the base wall piers is the accumulation of the :unplified shear
strengths over lhe height of the building.
lhex-x aris and y-y a.'tis in Tables 7-IOA :ind 7- IOB, respectively. depending on where the
pruuc neutral axis is located in the member. Equations for the pertinen1 properties are also
included. Tables 7-1 IA and 7- 11 B provide ~imilar equations for composite filled HSS bent
~ For the given core wall system, two coupling beams frame into each shear wall. B:ised on about either pnncipal axis and composite filled round HSS bent about any axis, respectively.
the nominal beam shear strengths provided in Table 7-9. the total wall pier required uxial The given equ:itfons may be U$Cd with the simplified inter.let ion di3gram discussed in AISC
strength is determined as follows. Specification Commentary Section l5 (see Method 2).
Amplified shears at levels l l- 15:

(I.IV,. )11_ 15 =1.1(404 kips)

=444 kips/floor/beam
i:(l.1Vn)11_ 15 =(5 fioors)(444 kips/tloor/beam)(2 benms)
.r:.
t.
= 4,440 kips
...::

.1
..
7- 52 COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAU.S oESJON TA OLES 7- 53

Table 7-10A Table 7-108

Plastic Capacities for Rectangular
Encased W-Shapes
Bent About the X-X Axis ,
b' .c
0
Plastic Capacities for Rectangular
Encased W-Shapes
Bent About the Y-Y Axis
~c
LJ
. ..
Stress Distnllution Pl Defining Equations Section Stress Distribution Pl Defining Equalio11$

M,,. O
A A1 area or steel st>ape
A A, ~ area of steel shape
r. ' -+A_.,__a-re-ao_r_.u_con_rln_uou_s_r_ein-rom-ng-b-ais-----1 A., ~area or continuous reinl0<cing bars
'I. ~ Ac hi"2-~-A.r

H
h2
A,, hihz - A, - As,
Pc 0851~.Ac
C Mc -Als
Pe ~ A,Fy +(0.851~}[A,,-~("2-b, )+ ~]
Po 0.851~..S.,
2 A E ME: Mo-Z,EFy - (0.85fc)
A Mo Z,Fy Z,FY' +3j-(0.851~) Z,E =Zs ~ lull YlilldS plastic sec;tiOn modulus of steel shape

z, "full xalds plastic seGlion modulus of steel sllape l.~7 -z,E

11itl.
D A,,.. area of continuous reinf(J(clng bafS ~I d'oe ~nterlre

h~F
I ~- -Av.-~-~--c-)_ __
C Pc =0.85f~Ac

l
Mc=Ma
?,;
. .. .- 't 1-+-z-,
z. _{A,,-2
!!fi. _z. -z,
4
___,
E
Po = 0.85fc'\
P11 O 2
c Ma *"'o-Z,.F, - ~(0.851;,) D IAo = z,Fy + Z,F., 5f(o.W<)
z... ~-z.. Z, zA,,(1--c:)
4 % !!fI
4
_z, -z,
c
h o.s5f~(Ac +A,,.)-2Fr..~.,. Pa ~o
0
2[0.85l~(h,-t,..)+2F,t.. ] 1
Ma - Mo -Z.,,Fy - ; (0.851<)
z.,, t.,,h: la. -h,~ - z,,, I
D I

h.t-[!--
/Ir. - . --- ---: -
. .
- h~
0.851~(.4,, +A,-db, +J\,,)-2F,(A,-db,) -2F,,-~
2(0.ss1~(hi-b,)+2Fy1>.]
z.,, -z.-1>,(i-11,,)(%+ho)
8 ho
0.85f~ (Ac+ 1\-21,b, }-2Fy(A.

z.. . z, -21,(%+h
2(4t1F1 +(ti,-2t,)0.85t<J

0 )(%-hn)
-21,b,) I..

h,.
z.,, .z,
OW,(,o\+J4.+Aw.)-2F,.,,,-2F,..A...
2(0.851~)
h+-e--tttPNA
't .
B
. --- - - <(
For h,. above the flange ( tt,. >

ho
z.,, - z.
o.asr< (Ac A.)- 2F1 A.
2(0.851(h,J
!})

AMEIUCAN !NS'rrruTl! OF STEEL CONSTR\J<:'flON

 C0~1POSITE 8RACED FRAM!oS AND SHEAR WAUS [li;.<ilGN TABI I'S 7 55

D
Table 7-11A Table 7-118 '
Plastic Capacities for Composite Plastic Capacities for Composite
Filled HSS Bent Abol.1t Filled Round HSS ~c
Either Principal Axis ,. . c 0
Bent About Any Axis "L_j_ 0

..
Stress Olstril:utloo Pt. Defining Eqaz:lons
.
.,,
Defining Equations
P,. F1 A. + 0 951.iJlc
P,. .; F1A ; 0.85/~A,, 1.1,. .. 0
M,.. .. o A A. a(dl-t2)
-". ~a ot st.HI shape w1r2
'...
t H A ~ b,~ - 08581! "' 4
~ 8-21
-- <t
~ H-21 PE Pr Y.[F,.(d2 -h~) 0 ~ h1)<~ -son~)
'
~--,
L
" ., Mf F,1.6+~
095/'Z
2
~ .. b,
A
0851'~
A E z,f ~s1n (.f) 3

,.~
Pc -'-t0.8510 ~1'E 4F1 tht
2 Z.e _(<t3~hl)s-.(!})

"ti~-~
M MFz o.asr,;zd'.
.. o-,11- 2

E L,c; b,t>~ -- <L hE ,.!lJ.+~

~:
2 '

ll
(
E
ZI
h
2t~
!!c..
2 4
!i
e, ~ -211a11(~)
C Pc O95/~A,,
Mc Ms

~
"t-~~-
(

'i.
-FNA
~l
\
Po 0851~'\
2 c
c 085/'Z
O M0 .F1 Z,t~ Pe O

:I z, llJJI x-axis pla:5tc sedlon modulus ol tiSS

~
Ms F,Z..+ 095~Zs1
\

(
~~
z. rl

Pe .o
' -0.1-nr,
v- 0
(d3 -h3) . (e)
Zss-s-"" 2

z.a-e-
hlM\'(~)
~
0 Ms Mo -F1z,,, - o;zm 8 6
00200K0 -2K.
0.08481<~
l 8 z.,,-21~
z.,. ~~

"t-f:j}--
. - --- h,.

N<M:
0
2 0 8Sf~bt '"''

Eque~ ~ ~ Ws
~ 2
Ii.

ar epplc:able IC>

~I
I
,fl

Dend.ng d !he t:t"PO U>oot its llX axl (when H :lo 8) OI elJO&' B
8 nt YY a><ls (Whon 8 > H).
7- 56 COMPOSl'l'E BRACED FRAMES AND SH'EAR WAU,S 8-1

PART 7 REFERENCES
ASCE (2006), Seismic Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings, ASCE/SEI 41-06, American
Society of Civil Engineers, Reston, VA.
El-Tawil,$., Harries, K.A., Fortney, P.J., Shahrooz, B.M., Kurama, Y., Hassan, M. and Tong,
X. (2009). Recommendation for Seismic Design of Hybrid Coupled Wall Systems, ASCE
Special Publication, American Society of Civil Engineers, Reston, VA.
Fortney, PJ., Shahrooz, B.M. and Rassati. G.A. (2008). "Seismic Perfonnance Evaluation
of Coupled Core WaJls with Concrete and Steel Coupling Beams," Steel and Composite
Structures Journal, Vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 279-301.
Geschwindner, L.F. (2010), "Discussion of Limit State Response of Composite Columns
and Beam-ColuJlllls Part II: Application of Design Provisions for the 2005 AISC
Specification,' Engineering Journal, AISC, Vol. 47, No.2, 2nd Quarter, pp.131 -140.
Harries, K.A. and McNeice, D.S. (2006). "Performance-Based Design of High-Rise
Coupled Wall Systems," The Structural Design of Tall and Special Structures, VoL 15,
No. 3, pp. 289-306.
PARTS
DIAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND CHORDS
8.1 SCOPE .............................. . ........ .... ................ 8-2
82 GENERAL DISCUSSION ............................................ 8-2
8.3 R.,EXURAL AND TORSIONAL BUCKLING OF
COLLECTOR ELEMENTS ....... . .......... ............ ........ .... . 8-4
Br:icing and Compressive Strength of Collectors ................ .. ... ..... 8-4
Major Axis Buckling ............ . ... ............................... . 8-5
Minor Axis and Torsional Buckling ..................................... 8-5
8.4 DESlGN EXAMPLES ............................................... 8-8
Example 8.4.1 . Diaphragm Chord and Collector Design ........ . ....... . .... 8-8
Example 8.4.2. Collector Connection Design ................... ......... 8-22
PART 8 REFERENCES .. . .............................................. 8-37

\
\

I
J:

1
t
."'
AMEIUCAN JNS'TlTIJTE OP STEEL CONS'IR\K."TION
:.I
..
8- 2 OlAPtfR.A\.MS, COi l.EC.,-ORS AND CHORDS f g2GENF..RAL DISCUSSION

8.1 SCOPE
The requirements :ind other design considerations summariLed in this Pan apply to elemenu
(
and connections of buildings and of frame.<: th:u are o:pec11ically dct:uled for se1sntic resist
ance (or other lateral loads) but are not covered in Parts 4, 5, 6 or 7.
8.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION
Seismic design requires that components of the structure be connected or tied togccher in
such a manner that they behave as a uniL Diaphragms :1te an important ~tructural element
for creaung this interconnection. Diaphragm clements'
connect the distnbuted ma.<;s of the building to the vertical elements of the lateral force
res1~hng S)Stem (braced frames. momen1 frames or ~hear wall<;);
in1er(onnect the vcnical clements of the lateral force resisting ~y~1cm, thus completing
the system for resistance 10 building torsion;
provide lateral stabiliry ro columns and beams including nonlalcral force resbting sys-
tem columns :ind beams; and
provide out-of-plane support for waJJs and cladding.
The clements that make up a diaphragm are generally aJready present in :1 building to
cnrry other loads, such as gravity loads.
Floors, roofs. and other membrane or bracing systems are generally used as diaphragm
elements. Di:iphragms are typically horizontally spanning members, analogous to deep
beams, which distribute the seismic loads from their origin to the venically oriented laleral
force resii.iing frames (braced frames, momem frames. etc.). Diaphragms are idealized as
~imple-span or continuous horizontally spanning deep beams. and hence are subject to
.." shear, moment and axial forces, and the associated deformations. Figure Sl shows typical
:: loading, ~hear and moment diagrams for the analysis and design of a diaphragm. The floor-
i,. l
- er roof-deck system is usually designed as the shear-resbunt clement (an3.logous to the web
of a beam) and lbe beruns or supplemental deck reinforcing at the boundaric.~ of the
diaphragm are designed to resist axial force (analogous to the flanges of a beam).
semi-rigid. A scnu rigid diaphragm distributes lateral forces in proportion to the stiffness of
ibc J1aphragm and the rclali\'c Stiffnc!>S of 1he lat~rnl force res1Ming frames. Sem1-ng1d
diaphr:tgros arc often analyzed 11$ing rhc analogy of ti beam on cla)tic suppottS. where the
t;cam represents 1hc suffne\~ of the diaphragm and the elastic supports represent the stih
!)(SS of the laterJ I force rc~isung framci;
Jn a buildin~ with tlexible diaphragms. lbe diaphragm is analy1ed first (for diaphragm
for.:es}: the effect of the rc.Ktions on the ~upport~ is u~ed in the design of the 'crtical clc
mcnls of the lateral force resisting system. These reactions may need to t>e adjusted to be
wnsi>teot with the base ~hear. la buildings \\Cith rigid or semi-rigid diaphragms, a full build-
ing analysis is done <for seismic lateral forces), and the diaph1agm 1s designed based on the
forces from that analy~1~. Th~ re:lcuons arc adJuqed to be consistent with the required
diaphragm forces. For more infonnauon, ~ee Sabelh et 31. (2011 ).
Because many building~ h:wc lateral force resisting frames that are not unifonnly spaced
md conunuou~ around the Ji:tphragm boundnric~. collector elements are utiliz.ed. Collector
e!rments are tension and comrression members that deli,er the diaphragm forces to the
1111111111111 111111111111111111n111111111111111111111111111111 j
~ t~
Diaphragm loading diagram
~
(~
'
Shear diagram
'<lllU1U 1111 iI11110LLPP' 'X:QIIIUI 11 i111 IJllllllY
Moment diagram

'_ - - - -~ - - - - ~- - - _)Y_ -- - -
Diaphr;igms act as be~ on elastic snpports, with the diaphragm acting as the beam 3lld
the vertic:il clemenis of the lateral force resisting system acting as the suppons. The relative Chord
typ
rigidity of the diaphragm and the vertical elements is used to classify diaphragms into one 5
of three calCgories: rigid., flexible or semi-rigid. Rigid diaphragms arc those in which the
Ouibility of the supports is far gtc3ter ihan the in-plane flexibility of the diaphragm. Tuey
... also possess the strength and suffness to distribute the lateral forces to the lnleral forte
Lateral force
t.. resisting frnmes in proponion to the relative stiffness of the indjvidual frames, without sig-
nificant deformation in 1.he diaphragm. Where the in-plane flexibility of the diaphragm is far -~'--~~~~
resisting frame
~ x--~~--
con ec tor

t
greater lhan that of 1he venical clements, ihe diaphragm is classified a.s Oexible. A llt:Xiblc Lateral force

r.. dinphragm distributes the lateral forces co the lateral force resisting frames in a manner anal
ogous to i\ simple beam spanning between the lateral force resisting elements. The
distribution of the latcrot forces through a flexible diaphragm is independent of the relative
1------
typ

---------
resisting frame
Chord
typ.
)liffness of I.he later:tl force resisting frames. Where the flcx1bility of the diaphragm and it$ ::r:-
__--
--- - -----
-~---_.!, ____ __:!; _ _ _ _ _ I
supports (the vertic~ clements) is similar (or where the dinphragm cannot be unifonnly cal
egoriz.ed as either rigid or flexible in a.11 spans io each direction) the diaphragm is considered fig. 8 I. Diaphragmfol'{'e clistriburion.
 DIAPHRAGMS. C()LLfCTORS A!'<l) CHORDS SJ FLEXURAL ANO rORS!ONAl.. BUCKLING OF COLLECTOR ELEMENTS 8- 5

lateral force resisting frames. A redistribution of collector forces can occur as ductile design
mechanisms form in lhe lareral force resbring frames.
When horizontal truss bracing is used as a diaphragm, the chords should be regarded nnd
designed as collectors using lhe appropriate load combinations. The diagonal and cross brace
members can also be regarded and designed as collectors to ensure that they will not buck.le
or hinge before they deliver forces to the vertical lateral force resisting frame. Alternatively,
diagonal diaphragm braces can be allowed to buckle or hinge and be a source of additional
energy absorption. Neither ASCEJSEI 7 nor the AISC Seismic Pro\isions provide prescrip-
tive direcrion on how 10 consider horizontal truss bracing. f-Or recommendations on rhe
design of diaphragms, see Sabelli et al. (2011).
8.3 FLEXURAL AND TORSlONAL BUCKUNG O F
COLLECTOR ELEMENTS
Bracing and Compressive Strength of Collectors
In buildings, collectors are typically floor or roof framing members that transfer loads to
the seismic force resisting system. In nonbuilding strucrures, collectors may be connected
to horizontal bracing. In many of these conditions the effective lengths may be djfferent
for major axis flexural buckling, minor axis flexural buckling, and torsional buckling.
Additionally, the torsional buckling strength determined in AlSC Specijicarion Section E4
is no1 applic.ible to members constrained to twist about an a,"'l.is other than the centroidal
analysis considering both flexure and a'ial forces simulraneously in lieu of the Chaprer H
inreraction merhod.
Major Axis Buckling
For collectors, the major axis flexural buckling lengrh is rypically raken as the full member
length as described in AJSC Specification Commentary Section 17, assuming webs are ori-
enred vertically. Exceptions to rhis include certain cases in ~hich braces may be considered
to provide in-plane bracing under design conditions. For ~eismic loads, such cases include
beams in eccenrrically braced frames and beams in V- and inverted V-configur:uion braced
fr:imes not sp;ifically detailed for seismic resistance; ihe diagonal braces in these .systems
provide a braced poinr.
Minor Axis and Torsional Buckling
Steel deck with ribs parallel to the beam is generally assumed nor to provide lateral bracing.
Lateral and iorsional br:icing may be provided by transverse members at points along 1he
length of the be.im because typically the connection lo lhe transverse member is designed to
provide bot.h torsional and lateral restraint. For this case the minor axis flexural buckling
lengths and torsional buck.Ung lengths are the same and equal to the distance between these
bracing poinrs; thus. the minor axis flexural buckling strength will be lower than the tor-
~iooal buckling strength.

axis. This is the case for beams with the top flange laterally braced continuously at the top Steel deck with ribs perpendicular to the beam is generally assumed to provide continu-
flange by the d,eck or slab and the bottom flange unbraced between lateral brace points. This
condi1ion is termed constrained ais flexural-torsional buckling.
ous lateral bracing bm not torsional bracing. Torsional bracing may be provided at points
along the beam length. For this case the compression strength may be governed by con-
L
I'
sirained axis flexural- iorsional buckling. Figure 8-2 shows minor axis flexural buckling, ''
For W-shapes the constrained axis flexural-torsional buckling strength will be greater
than the flexural buck.ling strength if the unbraced lengths are equal. The constrained a.'liS torsional buckling, and constrained axis flexural-torsional buckling about rhe top flange.
flexural-torsional buck.ling length is taken as the bottom-flange unbraced length. This buck Colle~tor beams with composite deck or slabs are likewise continuously braced for minor
ling strength will be less than the torsional buckling strength for lhe same unbraced length. axis flexural buckling as noted in AISC Specification Commentary Sec1ioo 17. The com-
Thus, when constrained ax.is flexural-torsional buckling is an applicable limit state in wide- posite deck or sl;1b also provide~ significant continuous torsional bracing. This continuous
flange members, torsional buckling typically need not be evaluated. lorsional bracing is often sufficient 10 preclude torsional buckling altogelher. This can be
Designers often simplify the determination of the compressive strength of collectors witll
conservative assumptions and methods, such as neglecting the continuous bracing of the top
flange and tiling the minor axis unbraced length as lhe distance between bortom-ffange lat-
r-,~------.--,
~--.....----'"-J _I------ ,,.----- I
---- - -~
____ ,...... ---
eral supports so I.hat t0rsional and constrained axis flexural-torsional buckling m:iy be \I
11
~-------,I \..-,,..---- I

neglected. While such approaches are" acceptable, they often indicate the need for additional
11
11
I
I 'I
braces or increases in beam size well beyond what is actually required. Note that Appendix
11
11
I I
1 I'
11
11
' I I
I I
6 of the AISC Specification does not provide requirements for torsional bracing of com- 11
11
I I
I I
11 I 1
pressive members. Criteria for torsional bracing of columns can be found in Helwig and 11 I I
I I
I I
Yura (1999). The following discussion provides guidance for a more explicit derenni"nation I\__ -----)
rr-..........~~'~'--.... -,
ofthc governing limit states and a more efficient design approach. --------'--J \------ ------ ---- ---
\----:
Once Ute available axial compressive strength of t.he collector is determined. che com
bined effects of flexural and axial forces are evaluated per Chapter H of the Af~C
(a) Minor axis flaural
buck/mg
(bJ Torsional buckling (c) Cons/rained axis jlexural-
1orsional buckling about
1
Specification. In many C3SCS, a more detailed stability analysis than the foUowiJlgwill ~ 1he top flange
mil even greater efficiency. Such approaches can include explicit consideration of rJie
torsional bracing provided by the steel or composire deck, or a beam-column stabili!Y Fig. 82. Types of collector buckling.

A."ll!JIJCAN lNSTITIJTE OF STEEi. Col'ISTRVCTJON

 SJ Flf-'\URAL ANI'> TORSIONAi BL'CKI l;>;G OF COl.LfCTOR !!I b\1ENTS 8-7

"'
. 8-6 DIAPHRAGMS. COUl!CfORS AND CHORDS

verified using methods developed by Helwig and Yura ( 1999). For simplicity, designers can
conservathely compute the constrained aJtis tlexural~torsional buckling ~trcngth about the Table 8-1
top flange and neglect the effect of the continuous torsional bracing. Summary of Unbraced Lengths and
f' For collectors in diaphragms with horizontal diagonal bracing, if the brace connccuons
Restraint Conditions for Collector Beams
l provide torsional bracing such that both minor a.'l:is flexural buckling and torsional buckling
Ieng~ are equal, I.be compresm-e strenglh is likely governed by fle.'l:ural buclding. Where
the torsional and minor axis flexural budding Ieng~ are equal, the torsional buckling
strength "Will e.'l:cced the minor axis flexural buckling strength for doubly symmetric I
{Compressive Strength)
Major Axis Minor Axis Constrained-Axis T<nional
shaped members. If the brace connections do not pro"ide torsional brncing (for example, Condition Rexural Buckling Rexunl Buckling Rmnl-Torslonal Buckling
bracing only one flange), the minor axis flexural buckling and torsional buckling lenglhs arc Length Lfllgth Bucldiog l..el19tti Wig th
not equal and both limit staie~. in addition to major axis buckling, must be considered. Ribs parallel Full length Between lateral Not applicable Between l0tslonal
t.lcthods for computing lhe compressive strength of members governed by 1orsiO!lll to beam brace points braCe points
buckling about the centroidal a.-,;is are presented in the AlSC Specificatit>n Section E4 F<lf' Sleel deck Ribs Fu!l lenglh Hot applleable Bct.,.;een torsional I-lot applicable
constrained axis Oexural-torsional buck.ling, as shO\.\n in Figure 8-2(c), Helwig antJ Yura perpendicular (continuously brace p!iints
( 1999) give'the following expression: to beam braced)
Full length riot applicable Be1ween tooional riot applicable
Composite deck or slab (continuously brace points1
braced)
(S.I)
-
..:.:~
Full length Between lateral Not appfie<:b!e Between torsional
Horizontal diagon;il bracing brace paints ~t braced al brace paints
~ where centroid)
1t2'tf/ y 1 -
The com;>oSlle deck' 'b.b provides somo witlouous 1oitiollal !ltacino In some cases llloS torsional mcttg is sufflelcnl 10
P,y= --2- ~ flexurat. ~il.ll bucldino. Melllods '' cMerm/tllr.g ~ ol SUCh ~ ate noc presented In !his ~1atal<ll Nld tor
Lr ~ ttiese enkti ... n COOSIC!f!ftd. Sc41 l'f'!WIO atld ~ \1999) for~ on e\'lluallnO ~ IMIOnal blo)CdlQ
E - modulus of elasticity. ksi
G =shear modulus, ksi
~here
4
11 ::: minor axis moment of inertia, in. A1 =gross cross sectional area of member, in. 2
J == torsional constant. in.
4 I, =major axis moment of inertia, tn.'
C,.. = w:irping constant, 1n.6
Lr ::: torsional unbraced length, in.
K, = effeclive lcnglh factor for to~1onal buckling
Pr =torsional buckling strength. kips
a == distance from centroid to faternl restraint on the member minor axis, in. For a == d/2, the case for restraint at the top flange, Equation 8-2 simplifies to:
d == member depth, in.

L\ rx =radius of gyration about the major axis, in.

r1 =radius of gyration about the minor axis, in.
(8-3)

. 't =umget modulus stiffness reduction factor

;: The value of F, is used in AISC Specification Equation E3-2 for F1 JF, S 2.25 and AISC
..
: FQr use \\ilh AlSC Specification equations, this can be expressed in a fonn sim.il;i.r to Specification Equation E3-3 for F1 1Fe > 2.25.
AJSC Specification Equation E4-4, in which the elastic wrsional buckling stress, F,, is co:n- A summary of the buckling lengths mid this discussion is provided in T:ible 8-1.
putetl as follows:

AMDJCA.~ INSTrTVre OI' Sn:a. CONS11U)C'l'10H

 I
DIAPHRAGMS. COLLECTORS AND CH OROS 8.4 OESJGN EXAMPUiS

8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES Mo:::: 123 kip-fl

ML = 96.2 kip-ft
Example 8.4.1. Diaphragm Chord and Collector Design The gravity shear loads are:

Given: Vo =11.8 kips

Refer to Figure 8-3a for 1he plan and Figure 8-3b for r.he braced frame elevations called out VL = 8.29 kips
on the plan. Assume the braced frames are special concentrically braced frames (SCBF). From ASCE/SEI 7, tltis strucmre is assigned 10 Seismic Design Cuegory D, Q 0 "" 2.0,
Based on the following information given for a north-south morion, determine the required
strengths of a collector and a chord at !he third level and design the chord. (A similar calcu-
= = =
p =1.3, I, 1.0, R 6, SDs"" 1.0, k 1.0 and C1 "" 0.167. The seismic base shear is:

lation must be perfonned for east-west loading; this is not illustrated here.) Design lhe V=C3 W {ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8 1)
collector on grid 1 between grids C and Dusing ASTM A992 material. The diaphragm con- =0.167(4)(765 kips)
sists of 2-in. metal deck with 2~-in. normal weight concrete topping (total slab thickness-:: =51 l kips
4~ in.) with ~-in.-diameter s teel headed stud anchors spaced every 12 in. along the beam.
where W is the effective seismic weight including the total dead load of the building as
!
The specified compressive strength of the concrete is 4.000 psi and rbe metal-deck span is
north-south. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calculation required by ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.7.2 (assuming no other loading applies). The seismic
of loads. Assume surface loads of D = 85 psf and L = 80 psf (Lreduced = 50 psf) on typical
=
levels, and D, 85 psf and L, = 20 psf on the roof. Due to seismic forces from an equiva- t

~ J
.>

lent lateral force analysis (ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8), the first-order interstory drift at level
3, liH, is 0.375 in.
25'-0"
For the collector beam at the third level along gridline 1 and berween gridlines C and D, the
gravjty moments are: Roof
.. I
(o
2 3 4 5
N'
30'-0" 30'-0" 30'..()" 30'-0"
Fourth

~,
N
t:,
Third

..
<O
N
.....
Second

9~
.....
Base
Braced frames

Fig. 8-3a. Floor plan for Example 8.4.J. Fig. 8-3b. SCBF elevation.

...
 (I 8 10 DlAPHRAGMS, COU.1-CTORS AN'O CHORDS SA DESIGN EXAMPLES 8--1 I
i
~ ..

. forces in I.he nonh-south direction using 1he equivalent !Jlleral force procedure of ASCEI
SEI 7 arc: M=-
wL2
8
L I 28 kip/fi(J20 ft) 2
i~ Level Story Height
H, ft
Seismic We.ight
w;, kips
Force
F11 kips
= ---'---'-----
8
= 2,300 kip-ft
~
..
~
Roof
4
12.5
12.5
765
765
201
152 The reactions at the braced frames ~hould be consistent with the force distribution from the
3 12.5 765 10) lateral analysis. In Ibis case, due 10 symmetry, the ma:<imwn ~bear reactions may be taken as:
2 14.0 765 55
w =153 kips/120 ft =1.28 kip/ft
Solution:
The diaphr:igm force is: r~ 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
..
l:F;
1
Diaphragm loading diagram 1 Rs
}:
- - -"'1 ~:__. FPJ = i~ Wpx (ASCFJSEl 7 &j. 12.10.1)
;~,...i
2:,w;
....~
:~ However. ASCE/SEI 7 requires lhnt this force must be greater than or equal to 0.2Sosf,wp>
<CLlllllllJJ1ll
Shear diagram v = 76.5 kips
~,
;,.
-, but need not exceed 0.4Soslewpx Values of Fp arc calculated in the table below. Shade<.! val
ues iodic:i1e 1he governing force, no1 including n.,.

fll.. Level w1=wp~ LW{ F; 'f.F; n.,,Fpx 0.1.SnsJ,wpx 0.4Sosf,w1,

~1111111111111111Wl1J1JJJII1ID1I
M = 2,300 kip-ft
kips kips kips kips kips kips kips
Moment diagram
Roof 765 765 201 201 402 153 306

- 3
4

2
765
765
765
1,530
2.295
3,060
152
103
55
353
456
511
152
128
354
306
256
153 306
306
306
cp er er er
@- ~----cf:i-----41-:i ..IJl -C-h-or_d_ _cr.1 Collector11:f
er
typ. typ.
Chord Force at the Third Level
Lateral force
The governing require.d strength for the diaphragm at the lhird level is 153 kips. Analyze the
resisting frame
diaphr.s&m as a uniformly loaded beam with a length, L., equn1 to 120 ft (Ibis is the disUDCC ~~-_,,~---~---U<==;l~=-----~ ~
between lhe braced frame aloog grid 1 and 1he braced frame aloog grid 5). The distributed Lateral force
load is C<JUal to the diaphragm force, Fp. divided by lhe cliaphragm length, as shown. resisting frame
t
::: w=fe..
L
= 153 kips
120 fl
= 1.28 k.ip/ft

As shown in Figure 8-4, lhe maximum moment in the diaphragm :it the third level is:

Fig. 8-4. Diaphragm load, shear and moment diagram aJ 1he 1hird le\'tL

,
i
>
'
 8-J2 DIAPHRAGMS. COJ..LECTORS AN'O CHORDS g,J DESIGN EXAMPLES 8 13
1.
V= Fp forces is not required if the extreme compressive fiber stress in the concrete is equaJ to or
2 Jess than 0.2//. Because the deck span is perpendicul;ir 10 the chord span, assume that only
J.
I 53 .kips !ht concrete above the top of Lhc metal deck is effective in resisting the chord force. The
2 plastic section modulus of the diaphragm is:
= 76.5 kips
bd2
For unsymmetric cases with rigid or semi-rigid diaphragms the distribution should be deter- Z=-
4
mined from the lateral analysis. For more informatjon, see Sabelli (20 l l ).
21h in.(75.0 ft) 2
Assuming lhe diaphragm depth, d, is equal to 75.0 ft (the distance between grids A and D) 4(12 in./fl)
and the moment is resisted by chord members aJong grid lines A and D. the maximum ten-
sion and compression force in the chords along gridlines A and D is:
=293 fl 3
The extreme compressi\e fiber stress at the chord is:
T=C
M M
=- J~ =-
d z
2,300 kip-ft 2,300 kip-ft(l ,000 lb/kip)
:::;
75.0 ft = 293 ft 3 (12 in./f1 )1
=30.7 kips =54.5 psi
A chord member with adequate tensile strength to resist this force can be provided by the
addition of supplemental slab rein(orcement such as ASTM A615 Grade 60 deformed rein- 0.2/c"=0.2(4,000 psi)
.
forcing bars, or the fore~ cou Id be assumed to be carried by the steel members alone. II the =800 psi
concrete slab is utilized as .the collector, the concrete chord must be designed using the
strength design provisions of ACI 318, whether the structural Slee! is designc~ using LRFD
fc < 0.2//: therefore. additional transverse reinforcing is not required at the diaphragm chord.
or ASD. The governing load combination is LR.FD Load Combination 5 (the load factor on Provide two No. 6 continuous reinforcing bars at the edges of lhe concrete floor. Per
Lis permitted to equal 0.5 since the Jive load is less Lhan 100 psf) fromASCE/SEI 7 Section Section 12.2.2 of ACI 318, lhe development length, Id, is computed as:
12.4.2.3:
Jd-:::. 37.9db
(1.2 + 0.2SDs)D + pQE + L + 0.2S
:::: 37.9(0.750 in.)
Therefore, the required tension force in the chord is: :: 28.4 in.

Tu =pQs Per Section 12.15.1 of ACI 318. the minimum lap length for a Class B lap splice is calcu-
=1.3(30.7 kips) lated as:

= 39.9 kips lap length ~ 1.3/d

I=

The required area of slab reinforcement is: =1.3(28.4 in.)

=36.9 in.
T,.
Asnq =-
$Fy ' Lap all splices a minimum of 37 in.
39.9 kips
=0.90(60 ksi)
The maximum she:u- in the diaphragm occurs at each end; therefore the total shear force
along grid I is 76.5 kips. This shear is considered to be uniformly distributed along the depth
= 0.739 in.2 of lhe diaphragm (grid I). This :issumption is a simple and rational approach to de1enninc
_. he required strength of the collector beam. Other assumptions about shear transfer through
Two No. 6 bars (A, = 0.88 in.2) can provide thls supplemental slab reinforceroeot .11.t ~ ~diaphragm may also be \'aJid bm are not considered here since lhe focus of thls example
chord locations for the tension force in the chord. Per ACl 318 Section 21.ll.7.5, addJUO~ 15
. collector beam design. Assuming a uniform distribution of shear along the depth of the
00
transverse reinforcement to confine the concrete and reinforcement under coropreSSJ diaphragm, the shear demand on the diaphragm is:
AMUJ<:,\N JNSTITIJ'Tll Ol' STEa CONSTRUCTlON
~...I DIAPHRAGMS. cot LFCTORS A.ND ClJORDS &.4 DESIGN F_XAMPLF..S 11 - 15

v governing LRFD load combination is Load Comtiination 5 (the load factor on Lis pemuued
r v=
d 10 equal 0 5 s~e the hve lood ~ lt-ss than l 00 psi) and lhe governing ASD lcond combm3tion
i: . =76.5 ._,ips is Load Combination 6 35 follow~:
75.0 ft
=1.02 kip/ft LRFD ASD

As noted previously. ASCE/SEI 7 requires that collector clements in structures assigned (1.2 +0.2Sos )D+ O.,Qe + 0.51. t- 0.2S (l.0+0.105Sos )D+ H + F +0.5250,,QE
to Seism1c Design Category C through F be designed 10 resist the amplified seismic loads +0.75L+0.75S
(flo-level loads). The required strength ~r foot is:
... v.. =2.0(1.02 kip/ft) The required fle:tural strenglh is:
..;. =2.04 kip/ft
LRFD ASD
-:',. A diaphragm should be sele.cted that has a shear strength greater than 2.04 .k.iplft Ir ~tcel
headed stud anchors are used, they must resist this shear strength. The dfaphrogm should be Mu= 1.4(123 kip-fi) t- 2.0(0 kip ft) M,. =1.J05(123 kip-ft)+ 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
: attached to the collector in order to transfer this shear. TI1is rn:iy be accomplished by using + 0.5(96.2 kip-ft)+ 0.2(0 kip-ft) + 0.525(2.0)(0 kip-ft)
; puddle welds between the collector and metal deck or headed shear studs welded to lhe col
i;;:J
lector. Gravity loads should also be consid.e.red.
=220 kip-ft + 0.75(96.2 k.ip-ft)+0.75(0 J.,.1p-f1)
= 208 kip-ft
Wide-Flange Collector Beam Between Grids C and D Along Gridline 1
Using the shear streng1h along griJ I, the axial force in the collector, due to the seismic load,
The collector axial force diagram is shown iD Figure 8-5. ASCE/SEI 7 Section J2.J0.2.I
at the inte~ction of gnds C and I is:
s1ipulates lhe load combination 10 use for collector elcmentS in structures assigned 10
Seismic Design Category D. In lb.is case, the load combination including the runplificd scis PQ, =25.0 ft (l.02 kip/ft)
mie loads (0.,-Jevel loads) controls: therefore, from ASCFJSEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2, the == 25.5 kips (tension or compression)

Therefore. from ASCE/SEI 7 Secuon 12.4.3.2, the governing LRFD load combin:iuon is

cp Load Combination 5 and the governing ASD load combinalion is Load Combination 5, and
the required first order a."<ial force in lhe beam is:

0-~====1 LRFD ASD

~>;!----- Pu ::::: (1.2 + 0.2Sos) Po + OoPQ6 P. =(l.O + 0. l.tSDS)Po +PH+ PF

JJolaphragm
+ 0.5Pl + 0.2f>s +0.7fl 0 PQc
T shear, V
~~~- , ::: 1.4(0 kips)+ 2.0(25.5 kips) = 1.14(0 kips)+o kips+O kips
+ 0.5(0 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips) + 0.7(2.0)(25.5 kips)
,
Collector
= 51.0 kips (tension or compression) =35.7 kips (tension or compression)
force,
i I 1'
1 Try a Wl 8><50.
From AJSC Mam10/ Table 2-4, the gcomelrie pmpt:rties are as follows:
AST.M A992
F'y::: 50 ksi
--~=== P.::::: 65 k.si

Fig. 8-5. Collector a.rial load dia.gram for Exnmple 8.4. 1. From AJSC Manual Tables 1- 1 and 6-1, the gcomc1ric proi:)enies are as follows:
 ...
8-16 DIAPHRAGMS, COlJ.ECTORS AND CHORDS ~ 8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES 8-17

W18x50 Di is calculated from AJSC Specification Equation A-8-6:

A= 14.7 in.2 d=l8.0in. tw =0.355 in. hltw= 45.2 J = 1.24 in.4
.r:x =7 .38 in. r1 =1.65 in . l:x:::: 800 in.4 11 =40.l in. 4 Cw= 3,040 in. 6 LRFD ASD
r:xlr1 =4.47
a:: 1.00 a= l.60

Required Second Order Axial Strength 82=

l-
1
(I.}',
story
<! l
t'
Consider second-order effects with L = 12.5 ft using AlSC Specification Appendix 8.
Pe srory
B2 is calculated based on an elastic analysis of the structure. Alternatively, a maximum 1
pennitted drift can be used to calculate B2. Note that B2 and 0 0 apply to the forces derived =I- 1.00(3, 750 kips) :::: _ 1.60(2,620 kips)
1
from the base shear..They do not apply to the minimum diaphragm force from ASCEISEJ 7 182,000 kips 182,000 kips
Equation 12.10-2.
=1.02 =1.02
Calculate B?, with a first7.order interstory <Wfl, t:,.H. of 0.375 in.
Detennine the required second-order axial force, Pr, using AISC Specification Equation
H =201 kips+ 152 kips+ 103 kips A-8-2, with P1, equal to P,, and P0 for LRFD and ASD, respectively, as detennined
= 456 kips previously.
L = 12.5 ft
RM = 1.0 for braced frames LRFD ASD
HL (Spec. Eq. A-8-7)
Pe story = RM - P, = Pnt + B'lP11 Pr= Pnr + B2P11
D.H
= l.O 456 kips(l2.5 ft)
= 0 kips+ 1.02(51 .0 kips) =0 kips + 1.02(35.7 kips)
(0.375 in.)(l ft/12 in.) =52.0 kips = 36.4 kips
=182,000 kips
Note: The amplification calculated here is for the lateral system and the force it delivers
2
Calculate P,10'>' the total vertical load supported by the story. Use a surface area of 9,000 ft
on each floor

Floor
and
the following surface loads:

D= 85 psf Lredud "" 50 psf

. .
through the diaphragm to the collector beam.

Compressive Strength of the W18x50

l
...

Assume that the W18x50 collector beam has the following unbraced lengths in com-
Roof Dr= 85 psf Lr= 20 psf
pression:
Using the ASCE/SET 7 Section 12.4.2.3, the goveming load combinations are as follows:
{KL)x =25.0 ft
LRFD ASD (KL)1 =0 ft (assume lateral movement is braced by the slab) I
.. (KL)t = 12.5 ft
For LRFD, use Load.Combination. 5, For ASD, use Load Combination 5.
I
~ J
with the 0.5 factor on L permitted by $. For the compressive strength based on the limit state of flexural buckling, assume the
ASCFJSEl 7 Section .12.4.2.3 . . composite slab fully braces the beam in the weak axis but not in the strong a.'tis. Calculate
the strong axis compressive strength using AlSC Manual Table 6- L Enter the table using
f'srory = (1/ 1,000 lb/kipX9,000 ft2 ) Psiory =(1/1,000 lb/kip)(9,000 ft 2 ) (KL)1 , 9:
x ( [1.2 +0.2(1.0)) x {[LO+ 0.14(1.0)] , , :

x [85 psf + 2(85 psf)) + 2.0(0 pst) x (85 psf + 2(85 psf)) + 0 psf
1

(KL) ::(KL):x (Manual Eq. 4-1) j

+ 0.5(20 psr"+ 2(50 psf)) +O psf
I

,,. .
-,
yeq r:x/ r1
+ 0.2(0 psf)} + 0.7(2.0)(0 psf)} 25.0 ft
=--
=3,750 kips ::2,620 kips 4.47
=5.59 ft

AMeRICAN l!'lsttlVJ'I! OP Sim.. CONSTRUCTION AMEIUCAN lNS11TUTE OF STEEL CoNSTRUCMON

 8-18 DIAPHRAGMS, COLI CCTORS ANO CllOROs 8.A DESIGN f_XAMPLES S-19

fnterpolating p from AJSC Manual Table 6-1, the compressive ::.trength due 10 strong With f = F,,, check that hit,.~ I -49 vElf - 45.0 as gt\'f'n m AISC Specificmio11 Sec lion
axis flexural buckling is: E7.2(a}. Because hit...,"" 45.2 .. 45.0, there is negligible reduction in the gross cross section
based on AISC Spec1ficot1on Section E7 2.
LRFD ASD The available axial strength is detemunet.1 IS follo\\.'s:

Pn = f'c,A, (Spec. Eq. EJ-1)

=31.S ks1(t4.7 in.2 )

- 0.00180 kips-I - 0.00270 kips'1 =467 lops
'
~
=556 k.ips = 370 kips
LRFD ASD
Weak ms comprcssi\'C strength due lo fle.~ural buckling wilJ not go'-em by inspecuon P,. P,
(Kl= 0). 9cPn = 0.90Pn -=-
n.. 1.61
For the limit state of constrained axis torsional buckling, I.he unbraced length is J2.5 ft. Use
=0.90(467 kips)
= 467 kips
Equntion 8-3 for Fe. =420 kips
1.67
The W18x50 has a slender web in compression, as indicated in Table 1-1 of tl1e AISC =280 kips
Manual. To dctem1ine the reduction factor, Qa, for slender stiffened elemenrs, use AlSC
Specification Section E7.2, with/= Fa computed with Q 1.0. = The foUowing is a summary of the limit s1a1es in compression on the collector.

n 2E[c... +I1 (d 12) 2

] l 1
~-11 Pc= (8-3) StrQngAxis Constrained Axis
... l (KtL)
2 +Gl 2
J1_.+1 1 +(d/2) A8 1'1exural Buckling F le..niral-Torsional Buckling

ln (29,000 ks.i)!{3,040 in. )+(40.1 in.' )(18.0in.12) ]+ 11, 200 ksi{1.24 in.'' }I (KLh =25.0 ft (KL'h = 12.5 ft
.
' =
2 6
2
2

f. ILO(J2.5 ft)(12 inJft)J cP11 =420 kips

t
1
x~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

800 in.' +40.1 in.4 +(18.0 inJ2)2 (14.7 in.2)

~= 370 l;ips P. =280 kips
n., n,
::::46.2 ksi
The available axial compressive strength of the seclion is governed by constrainf'tl axis
ClcxuraI-tonional buckling.
QF
1 J.0(50 0 ksi)
-=
~ 46.2Xsi Required Flexural Strength
= 1.08S 2.25 Calcul:He 8 1 from AlSC Specification Appendix 8, Section 8.2.1.
Therefore:
1tlJ.
P,1=-- (Spec. Eq. A-8-5)
~
(K1L)2
!: F., =Q 0.658 ,, F, (Spec. Eq. E7-2)
7t
2
(29,000 ksi)(soo in.~)
.:j:
~: = lt.0(25.0 ft)(l2 io./fl)j
1

= LO 0.658 ~,

=3 1.8 ksi
I
44.ltit 50 ksi =2.540 kips

Because !he beam is subjccr 10 transverse loading between supporu:

C.,= 1.0
8-20 DIAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND CHORDS 8 21

LRFD ASD Bec:iuse the member does not require composite action, the studs are only required to resi'st
ihe diaphragm shear transfer. Where composite flexural action is required, the shear studs
m3y be considered fuUy effective for both flexural shear tr:insfcr and diaphragm shear trans-
j,
(Spec. Eq. A-8-3) 81 = C~r ~ l (Spec. Eq. A-8-3) fer as descnbed in Burmeister and Jacobs (2008).
1--
PeJ
Use a W18x50 for 1he collector.
1.0 LO
=------..,..
1.00(52.0 kips) = ~- l.60(36.4 kips) Alternatively, :i colJector with adequate tensile strength co resist the diaphragm she9r can be
2,540 kips 2.5~ kips provided by the addition of supplemental slab reinforcement, such as ASTM A6 l 5 Grade 60
deformed reinforcing bars. In this case, the required area of slab reinforcement is:
=1.02 =1.02
Tu
From AISC Specification Equation A-8-1, the required second-order flexural strength is: Asr~q=-
F.,
52.0 kips
LRFD ASD =
0.90(60 ksi)
Mrx = B1Mn1 + B2M11 Mrx =B1M111 +lhMu = 0.963 in.2
= 1.02(0kip-ft)+1.02(220 kips) = J.02(0kip-ft)+1.02(208 kips) I.-
= 224 kip-ft = 212 kip-f1 Four No. 5 bars (As= l .24 in. 2) can be used 10 provide this supplemental slab reinforcement
al lhe collector location. Per ACI 318 Section 21.11.7.5, additional transverse reinforcement
is not required if the cxrrcme fiber stress in the concrete is kept below 0.2//. Because the
Available Aexural Strength of the W18x50 Beam deck span is parallel to the collector axis, the concrete above and below the 1op of the metal
deck will be effective in resisting the collector force. Assuming the met:il deck profile is
The composit~ fle:<~ral strength may be used for collectors. The following demonstrates !hat such that one-half of the area below the top of the metal deck is filled with concrete, tl1e
the noncompo~ite beam is adequate. Assuming it is fully braced and using AISC Manual
Table 3-2 for a W18x50, the available flexural strength is:
effective chick.Dess of the concrete collector is 3Yz in. The minimum wjdcJ1 of slab required
to resist the collector force is,
I.
I OM. =379 Jcip-ft
LRffi
I ':; = 252 Jcip-ft
ASD

j b. __P._._
nun - 0.2/Jc

= 52.0 kips
0.2( 4.00 ksi)(3 1h in.)
I.
Check combined loading of the W1 8>s50 using AISC Specification Section HI .1.
=18.6 in.
This collector width can be easily accommodated a.long grid A. Note .that a mechanism
LRFD ASD needs to be provided to transfer the force from the slab reinforcement into the structure.

Pr 52.0 kips Pr 36.4 kips Using the 0.2/J compression limitation set forth in ACl 318 Section 21.11.7.5 in conjunc-
-=---'-
Pc 420kips P., 280 kips tion with 0 0 -level forces may be conservative. Alternate approaches can also be used such
=0.124 =0.130 as limiting compressive strains in the concrete collector co 0.003 (which is analogous to the
strain limits for unconfined conc~ete resisting seismic loads), treating the collector as a short
Because P,IPc < 0.2, use AISC Because Pr/Pc< 0.2, use AISC compression member, or any other rational design method that provides a load path between
Specification Equation HI-lb. Specification Equation H 1-1 b. the inertial mass and the seismic force resisting system.

0.124 + 224 lcip-ft + 0 = 0.653 0.130 + 212 kip-ft +O = 0 _906

2 379 kip-ft 2 252 kip-ft
0.653 <1.0 o.k. 0.906< 1.0 o.k.

AME.RICAN lNS'ITl'UTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION

 DIAPHRAGMS. COl l.J:.C'TORS A-ND CHORDS SA OESJGN F.XAMPLF.S 8-2J

The requircJ a."<ial strength b :

ExamPte 8.4.2. Collector Connection Design
LRFD ASD
Given:
Refer to Figure 8-6. Check the adequacy of lhe ASTM A36 single-plnte connection shown to R,.., = (1 2+ 0.2Sns )D + n ..QE R;;a=(l.O+O 14Sos)D+H+F
'
i rcsi~t the collector forces determined m Example 8.4. l, where \'o == I l .8 kips, Vi= 8.29 IJ~. .... 0.SL+0.2S t 0.70. Qt
and Po,= 25.5 kips as determined in Example $.4.1. The beam is ASTM A992 material.
=1.4(0 kip!>)+ 2.0(25 5 kips) = 1.14(0 k.ip<>)+O kips+O kips
Solution: + o.s(o kips)+o.2(0 k1ps) + 0.7(2.0)(25.5 kips)
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the plate material properties are as follows: =51.0 kips (tension or compression) = 35.7 k.ips (tension or compression)

ASTMA36
The resultant required strength i~:
=
F1 36 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi LRFD ASD
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric propeo ies are as follows:
R.. =~(20.7 kips)2 +(51.0 kips) 2 R., = ~(13.5 kips) +(35.7 kips)
2 2
W18x50
1..., = 0.355 in.
=55.0 kips =38.2 kips
As noted in Example 8.4.1, ASCPJSEI 7 requires that collector clements in structures
Design the connection in accordance with lhe proce.dure for extended single-plate shear
assigned to Seismic Design Categories C through F be designed to resist the amplified seis-
connections in Part I 0 of the AISC M anual. modified for the pre::ence of an a."<ial force m
mic loads (n.,..Jevel loads).
the be:tm.

~11 From ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2, lhe required shear strength is de1ennined from the g<>v
eming Load Combination 5 for LRFD and Load Combination 5 for ASD. These load Available Shear Strength of the Bolt Group
combinations govern based on the resultant required strength de1emuned in the following. The angle of the resultant load with respect to lhe longitudinal axis of lhe bolt group is:

LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

.-
~
i>.
R.,., =( I 2+0.2Sos}D+f2oQE
+ 0.5L+0.2S
R,,., ={l.0+0.14Sos )D+ H + F
+0.7f2oQE
0=tan-t(R..a)
R,;,. 0= tan (::)
== 1.4(11.8 kips)+2.0(0) =1.14(11.8 kips)+O ldps + 0 kips
+ 0.7(2.0)(0)
=ran-I (51.0 kips) =un- (35.7 kips}
+ 0.5(8.29 kips)+ 0.2(0) 20.7 kips 13.5 kips
iI = 20.7 kips
(includes 0.5 factor on l permitted by
=13.5 kips
,,,,t
,;, rm..:
t '"'"'
=67.9

The calculated load angle, 67.9, is

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2) 1JJ. it ; between the tabulated values for 60 and
75 in A1SC Manual Table 7-6. The
I' 1(1:."'J
eccentricity of the shear load is
... _,, j ~J rt
determined by the mclhod used for
extended single-plate connections.
Interpolating from AISC Manual 'foble
7-6 with 0 = 67.9, a= ex= 2'h in..
s,,. 3 in. and using n =4 bolls,
C=3.29
=69.3
The calculated load angle, 69.3, is
between the tabulated values for 60 and
75 in AISC Mamwl Table 7.0. The
eccentricity of the shear load is
determined by the method used for
extendeJ single-plate connections.
lnterpolnting from AISC Manual Tuble
=
7-6 with e 69.3, a= ~z = 2'h in..
.r =3 in. and using n =4 bolts,
C=3.3 1
8-24 DIAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND OIORDS 8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES 8-25

'
Try a ~-in. single plate. ~ Bearing on the Plate

From AJSC ,\if011ual Table 7-1. for a Jii-in.-diarneter ASTM A325-N (Group A) bolt with the
lhreads included in single shear, the available sh.ear strength of one bolt is:
At lhc plme edge:

(Spec. Eq. J3-6a)

l
where le is conservatively taken as the least dimension to the edge in ei1her the horitomal or

I~,. I ~=162kips
LRFD ASD
vertical direction (the vertical edge distance of l 1h in. governs).

= 24.3 "'"' ' = 1.2[1~ in.-0.5( 1Vi6 in.)](* in.)(58 bi)

= 26.9 ldps
The available shear strength of the bolt group is:
' ~ 2.4 (11 in.)(* in.)(58 ksi)
LRFD ASD =45.7 kips

~ =c(~)
User'= 26.9 kips.
$Rn= Cc~r,,
=3.29(24.3 kips)
= 79.9 kips
=3.31(16.2 kips)
=53.6 k.ips
LRFD ASD
I.
$R., =C~r,, R,, =
n
c(!!!.)
n
55.0 kips< 79.9 kips o.k. 38.2 kips< 53 .6 kips o.k. "'3.29(0.75)(26.9 kips)
= 3 _31 (26.9 kips)
=66.4 kips 2.00
=44.5 kips
W12x96
55.0 kips< 66.4 kips o.k. 38.2 kips < 44.5 kips o.k.
D =11.8 kips
L =8.29 kips
W18x50 with
std. holes
2)2" 2
Bearing on the Beam web
The beam web is nearly as !hick as and stronger than I.he plaic. The beam web has sufficient
I.
be.aring streng1h by inspection.

Maximum Permissible Plate Thickness

P 0 ::: 25.5 kips As discussed in AISC Manual Part JO, the connection wilJ be proponioned such that bolt
shear failure cannot occur prior to plate 0.exur.\l yielding. Th.is proportioning ensures suffi-
cient ductility to permit boch beam end rotation and rotational defonnntions corresponding
to lateral drift.

In order to achieve this proportioning of limit stat.es, I.he flexural srrenglh of the bolt group
is computed, and the maximum shear plate thickness is determined using the plate )ield
stress and depth (which is alrendy J...'llown).
PL%" with From AlSC Manual Tobie 7-6 (for 0 = 0 in this c:ise), C' = 11.3 in. From AISC
$ld:holes
Specificotitm Table J3.2, F,,,, = 54 ksi for A325-N bolts (Group A).
(A36)

(4) rs
dia. _J
A325-N bolts

Fig. 86. Collector connecrion investigated in Exompk 8.4.2.

.}
 8-16 DIAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND CHORDS 8 ~ OESlG~ E.'CA.'.fPLES

Therefore, lhe minimum required plate thickness is:

MfffllX=~(AbC') (Manual Eq. 10-I)
0.90
LRFD
=~.~i (0.601 in.2 )(I J.3 in.) ASD

=407 kip-in. I 2
+(rpa,..,.)2 2
1,,,.;., =v(rpvoon) Ip min= J(tpvmin)2 +(tpanun)
6M,,,,,x (Manual Eq. 10-3)
= Jco.0199 in.)2 + (0.131 in.)2 = ~(0.0781 in.)2 +(0.138 in.)2
'= = Fyd 1 =0.153 in. =0.159 in.
_ 6(407 kip-in.)
0.375 in. > 0. 153 in. o.k. 0.375 in.> 0.159 in. o.k.
- 36 ksi(l2.0 in.) 2
= 0.471 in. > 0.375 in. o.k.
Net Section Rupture of the Plate under Combined Shear and Tension
Yieldf!lg of the Plate under Combined Shear and Tension Jn evaluating this limit state, !he minimum plate thickness is calculated independently for
In evaluating this limit state, the minimum plate thickness is calculated independently for each force and the resulting thicknesses are combined for the interaction of forces using an
each force and the resulting thicknesses are combined for lhe interaction of forces usfog an elliptical approximation.
elliptical approximation. The elliptical approximation is not required by the AISC
Specification, but it is a rational approach for detei:mining the minimum plate thickness.
For shear yielding, the nominal strength is:
=Lr~1lp
=[12.0 in. -4( 116 in.+ 1/J6 in.))rp
Rn= 0.60FyAgv (Spec. Eq. J4-3)
=8.00rp in.2
= 0.60F1 dtp
For shear rupture, the nominal strength is:
LRFD ASD
Rn= 0.60F.,Anv (Spec. Eq. 14-4)
( . - R,,,,
pv mm - $0.60Fyd
1
pv mm =(0.60F).d1n) LRFD ASD
20.7 kips =~~~-l3_.5_b_-~ps~~__.
=-----...::---- t . - R,,,, Rav
=0.60Fu{8.00
~-1 "'""" - 0.60Fu (8.00 in.)
1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.) (0.60)(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)/1.50 f pv min ---~---
in.)/ Q
' ..
:~
= 0.0799 in. =0.0781 in. 20.7 kips = 13.5 kips
=------------
.-' 0.75(0.60)(58 ksi){8.00 io.) (0.60)(58 .ksi)(8.00 in.)/2.00
For tension yielding, the nominal strength is: =0.0991 in. =0.0970 in.
Rn= F1 A8 (Spec. IJ.Cf: 14-1)
=F1 dtp For tensile rupture, the nominal strength is:
~! I

~= R,.=F11At (Spec. Eq. J4-2)

...~; LRFD ASD ,, .. ,
=F,,Ant
R,,,,
t . --- ( ~. .;:.\.h
pamtn -F>d
51.0'kips 35.7 kips
=-----'----
0.90(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.) 36 ksi (12.0 in.)/1.67
=0. 13lin. = 0.138 in.
 OtAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND CHORDS 8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES 8-29

Shear Rupture
LRFD ASD
Anv = 10.5rp -3.50( 1S1i6 in.+ l/idn.)/p
t
pa mrn
. ---=-- Rua
- $F.,(8.00 in.)
f pa min
F.,(8.00 in.) I 0. '= 7.00tp in. 2
=__5_1_.0_ki_p,_s_ _ 35.7 kips
0.75(58 ksi)(8.00 in.) (58 ksi)(8.00 in.)/2.00 0.60FuA,,,, =0.60(58 ksi)(7.00rp in. 2 )
= 0.147 in. = 0.154 in. =244tp kips
Therefore, lhe minimum required plate Therefore, the minimum required plate From AJSC Specification Equation 14-5:
thickness is: thickness is:
LRFD ASD
Ip min =~(tpvmin) 2
+(tpamm)
2

Rn 0.60.F,,A,,v +UbsF.,Anr
$Rn =9[0.60F,,Anv+Ub,f~AniJ -=
= J(0.0991 in.)2 +(0.147 in.)2 =~(0.0970 in.)2 + (0.154 in.)2 n n
s 9(0.60Fy.-\gv + Ub,FuA..1 J
=0.177 in.< 0.375 in. o.k. = O.J82 in.< 0.375 in. o.k. s; 0:60F1 AI" + Ubs F11An1
n
Block Shear Rupture of the Plate ~I0.60FuAnv + UbsFuilnr J 0.60FuAnv + UbsPuAnt
Ip 0..tp
In evaluating this limit state, lhe minimum plate thickness is calculated independently for
each force, and the resulting thicknesses aJe combined for the interaction of forces using an
=0.75(244 kip/in.+ 116 kip/in.) = 244kip/in.+116 kip/in.
-~-
elliptical approximation. 2.00
= 270 kip/in. ' I
= 180 kip/in.
Investigate the failure path 1-2-3-4 in Figure 8-7(b) for the shear force. \.
I~
Tensile Rupnire 9j0.60F,A1v + UbsFuAw) 0.60FyAgv +Ub1 F.A111
tp 0..tp
Agr =2.50rp in.2 == 0.75(227 kip/in.+ 116 kipfm.) = 227 kip/in. + 116 kipfm.
2.00
=2.50zp-0.50( 1S/J6 in.+'lt6in.)zp = 257 kip/in.
Anr j
=172 kip/in.
= 2.501p ..., 0.5001p \

Use $R.. I Ip;: 257 kip/in. Use Rn I 0.. tp =172 kip/in.

=2.00rp in.2
R.,, R.,.,
r,,..,,,;,,=--- I . -
U1>s =1.0 Rn I tp pvm;n - (Rn /0..)/tp
U1>sFuA..r = 1.0(58 ksi)(2.00tp in.2 ) = 20.7 kips I 13.5 kips
257 kip/in.
= 172 k:ipfm.
= 116tp kips
= 0.0805 in. < 0.375 in. o.k. =0.0785 in.< 0.375 in. o.k.
Shear Yielding '---

Agv =(12.0 in. -1.50 in.)tp in.2

=10.5tP. in.2
0.60FyAgv ;:Q.60(36 ksi)(IO.Stp w.2)
=227rp kips
 8-30 DIAPHRAGMS. COl..LECTORS AND CHORDS ~4 DESlGN EXAMPLF,.S S-'.31

\
Investigate the failure path 1-2-3-4 in Figure 8-1(b) for the axial force. 0.60FuAnv =0.60(58 ksi)(2.00fp in. 2 )
Tensile Rupture =69.61, kips
Ag1 =(12.0 in. - 1.50 in.)tP From AISC Specification Equation J4-5:
=IO.Stp in.2
" . LRFD ASD
= 10.5tp -3.50( 1Ys6 in.+ Yi6 in.)t p
Rn 0.60F.,A,,v +UbsFuAn1
Rn= [0.60FuAr.v + UbsFuAm] -=
=7.00tp in.2 n n
$ 4>[0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAnr] < 0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAnr
=1.0 . - n
UbsFuA..1 =1.0(58 ksi)(7.00tp in.) 9I0.60FuAnv +UbsFuA111J 0.60F.,A,,v + UbsFuA..1
=.4-06tp kips Ip fltp
Shear Yielding 69.6 kip/in.+ 406 kip/in.
= 0.75(69.6 kip/in. + 406 kip/in.)
2.00
=357 kip/in. = 238 kip/in.
Agv = 2.50tp in. i

0.60FyAgy = 0.60(36 ksi)(2.50rp in. 2 ) ~10.60F,Agv + Ul>sFuAnr j 0.60F1 A1v + UbsFuAni

tp n
= 54.0tp kips 54.0 kip/in.+ 406 kip/in.
"' 0.75(54.0 kip/in. t-406 kip/in.) =--.:....._-~-"'----
2.00
Shear Rupture = 345 kip/in.
= 230 kipftn.
Anv =2.50tp-0.50( 15/i6 in. + 1/i6in.)tp
Therefore, use $Rnltp = 345 kip/in. Therefore, use Rnl!lrp = 230 kip/in.
= 2.50tp -0.500tp
Rua Raa
=2.00tp in.2 lpamin =---
$Rn I tp
t . ----
pa1tun - Rn/0. tp
= 51.0 kips \ 35.7 kips
2 =--~-
345 kip/in. 230 kip/in.
=0. 148 in. = 0. 155in.

'i
, . The minimum requir~d plate thickness The minimum required plate thickness
;, }
due to bolh forces is: due to both forces is:

Ip,.,;,,
2
= J(lpv min } +(tpo min )2 Ip mbt =~(r,,., min ) 2 +(r,.,. ,,,;,.}2
2
:. = J(0.0805 in.) +(0.148 in.) 2 =Jco.0785 in.)2 +(0.155 in.)2
=0.168 in. < 0.375 in. o.k. = 0.174 in.< 0.375 in. o.k.
-I'
rvestjg:ne the failure path 1-2-3-5 on Figure 8.7(b) for the shear force.
f:ot the shear force conservatively use the minimum thickness determined from path 1-2-3-4.
I

. (a) Beam web (b) Single plate

::
Fig. 8-7. Block shear failure paths for Example 8.4.2 .
..
s:
$:
I:
 ~jj
l)JAPHKA(.;M:S, CUU...tc.:roRS ANO CHORDS

l
LRFD ASD LRFD ASD

t/1" ml = 0.0805 in. t pv min =0 .0785 in. !0.60F;,A,,,, + Ub~FuA..1) 0.60F.,A,.v +UbJFvAn1
Ip \ Otp
Jnyestigate the failure palh 1-2-3-5 in Figure 8-7(b) for the axial force. _ 139 kip{Jn. + 348 l<lp/in.
=0.75(139 kip/io.+ 348 lcipfm.)
Tensile Rupture - 2.00
= 365 k.ip/in.
= 244 kip{Jn.
A8 , =(12.0 in.-3.00 in.)tp
[0.60~'"Agv + U~nFuA..r J 0.60F1 Agv +UbsF.,A,.,
= 9.00tp io.2 flc p
lp

A1t1 =9.00tp-3(1S/111 jn. +11\6 in.)tp =0.75(108 k.ip/io.+ 348 kip/in.)

_ 108 kip/in.+ 348 kip/in.
- 2.00
= 6.001 P in.2 :: 342 kip/in.
= 228 kip/in.
ubs =LO
Therefore. use <t>R,, =342 kip/in. 'Therefore. use ~ = 228 kipfm.
2 fp n ip
Ub,F.,A,,1 =1.0(58 ksi)( 6.00tp in. )

=348tp kips Rua

I po min = _(_R_n_
Roa
Jf...-.l.,...}_/_Ip
lpamin =$Rn I Ip
Shear Yielding
= 51.0 kips =35.7 kips
A8 , =2(2.50 in.)tp 342 kip/in. 228 kips
2 = 0. 149 in. = 0.157 in.
= 5.00tp in.
The minimum required plate thickness The minimum required plate thickness
0.60FyAgv = 0.60(36 ksi)(5.001p in. 2 ) due to both forces is: due lo both forces is:
=108rp kips
Ip,,..,, = ~(1pnnin)2 +(tpo ,...;,)2 Ip - .
2
=J(rP" mln) +(t""..,;,,)
2

Shear Rupture
=j(0.0805 in.)2 +(0.149 in.)2 =Jco.on5 in.)2 + (0.157 m.)2
=5.001P -(1o/16 in.+ Y\6 jn.)rP =0.169 in. < 0.375 in. o.k. =0.176 in. < 0.375 in. o.k.
=5.00tp-lp
=4.00tp in.2 Block Shear Rupture and Shear Rupture of the Beam Web
In evaluating these limit states, the minimum beam web lhjckness is calculated independ-
0.60F.,A,,,, = 0.60(58 ksi )( 4.00tP in.2 )
ently for each force, and the resulting thicknesses are combined for the interaction of forces
==l39tp kips using an elliptical approximation.
From AlSC Specijicotion Equation 14-5: Block shear rupture can occur on the beam web due to lhe axial load on the beam (block
shear rupture cannoc occur due to shear on an uncoped beam). Por the block shear calcula-
LRFD ASD tions, investigate lhe failure path 1-2-3-4 as shown in Figure 8-7(a). A beam underrun of

R,, 0.60F11 A11v + Ub,FuA,.,

~ rn. will be assumed. j
~R,, = '(0.60F.,A,,, + UbsFuA..1} - =
n n ro.. Tensile Rupture
~ $[0.60F1 A1 v+UbsF..At.1] ~ 0.60FyAgv +Ub:rFuA111
::. n A11 = 3(3.00 io.)r,..
= 9.00tw Ln. 2

I
.....
 ----- -- - - - --
.
~
' 8-34 DIAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND CHORDS 8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES
t
A111 = 9.001.,. in. 2 - 3(1Yi6 in.+ V.6 in.)tw LRFD ASD
=6.00t,. in. 2

Therefore, use R,, =366 kip/in. Therefore, use ~ = 244 k.iplin.

U1>s =I 0
R..,, R,,.
F.,A,,,:::: Ub3(65 ksi)(6.00t,. io. 1 } 1....,,,....=--- I
1<.>"'"' - ---
- R,,!Otp
R,,. I Ip
= 3901.., kips 51.0 kips 35.7 kips
366 kipfm. =244 kip/in.
Shear Yielding
= 0.139 in. < 0.355 in. o.k. =0.146 in.< 0.355 in. o.k.
- 2(2.00 in. - A in.)t,.
1

=3.501.,. in.2 Also check shear rupture of the beam \\cb according to AISC Specification Section 14 2. a:.
foUows:
0.60FyAgv =0.60(50 ~i)(3.50t.., in. 2 )
LRFD ASD
Ruv
Shear Rupture I . ---'-'--
"''mm - $Rn I
I.., r,... min= (R,./Q)/ t,,..
Anv =3.50tw in.2 - 2(0.50)(t5/J6 in.+ 1~6 in.)r,,. Ruv
=----- Rav

=2.50tw in.2 $(0.60)F,,dn(I [{0.60)F,./fl)dn~t

20.7 kips 13.5 kips
0.60Fut1,,., =060(65 k~i )( 2.50tw in.2)
=-------=----~
0.75(0.60)(65 ksi} =---:-,---..,---=----=---
[(0.60)(65 ksi)/ 2.00]
"'91.51.., k.ips I
x - x I
[ 18.0 in. - 4 ( 1-'li6 in.+ 1/i6 in.)] [18.0 in.-4( 1.V.6 in.+ 1116 in.)]
From AJSC Specification Equation 14-5:
=0.0505 in. =0.0495 in.
LRFD ASD
fwmiJs =J(t....,min)2 +(11<-omin)2 ,.., ,,.;,, =J<1....., ,,,.,. )2 +(1.. ...m)2
0
R 0.60F.,A,.. + Uh.tF,.A"'
lt/R,,. =~[0.60F.A,,. + U.,F.A.u l -11= = Jc0.0505 in.)2 + (0.139 in.)1 =Jco.0495 m.)2 +co.146 in.)2
o n
S (0.60F1 Ar +Ub,FuAm]
< 0.60FyAgv +Ub,FuA..1 = 0.148 in.< 0.355 in. o.k. =0.154 in. < 0.355 in. o.k.
)'
- n
i:, [0.60F,,A,,, + Ub,F.,A,,i) 0.60F.,Anv +U,,,FuAnl Plate Required Flexural Strength
"' t., flt..,

.....
;.
= 0.75(97.5 kip/in.+ 390 kip/in.) 97.5 Jdpfm. + 390 kip/in . LRFD ASD
..,,' =366 kip/in.
2.00 M.=R,,.,e Alu a R,,,,e
:: 244 kip/in.
=20.7 k.ips(2.50 in.) =13.5 kips(2.50 in.)
cl>[0.60F1 A1, +U""F,,A,.,] 0.60F1 Ap + U~F,,A.u =51.8 kip-in. :: 33.S kip-in.
lw flt,.
105 kip/in.+ 390 kip/in.
0.75(105 kip/in.+ 390 kip/in.) :::s
Plate Available Flexural Strength
., 2.00
.. "" 37 l ltiplin .
:: The Von Mises criterion will be used to reduce the pcrmined bending strength
..
;
=248 kipfm.
for the shear stress pre..o;;ent. The a."l:ial tension St:re.S!
lo account
pre...<:eot is deducted dircct1y from the

).
)

i-..
If' .
S-36 OIAPHR-\GMS, COLl..ECTORS AND CHORDS PART 8 REFERENCES
)
S-37
t
bending stress. Rearranging ATSC Manual Equation 9-1 to solve for f~. elimin:iting the per- PART 8 REFERENCES
pendicular axial component (f, = 0), setting/,,.= Fer.le= Fy, and/xy =fv, and subrracting the
ax.fol cension stress, results in the following equations. A factor, Ct, has been incorporated Bunneister, S. and Jacobs, W.P. (2008), "Under Foot: Horizontal Floor Diaphragm Load f.
imo the equation. This is the factor used in the AlSC Specification when calculating loads Effects on Composite Beam Design," Modem Steel Construction, AISC, December.
or stresses at the ultimate strength level.
Helwig, T.A. and Yura, J.A. (l 999), ''Torsional Bracing of Columns," Journal of Structural
Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 125, No. 5, pp. 547-555.
LRFD ASD
Sabelli, R., Sabol, T.A. and Easterling, S.W. (2011), NEHRP Seismic Design Technical Brief
Ct=].()() <:t=l.60 No. 5 Seismic Design of Composite Steel Deck and Com:rere-filled Diaphragms: A Guide
for Practicing Engineers, NIST GCR 11 -917-10, NEHRP Consultants Joint Venture,
J
Frr = FJ - 3o./J -of, Fer =JF/-3a/J -of,
partnership of the Applied Technology Council and the Consortium of Universities for
Research in Earthquake Engineering, National Ins1itute of Standards :ind Technology,
2 I,
20 7 Gaithersburg, MD.
= (36 ksi) 2 - 3(1.00)( kips ) = (36 ksi)2 - 3(1.60)( 13.5 kips J1 i
12.0 in.(!.\ in.) 12.0 in.(3h in.)
1.00(51.0 kips) 1.60(35.7 kips)
12.0 in.(3h in.) 12.0 in.(lh in.)
= 23.8 ksi = 22.7 ksi

2
=% in.(12.0 in.)2
4
=13.5 in.3
LRFD ASD "'
~Mn =$FcrZ Mn Fc,Z
- =--
= 0.90(23.8 ksi)(13.5 in.3 ) n n
(22.7 ksi)( 13.5 in. 3)
= 289 kip-in.> 51.8 kip-in. o.k.
J.67 \

\
= 184 kip-in.> 33.8 ldp-in. o.k.
I
"
The selected *-in.-thick plate is acceptable.

Weld Strength
The welds are sized as *'P to develop the strength of the plate as discussed in Part 10 oftbe
AISC Manual. .. ..

*'p =s <*in.) rl
=0.234 in. .
' .
!

Use a \4-in. fiUet weld to connect the single plate to the column flange.
The single-plate connection shown in Figure 8-6 is adequate to resist the collector fo~
determined in Example 8.4. I . .. -~
 (1 '
~ '.
10-J
~1.,..2-158 REFERENCES

ii iarlson, K.D., Lin, Z., Hardin, R.A., Beckermann, C., Mazurkevich. G. and Schneider PART 10
t M.C. (2003), "Modeling of Porosity Formation and Feeding Flow in Steel Casting,':
Proceedings of Modeling of Cnsring, Welding and Advanced Solidification Processes X, ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS
,; May 25- 30, Destin, FL.
&
~: fardin R.A., Ou, S., Carlson, K. and Beckermann, C. (1999), "Relationship between
Casting Simulation and Radiographic Testing: Results from the SFSA Plate Casting
~ ' Trials," Proceedings of the 1999 SFSA Technical and Operating Conference, November 10.l SCOPE ... . ........................ . ............................ l0-2
~ 4-6, Chicago, IL.
~ . 10.2 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS ............. 10-2
v Niyama E., Nchida T., Marikawa M. and Shigeki, S. (1982), "A Method of Shrinkage 10.3 VISCOUS DAMPERS ...... .. . ... . .................... . ..' .. : ..... . 1~2

~
>.
l
. Prediction and its Application to Steel Castings Practice," paper presenced at 49th
lmernatio,nal Foundry Congress, Chicago, IL. .
10.4 VISCOELASTIC DAMPERS ......................... . .... . ..... : .. 10-4
10.5 FRJCTION DAMPERS . . .......... .. . . .. . ....... . ........ .. ....... 10-5
10.6 YfELDJNG METALLIC DAMPERS . ... ... . .. . ............. . ...... . . 10-5
~ 10.7 APPLICATION TO ANALYSIS AND DESfGN . ............ . .. .. ... . ... 10-6
- - - --<ii;:j
~. PART 10 REFERENCES .... . ....... . . . ... . ..... . ........ . ............ .. 10-7

-.
>

. .
Prequalified Connections for Special and ltllenMdi.ale Steel Momeni Fram.t!s I
for Seismic Applications, 2010. incl. Suppleme1tt No. l
i AMEIUCN'I !Nsmvra OP STE.EL CONSTRUC'ttON
AMERJCAt< INSTI1Vll! 01' ST.Ea CONSTRUCTION
..: I 10-2 ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS 10.4 VlSCOELASTIC DAMPERS IO-
"
10.1 SCOPE (a) When ri ~ 0

Although not covered in theAISC Seismic Provisions, damping can be used to reduce seis- F=Ci/l (10-l .
mic response and is lhus an important methodology that may be utilized in the design of
steel structures. Tiris discussion provides an overview of types of engineered damping sys-
(b) Whe.n u< 0
tems. but does 001 provide design guidance. A more thorough trea1ment may be found in F=-Cluf
Constantinou et al. (1998), Hanson and Soong (2001). Liang et al. (20 11), Ramirez et al.
(2002), and Whittaker et al. (2003). where
C =damping constant
u :: velocity
10.2 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERED DAMPING a=\ elocity exponent
. SYSTEMS
The choice of the parameters C and a depends on the structural system. 1n general, for
! Damping provides a means of dissipating a segment of input seismic energy. The inherent buildings with higher story stiffnes!', larger values of C would be required. For viscoi<s
l;
damping from strUctural and nonstructural sources is approximated as an equivalent viscous
effect. For steel structures, the bare framing typically provides 1 to 2% equivalent viscous
damping. The origin of this struc1ural damping is from sources such as slip of bolls, minor
yielding of members, and rocking of base plates. When nonstructural componenrs such as
partitions and other tenant improvements are added, the equivalent viscous damping can be
as high as 5%. This additional damping is from tbe interaction of various nonstructuraJ com-
.,..~
ponents and slip of componenlS. The magnitude of damping is highly dependent on type and
l'
extent of nonstructural elements.
Such inherem damping is difficult to estimate and is too small to provide an effective means
for energy disi;ip:Hion. By contrast, supplementary damping can be incorporated in bolh new
consr.ruction and seismic retrofit applications to produce much larger equivalent damping,
typically in the range of 10 to 40%. Th.is supplementary damping is more reliable and readily
predictable. Supplementary damping can be counted on to dissipate significant seismic energy
....::~ and thus reduce demand on the structural system. This reduction of drift, acceleration and
inelastic behavior will provide significantly higher performance than !hat of conventional (a} Wsco1t.r damper (bJ Viscoelrutic dampu
construction which relies heavily on inelastic energy dissipation by the frame elements.
Foor design, lhe expected level of damage is approximately proportional to the seismic
input intensity. This implies acceptance of a certain level of damage based on the seismic
input intensity. Research.has shown (lvtiyl!-JllOlo et al., 2011) that steel moment frame build-
ings designed per the applicable building code and using supplementnry damping will ha,e
a significantly lower collapse rate than a building designed without supplementary damping.
Supplementary damping devices used for seismic design fall into four broad calegories:
viscous dampers, viscoelastic dampers, friction dampers and metallic dampers. Each of
these four brood groups of damper devices also includes subsets. For example, both solid
viscoelastic dampers and fluid viscoelastic dampers are available. Damping devices are
manufactured by a number of vendors; see Figure 10-1 for examples of the dampers. The
various damper types bave distinc1 force-defonnation (F-u) constitutive relations as shown
~ in Figure 10-2. (c) Priction damp?.r
~
I.
.:;,, Fig. 10-1. Tmages of viscous, viscoelastic, friction and yiefdi11g metallic dampers.
10.3 VISCOUS OAMPERS (a) New medical office comp/a (Miyamoto lnrema1io11a/)
{b) Retrofa of an alsring commucia/ building (Miyamoto lnremational)
1 Viscous dampers are velocity-proportional devices. Figure t().2(a) illustrales the force-d.is- (c) RetJ'O/it of an alsring commen:ial l>uilding (Miyommo lnteTMtionol)
placement relationship of a viscous damper. The constitutive force-velocicy relationship for ( d) Retrofit of an existing building 011 campus of University of California Berkeley
viscous dampers can be wrincn as: (NISEE elibrary, Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Ctnter)
 ENGINEERED DAMPlNG SYSTEMS I0.6Ylat>1NO METALLIC DAMPERS 10-:

dampers, the brace used to connect lhe damper to the structural members must be sli.ff
enough to ensure 1hat the nearly pure viscous behavior is reproduc.cd io the damper. In com-
mercially available structural analysis programs, viscous dampers are modeled as Maxwell's
model of a dashpot in series with a spring. A vfllue of CL equal to 1 denotes a purely viscous
response. This type of damper is referred to as a linear damper. Dampers with o: of smaller
lhan unity are corrunonly referred to as nonlinear dampers. In general, viscous dampers do
not increase stiffness or strength of the strucrural system and serve as purely damping ele-
ments. In other words, if the static pushover curves for a system with and without dampers
are plotted, the curves will be identical so Jong as the demand on the viscous damper is
within its operational capacity. Viscous dampers are ideal for structures with longer periods,
such as moment frame buildings. They have been used extensively in new construction and
for retrofitting steel moment frame buildings, resulting in reduced inelastic demand o.n me
members and beam-to.column connections. The most common type of viscous damper is
where
K = effective stiffness of Lhe device
=
u displacement
Tbe damper's effective stiffness, K. and damping constant, C, depend on both the ampli-
tude of excitation and its frequency.
Viscoelastic dampers increase both the stiffness and strength of I.he structural 'system. In
other words, if the suitic pushover curve for a system with and withour damp~rs is plotted,
the curve with a viscoelastfo damper will have a higher capacity and a lar2er stiffness.
Viscoelastic dampers are ideal for structures for which an increase in both damping and ~;
stiffness is desired. For example, they can be used to mitigate torsional resP<>nse and I
increase damping for vulnerable structures or to reduce soft story response in buildings. An
example of the viscoela5tic damper is ,illustrated in Fig~re 10-l(b). 1 1,

the fluid viscous damper which is similar to the shock absorbers used in automobiles. Figure In commercially available structural analysis programs, solid viscous dampers can be ::.
.10-l(a) shows a typkal viscous damper. modeled as Kelvin's model of a dashpot in parallel with a spring .

1~.4 V1scoELAsric ~~MPERS

-.., .. .~ -, ~
10.5 FRICTION DAMPERS

~~codastic dampers are displacement- .and vel<:>eit)'.-proportional devices. Figure ~~~(b) Friction dampers exhibit elastic-perfectly-plastic response . .Figure 10-2(c) illustrates the
i!J~strates ~~.. force~displacement r!!lationship of a viscoelastic damper. The constitutive force-displacement relationship ofa friction damper. They are displacemen t-proportional I
:-.:! ........ '' " ..... .t .'?-
_!- . . ~ ~ '?'
: - . .. : ...

~o~c.e;dtsplacement r.el~t1on for v1scoelasti<:; dampers can be written as:

. . . --:.

devices and increase the strength of the stru~tural system. The constitutive force~d.isplace- n
~
ment relation for friction dampers can be written as:
.~ : ..: - .F= Ku+ Cu (10..:3)
(a) When u <

t
Us/ip

.. : ..> :~ .....~ F=Ku (10-4)

".-; .
(b) When u ~ Us!ip

F=O (10-5) l.
where
K =initial stiffness of the device
llslip = displacement at which the slip initiates
Friction dampers are ideal for structures for which damping and an increase in initial stiff-
(a)
:
v~~oiis damper '
"':.'
(b) Viscoelastic damper ness is desired. They can also be used to limit the force that is delivered to a structural
member placed in series with them. Figure 10-l(c) shows a typical friction damper.
I
.,-.
_ In commercially available structural analysis programs, friction dampers are mo<l~led as
Coulomb's model producing bilinear response.
1
10.6 YIELDING METALLIC DAMPERS "

Yielding met.a.Ilic dampers exhibit multi-linear force displacement response. Figure 10-2(d)
illustrates the force-d.isplacemeut relationship of a yielding metallic damper. They are dis-
placement-dependent devices. The constitutive force-displacement relation for I.he yiefdjng
( c) Fri.crion damper (d) Yielding metallic damper metallic dampers can be written as:
I
I
;.
Fig. 10-2. Idealized force-displacemenr relarion for l!arious types of dampers. F=f(u) (10-6) I
t
j:.

J AMERICAN )NST111JTI; OF STllEL CONSTRUCTION

 J()-6
- - FNGINlillREO OAMPlNG SYS1T>MS
, PART 10 REFERENCES
=!9

10. 7

where f(u) denotes the nonlinear dependence of the de' ice force on its displacement.
Yielding metal Uc dampers increase both stiffness and strenglh of the srrucrural sysiem. In
other words, if the static pushover curves for a syMem with and without dampers are plot-
ted, the curve with dampers will have a higher capacity and larger stiffness.
Yielding dampers are ideal for structures for which both damping and stiffness increases
are desired. In U.S, practice, yielding metallic elementS such as buckling-restrained braces
are not typically treated us dampers, but as primary lateral Jo:id resisting elements. See
Figure 10-l(d):
In coinmercially available srructural analysis programs, yielding metallic dampers are
modeled as multi-linear one-dimensional dements.
10.7 APPLICATION TO ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Each type of damper has specific characteristics, advantages and disadvantages for struc-
rural applications, and each type is made by several different manufacturers. To design with
dampers, it is critical to caprure the dynamic characteristics and the nonlinear behavior of
the srnicture. TI1is perm.its the designer to determine the amoun t of additional damping and
stiffness required to achieve the desired performance. The equivalent viscous damping ratio
can be estimated by computing the area of the force-displacement curve for one full cycle
of loadi~g.
EngineerCci damping systems inhere"ntly require a performance-based design approach.
Engineere-0 damping systems are effective for abnost all but the most rigid buildings. A thor-
11 ough discussion of engineered, supplemental damping system design is beyond the scope of
this l\fanual, but ASCE/SEI 41-06 (ASCE, 2006) is considered srate-of-the-art for existing
srructures, and FEMA P-750 (FEMA. 2009) and ASCE/SEI 7-10 provide infom1atioo for
.~
new siructures.
. NEHRP Provisions for Buildings with Damping Systems.'" Earthquake Spectrn.,
..~
: .1
PART 10 REFERENCES
ASCE (2006), Stismic Reltabilization of faisting B11ildi11gs, ASCE 41-06, American Soeiety
of Civil Engineers, Rcston, VA.
Constantinou. M.C., Soong, T.T. and Dargush, G.F. (1998), Passivl! Energy 1Jissipa1ion
Systems for Stmctuml Design and Retrofit, Monograph No. I, Multidisciplin"ary Center
for Eanbquake Engineering Research, University of Buffalo, State University of New
York. Buffalo, NY.
FEMA (2009), NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions For New Buildings And Other
Srructures, FEMA P-750, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.
Hanson, R.O. and Soong, T.T. (2001), Seismic Design with Supplemental Energy
Dissipation Devices, MN0-8, Earthquake Engineering Research Institute. Oakland. CA.
Liang, Z, Lee, G.C., Dargush, G.F. and Song, J. (2011), Structural Damping: Applications
ill Seismic Response Modification, CRC Press.
Miyamoto, H.K., Gilnni, A.SJ ., Wada, A. and Ariyaratana, C. (2011), "Identifying the
Collapse Haz:trd of Steel Special Moment-Frame Buildings with Viscous Dampers Using
the FEMA P695 Me1hodology," Earthquake Spectra, Earthquake Engineering Research
Institute, Vol. 27, rssue 4, pp. 1,147-1,168.
Ramirez, 0.~t.. Conscantinou. M.C., Whittaker, A.S., Kircher, C.A. and Chrysosotomou,
C.Z. (2002). '"Elastic and Inelastic Seismic Response of Buildings with Damping
Systems," Earthquake Specrra. Earthquake Engineering Research Institute, Vol. 18,
Issue 3. pp. 531-547.
Wbitlaker, A.S., Constantinou, M .C., Ramirez, O.M., Johnson, M.W. and Chrysostomou,
C .Z. (2003), "Equivalent Lateral Force and Modal Analysis Procedures of the 2000
Earthquake Engineering Research Institute, Vol. 19, Issue 4, pp. 959-980.

...

';
'
'
I
..
)

":
I
A>.ffilUCAN }Nsmvn; OF STEEL CONSTRUCllON

J
pill4911MRffilW'*#*lfWU~llPB&i'WMWMW9tik1Mi"fkWM~

10-8 .ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS ~

INDEX

Analysis ....................................................... : 2-2, 9.1-10

Applic:ible building code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-6
ASCE/SEI 7
Analysis methods ... .. ................................. ....... . ... ... 2-6
Design coefficients and factors for SFRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1 O
Beam design
Buckling-restrained braced frame ....... . .. .... . ...................... 5-430
Collectors and chords.... . ........................... .... ............ 8-l
Composite ordinary shear wall steel coupling beam ................. ... . . . 7-21
Composite ordinary sbe:ir wall composite coupling beam ................... 7-30
Composite special sbe:ir wall steel coupling beam ............. . .. . ... 7- 39, 7-41
Eccentrically braced frame .... . ............... . : ............ . . . . . . . . 5-353 l,i
EmbedmentJength ............ .. .......... .... . ........... .. ........ 7-14
Moment frame (R::: 3) .............................. .... . .. ......... . 3-10
Ordinary concentrically bmced fr:imes .... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- l 8
Ordinary moment frames ................... . ........ .. -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Speci:il concentrically braced frames ........... . . . ........ ... ... 5-104. 5-119
Special moment frames ............. .. .......................... _ . . . . 4-46
Beam embedment length .............................. _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Bolted Oange plate moment connection ................................. .. 9.2-39
Bolted joints .. .. ........................................ . .......... . 9.1-20
Bracing connection
Braced frames (R::: 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Eccentrically braced frames .................................... 5-372, 5-379
Ordinary concentrically braced frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Special concentrically braced frames .......... 5-140, 5-178; 5-202, 5-269, 5-299
Brace design
Braced frames (R :::: 3) .... ......... . .............. ..... . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
I Buckling-restrained braced frllJlleS ................................. 5-419
I
Eccentrically braced frames ................... ..... .. ... .. .. . ...... .. 5-362
~ Ordinary concentrically braced frames .... ........ ... . . . .... . ..... .. 5-6, 5-75
Special concentric3Uy braced frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

I
Braced frame sys1erns
R = 3 syste.ll\S ............. : . .............................. . .... 3-21
R > 3 systems ........................................ .. ........... 5-1

.J
 2
Buckling-restrained braced frames ........................... 5-413, 9.1-65
Composite braced frames ................. .................. . 7-3, 9.1-88
Eccentrically br:iced frames . .. .... .................. ... .... 5-334, 9.1-57
Ordinary concentrically braced frames ........................ - 5-3, 9.1-50
Special concentrically braced frames ... _ ... _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82, 9.1-52
BuckJiog-restrained braced frames ................................. 5-413, 9.J-{)5
Adjusted brace strength ...................................... . . . . . . 9 .1-65
Analysis ........................ . ................................ 9.1-66
Beam design ............................................... 5-430. 9.1-67
Bracing connections ......... : .................. . ........ . ...... . .. 9.1-{)9
Brace design ............................................... 5-419, 9.1-67
Column design .. ... ........ ....... . .. ... .................. . 5-425, 9. 1-67
ColuJllJl splices_ ..... . ............................................. 9.1-70
Connections...................................................... 9.1-69
Beam-to-column connecrions .............. . .................... - 9.1-69
Demand critical weJds .......................................... 9.1-69
Diagonal brace connections ...... . ..... . .. . .. .... ........ . ....... 9.J-69
;~
=! Column splices ................ . ............................... 9.J-70
:<
:. Protected rooe .... ........................ ............ ... ... .... . . 9.J--09
Qualifying cyclic testing . ............. , ......; ......... . ... . ....... 9.1-129
~~..:1 1 System requfrements ........ _...................................... 9. l-67
V-and inrertcd V-braced frames ......................... - . . . . . . . 9.1-67
K-braced frames .. _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1--07
Width-to-thickness lim.i1ations ......................................... 1-36
Building drift ........... _....... . ............ _....... . ......... .... ... 1- 18
Building separations . . ... ........................................ ....... 1-17
Capacity design ...... ... _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Chord design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-8
Classification of sections for local buckling: ........ : .. .... _. . . . . . . . . . 1-25, 9.1-11
Collector design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4, 8-8
Column design ......... ........... .... ............ .. ................ 9.1-16
=
Br:iced fr.unes (R 3) ................................ _.............. 3-24
Buckling-restrained braced frames ................................... S-425
Eccentrically braced frames .......................................... 5-367
Ordinary concentrically braced frames ................................... 5-13
Ordinary momenl frames ........... __ . .............. _................. 4-1
=
Moment fr.:imes (R 3) . ......................... - ......... . 3-6
Special concentricnlly braced frames ............................ - . . . . . . 5-98
Special moment frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
:.
r~: I
Column splice design .... . .......... . ................................ 9.1-21
Gravity column splice ...... _..................... _...... _........... 4- , -
Special concentrically braced frames ....... .. ...................... .. . 5-l:
Special moment frames .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-'
CoroposjteeccentricaUy braced frames ............... . ..... ... ....... 7-7. 9.1- 9!
Analysis ................... _....... ........................... ... 9.1-92
Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-9~
Connections . ..................................... _............... 9. J-92
Composite inrermediatc moment frames .............................. 6-4, 9.J-78
Analysis ......................................................... 9.1- 78
Bean1 fl:inges .... ... ......................... .................. . .. 9.1-7<.-
Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-79
Connections ..... .... ............... ........ . ..... _....... _.. _.... 9.1-'')
Beam-to-column connec1jons ................ _.................... 9.1-79
Confonnance demonstration................... _.............. .... 9.1-79
Connection diaphragm plates ..................................... 9. 1-Stl
Column splices ............................................... . 9. l
Dernaud critical welds ............................. .. ........... 9.1-
Required shear slrcngth ......................................... 9. l
Protected zones_ ............ .. ..... . ........ _.. _..... ... .......... 9.1-. _
Composite ordinary braced frames ............. . ..................... 7-3, 9.1-83
Analysis ........... .. ...... ... ... ... ............................. 9. l-89
Beams .......................................................... 9. 1-89
Braces ..... .. .... .. ............ .......... ....................... 9.1-89
ColllIIllls .......... ... ............ ..... .. ... ........... . ......... 9.1-t,
Connections ... ...... ...... . ......................... .......... .. . 9.1-~9
Demand Critical Welds_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. l-S9
Protected zones ................... ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-S'.>
Composite ordinary moment frames .................................. 6-2. 9.1-77
Analysis ................................................ _........ 9.1-77
Connections................. _........................ .. .......... 9.1-78
Demand critical welds ........................ .... ...... . .. ...... . : 9.1-78
Members . . ..... _... _... _.. _.. _.......... _.................. _.... 9. I-78
Protected zones ................................................... 9.1-78
Composite ordinary shear walls ................... _............. _......... 7-16
Analysis..... .. ................... . ............................ . . 9. 1-93
Beam embedment length ................................. 7-19, 7-21. 9.1-:...
Boundary members ............................................... 9.1-1:'
I' Composite coupling beam design ........................... 7-19, 7-30, 9.1-7
Connections ...................................................... 9.1-'.:::z
f.
~ Demand critical welds ... .... ................... . ........ . ... : . . . . . 9 .1-' ,.
J
 Protected zones .................. ... .............................. 9 1-96
Steel coupling beam design ............ . .............. . .. 7-19, 7-21, 9
Compo~Jte partially restrained moment frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-J 1. 9.1-85
1-9~
Beam-to-column cormet11ons. . ...... .. ......................... 9.1 1:1..,
Conformance dcmonstra1ion. . .. .... . ................... . 9.1
Connection diaphragm plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. I->
I
Analysis............ . .......... . ......... . ... . .... . ........... . . 9.1-85 Column splices. . . . . . .......... . . .................... .. 9.1-85
Columns .................... . .............. . ..... . ..... . ........ 9.1-85 Demand criucal \!.el<b . . .. . .. . . ... . ......................... 9. 1 .
Beams .......................................................... 9.1-86 Required shear strength ........... . ............................ 9. l , I
Protected Zones .. ... . . ...... .................... . .. . ... . . . ...... 9.1-86 Protected zones . . .. . . .. . . . .. . .. ......................... 9.1-&J
Connections... . ..... .............. . .............. .. ... . ....... 9.1-86 Syslem requirements . .. . ... .. . .. ... . . . . . ... ... . ... . ................ 9.1-S 1
Demand Critical Welds .. .. ...................................... 9.l-86 ~foment ratio .. .. .. ... . .. . . ... .... ... .................... 9.1-8 '
Required Strength ............................. ... ... "' ..... 9.1-86 St:ibility br:icing of beams . . ...... . . . . . . . .................. 9.1-8 ~
Beam-to-Column Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-86 ~t:ibilit~ bracing at beam 10-columo connections ...... ...... ...... ~. 9.1-8"' I
Conformance Oemo1btration . . .................... . ............. 9.1-86 Composite i;pec1ru shear \\alls .. .. . .. .. .. .. ..... . ............ 7-.>6. 9.1 - 9 ~
Column Splices. . .......................... .. ..... . ...... 9 1-87 Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... ..... ..... .. ..... . .......... ... ..... 9. J-9(
Composite plate ~hear walls .. .... .... ... .......... ..... .............. 9.1-99 Beam embedment length ........ . ............ . ................ 7-40, 9.1-9 .., l
Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . ............................. . .......... . 9. 1-99 ' Boundary members .... ... .. ... . . . .. .......... .. ............. 9.1-<l r:
Boundary members ............................................... 9.1-101 Column spJjccs ......................... ......... ........... ..... 9. J-9<
Column splices ....................... . ........... .. ............. 9. L- 102 Composite coupling beams . .......... . .............................. 9.J-9X \
Concrete stiffening elements ..... . .. .. .............................. 9. 1-101 Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. l -9
Connections ..................................................... 9.1-101 Demand critical welds ................... . ... ................. .... . 9.1-99 :
Demand critical welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-l 0 I Ductile elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-9 ,
Prote<.tcd ~ones....... . .............. . ............ . ............ 9.1-101 Face bearing places ...... . ...... ...... . . . ... . ............... 7-41, 9.1-9'
Webs .................... ........... ... ... ................... . . 9.1-100 S1eel coupling beams ............................... , .... 7-39, 7-41, 9.1-91
Compo$ite she:i.r wall~ ................................ . ................. 7-10 Vertic:ll lr:!nsfer bars ..... .. .. . .............................. 7-41, 9.1-98
Composite ~lab diaphragms ..... .. ..... ... ............................. 9.1-19 Wall o~ersrrength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 t
Composite special concenirically braced frames .............. . ......... 7-5. 9.1-89 \Vcb stiffeners.......................... . ......... .................. 7-4l,
Analysis................................................. . ....... 9.1-90 Composite structural ~tecl and reinforced concrete buildings ....... 1-23, 9.1-77, 9.1-88
'Seams .......... ..... .............................. 9.1-90 (also see individual composite sys1ems)
.Br:ices .......................................... .............. 9.1-90 Composite connecoons .... . . . .................................. 9. 1-Z
Columns . . . . ....................... . .......................... 9.1-90 Composite members
Connections...................................................... 9.1-90 Composite slab diaphragms ...................................... 9.1-1 '
Beam-to-column connections........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-91 t Encased composite columns ...... ......... . ..................... 9.1-1 i
Column splices ... .......... ........ ......... . ................. 9.1-91 Filled composite columns ........................................ 9.1- 19
Demand critical welds .......................................... 9.1-90 t Composite moment fromes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Required strength of brace connections ............................. 9.1-91 Composite shear walls ....................... ..................... ... 7-1<
..

I
Protected zones ... ........................................... . .... 9. 1-90 Connection design
Composite special moment frames ................................... 6-7, 9.1-8 1 Bolted joints: see Bolted joints
Analysis ............. : .......................................... 9.1-8 1 Braced frame (R =3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Beam flanges ........ '. ............................................ 9. 1-83 Column b!'ISCs ................. . .................................. 9.1-22
Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. 1-82
Connections ............................................. . ........ 9.1-83
Column splice design ............ . ....... . .................. 4-67, 9.1-21
Collector connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2..
,;
 I
6 .
&.
Composite connections ............... ...... ... . ....... .... . ..... . 9.1-24
> Continuity plates and stiffeners .............. . ....................... 9.1-21
~: Eccentrically braced frames . ....... . ............... .. ... .. .... 5-372, 5-379
"
Moment frames (R = 3) ................ . .......................... . .. 3-13
Ordinary concentrically braced frames .......... ... ..................... 5-2.5
Ordinary moment frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- l 6
PrcquaJified ....................................................... 9.2- i
Rectangular filled coroposi1e column-to-steel beam .......... .... .......... 6-21
Reinforced concrete column-10-steel beam ................ ..... ....... . .. 6-15
Round filled composite column-10-ste.el beam .............. .. ............ 6-19
Special concenuically braced frames .......... 5-140, 5-178, 5-202. 5-269. 5-299
Special moment frames .............................................. 4-57
Steel anchors, .................................................. .. 9.1-26
:;. Welded joincs; see Welded joints
,,,..
Continui1y places and stiffeners ....... ........... . ............... . ....... 9.1-21
-----t~.::l
ConXtech ConXL moment connection ......... . .......................... 9.2-64
Coupling beams ........................... . .. 7-11. 7-19, 7-21, 7-30, 7- 39, 7-41
Damping systems; see Engineered damping systems
Deflection amplification factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Deflection compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Deformation compat1bility ..... . .. ...... .... . ... . .. , ....... . ........ . 9.1-26
Dema1ld critical welds ....... . ... ....................................... 1-21
Design basis earthquake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
.......~
':;.
,,
Design drawings ... . .............. .... . .. ............... .... 1-21, 1-22, 9.1--0
: Diaphragm design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . 8-2, 8-8
Direct analysis n1ethod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Drift limits ..... ... ........ ...... ................ 1-18, 2-19; see also Swry drift
Ductile design mecha.nisin ................................................. 2-2
Ductility requirements................. ...................... 1-25, 1-34, 9.1-11
Earthquake ground motion ......................... : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Eccentrically braced frames .................................. . ... 5-334, 9.1-57
Analysis...... .... .... ........ .... .................... . ........ .. 9. J-58
Beam outside of Link desigii ...................... , ........... 5-353, 9.1-59
Brace design .................................... .... .... . .. 5-362, 9.1-59
Brace.to-link connections ................. ...... .................. . . 5-372
Column design ............................................. 5-367, 9.1-59
If I Connections......... . ......... .. .............................. . .. 9.1- 62
Beam-to-colu~ connections ........ . ............... .. .... . ...... 9.1-63
Column splice design ........................................... 9.1-63
Demand critical welds ........ .. ................................ 9.J-62
~
f
_j
Diagonal brace connectioni. .............. . ................. 5-379. 9.l -,
Link-to-column connections ... . .. ............................. . .. 9. 1-
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-340. 9.'-
Pro1ected zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.. i.:.:
Story drift .................................................. ... 5-3<1
System requirements ......... .. ...... . ...... . ......... ...... .. ..... 9_ 1
Link rotation angle ........................... ........ ........ .. 9.1 - ...
Bracing of link ......... ..... ... ..... ......................... 9.1-S ...
Width-to-thickness limitations .............. .. ........... 1-36, 5-338, 9.J. ""
Effective length method ............. . ..... ...... . . ....................... /.-.
Encased W-shapes, plastic c::apacicies ........................... .. ......... 7-::._
End-pla1e moment connection.......................................... 9.?-1
Engineered damping systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : ;J-.;
Analysis and design .................. .... ...... . ........ . ......... . . ~~-:
Friction dan1_pers ..... ... ... . .............. .. ............... _,........ ....... '""
Viscous dampen; .... .. . . .... . . . '-.: ................................. .
Viscoelastic dampers .. .. ....... .... .. . .... ... ........ ...... ..... ... JU--
Yielding metallic dampers ......... ...... . . .. . ................. . .. .. .. 10-:!
Equivalent lateral force analysis ...... ....... . . ....................... ... .. 2-t'
Erection drawings . . ................. . ........ ... .................... 9.1-
Expansion joints . .................. .. ............................ .- ... .. 1-J ..
E.xpectcd material s1rength ...................................... ..... ... 9 1-
Fi.lled HSS, plastic capacities ...... . .. . ... ........................ . ...... 7-.1
First-order analysis method ......................... ... . ... .... ...... ... .. 2 -..f
Friction dampers ....................................................... JO-"
H-piJc .. . ........................ . .................... .. .... . ...... 9.1-~ t
Battered H--piles ..... ....... ...... ...... . . ..... ................... 9.I-~~
Protected zone ................... . ....................... ......... 9.J -21
Tension in Hpilcs ..... . ........... .. ...... .... ....... ..... ........ 9.1--
Heavy section CVN requirements.......................... . .............. 9.1 _
Inspection
Inspection of bolting .............................................. 9.1-1 L
Inspection of composite structures . .... ........ .. ......... .. ......... 9.1-11 ~
Inspection of H-piles............. .. ............................... 9.1-1
Inspection of welding ............ . ................ ..... ........... 9.1-1'
~spection tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. 1- If''
Olher steel structure inspections ..... . .............................. . 9.
Personnel. ...... .. ........ .... ........ ............... ........... 9.l-
lntermedinte momeot frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33. 9. 1
Analysis.. . ............... , . .......... . ...................... . . . . 9
 Beam nanges .................... .... ............................. 9.1- '.3 I
Comparison to SMP and OMF................................... . . 4-122
Connections. . . . . ............................................ .... 9.1-32
Beam- to-column connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-3 2
Column splices ............... . ................................ 9.1-34
Conformance demonstration.............................. .. ..... 9.1-33
Conunuity plates .............................. ..... ... .... .... 9.1-34
Demand cnucal welds .......................................... 9.1-32
Required sheM strength ......................... . ....... ... ..... 9.1-33
Pnncl zone ........... .... ... .... .............................. 9.1-33
Stability bracing of beams .................................. ... ..... 9.1-31
Protected zone. 9.1-32
Width-to-thickness limitations .................................. 1-36, 9.1-31
KaiStr bolled bracket moment connection .. ............................... 9.2-52
Kbr:iced frnmes ............................................... 5-443, 9.1-54
Link design .............................................. . .... . ...... 5-340
Load combinations .......................................... ......... 9.1-8
Local buck.ling ................................ .......... . ...... l-25, 9.1-11
Pipe ...................... . ............................... 1-29, 1-57
Rectangular I JSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 28, 1-53
Round HSS . . . . ........................................ . .... 1-29, 1-55
Single angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... I 27, l-52
Square HSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 28, t -54
\V-Shap.:s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26, 1-36
Lowest anuc1pated service temperature ............................... 1-18, 9.J-7
Low-seismic design (R = 3) ............. , .............. ..... ..... ... . 1- 13, 3-2
Material specifications . .. ........... . ............................ 1-21. 9.1-2
Maximum considered earthquake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- lO
Maximum force delivered by system ... .'............................. 1-16, 5-136
Modal response spectrum analysis .......................................... 2-7
Moment connections
Composite moment frames ........................................... 6-14
=
Moment frame (R 3) ............ ... ..... . ...... :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Ordinary moment frames ............................................. 4-16
PrequnJjfied ................................................ 9.1- l I 8, 9.2-i
Qualification of. ................................................. 9. 1-121
Special moment frames ................ ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Moment frames
R = 3 systeIU.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
R > 3 systems ...................................................... 4-1
_J
Intermediate moment frames ... ...... ... ...... .............. 4-33, 9 1
Ordinary moment frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2, 9
Special moment frnrnes ................................... . .r.JJ. 9.
Nonbuilding st.ructures. . . . . . . . ......... ......................... .... 5
Ordinary cantilever column systems ......................... ........ ..... 9.
Ordinary concentrically braced frames ................................ 5-3. 9.
Above Seisllllc Isolation Systems ............. ...... . ................. 9.1- .
Analysis ... ...................................................... 9. J f
Brace members ..................................... 5-6, 5-75. 9.1
Brace connections . .. ........ ...... ........................... 5-25, 9.1-~
Beam design .................................. . .................... ~
Column design . . . . ............................................ .
Sys1em requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. J -~
Y-braced anti invencd V-braccd frames ............................ 9.1 rf
K-braced fr:imes .......................... ............... 5-443, 9. I
Nonbuilding structures ......................... ... .................. 5-4
Width-to-thickness limitations ................................. . 1-36, 9.1
Ordinary moment frames .... ... ................ .............. .. : .. 4-2, 9.1
l:
Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1
Beasn design .................... . ........................... 4-12, 9.1
Be:im to-column connections ................................... 4-16, 9.1 I..
Column design ................ .. ..... .. ................... 4 7. 9.1
Comparison to IMF :ind SMF ........................... .. .... .. ..... 4- 1
Dem:llld critical weld~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1
FR moment connections ............................... . ............ 9.1
I
PR moment connection~ ................ . ......................... 9.1
Story drift and stability check ............ ... .......... .......... ......
Overstrength factor ............................................... l- 14, 9.,
Performance goals .................................................... .
Period ................................................ .. ..... . ....... .
Prequalified connection standard ......................................... 9.-
Prequalificarion ........................... ....... ................... 9. 1-1
Beam-to-column connections .................................. 9.1-11 8, 9 I
Llnk-10-<;olumn connections ........................................ 9.1- J
Protected zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22, 9. J- 1
I
i
i Qualificatio~
f Buclding-restrnined braced frames ..... .... .......................... 9.1-
Beam-ro--column connections ....................................... 9.1 I
Link-t<H:olumn conoecrioos ............................ . . .. ........ 9.1-
Qualicy nssu.ronce .............................................. 1-19, 9.1-J
Quality control ............... . . . .. ... ......................... 1- 19. 9. 1- 106
Reduced beam section moment connection . .......................... 4-57, 9.2-11
Redundancy factor ................. . . . . . ........ .. ..................... l- 15
Response modification coefficient ........ ..... . ..................... l- 12, 9. 1- 1
R :::; 3 applications .......................................... . ... 1- 13. 3-2
Response spectra .......... ... ... ... ................. .......... . ... ..... 1-7
R-factor (see Response modification coefficient)
Risk category ........ .. .... ... . .... . . ...... . ........................... 1-7
Seismic design category .. . ......... ...... .. . ............................. 1-7
Seismic joints ..... .. ..... .. ... .. .. ..... ............................... 1-l 7
Seismic Provisions fo r S1ructural Sreel Buildings .... .... ..... . ............... 9. 1-i
Shear wall coupling ................... . ................... .... . . ....... 7-10
Shop drawings ...... ............... . . .. ... ~ .......... . ......... ..... 9.l-103
Special cantilever column systems ................... ......... . .......... 9.1-48
Width-to-thickness limitations ....... . .... ............... . .. .. . ... .. ... 1-36
Special concentrically braced frames .......... . .......... .. .. . ... ... 5-82, 9.1-52
. Analysis.... .. ................................... : ........ . .. 5-93, 9. 1-52
. Beam design ... ......... . ........... ..... ............ 5-104, 5- 119, 9.J-54
Brace design ................. ...... . . . ... .. .... .. . .. . .. 5- 83, 5-87, 9.1-54
Column design ... .. ......................................... 5-98, 9.1-54
Column splice design . . . . .... . .......... . ......... .. ......... 5- 129, 9.1-57
Connection design ... ... ... ....... .. 5-140, 5-178. 5-202, 5-269, 5-299, 9.1-55
Demand critical welds .. . ... .. ...... ... . . ... ....................... 9.1-55
System requirements ............................................... 9.1-53
Lateral force distribution ........ .. .... ........................... 9.1-53
V-braced and inverted V-braced frames ........................ 5-83, 9.1-53
K-braced frames ......................................... 5-443, 9. 1-54
Tension-onl y frames ........... .- ................................ 9.1-54
Width-to-thickness limitations ............................ . 1-36, 5-82, 9.1- 54
Special moment frame ...................................... 4-33, 4-76, 9. 1-34
Analysis ..... ... ............................ ..................... 9. 1-34
Beam design .... .. .... ........... .... ..... . . ............... .. 4-46, 9.1-38
Beain flanges......... . ................ .. ....... .......... . .. .. ... 9.1-38
Column base ............... .. ...... . .. . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94, 4-11 3
Column design ... , ................... ..... ..... . . ........... 4-42, 9.1-38
Column,beam momenr ratio ... . ............ .. .. .. ............... .' .. . 9.1-34
Comparison to OMF and IMF ... .. ................................... 4-122
Conneclions ....... . ... .................. ... ... .......... ... ...... 9.1-38
Demand critical welds ............ ... .. .... . ................... 9.1-38
Beam-to-column connections .. . .......... .. ... .............. 4-57, 9.1~39
AM~ WSTJTVT6 OF STEEL C0NSTR.UC110N
_j
Conformance demonstration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s.
Required shear strength ....................... . . ......... ......... 'J.
Panel zone ..... ....... ...... ...................... .... ... . .... 9. !
Continuity plates. . .................. .. . ... . ................... 9.'
Column splices ............................. . ............. 4-90, 9..
Stability bracing at beam-to-colulTUl conne<:tions ....... ,........ : .... 9.1
Stability bracing of beams ........................ .. ................ 9.
Protected zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q. 1 _
Story drift and sl3bility check ........... .. ..... . ...................... .:
Width-to-thickness l.imjtations ..... . ............... .. .. . ......... 1-36, ._,
Special plate shear walls ... .. ..................... .. ........ ........ ... 9.1 -
Analysis ............... ..... .... . ................................ 9.1-
Connections..... . .......................... ....... ... ....... .. . . . 9. j -
Column splices..... ........ ....... . ... ........ .. ........ . ...... 9.1 -
Connectfons of webs to boundary clements ..... .... . .. ....... . ...... 9. '
Demand critical welds .. .. .. ....... .... ......... ..... ............ ~
HBE-to-VBE connections ..................... .. .. ......... .... . 9 .1-
Perforated webs ... .. ......... . ................. .................. . 9. ]-
Protected zone ............................ . .. ................ .. . ... 9.1
System requirements .... .... ... ..... .. . ... ............ .. : ...... : .. . 9.
Stiffness of boundary elements .......................... .' ........ 9. 1
HBE-to-VBE connection moment ratio .... ..... ............. .. ..... 9.1-
Bracing ..... .. ................. . .... ............... : ......... 9.;
Openings in webs ............. ... ..... ............ - ...... . ... . 9.'
Webs ................................... . . . ..................... 9
Width-to-thickness limitations ................. . : . . . . . . . . . . 1-26, 1-36, 9.
Special truss moment frames ..................... ..... ...... ... . ...... . 9.1-
Analysis....................................................... . . 9.
S_pe,cial segment ............ ..... ..... ............. ..... . ..... ..... ~
Nonspecial. segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S..
Built-up chord members ........................... ......... . .. . .... 9. i -
Connections ..... ................. ..... . ...................... . ... ~-
Demand critical welds .... ...................................... 9.
Connections of diagonal web members in the special segment ........... o
Column splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... .
Protected zones .................................. .. ...... . ...... .
Strength of special segment members ............. ~ ...... . ....... .... .
System requirements ............... . ........ ....... ...... ..... .... .
Special segment ........ . ..................................... .
Stability bracing of trusses .............. .. ...................... .
 Stability bracing of truss-to-column connections ...................... 9.1-45
Stiffness of stability bracing ...................................... 9.1-45
Widlh-co-t.IUckness limitations ......... ...... .... .......... ..... 1-36, 9.1--46
SpecificM.ions, codes <!nd s tandards .................................... 1-4, 9.1-i
Stability bracing ........ .. ........................................... 9. l-14
Stability design methods .................................... .... ....... 2-5
Steel beaded stud anchors .................. . .... .......... .. ...... 1-30, J-58
Steel plate shear walls; see Special plate shear walls
Stiffeners; see Contioufry plates and stiffeners
Story drift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18, 3-5, 4-36 ;.

Structural modeling .............. .. ..................................... 2-7

Gravity Joads ...................................................... 2-13
Stiffness of strucmral elements ..... ... . ................................. 2-8 '
I
Strength of structural elements .... . .................................... 2-7
Viscoelastic dan1pers ................................................... 10-4
VJscous dampers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L0-2
Wall overstrenglh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Weld access hole ..... ..... ................. ..... ..... ........... 1-25, 1-33
Welded joints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. J-21
Welded unreinforced flange-welded web moment connection . ......... ....... . 9.2--46
Welding provisions ............................................... 9.1-5, 9.2-7
AWS Dl.8 .......................... ....... .. ............ . ........ 1-23
Demand critical welds ......................................... 1-21, 9.1-5
Inspection ................. .. ................................... 9. l-109
Notch toughness verification t~t ...................................... 9.1- 5
Widlh-to-tbickness limitations; se~ Local bucklfag and specific systems \
Yielding metaUic dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

AMEIUCAN l.NS'T'1'nml 01' STEa C0.'1S!"l\UC1101'1

'
..
;:
-